Daily Information Bulletin - 1980s - 1984 - FEB - ENG

 DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE NO.


MONETARY STATISTICS FOR DECEMBER 1983 ...................................................................... 1


SEVERANCE PAY IMPROVEMENTS PROPOSED ............................................................................. 9


STRIKE OUT POWER SOUGHT FOR TRIBUNAL .......................................................................... 9


LEGAL AID ALLOWANCES REVISED ................................................................................................... 10


TAXPAYERS REMINDED TO PAY IN TIME................................................................................... 11


BIG MARKET-BUILDING PLAN UNDERWAY................................................................................... 13


PEAK TRAMWAY PERMIT FEE.................................................................................................................. 14


LUNAR NEW YEAR TRANSPORT HOURS EXTENDED................................................................ 14


TWO-WAY PEAK ROAD REOPENS FRIDAY...................................................................................... 15


LANTAU TAXI LIMIT - 20 .................................................................................................................. 1$


JOSS STICKS ........................................................................................................................................................ 16


CHE KUNG FESTIVAL TRAFFIC PLAN ............................................................................................... 17


BULLETIN HOLIDAYS .......................................................................................................................... 17


WEDNESDAY, FIB RU ARY 1, 1964


Monetary Statistics for December 1983


Monetary statistics for December 1983 are 

published today. The Hong Kong dollar deposit base 

expanded for the third consecutive month, as 

confidence returned to the Hong Kong dollar. Part of 

the Increase nevertheless was probably seasonal as 

year-end bonuses were given and interest was credited 

to savings accounts. There was during the month also 

a seasonal increase in Hong Kong dollar cash held by 

the public.


Foreign currency deposits increased again in 

December following declines in October and November. 

Part of the increase was probably attributable to the 

relatively high interbank money market Interest rates 

for the Hong Kong dollar prevailing during the month, 

which were an attraction for the placing of swap 

foreign currency deposits.


/Reflecting ...............


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1984


- 2 -


Reflecting these changes, the money supply on 

all definitions grew in December, with the Hong Kong 

dollar components recording more rapid increases than 

the foreign currency components.


With the exception of loans to finance 

visible trade of Hong Kong, loans for use in Hong Kong 

fell in December.


Table 1 attached sets out summary figures for 

December 1983 and comparisons with earlier months. 

Table 2 sets out figures from the quarterly analysis 

of loans for use in Hong Kong by sector.


Deposits


6‧ Hong Kong dollar deposits rose further, by


4.02 in December, following an increase of 6.22 in 

November. In the three months to December, that is 

the last quarter of 1983, these rose by 14.82. By 

contrast, there had been a net decrease in the first 

three quarters of the year, so that for the year as a 

whole the increase, at 13.32, was less than that In 

the fourth quarter alone. Foreign currency deposits 

rose by 2.42 in December, against a decline of 1.22 in 

November. In the thrive months to December, they fell


/ by...............


’WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 19&4


- 3 -


by 5.42, the first quarterly decline since the 

abolition of interest withholding tax on foreign 

currency deposits in February 1982. For the year as a 

whole, however, foreign currency deposits increased by 

40.72.


Hong Kong Dollar Money Supply


Hong Kong dollar money supply on all 

definitions rose significantly in December. HK$M1 

rose by 2.22, reversing the decline of 0.52 in 

November. HKjM2 and HK$M3 grew by 3.62 and 4.02 

respectively. The corresponding rates of increase in 

November were 4.62 and 5.52.


In the three months to December, HK$M1 rose 

by 2.52, HKtM2 by 9.42 and HKJM3 by 13.12. Over the 

year, the corresponding growth rates were 8.42, 14.82 

and 12.62.


Total Money Supply


Total Ml rose by 1.92 after remaining 

unchanged in November. Total M2 rose by 3.12 and 

total M3 by 3.32 in December, faster than the 

respective growth rates of 1.22 and 2.32 in November. 

In the three months to December, total Ml rose by 

3.02, total M2 by 1.72 and total M3 by 3.92. Over the 

year, the corresponding growth rates were 12.42, 24.72 

and 23.72.


/Loans .....


Wednesday, febhuahy 1, 1984


4


Loans and Advances


Loans to finance Hong Kong’s visible trade 

increased by 2.1% in December, more than offsetting 

the decreases recorded in the previous two months. 

Thus,in the last quarter of 1983 these loans grew by 

0.7Z and for the year as a whole a growth of 11.9% was 

recorded. Other loans for use in Hong Kong fell by 

2.3% in December, leading to a fall of 1.82 in the 

fourth quarter, but for the year as a whole there was 

an increase of 11.5%.


Quarterly Analysis of Other Loans for Use in Hong Kong 

The quarterly breakdown of loans for use in


Hong Kong, other than those for financing visible 

trade, shows a contraction of 8.6% in loans to the 

building, construction and property development sector 

in the fourth quarter of 1983. This contrasts with an 

Increase of 4.6% in the third quarter and probably 

reflects some writing-off of bad debts at the 

year-end. The contraction more than offset Increases 

in the previous quarters so that for the year as a 

whole, there was a decrease of 4.9%. Loans to 

individuals to purchase residential property including 

flats of the Home Ownership Scheme and Private Sector


/Participation.


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 19b4


5


Participation Scheme recorded further increase, of 

3.OX against 5.8% in the third quarter. Over the year 

these Increased by 29.9%. Loans to the manufacturing 

sector fell by 0.2X compared with an increase in the 

third quarter of 2.0%; given the impressive 

performance of domestic exports, this slow-down 

probably indicated an improvement in the cash flow 

position of manufacturers. Over the year such loans 

showed an Increase of 10.2%. Loans to the wholesale 

and retail trades rose by 7.8% following an increase 

of 15.6% in the third quarter. For the year as a whole 

the Increase was 29.0%. This possibly reflected the 

revival of consumer demand.


Foreign Currency Position


The spot foreign currency position of the 

monetary sector showed net foreign currency 

liabilities of J14.5 billion at the end of December 

compared with J17.8 billion at the end of November. 

Banks and depos1t-taking companies recorded net spot 

foreign currency liabilities of til.2 billion and t3.3 

billion respectively. Statistics collected (on the 

basis of slightly different definitions) by the 

Commissioner for Banking and Deposit-taking Companies 

showed that at the end of December, the monetary 

sector had net spot foreign currency liabilities of 

tl7.0 billion which was more than covered by the net 

forward assets of |41.8 billion. In the last quarter,


/these............


WEDNESDAY, FEBHUaHY 1, 1984


- 6 -


these positions showed parallel contractions of 413.6 

billion and J14.3 billion respectively- The falls were 

probably associated with decrease in foreign currency 

swap deposits as interest withholding tax on Hong Kong 

dollar deposits - one of the principal Incentives to 

making swap deposits - was removed in October. Over 

the year there was a contraction of 12.5 billion in 

net spot liabilities but an increase of 14.2 billion 

in net forward assets.


Liquidity Ratios 

The average liquidity ratio (as defined in 

S.18 of the Banking Ordinance) for all banks fell to 

51.1Z from 51.8Z in November. The average liquidity 

ratio (as defined in S.24A of the Deposit-taking 

Companies Ordinance) for all deposit-taking companies 

fell to 60.1Z from 61.7Z in November.


Number of Reporting Institutions 

The number of licensed banks in operation was 

unchanged at 134. One deposit-taking company licence 

was revoked on request by the company itself and so 

the number of deposit-takIng companies fell by 1 to 

The number of registered deposit-taking companies 

increased by 1 to 319.


/TABLE 1: ................


.VsSJNESJJAY, FEBHUaH;' 1, 1^84


TABLE 1: HunMARY STATISTICS - December 19H3


Money Supply


Ml - Hh$


Foreign currency


Total


M2 - HKj


Foreign currency


Total


M3 - HK$


Foreign currency


Total


Deposits


Demand deposits


Savings deposits


Time deposits with banks


Time deposits with dtcs


All HK$ deposits


All foreign currency deposits


Total


Loans and advances


To finance Hong Kong’s visible 

trade


To finance merchandising trade 

not touching Hong Kong


Other loans for use in Hong Kong


Other loans for use outside Hong 

Kong


Other loans where the place of use 

Is not known


All loans in HF’S


All loans in foreign currencies


Tota 1


i.arl ie 

(1 change t


Dec 19b 3


Nov 1983


2E.Z77


27,661 (+2.2X)


2,619


2,665 (-1.7X)


30,896


30,326 (+1.92)


13h,H18


133,962 (+3.6X)


UB.bh7


115,905 (+2.6X)


257,605


249,867 (+3.IX)


163,020


161,529 (+4.02)


143,125


139,760 (+2.4X)


311,146


301,289 (+3.31)


lb,182


18,224 (-0.22)


71,156


69,166 (+2.92)


150,535


145,320 (+3.62)


52,377


50,363 (+4.02)


153,401


147,448 (+4.02)


138,849


135,626 (+2.42)


292,250


283,073 (+3.22)


29,482


28,884 (+2.12)


2,887


3,010 (-4.12)


208,931


213,939 (-2.3.1)


131,497


129,958 (+1.22)


18,555


18,370 (+1.02)


197,175


196,150 (+0.51)


194 , 177


198,0)1 (-1.92)


391,352


394,161 (-0.7+)




(HKimn)


months 

December 19H3)


Sep 1983


Dec 1982


27,591 (+ 2.52)


26,086 (+ 8.42)


2,417 (+ 8.42)


1,399 (+87.22)


30,008 (+ 3.01)


27,485 (+12.42)


126,938 (+ 9.42)


120,956 (+14.82)


126,446 (- 6.02)


85,732 (+38.62)


253,384 (+ 1.72)


206,688 (+24.72)


148,528 (+13.12)


149,254 (+12.62)


150,922 (- 5.22)


102,293 (+39.92)


299,450 (+ 3.92)


251,547 (+23.72)


17,544 (+ 3.62)


16,043 (+13.32)


71,150 ( - )


69,590 (+ 2.32)


146,941 (+ 2.42)


104,626 (+43.92)


44,776 (+17.02)


43,813 (+19.52)


133,627 (+14.82)


135,384 (+13.32)


146,785 (- 5.42)


98,688 (+40.72)


280,412 (+ 4.22)


234,072 (+24.92)


29,276 (+ 0.72)


26,339 (+11.927


3,073 (- 6.12)


2,292 (+26.02)


212,802 (- 1.82)


187,321 (+11.52)


127,339 (+ 3.32)


100,951 (+30.32)


21,818 (-15.02)


14,330 (+29.52)


197.05:, (+ 0.12)


182,095 (+ 8.32)


197,253 (- 1.62)


149,138 (+30.22)


394,308 (- 0.72)


331,233 (+18.22)




“ less than 0.0.


/TABLE 2: ...............


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1984


8


(IIKinm)


Earlier quarters


(t chans? to Dec 1983)


TABLE 2: QUARTERLY ANALYSIS OF LOAN'S FOK USE IN HONG KONG BY M-.CTOR - DECEMBER 1983


Ending Dec 1983


Ending Sep 1983


Ending Jun 1983


Ending Dec 1982


Manufacturing


18,667


18,698 (- 0.2)


18,340 ( + 1.8)


16,935 (+10.2)


Transport and transport equipment


20,778


20,408 ( + 1.8)


17,979 (+15.6)


15,643 (+32.8)


Building, construction and property


47,120


51,536 (- 8.6)


49,271 (- 4.4)


49.536 (- 4.9)


development


Wholesale and retail trade


26,2b4


24,364 (+ 7.8)


21,071 (+24.6)


20,356 (+29.0)


Financial concerns *


17,217


14,151 (+21.7)


13,553 (+27.0)


12,159 (+41.6)


Individuals:


to purchase flats in the Home


3,211


3,038 (+ 5.7)


2.968 (+ 8.2)


2.263 (+41.91


Ownership Scheme and Private 

Sector Participation Scheme


to purchase other residential


2],884


21,331 (+ 2.6)


20,068 (+ 9.0)


16.842 (+29.9)


property


other purposes


21,054


25,524 (-17.5)


24,642 (-14.6)


24,052 (-12.5)


Others


32,737


33,752 (- 3.0)


32,203 (+ .1.7)


29,535 (+10.8)


Total


208,931


212,802 (- 1.8)


200,096 (+ 4.4)


187,321 (+11.5)




* This excludes funds advanced to bank*; ind dcposl l-t ;ik i nu (nri|nni.”?


------------0--------------


/9 ............


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1984


SEVERANCE PAY IMPROVEMENTS PROPOSED 

ft ft ft ft


THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT PROPOSES IMPROVING THE SEVERANCE PAY 

PROVISIONS IN THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE.


DETAILS OF THE PROPOSALS ARE CONTAINED IN THE EMPLOYMENT 

(AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE 

TODAY (WEDNESDAY).


THE BILL SEEKS TO INCREASE THE RATES OF SEVERANCE PAY 

FROM THE PRESENT HALF A MONTH’S PAY TO TWO-THIRDS OF A MONTH’S 

PAY FOR EVERY YEAR OF SERVICE IN THE CASE OF MONTHLY PAID 

EMPLOYEES, AND FROM 13 DAYS’ WAGES TO 18 DAYS’ WAGES FOR DAILY 

RATED EMPLOYEES.


IT ALSO SEEKS TO EXTEND THE PERIOD WITHIN WHICH CLAIMS FOR 

SEVERANCE PAY MUST BE MADE, FROM THE PRESENT ONE MONTH TO 

THREE MONTHS.


THE BILL IS SCHEDULED TO BE INTRODUCED INTO LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL 

FOR FIRST AND SECOND READING ON MARCH 14. THE THIRD READING 

IS SCHEDULED FOR APRIL 18.


ANYONE WHO WISHES TO COMMENT ON THE BILL MAY WRITE TO 

UMELCO, AT SWIRE HOUSE, 12TH FLOOR, CHATER ROAD, OR TO THE 

SECRETARY FOR EDUCATION AND MANPOWER, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 

LOWER ALBERT ROAD, HONG KONG.


STRIKE OUT POWER SOUGHT FOR TRIBUNAL 

ft * ft ft ft


THE GOVERNMENT IS SEEKING TO PROVIDE THE LABOUR TRIBUNAL WITH 

POWER TO SET ASIDE AN AWARD OR ORDER MADE IN THE ABSENCE OF A 

DEFENDANT, AND TO DISPOSE OF CLAIMS WHERE THE CLAIMANT FAILS TO 

APPEAR AT THE HEARING.


THESE PROPOSALS WERE INITIATED BY THE JUDICIARY AND ARE BASED 

ON SIMILAR PROVISIONS IN THE SMALL CLAIMS TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE AND IN 

THE RULES OF THE SUPREME COURT.


UNDER THE LABOUR TRIBUNAL (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 GAZETTED TODAY, 

THE TRIBUNAL WILL BE ABLE TO SET ASIDE AN AWARD OR ORDER MADE BY 

IT IN THE ABSENCE OF A DEFENDANT, IF THE DEFENDANT APPLIES W THIN 

SEVEN DAYS AFTER THE HEARING OR WITHIN THE PERIOD WHICH MAY BE 

ALLOWED BY THE TRIBUNAL.


/ths Tai bun.


WN35DAY, FHBAUARY ‘ “84


10


THE TRIBUNAL WILL ALSO BE ABLE TO STRIKE OUT A CLAIM WHERE THE 

CLAIMANT FAILS TO APPEAR, AND RESTORE IT ON THE APPLICATION OF THE 

CLAIMANT.


IN EITHER CASE THE DEFENDANT OR THE CLAIMANT WILL HAVE TO SHOW 

THAT IT IS REASONABLE FOR THE TRIBUNAL TO GRANT THE APPLICATION.


THE BILL WILL BE PRESENTED TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON 

FEBRUARY 15 AND IS EXPECTED TO RECEIVE ITS THIRD READING ON MARCH 14.


ANYONE WHO WISHES TO COMMENT ON ITS PROVISIONS MAY WRITE


TO UMELCO AT SWIRE HOUSE, 12TH FLOOR, CHATER ROAD, OR TO THE ATTORNEY 

GENERAL’S CHAMBERS, AT THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, LOWER ALBERT 

ROAD, HONG KONG.


------------0------------


LEGAL AID ALLOWANCES REVISED 

* M *


THE ALLOWANCES FOR CALCULATING THE DISPOSABLE CAPITAL AND INCOME 

OF LEGAL AID APPLICANTS AND THEIR DEPENDANTS HAVE BEEN INCREASED FROM 

TODAY (WEDNESDAY), TO BRING THEM INTO LINE WITH THE LATEST INCREASE 

IN PUBLIC ASSISTANCE RATES.


THE NEW RATES OF ALLOWANCES UNDER THE LEGAL AID (ASSESSMENT OF 

CONTRIBUTIONS) (AMENDMENT) REGULATIONS, 1984 PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE 

TODAY ARE AS FOLLOWS 1


AMOUNTS NOT TO BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT 

IN COMPUTING DISPOSABLE CAPITAL


OLD RATE NEW RATE


(I) PERSON WITH NO DEPENDANT

(II) PERSON WITH DEPENDANTS -



(A) IN RESPECT OF THE PERSON 

HIMSELF

(B) IN RESPECT OF EACH 

DEPENDENT CHILD AND EACH 

OTHER DEPENDENT RELATIVE 

WHOLLY MAINTAINED BY HIM



$5 700


$6 450


$3 8D0


$4 300


$3 800 EACH


t


$4 300 EACH


IN ADDITION


IN ADDITION


TO (A)


TO (A)




WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY


'9t..


11


AMOUNTS NOT TO BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT IN 

COMPUTING MONTHLY DISPOSABLE INCOME


OLD RATE


NEW RATE


(1) PERSON WITH NO DEPENDANT


S 450


$ 510


(II) PERSON AND FIRST TWO DEPENDANTS


S 325 EACH


S 370 EACH


(III) THIRD, FOURTH AND FIFTH


$ 280 EACH


S 315 EACH


DEPENDANTS


IN ADDITION


IN ADDITION


TO (II)


TO (II)


(IV) SIXTH, AND ADDITIONAL DEPENDANTS


$ 215 EACH


S 245 EACH


IN ADDITION


IN ADDITION


TO (II) AND


TO (II) AND


(HI)


(HI).




A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LEGAL AID DEPARTMENT SAID THE FINANCIAL 

CRITERIA FOR RECEIVING LEGAL AID ARE A MAXIMUM OF $15 OOO DISPOSABLE 

CAPITAL AND $1 500 DISPOSABLE INCOME PER MONTH. THE DISPOSABLE 

CAPITAL AND DISPOSABLE INCOME ARE CALCULATED BY DEDUCTING FROM THE 

GROSS CAPITAL AND INCOME THE PRESCRIBED PERSONAL ALLOWANCES AND OTHER 

DEDUCTIONS. THE ABOVE REGULATIONS HAVE INCREASED THESE PERSONAL 

ALLOWANCES BY 13 PER CENT.


.THESE INCREASES ARE DESIGNED TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT INFLATION SO 

THAT THOSE WHO HAVE PREVIOUSLY BEEN ABLE TO MEET THE DISPOSABLE 

CAPITAL AND INCOME LIMITS FOR LEGAL AID WILL CONTINUE TO DO SO, 

NOTWITHSTANDING INCREASES IN THEIR EARNINGS DUE TO INCREASES IN THE 

COST OF LIVING.


.IT WILL ALSO ENSURE THAT AN APPLICANT WHO WAS PREVIOUSLY 

LIABLE TO PAY A CONTRIBUTION FROM INCOME OR CAPITAL WILL NOT HAVE TO 

PAY MORE, AND ANY APPLICANT WHO WAS ELIGIBLE FOR FREE LEGAL AID WILL 

CONTINUE TO BE SO ELIGIBLE,+ HE SAID.


------------0------------


TAXPAYERS REMINDED TO PAY IN TIME 

* * * *


TAXPAYERS ARE URGED BY THE INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT TO 

CHECK THEIR DEMAND NOTES TO ENSURE THAT THE FIRST INSTALMENT 

OF THE TAX DUE IS PAID ON OR BEFORE THE SPECIFIED DUE DATE.


IF THE FIRST INSTALMENT IS NOT SO PAID, THE SECOND INSTALMENT 

WILL AUTOMATICALLY BECOME DUE IMMEDIATELY. THIS WILL BE 

STRICTLY APPLIED AND PLEAS FOR OVERSIGHT WILL NOT BE ENTERTAINED, 

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID.


/Ei nJDITIv. .... . .


TOKESDnY, FEEHUaXY 1


IN ADDITION TO BOTH INSTALMENTS BECOMING IMMEDIATELY PAYABLE 

TOGETHER, WHERE TAX IS NOT PAID BY THE DATE SPECIFIED IN THE 

NOTICE THE COMMISSIONER MAY ORDER A SUM NOT EXCEEDING FIVE PER 

CENT OF THE TOTAL TAX BE ADDED. THIS SURCHARGE WILL ALSO BE 

IMMEDIATELY DUE FOR PAYMENT.


THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES ILLUSTRATE HOW THE ARRANGEMENTS WILL 

OPERATEi


EXAMPLE 1



TOTAL TAX DUE 18.1.84


PAYABLE ON 18.1.84


PAYABLE 18.4.84


$22 000 

$17 000 

$ 5 000


IF $17 000 IS PAID ON 18.1.84, THE SECOND INSTALMENT OF 

$5 000 IS PAYABLE ON OR BEFORE 18.4.84.


EXAMPLE 2



TOTAL TAX PAYABLE 

PAYABLE ON 18.1.84


PAYABLE ON 18.4.84


$22 000


$17 000


$ 5 000


IF $17 000 IS NOT PAID BY 18.1.84, THE WHOLE AMOUNT OF 

$22 000 PLUS SURCHARGE $1 100, TOTAL $23 100 IS IN 

DEFAULT AND ACTION TO RECOVER THE TOTAL AMOUNT WILL BE 

TAKEN SHORTLY AFTER 18.1.84.


IT IS EMPHASISED THEREFORE THAT TAXPAYERS WHO WISH TO TAKE 

ADVANTAGE OF THE TWO INSTALMENTS SHOWN ON THE NOTE MUST ENSURE 

THAT THE FIRST PAYMENT IS MADE ON OR BEFORE THE DUE DATE 

SHOWN ON THEIR DEMAND NOTES. PAYMENT MAY BE MADE AS FOLLOWS:


AT COLLECTION OFFICES:


HONG KONG - WINDSOR HOUSE, 3RD FLOOR, 311 GLOUCESTER 

ROAD, CAUSEWAY BAY, HONG KONG.


KOWLOON - PARK-IN COMMERCIAL CENTRE, 12TH FLOOR, 

56 DUNDAS STREET, MONG KOK, KOWLOON.


TSUEN WAN - FOU WAH CENTRE, GROUND FLOOR, 

210 CASTLE PEAK ROAD, TSUEN WAN, N.T.


OR PAYMENT MAY BE MADE BY POST BY SENDING A CROSSED CHEQUE, 

PAYABLE TO HONG KONG GOVERNMENT, ATTACHED TO YOUR DEMAND NOTE.


TO: COMMISSIONER OF INLAND REVENUE, 

WINDSOR HOUSE, 

311 GLOUCESTER ROAD, 

HONG KONG.


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1984


- 13 -


BIG MARKET-BUILDING PLAN UNDERWAY 

* * *


THE FISH MARKETING ORGANISATION IS EMBARKING ON AN AMBITIOUS 

PROGRAMME OF BUILDING NEW MARKETS.


THIS WAS DISCLOSED TODAY (WEDNESDAY) BY THE DIRECTOR OF 

AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, DR JOHN RIDDELL-SWAN WHILE OFFICIATING 

AT A PRIZE-GIVING CEREMONY OF THE F.M.O. IN THE ABERDEEN WHOLESALE 

FISH MARKET.


PLANS ARE WELL ADVANCED FOR A NEW MARKET IN KWUN TONG WHICH 

WILL PROVIDE MUCH NEEDED MARKETING FACILITIES FOR EAST KOWLOON BY 

THE END OF NEXT YEAR, HE SAID.


.THE OLD FISH MARKET AT TAI PO, WHICH HAS BEEN CUT OFF FROM 

THE SEA BY THE TAI PO RECLAMATION AND DEVELOPMENT. WILL BE 

REPROVISIONED ON A MUCH MORE SUITABLE SITE WITH BETTER SEA ACCESS 

AND IT IS HOPED THAT, TOO, WILL BE COMPLETED IN 1985,+ DR RIDDELL- 

SWAN SAID.


FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF FISHERMEN, TWO NEW TEMPORARY MARKETS 

ARE BEING BUILT AT CHEUNG SHA WAN AND SHAU KEI WAN WHERE THE EXISTING 

MARKETS HAVE BEEN ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY RECLAMATION AND DEVELOPMENT. 

THESE WILL BE REPLACED WHEN PERMANENT MARKETS CAN BE BUILT ON 

BETTER SITES.


IN ADDITION, THE TEMPORARY MARKET AT CASTLE PEAK WILL BE 

REPLACED BY A NEW PERMANENT MARKET AND DESIGN WORK ON THIS WILL 

START THIS YEAR.


DR RIDDELL-SWAN SAID ALTHOUGH LAST YEAR WAS MARKED BY A 

SUCCESSION OF STORMS AND TYPHOONS, THE LOCAL FISHING FLEET CATCH 

INCREASED IN BOTH WEIGHT AND VALUE COMPARED WITH 1982.


THE NUMBER OF LOANS TO FISHERMEN FOR PRODUCTIVE PURPOSES IN THE 

YEAR INCREASED TO 129 WITH A TOTAL VALUE OF MORE THAN $11 MILLION.


DR RIDDELL-SWAN PRESENTED PRIZES AND CERTIFICATES TO NINE 

FISHERMEN WHO HAD SAVED A TOTAL OF 77 LIVES AT SEA.


HE ALSO PRESENTED CERTIFICATES TO GRADUATES OF THE FISHERMEN 

NAVIGATION TRAINING CLASS AND LONG SERVICE MEDALS TO FIVE MEMBERS 

OF THE F.M.O. WHO HAVE EACH COMPLETED 25 YEARS’ SERVICE.


MRS RIDDELL-SWAN PRESENTED PRIZES TO 28 CHAMPION FISHERMEN WHO 

HAD LANDED THE MOST FISH AT THE F.M.O. MARKETS LAST YEAR.


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1984


- 14 -


PEAK TRAMWAY PERMIT FEE 

* * *


THE GOVERNMENT PROPOSES TO CHARGE THE PEAK TRAMWAY COMPANY 

A NOMINAL PERMIT FEE OF $1 OOO FOR ITS OPERATIONS IN 1983.


A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THE ACCOUNT OF THE 

COMPANY WOULD SHOW A LOSS IN 1983 IF IT WAS CHARGED THE FULL 

AMOUNT OF THE PERMIT FEE, BASED ON THE TOTAL TOLLS COLLECTED. 

THE FEE FOR 1981 AND 1982 WAS ALSO NOMINALLY SET AT $1 000 FOR 

SIMILAR REASONS, HE SAID.


A PEAK TRAMWAY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, SETTING OUT THE 

PROPOSAL IS PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE TODAY AND WILL BE PRESENTED 

TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON FEBRUARY 15. IT IS EXPECTED TO 

RECEIVE ITS THIRD READING ON MARCH 14.


ANYONE WHO WISHES TO COMMENT ON THE BILL MAY WRITE TO 

UMELCO, AT SWIRE HOUSE, 12TH FLOOR, CHATER ROAD, OR TO THE 

SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, AT ST JOHN’S BUILDING, 8TH FLOOR, 

GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG.


------------o---------------


LUNAR NEW YEAR TRANSPORT HOURS EXTENDED 

1XX


PUBLIC TRANSPORT OPERATORS WILL EXTEND THEIR SERVICES 

DURING THE LUNAR NEW YEAR HOLIDAYS FROM FEBRUARY 2 TO 5.


KMB WILL OPERATE ADDITIONAL TRIPS ON ROUTES 1A, 2, 2A, 2F, 

3A, 3B, 3D, 5, 5C, 5K, 6, 6C, 9, 10, 11, 13A, 13D, 14, 15, 16, 21, 

21M, 26M, 27K, 29, 31, 31M, 32, 36B, 37, 37M, 38, 39M, 48, 59, 

99 A, 59M, 60, 60M, 61, 63, 64K, 66M, 67M, 68M, 70M, 71, 72, 72B, 

72K, 75K, 76K, 77K, 78K, 82M, 84M, 85, 85A, 86K, 87, 87A, 89, 89A, 

92, 93R, 94, 101, 102, 106, 112, AND 116.


HOWEVER, SERVICES ON KMB ROUTE 93R WILL BE SUSPENDED ON 

FEBRUARY 2 AND 3, AND ON ROUTE 95R FROM FEBRUARY 2 TO 4.


KMB ROUTE 32R WILL BE SUSPENDED THROUGHOUT THE HOLIDAYS, 

WHILE ROUTE 888 WILL BE SUSPENDED ON FEBRUARY 2 AND 4.


SERVICE FREQUENCIES WILL BE STRENGTHENED ON CMB ROUTES 3A, 5, 

9, 10A, 10B, 14, 15, 19, 20, 20M, 21M, 22, 22M, 23, 25, 48, 63, 

260 AND 262. BUT ROUTE 62 WILL BE SUSPENDED.


HYF’S SERVICE FROM SAI WAN HO TO KOWLOON CITY, WHICH NORMALLY 

STOPS ON PUBLIC HOLIDAYS, WILL BE OPERATED FROM FEBRUARY 2 TO 4 

BETWEEN 9 AM AND 7 PM AT 30-MINUTE INTERVALS.


THE COMPANY’S 8.15 AM SPECIAL TRIP FROM KWUN TONG TO 

SILVERMINE BAY VIA CENTRAL WILL BE SUSPENDED ON FEBRUARY 2 AND 3.


ADDITIONAL KCR TRAINS WILL BE OPERATED TO LO WU IF THE NEED 

ARISES. THERE WILL BE FOUR TRAINS DEPARTING FROM KOWLOON STATION 

FOR LO WU EACH HOUR DURING THE MORNING PEAK PERIOD.


- - 0 -


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1984


15


TWO-WAY PEAK ROAD REOPENS FRIDAY


* * * *


PEAK ROAD WILL RE-OPEN TO TWO-WAY TRAFFIC ON FRIDAY 

(FEBRUARY 3), EIGHT MONTHS AFTER A SECTION OF IT DISAPPEARED 

FOLLOWING HEAVY RAIN.


THE FINAL STAGE OF REPAIR, INVOLVING DEMOLITION OF THE 

TEMPORARY STEEL BRIDGE AND 3UILDING A PERMANENT STRUCTURE IN 

ITS PLACE, HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND THE TRAFFIC LIGHTS WILL BE 

REMOVED ON FRIDAY MORNING.


THE TEMPORARY BRIDGE WAS PUT INTO PLACE WITHIN A WEEK OF 

THE LANDSLIDE AND HAS MAINTAINED TRAFFIC FLOW IN THE AREA, 

ALTHOUGH THERE HAD TO BE DIVERSIONS.


SHORTLY AFTER CHRISTMAS TRAFFIC WAS DIVERTED FROM THE 

STEEL BRIDGE ONTO A NEWLY-BUILT DECK SUPPORTED BY 

15 CAISSONS, SOME OF WHICH WERE MORE THAN 37 METRES LONG.


THE TOTAL COST OF THE PROJECT WAS 17.5 MILLION.


NORMAL TRAFFIC WILL RESUME FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY 

(FEBRUARY 3) AS FOLLOWSi


* PEAK ROAD BETWEEN BARKER ROAD AND COOMBE ROAD 

WILL SWITCH BACK TO TWO LANES FOR TWO-WAY TRAFFIC.


M THE EXISTING BAN ON ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT BUSES 

AND HEAVY GOODS VEHICLES ON THE WESTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY 

OF PEAK ROAD BETWEEN STUBBS ROAD AND MAGAZINE GAP 

ROAD WILL BE LIFTED.


M COOMBE ROAD BETWEEN PEAK ROAD AND THE CAR PARK 140 

METRES WEST OF WAN CHAI GAP WILL BE PROHIBITED TO 

ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT FOR LOCAL ACCESS. THE 

SAME ROAD SECTION WILL BE REROUTED TWO WAYS.


M THE NORTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF COOMBE ROAD BETWEEN 

PEAK ROAD AND THE ACCESS ROAD LEADING TO CAROLINA 

GARDENS WILL BE RESTRICTED TO VEHICLES AUTHORISED 

IN WRITING BY THE AUTHORITY.


M ALL UPHILL VEHICLES ON MAGAZINE GAP ROAD WILL BE 

ALLOWED TO TURN RIGHT INTO PEAK ROAD. THEY CAN 

ALSO ENTER THE WESTERN END OF COOMBE ROAD OR 

CONTINUE INTO THE UPPER SECTION OF MAGAZINE GAP 

ROAD.


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1984


16


LANTAU TAXI LIMIT - 20 

M M M


THE NUMBER OF TAXIS ON LANTAU WILL REMAIN AT 20 FOR A 

FURTHER YEAR, IT IS ANNOUNCED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY 

(FEBRUARY 1).


THIS MEANS THAT THE EXISTING LIMIT ON LANTAU TAXIS WHICH 

EXPIRES ON FEBRUARY 23 WILL BE EXTENDED FOR A YEAR.


A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT POINTED OUT THAT 

THE LIMIT WILL BE KEPT UNDER REVIEW IN THE LIGHT OF INCREASES 

IN THE TOTAL DEMAND FOR TRANSPORT ON THE ISLAND.


TWENTY LANTAU TAXI LICENCES WERE ISSUED IN JANUARY LAST YEAR 

AND THE FIRST TAXI BEGAN OPERATION IN MARCH.


- - 0 - -


NOTE TO EDITORSi


JOSS STICKS 

MM*


THE SHA TIN DISTRICT OFFICER, MR DONALD TSANG, AND LOCAL 

VILLAGE LEADERS WILL LIGHT JOSS STICKS AT THE SHRINE TO CHE KUNG 

ON FRIDAY (FEBRUARY 3) — THE SECOND DAY OF THE LUNAR NEW YEAR.


DRESSED IN THEIR BEST AND ACCOMPANIED BY LION AND UNICORN 

DANCING, THE PARTY WILL PROCEED TO THE CHE KUNG TEMPLE TO PAY THEIR 

WORSHIP.


ON BEHALF OF THE RESIDENTS OF SHA TIN, MR TSANG WILL PICK A 

FORTUNE-STICK WHICH TELLS THE DISTRICT FATE IN THE COMING YEAR.


MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES WISHING TO COVER THIS TRADITIONAL 

CEREMONY SHOULD ASSEMBLE AT 8.30 AM AT TAI WAI VILLAGE OFFICE 

IN SHING HOI ROAD, TAI WAI.


- - 0 - -


/17


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1984


CHE KUNG FESTIVAL TRAFFIC PLAN 

* * *


THE SECTION OF CHE KUNG MIU ROAD BETWEEN ITS JUNCTIONS WITH 

SHA TIN TAU ROAD AND ROAD D5 WILL BE CLOSED TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC 

EXCEPT BUSES AND EMERGENCY VEHICLES FROM 7 PM ON FRIDAY TO 

7 PM ON SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 4) TO FACILITATE THE CHE KUNG 

FESTIVAL CELEBRATIONS IN SHA TIN.


TRAFFIC HEADING FOR TIN SUM AND HIN TIN WILL BE DIVERTED 

ONTO TSUEN NAM ROAD AND HUNG MUI KUK ROAD.


DURING THE FESTIVAL, BUS AND TRAIN SERVICES WILL BE 

STRENGTHENED ACCORDING TO DEMAND.


WORSHIPPERS TO CHE KUNG MIU ARE ADVISED TO USE PUBLIC 

TRANSPORT AS THE NUMBER OF PARKING SPACES AVAILABLE IN THE 

VICINITY WILL BE VERY LIMITED. VEHICLES PARKED ILLEGALLY WILL 

BE TOWED AWAY BY THE POLICE WITHOUT WARNING.


NOTE TO EDITORSi


BULLETIN HOLIDAYS 

ft ft ft


NO DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN WILL BE ISSUED OVER THE LUNAR 

NEW YEAR HOLIDAYS FROM THURSDAY TO SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 2, 3 AND 4).


SERVICE WILL RESUME ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 5).


- - 0 - -


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 5. 1984


CONTENTS PaGE NO.


SHA TIN FACTORY JOBS RISE SHARPLY ................................................................................... 1


NOVEMBER PRICE AND VOLUME MOVEMENTS OF EXTERNaL TRADE.................... 3


PUBLIC URGED TO TAKE FIRE PRECAUTIONS ...................................................................... 6


TAXI FARE TABLES — NO NEED FOR RUSH.......................................................................... 7


SIR ROBERT HO TUNG FUND ALLOCATIONS ......................................................................... 7


NT LIITERBUGS PAY S3-5M IN FINES ...................................................................................... 9


NEW ENQUIRY CENTRE FOR WATER CONSUMERS................................................................... 10


SAI KUNG TO HAVE TOWN HALL SOON ......................................................................................... 10


FESTIVE PROGRAMME FOR NORTH DISTRICT ......................................................................... 11


ROLLER SKATING FUN DaY AT FaNLING ................................................................................... 11


band brings cheer to elderly people............................................................................. 12


WONG CHUK HANG ROaD TO BE WIDENED ................................................................................... 12


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 5, 1984


1


SHA TIN FACTORY JOBS RISE SHARPLY


* * *


FACTORY JOBS IN SHA TIN GREW BY 54 PER CENT LAST YEAR 

COMPARED WITH 1982 AND THE AMOUNT OF INDUSTRIAL FLOOR SPACE 

INCREASED BY 46 PER CENT.


THIS HAS BEEN REVEALED IN AN INDUSTRIAL SURVEY CARRIED 

OUT IN JULY AND AUGUST LAST YEAR BY SHA TIN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT 

OFFICE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.


THERE WERE 7 909 JOBS IN MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY IN 1982, 

BUT THIS FIGURE HAD RISEN TO 12 167 WHEN THE SURVEY WAS 

CONDUCTED.


FACTORY FLOOR SPACE ROSE FROM 233 000 SQUARE METRES TO 

340 000 SQUARE METRES.


THE SURVEY ALSO SHOWED THAT CHEAPER RENTS WAS A MAJOR 

FACTOR ATTRACTING COMPANIES TO THE NEW TOWN.


ABOUT 42 PER CENT OF EMPLOYERS SAID THEY HAD DECIDED TO 

OPERATE IN SHA TIN BECAUSE RENTS WERE CHEAPER THAN IN THE URBAN 

AREA. WHILE NEARLY 30 PER CENT SAID THE REASON WAS THAT THEY 

HAD &EEN UNABLE TO FIND SUITABLE ACCOMMODATION IN THE URBAN 

AREA. ABOUT 14 PER CENT SAID THE DECISION HAD BEEN MADE BECAUSE 

OF CONVENIENT TRANSPORTATION.


ON THE QUESTION OF TRANSPORT, 52 PER CENT COMPLAINED OF 

INCONVENIENCE, WHILE 30 PER CENT SAID THEY HAD NO PROBLEMS.


ON EMPLOYING WORKERS, NEARLY 56 PER CENT SAID THEY HAD NO 

PROBLEMS.


QUESTIONNAIRES WERE SENT TO THE 777 INDUSTRIAL ESTABLISHMENTS 

IN THE THREE PLANNING AREAS OF SHA TIN, OF WHOM ALL BUT 18 

RESPONDED.


IN ADDITION, 1 084 WORKERS WERE INTERVIEWED.


OF THE 759 FIRMS WHICH RESPONDED, ABOUT 69 PER CENT SAID THEY 

HAD MOVED TO SHA TIN FROM OTHER LOCATIONS, ESPECIALLY KOWLOON. 

ABOUT 80 PER CENT HAD BROUGHT IN ALL OR SOME OF THEIR WORKFORCE.


TO ATTRACT WORKERS, COMPANIES OFFERED VARIOUS INCENTIVES, 

INCLUDING TRANSPORTATION, FREE LUNCHES. AWARDS FOR HARD WORK, 

KDICAL BENEFITS AND LONG SERVICE AWARDS.


REPLIES FROM WORKERS SHOWED THAT 45 PER CENT LIVED IN 

SHA TIN, WHILE ANOTHER 25 PER CENT RESIDED IN KOWLOON. NEARLY 

48 PER CENT TRAVELLED TO WORK BY BUS, WHILE 28 PER CENT 

TRAVELLED BY COMPANY COACH. OTHERS WALKED, OR USED TRAINS 

AND MINI-BUSES.


/DESPITE SOME ....................


SUNDAY, FEBHUABY j, 1984


2 -


DESPITE SOME DISSATISFACTION EXPRESSED BY EMPLOYERS ABOUT THE 

MOBILITY OF SHA TIN WORKERS, THE SURVEY SHOWED THAT THEY WERE 

LESS MOBILE IN COMPARISON WITH THE TERRITORY-WIDE PATTERN, 

WITH ALMOST 40 PER CENT SAYING THAT THEY HAD NOT CHANGED THEIR 

JOBS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS.


ON REASONS FOR WORKING IN SHA TIN, 42 PER CENT SAID IT 

WAS DUE TO THE CLOSE PROXIMITY OF PLACE OF WORK TO RESIDENCE 

AND 23 PER CENT SAID THEY HAD MOVED WHEN THEIR FIRMS HAD DECIDED 

TO DO SO. THIRTY EIGHT PER CENT SAID THEY DID NOT HAVE ANY 

DIFFICULTIES IN WORKING IN SHA TIN.


ON TRANSPORTATION, HOWEVER, 31 PER CENT CLAIMED IT WAS 

INCONVENIENT AND 22 PER CENT COMPLAINED ABOUT INADEQUATE 

TRANSPORT PROVIDED. OTHER COMPLAINTS WERE ABOUT THE INADEQUACY 

OF RECREATIONAL AND SHOPPING FACILITIES, MEDICAL SERVICES, 

ENTERTAINMENT CENTRES, CANTEEN FACILITIES AND CULTURAL VENUES.


IMPROVEMENT OF TRANSPORTATION WAS SUGGESTED BY 24.2 PER CENT 

OF WORKERS, BUT A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT SINCE 

THE SURVEY WAS CARRIED OUT, TAI WAI RAILWAY STATION HAD 

OPENED AND CONSTRUCTION OF A STATION AT FO TAN HAD STARTED.


ABOUT 42 PER CENT OF WORKERS HAD LUNCH IN THE FACTORY 

CANTEEN, THE SURVEY DISCOVERED.


SALARIES OF WORKERS RANGED FROM A LOW OF UNDER $2 000 PER 

MONTH TO A HIGH OF OVER 15 000 PER MONTH, WITH MOST IN THE 

*1 500 - S2 000 RANGE.


THE SURVEY SAID THE POPULATION OF SHA TIN WAS 237 670 

AND THE POTENTIAL INDUSTRIAL WORKFORCE, THERFORE, 46 108. 

ANOTHER 10 614 INDUSTRIAL JOBS WOULD BE PROVIDED WHEN THE 

PRESENT NUMBER OF INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS WAS FULLY OCCUPIED.


THE GARMENT AND TEXTILES INDUSTRIES EMPLOYED THE LARGEST 

NUMBER OF WORKERS IN SHA TIN (2 643), FOLLOWED BY ELECTRONICS 

(2 277). THERE WERE JUST OVER 1 000 INDUSTRIAL JOB 

VACANCIES IN THE NEW TOWN AT THE TIME THE SURVEY WAS CONDUCTED.


THE REPORT SHOWED THAT THERE WERE 49.28 HECTARES OF 

INDUSTRIAL LAND IN SHA TIN OF WHICH ABOUT ONE QUARTER HAD BEEN 

DEVELOPED. ABOUT 3.5 HECTARES OF INDUSTRIAL LAND HAD BEEN 

ADDED SINCE THE 1982 SURVEY.


THE LARGEST AMOUNT OF FLOOR SPACE (104 383.20 SQUARE 

METRES) WAS TAKEN BY WAREHOUSES, FOLLOWED BY GARMENTS AND 

TEXTILES (43 273.44 SQUARE METRES) AND FOOD (37 499.60 SQUARE 

FETRES).


THE FIRST INDUSTRIAL SURVEY OF SHA TIN WAS CARRIED OUT IN 

APRIL, 1982.


----o----


/3 ...................


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 5, 1984


3


NOVEMBER PRICE AND VOLUME MOVEMENTS OF EXTERNAL TRADE 

* * X X


THE PRICES OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS ROSE, ON AVERAGE, 

BY 17 PER CENT AND 16 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY SO THAT, FOR TOTAL 

EXPORTS, PRICES WERE UP BY 17 PER CENT IN NOVEMBER 1983 OVER 

NOVEMBER 1982, ACCORDING TO STATISTICS RELEASED TODAY BY THE CENSUS 

AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.


MEANWHILE, THE PRICES OF IMPORTS ALSO ROSE BY 17 PER CENT.


AS A RESULT, THE TERMS OF TRADE INDEX (EXPRESSED AS A RATIO OF 

THE TOTAL EXPORT PRICE INDEX TO THE IMPORT PRICE INDEX) REMAINED 

AT 99.


THE VOLUME OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS BOTH ROSE BY 25 

PER CENT, SO THAT THE VOLUME OF TOTAL EXPORTS ALSO INCREASED BY 25 

PER CENT.


MEANWHILE, THE VOLUME OF IMPORTS INCREASED BY 19 PER CENT.


SINCE THE PRICES OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND OF RE-EXPORTS BOTH 

INCREASED BY NINE PER CENT IN THE FIRST ELEVEN MONTHS OF 1983 OVER 

THE SAME PERIOD OF LAST YEAR, DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS BOTH 

GREW BY 15 PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS.


AS THE PRICES OF IMPORTS WERE 11 PER CENT HIGHER OVER THE SAME 

PERIOD, IMPORTS RECORDED A NINE PER CENT GROWTH IN VOLUME TERMS.


COMPARISON OF THE 12 MONTHS ENDING NOVEMBER EAST YEAR WITH THE 

12 MONTHS ENDING NOVEMBER 1982 SHOWS THAT THE PRICES OF DOMESTIC 

EXPORTS, RE-EXPORTS AND IMPORTS ROSE, ON AVERAGE, BY EIGHT PER CENT, 

NINE PER CENT AND 10 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.


THE VOLUME OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS BOTH INCREASED BY 

14 PER CENT THUS GIVING A 14 PER CENT INCREASE IN THE VOLUME OF TOTAL 

EXPORTS.


MEANWHILE,’ THE VOLUME OF IMPORTS ROSE BY NINE PER CENT.


PRICES ARE BASED ON UNIT VALUES WHICH DO NOT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT 

CHANGES IN THE COMPOSITION OR QUALITY OF GOODS TRADED.


CHANGES IN THE VOLUME OF TRADE ARE DERIVED FROM CHANGES IN TRADE 

VALUES, AFTER DISCOUNTING THE EFFECT OF PRICE CHANGES.


THE CHANGES IN THE VALUE, UNIT VALUE AND VOLUME OF DOMESTIC 

EXPORTS BY COMMODITY GROUP ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 1.


AS SEEN FROM TABLE 1, THE EXPORTS PRICES OF ALL COMMODITY GROUPS 

INCREASED, FROM FIVE PER CENT FOR RADIOS OF ALL KINDS TO 21 PER CENT 

FOR CLOTHING.


DOMESTIC EXPORT VOLUME OF NEARLY ALL COMMODITY GROUPS 

INCREASED, THE MORE SIGNIFICANT ONES BEING DOMESTIC ELECTRICAL 

APPLIANCES (+58%), TEXTILE MADE-UPS AND RELATED ARTICLES (+57%) AND 

ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS (+52%). HOWEVER, DECREASES IN DOMESTIC EXPORT 

VOLUME WERE RECORDED FOR WATCHES AND CLOCKS (-4%), AND METAL ORES 

AND SCRAP (-12%).


/THE CHANGES ....................


SUNDAY, FEBBUnHY j, 1$b4


THE CHANGES IN THE VALUE, UNIT VALUE AND VOLUME OF IMPORTS BY 

END-USE CATEGORY ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 2.


AS PRESENTED IN TABLE 2, IMPORT PRICES OF ALL END-USE 

CATEGORIES ROSE, WITH INCREASES RANGING FROM 10 PER CENT FOR FUELS 

TO 19 PER CENT FOR BOTH CONSUMER GOODS AND RAW MATERIALS AND 

SEMI-MANUFACTURES.


MANY OF THE MAJOR IMPORTED FOODSTUFFS INCREASED IN VOLUME 

TERMS, THE MORE SIGNIFICANT ONES BEING SUGAR, MEAT AND MEAT 

PREPARATIONS, FRUIT, SWINE, AS WELL AS FISH AND FISH PREPARATIONS. 

HOWEVER, THE IMPORT VOLUME OF ANIMALS OF THE BOVINE SPECIES 

DECREASED SIGNIFICANTLY.


IN THE CONSUMER GOODS CATEGORY, SUBSTANTIAL INCREASES IN IMPORT 

VOLUME WERE REGISTERED FOR MISCELLANEOUS MADE-UP ARTICLES OF TEXTILE 

MATERIALS, PASSENGER MOTOR CARS, HOUSEHOLD-TYPE ELECTRICAL 

APPLIANCES, WATCHES AND CLOTHING. HOWEVER, SIGNIFICANT DECREASE IN 

IMPORT VOLUME WAS RECORDED FOR ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES.


THE IMPORT VOLUME OF MOST RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES 

ROSE. SUBSTANTIAL INCREASES WERE RECORDED FOR SILK FABRICS, MANMADE 

FIBRES, YARN OF WOOL AND MIXTURES, CRUDE ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE 

MATERIALS, THERMIONIC CATHODE VALVES AND TUBES, DIODES, 

TRANSISTORS AND ELECTRICAL MICROCIRCUITS, YARN OF MAN-MADE FIBRES, 

LEATHER AND DRESSED FUR SKINS, AND PLASTIC MOULDING MATERIALS.


HOWEVER, THE IMPORT VOLUME OF RAW COTTON, WATCH AND CLOCK 

MOVEMENTS, CASES AND PARTS AND CLAY AND REFRACTORY CONSTRUCTION 

MATERIALS AND BUILDING MATERIALS EXCEPT GLASS, DROPPED MODERATELY.


IMPORTS OF FUELS DROPPED BY 17 PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS.


IN THE CAPITAL GOODS CATEGORY, THE IMPORT VOLUME OF NEARLY ALL 

COMMODITIES INCREASED SUBSTANTIALLY, THE MORE REMARKABLE ONES BEING 

TEXTILE MACHINERY, OFFICE MACHINES, SCIENTIFIC, MEDICAL, OPTICAL, 

MEASURING AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS AND APPARATUS, AND ELECTRICAL 

MACHINERY.


HOWEVER, THE IMPORT VOLUME OF TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT DECREASED 

SLIGHTLY.


THE CHANGES IN THE VALUE, UNIT VALUE AND VOLUME OF RE-EXPORTS 

BY END-USE CATEGORY ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 3.


AS DEPICTED IN TABLE 3, THE RE-EXPORT VOLUME OF ALL END-USE 

CATEGORIES ROSE, WITH THE INCREASES RANGING FROM 11 PER CENT FOR 

FOODSTUFFS TO 36 PER CENT FOR CAPITAL GOODS.


FURTHER DETAILS ARE CONTAINED IN THE NOVEMBER 1983 ISSUE OF 

THE +HONG KONG TRADE INDEX NUMBERS*. COPIES OF THE ISSUE ARE 

AVAILABLE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE AT HK$2 EACH.


/TABLi 1 : ....................


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 5, 1964


5


TABLE 1 i CHANGES COMPARING NOVEMBER 1983 WITH NOVEMBER 1982 

OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY COMMODITY GROUP


COMMODITY GROUP


EXPORT 

VALUE


EXPORT 

UNIT VALUE


EXPORT


VOLUME


CLOTHING (EXCEPT FUR)


+43%


+21%


+ 18%


TEXTILE FABRICS


+64%


+15%


+43%


TEXTILE YARN AND THREAD 

i


+69%


+18%


+43%


TEXTILE MADE-UPS AND 

RELATED ARTICLES


.88%


+20%


.57%


RADIOS OF ALL KINDS


+33%


+ 5%


+27%


ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS


+67%


+10%


+ 52%


FOOTWEAR


+38%


+ 15%


+20%


METAL MANUFACTURES


+49%


+12%


+33%


b€TAL ORES AND SCRAP


+ 6%


+19%


-12%


WATCHES AND CLOCKS


+12%


+16%


- 4%


TRAVEL GOODS. HANDBAGS 

SIMILAR ARTICLES


AND


+50%


+13%


+33%


DOMESTIC ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES


+76%


+12%


+58%


ALL COMMODITIES


.45%


+17%


+25%


TABLE 2 i CHANGES


COMPARING NOVEMBER 1983 

OF IMPORTS BY END-USE


WITH NOVEMBER 

CATEGORY


1982


END-USE CATEGORY


IMPORT 

VALUE


IMPORT 

UNIT VALUE


IMPORT


VOLUME


FOODSTUFFS


+30%


+ 16%


+ 12%


CONSUMER GOODS


+33%


+ 19%


+ 12%


RAW MATERIALS AND 

SEMI-MANUFACTURES


+59%


+19%


+34%


FUELS


- 9%


+ 10%


-17%


CAPITAL GOODS '


*


.35%


+14%


+ 18%


ALL COMMODITIES


+40%


+17%


+ 19%




/TAdLE 3 :


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY }, 19&4


- 6 -


TABLE 3 i CHANGES COMPARING NOVEMBER 1983 WITH NOVEMBER 1982 

OF RE-EXPORTS BY END-USE CATEGORY


END-USE CATEGORY


RE-EXPORT 

VALUE


RE-EXPORT 

UNIT VALUE


RE-EXPORT


VOLUME


FOODSTUFFS


.35%


.22%


. 11%


CONSUMER GOODS


.37%


. 15%


.19%


RAW MATERIALS AND 

SEMI-MANUFACTURES


.54%


+16%


.32%


FUELS


+40%


+19%


+17%


CAPITAL GOODS


+57%


+16%


.36%


ALL COMMODITIES


+46%


. 16%


+25%




PUBLIC URGED TO TAKE FIRE PRECAUTIONS 

* * *


FIRE RISKS ARE HIGH IN MANY OF HONG KONG’S OLD TENEMENT 

BUILDINGS, PARTICULARLY THOSE STILL EQUIPPED WITH OLD FIRE 

SAFETY MEASURES.


.THESE BUILDINGS MAY THUS RECEIVE GREATER DAMAGE IN CASE 

CF F IRE.. MR TAM YUK-FAN, SENIOR DIVISIONAL OFFICER (KOWLOON 

WEST) OF THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT WARNED TODAY.


AS AN EXAMPLE, HE CITED AN EIGHT-STOREY RESIDENTIAL BLOCK 

IN MONG KOK WHERE A FIRE BROKE OUT ON DECEMBER 8, KILLING FOUR 

PEOPLE AND INJURING 11 OTHERS.


.THE HIGH CASUALTY FIGURE WAS DUE TO THE RAPID SPREAD 

CF THE FIRE AND SMOKE, MR TAM, WHO DIRECTED THE RESCUE OPERATION, 

POINTED OUT.


INFLAMMABLE WOODEN PARTITIONS IN THE BUILDING AND THE 

BLOCKAGE OF ESCAPE ROUTES AGGRAVATED THE SITUATION, HE RECALLED.


MR TAM SAID THIS FIRE UNDERLINED THE IMPORTANCE OF HAVING 

EFFICIENT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN MULTI-STOREY DOMESTIC BUILDINGS.


THE SENIOR DIVISIONAL OFFICER OF THE FIRE PROTECTION 

BUREAU, MR CHOW WING-CHEONG, IN A SEPARATE WARNING STRESSED 

THAT SMOKE LOBBY DOORS MUST REMAIN CLOSED AND ESCAPE ROUTES 

CLEARED OF OBSTRUCTIONS.


/+ANY PERSON ...................


SUNDAY, FEBKUAHY J, 1984


- 7 -


.ANY PERSON WHO LEAVES SMOKE LOBBY DOORS OPEN OR KEEPS 

THEM LOCKED IS ENDANGERING HIS OWN LIFE AND THOSE OF OTHERS.


.HE IS ALSO COMMITTING AN OFFENCE PUNISHABLE BY A FINE OF 

UP TO $25 OOO,. HE WARNED.


THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT HAS BEEN TAKING STERN ACTION 

AGAINST PEOPLE WHO VIOLATE FIRE SAFETY REGULATIONS.


.DURING THE FIRST 10 MONTHS OF 1983, A TOTAL OF 3 781 

FIRE HAZARD ABATEMENT NOTICES WERE ISSUED, WITH 2 394 CASES 

BROUGHT TO COURT AND FINES OF MORE THAN $1 MILLION IMPOSED,+ 

W CHOW SAID.


TAXI FARE TABLES — NO NEED FOR RUSH 

* * * *


TAXI CONVERSION TABLES ADVERTISED IN THE NEWSPAPERS CAN BE 

USED FOR DISPLAY IN TAXIS WHEN THE NEW FARES COME INTO EFFECT 

ON FEBRUARY 8.


THE TABLES WILL BE PLACED AS ADVERT ISMENTS ON FEBRUARY 6 

AND 7 IN TWO ENGLISH AND FOUR CHINESE NEWSPAPERS.


.IN THIS CASE, TAXI OPERATORS CAN SIMPLY CUT OUT THE 

TABLES FROM THE NEWSPAPERS FOR USE BEFORE THE METERS ARE 

RECALIBRATED. THERE IS NO NEED TO RUSH TO THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT’S 

LICENSING OFFICES ON FEBRUARY 6 TO COLLECT THE TABLES,. A SPOKESMAN 

FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SAID.


TAXI CONVERSION TABLES WILL BE AVAILABLE TO TAXI OPERATORS 

AT ALL TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT LICENSING OFFICES FROM FEBRUARY 6. 

HOWEVER, FROM FEBRUARY 13 THE TABLES WILL ONLY BE AVAILABLE FROM 

THE DEPARTMENT’S PUBLIC VEHICLE SECTION, ROOM 906 - 909, HUTCHISON 

HOUSE, 10 HARCOURT ROAD, HONG KONG.


------------0------------


SIR ROBERT HO TUNG FUND ALLOCATIONS 

* * * *


GRANTS TOTALLING ABOUT $9.2 MILLION from tmf cid oABm.


Ma^^^SoSW BEE" h“e T° 76 CHARITABLE


WAS A NCEO BY MR GEOFFREY BARNES DEPUTY


CHAR |Jarl?’tB!!??!RLH2 ^N^CHAR,TABLE FUND ,S ONE OF THE LARGEST 

flFA*ir?JBnnnTovSIuc,.N,i!?N..50NG- ,T WAS ESTABLISHED BY A BEQUEST 

THE*FUNn°?s AnMT^ctcIcnS15 £0BERT HO TUNG ON HIS DEATH IN 1QFAJ. 

THE FUND IS ADMINISTERED BY THE HONG KONG BANK TRUSTEE LTD.


/mb baenes...............


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY j, 19&4


- 8


MR BARNES SAID THAT MAJOR GRANTS THIS YEAR INCLUDED SI 468 400 

TO THE TUNG WAH GROUP OF HOSPITALS, THE BULK OF WHICH IS FOR THE 

PURCHASE OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT AND FOR THE PROPOSED TUEN MUN SOCIAL 

SERVICE CENTRE PROJECT.


THE UNITED CHRISTIAN HOSPITAL RECEIVED A GRANT OF $654 300 

TO PURCHASE VARIOUS ITEMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT, THE LARGER ONES 

BEING AN AUTO-ANALYSER AND A FETAL HEART MONITOR.


CARITAS, HONG KONG, WAS GIVEN $603 000, OF WHICH $141 000 WILL 

BE USED TO PURCHASE EQUIPMENT FOR ITS NURSERIES, KINDERGARTENS, 

SOCIAL CENTRES, CENTRES FOR THE ELDERLY AND HOSTELS, AND $462 000 

FOR THE CARITAS MEDICAL CENTRE TO PURCHASE AN AUTOMATIC BIOCHEMISTRY 

ANALYSER.


THE HONG KONG TUBERCULOSIS CHEST AND HEART DISEASES ASSOCIATION 

RECEIVED $580 400, OF WHICH $307 400 WILL BE USED FOR THE RUTTONJEE 

SANATORIUM TO PURCHASE VARIOUS ITEMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT, AND 

$273 000 FOR THE GRANTHAM HOSPITAL TO ACQUIRE A DIAGNOSTIC X-RAY 

SYSTEM WITH AN IMAGE INTENSIFIER TV MONITORING UNIT.


THE ALICE HO MIU LING NETHERSOLE HOSPITAL WAS GIVEN $526 200 

TO PURCHASE A BLOOD GAS ANALYSER FOR ITS LABORATORY, A 

TRANSCULTANEOUS BLOOD GAS SYSTEM FOR THE NEONATAL UNIT AND OTHER 

ITEMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT.


A DONATION OF $482 000 WAS GIVEN TO THE HONG KONG ANT I-CANCER 

SOCIETY TO ACQUIRE TWO MORTUARY REFRIGERATORS.


THE SOCIETY FOR THE RELIEF OF DISABLED CHILDREN WAS GIVEN 

$442 800, OF WHICH $390 500 WILL BE USED TO PURCHASE A FLAT-WORK 

IRONER FOR THE LAUNDRY OF THE DUCHESS OF KENT CHILDREN’S HOSPITAL.


A SUM OF $431 800 WAS GIVEN TO THE PO LEUNG KUK, MAINLY TO 

RENOVATE THE VOCATIONAL BUILDING WHERE THE BABIES SECTION IS HOUSED, 

THE KO CHIU ROAD SHELTERED WORKSHOP AND HOSTEL AND TO CARRY OUT 

WORKS AT THE PAK TAM CHUNG HOLIDAY CAMP.


A SUM OF $379 800 WAS GIVEN TO PROVIDE MILK FOR HANDICAPPED 

CHILDREN IN 59 SPECIAL SCHOOLS AND TO ALLOW THEM TO GO ON OUTINGS 

AND EDUCATIONAL VISITS. ANOTHER $217 ?00 WAS TO SUBSIDISE THE 

HANDICAPPED AND UNDERPRIVILEDGED SCHOOL CHILDREN TO ATTEND OUTDOOR 

EDUCATION CAMPS.


A GRANT OF $296 300 WAS MADE TO THE HONG KONG RED CROSS TO 

PROMOTE ITS DONOR RECRUITMENT CAMPAIGN AND TO BUY SPECIAL EQUIPMENT 

FOR ITS SCHOOLS.


A GRANT OF $262 900 WAS GIVEN TO THE EVANGEL HOSPITAL FOR 

THE PURCHASE OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT FOR ITS LABORATORY AND OPERATING 

THEATRE.


THE EVANGEL CHILDREN’S HOME WAS GRANTED $265 000 TO RENOVATE 

ITS 20-YEAR-0LD BUILDING AND TO REPLACE THE WORN-OUT EQUIPMENT. 

ANOTHER $216 800 WAS DONATED TO THE DIAMOND HILL KWONG YUM HOME 

FOR THE AGED TO RENOVATE AND EQUIP ITS KITCHEN.


/THE YAN ....................


SUNDAY, FEBKUAAY j, 1984


THE YAN CHAI HOSPITAL AND OUR LADY OF MARYKNOLL HOSPITAL WERE 

EACH GRANTED ABOUT $200 000 TO PURCHASE MEDICAL EQUIPMENT.


THE SALVATION ARMY WAS GIVEN $178 900 TO PURCHASE TOYS AND 

EQUIPMENT FOR ITS NURSERIES-YOUTH CENTRES, HOMES FOR THE ELDERLY 

AND HANDICAPPED CHILDREN ETC.


THE HAVEN OF HOPE HOSPITAL WAS GRANTED $166 200 TO PURCHASE 

PHYSIOTHERAPY EQUIPMENT.


- - 0 - -


NT LITTERBUGS PAY $3.5M IN FINES 

KOK


SOME $3.5 MILLION WAS PAID IN FINES BY 35 000 PEOPLE FOR 

LITTERING IN THE NEW TERRITORIES IN THE LAST THREE YEARS 

OF THE CLEAN HONG KONG CAMPAIGN.


ALL THAT MONEY COULD HAVE BEEN SAVED BY THE PEOPLE BY 

SIMPLY OBSERVING THE ANT I-LITTER LAWS WHICH ARE DESIGNED TO 

KEEP THE CITY CLEAN, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES 

DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY.


LAST YEAR, 9 550 LITTERBUGS WERE FINED A TOTAL OF $1.25 

MILLION. THE HIGHEST SINGLE FINE WAS $1 700.


IN 1982, 12 300 OFFENDERS WERE FINED A TOTAL OF $1.16 

MILLION, INDICATING THAT THE FINES WERE GETTING HEAVIER. 

AMONG THOSE CONVICTED WERE MANY REPEAT OFFENDERS.


.LITTERING WILL NOT BE TOLERATED AND VIGILANCE WILL 

BE KEPT UP AGAINST OFFENDERS,. THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


TO HELP IN THE ANTI-LITTER EFFORT, A COMPUTER SYSTEM 

HAS BEEN SET UP BY THE NTSD TO PROVIDE QUICK DATA ON PREVIOUS 

OFFENDERS.


PREVIOUSLY, NO RECORDS OF LITTER OFFENDERS WERE KEPT IN 

THE NEW TERRITORIES. AS A RESULT, LITTERBUGS WERE ALL TREATED 

AS FIRST OFFENDERS.


THE NTSD’S COMPUTER SYSTEM NOW RECORDS ALL LITTER OFFENCES, 

LIKE IN THE URBAN AREA, WHERE A COMPUTER SYSTEM COMMISSIONED 

BY THE URBAN COUNCIL, ALSO OPERATES.


URGING THE PUBLIC TO BE MORE SOCIAL CONSCIOUS BY NOT 

LITTERING PUBLIC PLACES, THE NTSD SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT THE 

COST OF CLEANING UP CARELESSLY DISCARDED REFUSE WAS ENORMOUS.


HE WARNED THAT LITTERING IN PUBLIC PLACES OR FROM PRIVATE 

CARS, GOODS VEHICLES AND MOTORCYCLES COULD RESULT IN A 

FINE OF $5 000 AND A JAIL SENTENCE OF UP TO SIX MONTHS.


/10 ...


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 5, 1984


10


NEW ENQUIRY CENTRE FOR WATER CONSUMERS 

* * M


THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT WILL OPEN ITS FOURTH ENQUIRY 

CENTRE FOR CONSUMERS TOMORROW (MONDAY), ON THE FIRST FLOOR OF 

KOWLOON CANTON RAILWAY HOUSE AT SHA TIN.


THE BUSINESS MANAGER OF THE DEPARTMENT, MR TOM MCDONOUGH, 

DESCRIBED THE OPENING AS A SIGNIFICANT STEP IN THE DEPARTMENT'S 

PROGRAMME TO IMPROVE SERVICES FOR ITS 1.2 MILLION CONSUMERS.


THE NEW CENTRE WILL BE OPEN FROM 8.30 AM - 4.30 PM ON 

WEEKDAYS AND FROM 9 AM - 11.30 AM ON SATURDAYS.


IT WILL DEAL WITH ENQUIRIES FROM CONSUMERS ON ALL ASPECTS 

OF WATER ACCOUNTS.


A COMPUTER VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT HAS BEEN INSTALLED AT THE 

CENTRE TO SPEED UP HANDLING OF ENQUIRIES.


BILLS, HOWEVER, SHOULD CONTINUE TO BE SETTLED EITHER BY 

CHEQUE THROUGH THE POST OR AT THE SHA TIN DISTRICT OFFICE ON 

THE SIXTH FLOOR OF KCR HOUSE, MR MCDONOUGH POINTED OUT.


THE DEPARTMENT’S OTHER THREE ENQUIRY CENTRES ARE AT 

LEIGHTON CENTRE, CAUSEWAY BAY? TAI PO GOVERNMENT OFFICE BUILDING 

IN TING KOK ROAD; AND THE ARGYLE STREET DEPOT, MONG KOK.


SAI KUNG TO HAVE TOWN HALL SOON 

XIX


CONSTRUCTION OF A TOWN HALL IN SAI KUNG TOWN CENTRE WILL BEGIN 

NEXT MONTH AND 3E COMPLETED BY THE END OF THE YEAR, A DISTRICT 

OFFICE SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).


STAGE I DEVELOPMENT, AT AN ESTIMATED COST OF Sil.2 MILLION, 

INCLUDES A SINGLE-STOREY AIR-CONDITIONED MULTI-PURPOSE HALL WITH A 

SEATING CAPACITY OF 1 000 AND AN ANNEX TO ACCOMMODATE MANAGEMENT 

STAFF.


.ALLOWANCE HAS ALSO BEEN MADE FOR STAGE II DEVELOPMENT WHICH 

MAY INCLUDE A PUBLIC LIBRARY, A NURSERY, A SOCIAL CENTRE FOR THE 

ELDERLY, A YOUTH CENTRE, ACTIVITIES ROOMS AND A RESTAURANT,. THE 

SPOKESMAN SAID.


HE ADDED THAT PILING WORK FOR THE TOWN HALL HAS BEEN COMPLETED 

AND TENDERS ARE BEING CALLED FOR THE SUPERSTRUCTURE.


CONSTRUCTION OF THE SAI KUNG TOWN HALL WAS MADE POSSIBLE 

THROUGH ANOTHER DONATION OF $3.5 MILLION FROM THE ROYAL HONG KONG 

JOCKEY CLUB RECENTLY.


/.THIS, TOGETHER


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 7, 1984


11


.THIS, TOGETHER WITH THE CLUB'S PREVIOUS GRANT OF $4 MILLION, 

RAISES ITS TOTAL CONTRIBUTION FOR THE PROJECT TO 17.5 MILLION,* 

THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


HE SAID THE IDEA OF A TOWN HALL HAD BEEN FIRST CONCEIVED BY 

A GROUP OF LOCAL COMMUNITY LEADERS WHO LATER FORMED THEMSELVES INTO 

THE SAI KUNG TOWN HALL MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE COMPANY LIMITED IN 1981.


.THEIR PRIME OBJECTIVE IS TO PROVIDE A PERMANENT VENUE FOR 

CULTURAL, RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES IN THE DISTRICT, WHICH 

CAN HELP PROMOTE COMMUNITY SPIRIT,+ HE SAID.


- - 0 - -


FESTIVE PROGRAMME FOR NORTH DISTRICT 

M * *


A 15-DAY LUNAR NEW YEAR PROGRAMME FOR NORTH DISTRICT RESIDENTS 

WILL BEGIN NEXT SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 12).


TO START OFF THE PROGRAMME, A CHINESE ORCHESTRA AND OPERA 

PERFORMANCE WILL BE STAGED AT 2.30 PM AT SHEUNG SHU I TEMPORARY 

HOUSING AREA AND A VARIETY SHOW WILL BE PUT ON AT SHA TAU KOK.


ON FEBRUARY 15, A PUPPET SHOW WILL BE STAGED AT FANLING 

TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA, WHILE ON FEBRUARY 18 AN EXHIBITION OF 

CALLIGRAPHY AND PAINTINGS WILL BE HELD AT THE NORTH DISTRICT TOWN 

HALL.


OTHER ACTIVITIES WILL INCLUDE AN ANTI-NARCOTICS VARIETY SHOW, 

A CHILDREN’S CARNIVAL, A CHINESE ORCHESTRA PERFORMANCE AND A LONG 

DISTANCE RACE FROM TA KWU LING TO SHEUNG SHU I.


ABOUT $160 000 WILL BE SPENT ON THE FESTIVE PROGRAMME, 

OF WHICH $93 000 HAS BEEN PROVIDED BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD.


- - 0 - -


ROLLER SKATING FUN DAY AT FANLING 

* *


MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE BEING INVITED TO TAKE PART IN A ROLLER 

SKATING FUN DAY TO BE HELD IN FANLING NEXT SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 12).


ORGANISED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT, THE EVENT 

WITH DISCO MUSIC WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE ROLLER SKATING RINK OF 

THE FANLING RECREATION GROUND BETWEEN 2 PM AND 5 PM.


THE FUN DAY IS AIMED AT PROVIDING ENTERTAINMENT FOR LOCAL 

RESIDENTS DURING THE LUNAR NEW YEAR AND AT PROMOTING THE SPORT, 

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID.


MORE THAN 30 MEMBERS FROM THE HONG KONG SWAN SKATING GROUP 

WILL DEMONSTRATE THEIR TECHNIQUES AND GIVE TRAINING TO PARTICIPANTS 

WHO ARE REQUESTED TO BRING ALONG THEIR OWN ROLLER SKATES.


ONLY A LIMITED NUMBER OF SKATES WILL BE AVAILABLE FREE OF 

CHARGE ON A FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS.


- - - - 0 ----------


/12 ...................


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 5, 1984


12


BAND BRINGS CHEER TO ELDERLY PEOPLE


* * * *


THE ISLAND YOUTH BAND, SET UP BY THE RECREATION AND CULTURE 

DEPARTMENT’S MUSIC OFFICE, THIS (SUNDAY) AFTERNOON BROUGHT CHEER 

TO ABOUT 400 ELDERLY PEOPLE LIVING AT TWO HOMES FOR THE AGED.


THE 60 MEMBERS OF THE BAND ENTERTAINED THESE SENIOR CITIZENS 

WITH MUSICAL PERFORMANCES AND DISTRIBUTED LUNAR NEW YEAR GIFTS TO 

THEM.


THE ELDERLY PEOPLE, WHO LIVE AT THE DAVID TRENCH HOME AND THE 

ST MARY’S HOME FOR THE AGED, EXPRESSED APPRECIATION FOR THE BAND’S 

WARM HOSPITALITY.


WONG CHUK HANG ROAD TO BE WIDENED 

* * * M


WORK IS TO START AFTER CHINESE NEW YEAR ON WIDENING AND 

RE-CONSTRUCTING A SECTION OF WONG CHUK HANG ROAD.


A CONTRACT VALUED AT $2.46 MILLION HAS BEEN AWARDED BY 

■DIE HIGHWAYS OFFICE TO LAFE CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED TO 

CARRY OUT THE WORK.


THE SECTION OF ROAD AFFECTED IS BETWEEN NAM LONG SHAN 

ROAD AND WONG CHUK HANG INTERCHANGE.


AS PART OF THE CONTRACT, A SECTION OF HEUNG YIP ROAD WILL 

EE WIDENED AND EXTENDED TO PROVIDE A CONNECTION TO OCEAN PARK 

AND BETTER ACCESS TO THE WONG CHUK HANG INDUSTRIAL AREA.


WORK WILL START ON FEBRUARY 10 AND TAKE NINE MONTHS TO 

COMPLETE.


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN - SUPPLEMENT


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE HONG KONG TEL 5-233191


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 5, 1984


GOVERNOR'S LUNAR NEW YEAR MESSAGE 1984 

N * M M


FOLLOWING IS THE TEXT OF THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE'S LUNAR 

NEW YEAR MESSAGE DELIVERED ON THURSDAY EVENING (FEBRUARY 2).


.NEW YEAR IS THE MOST IMPORTANT TIME IN THE FAMILY CALENDAR. 

IT IS THE TIME TO GATHER TOGETHER WITH FAMILY AND FRIENDS, AND 

A TIME TO TAKE STOCK OF THE YEAR THAT HAS PASSED AND THE YEAR 

THAT IS TO COME. THIS IS OUR SECOND NEW YEAR IN HONG KONG. DURING 

OUR TIME HERE IT HAS BECOME A SPECIAL PLACE FOR US. WE VALUE 

GREATLY THE FRIENDSHIPS WE HAVE MADE AND THE WARMTH OF THE GOOD 

FEELING WHICH HAS BEEN SHOWN TOWARDS US. WE FEEL VERY MUCH A 

PART OF THE BIG FAMILY OF HONG KONG.


.OURS IS A UNIQUE COMMUNITY t ALWAYS READY TO ADAPT, TO 

INNOVATE, AND TO FACE WHATEVER CHALLENGES CONFRONT US. LIKE ALL 

SOCIETIES HONG KONG HAS ITS SHORTCOMINGS; BUT NOWHERE IS THERE 

A COMMUNITY MORE RESILIENT, MORE ENDOWED WITH GOOD SENSE, DETERMINATION 

AND HIGH ENDEAVOUR. THESE ARE THE QUALITIES WHICH HAVE 

BUILT THE HONG KONG WE KNOW TODAY.


.AT THE DAWN OF THE NEW YEAR, WE CAN PAUSE TO REFLECT ON 

THESE QUALITIES. THEY HAVE BROUGHT HONG KONG THROUGH SO MANY 

DIFFICULT TIMES IN THE PAST. THEY MUST SURELY GIVE US CONFIDENCE 

WITH WHICH TO FACE THE FUTURE. THIS IS THE TIME, TOO, TO REFLECT 

ON WHAT LIFE HAS TO OFFER HERE i ON THE FREEDOMS WHICH WE ARE ABLE 

TO TAKE FOR GRANTED AND WHICH ENABLE OUR SOCIETY TO FLOURISH, ON 

WHAT HAS BEEN ACHIEVED IN HONG KONG AND ON HOW MUCH REMAINS TO 

BE DONE.


.OVER THE PAST YEAR-UrfE HAVE ALL BEEN DEEPLY COMMITTED TO 

THE SEARCH FOR A SETTLEMENT OF THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG WHICH WILL 

SECURE ITS LONG-TERM STABILITY AND PROSPERITY. WE SHALL CONTINUE 

WITH THAT TASK WITH UNDIMINISHED DETERMINATION. THERE HAS 

BEEN AND WILL BE NO MORE IMPORTANT CALL ON OUR TIME AND ENERGY. 

WE KNOW VERY WELL WHAT THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG ARE LOOKING FOR — 

THE CONTINUATION OF THE ESSENTIAL ELEMENTS IN OUR SOCIETY AND 

ASSURANCE THAT THEY WILL CONTINUE. THAT IS WHAT WE ARE WORKING FOR.


/+IN ....................


SUNDAY, FEBRUAHY 5, 1984


2


.IN THE MEANTIME, WE SAY GOODBYE TO A YEAR WHICH BROUGHT 

MUCH ANXIETY TO US ALL. TOGETHER, WE CAME THROUGH THOSE DIFFICULTIES. 

THE DOLLAR IS AGAIN STABLE. THE ECONOMY IS GAINING 

STRENGTH. OUR TRADE FIGURES ARE IMPRESSIVE. AND I BELIEVE THE 

FACT THAT WE HAD TO OVERCOME THOSE DIFFICULTIES HAD THE EFFECT 

CF STRENGTHENING OUR RESOLVE. ALTHOUGH IN THE LAST FEW YEARS 

OUR RESOURCES HAVE BEEN MORE LIMITED, NOTHING WILL DETER US FROM 

DOING ALL WE CAN TO IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT IN WHICH OUR PEOPLE 

LIVE, THE SERVICES AVAILABLE TO THEM, OUR EDUCATION SYSTEM AND 

OTHER PROGRAMMES WHICH WILL SHAPE THE LIFE-STYLE OF FUTURE 

GENERATIONS.


.THE INNATE STRENGTHS OF OUR COMMUNITYJ ITS COHESION AND 

SENSE OF PURPOSE WILL STAND US IN GOOD STEAD IN THE YEAR OF THE 

RAT. THE COMING YEAR IS A PARTICULARLY AUSPICIOUS ONE —WITH 

DOUBLE SPRING AND DOUBLE RAINFALL (SIGNS OF GOOD FORTUNE AND 

PROSPERITY). IN SUCH A YEAR AND WITH SUCH STRENGTHS, I AM CERTAIN 

. CAN MOVE AHEAD WITH CONFIDENCE IN OURSELVES AND IN OUR FUTURE.+


------------o - - - -


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 6, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE NO.


TSUEN WAN BYPASS TO SULLY OPEN NEXT YEAR............................................................. 1


APARTMENT SALE AGREEMENTS ON SHARP RISE ................................................................


HK SEEN AS MODEL PLACE EDR INCENTIVE TRAVEL ................................................... 4


NINTH PHASE OF NEW I.D. CARD SCHEME ON TEE WAY .................................. 5


POLICE TO HAVE NEW SPORTS COMPLEX ................................................................................... 6


LANTAU TAXI TOTAL NOW 30 ................................................................................................................ 7


ADVANCED LAW COURSE OFFERED FOR JOURNALISTS ..................................... 7


INTELPOST EXTENDED TO SWEDEN ................................................................................................... R


FREE CONCERT FOR TUEN MUN RESIDENTS ............................................................................. 8


WATER FIGURE .....................................................................................................................................................


WATER MAINS WORK .........................................................................................................................................


MONDAY, FEBRUAki o, 198A


1


TSUEN WAN BYPASS TO FULLY OPEN NEXT YEAR 

* * M


WORK IS PROGRESSING SMOOTHLY ON THE SECOND STAGE OF TSUEN 

WAN BYPASS, WHICH IS EXPECTED TO BE FULLY COMPLETED EARLY NEXT 

YEAR.


THE COST IS $900 MILLION AND INCLUDES RECLAIMING ABOUT 35 

HECTARES OF TSUEN WAN BAY AND BUILDING A PIER AND TRANSPORT 

COMPLEX.


STAGE TWO RUNS FROM TEXACO ROAD TO TUEN MUN 

2.5 KILOMETRES LONG.


ROAD AND IS


FOUR HUNDRED METRES OF THE BYPASS ARE BEING CONSTRUCTED 

OVER OPEN WATER AND THE REST ON THE RECLAMATION.


STAGE ONE, WHICH COST S104 MILLION AND RUNS FROM KWAI 

CHUNG ROAD TO TEXACO ROAD, WAS OPENED IN JUNE, 1981.


TSUEN WAN BYPASS FORMS PART OF THE NEW TERRITORIES TRUNK


ROAD SYSTEM AND, ACCORDING TO THE DEPUTY PROJECT MANAGER AT TSUEN 

WAN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE, MR NORMAN TUCKER, WILL PROVIDE 

A MUCH-NEEDED THROUGH ROUTE FOR TRAFFIC TO TUEN MUN AND THE 

NORTH-WEST NEW TERRITORIES.


IT WOULD ALSO RELIEVE THE ALREADY HEAVILY CONGESTED ROADS 

IN TSUEN WAN, HE SAID.


THE ROAD IS DUAL, TWO AND THREE LANE CARRIAGEWAYS.


IT WILL HAVE ONE INTERMEDIATE INTERSECTION CONNECTED TO 

THE EXISTING ROAD NETWORK BY ADDITIONAL GROUND LEVEL ROADS WHICH 

WILL BE COMPLETED IN READINESS FOR THE BYPASS OPENING.


THE RECLAMATION, WHICH IS 80 PER CENT COMPLETE, WILL 

PROVIDE LAND FOR HOUSING, INDUSTRY AND CIVIC AND RECREATIONAL 

FACILITIES.


THE TRANSPORT COMPLEX WILL PROVIDE WHEN FULLY COMPLETED 

15 DEPARTURE PLATFORMS FOR BUSES, EACH ACCOMMODATING THREE 

BUSES, SET-DOWN AND PICK-UP POINTS FOR PRIVATE CARS AND TAXIS, 

MAXI-CAB STANDS AND A FIVE-STOREY CAR PARK FOR APPROXIMATELY 

1 000 CARS.


ACCESS TO THE COMPLEX WILL BE AT TAI HO ROAD AND YEUNG UK 

ROAD AND THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAFFIC WILL BE SEGREGATED INTO 

THEIR OWN APPROACH LANES.


PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICULAR TRAFFIC WILL BE SEPARATED BY 

PROVIDING AN ELEVATED PEDESTRIAN DECK BETWEEN THE FERRY PIER 

AND TRANSPORT COMPLEX WITH COVERED ROUTES TO BUS AND PRIVATE 

VEHICLE EMBARKATION POINTS.


MAXI-CABS AND TAXIS ARE SERVED BY A MEZZANINE DECK.


/THE BUS ....................


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 6, ?j?i4


2


THE BUS TERMINUS AND PEDESTRIAN DECK AND COVER AND ACCESS 

ROADS WERE OPENED AT THE SAME TIME AS THE FERRY PIER IN DECEMBER.


THE COMPLEX WILL BE FULLY COMPLETED NEXT SEPTEMBER.


THE PROJECT ALSO INCLUDES REPROVISIONING OF VARIOUS 

WATERFRONT FACILITIES, INCLUDING A SALT WATER PUMPING STATION, 

A FERRY PIER AND A CARGO WORKING AREA.


THE NEW CARGO WORKING AREA PROVIDES 600 METRES OF SEAFRONTAGE 

WITH A 30-METRE-WIDE SERVICE APRON.


IT WILL HAVE ITS OWN PERMANENT ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDING AND 

CANTEEN FOR WHICH TENDERS HAVE BEEN INVITED.


CONSTRUCTION WILL START IN APRIL AND BE COMPLETED BY 

FEBRUARY NEXT YEAR.


THE SALT WATER PUMPING STATION IS DUE TO COME INTO OPERATION 

BY THE MIDDLE OF THIS YEAR AND PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FLUSHING 

CAPACITY TO MEET THE NEEDS OF TSUEN WAN’S INCREASING POPULATION.


THE RECLAMATION IS DUE TO BE FULLY COMPLETED BY MID-1986. 

THIS WILL THEN ALLOW COMPLETION OF LANDSCAPING AND THE RELEASE 

CF LAND ZONED FOR COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT.


----o----


APARTMENT SALE AGREEMENTS ON SHARP RISE


X X X * *


, 0F SALE AGREEMENTS ON FLATS INCREASED SUBSTANTIALLY


LAST YEAR, THE LAND OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR GENERAL’S DEPARTMENT 

REPORTED TODAY.


IN ALL, 24 447 SUCH AGREEMENTS WERE REGISTERED, 

OF 40.2 PER CENT OVER THE PREVIOUS YEAR.


AN INCREASE


DURING 1983, 48 264 ASSIGNMENTS OF FLATS WERE REGISTERED, 

COMPARED WITH 48 015 IN 1982.


A TOTAL OF 8 847 ASSIGNMENTS OF FLATS WERE COMPLETED BY 

THE LAND OFFICE ON BEHALF OF THE HOUSING AUTHORITY UNDER THE 

GOVERNMENT’S HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME, COMPARED WITH 4 462 IN 1982.


FIFTY-FOUR BUILDING MORTGAGES AND 41 022 OTHER MORTGAGES 

VERE REGISTERED, DOWN FROM 119 AND 49 709 RESPECTIVELY IN THE 

PREVIOUS YEAR.


THERE WERE 448 ASSIGNMENTS OF LOTS AND SECTIONS, 15.5 PER CENT 

LESS THAN IN 1982.


SEARCHES IN THE LAND OFFICE BY MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC REACHED 

AN ALL-TIME HIGH OF 640 900, UP BY 3.6 PER CENT.


/the total ...............


MONDAY, FBBHUAKY 6, 19^4


- 3 -


THE TOTAL VALUE OF CONSIDERATIONS IN ASSIGNMENTS OF LOTS 

AND SECTIONS DECLINED BY 33.7 PER CENT FROM $7,217 BILLION IN 

1982 TO $4,782 BILLION LAST YEAR, WHILE THAT FOR THE ASSIGNMENT 

CF FLATS DROPPED BY 24 PER CENT FROM $31,545 BILLION TO 

$23,956 BILLION.


THE TOTAL AMOUNT SECURED UNDER BUILDING MORTGAGES REGISTERED 

DURING THE YEAR FELL BY 59 PER CENT, FROM $1,483 BILLION TO 

$608 MILLION.


THE AMOUNT UNDER MORTGAGES OTHER THAN BUILDING MORTGAGES 

INCREASED BY 6.5 PER CENT, FROM $38,148 BILLION TO $40,615 BILLION.


REPAYMENTS UNDER MORTGAGES OF ALL KINDS, AS EVIDENCED BY 

REASSIGNMENTS AND CERTIFICATES OF SATISFACTION, WERE DOWN BY 

41.7 PER CENT, FROM $21,011 BILLION IN 1982 TO $12,255 BILLION 

IN 1983.


BUT THE REGISTRAR GENERAL, MR NOEL GLEESON, CAUTIONED THAT 

THE VARIOUS FIGURES CITED DID NOT INCLUDE TRANSACTIONS IN THE 

MEW TERRITORIES AND THUS DID NOT COVER THE TOTAL PROPERTY MARKET.


OF THE EIGHT NT DISTRICT LAND REGISTRIES, ONLY THREE HAVE 

BEEN TAKEN OVER BY THE REGISTRAR GENERAL’S DEPARTMENT. IT IS 

INTENDED THAT THE DEPARTMENT WILL TAKE OVER THE REST BY STAGES.


SIGNIFICANT GOVERNMENT LAND TRANSACTIONS COMPLETED DURING 

THE YEAR INCLUDED THE FOLLOWING i


* THE GRANT OF THE CITY GARDEN SITE IN ELECTRIC ROAD TO 

HONG KONG ELECTRIC THROUGH LAND EXCHANGE WITH A PREMIUM 

OF $108,225 MILLION.


X THE SALE OF A 15-HECTARE SITE AT TUEN MUN TO BAYNARD 

LIMITED AT A PREMIUM OF $8.5 MILLION FOR YACHT CLUB AND 

RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES.


ft THE SALE BY CASH TENDER TO TRI PROF IT ENTERPRISES OF A 

45 480-SQUARE METRE SITE AT KOWLOON BAY FOR NON-1NDUSTRI AL 

PURPOSES AND 6 000 FLATS UNDER THE PRIVATE-SECTOR 

PARTICIPATION SCHEME FOR $509,288 MILLION.


ft A PREMIUM-FREE GRANT BY PRIVATE TREATY OF A SITE IN KWUN 

TONG FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A CLOTHING INDUSTRIAL TRAINING 

CENTRE.


ft THE GRANT BY PRIVATE TREATY OF 11 HECTARES AT MAI PO 

MARSHES TO THE WILD LIFE FUND HONG KONG FOR THE 

ESTABLISHMENT OF A WILD LIFE CENTRE AT A NOMINAL FEE 

OF $1 A YEAR.


ft THE GRANT OF FIVE LOTS TO THE HOUSING AUTHORITY UNDER 

THE HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF 7 000 

RESIDENTIAL FLATS.


/the number...............


MONDAY, FEBHGaHY 6, 1964


THE NUMBER OF LAND GRANTS AND MODIFICATIONS OF LEASE CONDITIONS 

COMPLETED LAST YEAR DECREASED FROM 279 IN 1982 TO 245, WHILE THE 

TOTAL PREMIUM INVOLVED DROPPED BY 83 PER CENT FROM $7.01 BILLION 

TO $1,194 BILLION.


OVER THE SAME PERIOD, SURRENDERS AND RESUMPTIONS OF LAND 

ROSE BY 30 PER CENT FROM 251 TO 327, WITH THE AMOUNT OF COMPENSATION 

GROWING BY 193.5 PER CENT FROM $128 MILLION TO $376 MILLION.


THE TOTAL NUMBER OF PROPERTY OWNERS THROUGHOUT HONG KONG 

ROSE BY 6.1 PER CENT FROM 615 815 IN 1981 TO 653 422 IN 1982 

AND AGAIN BY 7.6 PER CENT TO 702 787 IN 1983.


-------------0--------------


HK SEEN AS MODEL PLACE FOR INCENTIVE TRAVEL


*****


IN ADDITION TO ITS NATURAL AND OTHER ADVANTAGES, HONG KONG 

WAS THE BEST WORKING MODEL OF SUCCESSFUL PRIVATE ENTERPRISE THAT 

COULD BE FOUND FOR INCENTIVE TRAVEL, THE SECRETARY FOR HOME 

AFFAIRS, MR DENIS BRAY, SAID TODAY.


PEOPLE ON INCENTIVE TRAVEL. WHO HAD BEEN REWARDED FOR THEIR 

ENTERPRISE, WERE THE PEOPLE MOST LIKELY TO GET A STIMULUS FROM 

CONTACT WITH THE HONG KONG WAY OF LIFE, MR BRAY SAID.


.THEY ARE THE PEOPLE WHO HAVE DRIVE AND ENTERPRISE THEMSELVES 

AND ARE JUST THE SORT OF PEOPLE WHO WOULD TAKE A GREAT INTEREST IN 

WHAT HAPPENS WHEN PRIVATE ENTERPRISE IS REALLY ALLOWED ITS HEAD,+ 

. SAID, AT THE OPENING OF THE INTERNATIONAL SEMINAR FOR 

INCENTIVE TRAVEL USERS, THIS MORNING.


NOTING THAT THE SEMINAR WAS BEING HELD TO STUDY HONG KONG’S 

FEATURES AS A DESTINATION FOR INCENTIVE TRAVEL, MR BRAY SAID, +OURS 

IS A RELATIVELY SOPHISTICATED SOCIETY WHICH EASILY AND HAPPILY 

ACCEPTS VISITORS AND PROVIDES NATURAL HOSPITALITY.+


THERE WAS MUCH MORE TO HONG KONG BEYOND THE ATTRACTIONS OF 

EATING AND SHOPPING, MR BRAY SAID.


ALTHOUGH THOUGHT OF AS ESSENTIALLY AN URBAN AREA, HONG KONG 

HAS A COUNTRYSIDE +REVEALING THE OFTEN UNSUSPECTED DELIGHTS OF 

HONG KONG IN WHICH THE TRADITIONS OF ANCIENT WAYS ARE STILL 

VIGOROUS,. HE SAID.


.IN CITY AND COUNTRYSIDE THESE TRADITIONS ARE CELEBRATED 

IN CEREMONIES AND FESTIVALS LIKE THE GREAT NEW YEAR HOLIDAYS 

JUST PAST — IN FACT IF YOU FIND A RATHER SLEEPY AIR ABOUT NO* 

YOU SHOULD KNOW THAT IT REALLY TAKES US QUITE A LONG TIME TO 

GET BACK TO FULL SPEED AFTER CHINESE NEW YEAR,+ MR BRAY ADDED.


/ON THE ...................


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 6, 1984


ON THE QUESTION OF PRIVATE ENTERPRISE, MR BRAY EXPLAINED 

THAT IN HONG KONG THE GOVERNMENT DID INTERVENE AND REGULATE, BUT 

IT DID SO +TO SEE FAIR PLAY, TO MAKE SURE BANKS CAN PAY THEIR 

DEPOSITORS, THAT COMMERCIAL SWINDLERS ARE CAUGHT, THAT INDUSTRY 

HAS A GOOD BASIC INFRASTRUCTURE NOT ONLY TO SUPPORT THE 

CONSTRUCTION OF FACTORIES BUT OF INDUSTRIAL TRAINING FOR ITS 

WORKERS.*


.WHAT WE DO NOT DO IS USE TAXPAYERS’ MONEY TO BOLSTER 

FLAGGING INDUSTRIES OR SAVE ENTREPRENEURS FROM THEIR MISTAKES,* 

. SAID.


.TAXES ARE LOW — SALARY TAX REACHES A MAXIMUM OF 15 PER 

CENT AND THERE IS NO TAX ON DIVIDENDS. BUT THERE ARE NO TAX 

ALLOWANCES FOR LIFE INSURANCE OR HOUSE PURCHASE OR ANYTHING 

NOT DIRECTLY CONCERNED WITH GENERATING THE SALARY.


.NOR ARE THERE DEDUCTIONS FOR NATIONAL INSURANCE. WE THINK 

PEOPLE SHOULD SPEND THEIR OWN MONEY AS THEY WISH RATHER THAN AS 

THE GOVERNMENT THINKS IS GOOD FOR THEM.+


HONG KONG HAS A COMPREHENSIVE PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE AS 

WELL AS A SUBSTANTIAL PRIVATE MEDICAL SECTOR — AND LIFE 

EXPECTANCY AT BIRTH HERE IS AMONG THE HIGHEST IN THE WORLD AND 

GREATER THAN IN BRITAIN. EDUCATION IS FREE AND COMPULSORY UP 

TO THE AGE OF 15 AND VERY HIGHLY SUBSIDISED BEYOND THAT. AND 

ALSO, 40 PER CENT OF HONG KONG PEOPLE LIVE IN VERY HIGHLY 

SUBSIDISED HOUSING PROVIDED BY THE GOVERNMENT. AND 35 000 FLATS 

WERE BEING BUILT A YEAR, HE SAID.


MR BRAY SAID THAT WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THESE AREAS OF 

SOCIAL SERVICE, THE GOVERNMENT BELIEVED THAT IT WAS ONLY BY 

ALLOWING ENTREPRENEURS FULL FREEDOM THAT ECONOMIC GROWTH CAN 

EE GENERATED.


.AND THIS WE CERTAINLY HAVE DONE,* HE SAID.


------------0------------


NINTH PHASE OF NEW I.D. CARD SCHEME ON THE WAY 

*****


THE NEW I.D. CARD ISSUE SCHEME WILL ENTER ITS NINTH PHASE 

NEXT MONDAY (FEBRUARY 13), THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED 

TODAY.


DURING THIS PHASE, MEN BORN IN 1950 AND 1951 WILL HAVE 

FOUR WEEKS TO APPLY FOR NEW I.D. CARDS.


A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID, ^APPLICANTS MUST BRING ALONG 

THEIR OLD IDENTITY CARDS WHEN THEY VISIT ANY OF THE EIGHT NEW 

I.D. CARD ISSUE OFFICES BETWEEN 8.00 AM AND 9.30 PM, MONDAYS 

TO SATURDAYS.


/.NEW IDENTITY


MONDAY, FEBRUARY o, T9&4


- 6 -


.NEW IDENTITY CARDS WILL BE READY FOR COLLECTION IN 

18 WORKING DAYS WHEN THEY WILL BE REQUIRED TO SURRENDER THEIR 

OLD CARDS,. HE ADDED.


APPLICANTS ARE WELCOME TO MAKE USE OF THE MAIL-IN APPOINTMENT 

SYSTEM. APPOINTMENTS ARE ACCEPTED FOR ANY NORMAL WORKING DAY, 

EXCEPT MONDAYS, FROM 10.00 AM TO 5.30 PM.


APPLICATION FORMS FOR APPOINTMENTS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM 

ANY DISTRICT OFFICE OR IMMIGRATION OFFICE. THEY MUST BE COMPLETED 

AND RETURNED TO THE ISSUE OFFICE OF THEIR CHOICE AT LEAST 10 DAYS 

BEFORE THE END OF THE PHASE ON MARCH 10.


THOSE WHO WISH TO HAVE THEIR OLD CARDS REPLACED DUE TO LOSS 

OR DAMAGE OR TO HAVE THEIR PERSONAL DATA CHANGED SHOULD GO TO 

THE REGULAR REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICES.


- - - - 0 ------------


POLICE TO HAVE NEW SPORTS COMPLEX 

ft * ft * *


WORK ON BUILDING A NEW MULT I-FAC IL ITY SPORTS COMPLEX FOR 

THE POLICE AT BOUNDARY STREET WILL START NEXT MONTH AND BE 

COMPLETED IN MAY NEXT YEAR.


IT WILL REPLACE THE EXISTING BUILDING DAMAGED BY FIRE IN 

1980.


THE NEW FOUR-STOREY BUILDING WILL BE CONSTRUCTED ON THE 

EXISTING 3.75-HECTARE SITE.


IT WILL HAVE TWO WINGS LINKED BY A CENTRAL HALL.


MOST OF THE RECREATIONAL FACILITIES WILL BE CONTAINED IN 

THE NORTH WING, INCLUDING A RESTAURANT AND FUNCTION ROOM, 

A SPORTSMAN’S BAR AND LOUNGE, GAMES ROOMS, A TELEVISION ROOM, 

A READING ROOM, A DARKROOM AND PHOTO LABORATORY AND ANCILLARY 

FACILITIES SUCH AS OFFICES AND STAFF QUARTERS.


THE SOUTH WING WILL HOUSE THE INDOOR SPORTING FACILITIES, 

INCLUDING A MULTI-PURPOSE SPORTS HALL, SIX SQUASH COURTS, 

A GYMNASIUM AND FITNESS ROOMS, A JUDO ROOM, TABLE TENNIS ROOMS 

AND TENNIS COURTS. IT WILL ALSO CONTAIN CHILDREN’S PLAYROOMS, 

STORE ROOMS, CHANGING ROOMS AND SAUNA.


A BASEMENT WILL ACCOMMODATE AN INDOOR REVOLVER RANGE, 

BOWLING ALLEY, SNACK BAR AND GAMES ROOM.


TENDERS FOR THE WORK WERE INVITED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE 

LAST WEDNESDAY.


/7 ....................


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 6, 1984


7


LANTAU TAXI TOTAL NOW 30 

* * * *


THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL HAS APPROVED THAT THE NUMBER OF TAXIS 

ON LANTAU BE INCREASED FROM 20 TO 30.


A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY THAT THE 

NEW LIMIT WILL BE KEPT UNDER REVIEW ANNUALLY IN THE LIGHT OF 

INCREASES IN THE TOTAL DEMAND FOR TRANSPORT ON THE ISLAND.


LANTAU TAXI LICENCES WERE ISSUED IN JANUARY LAST YEAR AND 

THE FIRST TAXI BEGAN OPERATION IN MARCH.


NOTE i


THE FIGURE OF 20 QUOTED IN THE PRESS RELEASE ISSUED ON 

FEBRUARY 1 WAS INCORRECT. THE ERROR IS REGRETTED.


ADVANCED LAW COURSE OFFERED FOR JOURNALISTS 

* * *


WORKING JOURNALISTS ARE INVITED TO TAKE PART IN AN ADVANCED 

LAW COURSE FOR JOURNALISTS CONDUCTED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF EXTRAMURAL 

STUDIES OF THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG.


THE COURSE, ORGANISED AT THE REQUEST OF THE JOURNALISM 

TRAINING BOARD OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL, CONSISTS OF 

16 EVENING LECTURES, COVERING SUCH AREAS AS CONTEMPT OF COURT, 

COPYRIGHT, DEFAMATION, PRIVACY, AND CENSORSHIP.


THE LECTURES WILL BE HELD EVERY WEDNESDAY FROM 8 TO 10 PM 

BEGINNING FEBRUARY 22, 1984.


FEE OF THE COURSE IS $280 PER PERSON. EACH PARTICIPANT IS 

REQUIRED TO PAY A NOMINAL SUM OF flOO, AS THE REST OF THE AMOUNT 

IS BORNE BY VTC.


THE COURSE IS ONE OF A SERIES OF TRAINING PROGRAMMES 

LAUNCHED BY THE JOURNALISM TRAINING BOARD TO PROVIDE MORE TRAINING 

OPPORTUNITIES FOR JOURNALISTS.


CLOSING DATE FOR APPLICATION IS FEBRUARY 14, 1984. PRIORITY 

WILL BE GIVEN TO JOURNALISTS WHO HAVE COMPLETED THE INTRODUCTORY 

LAW COURSE FOR JOURNALISTS PREVIOUSLY CONDUCTED BY THE UNIVERSITY.


APPLICATION FORMS SHOULD BE SENT AND ENQUIRIES DIRECTED TO 

THE SECRETARY OF THE JOURNALISM TRAINING BOARD, MR FRANK NG AT 

5-8932341 EXT. 283 VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL, 14TH FLOOR HARBOUR 

CENTRE, 25 HARBOUR ROAD, HONG KONG.


- - 0 - -


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 6, 1984


- 8 -


INTELPOST EXTENDED TO SWEDEN 

* * * *


INTELPOST SERVICE WILL BE EXTENDED TO SWEDEN FROM TODAY 

(MONDAY), THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED.


INTELPOST IS CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO THE UNITED KINGDOM, USA, 

FRANCE WEST GERMANY, SOUTH KOREA AND THE NETHERLANDS. IT PROVIDES 

FOR HIGH SPEED FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION OF DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS AND 

PERSONAL MESSAGES.


DELIVERY CAN BE MADE IN A MATTER OF HOURS WHERE SPECIAL 

MESSENGER SERVICES ARE AVAILABLE OR THROUGH THE PICK-UP 

SERVICE AT DESIGNATED INTELPOST OFFICES, A SPOKESMAN SAID.


THE CHARGE FOR THE SERVICE TO SWEDEN WILL BEi


FOR THE FIRST SIDE OF AN A4 SHEET OF PAPER...................... $65


FOR EACH SUBSEQUENT A4 SIDE SENT TO THE SAME


ADDRESSEE AT THE SAME TIME................................................................. >30


DOCUMENTS MAY BE POSTED AT EITHER THE GENERAL POST OFFICE 

IN THE CENTRAL DISTRICT OR TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFFICE AT 10 

MIDDLE ROAD, TSIM SHA TSUI.


FURTHER INFORMATION ON THE SERVICE MAY BE OBTAINED BY 

TELEPHONING 5-2671148.


- - - - 0 ----------


FREE CONCERT FOR TUEN MUN RESIDENTS 

KM *


MORE THAN 500 MUSIC LOVERS IN TUEN MUN WILL BE TREATED TO A 

CONCERT BY THE HONG KONG PHILHARMONIC ORCHESTRA ON SUNDAY 

(FEBRUARY 12).


THE CONCERT IS A JOINT PRESENTATION BY THE TUEN MUN ARTS 

PROMOTION ASSOCIATION AND THE MUSIC OFFICE, AND IS SPONSORED 

BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD AND THE YAN 01 TONG COMMUNITY AND 

INDOOR SPORTS CENTRE.


IT WILL BE HELD AT THE RECREATION AND SPORTS HALL OF THE 

YAN 01 TONG COMMUNITY AND INDOOR SPORTS CENTRE STARTING AT 

7.30 PM.


THE CONDUCTOR WILL BE MR MIRAN KOJI AN AND THE SOLOIST, 

W MICHAEL SEMES.


/pBOGau.S.i. ?CH ...................


MONDAY i FES RUA b, 19&4


PROGRAMME FOR THE CONCERT WILL INCLUDE BEETHOVEN'S 

OVERTURE LEONORE NO. 3? KOUSSEVITSKY’S CONCERTO FOR DOUBLE 

BASS? TCHAIKOVSKY'S 1812 OVERTURE? AND SOME POPULAR TELEVISION 

PROGRAMME THEMES.


ADMISSION TO THE CONCERT IS FREE.


TICKETS ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE 

AND ITS SUB-OFFICES IN TAI HING, ON TING/YAU 01 AND WU KING 

PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES, AND YAN 01 TONG COMMUNITY AND INDOOR 

SPORTS CENTRE.


WATER FIGURE 

ft ft ft


STORAGE IN HONG KONG'S RESERVOIRS AT 9 AM TODAY (MONDAY) 

STOOD AT 85.4 PER CENT OF CAPACITY OR 500.415 MILLION CUBIC 

METRES.


THIS TIME LAST YEAR THE RESERVOIRS CONTAINED 411.161 

MILLION CUBIC METRES OF WATER, REPRESENTING 70.1 PER CENT 

OF CAPACITY.


- 0 - -


WATER MAINS WORK 

ft ft


FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO ALL PREMISES IN LUEN WO MARKET IN FANLING 

WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 9 PM ON FRIDAY (FEBRUARY 10) TO 6 AM THE 

FOLLOWING DAY FOR MAINS WORK.


- - 0


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG, TEL: 5-233191


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 7, 1984


CONTENTS PaGE NO.


'GOVERNMENT NOT AGAINST FUTURE POLITICAL GROWTH’ .................................... 1


GOVERNOR PRAISES SAN MIGUEL FOR CONFIDENCE IN HONG KONG............. 2


OUR POPULATION IS 5 344 400 ...................................................................................................... 3


FIVE CROWN SITES TO BE AUCTIONED ...................................................................................... 3


BUS ROUTE EXTENSION CONSIDERED ............................................................................................. 5


POSTAL BOX RAIN SHELTERS FOR SQUaTTER RESIDENTS ....................................... 5


BOARD TO REVIEW SYSTEM...................................................................................................................... 6


TRAINING GUIDELINE FOR ACCOUNTANTS PUBLISHED ................................................ 6


LONG DISTANCE RDN ...................................................................................................................................... 7


POST OFFICE TO CLOSE FOR WORKS ............................................................................................. 7


TUEN MUN ROAD WORKS ............................................................................................................................... .


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 7, 1984


’GOVERNMENT NOT AGAINST FUTURE POLITICAL GROWTH’ 

* * * * *


THERE IS NO QUESTION OF OPPOSITION BY THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT 

OR BY THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT TO THE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF THE 

POLITICAL STRUCTURE OF HONG KONG, THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, 

SAID TODAY (TUESDAY).


.IT IS SIMPLY A QUESTION OF MAKING IT PROGRESSIVE, TIMING IT 

WELL, AND TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES OF HONG 

KONG,* HE SAID.


THE GOVERNOR WAS SPEAKING TO NEWSMEN AFTER OFFICIATING AT 

THE OPENING CEREMONY OF A NEW BOTTLING HALL OF THE SAN MIGUEL 

BREWERY IN SHAM TSENG.


.I SAW IN THE PRESS OVER THE WEEKEND SOMETHING WHICH SUGGESTED 

THAT PEOPLE HAD MISUNDERSTOOD WHAT HAD BEEN SAID IN PARLIAMENT 

ABOUT THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE POLITICAL STRUCTURE IN HONG KONG,+ 

HE SAID.


.THE IMPRESSION WAS THAT THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT WAS OPPOSED TO 

OR SAID ’NO CHANGE’ ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE POLITICAL STRUCTURE.


.I’D LIKE TO MAKE IT CLEAR THAT THERE IS NO OPPOSITION. 

SO DON’T MISREAD WHAT YOU READ IN PARLIAMENT,+ HE SAID.


ASKED WHETHER THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE POLITICAL STRUCTURE 

WAS WHAT HE DISCUSSED WITH THE BRITISH PRIME MINISTER, 

WS MARGARET THATCHER, WHEN HE LAST VISITED LONDON, SIR EDWARD 

SAID +I DISCUSSED QUITE A LOT OF THINGS WITH MRS THATCHER.+


IN REPLY TO A QUESTION ON WHETHER HONG KONG’S CONSULTATIVE 

SYSTEM NEEDED IMPROVEMENT, HE SAID THERE WAS ALWAYS ROOM FOR 

IMPROVEMENT IN ANY SYSTEM.


.BUT THE GREAT THING IS THAT WE SHOULD RECOGNISE THAT WE 

NEVER STAND STILL IN HONG KONG,+ HE SAID.


.WE ARE ALWAYS TRYING TO MAKE IT BETTER.+



COMMENTING ON THE BID BY CABLE AND WIRELESS TO TAKE OVER THE 

HONG KONG TELEPHONE COMPANY, SIR EDWARD SAID +WE NATURALLY 

WELCOME THE KIND OF COMMITMENT WHICH CABLE AND WIRELESS IS 

SHOWING TOWARDS HONG KONG.+


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 7, 1984


2


GOVERNOR PRAISES SAN


MIGUEL FOR CONFIDENCE IN HONG KONG


*****


THE NEW BOTTLING HALL OF THE SAN MIGUEL BREWERY AT SHAM TSENG 

WAS ANOTHER EXAMPLE OF THE COMPANY’S CONTINUED CONFIDENCE IN THE 

FUTURE OF HONG KONG, THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, SAID TODAY.


.I WELCOME THIS KIND OF COMMITMENT AS DEMONSTRATED BY SAN 

MIGUEL,* SIR EDWARD SAID.



SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE BOTTLING HALL, THE 

GOVERNOR SAIDi


+IT GIVES ME GREAT PLEASURE TO BE HERE TODAY FOR THE OPENING 

OF THE NEW BOTTLING HALL OF SAN MIGUEL BREWERY.


.THIS HALL IS ONE OF THE MOST MODERN OF ITS KIND IN THE REGION. 

IT IS EQUIPPED WITH TWO HIGH-SPEED BOTTLING LINES AND A FULLY 

AUTOMATIC FILTRATION SYSTEM. IT WILL SATISFY DEMAND FOR THE 

COMPANY’S PRODUCTS WELL INTO THE 199O’S.


.DURING THE THIRTY FIVE YEARS SINCE IT BEGAN BUSINESS HERE, 

SAN MIGUEL HAS DEMONSTRATED ITS CONFIDENCE IN HONG KONG BY 

CONTINUOUSLY UPGRADING AND EXPANDING ITS PRODUCTION FACILITIES. 

THE INVESTMENT WHICH THE COMPANY HAS MADE IN THIS NEW HALL IS 

ANOTHER EXAMPLE OF THE COMPANY’S CONTINUED CONFIDENCE IN THE 

FUTURE OF HONG KONG. I WELCOME THIS KIND OF COMMITMENT AS 

DEMONSTRATED BY SAN MIGUEL.


.APART FROM ITS BUSINESS ACTIVITIES, SAN MIGUEL HAS ALSO 

GIVEN SUBSTANTIAL SUPPORT TO COMMUNITY PROJECTS. THE COMPANY’S 

GENEROUS DONATION OF SCHOLARSHIPS TO OUR UNIVERSITIES, THE 

POLYTECHNIC, AND THE TECHNICAL INSTITUTES DURING THE PAST TWELVE 

YEARS, COUPLED WITH ITS FIRM SUPPORT IN THE PROMOTION OF THE 

DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION SCHEME AND OTHER COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 

ACTIVITIES, ARE GOOD EXAMPLES OF INDUSTRY’S CONTRIBUTION TO A 

BETTER HONG KONG.


.I HAVE MUCH PLEASURE NOW IN DECLARING THIS NEW BOTTLING 

HALL OPEN AND I WISH SAN MIGUEL CONTINUED SUCCESS IN THE YEARS 

AHEAD.*


0 - -


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 7, 1984


OUR POPULATION IS 5 344 400


*****


THE ESTIMATED POPULATION OF HONG KONG AT THE END OF DECEMBER 

LAST YEAR WAS 5 344 400, ACCORDING TO FIGURES RELEASED BY THE CENSUS 

AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.


THIS IS AN INCREASE OF 56 600 PERSONS OR 1.1 PER CENT OVER 

END-1982.


THE LOW RATE OF INCREASE IN 1983 - COMPARED WITH THE 1.6 PER 

CENT INCREASE IN END-1982 - WAS DUE TO A SHARP DECREASE IN THE 

BALANCE OF MIGRATION, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID.


THE BALANCE OF TOTAL ARRIVALS AND DEPARTURES SHOWED A SMALL 

NET OUTFLOW OF 952 PERSONS DURING 1983.


THERE WERE 83 883 BIRTHS LAST YEAR, AS AGAINST 86 629 IN 1982.


DEATHS TOTALLED 26 284, COMPARED WITH 25 281 IN 1982.


NATURAL INCREASE, THAT IS THE SURPLUS OF BIRTHS OVER DEATHS, 

AMOUNTED TO 57 599, WHICH WHOLLY ACCOUNTED FOR THE POPULATION 

GROWTH IN 1983.


NOTE TO EDITORSi


ENQUIRIES CONCERNING THE POPULATION ESTIMATES MAY BE DIRECTED 

TO MR WONG LOK-CHOW AT TELi 5-411236.


- - 0 - -


FIVE CROWN SITES TO BE AUCTIONED 

* * * *


FIVE PIECES OF CROWN LAND WILL BE OFFERED FOR SALE BY THE 

LANDS DEPARTMENT AT AN AUCTION ON FEBRUARY 28.


THE FIRST SITE, AT ABERDEEN MAIN ROAD BETWEEN SAI ON AND 

WU PAK STREETS, MEASURES 1 579 SQUARE METRES AND IS FOR NONINDUSTRIAL 

DEVELOPMENT, EXCLUDING A GODOWN.


UNDER THE SALE CONDITIONS, THE PURCHASER WILL BE REQUIRED 

TO BUILD A POST OFFICE OF NOT LESS THAN 1 009 SQUARE METRES IN 

AREA ON THE GROUND AND FIRST FLOORS OF THE BUILDING AND HAND IT 

OVER TO THE GOVERNMENT, WHICH WILL PAY THE CONSTRUCTION COST.


ALSO TO BE PROVIDED IS A MULTI-STOREY CAR PARK WITH AT 

LEAST 200 SPACES FOR PUBLIC USE, HALF OF WHICH ARE TO BE MADE 

AVAILABLE FOR SHORT-TERM PARKING.


THE LOT CARRIES A BUILDING COVENANT OF $26 MILLION TO BE 

COMPLETED BEFORE MARCH 31, 1988.


/TH-£ oBSOitij


TUESDAY, PE5KUAHY 1984


- 4 -


THE SECOND SITE, ALSO FOR NON-1NDUSTRI AL USE, IS IN ON PONG 

ROAD, TAI PO NEW TOWN.


IT HAS AN AREA OF 9 016 SQUARE METRES WITH A BUILDING 

COVENANT OF $60 MILLION TO BE COMPLETED WITHIN 48 MONTHS.


THE SALE CONDITIONS ALLOW FOR DEVELOPMENT OF TWO DOUBLE 

CRUCIFORM AND ONE SINGLE CRUCIFORM STYLE PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL 

TOWER BLOCKS ABOVE A PODIUM.


THE MAXIMUM FLOOR SPACE FOR PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES 

WILL BE 30 700 SQUARE METRES, WHILE THE TOTAL FLOOR SPACE FOR 

NON-1NDUSTRI AL USE WILL NOT BE PERMITTED TO EXCEED 2 640 SQUARE 

bETRES.


ANOTHER SITE BEING OFFERED FOR SALE IS IN SAI CHING STREET, 

YUEN LONG.


IT IS A NON-1NDUSTRI AL LOT WITH AN AREA OF 3 642 SQUARE 

METRES. THE PLOT RATIO VARIES FROM 3.3 TO 9.5 DEPENDING ON THE 

TYPE OF BUILDINGS TO BE PUT UP.


THE DEVELOPER WILL BE REQUIRED TO FULFIL A S28-MILLI0N 

BUILDING COVENANT WITHIN 48 MONTHS.


THE FOURTH SITE, FOR PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL USE, IS IN TUEN 

MUN NEW TOWN NEAR WONG FUNG LEK.


THE SITE COVERS 7 791 SQUARE METRES AND HAS A BUILDING 

COVENANT OF $40 MILLION TO BE COMPLETED WITHIN FOUR YEARS.


ONE OF THE DEVELOPMENT CONDITIONS IS THAT THE TOTAL GROSS 

FLOOR AREA OF BUILDINGS ON THE LOT SHOULD NOT EXCEED 28 380 

SQUARE METRES.


THE REMAINING SITE TO BE OFFERED FOR SALE IS IN SHA TIN 

NEW TOWN AND MEASURES 21 070 SQUARE METRES.


IT IS FOR INDUSTRIAL OR GODOWN DEVELOPMENT OR A BUS DEPOT.


THE BUILDING COVENANT IS $50 MILLION TO BE COMPLETED IN 

48 MONTHS.


FULL PARTICULARS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE FOR THE FIVE SITES 

CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE LANDS DEPARTMENT, MURRAY BUILDING, 

5TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG; THE PUBLIC ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, 

CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (WEST WING), GROUND FLOOR, HONG KONG; 

DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, KOWLOON WEST, YAU MA TEI CAR PARK BUILDING, 

10TH FLOOR, KOWLOON; AND THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICES OF SHA TIN, 

TUEN MUN, YUEN LONG, TSUEN WAN, TAI PO, NORTH, SAI KUNG AND 

ISLANDS.


SALE PLANS MAY ALSO BE INSPECTED AT THE SAME LOCATIONS.


THE AUCTION WILL BE HELD AT THE CITY HALL THEATRE AND START 

AT 2.30 PM.


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 7, 1984


BUS ROUTE EXTENSION CONSIDERED 

* * *


A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT, TO PROVIDE 

ADEQUATE TRANSPORT FACILITIES FOR PASSENGERS IN THE WAN CHAI 

RECLAMATION AREA, THE CHINA MOTOR BUS COMPANY IS CONSIDERING 

EXTENDING ROUTE 5M TO CONNECT THE WAN CHAI RECLAMATION WITH 

THE MTR STATIONS IN CENTRAL. ROUTE 5M AT PRESENT IS AN MTR 

FEEDER SERVICE SERVING KENNEDY TOWN AND CHATER STATION.


THE REVISED ROUTING FOR 5M IS EXPECTED TO BE INTRODUCED 

SHORTLY. TIMING DEPENDS ON CMB’S REDEPLOYMENT OF BUSES. IT 

COULD BE AS EARLY AS NEXT MONDAY, BUT WILL CERTAINLY BE WITHIN 

TWO WEEKS.


CMB HAS AGREED TO CONTINUE ROUTE 24M BETWEEN JACKSON ROAD 

AND THE WAN CHAI RECLAMATION AREA UNTIL THE REVISED 5M ROUTE 

IS INTRODUCED IN ORDER TO ENSURE THAT THERE WILL BE NO 

INTERRUPTION OF BUS SERVICE. THIS SUPERSEDES THE EARLIER 

ANNOUNCEMENT BY CMB THAT ROUTE 24M WOULD BE DISCONTINUED 

FROM TOMORROW (FEBRUARY 8).


- - 0 - -


POSTAL BOX RAIN SHELTERS FOR SQUATTER RESIDENTS 

* * *


A PILOT SCHEME WILL SOON BE INTRODUCED TO PROVIDE RAIN- 

SHELTERED COMMUNAL POSTAL BOXES FOR SQUATTER RESIDENTS IN THE 

NORTH DISTRICT OF THE NEW TERRITORIES.


THE SCHEME RESULTS FROM A STUDY CARRIED OUT BY A WORKING 

GROUP UNDER THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD HEADED BY MR TANG KWOK- 

YUNG.


UNDER THE SCHEME, TWO RAIN SHELTERS WITH COMMUNAL POSTAL 

BOXES WILL BE BUILT AT PO KAT TSAI IN FANLING AT A COST OF 

$18 OOO, FOR THE BENEFIT OF ABOUT 2 000 RESIDENTS THERE.


MR TANG EXPLAINED THAT THE SQUATTER HUTS THERE ARE SO 

SCATTERED THAT THEY MAKE DOOR-TO-DOOR POSTAL DELIVERY IMPOSSIBLE. 

AND THE POSTAL BOXES IN SQUATTER HUTS ARE OFTEN EXPOSED TO THE 

WEATHER AND WORN OUT VERY EASILY, HE ADDED.


AS A RESULT, THE DISTRICT OFFICE WILL BE PROVIDING SITES 

FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF RAIN SHELTERS SO THAT RESIDENTS CAN PUT 

UP POSTAL BOXES THERE.


.THE PROJECT AT PO KAT TSAI IS A PILOT SCHEME. IF IT PROVES 

SUCCESSFUL, WE WILL CONSIDER EXTENDING IT TO OTHER AREAS,. 

HE SAID.


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 7, 1984


6


BOARD TO REVIEW SYSTEM 

* * *


YUEN LONG DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL REVIEW THE PRESENT 

DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM, AT THEIR MEETING ON THURSDAY 

(FEBRUARY 9).


THEY WILL TALK ABOUT THE ROLE OF THE BOARD AND ITS 

RELATIONSHIP WITH THE DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE AS WELL AS 

WITH AREA COMMITTEES, MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES AND OTHER DISTRICT 

ORGANISATIONS.


AT THE MEETING, MEMBERS WILL ALSO BE BRIEFED ON THE 

PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OF TWO NEW ROADS NEAR THE LONG PING 

PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE.


THE NEW ROADS WILL GIVE ACCESS TO THE ESTATE AND IMPROVE 

ACCESS TO THE YUEN LONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, AND WILL EVENTUALLY 

BE PART OF A LINK ROAD TO THE TIN SHU I WAI DEVELOPMENT.


OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA WILL INCLUDE DISCUSSIONS ON THE 

BUILDING OF A TOWN SQUARE AND PROGRESS REPORTS OF VARIOUS 

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD.


NOTE TO EDITORSi


MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE YUEN LONG 

DISTRICT BOARD MEETING AT 9.30 AM ON THURSDAY (FEBRUARY 9) IN 

THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE DISTRICT OFFICE ON THE FOURTH FLOOR 

OF YUEN LONG DISTRICT BRANCH OFFICES BUILDING.


A GOVERNMENT VEHICLE WILL LEAVE KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER AT 

8.15 AM SHARP FOR YUEN LONG.


- - 0 - -


TRAINING GUIDELINE FOR ACCOUNTANTS PUBLISHED 

* M *


THE ACCOUNTANCY TRAINING BOARD OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING 

COUNCIL HAS RECENTLY PUBLISHED A MANUAL OF JOB SPECIFICATIONS IN 

THE ACCOUNTANCY FIELD.


THE MANUAL IS DIVIDED INTO TWO PARTS ACCORDING TO JOBS IN THE 

PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTING SECTOR AND THE COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL 

ACCOUNTING SECTOR.


THE TRAINING BOARD HAS PRESCRIBED FOUR PRINCIPAL JOBS AT 

VARIOUS LEVELS FOR THE PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTING SECTOR, AND 14 

JOB SPECIFICATIONS IN COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL ACCOUNTING *ORK.


TUESDAY, FEBHUaBY 7, yc4


THESE JOB SPECIFICATIONS DEAL WITH THE SKILLS, KNOWLEDGE AND 

TRAINING REQUIRED FOR EACH OF THE PRINCIPAL JOBS IN ACCOUNTANCY, 

SAID MR R.S. SHELDON, CHAIRMAN OF THE TRAINING BOARD.


.THE MANUAL PROVIDES GUIDELINES FOR INSTITUTIONS AND TRAINING 

ORGANISATIONS IN THE PLANNING OF RELEVANT COURSES.

.IT WILL ENABLE EMPLOYERS TO DRAW UP SYSTEMATIC PRACTICAL 

ON-THE-JOB TRAINING PROGRAMMES FOR THEIR EMPLOYEES AS WELL,* 

HE SAID.



THE MANUAL, IN ENGLISH AND CHINESE, IS ON SALE AT THE 

GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS SALES CENTRE AT $12.50 A COPY.


— u


LONG DISTANCE RUN 

* * * *


THE LONG DISTANCE GOVERNMENT INTER-DEPARTMENTAL RACE 1984 

ORGANISED THIS YEAR BY THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT, WILL BE 

HELD ON SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 11), STARTING AT 10 AM FROM THE wAN 

CHAI GAP PLAYGROUND.


THE MEN’S RACE WILL BE OVER EIGHT KILOMETRES AND THE LADIES’ 

RACE WILL BE OVER FOUR KILOMETRES.


GUESTS OF HONOUR WILL BE THE CHIEF JUSTICE SIR DENYS 

ROBERTS, AND THE DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES, MR F.M. WATSON.


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE EVENT. FIRE SERVICES 

INFORMATION OFFICERS WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST THE PRESS.


- - 0 - -


POST OFFICE TO CLOSE FOR WORKS 

* * * *


THE BEACONSFIELD HOUSE POST OFFICE WILL BE CLOSED FROM 

THURSDAY (FEBRUARY 9) TO APRIL 17 TO ALLOW MAJOR RENOVATION WORK 

TO BE CARRIED OUT.


A POST OFFICE SPOKESMAN ADVISED THAT A TEMPORARY LETTER 

POSTING BOX WILL BE INSTALLED, BUT URGED MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC, 

MEANWHILE, TO USE THE FACILITIES AT THE GENERAL POST OFFICE AT 

CONNAUGHT PLACE, AT THE HENNESSY ROAD POST OFFICE IN ASIAN 

HOUSE, OR AT QUEEN’S ROAD POST OFFICE, 160 QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL.


.THE RENOVATION WORKS AT THE BEACONSFIELD HOUSE POST OFFICE, 

ARE INTENDED TO PROVIDE IMPROVED SERVICES,+ HE ADDED.


0 - -


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 7, 1984


8


TUEN MUN ROAD WORKS 

* * *


TUEN MUN ROAD WESTBOUND BETWEEN SHAM TSENG INTERCHANGE AND 

SIU LAM WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM MIDNIGHT TOMORROW (FEBRUARY 

8) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR WORKS.


THE SAME ROAD BETWEEN SIU. LAM AND PUI TO ROAD ROUNDABOUT 

WILL BE CLOSED FROM MIDNIGHT ON THURSDAY (FEBRUARY 9) TO 6 AM 

THE FOLLOWING DAY AND FROM MIDNIGHT ON FRIDAY (FEBRUARY 10) TO t> Ai'i 

ON SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 11).


TRAFFIC WILL BE DIVERTED VIA CASTLE PEAK ROAD DURING THE 

CLOSURES.


------------o--------------


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 8, 1984


contents PAGE NO,


NT DEVELOPMENTS FORGE AHEAD ...................................................................................................... 1


A MILESTONE IN INSURANCE LEGISLATION .......................................................................... 2


MORE CHANGES TO PAWNBROKERS BILL EXPECTED .......................................................... 3


43 BUILDING PLANS APPROVED IN DECEMBER................................................................... 4


THREE TAI PO SITES TO LET ............................................................................................................ 5


YAU MA TEI DISTRICT RACE............................................................................................................... 5


SPRING RECEPTION FOR 500 ................................................................................................................ 6


SEMINAR ON THEMATIC APPROACH................................................................................................... 6


YUEN LONG GETS READY FOR ARTS FESTIVAL ................................................................... 7


TRAFFIC CHANGES ON ISLAND AND NT ...................................................................................... 7


PLB PROHIBITION ZONE


7


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 8, 1<?84


1 -


NT DEVELOPMENTS FORGE AHEAD 

* * *


GOVERNMENT WILL CONTINUE TO INVEST HEAVILY IN THE DEVELOPMENT 

OF THE NEW TERRITORIES IN THE COMING YEAR, THE REGIONAL SECRETARY 

FOR NT, MR IAN MACPHERSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).


SPEAKING AT THE HEUNG YEE KUK LUNAR NEW YEAR GATHERING, HE 

ALSO STRESSED THAT GOVERNMENT HAD ALWAYS RESPECTED THE KUK’S VIEwS 

AS +BEING INFORMED AND RESPONSIBLE OPINION* AND THAT GOVERNMENT 

WOULD CONTINUE TO LOOK FORWARD TO ITS ADVICE ON GOVERNMENT 

POLICIES AFFECTING THE NEW TERRITORIES.


MR MACPHERSON SAID THAT GOVERNMENT WAS PUSHING AHEAD 

VIGOROUSLY WITH ITS DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMES IN THE NT DESPITE 

THE DIFFICULTIES EXPERIENCED LAST YEAR.


.PROVISION OF PUBLIC HOUSING IS ON TARGET; COMPLETION OF 

■THE NT CIRCULAR ROAD IS IN SIGHT; AND MAJOR FACILITIES SUCH AS 

SCHOOLS, HOSPITALS AND RECREATION FACILITIES ARE BEING PROVIDED 

IN THE NEW TOWNS ON AN UNPRECEDENTED SCALE,* HE SAID.


FURTHERMORE, MAJOR REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT STUDIES ON NORTH-wEST 

AND NORTH-EAST NT AND JUNK BAY ARE NEARING COMPLETION.


FOR THE RURAL COMMUNITIES, MR MACPHERSON SAID MUCH HAD 

BEEN DONE TO IMPROVE THE LIVING CONDITIONS OF THE VILLAGERS.


AN ADDITIONAL 200 VILLAGES HAD BEEN PROVIDED WITH METERED 

FRESH WATER OVER THE PAST 16 MONTHS, AND A RECORD $13 MILLION 

WAS BEING SPENT ON LOCAL PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS THIS FINANCIAL YEAR.


.IMPLEMENTATION OF VILLAGE LAYOUT DEVELOPMENTS AND STREAMLINING 

CF THE PROCEDURE FOR SMALL HOUSE APPLICATIONS AND PROCESSING 

ALSO REPRESENT A BIG STEP FORWARD IN IMPROVING THE PROVISION AND 

CONDITIONS OF VILLAGE HOUSING.


.I CERTAINLY AGREE THAT THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE RURAL PEOPLE 

MUST NOT BE OVERLOOKED,. HE SAID.


BUT, HE SAID, ALL THESE ACHIEVEMENTS COULD NOT HAVE BEEN 

MADE SO RAPIDLY AND SO SMOOTHLY WITHOUT THE CO-OPERATION AND 

ASSISTANCE OF KUK MEMBERS.


.YOUR ADVICE BOTH THROUGH THE KUK AS A STATUTORY ADVISORY 

BODY AND IN THE EIGHT DISTRICT BOARDS ON WHICH MANY OF YOU SIT 

AS MEMBERS IS OF GREAT VALUE.


.THERE ARE PLENTY OF OPPORTUNITIES FOR CLOSE CONSULTATION 

AND DELIBERATION BETWEEN GOVERNMENT AND THE KUK : THE FORKING 

PARTY ON SMALL HOUSE POLICY AND THE JOINT REGIONAL SECRETARY, 

N.T. AND N.T. HEUNG YEE KUK MEETINGS ARE TWO FINE EXAMPLES OF 

HOW BETTER MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING ON ISSUES OF PUBLIC CONCERN CAN 

BE ACHIEVED AND HOW PRACTICAL PROBLEMS CAN BE RESOLVED THROUGH 

DISCUSSIONS.


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY q ’%4


2


.THERE ARE ALSO PLENTY OF OTHER LESS FORMAL OCCASIONS WHEN 

VIEWS ON VARIOUS PUBLIC ISSUES ARE EXCHANGED.


.THE SPIRIT OF SINCERITY AND CO-OPERATION HAS BtEN WELL 

DEMONSTRATED IN THESE DISCUSSIONS AND I HAVE NO DOUBT THAT THIS 

SPIRIT WILL CONTINUE IN THE YEAR AHEAD.+


MR MACPHERSON ADDED THAT THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG WOULD SURELY 

CONTINUE TO BE AN ISSUE OF MAJOR CONCERN TO THE KUK.


.I NOTE THAT THE KUK IS COLLECTING THE VIEWS OF THE NEW 

TERRITORIES RESIDENTS ON THIS VITAL ISSUE AND I AWAIT WITH GREAT 

INTEREST THE OUTCOME OF THE WORK,+ HE SAID.



------------o---------------


A MILESTONE IN INSURANCE LEGISLATION


M M M M


THE YEAR 1983 MARKED A MILESTONE IN INSURANCE LEGISLATION, WITH 

ALL CLASSES OF THE INSURANCE BUSINESS NOW BROUGHT UNDER LEGISLATIVE 

COVERAGE FOR THE BETTER PROTECTION OF POLICY HOLDERS.


BEFORE THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE INSURANCE COMPANIES ORDINANCE 

ON JUNE 30, ONLY COMPANIES CARRYING ON LIFE, FIRE, MARINE OR MOTOR 

VEHICLE INSURANCE IN HONG KONG WERE SUBJECT TO REGULATION, ACCORDING 

TO A REPORT COMPILED BY THE INSURANCE DIVISION OF THE REGISTRAR 

GENERAL’S DEPARTMENT.


AND THERE HAD BEEN NO COMPREHENSIVE SYSTEM OF CONTROL UNTIL 

THEN, POINTED OUT THE DEPARTMENT, WHICH IS RESPONSIBLE FOR 

ADMINISTERING THE LEGISLATION ON INSURANCE COMPANIES IN HONG KONG.


THE ORDINANCE PRESCRIBES REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FITNESS OF 

DIRECTORS AND CONTROLLERS OF INSURANCE COMPANIES AND PROVIDES MORE 

STRINGENT FINANCIAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS ON INSURERS.


IT ALSO CONFERS MUCH WIDER POWERS OF INVESTIGATION AND 

INTERVENTION ON THE REGISTRAR GENERAL IN HIS CAPACITY AS INSURANCE 

AUTHORITY FOR THE BETTER PROTECTION OF POLICY HOLDERS, THE REPORT 

SAID.


COMPANIES ENGAGED IN THE INSURANCE BUSINESS IMMEDIATELY BEFORE 

THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE ORDINANCE HAD TO COMPLY WITH THE TRANSITIONA, 

PROVISIONS WITHIN A PERIOD OF THREE TO SIX MONTHS WHICH MAY BE 

EXTENDED AT THE DISCRETION OF THE INSURANCE AUTHORITY.


.AS A RESULi, THE NUMBER OF INSURANCE COMPANIES AUTHORISED TO 

CARRY ON THE INSURANCE BUSINESS WAS REDUCED TO 283 BY THE END OF 

1983, COMPARED WITH 307 AT THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE ORD I NANCE,+ THE 

REPORT SAID.



THE NUMBER TOOK ACCOUNT OF 10 NEWLY AUTHORISED COMPANIES AND 

3A EXISTING COMPANIES WITH THEIR AUTHORISATION WITHDRAWN.


#2DN2SDAY, P3BRiLi?.Y - 'Vt4


- 3 -


THE REPORT PpINTED OUT THE WITHDRAWN COMPANIES wERE EITHER 

DORMANT OR UNABLE TO COMPLY WITH THE NEW LEGISLATION AND HAD THUS 

LET THEIR AUTHORISATION L^PSE.


IT ADDED THAT THEIR BUSINESS WOULD BE RUN OFF AND THE COMPANIES 

WOUND DOWN IN AN ORDERLY MANNER.


THERE WERE 91 PENDING APPLICATIONS FOR AUTHORISATION UNDER THE 

TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS OF THE ORDINANCE AT THE END OF 1983, AND 

THE OVERALL EFFECT OF THESE PROVISIONS WAS NOT EXPECTED TO BE SEEN 

UNTIL JUNE 30, 1984, THE REPORT NOTED.


OF THE 283 AUTHORISED INSURANCE COMPANIES, 136 WERE INCORPORATED 

IN HONG KONG.


THE REMAINING 147 COMPANIES CAME FROM 25 COUNTRIES, THE MAJORITY 

OF THEM FROM THE UNITED KINGDOM (50) AND THE UNITED STATES (31), 

FOLLOWED BY EIGHT COMPANIES FROM JAPAN, SEVEN EACH FROM SINGAPORE 

AND BERMUDA, SIX FROM SWITZERLAND, AND FIVE EACH FROM CANADA AND 

FRANCE.


------------o--------------


MORE CHANGES TO PAWNBROKERS BILL EXPECTED 

*****


THE PAWNBROKERS BILL 1983 IS LIKELY TO BE FURTHER AMENDED WHEN 

IT COMES BEFORE THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL NEXT WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 15).


A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THAT FOLLOWING CONSULTATION 

WITH UMELCO AND THE PAWNBROKERS ASSOCIATION, CERTAIN AMENDMENTS WERE 

PROPOSED WITH THE INTENTION TO MAKE IT EASIER FOR PAWNBROKERS AND 

THEIR CUSTOMERS TO GO ABOUT THEIR BUSINESS.


AMONG THE PROPOSALS IS ONE MADE BY UMELCO MEMBERS LIMITING 

PAWNBROKERS’ LIABILITY FOR THE LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, PAWNED GOODS.


IT IS SUGGESTED THAT THEIR LIABILITY SHOULD BE CONFINED TO 

CASES IN WHICH THE LOSS OR DAMAGE WAS CAUSED BY DEFAULT, NEGLECT OR 

MISFEASANCE ON THEIR PART.


THEIR LIABILITY WILL NOT EXCEED THE LOAN LIMIT FOR PAwNBROKINu 

TRANSACTIONS, WHICH THE BILL SEEKS TO RAISE TO $25 000 FROM THE 

EXISTING LEVEL OF $5 000 SET IN 1970.


ANOTHER MAJOR CHANGE TO THE BILL IS THE INCLUSION OF A NEW 

PROVISION TO ENSURE THAT THE LOAN LIMIT AS SPECIFIED MAY NOT BE 

CIRCUMVENTED BY THE ISSUE OF SEVERAL LOANS AGAINST THE SECURITY 

CF THE SAME GOODS HELD IN PAWN AT ANY ONE TIME.


MEANWHILE, THE GRANT OR TRANSFER OF A PAWNBROKER’S LICENCE 

TO A BODY CORPORATE OR PARTNERSHIP, WHICH HAS BEEN A LONG STANDING 

PRACTICE, IS PROVIDED FOR BY A NEW CLAUSE IN THE BILL.


- - 0 - ‧


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY a, 198h,


43 BUILDING PLANS APPROVED IN DECEMBER 

* * * *


A 22-STOREY FACTORY BUILDING FOR THE Y.K.K. COMPANY (HONG 

KONG) LIMITED AT TUEN MUN wAS AMONG PLANS WHICH THE BUILDINGS 

ORDINANCE OFFICE APPROVED IN DECEMBER.


THE OFFICE ALSO APPROVED A SEVEN-STOREY FACTORY BUILDING 

FOR SUPER HOMES LIMITED AT KOWLOON BAY.


FORTY-THREE BUILDING PLANS WERE APPROVED IN THE MONTH, 

COMPARED WITH 51 IN NOVEMBER, BRINGING THE TOTAL FOR 1983 TO 501.


FIFTEEN WERE ON HONG KONG ISLAND, FIVE IN KOWLOON AND 23 

IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.


ALSO AMONG THE PLANS APPROVED WERE A FOUR-STOREY CINEMA 

BUILDING AT THE JUNCTION OF WAN CHAI ROAD AND BULLOCK LANE, 

A SCHOOL IN RENFREW ROAD, KOWLOON TONG, FOR THE TRUSTEES OF 

THE CHURCH OF ENGLAND, AND AN EXTENSION TO THE BAPTIST CONVENTION 

CHURCH AND STAFF QUARTERS IN KUNG LOK ROAD, KWUN TONG.


ALSO APPROVED WERE PLANS FOR A FOOTBRIDGE AND VISION DISPLAY 

SCREEN AT SHA TIN RACECOURSE, 39 TWO-STOREY HOUSES AND SIX 

APARTMENT BLOCKS FOR LANTAU COUNTRY CLUB LIMITED AT TAI LONG wAN, 

A NEW HEADQUARTERS AND SOCIAL SERVICE CENTRE AT SHAM SHU I PO FOR 

THE HONG KONG SOCIETY FOR THE BLIND, AND A COAL PLANT SUBSTATION 

FOR THE CASTLE PEAK ’B’ POWER STATION.


THE OFFICE ALSO AGREED TO WORK STARTING ON 28 NEW BUILDING 

PROJECTS, INCLUDING A DEPOT FOR THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION 

AT CHAI WAN, A BUS DEPOT AT HEUNG YIP ROAD, ABERDEEN, A RUBBISH 

COLLECTION CENTRE AT SHA TIN, A TWO-STOREY YOUTH HOSTEL ON CHEUNG 

CHAU FOR THE SALVATION ARMY, AN ASH PLANT FOR THE CASTLE PEAK ’c’ 

POWER STATION, AND AN ELECTRICITY SUB-STATION AT TAI PO.


THE TOTAL FLOOR AREA OF THESE BUILDINGS IS ALMOST 283 003 

SQUARE METRES, OF WHICH 87 392 SQUARE METRES ARE DOMESTIC AND 

THE REMAINDER NON-DOMESTIC.


EIGHT OF THE PROJECTS ARE ON HONG KONG ISLAND, SEVEN ARE 

IN KOWLOON AND 13 ARE IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.


FORTY BUILDINGS WERE GRANTED OCCUPATION CERTIFICATES.


AMONG THEM WERE A FLOATING PONTOON AND CLUBHOUSE FOR ABERDEEN 

MARINA, AN EXTENSION TO THE HONG KONG TELEPHONE COMPANY LIMITED 

MICROWAVE STATION AT MOUNT DAVIS, TWO WORKSHOP BUILDINGS IN K*UN 

TONG, AND A PRIMARY SUB-STATION FOR THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY 

CORPORATION AT LUK YEUNG SUN CHUEN, TSUEN WAN.


OTHERS WERE A 16-STOREY FACTORY BUILDING AT TING KOK ROAD, 

TAI PO, A SINGLE-STOREY STORAGE BUILDING FOR SUNNY HOSE COMPANY 

LIMITED AT TAI PO INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, AND A TEMPORARY BUS DEPO’ 

AT SHEK WU HUI.


THE COST OF NEW BUILDINGS COMPLETED WAS SI.212 BILLION, 

BRINGING THE TOTAL FOR 1983 TO ALMOST $12 BILLION.


ALSO DURING THE MONTH, DEMOLITION ORDERS WERE GRANTED IN 

RESPECT OF 29 BUILDINGS, GIVING A TOTAL FOR THE YEAR OF 371.


----------0-----------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUAhY ti, 1984


5


THREE TAI PO SITES TO LET 

* * *


THREE PIECES OF CROwN LAND AT TAI PO, TOTALLING NEARLY 

11 709 SQUARE METRES, ARE BEING OFFERED ON SHORT TERM TENANCIES 

BY THE LANDS DEPARTMENT.


THE SITES, MEASURING 4 130, 4 041 AND 3 507 SQUARE METRES, 

ARE FOR OPEN STORAGE PURPOSES.


THEY CANNOT HOWEVER BE USED TO STORE DANGEROUS GOODS AND 

CONTAINERS, OR FOR CAR REPAIRING AND CONCRETE BATCHING.


THE TENANCIES WILL BE FOR SIX MONTHS INITIALLY AND QUARTERLY 

AFTERWARDS.


THE DEADLINE FOR SUBMITTING TENDERS IS FEBRUARY 24.


TENDER FORMS, NOTICES AND CONDITIONS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE 

LANDS DEPARTMENT, MURRAY BUILDING, 5TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, HONG 

KONG; THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE (KOWLOON WEST), YAU MA TEI CAR PARK 

BUILDING, 10TH FLOOR, 250 SHANGHAI STREET, KOWLOON; AND THE DISTRICT 

LANDS OFFICE (TAI PO), TAI PO GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING, TING KOrs 

ROAD.


TENDER PLANS MAY ALSO BE INSPECTED AT THESE LOCATIONS.


----o----


YAU MA TEI DISTRICT RACE


M M M


MORE THAN 400 RUNNERS WILL COMPETE IN THE YAU MA TEI LUNAR NEW 

YEAR DISTRICT RACE ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 12).


THE RACE WILL START AT 9 AM FROM THE GUN CLUB HILL BARRACKS, 

COVERING AUSTIN ROAD, COX’S ROAD, JORDAN ROAD AND GASCOIGNE ROAD, 

BEFORE TURNING BACK TO THE BARRACKS.


THE COMPETITION IS DIVIDED INTO THE JUNIOR DIVISION FOR BOYS 

UNDER 16 YEARS OF AGE, THE SENIOR DIVISION FOR MEN ABOVE 16 AND THE 

OPEN CHALLENGE FOR WOMEN.


THE JUNIOR AND WOMEN DIVISIONS WILL COVER ABOUT THREE KILOMETREo 

AND THE SENIOR DIVISION 4.5 KILOMETRES.


THE RACE IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD, THE 

RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICES, AND THE YAU MA TEI AND TSIM SHA 

TSUI RECREATION AND SPORTS ASSOCIATION.


A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DISTRICT BOARD REPORTED GOOD RESPONSE, 

ESPECIALLY FROM YOUNGSTERS.


TROPHIES AND SOUVENIRS WILL BE AWARDED TO WINNERS.


ALL PARTICIPANTS WILL EACH BE GIVEN A SPECIALLY DESIGNED 

SOUVENIR T-SHIRT.


APPLICATION FORMS FOR THE RACE ARE STILL AVAILABLE IN THE YAU 

MA TEI DISTRICT OFFICE AT 490-492 NATHAN ROAD, HOP FAT COMMERCIAL 

CENTRE.


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 8, 1984


NOTE TO EDITORS!


SPRING RECEPTION FOR 500 

* * *


MORE THAN 500 COMMUNITY LEADERS, AREA COMMITTEE AND DISTRICT 

BOARD MEMBERS AS WELL AS GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS WILL ATTEND THE WAN 

CHAI DISTRICT OFFICE’S ANNUAL SPRING RECEPTION TOMORROW (THURSDAY) 

IN RUBY RESTAURANT AT 1 YEE WO STREET, CAUSEWAY BAY.


THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MISS LOLLY CHIU, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE 

TWO-HOUR RECEPTION, WHICH BEGINS AT 4 PM.


ALSO PRIZES WILL BE PRESENTED TO WINNERS OF THE +CARE FOR 

THE AGED+ ESSAY COMPETITION AND THE THREE MODEL BUILDINGS OF THE 

REFUSE DISPOSAL TRIAL SCHEME.


MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO ATTEND THE RECEPTION.


------------0---------------


SEMINAR ON THEMATIC APPROACH 

* * *


THE KINDERGARTEN SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT WILL 

ORGANISE TWO IDENTICAL SEMINARS ON THEMATIC APPROACH FOR KINDERGARTEN 

TEACHERS ON FEBRUARY 29.


THE SEMINARS WILL BE CONDUCTED IN CANTONESE AND WILL BE HELD 

AT THE DEPARTMENT’S CULTURAL CRAFTS CENTRE AT 4 PAK FUK ROAD. NORTH 

POINT.


DURING THE SEMINARS, MEMBERS OF THE KINDERGARTEN CURRICULUM 

DEVELOPMENT TEAM OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT WILL SHOW HOW CLASSROOM 

ACTIVITIES CAN BE ORGANISED AROUND A CHOSEN THEME.


IN ADDITION, ADVICE WILL BE GIVEN TO PARTICIPANTS ON THE MAKING 

AND USE OF TEACHING AIDS.


HEADS OF KINDERGARTENS MAY SUBMIT THEIR NOMINATIONS TO THP 

SENIOR INSPECTOR, KINDERGARTEN SECTION, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, lEE 

GARDENS, 5TH FLOOR, HYSAN AVENUE, CAUSEWAY BAY, HONG KONG. BEFORE 

FEBRUARY 20.


OWING TO LIMITED SEATING CAPACITY, EACH KINDERGARTEN CAN ONLY 

NOMINATE ONE TEACHER. ACCEPTANCE WILL BE ON A FIRST-COME-FIRST- 

SERVED BASIS.


ENQUIRIES CONCERNING THE SEMINAR CAN BE MADE AT THE KINDERGARTEN 

SECTION ON 5-8392485-7.


- - - - 0------------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 8, 1984


7


NOTE TO ED I TORSt


YUEN LONG GETS READY 

* *


FOR ARTS FESTIVAL


WELL KNOWN ORCHESTRA AND OPERA 

SINGERS AND A CHILDREN’S CHOIR WILL 

DURING A 15-DAY ARTS FESTIVAL WHICH


GROUPS, BALLET AND DANCE TROUPES, 

PERFORM FOR YUEN LONG RESIDENTS 

BEGINS ON FEBRUARY 17.


THE FOURTH YUEN LONG ARTS FESTIVAL WILL FEATURE A WIDE RANGE 

CF ENTERTAINING AND CULTURAL PROGRAMMES.


DETAILS OF THE FESTIVAL WILL BE ANNOUNCED BY THE ORGANISING 

COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN, MADAM LEUNG SING-TAK, AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TO 

BE HELD AT 2.30 PM ON FRIDAY (FEBRUARY 10) ON THE SECOND FLOOR OF 

SHING RESTAURANT, KAU YUK ROAD, YUEN LONG.


KAR


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE NEWS CONFERENCE.


A GOVERNMENT VAN WILL LEAVE KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER AT 1 PM SHARP 

FOR YUEN LONG.


----o-----


TRAFFIC CHANGES ON ISLAND AND NT 

* * M


NEW TRAFFIC MEASURES WILL BE IN FORCE ON HONG KONG ISLAND AND 

THE NEW TERRITORIES FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (FEBRUARY 10).


IN WAN CHAI, ALL VEHICLES ON FLEMING ROAD FLYOVER NORTHBOUND 

WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM TURNING LEFT INTO HARBOUR ROAD.


THE UNNAMED ROAD LEADING FROM 120 POK FU LAM ROAD TO QUEEN 

MARY HOSPITAL WILL BE PROHIBITED TO ALL VEHICLES EXCEPT THOSE 

REQUIRING LOCAL ACCESS.


IN WO HOP SHEK, THE EXISTING PLB RESTRICTION AT THE UNNAMED 

ROAD ALONG THE SOUTHERN SIDE OF NT CIRCULAR ROAD NEAR HO KA YUEN 

WILL BE LIFTED.


------------0------------


PLB PROHIBITION ZONE 

MM*


FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (FEBRUARY 10), THE SECTION OF THE 

EASTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF TSUEN WAN MARKET STREET BETWEEN TAI nO 

ROAD AND CHUEN LUNG STREET WILL BE PROHIBITED TO ALL PUBLIC 

LIGHT BUSES EXCEPT THOSE AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE TRANSPORT 

DEPARTMENT.


0 -


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY ?, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE NO.


HIGH-POWERED GROUP ON CRIMS TO BE SET UP ............................................................. 1


EXPORTS TO U.S. RISE 40 PER CENT FOR YEAR.......................................................... 1


CONTRACT AWARDED FOR ROAD PROJECT ................................................................................... 8


CHALLENGING YEAR FOR DISTRICT BOARD ............................................................................. 8


NEV/ ROAD IN TUEN MUN READY......................................................................................................... 9


TALKS ON REMEDIAL TEACHING......................................................................................................... 10


NEW COLOUR GUIDE TO HONG KONG BIRDS ............................................................................. 10


SINGING CONTEST FOR CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT


11


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 9, 1984


HIGH-POWERED GROUP ON CRIME TO BE SET UP


*****


THE FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE IS TO SET UP A HIGH-POWERED WORKING 

ROUP TO EXAMINE THE THREAT POSED BY GANGS, INCLUDING TRIADS 

AND THEIR INVOLVEMENT IN ORGANISED CRIME IN HONG KONG.


THE GROUP WILL INCLUDE UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE FIGHT CRIME 

COMMITTEE AND SENIOR REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE POLICE, THE SECURITY 

BRANCH, THE LEGAL DEPARTMENT, THE CORRECTIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT 

AND THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION.


THE DECISION WAS TAKEN ON WEDNESDAY AFTER THE COMMITTEE 

DISCUSSED AT LENGTH A COMPREHENSIVE, 46-PAGE CONFIDENTIAL REPORT 

.TRIADS AND THEIR INVOLVEMENT IN ORGANISED CRIME+ WHICH HAD BEEN 

SUBMITTED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF POLICE.


A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID 1


.THE POLICE REPORT HIGHLIGHTS THE FACT THAT, IN RECENT YEARS, 

THERE HAS BEEN A RESURGENCE OF TRIAD ACTIVITY.

.IT ALSO ILLUSTRATES THAT TRIADS AND OTHER GANGS HAVE SPREAD 

THEIR INVOLVEMENT IN ORGANISED CRIME AND HAVE USED LEGITIMATE 

FRONTS TO MONOPOLISE CERTAIN AREAS OF BUS I NESS.+



THE GROUP WILL CONDUCT AN IN-DEPTH STUDY INTO THE RELATIONSHIP 

BETWEEN GANGS AND ORGANISED CRIME AND EXAMINE WHAT CO-ORDINATED 

ACTION IS NEEDED TO TACKLE THE PROBLEM.


IT WILL ALSO CONSIDER WHETHER NEW LEGISLATION IS REQUIRED TO 

DEAL WITH TRIAD SOCIETIES.


THE WORKING GROUP WILL REPLACE THE CO-ORDINATED GROUP AGAINST 

TRIADS WHICH WAS FIRST FORMED IN 1979. IT WILL REPORT TO THE 

FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE.


EXPORTS TO U.S. RISE 40 PER CENT FOR YEAR


*****


TOTAL MERCHANDISE TRADE FOR THE YEAR 1983, VALUED AT $336 142 

MILLION, INCREASED BY 24 PER CENT COMPARED WITH THE SIMILAR PERIOD 

IN 1982, ACCORDING TO SUMMARY FIGURES RELEASED TODAY BY THE CENSUS 

AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.


DOMESTIC EXPORTS ROSE BY 26 PER CENT TO $104 405 MILLION, 

IMPORTS BY 23 PER CENT TO $175 442 MILLION AND RE-EXPORTS BY 

27 PER CENT TO $56 294 MILLION. DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS 

TOGETHER INCREASED BY 26 PER CENT.


THE CHANGES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE 10 MAJOR OVERSEAS 

MARKETS ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 1.


/domestic exports


THURSDAY, FjBaUjtBY 9, 1964


2


DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE U.S.A. ROSE BY 40 PER CENT IN VALUE. 

SUBSTANTIAL INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN CLOTHING (BY $4 566 MILLION 

OR 3956)5 TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING 

APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $2 278 MILLION OR 109%) AND OFFICE 

MACHINES AND AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (BY $1 924 MILLION 

OR 112%). ON THE OTHER HAND, DECREASES WERE RECORDED IN PLASTIC 

TOYS AND DOLLS (BY $211 MILLION OR 7%) AND TRANSISTORS AND DIODES 

(BY $168 MILLION OR 61%).


INCREASES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE UNITED KINGDOM WERE 

REGISTERED FOR METALLIFEROUS ORES AND METAL SCRAP (BY $612 MILLION 

OR 740%); OFFICE MACHINES AND AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT 

(BY $247 MILLION OR 338%) AND TEXTILES (BY $104 MILLION OR 21%). 

HOWEVER, A DECREASE WAS REGISTERED FOR OFFICE AND STATIONERY 

SUPPLIES (BY $28 MILLION OR 59%).


MOST COMMODITIES EXPORTED TO THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY 

INCREASED IN VALUE, INCLUDING CLOTHING (BY $253 MILLION OR 6%) AND 

OFFICE MACHINES AND AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (BY $197 

MILLION OR 303%). HOWEVER, DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF ELECTRICAL 

MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF 

DECREASED BY $13 MILLION OR 4 PER CENT.


SIGNIFICANT INCREASES WERE REGISTERED IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO 

CHINA OF TEXTILES (BY $654 MILLION OR 69%) AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS 

AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY 

$155 MILLION OR 25%)J AND IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO JAPAN OF 

METALLIFEROUS ORES AND METAL SCRAP (BY $132 MILLION OR 60%).


THE CHANGES IN DOMESTIC 

ARE PRESENTED IN TABLE 2.


EXPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS


THE CHANGES 

IN TABLE 3.


IN IMPORTS FROM THE 10 MAJOR SOURCES ARE SUMMARISED


DEMAND FOR IMPORTED GOODS FROM CHINA REMAINED STRONG. INCREASES 

WERE RECORDED MAINLY IN TEXTILES (BY $3 121 MILLION OR 53*)’ CLOTHING 

(BY $1 725 MILLION OR 37%)I MEAT AND MEAT PREPARATIONS (BY $380 

MILLION OR 31%); VEGETABLES AND FRUIT (BY $341 MILLION OR 20%); AND 

CRUDE ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE MATERIALS (BY $293 MILLION OR 35%).


AS FOR IMPORTS FROM JAPAN, INCREASES WERE NOTED FOR ELECTRICAL 

MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES. AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF ' 

(BY $2 344 MILLION OR 74%); AND TEXtlLES (BY $1 644 MILLION OR 

39%). HOWEVER, DECREASES WERE REGISTERED FOR ROAD VEHICLES 

(INCLUDING AIR CUSHION VEHICLES) (BY $494 MILLION OR 18%), AND 

GENERAL INDUSTRIAL MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT, AND MACHINE PARTS 

(BY $130 MILLION OR 9%).


INCREASES IN IMPORTS FROM THE U.S.A. WERE MOSTLY OF ELECTRICAL 

MACHINERY. APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF 

(BY $1 604 MILLION OR 95%), PETROLEUM, PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND 

RELATED MATERIALS (BY $505 MILLION OR 311%) AND OFFICE MACHINES AND 

AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (BY $412 MILLION OR 29%). ON 

THE OTHER HAND, DECREASES WERE REGISTERED IN IMPORTS OF GENERAL 

INDUSTRIAL MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT, AND MACHINE PARTS (BY $147 

MILLION OR 20%) AND PEARLS, PRECIOUS AND SEMI-PRECIOUS STONES 

UNWORKED OR WORKED (BY $103 MILLION OR 13%).


.xmrt.iUiiY * PpiRRir^j^Y 1934


- 3 -


DECREASES WERE REGISTERED IN IMPORTS FROM TAIWAN OF IRON AND 

STEEL (BY $10 MILLION OR 3%) AND IN IMPORTS FROM SINGAPORE OF 

PETROLEUM, PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND RELATED MATERIALS (BY 8772 

MILLION OR 11%). HOWEVER, IMPORTS OF TEXTILES FROM TAIWAN INCREASED 

(BY $667 MILLION OR 20%); AND IMPORTS OF ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 

APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF FROM 

SINGAPORE ALSO INCREASED (BY $453 MILLION OR 66%).


TABLE 4 ILLUSTRATES THE MORE IMPORTANT CHANGES IN IMPORTS BY 

COMMODITY SECTIONS.


INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN RE-EXPORTS TO CHINA (BY $4 191 

MILLION OR 52%), U.S.A. (BY $2 413 MILLION OR 43%), SINGAPORE 

(BY $875 MILLION OR 24%), TAIWAN (BY $793 MILLION OR 30%), REPUBLIC 

OF KOREA (SOUTH KOREA) (BY $741 MILLION OR 44%), JAPAN (BY $610 

MILLION OR 24%), SAUDI ARABIA (BY $394 MILLION OR 42%), AND 

THAILAND (BY $375 MILLION OR 46%). ON THE OTHER HAND, DECLINES 

WERE REGISTERED IN RE-EXPORTS TO INDONESIA (BY $731 MILLION OR 

16%) AND NIGERIA (BY $355 MILLION OR 39%). THE CHANGES IN 

RE-EXPORTS TO THE 10 MAJOR MARKETS ARE GIVEN IN TABLE 5.


MOST COMMODITIES RE-EXPORTED THROUGH HONG KONG EXHIBITED 

STRONG GROWTH, THE MORE SIGNIFICANT ONES BEING ELECTRICAL 

MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF 

(BY $1 512 MILLION OR 44%); CLOTHING (BY $1 474 MILLION OR 49%); 

TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS, MADE-UP ARTICLES AND RELATED PRODUCTS 

(BY $1 391 MILLION OR 22%) AND PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS. EQUIPMENT 

AND SUPPLIES, OPTICAL GOODS AND WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY $1 040 

MILLION OR 32%).


DECREASES WERE REGISTERED IN THE RE-EXPORTS OF ROAD VEHICLES 

(INCLUDING AIR CUSHION VEHICLES) (BY $408 MILLION OR 18%) METALLIFEROUS 

ORES AND METAL SCRAP (BY $158 MILLION OR 52%) AND 

NON-FERROUS METALS (BY $20 MILLION OR 3%). THE MORE IMPORTANT 

CHANGES IN RE-EXPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS ARE GIVEN IN 

TABLE 6.


THE DECEMBER 1983 ISSUE OF +HONG KONG TRADE STATISTICS - 

SUMMARY* WILL BE AVAILABLE LATER THIS MONTH AT THE GOVERNMENT 

PUBLICATIONS CENTRE AT HK$5 PER COPY.


A MORE COMPREHENSIVE REPORT, +HONG KONG EXTERNAL TRADE*, 

WITH A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF IMPORTS, EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS 

IN DECEMBER 1983 WILL BE AVAILABLE IN EARLY MARCH 1984 AT THE 

GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE AT HK$10 PER COPY.


ENQUIRIES CONCERNING SUBSCRIPTIONS TO THESE REPORTS MAY BE 

DIRECTED TO THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES AT BASKERVILLE 

HOUSE, HONG KONG (TEL. NO. 1 5-214375). ENQUIRIES CONCERNING 

TRADE STATISTICS MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS 

DEPARTMENT (TEL. NO. 1 5-444436).


/TABLE 1 : ................


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 9, 1964


4


TABLE 1 i DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY 10 MAJOR MARKETS


MAJOR MARKET


1983 

(1 mn)


1982 

(S mn)


INCREASE 

(< mn)


PERCENTAGE 

CHANGE 

_____(%)____


U.S.A.


43 802


31 223


.12 578


+40


U.K.


8 538


7 187


. 1 351


+ 19


F.R. OF GERMANY


8 043


7 031


+ 1 011


+ 14


CHINA


6 223


3 806


+ 2 417


+ 64


JAPAN


3 910


3 167


+ 743


+ 23


CANADA


3 731


2 637


. 1 094


+41


AUSTRALIA


2 927


2 832


+ 96


+ 3


SINGAPORE


2 228


1 964


+ 263


+ 13


NETHERLANDS


1 963


1 692


+ 271


+ 16


SWITZERLAND


1 661


1 378


+ 282


+ 20




BY MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS


TABLE 2 i DOMESTIC EXPORTS


COMMODITY DIVISIONS


1983 

(f mn)


1982 

(. mn)


INCREASE 

(t mn)


CHANGE 

(%)


ARTICLES OF APPAREL 

AND CLOTHING 

ACCESSORIES


34 365


28 824


+ 5 541


+ 19


MISCELLANEOUS 

MANUFACTURED 

ARTICLES (MAINLY 

PLASTIC TOYS AND 

DOLLS, JEWELLERY, 

GOLDSMITHS’ AND 

SILVERSMITHS’ 

WARES, AND 

ARTIFICIAL 

FLOWERS)


16 642


15 589


+ 1 053


+ 7


PHOTOGRAPHIC 

APPARATUS, 

EQUIPMENT, 

SUPPLIES AND 

OPTICAL GOODS, 

WATCHES AND 

CLOCKS


9 399


8 148


. 1 251


+ 15


/TKLSCOinfflN IC ATI UNS




THURSDAY, FEBRUARY % 1?&4


- 5 -


Telecommunications 

and SOUND 

RECORDING AND 

, REPRODUCING 

APPARATUS AND


EQUIPMENT


8 410


5 672


. 2 738


+48


ELECTRICAL 

MACHINERY, 

APPARATUS AND 

APPLIANCES 

(MAINLY 

TRANSISTORS 

AND DIODES 

AND HOUSEHOLD 

TYPE APPLIANCES)


8 203


6 055


+ 2 149


+ 35


textile YARN, 

FABRICS, MADE-UP 

ARTICLES AND 

RELATED PRODUCTS


7 084


5 052


+ 2 032


+40




TABLE 3 i IMPORTS FROM 10 MAJOR SOURCES


MAJOR SOURCES


1983 

(1 mn)


1982 

(1 MN)


INCREASE 

(1 mn)


PERCENTAGE 

CHANGE 

__(%2_


CHINA


42 821


32 935


+ 9 886


+ 30


JAPAN


40 333


11 540


. 8 793


+ 28


U.S.A.


19 179


15 459


. 3 720


+ 24


TAIWAN


12 448


10 198


+ 2 250


+ 22


SINGAPORE


10 482


10 207


. 275


+ 3


U.K.


7 456


6 892


+ 564


. 8


REPUBLIC OF KOREA


(SOUTH KOREA)


5 050


4 557


+ 492


+ 11


F.R. OF GERMANY


4 556


3 506


+ 1 050


+ 30


SWITZERLAND


3 287


2 669


. 618


+23


AUSTRALIA


2 764


2 266


. 498


+ 22


/TABLE 4




THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 9, 1984


6


TABLE 4 I IMPORTS BY COMMODITY SECTIONS


COMMODITY SECTIONS


1983 

($ MN)


1982 

(1 mn)


INCREASE 

(1 mn)


PERCENTAGE 

CHAN GE 

__(%)_


MANUFACTURED GOODS 

CLASSIFIED CHIEFLY 

BY MATERIAL (MAINLY 

TEXTILE PRODUCTS, 

DIAMONDS, IRON AND 

STEEL, AND PAPER)


49 500


39 734


+ 9 766


+25


MACHINERY AND 

TRANSPORT 

EQUIPMENT


39 424


32 029


+ 7 395


+ 23


MISCELLANEOUS 

MANUFACTURED 

ARTICLES (MAINLY 

WATCHES AND 

CLOCKS, ARTICLES 

OF APPAREL)


31 783


24 978


+ 6 805


+ 27


FOOD AND LIVE 

ANIMALS CHIEFLY 

FOR FOOD


18 911


16 172


. 2 738


+ 17


CHEMICALS AND 

RELATED PRODUCTS, 

N.E.S.


12 942


9 486


+ 3 456


+ 36


MINERAL FUELS, 

LUBRICANTS AND 

RELATED MATERIALS


11 657


11 477


. 180


+ 2




TABLE 5 . RE-EXPORTS BY 10 MAJOR MARKETS


MAJOR MARKETS


1983 

(* mn)


1982 

(1 mn)


INCREASE/ 

DECREASE 

($ MN)


PERCENTAGE 

CHANGE 

______(t)


CHINA


12 183


7 992


+ 4 191


+ 52


U.S.A.


8 028


5 615


. 2 413


+43


SINGAPORE


4 523


3 648


+ 875


+ 24


INDONESIA


3 884


4 615


- 731


-16




/TAIWAN ....................


THUBSDAY, FEBRDA£Y 9, 1984


- 7 -


TAIWAN


3 454


2 662


+


793


+ 30


JAPAN


3 176


2 566


610


. 24


REPUBLIC OF KOREA 

(SOUTH KOREA)


2 44D


1 699


.


741


+44


MACAU


1 885


1 588


.


297


+ 19


PHILIPPINES


1 632


1 405


.


147


.10


SAUDI ARABIA


1 335


941


.


39*


+42


TABLE 6 I RE-EXPORTS BY


MAJOR COMMODITY


DIVISIONS




1983


1982


INCREASE


PERCENTAGE 

CHANGE


COMMODITY DIVISIONS


($ mn)


($ mn)


(1 mn)


(%)




TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS, 

MADE-UP ARTICLES AND 

RELATED PRODUCTS


7 822


6 431



. 1 391


+ 22


ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 

APPARATUS AND 

APPLIANCES


4 931


3 420


+ 1 512


+44


ARTICLES OF APPAREL 

AND CLOTHING 

ACCESSORIES


4 495


3 021


+ 1 474


+49


PHOTOGRAPHIC 

APPARATUS, 

EQUIPMENT, 

SUPPLIES AND 

OPTICAL GOODS, 

WATCHES AND 

CLOCKS


4 258


3 218


. 1 040


+ 32


MISCELLANEOUS 

MANUFACTURED 

ARTICLES


3 183


2 412


+ 771


+ 32


NON-METALLIC 

MINERAL 

MANUFACTURES


2 708


2 565


+ 143


+ 6




/8....


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 9, 1984


8


CONTRACT AWARDED FOR ROAD PROJECT 

K M M M


TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE HAS AWARDED A S48-MILLI0N 

CONTRACT TO EXTEND ROADS AND BUILD FOOTBRIDGES ON TSI NG Yl ISLAND.


UNDER THE CONTRACT, AWARDED TO MAEDA CONSTRUCTION LIMITED, 

CHUNG MEI ROAD WILL BE EXTENDED 600 METRES WESTWARDS AND CHING 

HONG ROAD WILL BE EXTENDED 750 METRES IN THE SAME DIRECTION.


THE EXTENSIONS WILL SERVE RESIDENTS OF THREE PHASES OF CHEUNG 

HONG ESTATE AND A HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME ESTATE, BOTH OF WHICH ARE 

UNDER CONSTRUCTION.


TWO FOOTBRIDGES WILL SPAN CHUNG MEI ROAD AND TWO WILL SPAN 

CHING HONG ROAD. A FIFTH FOOTBRIDGE WILL BE BUILT NEAR THE HOME 

OWNERSHIP SCHEME ESTATE.


ALSO UNDER THE CONTRACT, TWO OTHER ROADS WILL BE BUILT TO 

FORM PART OF THE TSI NG Yl ISLAND TOWN CENTRE NETWORK AS WELL AS 

SERVE TSI NG Yl ESTATE, NOW BEING BUILT.


ONE, MEASURING 700 METRES, WILL RUN FROM THE FIRE STATION 

AT TSI NG LENG TSUI TO FUNG SHUE WO TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA AND THE 

OTHER, 200 METRES LONG, WILL RUN FROM THE TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA 

TO TSING Yl OLD TOWN.


WORK ON THE CONTRACT STARTED RECENTLY AND WILL BE COMPLETED 

IN ABOUT 20 MONTHS.


- - - - 0 --------


CHALLENGING YEAR FOR DISTRICT BOARD 

* ft


THE YEAR OF 

ONE FOR THE YUEN 

MR JAMES WILSON,


HE SAID THE


THE RAT PROMISES TO BE A PARTICULARLY CHALLENGING 

LONG DISTRICT BOARD. THE DISTRICT OFFICER, 

SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).


—B0ARD W0ULD BE CA1-LED UPON TO ADVISE ON DEVELOPMENT 

PROPOSALS FOR THE NORTH-WESTERN NEW TERRITORIES, A CROSS-BORDER 

ROAD LINK AT LOK MA CHAU, THE DEVELOPMENT OF A NEW TOWN AT TIN 

SHUI WAI AND THE DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROPOSED NEW 

LiGHT RAIL Transit SYSTEM.


MR WILSON WAS 

GATHERING ATTENDED 

MEMBERS.


SPEAKING AT THE DISTR ICT OFF ICE’S NEW YEAR 

BY MORE THAN 500 LOCAL DIGNITARIES AND BOARD


+CLEARLY, THE YEAR OF THE RAT WILL BE A TIME FOR ANYONE, 

WHO WISHES TO HAVE A SAY IN HOW HIS DISTRICT IS TO BE RUN, TO 

COME FORWARD AND REGISTER SUPPORT FOR HIS DISTRICT BOARD BY 

REGISTERING AS AN ELECTOR,+ HE SAID.


/POINTING OUT................


THURSDAY, FEBBUARY 9, 1984


- 9 -


POINTING OUT THAT A NEW REGISTRATION EXERCISE WOULD BEGIN 

IN AUGUST, HE APPEALED TO ELIGIBLE VOTERS TO COME FORWARD AND 

SUPPORT THE DISTRICT BOARD.


MR WILSON ALSO OUTLINED A NUMBER OF DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS 

WHICH WILL PROGRESS FURTHER DURING THE YEAR.


HE SAID THE YUEN LONG NORTHERN BYPASS WOULD BE OPENED IN 

APRIL, TAKING THROUGH TRAFFIC OUT OF THE TOWN AND MAKING IT A 

MORE PLEASANT LIVING ENVIRONMENT.


+COMPLETION OF THE TSUEN WAN BYPASS IN THE MIDDLE OF THE 

YEAR WILL ALSO MEAN FURTHER REDUCTIONS IN JOURNEY TIMES BETWEEN 

YUEN LONG AND KOWLOON,* HE SAID.


NEW ROADS ARE UNDER CONSTRUCTION AT TONG YAN SAN TSUEN, AND 

IN APRIL WORK ON THE NEXT PHASE OF THE N.T. CIRCULAR ROAD BETWEEN 

FAN KAM ROAD AND KWU TUNG WILL BEGIN.


ON RECREATION, THE FOUNDATIONS WILL BE LAID FOR AN INDOOR 

GAMES HALL NEXT TO THE EASTERN BUS TERMINUS.


ON HOUSING, WORK OF A SELF-CONTAINED NEW TOWN FOR 135 □□□ 

PEOPLE ON RECLAIMED LAND AT TIN SHU I WAI WILL COMMENCE.


ON EDUCATION, CONSTRUCTION OF A THIRD NEW SECONDARY SCHOOL 

HAS STARTED AND WILL BE COMPLETED LATER THIS YEAR.


MR WILSON SAID THE DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS IN THE DISTRICT 

INEVITABLY CAUSED SOME DISRUPTION TO BUSINESS AND TO FAMILIES.


HE THANKED LOCAL RESIDENTS FOR THEIR PATIENCE, CO-OPERATION 

AND UNDERSTANDING IN HELPING THE GOVERNMENT TO MEET ITS TARGETS.


- - - - 0 ------------


NEW ROAD IN TUEN MUN READY


* M *


A NEW ROAD LEADING FROM TSI NG WUN ROAD TO TUEN MUN HEUNG 

SZE WUI ROAD WILL BE OPENED AT 10 AM TOMORROW (FRIDAY), PROVIDING 

A MAJOR LINK BETWEEN LUNG MUN ROAD AND TUEN MUN TOWN CENTRE.


BUT BETWEEN 7 AM AND MIDNIGHT DAILY, THE ROAD WILL BE 

AN URBAN CLEARWAY WHERE NO MOTOR VEHICLES OTHER THAN FRANCHISED 

BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS.


MEANWHILE, TONG SHUI ROAD BETWEEN JAVA ROAD AND KING’S 

ROAD IN NORTH POINT WILL BE CLOSED FROM 1 AM ON SATURDAY 

(FEBRUARY 11) TO 7 AM ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 12) EXCEPT FOR VEHICLES 

REQUIRING LOCAL ACCESS. THE MEASURE IS TO ALLOW FOR WORK ON 

THE ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR.


/dobing ths...............


THURSDAY, FSBRUARY 9, 1984


10


DURING THE CLOSURE, VEHICLES ENTERING TONG SHU I ROAD FOR 

ACCESS SHOULD LEAVE VIA MARBLE ROAD. TRAFFIC HEADING FOR KING'S 

ROAD SHOULD PROCEED VIA JAVA ROAD AND KAM HONG STREET.


FROM 10 AM ON SATURDAY, HENNESSY ROAD EASTBOUND FROM HOUSE 

NOS 133 TO 153, AND HENNESSY ROAD WESTBOUND FROM HOUSE NO. 162 

TO A POINT 45 METRES WEST OF O’BRIEN ROAD, WILL BE DESIGNATED 

URBAN CLEARWAYS BETWEEN 7 AM AND MIDNIGHT DAILY FOR ABOUT 

SEVEN MONTHS.


ALSO FROM 10 AM ON SATURDAY, ALL VEHICLES ON O’BRIEN ROAD 

SOUTHBOUND WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM TURNING RIGHT INTO HENNESSY 

ROAD WESTBOUND.


----o----



TALKS ON REMEDIAL TEACHING 

K M * M


THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S CHINESE LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE 

WILL HOLD A SERIES OF TALKS ON REMEDIAL CHINESE LANGUAGE TEACHING 

FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS IN MARCH.


THE TALKS WILL BE CONDUCTED AT THE TEACHING CENTRE’S HONG 

KONG UNIT AT 9A BONHAM ROAD, FIRST FLOOR, HONG KONG.


SECONDARY SCHOOL PRINCIPALS WHO WISH TO SEND TEACHERS TO 

ATTEND ANY OF THE TALKS ARE REQUESTED TO SUBMIT THEIR 

NOMINATIONS TO THE SENIOR INSPECTOR, CHINESE LANGUAGE TEACHING 

CENTRE,BY FEBRUARY 24.


ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE AT THE CENTRE ON 5-488230.


----------0------------



NEW COLOUR GUIDE TO HONG KONG BIRDS


XXX


A NEW COLOUR GUIDE TO HONG KONG BIRDS HAS BEEN PRODUCED 

BY THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES.


THE VALUE OF THE NEW GUIDE EXTENDS BEYOND INTERNATIONAL 

BOUNDARIES, FOR THE BIRDLIFE OF HONG KONG IS A REPRESENTATION OF 

THAT OF SOUTH CHINA GENERALLY.


THE LATEST BOOK IS A COMPLETELY REWRITTEN AND ENLARGED EDITION 

OF THE +COLOUR GUIDE TO HONG KONG BIRDS* OF WHICH MORE THAN 

11 300 COPIES HAVE BEEN SOLD SINCE IT WAS FIRST PUBLISHED A FE* 

YEARS AGO.


IT IS AVAILABLE AT $62 A COPY AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS 

CENTRE, G.P.O. BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, CENTRAL, DISTRICT OFFICES 

AND LEADING BOOKSHOPS.


THERE ARE MORE THAN 50 NEW PLATES IN THE LATEST GUIDE. THE 

PAINTINGS AND THE TEXT PROVIDE READY IDENTIFICATION OF ANY BIRDS 

SEEN IN HONG KONG - BE IT AROUND THE PEAK OR AT THE INTERNATIONALLY 

IMPORTANT WETLAND BIRD RESERVE AT MAI PO IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.


/THE INSTANT....................


THUHSDAY, FEBHUAEY 9. 1984


11


THE INSTANT SUCCESS OF THE EARLIER EDITIONS CONVINCED THE 

AUTHORS, CLIVE VINEY AND KAREN PHILLIPPS OF THE GREAT INTEREST 

IN THE BIRDS OF THE REGION, AND OF THE NEED TO PRODUCE THIS 

COMPREHENSIVE FIELD GUIDE.


CLIVE VINEY HAS STUDIED AND WRITTEN ABOUT THE BIRDS IN 

THIS REGION FOR OVER 15 YEARS AND IS NOW REGARDED AS AN 

AUTHORITY ON THE SUBJECT.


KAREN PHILLIPPS TRAINED AS AN ILLUSTRATOR IN LONDON AND HAS 

LIVED IN HONG KONG SINCE 1972. HER PREVIOUSLY PUBLISHED WORKS 

INCLUDE A +COLOUR GUIDE TO HONG KONG ANIMALS* AND A +GUIDE TO 

CHINESE MARKET VEGETABLES*.


IN ADDITION TO THE MAIN BODY OF THE BOOK, CONCISE INFORMATION 

IS GIVEN ON GOOD BIRDWATCHING AREAS, HOW TO IDENTIFY AND WATCH 

BIRDS, AND ON EQUIPMENT TO USE.


- - - - 0 ----------


SINGING CONTEST FOR CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT 

M M M M


THE SECOND CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT SINGING AND SONG



WRITING CONTEST WILL BE HELD FROM FEBRUARY 17 TO MARCH 4, 1984.


THE COMPETITION IS OPEN TO PERSONS AT THE AGE OF 15 OR 

ABOVE WHO LIVE, WORK OR STUDY IN THE DISTRICT.


THEY MAY JOIN EITHER SOLO OR GROUP SINGING OR BOTH.


THE WINNER WILL RECEIVE A CASH PRIZE OF $1 OOO, WITH THE 

FIRST AND SECOND RUNNERS-UP GETTING 1500 AND S300 RESPECTIVELY.


THE CONTEST IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE MUSIC OFFICE OF 

THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT, THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN 

DISTRICT BOARD, AND THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT ARTS AND 

CULTURAL ASSOCIATION.


A SONG-WRITING COMPETITION WILL ALSO BE HELD SIMULTANEOUSLY 

WITH THE AIM OF PROMOTING PUBLIC INTEREST IN SONG-WRITING.


COMPETITORS WHO SHOULD BE HONG KONG RESIDENTS, MAY EITHER 

COMPOSE THEIR OWN LYRICS AND MELODIES USING THE ’CENTRAL AND WESTERN 

DISTRICT’ AS THE THEME OR SET ANY OF THE THREE LYRICS PRESENTED BY 

THE ORGANISERS FOR SINGING.


THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD WILL AWARD AN ADDITIONAL 

$1 000 CASH PRIZE FOR THE WINNING ENTRY TO BE USED AS THE 

DISTRICT SONG.


PRELIMINARIES OF THE CONTEST WILL BE HELD BETWEEN FEBRUARY 17 

AND 19 AT THE HONG KONG MUSIC CENTRE, THE MUSIC OFFICE, 9TH FLOOR, 

HONG KONG ARTS CENTRE, HARBOUR ROAD.


FINALISTS WILL COMPETE ON MARCH 4 AT THE HONG KONG CARITAS 

CENTRE, STARTING AT 8 PM.


ENTRY FORMS ARE AVAILABLE TILL FEBRUARY 11 AT THE HONG KONG 

HJSIC CENTRE OF THE MUSIC OFFICE AND AT ANY OF THE ENQUIRY CENTRES 

CF THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE.


FURTHER INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED BY DIALLING 5-283257.


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 10, 1?84


CONTENTS RAGE NO.


BORDER LIAISON MATTERS DISCUSSED ...................................................................................... 1


IMPROVEMENT TO FIXED PENALTY PROCEDURE PROPOSED ....................................... 1


LAW EXAM PROPOSED FOR ACCOUNTANTS...................................................................................


TAX RESERVE INTEREST NOW 7-8 PER CENT...................................................................... 3


NEW NURSES TRAINING SCHOOL TO BE BUILT ................................................................... 4


MORE LAND FOR RECREATION PLANNED ...................................................................................... 5


EARLY MORNING TRAFFIC CHANGES AT NORTH POINT................................................ 5


FESTIVAL TREAT FOR ALL IN DISTRICT ................................................................................ 6


ABILITY OF DISABLED STRESSED AT SEMINAR................................................................ 7


ADVICE FOR FIRE OFFICERS FROM OUT-GOING CHIEF ............................................. 9


UK EXPERT TO TALK ON NURSERY EDUCATION ................................................................... 10


GAT,A DAY AT CUSTOMS ............................................................................................................................... 10


KEEP PARKS CLEAN, VISITORS TOLD ......................................................................................... 11


SUNDAY MARRIAGES OFFERED ............................................................................................................... 11


FUN FOR TSUEN WAN RESIDENTS ...................................................................................................... 12


CHILDREN'S PARTY ........................................................................................................................................ 13


DANCING AND DRAMA DJ SOUTHERN DISTRICT ................................................................... 13


NEW ROADS FOR KOWLOON BAY


14


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY ID, 1984


1


BORDER LIAISON MATTERS DISCUSSED 

* * * *


A DELEGATION OF OFFICIALS FROM GUANGDONG PROVINCE, LED BY 

W ZHANG JIANNAN, DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF THE GUANGDONG PROVINCIAL 

PUBLIC SECURITY BUREAU, AND INCLUDING MR FU FEN, DEPUTY DIRECTOR 

CF THE GUANGDONG PROVINCIAL FOREIGN AFFAIRS BUREAU, IS IN HONG 

KONG FOR THE ANNUAL REVIEW OF BORDER LIAISON MATTERS. THE REVIEW 

MEETING WAS HELD IN THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT TODAY (FRIDAY).


THE HONG KONG TEAM WAS LED BY THE POLITICAL ADVISER, MR ROBIN 

MCLAREN, AND INCLUDED THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, MR ALAN 

MASON, AND THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION, MR JAMES MURPHIE. 

THE BORDER LIAISON OFFICERS OF BOTH SIDES ALSO TOOK PART.


THE BORDER LIAISON SYSTEM WAS SET UP IN 1981, AND THE PURPOSE 

CF THE MEETING WAS TO REVIEW ITS OPERATION OVER THE PAST YEAR. EOTH 

SIDES EXPRESSED THEIR SATISFACTION WITH THE WORK PERFORMED BY THE 

LIAISON OFFICERS WHO CONSTITUTE A VERY USEFUL CHANNEL OF 

COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE TWO SIDES ON IMMIGRATION, POLICE AND 

CUSTOMS MATTERS.


IT WAS AGREED THAT THE SYSTEM HAD BEEN PARTICULARLY VALUABLE 

OVER THE LUNAR NEW YEAR HOLIDAY, DURING WHICH LIAISON OFFICERS 

WERE IN DAILY CONTACT TO ENSURE THAT THE FLOW OF PASSENGERS REMAINED 

SMOOTH DESPITE THE 25 PER CENT INCREASE IN NUMBERS OVER THE 

PREVIOUS RECORD.


THE TWO SIDES AGREED TO HOLD A FURTHER REVIEW MEETING IN 

NOVEMBER, IN GUANGDONG.


MR MCLAREN GAVE A DINNER IN HONOUR OF THE VISITORS FROM 

GUANGDONG YESTERDAY AND THE GUANGDONG TEAM WILL HOST A LUNCH 

TOMORROW (SATURDAY).


----o----


IMPROVEMENT TO FIXED PENALTY PROCEDURE PROPOSED


* * *


TWO BILLS CONTAINING AMENDMENTS AIMED AT IMPROVING THE 

FIXED PENALTY PROCEDURE ARE PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE TODAY 

(FRIDAY).


A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THERE IS AN ANOMALY IN 

THE LAW IN THAT PERSONS WHO NEITHER PAY A FIXED PENALTY FINE NOR 

DISPUTE LIABILITY FOR THE OFFENCE ARE SUBJECT TO AN ADDITIONAL 

PENALTY, WHEREAS THE SAME PERSONS WHO SATISFY A MAGISTRATE THAT 

THEY DID NOT PAY BECAUSE THEY DID NOT RECEIVE THE NOTICE BUT 

SUBSEQUENTLY CONTINUE TO IGNORE THE FINE ARE NOT GIVEN THE 

ADDITIONAL PENALTY.


UNDER THE FIXED PENALTY (TRAFFIC CONTRAVENTIONS) (AMENDMENT) 

BILL 1984 AND THE FIXED PENALTY (CRIMINAL PROCEEDINGS) (AMENDMENT) 

BILL 1984, THE ADDITIONAL PENALTY, WHICH IS THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE 

FIXED PENALTY, WILL ALSO APPLY TO THESE OFFENDERS.


THEY WILL ALSO BE REQUIRED TO PAY THE FINES WITHIN TIME 

LIMITS SET OUT IN THE TWO BILLS.


/ANOTHER LEGISLATIVE................


Friday, FSBabjutY 1^, >04


2


ANOTHER LEGISLATIVE AMENDMENT PROPOSED WILL ALLOU THE POLICE 

AT ANY TIME TO APPLY TO A MAGISTRATE TO RESCIND ORDERS FOR 

PAYMENT OF A FIXED PENALTY OR SUBSEQUENT RELATED ORDERS.


THIS IN PRACTICE GIVES THE POLICE POWERS TO RECTIFY A 

MISTAKE WHICH DOES NOT SURFACE FOR SOME TIME, SUCH AS THOSE 

BROUGHT ABOUT BY INCORRECT DATA INPUT.


BOTH BILLS ARE EXPECTED TO BE PRESENTED TO THE LEGISLATIVE 

COUNCIL FOR THEIR FIRST READING ON FEBRUARY 15 AND TO GO THROUGH 

THE REMAINING LEGISLATIVE STAGES ON MARCH 14.


ANYONE WHO WISHES TO COMMENT ON THEIR PROVISIONS MAY 

WRITE TO UMELCO, AT SWIRE HOUSE, 12TH FLOOR, CHATER ROAD, OR TO 

THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, AT ST JOHN’S BUILDING, 8TH FLOOR, 

GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG.


----0----


LAW EXAM PROPOSED FOR ACCOUNTANTS 

* * *


ACCOUNTANTS WHO WISH TO PRACTISE IN HONG KONG MAY BE REQUIRED 

IN FUTURE TO SHOW THAT THEY ARE ACQUAINTED WITH LOCAL LAw AND 

PRACTICE BY SITTING AN EXAMINATION AND BY HAVING HAD NOT LESS THAN 

ONE YEAR FULL-TIME APPROVED ACCOUNTING EXPERIENCE LOCALLY.


THIS REQUIREMENT WILL AMPLIFY THE EXISTING LAw WHICH STIPULmTlo 

THAT APPLICANTS FOR PRACTISING CERTIFICATES MUST BE ORDINARILY 

RESIDENT IN HONG KONG AND MUST POSSESS THE NECESSARY LOCAL 

EXPERIENCE AND KNOWLEDGE.


PRACTISING CERTIFICATES, WHICH ARE REVIEWED ANNUALLY, WILL ONLY 

BE RENEWED, AS AT PRESENT, IF THEIR HOLDERS HAVE STAYED IN HONG 

KONG FOR AT LEAST 180 DAYS WITHIN THE PRECEDING 12 MONTHS.


A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THESE PROPOSALS, UNDER 

THE PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 PUBLISHED TODAY, 

ARE INTENDED TO ENSURE THAT ONLY THOSE WHO HAVE HAD AND CONTINUE 

TO HAVE EXPERIENCE IN LOCAL PRACTICE ARE GIVEN PRACTISING 

CERTIFICATES.


THE PROPOSALS WERE INITIATED BY THE HONG KONG SOCIETY OF 

ACCOUNTANTS, THE STATUTORY REGULATORY BODY FOR THE PROFESSION, *riO 

WISH TO ENSURE THAT THE HIGH STANDARDS OF ITS MEMBERS ARE MAINTAINED, 

THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


THE AMENDMENT BILL ALSO INCREASES THE NUMBER OF COUNCIL 

bEMBERS AND CHANGES THE MEMBERSHIP OF THE DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE 

OF THE SOCIETY, AND INTRODUCES A SIMPLER WAY TO CHANGE THE 

COMMITTEE’S PROCEDURES.


IT WILL BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON 

WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 15) AND IS EXPECTED TO RECEIVE ITS THIRD 

READING ON MARCH 14.


ANYONE WHO WISHES TO COMMENT ON ITS PROVISIONS MAY wRITE 

TO UMELCO, AT SWIRE HOUSE, 12TH FLOOR, CHATER ROAD, OR TO THE 

DEPUTY FINANCIAL SECRETARY, AT THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 

LOWER ALBERT ROAD, HONG KONG.


,,


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 10, 1984


- 3 -


TAX RESERVE INTEREST NOW 7.8 PER CENT 

* * * *


THE TAX-FREE INTEREST RATE PAYABLE FROM TODAY (FEBRUARY 13) ON 

TAX RESERVE CERTIFICATES HAS BEEN REDUCED TO 7.8 PER CENT, AS AGAINST 

THE PREVIOUS RATE OF 9.6 PER CENT.


A NOTICE OF THIS APPEARS IN TODAY'S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.


INTEREST ON TAX RESERVE CERTIFICATES IS CALCULATED IN MONTHLY 

STEPS AND THE NEW RATE WILL BE 65 CENTS PER MONTH PER $100. 

INTEREST WILL BE CREDITED AS BEFORE IN RESPECT OF COMPLETED MONTHS 

BETWEEN PURCHASE AND SURRENDER IN PAYMENT OF TAX, THE COMMISSIONER 

FOR INLAND REVENUE EXPLAINED.


INTEREST IS ONLY CREDITED WHEN CERTIFICATES ARE USED TO PAY 

TAX AND NO INTEREST IS DUE WHERE THE PRINCIPAL VALUE OF A 

CERTIFICATE IS REPAID BY A CHEQUE, HE ADDED.


CERTIFICATES ISSUED BEFORE TODAY WILL CONTINUE TO EARN INTEREST 

AS FOLLOWS.-


8.16%


PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON 

1980 AND BEFORE 21ST NOVEMBER 1980;


OR AFTER 16TH OCTOBER


9.84%


PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON 

1980 AND BEFORE 31ST JULY 1981;


OR AFTER 21ST NOVEMBER


13.2%


PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON 

AND BEFORE 16TH OCTOBER 1981;


OR AFTER 31ST JULY 1981


14.4%


PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON 

1981 AND BEFORE 4TH DECEMBER 1981;


OR AFTER 16TH OCTOBER


12%


PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON 

1981 AND BEFORE 4TH JUNE 1982;


OR AFTER 4TH DECEMBER


10.8%


PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON 

AND BEFORE 27TH AUGUST 1982;


OR AFTER 4TH JUNE 1982


9%


PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON 

1982 AND BEFORE 3RD DECEMBER 1982;


OR AFTER 27TH AUGUST


7.8%


PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON 

1982 AND BEFORE 27TH MAY 1983;


OR AFTER 3RD DECEMBER


10.2%


PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON 

AND BEFORE 28TH OCTOBER 1983;


OR AFTER 27TH MAY 1<>83


12%


PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER 28TH OCTOBER 

1983 AND BEFORE 7TH NOVEMBER 19835 AND , '


9.6%


PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON 

1983 AND BEFORE 10TH FEBRUARY 1984


OR AFTER 7TH NOVEMBER 

i




/but always ...............


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 10, 19&4


BUT ALWAYS SUBJECT TO THE GENERAL RULE THAT INTEREST CEASES T. 

ACCRUE AFTER 36 COMPLETED MONTHS WITHOUT SURRENDER FOR PAYMENT OF 

TAX.


EXAMPLE* $1 000 CERTIFICATES PURCHASED ON 10TH FEBRUARY 1984, 

-------------- 10TH MARCH 1984 AND 10TH APRIL 1984 RESPECTIVELY, 

SURRENDER IN PAYMENT OF TAX DUE ON 10TH MAY 1984 WILL 

HAVE INTEREST CALCULATED AS FOLLOWSi-


ON $1 000, 10TH FEBRUARY 1984 TO 10TH MAY


1984, 3 COMPLETE MONTHS AT $6.5 PER MONTH - $19.50


ON $1 000, 10TH MARCH 1984 TO 10TH MAY 1984,


2 COMPLETE MONTHS AT $6.5 PER MONTH - $13.00


ON $1 000, 10TH APRIL 1984 TO 10TH MAY 1984,


1 COMPLETE MONTH AT $6.5 PER MONTH - $ 6.50


c39.00


------------0---------------


NEW NURSES TRAINING SCHOOL TO BE BUILT 

* * * *


A GENERAL TRAIWIWG SCHOOL *-03 WORSES .ILL BE Bvlu" 

LAI KING HILL ROAD NEAR PRINCESS MARGARET HOSPITAL.


THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT 

DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT.


THE NEW SCHOOL WILL BE HOUSED IN A 16-STOREY BUILDING * I TH 

A TOTAL FLOOR AREA OF 22 800 SQUARE METRES.


IT WILL OCCUPY TWO LOWER STOREYS, WHILE THE UPPER STOREYS 

WILL BE USED AS QUARTERS FOR 750 GENERAL AND STUDENT NURSES. 

DINING AND COMMUNAL FACILITIES WILL ALSO BE PROVIDED.


WORK ON THE PROJECT WILL START IN APRIL AND BE COMPLETED BY 

THE END OF 1985.


0 ------------


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 19o-


MORE LAND FOR RECREATION PLANNED 

* * *


A CONTROLLED TIP WILL BE BUILT AT JORDAN VALLEY AND THEN wILL 

BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR RECREATION.


IT IS PART OF A PROJECT OF THE CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE OF THE 

ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.


TENDERS ARE BEING INVITED FOR THE PROJECT, WHICH ALSO INVOLVES 

CONSTRUCTING AN ACCESS ROAD TO THE TIP AS WELL AS 400 METRES OF 

DRAINAGE TO DIVERT STORM WATER IN THE AREA.


TO MINIMISE THE IMPACT ON THE ENVIRONMENT, THE SANITARY 

LANDFILL METHOD WILL BE USED TO BUILD THE TIP, WHICH WILL HAVE A 

DAILY CAPACITY OF 680 TONS OF REFUSE COLLECTED BY THE URBAN 

SERVICES DEPARTMENT.


ONE MILLION TONS OF REFUSE WILL HAVE BEEN DEPOSITED, BY 

THE TIME THE TIP IS COMPLETELY FILLED IN 1989.


THE SEVEN HECTARES OF LAND PROVIDED WILL THEN BE CONVERTED 

TO RECREATIONAL AND AMENITY USES.


THE WORKS CONTRACT, COVERING THE ACCESS ROAD, DRAINAGE AND 

PART OF THE TIP PROJECT, WILL TAKE 29 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.


OTHER TENDERS WILL BE INVITED LATER TO CARRY OUT THE 

REMAINING WORK ON BUILDING THE TIP.


- - 0 - -


EARLY MORNING TRAFFIC CHANGES AT NORTH POINT 

* * * *


KING’S ROAD BETWEEN OIL STREET AND SHU KUK STREET Wil 

:D FOR WORKS FROM MIDNIGHT TOMORROW (FEBRUARY 11) UNT 

OLLOWING DAY, DURING WHICH THE FOLLOWING TEMPORARY Tl 

IGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED .


* JAVA ROAD BETWEEN NORTH POINT ROAD AND 

SHU KUK STREET WILL BE REROUTED TWO WAYS.

* NORTH POINT ROAD BETWEEN JAVA ROAD AND 

KING’S ROAD WILL BECOME ONE-WAY SOUTHBOUND.

* OIL STREET BETWEEN KING’S ROAD AND JAVA 

ROAD WILL BE REROUTED ONE-WAY NORTHBOUND.

* ALL VEHICLES ON KING’S ROAD WESTBOUND



HEADING FOR CAUSEWAY BAY WILL BE DIVERTED 

VIA SHU KUK STREET, JAVA ROAD AND NORTH 

POINT ROAD.


M KING’S ROAD WESTBOUND BETWEEN SHU KUK 

STREET AND TONG SHU I ROAD WILL BE 

RESTRICTED TO VEHICLES REQUIRING LOCAL 

ACCESS.


/. ALL VEHICLES


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 10, 1964


* ALL VEHICLES ON KING’S ROAD EASTBOUND 

HEADING FOR QUARRY BAY WILL BE DIVERTED 

VIA OIL STREET AND JAVA ROAD.

* KING’S ROAD EASTBOUND BETWEEN OIL STREET 

AND TONG SHU I ROAD WILL BE RESTRICTED TO 

VEHICLES REQUIRING LOCAL ACCESS.

* VEHICLES OVER 2-1/2 TONS UNLADEN ON 

FORTRESS HILL ROAD NORTHBOUND HEADING 

FOR JAVA ROAD WILL BE DIVERTED VIA 

KING’S ROAD AND OIL STREET.



M TRAFFIC FROM CAUSEWAY BAY HEADING FOR 

FORTRESS HILL ROAD SHOULD USE TIN HAU TEMPLE 

ROAD.


AND, FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 13), THE WESTERN END 

CF THE UNNAMED ROAD NORTH OF THE GOVERNMENT PRINTING DEPARTMENT 

IN NORTH POINT WILL BE CLOSED FOR ABOUT TWO WEEKS FOR WORK ON THE 

ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR.


DURING THE CLOSURE, VEHICLES ON JAVA ROAD HEADING FOR 

KING’S ROAD WILL BE DIVERTED VIA TONG SHU I ROAD OR KAM HONG 

STREET.


- - 0 - -


FESTIVAL TREAT FOR ALL IN DISTRICT 

* * * *


+A TREAT FOR ALL+ WILL BE PROVIDED AT THE FOURTH YUEN LONG 

ARTS FESTIVAL WHICH OPENS NEXT FRIDAY (FEBRUARY 17) EVENING a I TH 

A PERFORMANCE BY THE HONG KONG PHILHARMONIC ORCHESTRA AT LUT SAU 

HALL.


ANNOUNCING DETAILS OF THE 15-DAY FESTIVAL TODAY, THE CHAIRMAN 

CF THE ORGANISING COMMITTEE, MADAM LEUNG SING-TAK, STRESSED THAT 

THE WIDE VARIETY OF PROGRAMMES HAD BEEN SPECIALLY ARRANGED FOR 

PEOPLE OF ALL AGES AND DIFFERENT ARTISTIC INTERESTS.


SHE SAID THE FESTIVAL WOULD FEATURE PERFORMANCES BY wELL 

KNOWN ORCHESTRA, DRAMA AND OPERA GROUPS, BALLET AND DANCE TROUPES, 

SINGERS AND A CHILDREN’S CHOIR.


OTbER EVENTS OF THE DISTRICT BOARD-SPONSORED FESTIVAL wOULD 

INCLUDE FILM SHOWS, SEMINARS AND EXHIBITIONS.


THE PERFORMING GROUPS WOULD INCLUDE THE PHILHARMONIC 

ORCHESTRA, HONG KONG CHAMBER ORCHESTRA, HONG KONG ACADEMY OF 

BALLET COMPANY, SEALS THEATRE, CITY CONTEMPORARY DANCE COMPANY, 

CHOR FUNG MING CANTONESE OPERA TROUPE AND THE YUEN LONG CHILDREN’S 

CHOIR.


/1U2A1I LSCKG


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 10, 19&4


- 7 -


MADAM LEUNG SAID THE FESTIVAL ALSO AIMED AT PROMOTING VARIOUS 

PERFORMING ARTS.


+WE HOPE TO ENCOURAGE MORE PARTICIPATION BY LOCAL PEOPLE. 

TO THIS END, TWO PLAYS BY CHILDREN HAVE BEEN ORGANISED AS PART 

CF THE PROGRAMMES,* HE SAID.


AND EVENTS WOULD ALSO BE BROUGHT TO REMOTE VILLAGES, SHE ADDED.


ADMISSION TO 22 OF THE FESTIVAL’S 34 EVENTS IS FREE OF CHARGE.


THE ARTS FESTIVAL IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD, 

THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT ARTS COMMITTEE AND THE CULTURAL SERVICES 

DEPARTMENT (N.T.).


THE BOARD IS CONTRIBUTING $300 000 TOWARDS THE $700 000- 

FESTIVAL. THE BALANCE WILL COME FROM TICKET PROCEEDS AND LOCAL 

SPONSORSHIP.


----------0------------


ABILITY OF DISABLED STRESSED AT SEMINAR 

******


REHABILITATION WHICH ENDS IN THE SUCCESSFUL EMPLOYMENT 

OF A DISABLED PERSON IS AN INVESTMENT IN INDEPENDENCE, THE 

CHAIRMAN OF THE EMPLOYMENT SUBCOMMITTEE, REHABILITATION 

DEVELOPMENT CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE, MR KARL STUMPF, SAID 

TODAY.


.IT CONTRIBUTES TO PRODUCTION, REDUCES PUBLIC EXPENDITURE 

AND, MOST IMPORTANTLY, SUSTAINS THE WELLBEING OF THE DISABLED 

PERSON AND HIS OR HER FAMILY,. HE ADDED.



HE WAS SPEAKING ON ’EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES FOR 

THE DISABLED’ AT A SEMINAR THIS EVENING.


HE SAID THAT +MANY EMPLOYERS ALL OVER THE WORLD COULD 

TESTIFY THAT GIVEN THE CHANCE, A DISABLED PERSON IS CAPABLE 

CF DEVELOPING HIS RESIDUAL RESOURCES TO AN UNEXPECTED DEGREE, 

AND OF BECOMING AN ECONOMIC ASSET TO HIS COMMUNITY, 

INSTEAD OF BEING A BURDEN ON HIMSELF, ON HIS FAMILY AND HIS 

COMMUNITY.*


ABOUT 400 000 PEOPLE IN HONG KONG SUFFERED FROM SOME FORM 

OF DISABILITY BUT WERE AN IMPORTANT HUMAN RESOURCE.


.IT SHOULD BE THE CONCERN OF ALL OF US THAT THESE PEOPLE 

ARE OFFERED EVERY OPPORTUNITY TO OBTAIN GAINFUL EMPLOYMENT 

AND THUS ENTER OR RE-ENTER THE MAINSTREAM OF LIFE IN HONG 

KONG,* MR STUMPF STRESSED.



ANOTHER SPEAKER AT THE SEMINAR, PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT 

SECRETARY FOR EDUCATION AND MANPOWER, MR MARTIN LEWIS, ECHOED 

MR STUMPF’S VIEW THAT THE DISABLED SHARED THE RIGHTS OF ALL 

HUMANITY TO GROW, TO LEARN, AND TO WORK.


/+GOVEEJKEKT RSBOGKIoES....................


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 10, 17c


8


.GOVERNMENT RECOGNISES THE SPECIAL NEEDS OF THIS GROUP, 

AND CO-ORDINATES SERVICES UNDER ONE REHABILITATION PROGRAMME 

PLAN,+ HE SAID, ADDING THAT IN THE CURRENT FINANCIAL YEAR 

3841 MILLION IS EARMARKED FOR REHABILITATION SERVICES.


THESE RANGE FROM EARLY IDENTIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF 

NEDICAL DEFECTS TO SPECIAL CHILD CARE CENTRES, SPECIAL SCHOOLS, 

VOCATIONAL TRAINING, WORK ACTIVITY CENTRES, SHELTERED WORKSHOPS, 

RESIDENTIAL HOMES, AND MEDICAL REHABILITATION.


TO ACHIEVE THE ULTIMATE OBJECTIVE OF SECURING GAINFUL 

EMPLOYMENT FOR THE HANDICAPPED, THE GOVERNMENT MUST CONTINUE 

TO TAKE THE LEAD IN PLACING THE DISABLED IN APPROPRIATE JOBS 

IN THE CIVIL SERVICE, MR LEWIS POINTED OUT.


AS THE LARGEST EMPLOYER IN HONG KONG, GOVERNMENT EMPLOYS 

1 428 DISABLED PERSONS, OVER TWICE AS MANY AS THREE YEARS AGO, 

AND CAN STILL DO BETTER, HE ADDED.


.IT IS GOVERNMENT’S POLICY TO PLACE THE DISABLED IN 

APPROPRIATE JOBS WHENEVER POSSIBLE, AND DISABLED PERSONS 

APPLYING FOR APPOINTMENT IN THE CIVIL SERVICE ARE CONSIDERED 

ON EQUAL TERMS AS OTHER APPLICANTS.


.IF THEY ARE FOUND SUITABLE FOR EMPLOYMENT, THEY ARE 

GIVEN AN APPROPRIATE DEGREE OF PREFERENCE FOR APPOINTMENT 

OVER OTHER APPLICANTS,+ MR LEWIS SAID.


ELABORATING ON THE RECRUITMENT PROCEDURE FOR THE DISABLED, 

THE PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT SECRETARY FOR THE CIVIL SERVICE IN 

CHARGE OF APPOINTMENTS, MR PETER LAI, SAID THE CIVIL SERVICE 

BRANCH MADE IT A PRACTICE TO SEND A REPRESENTATIVE TO ATTEND 

THE SELECTION INTERVIEWS OF DISABLED APPLICANTS TO ENSURE THAT 

THEY WERE GIVEN DUE AND SYMPATHETIC CONSIDERATION.


.IF A DISABLED CANDIDATE IS NOT SELECTED, THE SELECTION 

BOARD’S FINDINGS ARE REQUIRED TO BE CONSIDERED BY AN OFFICER 

AT ASSISTANT DIRECTOR LEVEL OR ABOVE WHO w ILL DECIDE WHETHER 

THE FINDINGS SHOULD BE ACCEPTED OR THE SELECTION BOARD SHOULD 

BE ASKED TO RECONSIDER THEM,+ HE ADDED.


DESCRIBING THE INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF DISABLED OFFICERS 

EMPLOYED IN THE CIVIL SERVICE AS ENCOURAGING, HE NEVERTHELESS 

DISCLOSED THAT WAYS AND MEANS OF BOOSTING THE FIGURE WERE BEING 

EXPLORED.


ANOTHER PANELIST, THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF TECHNICAL 

EDUCATION AND INDUSTRIAL TRAINING, MR J.R. DEVEREUX, BRIEFED 

PARTICIPANTS ON TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND SKILLS TRAINING FOR 

THE DISABLED.


MR DEVEREUX DISCLOSED THAT ALL NEW TECHNICAL INSTITUTES, 

AND THERE ARE THREE IN THE PIPELINE, WOULD EE BUILT wITH 

SPECIAL FACILITIES FOR THE DISABLED.


.IN ADDITION WE HAVE SET ASIDE 32 MILLION TO BE SPENT ON 

MODIFYING AND IMPROVING THE OTHER EXISTING TECHNICAL INSTITUTE;? 

TO PROVIDE FREE ACCESS FOR DISABLED STUDENTS,* HE NOTED.


/GOViaNJEJT IS....................


FRIDAY, FEBRUA?” '.J, 1964


GOVERNMENT IS NOw OPERATING TWO SKILLS CENTRES FOR THE 

DISABLED OFFERING ABOUT 350 PLACES. MOREOVER, THERE ARE FOUR 

SUBVENTED CENTRES OPERATED BY PRIVATE NON-PROFIT MAKING 

ORGANISATIONS PROVIDING ANOTHER 230 TRAINING PLACES.


MR DEVEREUX POINTED OUT THAT ON TOP OF THESE FACILITIES, 

THERE WERE SUPPORT SERVICES SUCH AS VOCATIONAL ASSESSMENT TO 

HELP A DISABLED PERSON TO PLAN HIS CAREER AND TO EXPLORE HIS 

POTENTIAL.


A DETAILED ACCOUNT OF THE SELECTIVE PLACEMENT SERVICE RUN 

BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT WHICH IS A FREE EMPLOYMENT EXCHANGE 

FOR DISABLED PEOPLE AND EMPLOYERS WAS GIVEN BY SENIOR LABOUR 

OFFICER MR CHU PI NG-IM DURING THE SEMINAR.


THE SPEECHES WERE FOLLOWED BY A SLIDE SHOW ON SELECTIVE 

PLACEMENT SERVICE AND GENERAL DISCUSSION AMONG THE PARTICIPANTS.


- 0 - -


ADVICE FOR FIRE OFFICERS FROM OUT-GOING CHIEF


*****


FIRE OFFICERS MUST BE PATIENT, FIRM, COMPASSIONATE AND 

SYMPATHETIC EVEN THOUGH THEY MAY SOMETIMES BE ABUSED THF 

X.T-GOING DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES, MR F.M. WATSON SAID*


today.


.OTHER PEOPLE’S MISFORTUNES ARE OUR BUSINESS AND PEOPLE 

WHO ARE SICK OR INJURED, OR HAVE LOST THEIR HOME OR CHILD 

THROUGH FIRE OR OTHER CALAMITY, ARE UNDER A GREAT STRAIN 

AND USUALLY EXCITED AND GRIEF STRICKEN,* MR WATSON TOLD 

A PASSING-OUT PARADE OF STATION OFFICERS AND AMBULANCEMEN 

AT THE FIRE SERVICES PAT HEUNG TRAINING SCHOOL.


HE ALSO CALLED ON THEM TO PROTECT OTHER PEOPLE’S BELONGINGS 

AND PROPERTY IF THEY ENTER THEIR HOMES IN THE COURSE OF 

DUTIES, AND NEVER TO ABUSE OR ALLOW OTHERS TO ABUSE SUCH POWERS.


MR WATSON TOLD THEM THAT DISCIPLINE WAS ESSENTIAL IN AN 

EMERGENCY SERVICE AND THAT THEY WERE EXPECTED TO OBEY ORDERS 

AT ALL TIMES WITHOUT QUESTION.


- - 0 - -


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 1984


10


UK EXPERT TO TALK ON NURSERY EDUCATION


* * M


AN EXPERT IN KINDERGARTEN FROM BRITAIN, MRS BETTY LOWE. wILL 

GIVE TWO TALKS ON NURSERY EDUCATION AT THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S 

CULTURAL CRAFTS CENTRE AT 4 PAK FUK ROAD, NORTH POINT, ON MARCH 1 

AND 2.


MRS LOWE IS THE VISITING ADVISOR OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 

ON KINDERGARTEN EDUCATION AND FORMER SENIOR LECTURER IN EDUCATION. 

WEST LONDON INSTITUTE OF HIGHER EDUCATION. SHE WILL SPEAK ON 

+INTEREST AND ABILITIES OF CHILDREN AT THREE YEARS OLD* AND 

.PROGRAMME OF ACTIVITIES IN NURSERY CLASSES*.


THE TALKS WILL BE PARTLY INTERPRETED IN CHINESE.


HEADS OF KINDERGARTENS WISHING TO SEND TEACHERS TO THE TALKS 

SHOULD SUBMIT THEIR NOMINATIONS TO THE SENIOR INSPECTOR, 

KINDERGARTEN SECTION, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT ON OR BEFORE FEBRUARY 21.


OWING TO LIMITED SEATING CAPACITY, ACCEPTANCE WILL BE ON A 

FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS.


ENQUIRIES SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE KINDERGARTEN SECTION 

ON 5-8392485.


------------0 - - - -


NOTE TO EDITORSi


GALA DAY AT CUSTOMS 

* * * *


A GALA DAY TO CELEBRATE THE 75TH ANNIVERSARY OF THE CUSTOMS 

AND EXCISE SERVICE WILL BE HELD AT THE SERVICE’S TRAINING SCHOOL 

AT TAI LAM CHUNG, NEW TERRITORIES FROM 10 AM ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 12) 

WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CUSTOMS AND EXCISE, MR DOUGLAS JORDAN, 

OFFICIATING.


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE EVENT. COACHES TO TAKE GUESTS 

AND MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES TO THE TRAINING SCHOOL wILL LEAVE 

HUNG HOM FERRY PIER AT 9 AM AND TSUEN WAN MASS TRANSIT 

RAILWAY STATION (OPPOSITE THE STATION BUS TERMINUS AT SAI LAU 

KOK ROAD) AT 9.30 AM.


- - 0 - -


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 10, 1^84


KEEP PARKS CLEAN, VISITORS TOLD 

* * *


A TOTAL OF 139 PEOPLE VmERE FINED FOR VARIOUS OFFENCES - 89 

CF THEM FOR LITTERING - INSIDE COUNTRY PARKS LAST MONTH.


+THIS UNDERLINES THE SEVERITY OF THE LITTER PROBLEM IN 

COUNTRY PARKS,+ A SPOKESMAN FOR THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES 

DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY.


HE WARNED THAT PARK WARDENS AND RANGERS WOULD BE CONSTANTLY 

ON THE ALERT AGAINST OFFENDERS.


HE URGED THE PUBLIC TO USE THE 5 030 LITTER RECEPTACLES 

PROVIDED IN THE PARKS.


LAST YEAR 1 703 PEOPLE WERE PROSECUTED FOR OFFENCES COMMITTED 

IN COUNTRY PARKS — 1 356 OF THEM FOR LITTERING.


OTHER OFFENCES COMMITTED IN THE COUNTRY PARKS LAST MONTH 

INCLUDED LIGHTING OF FIRES IN PROHIBITED AREAS, ENTRY TO CLOSED 

COUNTRY PARKS, POSSESSION OR DAMAGE OF PLANTS, AND ILLEGAL ENTRY BY 

VEHICLES AND HAWKING.


0 - -


SUNDAY MARRIAGES OFFERED 

* * *


THE MARRIAGE REGISTRY AT RAWLINSON HOUSE, VICTORIA BARRACK, 

COTTON TREE DRIVE, CENTRAL, WILL OPEN ON SUNDAYS FROM 9 AM 

TO 1 PM AS FROM MARCH 4.


.THIS ARRANGEMENT IS TO MEET THE DEMAND FOR MARRIAGE SERVICE 

ON SUNDAYS,+ A SPOKESMAN FOR THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT SAID 

TODAY.


THE REGISTRY NOW OPENS FROM MONDAYS TO FRIDAYS FROM 8.45 AM 

TO 12.45 PM AND FROM 2 PM TO 4.45 PM AND ON SATURDAYS FROM 9 AM TO 

11.45 AM.


MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WHO WISH TO MAKE ENQUIRIES MAY 

TELEPHONE 3-7333111.


- - o


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 10, 1984


12


FUN FOR TSUEN WAN RESIDENTS 

* * *


TSUEN WAN RESIDENTS WILL HAVE A DAY OF FREE ENTERTAINMENT ON 

SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 12).


STARTING AT 12.30 PM, A LUNAR NEW YEAR CARNIVAL FOR THE 

ELDERLY AND YOUNGSTERS WILL BE HELD AT THE SHA TSUI ROAD 

PLAYGROUND.


APART FROM GAMES, THERE WILL ALSO BE LION DANCES, CLASSICAL 

CHINESE DANCES AND SINGING.


AT THE KWAI CHUNG SPORTS GROUND STARTING AT 2 PM, PROGRAMMES 

WILL INCLUDE LION DANCES, HORSE-RIDING AND MILITARY DOG 

DEMONSTRATIONS, TRAMPOLINI NG, CHINESE FOLK DANCES, BMX CYCLING 

AND MOTOR-CYCLING DEMONSTRATIONS, AND PERFORMANCES BY THE KOO 

CHIU MAN SCHOOL, THE TAI WO HAU SYMPHONIC BAND AND THE GURKHA 

BAND.


THE DAY WILL END WITH A VARIETY SHOW AT THE KWAI CHUNG 

SPORTS GROUND IN THE EVENING.


THE ACTIVITIES ARE JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT 

BOARD, THE TSUEN WAN ARTS FESTIVAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE, AND 

THE NEW TERRITORIES CULTURAL PRESENTATION OFFICE.


THE DISTRICT COMMISSIONER, MR ADOLF HSU, wILL OFFICIATE AT 

AN OPENING CEREMONY AT 2 PM IN THE KwAI CHUNG SPORTS GROUND, AND 

THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MISS ELAINE CHUNG, AT THE NEW YEAR CARNIVAL 

AT 12.30 PM IN THE SHA TSUI ROAD PLAYGROUND.


NOTE TO ED I TORSt


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE LUNAR NEW YEAR ACTIVITIES IN 

THE SHA TSUI ROAD PLAYGROUND STARTING AT 12.30 PM ON SUNDAY 

(FEBRUARY 12) AND IN THE KWAI CHUNG SPORTS GROUND STARTING AT 

2 PM.


------------o------------


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 1984


13


NOTE TO EDITORS


CHILDREN’S PARTY 

K K M


THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR K.L. THONG, 

WILL OFFICIATE AT THE DEPARTMENT’S ANNUAL CHILDREN’S PARTY ON 

SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 12) AT THE CENTRAL LAWN, WEST WING, KOWLOON 

HOSPITAL BETWEEN 2 PM AND 6 PM.


THE PROGRAMME INCLUDES A LION DANCE, KUNG FU DEMONSTRATION. 

FOLK DANCE, MAGIC AND ACROBATIC SHOW.


MUSIC WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT BOARD 

CHILDREN’S CHOIR AND A MARCHING DISPLAY WILL BE GIVEN BY THE 

AUXILIARY MEDICAL SERVICES SCOTTISH PIPER BAND AND BRASS BAND.


THE HONG KONG REGIMENT WILL PUT ON A SILENT DRILL.


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE EVENT.


DANCING AND DRAMA IN SOUTHERN DISTRICT 

* * *


MORE THAN 800 RESIDENTS IN THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT WILL BE 

TREATED TO AN EVENING OF SINGING, DANCING AND DRAMA PERFORMANCES 

TOMORROW (SATURDAY).


THE TWO-HOUR SOUTHERN DISTRICT CULTURAL EXTRAVAGANZA, 

SPONSORED BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD, WILL BE HELD IN THE 

HALL OF CHAN PAK SHA SCHOOL IN SHAM WAN ROAD, ABERDEEN STARTING 

AT 7.30 PM.


PERFORMING GROUPS WILL INCLUDE THE DISTRICT’S YOUTH CHOIR, 

THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT ARTS AND CULTURAL ASSOCIATION, MEMBERS 

CF THE ABERDEEN WOMEN’S ASSOCIATION AND CHILDREN FROM LOCAL 

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS.


FREE TICKETS TO THE VARIETY SHOW ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE 

ENQUIRY COUNTER OF THE DISTRICT OFFICE ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF 

MEI FUNG COURT IN ABERDEEN CENTRE.


- 0 -


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 12, 1Q84


14 -


NEU ROADS FOR KOWLOON BAY 

* * * *


TWO ROADS, TOTALLING 303 METRES IN LENGTH, WILL BE BUILT ON 

KOWLOON BAY RECLAMATION TO IMPROVE ACCESS IN THE AREA.


THE ROADS WILL BE SITUATED TO THE WEST OF HOI BUN ROAD AT 

THE SOUTHERN END OF KOWLOON BAY AND WILL LINK ADJACENT 

DEVELOPMENT SITES TO OTHER PARTS OF KOwLOON BAY DEVELOPMENT AREA.


THE PROJECT ALSO INCLUDES ASSOCIATED DRAINAGE SYSTEMS.


TENDERS ARE BEING INVITED BY THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF THE 

ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT. V.


WORK WILL START IN MAY AND TAKE SIX MONTHS TO FINISH.


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 11, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE NO.


PLAN READY TO DEAL WITH RED TIDES................................................................................... 1


12 PER CENT LESS ARE SMOKING ................................................................................................... 3


KITE FLYING JUN DAY ............................................................................................................................... 4


NEW I.D. CARD SCHEME ENTERING NINTH PHASE......................................................... 5


VITALITY DAY FOR OLD PEOPLE ...................................................................................................... 5


SUPPORT SOUGHT FOR INSURANCE TRAINEESHIP SCHEME ....................................... 6


FUN AND GAMES IN TUEN MUN ............................................................................................................ 6


CHILDREN LEARN ABOUT 'CLEAN AND GREEN' EFFORT ............................................. 7


DISTRICT OFFICE TO HOLD SPRING RECEPTION ............................................................. 8


BIDS INVITED FOR MARKET STALLS IN 'TUEN MUN ...................................................... 8


ADOLESCENT HEALTH EXHIBITION FOR TUEN MUN ......................................................... 9


MORS WAN CHAI REFUSE COLLECTION FACILITIES ...................................................... 9


'CITY ORIENTEERING' FOR YOUTHS ............................................................................................ 10


NEW ADDRESS FOR ED SUB-OFFICE................................................................................................ 10


CLEARWAY TO BE EXTENDED


10


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 11, 1984


1 -


PLAN READY TO DEAL WITH RED TIDES 

* * *


A CONTINGENCY PLAN HAS BEEN DRAWN UP AND A COORDINATION 

NETWORK ESTABLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT TO MINIMISE HEALTH HAZARDS 

POSED BY TOXIC RED TIDES.


MAKING UP THE NETWORK ARE THE HEALTH AND WELFARE BRANCH, 

THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY, THE ROYAL HONG KONG 

AUXILIARY AIR FORCE, THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, URBAN 

SERVICES, MEDICAL AND HEALTH AND MARINE DEPARTMENTS.


*


THE PLAN, INCORPORATING RECOMMENDATIONS BY THE WORLD HEALTH 

ORGANISATION, WAS DRAWN UP LAST SUMMER BY AN AD HOC GROUP ON 

TOXIC RED TIDES.


. WHEN THE FIRST TOXIC RED TIDE BROKE OUT IN OCTOBER LAST 

YEAR IN TAI PO HOI, THE VARIOUS DEPARTMENTS ACTED SWIFTLY TO 

ELIMINATE ANY POSSIBLE HEALTH RISK,* SAID MR PAUL HOLMES, EPA’S 

PRINCIPAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION OFFICER (WATER) WHO HEADS 

THE GROUP.


.THE CONCENTRATION OF TOXINS FOUND WAS NO MORE THAN 1 299 

UNITS PER KILOGRAM, WELL BELOW THE DANGER LEVEL OF 3 090 UNITS. 

THE KEY PROBLEM IS TO IDENTIFY A TOXIC RED TIDE BEFORE IT 

BECOMES HARMFUL TO HEALTH,* HE SAID.


AT PRESENT, IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO PREVENT RED TIDES WHICH 

ARE A WORLDWIDE PROBLEM AND, TO AN EXTENT, A NATURAL PHENOMENON.


THEY USUALLY OCCUR IN COASTAL WATERS AS A RESULT OF THE 

COMPLEX INTER-ACTION OF MANY FACTORS, INCLUDING THE PRESENCE OF 

NUTRIENTS IN THE WATER, TEMPERATURE, SALINITY AND LIGHT CONDITIONS, 

hR HOLMES EXPLAINED.


+ A RED TIDE CAN BE IDENTIFIED BY THE CHARACTERISTIC


PINK OR REDDISH BROWN COLORATION OF SEAWATER, CAUSED BY THE 

RAPID GROWTH OF DRIFTING MICROSCOPIC ORGANISMS KNOWN AS 

DINOFLAGELLATES, SOME OF WHICH PRODUCE TOXINS HARMFUL TO BOTH 

MARINE ORGANISMS AND HUMAN HEALTH.


MOST RED TIDES EXPERIENCED IN HONG KONG HAVE BEEN NON-TOXIC. 

THEY POSE AESTHETIC AND ECONOMIC RISKS RATHER THAN HEALTH HAZARDS, 

DISRUPTING COASTAL RECREATION AND KILLING FISH THROUGH OXYbEN 

DEPLETION.


BUT THE DANGER OF POISONING CAUSED BY SEAFOOD CONTAMINATED 

BY TOXINS SHOULD NOT BE OVERLOOKED, MR HOLMES EMPHASISED.


THE GOVERNMENT IS ALSO TAKING PRECAUTIONS AGAINST 

+PARALYTIC SHELLFISH POISONING* CAUSED BY TOXIC RED TIDES 

THOUGH THIS TYPE OF INCIDENT HAS NEVER OCCURRED IN HONG KONG.


OFFICERS OF THE GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS WHO HABITUALLY 

SURVEY THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT REPORT ANY RED TIDE SIGHTED TO 

THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT’S ABERDEEN FISHERIES 

RESEARCH STATION, THE FOCAL POINT OF THE INFORMATION NETWORK.


/CO-ORDINATIOH WCfiK ....................


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 11, 1?b4


2


co-ordination work starts immediately.


samples of water, fish and shellfish from the affected 

LOCATION ARE SENT BY THE URBAN SERVICES DtPARTMENT TO THE 

UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG FOR TESTING.


.SUSPECTED FOOD WILL BE DETAINED PENDING TEST RESULTS. IF 

THE SAMPLES ARE PROVED TO BE TOXIC, NOTICES WILL BE ISSUED TO 

FISH FARMERS, SUPPLIERS AND RETAILERS TO WITHDRAW FISH AFFECTED 

BY THE RED TIDES FROM THE SALES MARKET,+ MR HOLMES SAID.


THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT WILL ALSO ADVISE 

FISH FARMERS ON HOW TO PROTECT THEIR FISH STOCKS. THE METHOD 

USED IS USUALLY TO STIR THE WATER WITH PROPELLERS FROM A BOAT 

TO INCREASE OXYGEN SUPPLY NEEDED BY THE FISH OR TO TOW FISH 

RAFTS TO SAFE AREAS.


.SHELLFISH NEED TO BE WATCHED MORE CAREFULLY BECAUSE OF 

THEIR ABILITY TO ABSORB AND ACCUMULATE A HIGHER LEVEL OF TOXINS 

AND OTHER POLLUTANTS WHEREAS FIN FISH DIE QUICKLY IN A TOXIC 

RED TIDE,* HE SAID.


EPA OPERATES A REGULAR MONITORING PROGRAMME ON THE QUALITY 

OF COASTAL WATERS.


PRECAUTIONS COVER A BROAD FRONT. SWIMMERS ARE ADVISED TO 

STAY AWAY FROM AFFECTED AREAS EVEN THOUGH RED TIDES POSE ONLY 

MINIMAL HEALTH HAZARDS, APART FROM CAUSING MINOR SKIN 

IRRITATIONS.


. IT IS MOST UNLIKELY FOR A SWIMMER TO INGEST TOXINS IN 

QUANTITIES LARGE ENOUGH FOR THEM TO BE HARMFUL,+ MR HOLMES SAID.



RED TIDES FIRST CAUGHT PUBLIC ATTENTION IN HONG KONG IN 

1971 WHEN A RAPID PROLIFERATION OF DINOFLAGELLATES TURNED THE 

SOUTHERN BAYS OF HONG KONG ISLAND PINKISH, HE RECALLED.


NO RED TIDE WAS REPORTED AGAIN UNTIL 1978 WHEN AN OUTBREAK 

WAS SIGHTED IN TOLO HARBOUR.


SINCE 1980, HOWEVER, OVER 20 RED TIDES HAVE BEEN SIGHTED IN 

HONG KONG WATERS, MOSTLY IN TOLO HARBOUR.


BUT SO FAR ONLY ONE OF THEM HAS PROVED TO BE TOXIC -- THE 

RED TIDE SPOTTED LAST OCTOBER IN TAI PO HOI.


MR HOLMES NOTED THAT OBSERVATIONS IN MANY PARTS OF THE 

WORLD HAD POINTED TO A CLOSE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN COASTAL WATER 

POLLUTION AND THE OUTBREAK OF RED TIDES.


. THE GROWING FREQUENCY OF RED TIDES IN TOLO HAS COINCIDED 

WITH THE INCREASING POLLUTION OF THE HARBOUR CAUSED BY THE 

GROWING POPULATION OF SHA TIN AND TAI PO. HOWEVER, TREATMENT 

WORKS HAVE BEEN CONSTRUCTED TO LIMIT THE IMPACT, HE POINTED 

OUT.

*



+ EPA HAS RECENTLY STARTED STUDIES OF ALGAL GROWTH UNDER 

DIFFERENT CONDITIONS IN TOLO HARBOUR.


/.THESE STUDIES, ....................


SATUBDAY, FEBHUABY 11


, 19t4


- 3 -


+THESE STUDIES, TOGETHER WITH DATA COLLECTED FROM OUR 

YEAR-ROUND MONITORING, WILL BE USED TO DETERMINE THE TOLERABLE 

POLLUTION LOADS IN COASTAL WATERS AND TO DEVISE MEANS OF 

REDUCING THESE LOADS,. HE SAID.


THESE MEANS COULD INCLUDE THE PROVISION OF MORE SEWAGE 

TREATMENT FACILITIES, DIVERSION OF EFFLUENTS, THE IMPOSITION 

OF CONTROLS ON WASTE DISCHARGES UNDER THE WATER POLLUTION 

CONTROL ORDINANCE AND THE IMPLEMENTATION OF AGRICULTURAL 

WASTES CONTROLS.


MEANWHILE, THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT SENT AN 

OFFICER TO THE UNITED STATES LAST SUMMER FOR TRAINING IN RESEARCH 

ON RED TIDES AND THEIR EFFECTS ON FISHERIES.


ARRANGEMENTS HAVE ALSO BEEN MADE FOR RARE SPECIES OF 

DINOFLAGELLATES TO BE SENT OVERSEAS FOR IDENTIFICATION.


----o----


1° PER CENT LESS ARE SMOKING 

* * *


A COMPARATIVE SURVEY OF SMOKING HABITS OF PEOPLE IN HONG KONG 

HAS SHOWN A DROP OF NEARLY 12 PER CENT IN THE NUMBER OF REGULAR 

SMOKERS OVER A ONE-YEAR PERIOD.


THE RESULTS OF A GENERAL HOUSEHOLD SURVEY CONDUCTED BY THE 

CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT IN MARCH 1983 SHOW THAT AT THAT 

TIME THERE WERE 783 900 REGULAR SMOKERS, 104 000 LESS THAN A YEAR 

AGO WHEN A SIMILAR SURVEY WAS CARRIED OUT.


THIS REPRESENTS A DROP FROM 23 PER CENT TO ABOUT 20 PER CENT 

IN THE PROPORTION OF SMOKERS AMONG THE WHOLE POPULATION AGED 15 

AND OVER.


THE SURVEY SHOWED THAT t-


* SMOKERS WERE MORE COMMON AMONG MALES THAN FEMALES.



34 PER CENT OF MALES AGED 15 AND OVER CLAIMED TO SMOKE 

CIGARETTES REGULARLY, COMPARED WITH 5 PER CENT OF FEMALES” 

THE CORRESPONDING FIGURES IN THE PREVIOUS SURVEY WERE 40 

PER CENT AND 6 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.


* THE TENDENCY TO SMOKE GENERALLY INCREASED WITH AGE FOR BOTH 

SEXES, AND THERE WAS NO MARKED CHANGES IN THE PATTERN. 

THERE WAS AN ABRUPT INCREASE IN THE PERCENTAGE OF SMOKERS 

AFTER THEIR TEENS AMONG MALES. AMONG MALES AGED 40 AND 

OVER, ALMOST ONE IN EVERY TWO WAS A SMOKER. AS REGARDS 

females, the RATE OF SMOKING increased steadily with age 

FROM BELOW 1 PER CENT AMONG THOSE AGED 15 - 19 TO ALMOST 

15 PER CENT AMONG THOSE AGED 60 AND OVER.



/. OK AVBBAGE, ....................


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 11, 19&4


- 4 -


* ON AVERAGE, THE NUMBER OF CIGARETTES CONSUMED PER DAY BY 

MALE SMOKERS WAS 14 AND BY FEMALE SMOKERS, 11. THE 

CORRESPONDING FIGURES IN THE PREVIOUS SURVEY WERE 17 

AND 11 RESPECTIVELY.

* CONSUMPTION OF CIGARETTES WAS HIGHER AMONG OLDER SMOKERS.

* AMONG ECONOMICALLY ACTIVE PERSONS, 41 OUT OF 100 

AGRICULTURAL, ANIMAL HUSBANDRY AND FORESTRY WORKERS AND 

FISHERMEN WERE SMOKERS. AT THE OTHER END OF THE SCALE, 

PROFESSIONALS AND TECHNICAL PERSONNEL (12 OUT OF 100) 

AND CLERICAL WORKERS (11 OUT OF 100) HAD THE LOWEST RATE 

OF SMOKING. THE RATES FOR FULL-TIME STUDENTS AND HOMEMAKERS 

WERE ALSO LOW.



-----------0--------------


KITE FLYING FUN DAY


M M M


ABOUT 200 KOWLOON CITY RESIDENTS WILL BE TAUGHT TO FLY KITES 

AT CHONG HING WATER SPORTS CENTRE, SAI KUNG, ON FEBRUARY 19.


KNOWN AS THE KOWLOON CITY KITE FLYING FUN DAY, THE EVENT IS 

BEING ORGANISED BY THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE (KOwLOON CITY 

OFFICE) OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND SPONSORED 

BY SAN MIGUEL BREWERY.


IT IS OPEN TO PEOPLE WHO ARE BETWEEN SIX AND 60.


THE FUN DAY WILL INCLUDE TWO COMPETITIONS ON KITE-MAKING 

AND KITE-FLYING.


THOSE ENTERING THE KITE-MAKING COMPETITION WILL HAVE TO 

BRING ALONG THEIR HOME-MADE KITES.


MEDALS WILL BE PRESENTED TO THE FIRST THREE WINNERS.


.KITE-FLYING USED TO BE POPULAR IN ANCIENT CHINA AND THE 

MANUFACTURING OF KITES HAS ITS OWN ARTISTIC VALUE,+ A SPOKESMAN 

FOR RSS SAID.


.IN VIEW OF THE TRADITIONAL VALUES OF CHINESE FOLKLORE, *E 

CONSIDER IT AS WORTH PURSUING.,*


THE FEE FOR EACH PARTICIPANT IS 510, AND THIS INCLUDES 

TRANSPORTATION COST.


THOSE WISHING TO APPLY SHOULD CALL AT THE KOwLOON CITY RSS 

OFFICE ON THE FIRST FLOOR OF MA TAU KOK GOVERNMENT OFFICES.


FURTHER ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE AT 3-7128500.


---------0--------------


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 11, 1Q84


5


NEW I.D. CARD SCHEME ENTERING NINTH PHASE 

* * * *


THE NINTH PHASE OF THE NEW I.D. CARD ISSUE SCHEME, TARGETED 

AT MEN BORN IN 1950 AND 1951, WILL START ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 13) 

AND END ON MARCH 10, THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY 

(SATURDAY).


THOSE WHO WILL BE AWAY FROM HONG KONG DURING THIS PERIOD 

MAY APPLY FOR NEW CARDS WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THEIR RETURN.


IT IS ESTIMATED THAT 93 200 MEN wILL VISIT THE EIGHT ISSUE 

OFFICES WITHIN THE NEXT FOUR WEEKS.


THESE OFFICES WILL BE OPEN BETWEEN 8 AM AND 9.30 PM, 

MONDAYS TO SATURDAYS.


A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID, +THE PROCESSING NORMALLY TAKES 

HALF AN HOUR, AND THE NEW I.D. CARD WILL BE READY FOR COLLECTION 

IN 18 WORKING DAYS.+


.THE OLD CARD WILL HAVE TO BE SURRENDERED UPON RECEIPT OF 

THE NEW ONE,+ HE ADDED.


THOSE WHO WISH TO TAKE ADVANTAGE OF THE MAIL-IN APPOINTMENT 

SYSTEM MAY OBTAIN APPLICATION FORMS FROM ANY DISTRICT OFFICE OR 

IMMIGRATION OFFICE. COMPLETED FORMS MUST REACH THE ISSUE OFFICE 

OF THEIR CHOICE AT LEAST 10 DAYS BEFORE THE END OF THE PHASE.


------------0---------------


VITALITY DAY FOR OLD PEOPLE


* * *


OLD PEOPLE IN MONG KOK WILL BE ABLE TO SHOW THEIR VITALITY - 

AND HAVE FUN AT THE MACPHERSON PLAYGROUND TOMORROW (SUNDAY) 

AFTERNOON.


THE VITALITY DAY, FEATURING A MARTIAL ARTS DEMONSTRATION, 

PHYSICAL EXERCISE BY MR AND MISS VITALITY, AND TELEMATCH GAME, 

IS PART OF THE DISTRICT’S ELDERLY CAMPAIGN TO PROVIDE RECREATIONAL 

ACTIVITIES AND SERVICES FOR THE OLD PEOPLE.


OFFICIATING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY WILL BE THE MONG KOK 

DISTRICT OFFICER, MR WILFRED WONG; DIRECTOR OF THE CITY POLYTECHNIC 

OF HONG KONG, MR DAVID J. JOHNS; AND THE SENIOR RECREATION AND 

SPORTS SERVICES OFFICER, MR WONG KIN-FAI.


THE ELDERLY CAMPAIGN IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE LOCAL 

DISTRICT BOARD, THE MONG KOK KAIFONG ASSOCIATION, THE MONG KOK 

DISTRICT CULTURE, RECREATION AND SPORTS ASSOCIATION AND THE MONG 

KOK COUNTRYMEN AND CLANSMEN ASSOCIATION.


NOTE TO EDITORS:


YOU ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE MONG KOK ELDERLY CAMPAIGN 

VITALITY DAY TO BE HELD AT THE MACPHERSON PLAYGROUND AT 2 PM 

TOMORROW (SUNDAY).


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 11, 1984


- 6 -


SUPPORT SOUGHT FOR INSURANCE TRAINEESHIP SCHEME 

* * * *


STAFF OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL (VTC) WILL BE 

VISITING SOME 150 INSURANCE FIRMS TO PROMOTE THE INSURANCE 

TRAINEESHIP SCHEME.


THE SCHEME, STARTED BY THE INSURANCE TRAINING BOARD OF THE 

VTC LAST MONTH, IS TO TRAIN A WORK FORCE FOR THE INSURANCE SECTOR, 

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE BOARD SAID.


UNDER THE SCHEME, EMPLOYERS WILL PROVIDE THREE YEARS OF 

ORGANISED ON-THE-JOB TRAINING FOR EMPLOYEES.


TRAINEES WILL ALSO BE REQUIRED TO ATTEND PART-TIME DAY RELEASE 

COURSES FOR TWO YEARS AT TECHNICAL INSTITUTES.


TRAINEES AND EMPLOYEES SHOULD ALSO ENTER INTO AN AGREEMENT 

TO ENSURE THAT PROPER TRAINING IS CARRIED OUT, THE RIGHTS OF BOTH 

PARTIES ARE PROTECTED AND THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES FULFILLED, THE 

SPOKESMAN SAID.


FUN AND GAMES IN TUEN MUN


* * * *



ABOUT 5 000 CHILDREN IN TUEN MUN WILL BE TREATED TO AN 

AFTERNOON OF FUN AND GAMES AT A LUNAR NEW YEAR CARNIVAL TOMORROW 

(SUNDAY).


15 GAMES STALLS WILL BE PUT UP AT THE OPEN SPACE NEAR HING 

WAI HOUSE IN TAI HING ESTATE FOR THE PARTICIPANTS.



THE CARNIVAL, WHICH STARTS AT 2 PM, IS JOINTLY ORGANISED EY 

THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE TAI HING ESTATE’S YIN NGA I SOCIETY, 

ESTATE OFFICE AND MUTUAL AID COMMITTEE.


THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR CHRISTOPHER WONG, 

WILL OFFICIATE AT AN OPENING CEREMONY AT 2 PM.


0


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 11, 1984


7


children learn about ’clean and green’ effort


* * * *


SOME 600 BEACON HILL SCHOOL CHILDREN WERE TAUGHT THIS WEEK 

ABOUT THE WORK UNDERTAKEN IN THE NEW TERRITORIES TO KEEP THE 

PLACE ’CLEAN AND GREEN’.


AND 100 AMONG THEM WERE PERSONALLY BRIEFED BY THE DIRECTOR 

OF NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES, MR JOHN HEYWOOD, WHO VISITED THEM, 

AFTER A RECENT COMPLAINT BY THE CHILDREN ABOUT THE GENERAL 

ENVIRONMENT OF THE RIVER INDUS.


IN A 20-MINUTE TALK AND DISCUSSION SESSION, MR HEYWOOD TOLD 

THEM ABOUT THE STATE OF ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE AT THE RIVER AND 

STREAM COURSE RESULTING FROM THE LARGE NUMBER OF PIG AND POULTRY 

FARMS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.


MR HEYWOOD EXPLAINED IT WOULD PROBABLY TAKE MORE THAN 10 YEARS 

TO RESTORE THE NATURAL ENVIRONMENT, AFTER THE IMPLEMENTATION BY 

THE GOVERNMENT OF VARIOUS IMPROVEMENT WORKS AT THE WATER COURSES.


WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF THE SCHOOL PRINCIPAL, A PHOTOGRAPHIC 

EXHIBITION, ORGANISED BY THE HEALTH EDUCATION SECTION OF THE NEW 

TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT, WAS HELD AT THE SCHOOL HALL 

THROUGHOUT THE WEEK.


THE CHILDREN SHOWED MUCH INTEREST IN THE SUSTAINED EFFORTS 

OF THE GOVERNMENT IN CARRYING OUT CLEAN-UP OPERATIONS AT REFUSE- 

RIDDEN BLACKSPOTS IN THE NEW TOWNS, RURAL AREAS, BEACHES AND 

POLLUTED RIVER AND STREAM COURSES.


THEY SAW HOW THE GOVERNMENT CARRIES OUT ITS BEAUTIFICATION 

SCHEME IN BRINGING MORE GREENERY TO PUBLIC PLAYGROUNDS, PARKS 

AND SITTING-OUT AREAS.


THROUGH THE COLOURFUL PICTURES, THE CHILDREN ALSO LEARNED 

ABOUT THE IMPORTANCE OF COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT DURING THE CLEAN 

HONG KONG EXERCISE IN WHICH A NUMBER OF SCHOOL CHILDREN HAD PLAYED 

A VITAL ROLE IN MOUNTING VARIOUS CLEAN-UPS AND PLANTINGS IN THE 

NEW TERRITORIES.


TO ENHANCE THE CHILDREN’S AWARENESS OF THE IMPORTANCE OF 

KEEPING HONG KONG CLEAN AND GREEN, A PAINTING COMPETITION WILL 

BE HELD FOR THE STUDENTS.


THE EVENT WILL BE SPONSORED BY THE NTSD AND BOOK TOKENS WILL 

BE PRESENTED AS PRIZES, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID.


------------o------------


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 11, 1984


8


NOTE TO EDITORS s


DISTRICT OFFICE TO HOLD SPRING RECEPTION 

—- X X X


MORE THAN 3OO COMMUNITY LEADERS, AREA COMMITTEE AND DISTRICT 

BOARD MEMBERS AS WELL AS GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS INCLUDING THE 

REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR NEW TERRITORIES, MR IAN MACPHERSON, WILL 

ATTEND THE SHA TIN DISTRICT OFFICE’S ANNUAL SPRING RECEPTION ON 

MONDAY (FEBRUARY 13) IN GOOD LUCK RESTAURANT AT GOOD LUCK PLAZA, 

SHA TIN.


YOU ARE INVITED TO ATTEND THE RECEPTION STARTING AT 4 PM.


BIDS INVITED FOR MARKET STALLS IN TUEN MUN 

K * * *


FIFTY-FIVE MARKET STALLS IN TUEN MUN WILL BE PUT UP FOR 

PUBLIC BIDDING ON WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 15).


THE STALLS ARE LOCATED AT KWONG CHOI MARKET, YAN 01 MARKET, 

SAN HUI MARKET, HUNG CHEUNG COOKED FOOD MARKET AND TSING YEUNG 

COOKED FOOD MARKET, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES 

DEPARTMENT SAID.


THE BIDDING WILL BE HELD AT THE TAI HING COMMUNITY HALL, 

TAI HING ESTATE STARTING AT 10 AM.


THE UPSET MONTHLY RENTALS FOR THE STALLS RANGE FROM $453 TO 

$6 250.


SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS MAY START BUSINESS ON MARCH 1 ON A THREE- 

YEAR CONTRACT, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


BIDDERS ARE REQUESTED TO BRING ALONG THEIR IDENTITY CARDS AND 

FIVE PHOTOGRAPHS.


FURTHER DETAILS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE HAWKERS AND MARKETS 

SECTION OF THE TUEN MUN URBAN SERVICES OFFICE ON 0-820800, 

EXT. 231.


- - 0 - -


SATURDAY, i-EdR(jAKY 11, 1984


9


ADOLESCENT HEALTH EXHIBITION FOR TUEN MUN


* * * * *


A SIX-DAY EXHIBITION TO PROMOTE ADOLESCENT HEALTH WILL BE 

HELD IN TUEN MUN NEXT WEEK.


THE EXHIBITION WILL BE STAGED AT THE COMMUNITY HALL OF THE 

TUEN MUN ON-TING YAU-OI COMMUNITY CENTRE, WHICH IS ORGANISING 

THE EVENT TOGETHER WITH THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT’S 

SHA TIN HEALTH EDUCATION CENTRE.


IT WILL BE OPEN FROM FEBRUARY 13 TO FEBRUARY 18 BETWEEN 

10 AM AND 4 PM AND BETWEEN 7 PM AND 9 PM DAILY.


THE EXHIBITION WILL COVER PHYSICAL, MENTAL AND SOCIAL 

ASPECTS OF ADOLESCENT GROWTH.


VIDEO AND SLIDE SHOWS AS WELL AS HEALTH TALKS WILL BE 

PRESENTED.


THE EXHIBITION WILL BE MOVED TO OTHER DISTRICTS IN THE 

NEXT FEW MONTHS.


----o----


MORE WAN CHAI REFUSE COLLECTION FACILITIES 

* * *


A PERMANENT OFF-STREET REFUSE COLLECTION POINT IS TO BE BUILT 

ON A 150-SQUARE-METRE SITE AT THE JUNCTION OF MOON, SUN AND STAR 

STREETS IN WAN CHAI.


TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT ARE BEING INVITED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL 

OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.


WORK WILL START IN APRIL AND TAKE EIGHT MONTHS TO COMPLETE.


FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED WILL INCLUDE A REFUSE COLLECTION 

AREA, A LOADING BAY, A ROLL-CALL ROOM, AN OFFICE AND STOREROOM.


THE REFUSE COLLECTION POINT WILL ENHANCE HYGIENIC CONDITIONS 

OF THE DISTRICT.


THERE ARE AT PRESENT 10 REFUSE COLLECTION POINTS IN WAN CHAI.


/io ....................


------------o------------


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 11, 1984'


10 ‧ -


’CITY ORIENTEERING’ FOR YOUTHS 

* * * *


YOUNG PEOPLE WHO ARE 14 YEARS AND ABOVE ARE INVITED TO TAKE 

PART IN A +CITY ORIENTEERING* COMPETITION IN CAUSEWAY BAY ON 

SUNDAY WEEK (FEBRUARY 19) BETWEEN 1 PM AND 5 PM.


i' 

COMPETITORS WILL BE TEAMED UP IN THREES AND WILL HAVE TO 

WALK ALONG A ROUTE CIRCLING LAI TAK ESTATE, THE TAI HANG AND 

CAUSEWAY BAY AREAS.


THERE WILL BE 20 ’ROAD SIGNS’ TO GUIDE PARTICIPANTS TO 

THE DESTINATION.


THE COMPETITION IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE LAI TAK YOUTH 

CENTRE, THE YEE CHING GROUP, THE CAUSEWAY BAY SOUTH AREA 

COMMITTEE AND THE EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE.


IT AIMS AT ACQUAINTING PARTICIPANTS WITH THE SURROUNDINGS, 

STREETS AND PLACES IN THE CAUSEWAY BAY AREA.


ATTRACTIVE PRIZES WILL BE AWARDED TO THE FIRST THREE 

WINNERS AND THERE WILL HAVE 20 CONSOLATION PRIZES.


ONLY 100 TEAMS MAY TAKE PART, AND THE DEADLINE FOR ENTRIES 

IS FEBRUARY 15.


APPLICATION FORMS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE LAI TAK YOUTH 

CENTRE ON THE FIRST FLOOR OF TSUEN WING LAU, LAI TAK TSUEN; THE 

EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE AT 884 KING’S ROAD; AND ITS SUB-OFFICES 

IN CAUSEWAY BAY, CHAI WAN, AND SHAU KEI WAN.


NEW ADDRESS FOR ED SUB-OFFICE


* * *


THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT EDUCATION 

OFFICE AT THE MA TAU KOK ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WILL MOVE TO 

TO KWA WAN MARKET AND GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING, 8/F, MA TAU 

WEI ROAD ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 13).


THE TELEPHONE NUMBERS FOR THE NEW OFFICE ARE 3-7139615 AND 

3-7139994


----o----


CLEARWAY TO BE EXTENDED


XXX


FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 13), THE 24-HOUR CLEARwAY 

RESTRICTIONS AT KWUN TONG ROAD WESTBOUND WILL BE EXTENDED TO 

COVER THE DECELERATION AND ACCELERATION LANES BESIDE THE MAIN 

CARRIAGEWAY LEADING TO THE KAI TAK REFUGEE CAMP ACCESS ROAD


NO MOTOR VEHICLES.OTHER THAN FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE 

ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS WITHIN THE RESTRICTED 

ZUnL □ ‧


- - 0 - -


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 12, 1984


CONTENTS RAGS NO.


MAJOR EXPANSION FOR MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES ....................................... 1


NEED FOR COMMUNITY EFFORT STRESSED .............................................................................. 3


MORE SPORTS FACILITIES ...................................................................................................................... 4


GALA DAY FOR CUSTOMS AND EXCISE......................................................................................... 4


BRITISH SUMMER SCHOOLS ...................................................................................................................... 5


TEACHING ROAD SAFETY THROUGH COMICS ............................................................................. 6


REPORT TO BE MADE KNOWN .................................................................................................................. 6


AIRPORT FIRE SUB-STATION BEING EXTENDED ................................................................ 6


MORE COOKED FOOD MARKETS FOR KWAI CHUNG ................................................................ 7


PLAYGROUND AT TSUEN WAN ROAD INTERCHANGE............................................................. 7


BUSY TIME FOR CNTA ENQUIRY SERVICE ................................................................................ 8


MORE KWUN TONG PARKING METERS ............................................................................................... 8


VEGETARIAN FEAST FOR OLD FOLK................................................................................................ 9


HARBOUR ROAD TO BE CLOSED AT NIGHT................................................................................ 9


WATER LEAKAGE TEST.................................................................................................................................. 9


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 12, 1984


- 1


MAJOR EXPANSION FOR MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES 

******


PUBLIC DEMAND FOR MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES CONTINUED TO 

INCREASE LAST YEAR, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH 

DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY.


TO MEET GROWING NEEDS, A NUMBER OF MAJOR PROJECTS, INCLUDING 

EXTENSIONS OR IMPROVEMENTS TO EXISTING HOSPITALS AND CLINICS, 

WAS COMPLETED DURING THE YEAR AS PART OF THE DEPARTMENT’S VIGOROUS 

NEDICAL AND HEALTH DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME FOR THE REST OF THE 

DECADE.


DESPITE THIS PROGRESS, A HEAVY STRAIN WAS PLACED ON EXISTING 

SERVICES.


IN THE FIRST NINE MONTHS ALONE, MORE THAN 309 400 IN-PATIENTS 

WERE TREATED IN GOVERNMENT HOSPITALS AND 170 400 PEOPLE IN 

GOVERNMENT-ASSISTED INSTITUTIONS, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


DURING THE SAME PERIOD, SOME 11.1 MILLION ATTENDANCES WERE 

RECORDED IN THE GOVERNMENT GENERAL AND SPECIALIST OUT-PATIENT 

CLINICS. PRESSURE ON SERVICES WAS HEAVIEST AT THE THREE GOVERNMENT 

REGIONAL HOSPITALS — QUEEN MARY, QUEEN ELIZABETH AND PRINCESS 

MARGARET.


DURING THE YEAR, THE CENTRAL HEALTH EDUCATION UNIT CONTINUED 

TO PLAY A ROLE IN PROMOTING THE HEALTH OF THE COMMUNITY AND CARRIED 

OUT A NUMBER OF CAMPAIGNS TO HELP THE PUBLIC UNDERSTAND AND PREVENT 

THE SPREAD OF DISEASES.


HIGHER CURE RATES WERE ALSO REPORTED IN THE YEAR FOR TwO OF 

THE MOST PREVALENT CANCERS IN HONG KONG -- UTERINE CERVICAL AND 

NASOPHARYNGEAL CARCINOMA.


THE DEPARTMENT NOW CARRIES OUT TESTS FOR DETECTING THE TwO 

DISEASES IN THEIR VERY EARLY STAGES, THUS PROMISING EVEN HIGHER 

CURE RATES.


THE YEAR ALSO SAW THE START OF CONSTRUCTION WORK ON THE FIRST 

PHASE OF THE QUEEN MARY HOSPITAL EXTENSION PROJECT, THE LARGEST 

EXTENSION PROGRAMME EVER UNDERTAKEN BY THE DEPARTMENT. wHEN 

COMPLETED, IT WILL PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL 675 BEDS IN THE HOSPITAL.


THE SECOND PHASE OF THE NAM LONG HOSPITAL EXTENSION PROJECT 

WAS COMPLETED LAST YEAR, ADDING THREE STOREYS TO THE EXISTING 

TOWER BLOCK OF THIS GOVERNMENT-ASSISTED HOSPITAL AND PROVIDING 

MORE LABORATORY FACILITIES AND DOCTORS’ QUARTERS.


AN ACCIDENT AND EMERGENCY SECTION WAS OPENED AT THE CHAI WAN 

HEALTH CENTRE TO PROVIDE ESSENTIAL TREATMENT FOR EMERGENCY CAoEo 

IN THE EASTERN DISTRICT.


A FULL ACCIDENT AND EMERGENCY DEPARTMENT WILL BE AVAILABLE 

AT THE SHAU KI WAN HOSPITAL WHICH IS EXPECTED TO BE IN OPERATION 

IN 1990.


THE GOVERNMENT NOW OPERATES 57 GENERAL OUT-PATIENT CLINICS 

AND WHERE NECESSARY, CASES ARE REFERRED TO POLYCLINICS OR 

SPECIALIST CLINICS FOR SPECIAL TREAMENT.


/THS SCHOOL................


SUNDAY, FEBBUABY 12, 1984


- 2 -


THE SCHOOL DENTAL CARE SERVICE, INTRODUCED IN 1989, CONTINUED 

TO PROVIDE REGULAR DENTAL EXAMINATION AND SIMPLE DENTAL TREATMENT 

TO PRIMARY SCHOOL CHILDREN.


THERE ARE TWO SCHOOL DENTAL CLINICS AND SIX MORE HAVE BEEN 

PLANNED. ULTIMATELY, THE DENTAL SCHEME WILL PROVIDE COVER FOR 

ALL PRIMARY SCHOOL CHILDREN.


TWO IMPORTANT MEDICAL CONGRESSES WERE HELD IN HONG KONG LAST 

YEAR: THE 9TH CONGRESS OF THE ASIA PACIFIC ACADEMY OF OPHTHALMOLOGY 

ATTENDED BY ABOUT 500 DELEGATES FROM AROUND THE WORLD, AND THE 

ASIAN-AUSTRALASIAN SOCIETY OF NEUROLOGICAL SURGEONS ATTENDED BY 

SOME 490 DELEGATES.


BY THE END OF LAST YEAR SOPHISTICATED WHOLE-BODY CAT SCANNERS 

HAD BEEN INSTALLED IN ALL THE THREE REGIONAL HOSPITALS.


A FOURTH SCANNER WILL BE IN OPERATION IN THE NEW PRINCE OF 

WALES HOSPITAL IN MAY.


THE DEPARTMENT’S METHADONE PROGRAMME FOR DRUG ADDICTS CONTINUED 

TO PLAY ITS PART IN THE OVERALL NARCOTICS TREATMENT PROGRAMME.


LAST YEAR A NEW EVENING METHADONE DETOXIFICATION CLINIC 

WAS OPENED AT THE NGAU TAU KOK JOCKEY CLUB CLINIC, RAISING THE 

NUMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT’S METHADONE CLINICS TO 24.


THE DEPARTMENT’S DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR THE DECADE INCLUDES 

THE CONSTRUCTION OF FIVE MAJOR GOVERNMENT HOSPITALS, WITH THE 

AIM OF COMPLETING ONE HOSPITAL EVERY TWO YEARS.


IN ADDITION TO THE PRINCE OF WALES HOSPITAL, A 1 609-BED 

HOSPITAL FOR TUEN MUN NEW TOWN AND THREE OTHER HOSPITALS IN EAST 

KOWLOON, CHAI WAN AND TAI PO, EACH ACCOMMODATING 1 490 BEDS, ARE 

UNDER CONSTRUCTION OR BEING PLANNED.


AT THE SAME TIME EXTENSION BLOCKS WILL BE BUILT AT THE THREE


EXISTING REGIONAL HOSPITALS.


UNDER THE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME, ABOUT 29 GENERAL CLINICS 

AND POLYCLINICS ARE DUE FOR COMPLETION DURING THE DECADE.


SUBVENTED AND PRIVATE ORGANISATIONS ALSO PLAY AN IMPORTANT 

COMPLEMENTARY ROLE IN THE PROVISION OF MEDICAL CARE, THE SPOKESMAN 

SAID.


PROJECTS IN THE PIPELINE INCLUDE FURTHER EXTENSION TO YAN CHAI 

HOSPITAL AND POK 01 HOSPITAL, AND REDEVELOPMENT OF THE RUTTONJEE 

SANATORIUM INTO A 430-BED GENERAL HOSPITAL. THREE NEW PRIVATE 

HOSPITALS ARE IN THE PLANNING STAGE, WITH A CAPACITY OF 290 TO 

690 BEDS EACH.


TO SUPPORT THE AMBITIOUS MEDICAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME, 

ADDITIONAL FACILITIES ARE BEING DEVELOPED FOR THE TRAINING OF 

DOCTORS, NURSES AND PARA-MEDICAL STAFF.


APART FROM THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG WHICH PRODUCES ABOUT 

150 DOCTORS A YEAR, THE MEDICAL SCHOOL IN THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY 

CF HONG KONG STARTED ITS FIRST INTAKE OF 60 STUDENTS IN SEPTEMBER 

1981.


/QPPOBTUNITlia


SUNDAY, FSBRUABY 12, 1984


OPPORTUNITIES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FOR DOCTORS TO SIT FOR 

HIGHER PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS IN HONG KONG BY ARRANGEMENT W I TH 

VARIOUS EXAMINATION BODIES IN BRITAIN AND AUSTRALIA. IN ADDITION 

DOCTORS ARE SENT OVERSEAS FOR POST-GRADUATE TRAINING.


AN INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH CARE AT THE HONG KONG 

POLYTECHNIC PROVIDES TRAINING FOR PARA-MEDICAL STAFF INCLUDING 

RADIOGRAPHERS, PHYSIOTHERAPISTS, OCCUPATIONAL THERAPISTS AND 

MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNICIANS. IN-SERVICE TRAINING AND POSTQUALIFICATION 

COURSES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FOR PARA-MEDICAL STAFF 

WITHIN THE CIVIL SERVICE.


TRAINING FOR GENERAL REGISTERED NURSES IS BEING CARRIED OUT 

IN GOVERNMENT, GOVERNMENT-ASSISTED AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS.


IN 1983, EIGHT SUCH TRAINING SCHOOLS STARTED OPERATION, * I TH 

AN AVERAGE ANNUAL CAPACITY OF 1 235 TRAINEES.


THREE NEW NURSE TRAINING SCHOOLS AND THE EXPANSION OF THE 

EXISTING ONES, PROVIDING A TOTAL OF OVER 400 ADDITIONAL TRAINING 

POSTS, ARE PLANNED FOR THE COMING DECADE.


------------0------------


NEED FOR COMMUNITY EFFORT STRESSED 

* * * *


MEMBERS OF A COMMUNITY SHOULD ACTIVELY TAKE PART IN HELPING TO 

SOLVE ITS PROBLEMS AND NEEDS, THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG 

AND KOWLOON, MR BARRIE WIGGHAM, SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).


+AS WE ARE ALL MEMBERS OF THE SAME COMMUNITY, IT IS IMPORTANT 

THAT WE CARE FOR OUR COMMUNITY AFFAIRS AND THAT WE BECOME INVOLVED 

IN THEM,+ HE SAID.


HE SAID THAT THE DISTRICT BOARDS AND THEIR COMMITTEES, AND THE 

MANY ACTIVITIES ORGANISED IN THE DISTRICTS SHOULD PROVIDE AN 

EXCELLENT BASIS FOR VOLUNTARY ORGANISATIONS TO SERVE THE COMMUNITY.


MR WIGGHAM WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE SILVER 

JUBILEE CELEBRATION OF THE HONG KONG COUNCIL OF THE BOYS’ BRIGADE.


HE SAID HE WAS PLEASED TO LEARN THAT THE COUNCIL, ASIDE FROM 

ORGANISING VARIOUS JOINT ACTIVITIES AND TRAINING PROGRAMMES, wAS 

CONSIDERING THE WIDENING OF THE SCOPE OF THESE ACTIVITIES TO INCLUDE 

SERVICE TO THE COMMUNITY.


+IN AN AGE OF RAMPANT MATERIALISM AND INDIVIDUALISM, ONE IS 

OFTEN TEMPTED TO FORGET THE VIRTUES OF OBEDIENCE, REVERENCE, 

DISCIPLINE AND SELF-RESPECT.


.I AM GLAD TO SEE THAT IN OUR SOCIETY, WE HAVE A GROUP OF 

DEDICATED PEOPLE WHO HAVE VOLUNTARILY COME TOGETHER IN AN 

ORGANISATION WHOSE OBJECTIVE IS TO PROMOTE THESE VIRTUES,+ HE 

SAID.


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 12, 1484-


4


MORE SPORTS FACILITIES 

* * * * *


A NUMBER OF SPORTS FACILITIES ARE UNDER CONSTRUCTION IN THE 

NORTH DISTRICT IN THE NEW TERRITORIES TO MEET THE NEEDS OF ITS 

INCREASING POPULATION, THE URBAN SERVICES OFFICER OF NORTH, 

Hi MA IU-KI, SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).


SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE NEW YEAR DISCO ROLLER 

SKATING FUN DAY AT THE FANLING RECREATION GROUND, MR MA SAID THE 

FACILITIES WILL INCLUDE TWO TEMPORARY TENNIS COURTS AND A MINISOCCER 

PITCH AT FANLING AND A TURFED SOCCER PITCH AT DILLS CORNER.


OTHER RECREATIONAL PROJECTS UNDER PLANNING IN NORTH DISTRICT 

ARE A STANDARD-SIZE SPORTS GROUND, AN INDOOR GAMES HALL, BASKETBALL 

COURTS, TENNIS COURTS, SQUASH COURTS, A SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX, 

A ROLLER SKATING RINK AND A RECREATION CENTRE AT SHA TAU KOK, 

M? MA SAID.


ON THE ROLLER SKATING FUN DAY JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE 

RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND THE NTSD, MR MA SAID THE 

EVENT WAS AIMED AT PROMOTING THE SPORT AS WELL AS PROVIDING 

ENTERTAINMENT FOR LOCAL RESIDENTS.


HE PAID TRIBUTE TO THE COACHES OF THE HONG KONG SWAN SKATING 

GROUP WHO DEMONSTRATED THEIR SKATING TECHNIQUES AND GAVE TRAINING 

TO PARTICIPANTS.


WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF VARIOUS RURAL COMMITTEES, THE NTSD 

WOULD ORGANISE MORE RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES FOR THE PUBLIC, 

MR MA SAID.


JOINING MR MA AT THE OPENING CEREMONY WERE THE RECREATION 

AND SPORT OFFICER OF NORTH, MR CHENG CHEUK-PING; THE CHAIRMAN OF 

THE SHEUNG SHU I RURAL COMMITTEE, MR LIU CHING-LEUNG; THE CHAIRMAN 

OF THE SHA TAU KOK RURAL COMMITTEE, MR YIP SHING; THE VICE-CHAIRMAN 

OF THE FANLING RURAL COMMITTEE, MR TANG KWOK-YUNG; AND THE VICE- 

CHAIRMAN OF THE TA KWU LING RURAL COMMITTEE, MR CHAN WAH-CHUN.


----------0 - - - -


GALA DAY FOR CUSTOMS AND EXCISE


* * * *


THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE WHICH HAS TURNED 75, CELEBRATED 

TODAY (SUNDAY) WITH A GALA DAY HELD AT ITS TAI LAM CHUNG TRAINING 

SCHOOL ATTENDED BY OFFICERS AND THEIR FAMILIES TOTALLING SOME 

3 OOO.


OFFICIATING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY, THE COMMISSIONER OF 

CUSTOMS AND EXCISE, MR DOUGLAS JORDAN, SAID THAT THE SERVICE wOULD 

BE HOLDING VARIOUS EVENTS THROUGHOUT THE YEAR TO MARK ITS 75TH 

ANNIVERSARY.


.HOW FITTING THAT OUR FIRST CELEBRATION SHOULD BE ONE TOGETHER 

WITH OUR FAMILIES AND FRIENDS ON THIS VERY SPECIAL GALA DAY. * I TH IN 

THE SERVICE WE ALWAYS REGARD OURSELVES AS ONE FAMILY AND TODAY IS 

TRULY ONE BIG FAMILY OCCASION,+ HE SAID.


/MB joew; ...............


SUNDAY, FffiHUAHY U, 1#>4


- 5 -


MR JORDAN PAID TRIBUTE TO THE 26 OFFICERS WHO FOUNDED THE 

SERVICE 75 YEARS AGO.


.TODAY THE SERVICE IS 2 600 STRONG. I WONDER WHAT THAT HANDFUL 

CF OFFICERS OF 1 POP WOULD THINK IF THEY COULD SEE THEIR SUCCESSORS 

wITH THEIR FAMILIES AND FRIENDS ENJOYING THEMSELVES TOGETHER IN 

1984 IN THEIR THOUSANDS,* HE SAID.


HE THANKED ALL OFFICERS FOR THEIR CONTRIBUTIONS AND THEIR 

FAMILIES FOR THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE DISTURBANCE WHICH SERVICE 

LIFE OFTEN IMPOSE ON OFFICERS’ PRIVATE LIFE.


THE GALA DAY WAS ORGANISED BY THE SERVICE’S SPORTS AND 

RECREATION COMMITTEE. A MARCHING DISPLAY BY THE QUEEN’S GURKHA 

PIPE AND DRUM BAND RAISED THE CURTAIN FOR THE DAY’S PROGRAMME.


A LIVELY LION DANCE WAS PERFORMED AFTER THE COMMISSIONER HAD 

BROUGHT THE LION TO LIFE BY DOTTING ITS EYES.


ONE OF THE MANY ATTRACTIONS TO THE CHILDREN WAS THE RIDES ON 

TwO PONIES FROM THE HONG KONG SERVICES SADDLE CLUB AND THE CAMEL 

ADOPTED BY THE 1ST BATTALION 7TH DUKE OF EDINBURGH’S OWN GURKHA 

RIFLES. AN ARMY MOTORCYCLE TEAM DISPLAY, MAGIC SHOw, ACROBATIC 

DISPLAY AND TELE-MATCH FORMED PART OF THE DAY’S HIGHLIGHTS.


THIRTEEN GAME STALLS MOUNTED BY VARIOUS DIVISIONS VIED FOR 

THE BEST GAME STALL AWARD WHICH WAS WON BY THE COMMAND 

HEADQUARTERS AND CUSTOMS TECHNICAL BUREAU DIVISION.


----o----


BRITISH SUMMER SCHOOLS 

* * * *


TEACHERS OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE IN PRIMARY OR SECONDARY SCHOOLS 

WHO WISH TO SPEND PART OF THEIR SUMMER HOLIDAYS IN BRITAIN MAY 

ATTEND A WIDE RANGE OF SUMMER SCHOOLS ORGANISED BY THE BRITISH 

COUNCIL.


THESE RESIDENTIAL SUMMER SCHOOLS USUALLY LAST TWO TO THREE 

WEEKS AND ARE HELD IN JULY AND AUGUST.


THEY ARE OF A PRACTICAL NATURE AND PROVIDE A VARIED AND 

STIMULATING WORK SCHEDULE AS WELL AS OPPORTUNITIES TO VISIT PLACES 

CF INTEREST NEARBY AND TO MEET LOCAL PEOPLE.


A SPOKESMAN FOR THE BRITISH COUNCIL HOWEVER NOTED THAT IT IS 

UNLIKELY TO BE ABLE TO OFFER ANY BURSARIES THIS YEAR AND APPLICANTS 

SHOULD BE PREPARED TO FINANCE THEMSELVES.


FURTHER INFORMATION AND APPLICATION FORMS MAY BE OBTAINED 

FROM THE EDUCATIONAL ENQUIRIES OFFICE OF THE BRITISH COUNCIL AT 

EASEY COMMERCIAL BUILDING, 1/F, 255 HENNESSY ROAD, WAN CHAI, 

HONG KONG. THE DEADLINE FOR APPLICATION IS MARCH 9.


0


/6....................


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 12, 1984 ‧


6 -


TEACHING ROAD SAFETY THROUGH COMICS 

* * * *


LARGE QUANTITIES OF ATTRACTIVELY DESIGNED PUBLICITY MATERIAL 

HAVE BEEN PRODUCED TO EDUCATE CHILDREN ABOUT ROAD SAFETY.


THESE INCLUDE 43 333 SETS OF CAPTAIN SAFETY STICKERS AND 

123 033 COPIES OF A BILINGUAL CAPTAIN SAFETY COMIC BOOK.


EACH SET OF THE CAPTAIN SAFETY STICKERS CONSISTS OF EIGHT 

DIFFERENT DESIGNS, DEPICTING CAPTAIN SAFETY AND HIS ROBOT, AND 

FEATURING THE SIX POINTS IN THE ROAD CROSSING CODE.


A LARGE NUMBER OF COPIES HAS BEEN ALLOTTED TO SCHOOLS, 

LEAVING ABOUT 15 333 COPIES FOR OTHER MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ON 

A FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS.


NOTE TO EDITORS .


REPORT TO BE MADE KNOWN


III


DETAILS OF A PRELIMINARY REPORT ON 'ACCESS TO WAN CHAI 

RECLAMATION’ WILL BE ANNOUNCED AT A PRESS BRIEFING AT 11 AM ON 

TUESDAY (FEBRUARY 14) IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE WAN CHAI 

DISTRICT OFFICE ON THE EIGHTH FLOOR OF TUNG WAH MANSION, 231 

HENNESSY ROAD, HONG KONG.


ATTENDING THE BRIEFING WILL BE THE DISTRICT OFFICER, 

MISS LOLLY CHIU, AND THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR FRANCIS HO.


YOU ARE INVITED TO ATTEND THE BRIEFING.


----o----


AIRPORT FIRE SUB-STATION BEING EXTENDED


III


ONE OF THE TWO FIRE SUB-STATIONS AT KAI TAK AIRPORT IS TO 

BE EXTENDED.


TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT ARE BEING INVITED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL 

OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.


THE WORK WILL INVOLVE EXTENDING THE FOAM APPLIANCE HOUSE 

AND ADDING A LOCKER AND CHANGING ROOM FOR THE FIRE SUB-STATION 

AT THE END OF THE RUNWAY.


FACILITIES CURRENTLY PROVIDED INCLUDE AN APPLIANCE ROOM FOR 

THREE FIRE ENGINES, A WATCHROOM, A KITCHEN, A CANTEEN, A RECREATIONAL 

ROOM, OFFICES AND A STOREROOM.


WORK ON THE PROJECT WILL START IN APRIL AND TAKE SIX MONTHS 

TO COMPLETE.


----o----


/7 ....................


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 12, 1534


7


MORE COOKED FOOD MARKETS FOR KWAI CHUNG


*****


TWO MORE NEW COOKED FOOD MARKETS WILL BE READY IN KWAI CHUNG 

SOON.


THE MARKETS, LOCATED AT WO Yl HOP ROAD AND TAI YUEN STREET, 

wILL EASE THE SHORTAGE OF EATING FACILITIES FOR FACTORY WORKERS 

IN THE INDUSTRIAL AREA, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES 

SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID.


THE S3.7-MILLION PAVILION-TYPE MARKET AT WO Yl HOP ROAD wILL 

ACCOMMODATE 14 COOKED FOOD AND FOUR FRUIT STALLS, WITH A SITTING 

OUT AREA ON ITS ROOFTOP.


THE MARKET AT TAI YUEN STREET, BEING BUILT AT A COST OF 

$2.6 MILLION, WILL HOUSE 18 COOKED FOOD STALLS AND TWO FRUIT STALLS.


IT WILL ALSO HAVE A SITTING-OUT AREA AS WELL AS PUBLIC TOILETS 

AND A REFUSE COLLECTION FACILITY.


BOTH MARKETS WILL HAVE A COMMUNAL MECHANICAL EXHAUST SYSTEM 

WITH GREASE FILTERS.


THEIR PARTITION WALLS AND FLOORS ARE PAVED WITH MOSAIC TILES 

TO FACILITATE CLEANSING.


EACH STALL HAS ITS OWN WORKING AREA WITH A WATER TAP, SI Nis 

AND BASIN.


ALL THE STALLS WILL BE PUT UP FOR BIDDING AT A DATE TO BE 

ANNOUNCED LATER, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


PLAYGROUND AT TSUEN WAN ROAD INTERCHANGE


* * * *


A 9 OOO-SQUARE METRE CHILDREN’S PLAYGROUND IS BEING BUILT 

ON THE SPACE UNDER THE NEWLY-COMPLETED TEXACO ROAD AND CASTLE 

PEAK ROAD INTERCHANGE IN TSUEN WAN.


THE PLAYGROUND, NAMED CIRCLE PARK, WILL FORM PART OF A DISTRICT 

LANDSCAPING PROGRAMME BY THE LANDSCAPE UNIT OF THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE.


FACILITIES WILL INCLUDE SPLASH POOLS, ARTIFICIAL HILLS 

AND STREAMS, PLAY EQUIPMENT AND A CHILDREN’S TOILET.


OTHER FACILITIES BEING PROVIDED INCLUDE SEATING, PLANTS AND 

TABLE TENNIS PLAYING AREAS, AS WELL AS A ROCK GARDEN.


THE PARK, BEING BUILT AT A COST OF $3 MILLION, WILL OPEN IN 

APRIL AND EVENTUALLY LINK WITH TAI WO HAU PARK, CONSTRUCTION OF 

WHICH IS TO START SOON.


------------0 - - - -


/8....................


Sunday, February 12, 1994


8


BUSY TIME FOR CNTA ENQUIRY SERVICE 

* * *


THE 63 PUBLIC ENQUIRY SERVICE CENTRES OPERATED BY THE CITY AND 

MEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION HAD A BUSY TIME HANDLING MORE THAN 

FOUR MILLION ENQUIRIES LAST YEAR - AS PART OF THEIR ROUTINE WORK.


ENQUIRIES WERE ABOUT SUCH MATTERS AS GOVERNMENT JOB VACANCIES 

APPLICATION PROCEDURES FOR PUBLIC HOUSING, STATUTORY DECLARATIONS 

OR OATHS, AND EDUCATION, A SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED TODAY.


THIS WAS IN ADDITION TO SUCH OTHER SERVICES PROVIDED AS 

DISTRIBUTION OF GOVERNMENT FORMS, REFERRAL OF CASES UNDER THE 

FREE LEGAL AID SCHEME, ADMINISTERING OF STATUTORY DECLARATIONS, 

AND DEALING WITH COMPLAINTS.


DURING THE YEAR, SEVEN NEW CENTRES WERE SET UP -- FIVE IN 

THE NEW TERRITORIES AND TWO IN URBAN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES, 

THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


STAFF AT THE CENTRES ALSO HELPED DISTRIBUTE MORE THAN SIX 

MILLION FORMS, LEAFLETS AND PUBLICITY MATERIAL DURING THE YEAR.


ALSO, RENT OFFICERS FROM THE RATING AND VALUATION DEPARTMENT, 

STATIONED AT 10 URBAN DISTRICT OFFICES AND TWO CENTRES OF THE 

TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICE, DEALT WITH 13 927 CASES CONCERNING 

TENANCY PROBLEMS DURING THE YEAR.


FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THE SERVICE MAY BE OBTAINED FROM 

THE PUBLIC ENQUIRY SERVICE HEADQUARTERS ON THE 13TH FLOOR OF 

WORLD SHIPPING CENTRE, 7 CANTON ROAD IN TSIM SHA TSUI OR 

TELEPHONE 3-692255.


- - - - 0 ------------


MORE KWUN TONG PARKING METERS 

* * * *


A TOTAL OF 39 PARKING METERS WILL BE INSTALLED AT HUNG TO 

ROAD, TING YIP STREET AND TING ON STREET IN KWUN TONG TO REGULATE 

THE USE OF ON-STREET PARKING SPACES THERE FOR PRIVATE CARS AND 

GOODS VEHICLES.


THE NEW PARKING METERS WILL OPERATE FROM 9 AM ON TUESDAY 

(FEBRUARY 14).


- - - - 0 ------------


/9....................


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 12, 1984


9


VEGETARIAN FEAST FOR OLD FOLK 

* X X


MORE THAN 600 OLD PEOPLE IN TUEN MUN WILL BE GIVEN A VEGETARIAN 

FEAST AT THE CHING CHUNG KOON AT NOON TOMORROW (MONDAY).


THE FEAST IS ORGANISED BY THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT RESPECT 

FOR THE AGED ASSOCIATION AND SPONSORED BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD.


OFFICIATING GUESTS WILL INCLUDE THE DISTRICT OFFICER, 

W RICKY FUNG; THE CHAIRMAN OF THE RURAL COMMITTEE, MR LAU WONG-FAT; 

AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE ASSOCIATION, MR LAU CHI-YUEN.


GOLD RINGS DONATED BY THE ASSOCIATION WILL BE PRESENTED TO 

THE TWO OLDEST PEOPLE PRESENT, AND EACH PARTICIPANT WILL RECEIVE 

A RED PACKET — 'LAI SEE’.


ABOUT 50 VOLUNTEER WORKERS FROM FIVE LOCAL ORGANISATIONS 

WILL BE PRESENT TO TAKE CARE OF THE OLD PEOPLE.


HARBOUR ROAD TO BE CLOSED AT NIGHT 

XXX


HARBOUR ROAD BETWEEN FLEMING ROAD AND THE ENTRANCE TO EAGLE 

HARBOUR PUBLIC CAR PARK WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM MIDNIGHT 

TOMORROW (MONDAY) UNTIL 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY.


THE MEASURE IS TO FACILITATE ROAD WORKS AND WILL BE REPEATED 

ON TUESDAY (FEBRUARY 14) NIGHT.


- - 0 - -


WATER LEAKAGE TEST 

XXX


FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN SAI YING PUN 

wILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 11 PM ON WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 15) TO 

6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR WATER LEAKAGE TESTS.


THE AREA AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY MORRISON STREET, QUEEN’S 

ROAD CENTRAL, QUEEN’S ROAD WEST, SUTHERLAND STREET, KO SHING 

STREET, BONHAM STRAND WEST, AND BONHAM STRAND.


- - 0 - -


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL: 5-233191


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE NO.


POSITIVE PRODUCT MARKETING HELPS RECOVERY — GOVERNOR.................... 1


ADMIRALTY II AUCTION OK WEDNESDAY................................................................................... 2


PUBLIC URGED TO HELP STOP POLLUTION ............................................................................. 3


JANUARY COOLER, DRIER THAN USUAL ...................................................................................... 4


BETTER FACILITIES OFFERED AT NEV OFFICE ................................................................ 6


PRESS BRIEFING ON GDP ......................................................................................................................... 7


RESIDENTIAL COACH SERVICE SUCCESSFUL .......................................................................... 7


JOSS HOUSE BAY SEAWALL BEING REPAIRED ...................................................................... 8


HEALTH WEEK FOR WAN CHAI RESIDENTS ................................................................................ 8


DB TO DISCUSS DEVELOPMENT PLANS ......................................................................................... 9


HEALTH CONTEST FOR CHILDREN ...................................................................................................... 10


NEV/ EQUIPMENT FOR FIRE STATIONS ......................................................................................... 10


YOUTH ORCHESTRA TO GIVE CONCERT ......................................................................................... 11


VARIETY SHOW FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE......................................................................................... 11


TRAFFIC CHANGES ON ISLAND, NT ............................................................................................... 12


MORE PARKING METERS ............................................................................................................................... 12


EARLY MORNING FLYOVER CLOSURE................................................................................................ 13


MARKET STALLS FOR LEaSE ................................................................................................................... 13


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 198*


1


POSITIVE PRODUCT MARKETING HELPS RECOVERY — GOVERNOR


*****


THE POSITIVE ATTITUDE OF HONG KONG COMPANIES IN MARKETING 

THEIR PRODUCTS CONTRIBUTED TO THE RECOVERY IN OUR MANUFACTURING 

ACTIVITY SINCE THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1983, THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD 

YOUDE, SAID THIS (MONDAY) EVENING.


.THE CONTINUATION OF THIS POSITIVE ATTITUDE IS NECESSARY TO 

IDENTIFY AN INCREASINGLY WIDE RANGE OF PRODUCTS AND INDUSTRIES 

FOR WHICH THERE IS MARKET DEMAND AND POTENTIAL,* SIR EDWARD ADDED.


THE GOVERNOR EXPLAINED THAT THIS WAS ONE OF THE TASKS OF THE 

NEWLY ESTABLISHED INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD.


SPEAKING AT THE 15TH PRESENTATION CEREMONY FOR THE GOVERNOR'S 

AWARD FOR HONG KONG DESIGN AT GOVERNMENT HOUSE, SIR EDWARD SAIDi


.IT GIVES ME GREAT PLEASURE TO WELCOME YOU ALL TO THIS, THE 

15TH PRESENTATION CEREMONY FOR THE GOVERNOR'S AWARD FOR HONG KONG 

DESIGN.


.AT THE LAST PRESENTATION CEREMONY, I SAID THAT BECAUSE OF 

THE VICISSITUDES OF THE WORLD ECONOMY, TIMES HAD NOT BEEN EASY FOR 

OUR MANUFACTURING AND EXPORT TRADES. THE SITUATION HAS NOW 

CHANGED FOR THE BETTER AND THERE HAS BEEN EVIDENCE OF A CONTINUED 

RECOVERY IN OUR MANUFACTURING ACTIVITY SINCE THE SECOND QUARTER 

OF 1983. BUSINESS ORDERS HAVE PICKED UP SIGNIFICANTLY AND REMAINED 

STRONG THROUGHOUT THE LATTER PART OF THE YEAR. LIKEWISE. THE 

DOMESTIC EXPORT SECTOR CONTINUED TO SNOW AN IMPRESSIVE GROWTH 

RATE DURING THE PERIOD. IN REAL TERMS OUR DOMESTIC EXPORTS FOR 

1983 WERE 14 PER CENT HIGHER THAN THAT OF 1982.


.THIS REMARKABLE GROWTH IS NO DOUBT RELATED TO THE IMPROVEMENT 

IN THE ECONOMIES OF THE COUNTRIES WHICH ARE HONG KONG'S MAIN MARKETS. 

BUT I AGREE WITH YOU, MR TANG, THAT IT ALSO OWES MUCH TO THE 

POSITIVE ATTITUDE OF HONG KONG COMPANIES IN THE MARKETING OF THEIR 

PRODUCTS. THE CONTINUATION OF THIS POSITIVE ATTITUDE IS NECESSARY 

TO IDENTIFY AN INCREASINGLY WIDE RANGE OF PRODUCTS AND INDUSTRIES 

FOR WHICH THERE IS MARKET DEMAND AND POTENTIAL. THIS IS, INDEED, 

ONE OF THE TASKS OF THE NEWLY ESTABLISHED INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD.


.THE DESIGN PROCESS IS FUNDAMENTAL TO THE WHOLE BUSINESS OF 

MANUFACTURE, BOTH IN IMPROVING EXISTING PRODUCTS AND IN DEVELOPING 

NEW ONES. A GOOD QUALITY PRODUCT MUST START WITH A GOOD DESIGN. 

BETTER DESIGN MEANS BETTER QUALITY PRODUCTS, GREATER CONSUMER 

APPEAL, AND HENCE FULLER ORDER BOOKS. IN THIS RESPECT, I MUST 

PAY TRIBUTE TO THE FEDERATION OF HONG KONG INDUSTRIES, WHO 

ORGANISE THIS COMPETITION, FOR THEIR EFFORTS IN PROMOTING THE 

DEVELOPMENT OF PRODUCTS, NEW DESIGNS AND IMPROVEMENTS IN QUALITY.


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 1yt>4


.THE GOVERNMENT, FOR ITS PART, ATTACHES GREAT IMPORTANCE TO 

THE PROMOTION OF INDUSTRIAL DESIGN. WE PROVIDE TRAINING IN 

VOCATIONAL TRAINING AND OTHER EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS TO ENSURE 

AN ADEQUATE SUPPLY OF QUALITY DESIGNERS. IT IS ENCOURAGING THAT 

THE IN-PLANT TRAINING OF ENGINEERS SCHEME OPERATED BY THE VOCATIONAL 

TRAINING COUNCIL HAS RECEIVED WIDE SUPPORT AND ACCEPTANCE AMONG 

INDUSTRIALISTS. FINANCIAL SUPPORT IS ALSO GIVEN TO ORGANISATIONS 

SPECIALISING IN THE PROMOTION OF INDUSTRIAL DESIGN, SUCH AS THE 

INDUSTRIAL DESIGN COUNCIL. MOREOVER, THE INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT 

BOARD SUPPORTS CERTAIN INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS 

WHICH ARE RELEVANT TO INDUSTRIAL DESIGN.


*1 NOW TURN TO THIS YEAR’S AWARD ITSELF. EACH YEAR WE FIND 

ENTRIES WHICH SHOW IMAGINATION, INGENUITY, AND CONSUMER APPEAL. 

THE WINNING PRODUCT TODAY IS A RECHARGEABLE VACUUM CLEANER DESIGNED 

BY THE CONTINENTAL ENGINEERING PRODUCTS COMPANY LIMITED. 

IT IS AN INNOVATIVE DESIGN ACHIEVING COMPACT SIZE, CONVENIENCE 

IN HANDLING, AND RELIABILITY IN OPERATION. IT WILL, I AM SURE, 

BE A WELCOME ADDITION TO THE RANGE OF EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE TO 

REDUCE THE AMOUNT OF LABOUR INVOLVED IN HOUSEHOLD CHORES. I 

CONGRATULATE THE COMPANY AND WISH THEM EVERY SUCCESS WITH THIS 

EXCELLENT PRODUCT.+


------------0------------


ADMIRALTY II AUCTION ON WEDNESDAY 

ft ft ft ft


THE SALE OF THE ADMIRALTY II SITE TAKES PLACE AT THE FURAMA 

HOTEL ON WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 15), A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LANDS 

DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (MONDAY).


THE 6 312 SQUARE METRE SITE, AT THE JUNCTION OF COTTON TREE 

DRIVE AND QUEENSWAY, IS IN A PRIME LOCATION AND CONSIDERABLE 

INTEREST IS ANTICIPATED, HE SAID. oiuchadll


THE SITE HAD BECOME MORE ATTRACT 

ANNOUNCED ON JANUARY 3 THAT IT COULD 

. SAID.


IVE SINCE THE GOVERNMENT 

BE DEVELOPED AS A HOTEL,


ORIGINALLY WHEN IT ANNOUNCED ON DECEMBER 2 THAT THE SITE WOULD 

BE OFFERED FOR SALE, THE GOVERNMENT HAD EXCLUDED HOTEL DEVELOPMENT. 

BUT LATER CHANGED THE CONDITIONS TO INCLUDE A HOTEL IN RESPONSE 

TO REQUESTS FROM THE PRIVATE SECTOR.


THE DIRECTOR OF LANDS, MR JOHN TODD, SAID IN DECEMBER THE 

DECISION TO SELL THE SITE HAD BEEN TAKEN BECAUSE INTEREST HAD BEEN 

SHOWN IN IT AT $300 MILLION.


.THIS IS THE FIGURE AT WHICH WE WILL OPEN THE BIDDING ON 

WEDNESDAY,. HE SAID.


THE AUCTION WILL BE HELD IN THE PACIFICA ROOM AT 2.30 PM. 

HANDLING IT WILL BE GOVERNMENT LAND AGENT, MR TONY HARLAND.


------------0------------


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 198*


3


PUBLIC URGED TO HELP STOP POLLUTION 

*****


THE GOVERNMENT AND THE PUBLIC SHOULD WORK TOGETHER TO 

PROTECT THE COUNTRYSIDE AND PREVENT ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION, THE 

ISLANDS DISTRICT LANDS OFFICER. MR ALBERT SO, TOLD MEMBERS OF THE 

ROTARY CLUB OF THE NEW TERRITORIES TODAY.


.TOWARDS THIS END, IN EACH NEW TERRITORIES DISTRICT, A 

DISTRICT WORKING GROUP HAS RECENTLY BEEN SET UP AND THE DISTRICT 

LANDS OFFICER IS CHARGED WITH CO-ORDINATING ACTION AMONG VARIOUS 

GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS TO INITIALLY DRAW UP PROPOSED PLANS AND 

LATER TAKE APPROPRIATE ACTION TO MANAGE AND MAINTAIN WATERCOURSES 

IN THE DI STRICT..


MR SO ALSO SAID THAT. BECAUSE OF THE RURAL CHARACTER OF 

THE DISTRICT AND THE RELATIVELY LOW DEVELOPMENT DENSITY, THE 

PROBLEM OF ILLEGAL GARDEN EXTENSIONS WAS COMMONPLACE.


A SURVEY HAD BEEN STARTED IN PHASES AND ACTION WAS BEING 

TAKEN TO REGULATE THESE GARDENS WHEREVER POSSIBLE, HE SAID.


OF THE 125 CASES HANDLED SO FAR, 91 CASES HAD BEEN RECTIFIED 

WITH THE REMAINING 3* CASES BEING PROCESSED, MR SO SAID.


THE PROBLEM IS NOW UNDER CONTROL ON CHEUNG CHAU, PENG CHAU 

AND LANTAU, AND EMPHASIS HAS BEEN SHIFTED TO LAMMA ISLAND.


UNDER REVISED PROCEDURES THE PREMIUM FOR THE GRANT OF GARDEN 

EXTENSIONS WOULD BE ASSESSED ON THE INCREASE IN VALUE TO THE 

PARENT LOT BY THE GRANT OF THE ADDITIONAL AREA, MR SO SAID.


THE LANDS DEPARTMENT HAD DECIDED TO WAIVE THE IMPOSITION 

OF THE PREMIUM SURCHARGE WHERE THE EXTENSION AREA WAS ILLEGALLY 

OCCUPIED.


WITH THESE APPROACHES, MR SO SAID HE WAS CONFIDENT THE 

PROBLEM OF ILLEGAL OCCUPATION OF CROWN LAND FOR GARDEN PURPOSES 

IN ISLANDS DISTRICT COULD BE RESOLVED IN THE NEAR FUTURE.


ON THE PROBLEM OF ABANDONED VEHICLES ON CROWN LAND, MR SO SAID 

THAT THE ISSUE WAS NOT AS SERIOUS IN ISLANDS DISTRICT AS IN OTHER 

PARTS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES.


.THIS IS PARTLY DUE TO THE NON-EXISTENCE OF PUBLIC ROADS 

AND MOTOR VEHICLES ON LAMMA, CHEUNG CHAU AND PENG CHAU, AND TO 

THE INTRODUCTION OF THE CLOSED ROAD PERMIT SYSTEM ON LANTAU ISLAND,. 

HE SAID.


SINCE THE ISLANDS DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE WAS SET UP LAST APRIL, 

64 CASES OF ABANDONED VEHICLES ON CROWN LAND HAVE BEEN DEALT 

WITH, IN WHICH 33 VEHICLES WERE REMOVED BY THE OWNERS AND 

31 WERE DISPOSED OF 3Y THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT.


/ON ILL^DaL ...............


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 19^4


4


ON ILLEGAL DUMPING. MR SO SAID THE VAST SIZE OF ISLANDS DISTRICT 

AND THE LIMITED MANPOWER THAT THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE 

HAD IN CROWN LAND CONTROL WORK CONTRIBUTED TO THE DIFFICULTIES 

IN TACKLING THE PROBLEM.


IN AN ATTEMPT TO SOLVE THIS PROBLEM. THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE 

IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE GOVERNMENT ENGINEER/NEW TERRITORIES AND 

THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE ARE LOOKING FOR DUMPING SITES IN THE DISTRICT.


.APART FROM LANTAU, SUITABLE DUMPING SITES HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED 

ON PENG CHAU AND CHEUNG CHAU. AS AN INTERIM MEASURE. THE DISTRICT 

LANDS OFFICE HAS WRITTEN TO ALL LOCAL CONTRACTORS IN LANTAU 

INFORMING THEM THAT THE MUI WO BORROW AREA CAN BE USED FOR DUMPING 

OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL,* HE SAID.


----o----


JANUARY COOLER, DRIER THAN USUAL 

* * * * *


JANUARY MS COOLER AND LESS HUMID THAN USUAL. IT wAS ALSO 

GENERALLY FINE AND SUNNY DURING THE FIRST HALF OF THE MONTH AND 

CLOUDY WITH LIGHT RAIN AT TIMES DURING THE SECOND HALF, THE 

ROYAL OBSERVATORY REPORTS.


THE 3.5 MM OF RAIN RECORDED DURING THE MONTH WAS ONLY 

13 PER CENT OF THE NORMAL AMOUNT. AND THE TOTAL RAINFALL FROM 

NOVEMBER 1983 TO JANUARY 1984, AT 10.9 MM, WAS THE SECOND 

LOWEST ON RECORD FOR THE CORRESPONDING THREE-MONTH PERIOD.


THE WEATHER WAS GENERALLY FINE FROM JANUARY 1 TO 14, 

THOUGH NEW YEAR’S DAY WAS COLD WITH A MINIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 

8.3 DEGREES C.


SLIGHTLY MILDER WEATHER OCCURRED ON JANUARY 2 AND 3, 

BUT A SURGE OF THE WINTER MONSOON ON JANUARY 4 AGAIN BROUGHT 

THE OVERNIGHT MINIMUM TEMPERATURE BELOW 10 DEGREES C ON 

JANUARY 4 AND 5.


THE WEATHER WARMED UP STEADILY FROM JANUARY 6 WITH THE 

AFTERNOON MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE EXCEEDING 20 DEGREES C BETWEEN 

JANUARY 11 AND 13.


IT BECAME CLOUDY IN THE EVENING OF JANUARY 14, BUT THERE 

wERE SUNNY PERIODS THE FOLLOWING DAY WHEN TEMPERATURES IN THE 

AFTERNOON REACHED 22.9 DEGREES C, THE HIGHEST OF THE MONTH.


CLOUDY AND RAINY WEATHER SET IN ON JANUARY 16 FOLLOwI 

THE ARRIVAL OF A MINOR SURGE OF THE WINTER MONSOON FROM ThE 

EAST. THE CLOUDY WEATHER, wITH LIGHT RAIN FROM TIME TO TIME, 

PERSISTED UNTIL JANUARY 26.


A COLD FRONT PASSED SOUTH ACROSS HONG KONG ON JANUARY 1 , 

BRINGING FRESH NORTHERLY WINDS. wINDS TURNED TO EASTERLY DUE I 4G 

THE NIGHT AND BECAME FRESH TO STRONG OFF SHORE THE FOLLOWING 

MORNING.


/nN EITsNSB................


MONDAY, FffiHUAHY 13, 1984


5 -


AN INTENSE SURGE OF THE WINTER MONSOON ARRIVED ON 

JANUARY 21. WINDS AGAIN FRESHENED FROM THE NORTH AND wERE 

STRONG IN EXPOSED PLACES. TEMPERATURES FELL STEADILY DURING 

THE DAY AND A MINIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 8.0 DEGREES C, THE 

LOWEST OF THE MONTH, WAS RECORDED AT THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY 

THE FOLLOWING MORNING. DURING THE SAME MORNING, MINIMUM 

TEMPERATURES OF -0.5 DEGREE C AND 0.9 DEGREE C WERE RECORDED 

AT TAI MO SHAN AND TATE’S CAIRN RESPECTIVELY. THERE WERE 

HOWEVER NO REPORTS OF HOAR FROST. FROM JANUARY 23 TO 26, IT 

WAS GENERALLY COLD AND THERE WAS A BRIEF STRENGTHENING OF 

NORTHERLY WINDS IN SOME PLACES DURING THE MORNING OF JANUARY 25.


A BRIEF INTERLUDE OF FINE WEATHER OCCURRED ON JANUARY 27. 

CLOUDY CONDITIONS RETURNED ON JANUARY 28 AND PERSISTED UNTIL 

THE END OF THE MONTH. LIGHT RAIN WAS ALSO REPORTED BETWEEN 

JANUARY 29 AND 31.


ON JANUARY 31, ANOTHER SURGE OF THE WINTER MONSOON ARRIVED, 

BRINGING STRONG NORTHERLY WINDS TO EXPOSED AREAS DURING THE 

MORNING.


THERE WERE NO TROPICAL CYCLONES OVER THE WESTERN NORTH 

PACIFIC AND THE SOUTH CHINA SEA DURING THE MONTH. NO AIRCRAFT 

WERE DIVERTED FROM HONG KONG DUE TO ADVERSE WEATHER.


A FROST WARNING WAS ISSUED ON JANUARY 21. THE YELLOw FIRt 

DANGER WARNING WAS IN EFFECT ON JANUARY 1 TO 3, 11 TO 17, 19, 

20 AND 28 TO 30 AND THE RED FIRE DANGER WARNING WAS ISSUED 

BETWEEN JANUARY 3 AND 11.


WEATHER 

SYSTEM


SIGNAL


DATE AND TIME 

OF HOISTING


DATE AND TIME 

OF LOWERING


WINTER MONSOON


STRONG MONSOON


JANUARY 20


2.00 AM


JANUARY 20 

12.30 NOON


WINTER MONSOON


STRONG MONSOON


JANUARY 21 

11.30 AM


JANUARY 22 

11.05 AM


WINTER MONSOON


STRONG MONSOON


JANUARY 25


4.10 AM


JANUARY 25


8.33 AM


WINTER MONSOON


STRONG MONSOON


JANUARY 31


3.10 AM


JANUARY 31


9.35 AM




THE MONTH’S FIGURES AND DEPARTURES FROM NORMAL wERE;


SUNSHINE 138.3 HOURS - 15.5 HOURS BELO* NORMml.


RAINFALL 3.5 MM - 23.4 MM EELOW NORMAL


CLOUDINESS 61 % “ 2 9c MORE THAN NORMAL


RELATIVE HUMIDITY 66 % - 5 % LOwER THAN NOF.mAL


MONDAY, FEBRUAHY 13, 1984


MEAN MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE


16.8


6 -


DEG C -


1.9 DEG C BELOW


NORMAL


MEAN TEMPERATURE


14.1


DEG C -


1.5 DEG C BELOw


NORMAL


MEAN MINIMUM TEMPERATURE


11.9


DEG C -


1.3 DEG C BELOW


NORMAL


MEAN DEw POINT


7.4


DEG C -


2.4 DEG C BELOw


NORMAL


TOTAL EVAPORATION


82.3 MM -


23.2 MM BELOW NORMAL




MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 22.9 DEGREES C WAS RECORDED ON


JANUARY 15


MINIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 8.2> DEGREES C WAS RECORDED ON 

JANUARY 22


- - 0 ------------


BETTER FACILITIES OFFERED AT HEW OFFICE 

* * *


THE TO KWA WAN BRANCH OFFICE OF THE APPRENTICE SECTION OF 

THE TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND INDUSTRUAL TRAINING DEPARTMENT (TEITD) 

MOVED INTO MORE SPACIOUS PREMISES TODAY (MONDAY).


THE NEW PREMISES, LOCATED AT 8/F, TO KWA WAN MARKET AND 

GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 165 MA TAU WAI ROAD, PROVIDES MORE FACILITIES 

FOR THE PUBLIC, SUCH AS CONFERENCE ROOMS AND MORE SPACIOUS 

INFORMATION COUNTERS.


.WITH THE EXPANSION, MORE INSPECTORS ARE NOW WORKING AT THE 

BRANCH OFFICE TO OVERSEE THE INTERESTS OF APPRENTICES AND EMPLOYERS.* 

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID.


BETTER SERVICES ARE THUS BEING PROVIDED AT THE PREMISES 

FOR APPRENTICES AND EMPLOYEES IN TO KWA WAN AND SUCH NEARBY DISTRICTS 

AS YAU ME TEI, SAN PO KONG AND KOWLOON CITY.


.INSPECTORS FROM THE BRANCH OFFICE WILL VISIT FACTORIES 

IN THESE FOUR DISTRICTS TO ENSURE THAT PROPER TRAINING IS PROVIDED 

FOR CRAFT APPRENTICES EMPLOYED IN 38 DESIGNATED TRADES,. HE SAID.


ACCORDING TO THE APPRENTICESHIP ORDINANCE, A PERSON UNDER THE 

AGE OF 19 EMPLOYED AS A CRAFT APPRENTICE IN A DESIGNATED TRADE 

SHOULD ENTER INTO A CONTRACT WITH HIS EMPLOYER, AND HAVE IT 

REGISTERED WITH THE DIRECTOR OF TEIT.


THERE ARE FIVE BRANCH OFFICES IN KOWLOON AND HONG KONG ISLAND 

TO ASSIST EMPLOYERS IN PREPARING CONTRACTS AND TO HELP CONCILIATE 

ANY DISPUTE ARISING FROM THE CONTRACTS.


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 1984


NOTE TO EDITORSi


PRESS BRIEFING ON GDP 

* * *


A PRESS BRIEFING ON GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT ESTIMATES WILL BE 

HELD ON WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 15) AT 4 PM IN THE GIS THEATRE, 

FIFTH FLOOR, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, CENTRAL.


FOR REFERENCE BEFORE THE BRIEFING A BOOKLET ON 

.ESTIMATES OF GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT 1966-83* WILL BE MADE 

AVAILABLE TO THE PRESS AT 3 PM.


PRESENT AT THE BRIEFING WILL BE THE COMMISSIONER FOR 

CENSUS AND STATISTICS, MR COLIN GREENFIELD; THE ASSISTANT 

COMMISSIONER FOR CENSUS AND STATISTICS, MR FREDERICK HO i 

THE SENIOR STATISTICIAN, MISS LILY FONG; THE DEPUTY SECRETARY 

(ECONOMIC SERVICES), DR A.A. MCLEAN; AND THE PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT 

SECRETARY (ECONOMIC SERVICES), MRS ANNIE WONG.


----o----


RESIDENTIAL COACH SERVICE SUCCESSFUL 

K . S


RESIDENTIAL COACHES HAVE PROVIDED SERVICES FOR OVER 2.5 

MILLION PASSENGERS SINCE THEIR INTRODUCTION IN FEBRUARY 1982.


THE COACHES SERVE THE NEEDS OF OUTLYING RESIDENTIAL 

AREAS DURING PEAK HOURS. ESPECIALLY THOSE PRIVATE DEVELOPMENTS 

WITH.INADEQUATE PUBLIC TRANSPORT SERVICES.


THERE ARE NOU| 23 RESIDENTIAL COACH SERVICE ROUTES 

THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY, PROVIDING A USEFUL ADDITION TO 

VARIOUS TRANSPORT SERVICES.


OF THESE, 19 ARE IN THE NEW TERRITORIES AND FOUR ON HONG 

KONG ISLAND. A TOTAL OF 58 BUSES ARE AUTHORISED FOR THESE


THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT WILL SOON APPROVE TWO MORE 

ROUTES — ONE FROM WALDORF GARDEN IN TUEN MUN TO TSUEN WAN 

MTR STATION AND THE OTHER FROM SHUEN WAN TEMPORARY HOUSING 

AREA IN TAI PO TO KWUN TONG.


.THIS TYPE OF TRANSPORT SERVICE HAS BEEN VERY USEFUL FOR 

LOWER DENSITY HOUSING AREAS WHICH DO NOT JUSTIFY FULL-DAY 

SERVICES,* A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID.


.THE PROPOSAL FOR NEW SERVICE ROUTES USUALLY COMES FROM 

LOCAL RESIDENTS AND APPLICATIONS SUBMITTED BY THEM WILL BE 

GIVEN SYMPATHETIC CONSIDERATION.*


/U1PDER PHE


MONDAY, FEBHUAHY 1j, 1964


- 8


UNDER THE SCHEME. AN OPERATOR CAN BE GRANTED A TWO-YEAR 

NON-EXCLUSIVE RESIDENTIAL COACH SERVICE LICENCE WITH THE 

SCHEDULES OF SERVICE AND METHOD OF OPERATION STIPULATED BY 

ITHE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT.


.IN APPROVING AN APPLICATION, FACTORS SUCH AS THE ADEQUACY 

OF PUBLIC TRANSPORT SERVICES, TRAFFIC CONDITIONS IN THE AREA 

AND THE AVAILABILITY OF SUITABLE PICKING UP AND SETTING DOWN 

POINTS ARE TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION,. THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


----o----


JOSS HOUSE BAY SEAwALL BEING REPAIRED 

> W *


wORK HAS STARTED ON REPAIRING THE PUBLIC PIER AND SEAwALL 

AT JOSS HOUSE BAY, wHICH WERE DAMAGED BY TYPHOON ELLEN.


THE CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT 

DEPARTMENT RECENTLY AWARDED A 31.1 MILLION CONTRACT TO UNIVERSAL 

DOCKYARD LIMITED TO CARRY OUT THE .ORK.


THE SEAWALL IS 123 METRES LONG AND SUFFERED EXTENSIVE DAMAGE 

ALONG ITS WHOLE LENGTH. THE PUBLIC PIER wAS ONLY SLIGHTLY DAMPED.


A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE GAVE ASSURANCE 

TmAT THE wORK wOULD BE COMPLETED IN TIME FOR THE TIN HAU FEST IV Au 

ON APR IL 23.


LARGE CROWDS GO BY BOATS TO JOSS HOUSE BAY TO ATTEND THE 

FESTIVAL.


----o----


HEALTH WEEK FOR


X


WAN CHAI RESIDENTS 

X X


A HEALTH WEEK TO EDUCATE RESIDENTS ON THE IMPORTANCE 

OF GOOD HEALTH WILL BE LAUNCHED IN WAN CHAI ON SATURDAY 

\rtBnuARf 18).


. IHLD,STRICT B0ARD. THE EVENT IS ORGANISED RY


A WORKING GROUP FORMED LAST NOVEMBER UNDER THE BOARD’S 

anti'—smqkISg'cap£a..MMITTEE IN support of the territory-wide


THE HEALTH WEEK WILL FEATURE AN EXHIBITION, TALKS A 

CROSSWORD PUZZLE AND COMPETITIONS. ’


t AN OPENING CEREMONY, TO BE HELD AT 2 PM ON SATURDAY AT THE 

SOUTHORN PLAYGROUND, WILL BE FOLLOWED BY A THREE-HOUR 

CARNIVAL, ORGANISED BY LOCAL VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, SCHOOLS 

THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG’S MEDICAL SOCIETY AND THE FAMILY 

PLANNING ASSOCIATION. L


MONDAY, FESEDARY 13, 19^4


- 9 -


TWELVE GAMES STALLS, FIVE FREE MEDICAL CHECK-UP POINTS, 

AND AN INFORMATION COUNTER ON FAMILY PLANNING WILL BE PUT 

UP AT THE CARNIVAL.


OFFICIATING AT THE CEREMONY WILL BE THE DISTRICT OFFICER, 

MISS LOLLY CHIU; THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR FRANCIS HO; 

THE WORKING GROUP’S CHAIRMAN, MR ALBERT CHEUNG; AND DISTRICT 

BOARD MEMBERS.


FREE ADMISSION TICKETS AND GAMES COUPONS FOR THE CARNIVAL 

ARE AVAILABLE AT THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT OFFICE, 201 HENNESSY ROAD, 

HONG KONG.


THE HEALTH EXHIBITION WILL BE HELD AT THE LOBBY OF HENNESSY 

CENTRE BETWEEN FEBRUARY 23 AND 27 FROM 10 AM TO 9 PM DAILY.


IT WILL COVER NUTRITION, HOME SECURITY, HARM OF 

ALCOHOLISM AND SMOKING, USAGE OF MEDICINES, AND LOCAL MEDICAL 

FACILITIES AND SERVICES.


NOTE TO EDITORS;


MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE WAN CHAI 

DISTRICT HEALTH WEEK OPENING CEREMONY AND CARNIVAL AT 2 PM 

ON SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 18) AT SOUTHORN PLAYGROUND, WAN CHAI.


------------0------------


DB TO DISCUSS DEVELOPMENT PLANS 

* * *


ISLANDS DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL DISCUSS THE OUTLINE 

DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR TAI 0 AND THE LAYOUT PLAN FOR MUI WO (NORTH) 

AT THEIR MEETING TOMORROW (TUESDAY).


THEY WILL AL80 BE BRIEFED ON THE PROGRESS OF CHEUNG KWAI 

ESTATE ON CHEUNG CHAU AND ON IMPROVEMENT WORKS TO NGONG PING ROAD 

ON LANTAO.


ANOTHER TOPIC FOR DISCUSSION 

DISTRICT BOARD FUNDS FOR A SERIES 

SPORTS ACTIVITIES.


WILL BE THE ALLOCATION OF 

OF FESTIVE CELEBRATIONS AND


NOTE TO EDITORS i


YOU ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE ISLANDS DISTRICT BOARD MEETING 

AT 2 PM TOMORROW (TUESDAY) IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE 

ISLANDS DISTRICT OFFICE ON THE 16TH FLOOR OF SINCERE BUILDING. DES 

VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL.


------------o---------------


/10 ....................


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 1964


10


HEALTH CONTEST FOR CHILDREN 

* * *


SOUTHERN DISTRICT PARENTS -ILL EE LEARNING MORE ABOUT 

THE HEALTH OF THEIR CHILDREN IK A FORTHCOMING COMPETITION.


+ A HEALTHY CHILDREN COMPETITION,* SPONSORED BY THE LOCAL 

DISTRICT BOARD AND ORGANISED BY THE CHI FU FA YUEN YIN NGA I 

SOCIETY, wILL BE HELD ON MARCH 11.


THE COMPETITION IS AIMED AT ENCOURAGING PARENTS TO GIVE 

BETTER CARE AND ATTENTION TO THE HEALTH OF THEIR CHILDREN.


IT WILL BE DIVIDED INTO THREE AGE GROUPS s FROM SIX TO 18 

MONTHS, 19 TO 36 MONTHS, AND THREE TO SIX YEARS.


TWELVE WINNERS - FOUR FROM EACH GROUP - WILL BE SELECTED 

AND AWARDED CASH COUPONS AND MEDALS.


THEY WILL ALSO REPRESENT THEIR DISTRICT IN A TERR I TORY-wI DE 

COMPETITION ON MOTHER’S DAY (MAY 13).


ENTRY FORMS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT 

OFFICE ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF MEI FUNG COURT IN ABERDEEN CENTRE, 

AND ITS SUB-OFFICES IN WAH FU ESTATE AND AT STANLEY VILLAGE ROAD.


COMPLETED FORMS MUST BE RETURNED BEFORE SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 18).


----------u ----------


NEW EQUIPMENT FOR FIRE STATIONS


XXX


NEW FIRE APPLIANCES AND EQUIPMENT WORTH $12 MILLION ARE 

BEING BOUGHT FOR THREE NEW FIRE STATIONS DUE TO OPEN LATER THIS YEAR 

AND TO REPLACE SOME OLD EQUIPMENT, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE FIRE 

SERVICES SAID TODAY.


THREE NEW FIRE STATIONS - THE SAI WAN HO SUB-DIVISIONAL 

FIRE STATION, KOWLOON BAY DIVISIONAL FIRE STATION AND SHUN LEE 

TSUEN SUB-DIVISIONAL FIRE STATION - ARE DUE TO OPEN LATER THIS 

YEAR.


THE NEW APPLIANCES WILL INCLUDE THREE 16-METRE HYDRAULIC 

PLATFORMS COSTING $5.28 MILLION, FOR THE FIRE STATIONS.


TWO TURNTABLE LADDERS wILL REPLACE TWO EXISTING SNORKELS 

WHICH wILL BE ENDING THEIR SERVICEABLE LIFE OF 15 YEARS, AND SEVEN 

LIGHT PUMPING APPLIANCES WILL REPLACE THE EXISTING SEVEN-YEAR OLD 

ONES.


- - - - 0 ------------


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 198*


YOUTH ORCHESTRA TO GIVE CONCERT 

a X X


THE HONG KONG YOUTH SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA (A) OF THE MUSIC 

OFFICE WILL GIVE A CONCERT AS PART OF THE 6TH TSUEN WAN ARTS 

FESTIVAL ON SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 18) EVENING AT THE TSUEN WAN TOWN 

HALL.


TICKETS AT $5 EACH ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE BOX OFFICE OF 

THE TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL AND AT ALL MUSIC CENTRES OF THE MUSIC 

OFFICE.


THE PROGRAMME WILL INCLUDE +FANFARE POUR PRECEDER LA PERI* 

BY DUKAS, +LIGHT CAVALRY OVERTURE* BY SUPPE, PIANO CONCERTO 

NO. 3 OP. 26 BY PROKOFIEFF AND ^PICTURE AT AN EXHIBITION* BY 

MUSSORGSKY.


THE CONCERT WILL BE CONDUCTED BY MR MIRAN KOJI AN, THE 

MUSIC DIRECTOR OF THE HONG KONG CHAMBER ORCHESTRA, THE 

CONCERTMASTER OF THE HONG KONG PHILHARMONIC ORCHESTRA AND GUEST 

CONDUCTOR OF THE HONG KONG YOUTH SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA.


THE SOLOIST OF THE PIANO CONCERTO IS MISS LIANA LAM, WHO 

HAS BEEN SPECIALLY INVITED FROM CANADA TO TAKE PART IN THIS 

PROGRAMME.


ALTHOUGH SHE IS ONLY 16, MISS LAM HAS GIVEN CONCERTS 

IN CANADA, THE UNITED STATES AND JAPAN.


MISS LAM HAS DISTINGUISHED HERSELF SINCE THE AGE OF NINE 

WHEN SHE WAS NAMED WINNER OF THE JUNIOR BACH FESTIVAL AT THE 

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA IN BERKELEY.


- - 0 -


VARIETY SHOW FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE


ABOUT 360 ELDERLY PEOPLE IN SHAU KEI WAN WILL BE TREATED 

TO A LUNAR NEW YEAR VARIETY SHOW ON SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 18).


SPONSORED BY THE EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD, THE EVENT WILL 

AIM AT PROMOTING RESPECT FOR SENIOR CITIZENS IN THE DISTRICT 

AND BRINGING FESTIVE JOY TO THEM.


THE PROGRAMME WILL INCLUDE CANTONESE OPERA PERFORMANCES 

TRADITIONAL CHINESE DANCES, A LUCKY DRAW AND A FEAST.


/THE 15


MONDAY, FBBHUmu U, 1^64


- 12 -


THE 15 ELDEST PARTICIPANTS WILL BE PRESENTED WITH SPECIAL 

PRIZES WHILE THE OTHERS WILL RECEIVE GIFT PACKETS.


THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER (EASTERN), MR STEPHEN NG; 

THE OFFICER-IN-CHARGE OF THE SHAU KEI WAN SUB-OFFICE, 

N? SIMON WONG: AND A DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER, MR LAM TAK-MONG 

WILL ATTEND THE VARIETY SHOW WHICH WILL START AT 4 PM IN MAN 

BONG RESTAURANT, SHAU KEI WAN ROAD.


THE EVENT IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE, 

THE SHAU KEI WAN KAIFONG WELFARE ADVANCEMENT ASSOCIATION AND 

AREA COMMITTEES IN THE DISTRICT.


--.-o----


TRAFFIC CHANGES ON ISLAND, NT 

X £ X


NEW TRAFFIC MEASURES WILL BE IMPLEMENTED ON HONG KONG ISLAND 

AND THE NEW TERRITORIES FROM 10 AM ON WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 15).


IN WAN CHAI, MARSH ROAD BETWEEN HENNESSY ROAD AND LOCKHART 

ROAD, ALONG WITH THE WESTBOUND SECTION OF INNER GLOUCESTER ROAD 

BETWEEN HOUSE NO. 170 AND PERCIVAL STREET, WILL BE DESIGNATED AS 

IfiBAN CLEARWAYS FROM 7 AM TO 10 AM AND FROM 4 PM TO 7 PM DAILY.


NO MOTOR VEHICLES OTHER THAN FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE 

ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS WITHIN THE RESTRICTED 

ZONES.


IN ADDITION, THE EXISTING BAN ON HEAVY VEHICLES AT ABERDEEN 

OLD MAIN STREET FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH ABERDEEN MAIN ROAD TO 

120 METRES NORTH OF THE SAME JUNCTION WILL BE LIFTED.


IN YUEN LONG, THE SECTION OF MA WANG ROAD EAST OF PING WUI 

STREET WILL BE CLOSED FOR ABOUT THREE MONTHS FOR WORK ON THE YUEN 

LONG NORTHERN BYPASS.


----o----


MORE PARKING METERS


Hl .


A TOTAL OF 18 TWO-HOUR PARKING METERS WILL BE OPERATIONAL 

FROM WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 15) IN MEI KING STREET BETWEEN ITS 

JUNCTIONS WITH MEI KWONG STREET AND KWEI CHOW STREET.


THE METERS ARE TO REGULATE THE USE OF ON-STREET PARKING SPACES 

IN THE AREA.


THE CHARGE WILL BE Si FOR EVERY 30 MINUTES.


- - 0 - - - -


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 1984


- 13 -


EARLY MORNING FLYOVER CLOSURE 

ft ft


PRINCESS MARGARET ROAD FLYOVER WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC 

FROM 1 AM TO 6 AM FROM WEDNESDAY TO SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 15-18).


DURING THE CLOSURE, MOTORISTS FROM PRINCESS MARGARET ROAD 

HEADING FOR WATERLOO ROAD AND VICE VERSA ARE ADVISED 

TO PROCEED ON GROUND LEVEL ROADS.


MARKET STALLS FOR LEASE 

ft ft ft


fORTY-FOUR STALLS AT TSUEN WAN MARKET AND CHAI *AN KOK 

COOKED FOOD MARKET IN THE NE* TERRITORIES WILL BE PUT UP 

FOF AUCTION ON FRIDAY (FEBRUARY 17).


THE AUCTION WILL BE HELD AT THE CHILDREN’S PLAYGROUND GN 

THE THIRD FLOOR OF TSUEN WAN MARKET AT 10 AM, SAID A SPOKESMAN. 

OF THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.


FORTY-THREE STALLS ARE AT TSUEN WAN MARKET, AND ARE FOR 

THE SALE OF VEGETABLES, FLOWERS, GROCERIES, HABERDASHERY, 

FRUITS, WITH ONE FOR ICE.


THE UPSET MONTHLY RENTAL RANGES FROM $600 TO $2 500.


THE ONE COOKED FOOD STALL AT CHAI wAN KOK COOKED FOOD 

MARKET HAS AN UPSET MONTHLY RENTAL OF $5 800.


THE STALLS MAY BE OPERATED FOR THREE YEARS FROM MARCH 1.


- - - - 0 ------------


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1984


CONTENTS PACE NO.


GOVERNOR PRAISES BOARD MEMBERS FOR WORK ................................................................ 1


UNEMPLOYMENT SITUATION STABLE................................................................................................ 2


NINE BILLS, 20 QUESTIONS FOR LEGCO ................................................................................ 3


PLAN TO EASE CAUSEWAY BAY TRAFFIC FLOW ................................................................... 4


ACCESS FACILITIES COST 3100 MILLION ............................................................................. 5


SURVEY OF MERCHANT NAVY MANPOWER NEEDS TO BEGIN ....................................... 6


MALAYSIAN PRISON OFFICIALS TO VISIT HK ...................................................................


FERRY TERMINAL CCNTRACTS AWARDED ...................................................................................... 7


MARKET TO BE BUILT AT KWU TUNG.............................................................................. 8


FESTIVAL FOR HANG HAU RESIDENTS ......................................................................................... 8


WORKSHOPS ON LISTENING COMPREHENSION ......................................................................... 9


SEMINARS TO PROMOTE CHINESE MUSIC ................................................................................... 10


PARKING METERS FOR KWAI CHUNG ................................................................................................ 10


WATER FIGURES.................................................................................................................................................. 10


HALF-HOUR MORE FOR LEARNER DRIVERS ................................................................................ 11


SPRING RECEPTION ......................................................................................................................................... 11


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1984


1 -


GOVERNOR PRAISES BOARD MEMBERS FOR WORK 

* * *


THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE. TODAY (TUESDAY) PRAISED 

COMMUNITY LEADERS AND DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS FOR THEIR IMPORTANT 

CONTRIBUTINN TO THE ACTIVITIES AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE HONG KONG 

COMMUNITY.


SIR EDWARD SPEAKING IN PUTONGHUA, WAS ADDRESSING A GATHERING 

OF MORE THAN 1 300 PEOPLE FROM ALL WALKS OF LIFE AT A SPRING 

RECEPTION GIVEN BY THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION.


HE SAID HONG KONG PEOPLE FACED AND OVERCAME A SERIES OF 

CHALLENGES AND DIFFICULTIES WITH PRAGMATISM AND DETERMINATION 

LAST YEAR.


8IR EDWARD ALSO OFFERED A NEW YEAR TOAST AND REPEATED HIS 

GREETINGS IN CANTONESE.


THE GOVERNOR AND LADY YOUDE LATER MINGLED WITH THE GUESTS, 

ACCOMPANIED BY THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, 

DAVID AKERS-JONES, AND HIS WIFE.


GUESTS ATTENDING THE ANNUAL RECEPTION INCLUDED MEMBERS OF 

DISTRICT BOARDS, HEUNG YEE KUK, COMMUNITY ORGANISATIONS AND 

INTEREST GROUPS.


THEY WERE GREETED BY THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR NEW 

TERRITORIES, MR IAN MACPHERSONl THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG 

AND KOWLOON, MR BARRIE WIGGHAMr AND OFFICIALS OF THE 18 DISTRICT 

OFFICES.


THE FOLLOWING IS THE TEXT OF THE GOVERNOR'S SPEECH AT THE 

CNTA SPRING RECEPTIONi


. I AM DELIGHTED TO BE WITH YOU HERE TODAY TO CELEBRATE THE 

CHINESE NEW YEAR.

. LAST YEAR THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG FACED AND OVERCAME A 

SERIES OF CHALLENGES AND DIFFICULTIES WITH PRAGMATISM AND 

DETERMINATION. EACH ONE OF YOU HAS MADE AN IMPORTANT CONTRIBUTION 

TO THE ACTIVITIES AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE HONG KONG COMMUNITY AND 

I AM VERY PLEASED THAT YOUR EFFORTS HAVE BEEN WELL REWARDED.

. THE RAT IS A SYMBOL OF INTELLIGENCE, TACTFULNESS AND VITALITY, 

WHILE 'JI AZI’ IS THE BEGINNING OF A NEW CYCLE OF SIXTY YEARS 

IN THE TRADITIONAL CHINESE CALENDAR. THE YEAR OF THE RAT THEREFORE 

MARKS AN ERA OF VIM AND VIGOUR. I WISH YOU ALL EVERY SUCCESS IN 

THE NEW YEAR. AND HOPE THAT WITH ALL YOUR EFFORTS, HONG KONG WILL 

CONTINUE TO DEVELOP AND PROSPER. LET US NOW RAISE OUR GLASS TO 

TOAST A HAPPY CHINESE NEW YEAR.+



------------0------------


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1984 

- 2 -


UNEMPLOYMENT SITUATION STABLE 

ft ft ft *


THE UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMENT SITUATION REMAINED STABLE 

IN THE OCTOBER - DECEMBER QUARTER LAST YEAR, ACCORDING TO THE LATEST 

LABOUR FORCE STATISTICS RELEASED TODAY (TUESDAY) BY THE CENSUS AND 

STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.


THE SEASONALLY ADJUSTED UNEMPLOYMENT RATE FOR THE PERIOD WAS 

4.1 PER CENT, THE SAME AS THAT RECORDED FOR THE QUARTER ENDING 

NOVEMBER.


WHEN COMPARED WITH THE RATE OF 3.8 PER CENT FOR THE PREVIOUS 

QUARTER ENDING SEPTEMBER 1983, AND 3.9 PER CENT FOR THE QUARTER 

ENDING DECEMBER 1982, THE CHANGES ARE NOT STATISTICALLY SIGNIFICANT, 

THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT.


THE NUMBER OF UNEMPLOYED PERSONS IN THE QUARTER ENDING 

DECEMBER 1983 WAS ESTIMATED TO BE 109 900, COMPARED WITH 98 100 FOR 

THE QUARTER ENDING SEPTEMBER 1983, AND 98 700 FOR THE SAME QUARTER 

OF 1982.


THE UNDEREMPLOYMENT RATE FOR OCTOBER - DECEMBER 1983 WAS 

ESTIMATED TO BE 1.4 PER CENT WHILE THAT FOR JULY - SEPTEMBER 1983 

WAS 1.6 PER CENT. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THESE TWO RATES IS NOT 

STATISTICALLY SIGNIFICANT. THE ESTIMATE OF THE NUMBER OF 

UNDEREMPLOYED PERSONS WAS 36 800 FOR THE QUARTER ENDING DECEMBER, 

AS COMPARED WITH 39 900 FOR THE PREVIOUS QUARTER ENDING SEPTEMBER 

1983.


CONSISTENT WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL 

LABOUR ORGANISATION, PERSONS WHO WORKED LESS THAN 39 HOURS A 

WEEK WERE REGARDED AS UNDEREMPLOYED ONLY IF THEY WERE SEEKING 

MORE WORK OR WERE NOT SEEKING MORE WORK BECAUSE THEY BELIEVED 

MORE WORK WAS NOT AVAILABLE, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


IN COMMENTING UPON THESE FIGURES, THE COMMISSIONER FOR 

CENSUS AND STATISTICS SAID THAT BECAUSE THE PROPORTION OF 

FIRST-TIME JOB-SEEKERS (E.G. PEOPLE WHO HAVE JUST LEFT SCHOOL) 

VARIES FROM MONTH TO MONTH, THE UNEMPLOYMENT RATES WHICH HAD 

BEEN SEASONALLY ADJUSTED FOR THE VARIATION IN FIRST-TIME 

JOB-SEEKERS SHOULD BE USED IN MAKING COMPARISONS OVER TIME. 

THE UNADJUSTED UNEMPLOYMENT RATE FOR THE QUARTER ENDING 

DECEMBER 1983 WAS 4.3 PER CENT.


THE UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMENT STATISTICS WERE 

OBTAINED FROM A CONTINUOUS GENERAL HOUSEHOLD SURVEY CONDUCTED 

BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT. THIS SURVEY COVERS A 

QUARTERLY SAMPLE OF 19 000 HOUSEHOLDS OR 99 000 PERSONS, 

SELECTED SCIENTIFICALLY TO REPRESENT THE LAND-BASED CIVILIAN 

NON-INSTITUTIONAL POPULATION IN HONG KONG. PERSONAL AND 

LABOUR FORCE DATA WERE OBTAINED IN THE SURVEY BY INTERVIEWING 

EACH I'NDIVIDUAL MEMBER IN THE HOUSEHOLD SAMPLED.


DETAILED ANALYSIS OF THE LABOUR FORCE CHARACTERISTICS IS 

GIVEN IN THE REPORT ON THE GENERAL HOUSEHOLD SURVEY WHICH IS 

PUBLISHED FOUR TIMES A YEAR. THE NEXT REPORT COVERING THE 

QUARTER ENDING DECEMBER 1983 SHOULD BE AVAILABLE FROM THE 

GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE AROUND MARCH 20.


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1984


3


NINE BILLS, 20 QUESTIONS FOR LEGCO 

* * ft *


THREE BILLS ARE DUE FOR FINAL READINGS AND SIX OTHERS ~ 

INCLUDING A PRIVATE MEMBER'S BILL — WILL BE INTRODUCED IN THE 

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).


IN ADDITION, THERE WILL BE 20 QUESTIONS ASKED BY UNOFFICIAL 

MEMBERS ON A WIDE VARIETY OF MATTERS, RANGING FROM THE 

DEVELOPMENT OF UP-TO-DATE GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT STATISTICS, 

THE STANDARD OF TRANSLATION IN THE CIVIL SERVICE, MONITORING 

AND ASSESSMENT OF PUBLIC OPINION, TO PENALTIES FOR INADEQUATE 

BUS MAINTENANCE AND THE STRENGTH OF THE POLICE FORCE.


DUE FOR COMMITTEE STAGE AND FINAL READING ARE THEi


* PUBLIC FINANCE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, DEALING WITH 

REFUNDS OR DRAWBACKS AND THE POWER TO SIGN ALLOCATION 

WARRANTS,

* RATING (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, PROPOSING TO EXTEND THE 

RELIEF SCHEME FOR ALL TENEMENTS FROM APRIL 1, AND



. PAWNBROKERS BILL 1983, IMPROVING THE LEGAL FRAMEWORK 

FOR CONDUCTING PAWNBROKING.


THE FOLLOWING WILL BE INTRODUCED, PRIOR TO ADJOURNMENT OF 

DEBATE TO MARCH 14i


* PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, 

PROVIDING, AMONG OTHER THINGS, A REQUIREMENT FOR 

ACCOUNTANTS TO SIT FOR A LOCAL LAW EXAMINATION,

* FIXED PENALTY (TRAFFIC CONTRAVENTIONS) (AMENDMENT) 

BILL 1984, AND



ft FIXED PENALTY (CRIMINAL PROCEEDINGS) (AMENDMENT) 

BILL 1984, BOTH AIMED AT IMPROVING THE FIXED PENALTY 

PROCEDURE,


ft PEAK TRAMWAY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, DEALING WITH THE 

COMPANY'S PERMIT FEE, AND THE


ft LABOUR TRIBUNAL (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, DEALING WITH 

POWER TO SET ASIDE AN ORDER MADE IN THE ABSENCE OF 

A DEFENDANT, AND TO DISPOSE OF CERTAIN CLAIMS.


AN UNOFFICIAL MEMBER'S BILL — THE MATILDA AND WAR MEMORIAL 

HOSPITAL (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, — WILL ALSO BE INTRODUCED IN THE 

COUNCIL TOMORROW.


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1984


4


PLAN TO EASE CAUSEWAY BAY TRAFFIC FLOW 

ft ft ft ft


A TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEME TO EASE CONGESTION IN CAUSEWAY 

BAY WILL BE INTRODUCED IN GLOUCESTER ROAD, OUTSIDE WORLD TRADE 

CENTRE FROM THURSDAY (FEBRUARY 16).


THE SCHEME WILL PROVIDE A SHORT-TERM IMPROVEMENT TO THE TRAFFIC 

CONDITIONS AROUND THE KINGSTON STREET-PATERSON STREET-GLOUCESTER 

ROAD AREA.


A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SAID, .TRAFFIC 

DIVERTED INTO THE AREA FOLLOWING THE OPENING OF THE TAI HANG 

ROAD FLYOVER WAS ONE OF THE MAIN CAUSES OF CONGESTION..


.THE SITUATION BECOMES WORSE DURING PEAK HOURS WHEN VEHICLES 

ON GLOUCESTER ROAD OUTSIDE WORLD TRADE CENTRE TRY TO JOIN THE 

QUEUE TOWARDS THE CROSS HARBOUR TUNNEL OR TO WEAVE ACROSS TOWARDS 

THE CENTRAL-BOUND LANE,* HE SAID.


HE SAID THAT THE SITUATION WOULD BE REMEDIED WHEN THE NEW 

FLYOVER NOW BEING CONSTRUCTED IS OPENED TO TRAFFIC FROM THE TAI 

HANG ROAD FLYOVER TO JOIN DIRECTLY WITH THE WESTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY 

OF VICTORIA PARK ROAD.


THE FLYOVER IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED IN OCTOBER THIS YEAR.


.HOWEVER, DURING THE INTERIM PERIOD. IT IS CONSIDERED NECESSARY 

TO INTRODUCE 80ME TRAFFIC MEASURES TO REDUCE CONGESTION,. HE SAID.


UNDER THE SCHEME, THE NARROW EXIT FROM GLOUCESTER ROAD ONTO 

VICTORIA PARK ROAD OUTSIDE WORLD TRADE CENTRE WILL BE CLOSED TO 

TRAFFIC DURING THE HOURS FROM 8 AM TO 10 AM AND FROM 5 PM TO 7 PM 

DAILY EXCEPT SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS.


DURING THE CLOSURE OF THE EXIT, VEHICLES ON GLOUCESTER 

ROAD OUTSIDE WORLD TRADE CENTRE WISHING TO GO TO KOWLOON VIA 

CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL CAN USE THE FOLLOWING ALTERNATIVE ROUTES i


ft GLOUCESTER ROAD WESTBOUND SERVICE ROAD, 

STEWART ROAD SOUTHBOUND, LOCKHART ROAD 

EASTBOUND, MARSH ROAD FLYOVER NORTHBOUND, 

HUNG HING ROAD WESTBOUND, TONNOCHY ROAD 

SOUTHBOUND AND REJOIN GLOUCESTER ROAD 

EASTBOUND.


ft PERCIVAL STREET SOUTHBOUND, LEIGHTON ROAD 

WESTBOUND, WONG NAI CHUNG ROAD AND CANAL 

ROAD FLYOVER NORTHBOUND.


/* WESTBOUND UP-iiAL? ................


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1984


5


* WESTBOUND UP-RAMP TO CANAL ROAD FLYOVER, 

CANAL ROAD FLYOVER SOUTHBOUND, CANAL ROAD 

EAST SOUTHBOUND, LEIGHTON ROAD WESTBOUND, 

MORRISON HILL ROAD NORTHBOUND, TIN LOK 

LANE NORTHBOUND, MARSH ROAD FLYOVER 

NORTHBOUND, HUNG HING ROAD WESTBOUND, 

TONNOCHY ROAD SOUTHBOUND AND REJOIN 

GLOUCESTER ROAD EASTBOUND.



TO ENABLE VEHICLES TO REACH GLOUCESTER ROAD WESTBOUND SERVICE 

ROAD AND THE WESTBOUND UP-RAMP TO CANAL ROAD FLYOVER VIA THE 

WESTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF VICTORIA PARK ROAD, AN ADDITIONAL EXIT, 

ABOUT 80 METRES WEST OF THE EXISTING EXIT, WILL BE OPENED TO 

TRAFFIC.


ACCESS FACILITIES 

ft ft


COST *100 MILLION 

ft


ACCESS FACILITIES FOR THE WAN CHAI RECLAMATION, COSTING 

MORE THAN *100 MILLION, ARE EXPECTED TO BE READY IN EARLY 1987 

TO COPE WITH THE FUTURE MASSIVE DEVELOPMENT IN THE AREA.


THE FACILITIES INCLUDE SEVERAL FLYOVERS 

OR EXTENSIONS, NEW CARRIAGEWAYS AND TRAFFIC 

INTERSECTIONS.


. 13 NEW FOOTBRIDGES 

SIGNALS AT SIX


MEMBERS OF THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT BOARD WILL DISCUSS THESE 

PROPOSALS AT THEIR MEETING ON FEBRUARY 81 (TUESDAY).


AT A PRESS BRIEFING TODAY (TUESDAY), THE DISTRICT OFFICER. 

MISS LOLLY CHIU, SAID THAT EXTENSIVE DEVELOPMENTS ON THE RECLAMATION 

AND THE ADJOINING AREAS WOULD GENERATE HEAVY VEHICULAR AND 

PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC.


. TO CATER FOR THE ENVISAGED TRAFFIC DEMANDS, A STUDY WAS 

CONDUCTED LAST YEAR BY A CONSULTANT FIRM FOR THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE 

OF THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT,. SHE SAID.

. A DRAFT PRELIMINARY REPORT WAS COMPLETED RECENTLY AND 

SUBMITTED TO VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS FOR COMMENTS..



BESIDES THE ACCESS FACILITIES, PROPOSALS MADE IN THE REPORT 

TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC INCLUDEi


ft PROHIBITION OF ON-STREET PARKING.


ft PROVISION OF PICK-UP AND SET-DOWN LAY-BYS IN HARBOUR ROAD.


ft LEFT TURN ONLY FOR MOVEMENTS INTO AND OUT OF CAR PARKS.


ft PROHIBITION OF RIGHT TURNS WITHIN THE RECLAMATION EXCEPT 

FOR TRAFFIC FROM SEAFRONT ROAD TO FENWICK PIER STREET. 

AND AT THE JUNCTIONS OF TONNOCHY ROAD, SEAFRONT ROAD AND 

HUNG HING ROAD, AS WELL AS OF MARSH ROAD AND HUNG HING ROAD.


ft PROHIBITION OF RIGHT TURNS SOUTH OF GLOUCESTER ROAD AT 

THE JUNCTION OF LOCKHART ROAD AND FLEMING ROAD.


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1984


6


SURVEY OF MERCHANT NAVY MANPOWER NEEDS TO BEGIN


4 4*4


A SURVEY WILL BE CARRIED OUT BETWEEN MARCH 1 AND 31 TO 

ASCERTAIN THE MANPOWER SITUATION OF THE MERCHANT NAVY AND 

TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR LOCAL OFFICERS AND RATINGS.


THE SURVEY WILL BE CONDUCTED BY THE MERCHANT NAVY TRAINING 

BOARD OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL, WITH THE ASSISTANCE 

OF THE MARINE DEPARTMENT.


A TOTAL OF 63 SHIPPING COMPANIES WHICH ARE MAJOR EMPLOYERS 

OF HONG KONG SEAMEN WILL BE COVERED IN THE SURVEY.


THE COMPANIES WILL BE ASKED ABOUT THE MANPOWER REQUIREMENT 

FOR THEIR SHIPS, INCLUDING THE NUMBER OF HONG KONG OFFICERS AND 

RATINGS PRESENTLY EMPLOYED AND TO BE EMPLOYED AND THE QUALIFICATIONS 

REQUIRED.


BASED ON THE FINDINGS, THE BOARD WILL MAKE A FORECAST ON 

THE DEMAND FOR HONG KONG SEAMEN IN THE NEXT FEW YEARS.


.THE SURVEY IS ESSENTIAL FOR THE BOARD TO FORMULATE 

RECOMMENDATIONS AND PLANS ON MANPOWER TRAINING FOR THE INDUSTRY,. 

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE MERCHANT NAVY TRAINING BOARD, MR FRANK CHAO 

SAID.


NE URGED EMPLOYERS TO CO-OPERATE IN THE SURVEY AND SUPPLY 

ACCURATE DATA.


.THE INFORMATION COLLECTED WILL BE HANDLED IN STRICT 

CONFIDENCE AND WILL BE PUBLISHED ONLY IN THE FORM OF STATISTICAL 

SUMMARIES WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ANY INDIVIDUAL COMPANY,. HE 

STRESSED.


QUESTIONNAIRES AND EXPLANATORY NOTES ABOUT THE SURVEY HAVE 

BEEN SENT TO THE COMPANIES.


DURING THE SURVEY PERIOD, OFFICERS FROM THE NARINE DEPARTMENT 

WILL VISIT THE COMPANIES TO PROVIDE ASSISTANCE AND COLLECT 

COMPLETED QUESTIONNAIRES.


----o----


/7 ....................


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1984


7


MALAYSIAN PRISON OFFICIALS TO VISIT HK


X * .


A DELEGATION OF 16 SENIOR MALAYSIAN PRISON OFFICIALS WILL 

ARRIVE HERE ON THURSDAY (FEBRUARY 16) ON A FIVE-DAY TOUR TO 

STUDY VARIOUS CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTIONS AND PROGRAMMES IN HONG 

KONG.


LED BY MALAYSIA’S DIRECTOR GENERAL OF PRISONS, DATO’ IBRAHIM 

B. HJ. MOHAMED, THE DELEGATION WILL VISIT SECURITY PRISONS, 

TRAINING CENTRES, AN ADDICTION TREATMENT CENTRE, A PSYCHIATRIC 

CENTRE, AND THE STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE OF THE CORRECTIONAL 

SERVICES.


THEY WILL ALSO HOLD DISCUSSIONS WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF 

CORRECTIONAL SERVICES, MR THOMAS GARNER.


----o----


FERRY TERMINAL CONTRACTS AWARDED 

* * *


TWO CONTRACTS TOTALLING ALMOST >840 000 HAVE BEEN AWARDED BY 

THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IN CONNECTION WITH A TEMPORARY 

INTERNATIONAL FERRY TERMINAL AT SHA TIN.


ONE INVOLVES ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION WORK IN THE SINGLESTOREY 

TERMINAL BUILDING AND IS VALUED AT ABOUT S765 000. IT HAS 

BEEN AWARDED TO TUNG YUEN HONG AND ELECTRICAL COMPANY LIMITED.


THE OTHER, VALUED AT ABOUT >70 000, IS FOR FIRE SERVICES 

INSTALLATION AND HAS BEEN AWARDED TO ARNHOLD AND COMPANY LIMITED.


WORK ON THE TEMPORARY FERRY TERMINAL STARTED IN DECEMBER.


THE $4.2 MILLION PROJECT WILL CATER FOR FERRY SERVICES 

LINKING HONG KONG AND THE HOLIDAY RESORTS OF DAI MEI SHA AND XIAO 

MEI SHA, SHENZHEN.


THE TERMINAL BUILDING WILL INCLUDE OFFICE ACCOMMODATION FOR 

POLICE AS WELL AS IMMIGRATION, MARINE AND CUSTOMS OFFICIALS.


THERE WILL ALSO BE AN ARRIVAL AND DEPARTURE HALL AND A 

BUS AND TAXI LAY-BY AREA IN FRONT OF THE BUILDING.


IT WILL BE READY FOR USE BY THE MIDDLE OF THE YEAR.


- - 0 - -


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1984


8


MARKET TO BE BUILT AT KWU TUNG


* * *


THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS 

FOR A MARKET BUILDING AT KWU TUNG IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.


IT WILL ACCOMMODATE LOCAL SHOP OPERATORS WHOSE PREMISES ARE 

REQUIRED FOR IMPROVEMENT WORK TO THE NEW TERRITORIES CIRCULAR 

ROAD BETWEEN AU TAU AND FAN KAM.


THE MARKET WILL BE 

THE EASTERN SIDE OF THE


BUILT ON A 5 OOO SQUARE-METRE SITE ON 

EXISTING 01 WAH SCHOOL.


THE CONTRACT WILL INCLUDE CONSTRUCTION OF A TWO-STOREY 

MARKET BUILDING, A ONE-STOREY SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT, A 

TRANSFORMER ROOM AND ANCILLIARY WORKS.


WORK IS EXPECTED TO COMMENCE IN EARLY APRIL AND TAKE 

ONE YEAR TO COMPLETE.


THE PROJECT HAS BEEN DESIGNED ON BEHALF OF THE ENGINEERING 

DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT'S HIGHWAYS OFFICE BY A JOINT GROUP OF 

CONSULTANTS COMPRISING BINNIE AND PARTNERS (HONG KONG), WILBUR 

SMITH AND ASSOCIATES AND HARRIS AND SUTHERLAND (FAR EAST).


- - - - 0 ----------


FESTIVAL FOR HANG HAU RESIDENTS 

ft ft ft


RESIDENTS IN NANG HAU, SAI KUNG WILL CELEBRATE THE LANTERN 

FESTIVAL WITH A VARIETY OF ACTIVITIES AT THE LOCAL RURAL COMMITTEE 

OFFICE.


THE FESTIVAL — THE 15TH DAY OF THE FIRST LUNAR MONTH — 

FALLS ON THURSDAY (FEBRUARY 16) THIS YEAR.


THE DAY'S EVENT WILL BEGIN AT 12 NOON WITH UNICORN AND LION 

DANCES, TO BE FOLLOWED BY PRIZE PRESENTATIONS TO WINNERS OF A 

DRAWING COMPETITION AND A CROSS-WORD PUZZLE HELD IN THE DISTRICT 

EARLIER.


THE OCCASION WILL ALSO MARK THE BEGINNING OF A THREE-DAY 

HANG HAU FESTIVAL - AN ANNUAL EVENT SINCE LAST YEAR TO PROMOTE 

THE RELATIONSHIP AMONG LOCAL RESIDENTS AND TO STRENGTHEN PUBLIC 

UNDERSTANDING OF THE AREA.


OTHER ACTIVITIES IN THE FESTIVAL WILL INCLUDE A MINI-SOCCER 

MATCH, A CARNIVAL FOR YOUNG PEOPLE AND A LANTERN RIDDLE.


/the festival ...............


TUESDAY, FjsBHUAKY 14, 19&4


- 9 -


THE FESTIVAL WILL BE ROUNDED OFF WITH A VARIETY SHOW 

FEATURING A POP CONCERT, AN ACROBATIC AND MAGIC PERFORMANCE, 

AND A CANTONESE OPERA ON SATURDAY, STARTING AT 7.30 PM.


ALL THE ACTIVITIES WILL BE STAGED AT THE CHENG CHIK CHEE 

SECONDARY SCHOOL.


THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT BOARD AND LOCAL ORGANISATIONS HAVE 

CONTRIBUTED $44 000 FOR THE FESTIVAL.


ADMISSION TO ALL ACTIVITIES IS FREE.


NOTE TO EDITORSi


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE HANG HAU FESTIVAL OPENING 

CEREMONY AT 12 NOON ON THURSDAY (FEBRUARY 16) AT THE OFFICE 

OF THE HANG HAU RURAL COMMITTEE, HANG HAU ROAD IN CLEAR WATER 

BAY.


----o----


WORKSHOPS ON LISTENING COMPREHENSION 

M I .


THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE WILL HOLD TWO IDENTICAL 

WORKSHOPS ON THE TEACHING OF LISTENING COMPREHENSION FOR TEACHERS 

OF ENGLISH IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS.


THE TWO-DAY WORKSHOPS WILL BE HELD AT THE TEACHING CENTRE’S 

HONG KONG AND KOWLOON OFFICES ON FEBRUARY 28 AND MARCH 1, AND ON 

MARCH 7 AND 9.


THE WORKSHOPS WILL INCLUDE TALKS AND DEMONSTRATIONS. 

PARTICIPANTS WILL BE GIVEN A CHANCE TO DESIGN A LISTENING 

COMPREHENSION EXERCISE SUITABLE FOR USE IN THEIR OWN CLASSES.


EACH WORKSHOP WILL ACCOMMODATE 20 TEACHERS, AND CERTIFICATES 

OF ATTENDANCE WILL BE AWARDED TO THOSE WHO HAVE SATISFACTORILY 

COMPLETED THE COURSE.


HEADS OF PRIMARY SCHOOLS WHO WISH TO SEND TEACHERS TO THE 

WORKSHOPS SHOULD SUBMIT THEIR NOMINATIONS TO THE SENIOR INSPECTOR 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE, 9A BONHAM ROAD, HONG KONG BY 

FEBRUARY 21.


ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE AT THE CENTRE ON 5-482537.


----------0------------


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1984


10


SEMINARS TO PROMOTE CHINESE MUSIC 

* * 4


EIGHT SEMINARS ON CHINESE MUSIC WILL BE HELD AT THE YAUMATEI 

AND MONG KOK MUSIC CENTRES FROM SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 18) TO MARCH 24.


ORGANISED BY THE MUSIC OFFICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE 

DEPARTMENT, THE SEMINARS ARE AIMED AT PROMOTING INTEREST IN CHINESE 

MUSIC.


THEY INCLUDE AUDIO-VISUAL AIDS AND DEMONSTRATIONS BY NOTED 

CHINESE MUSICIANS.


FREE TICKETS FOR THE SEMINARS CAN BE OBTAINED AT ALL MUSIC 

CENTRES OF THE MUSIC OFFICE ON A FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS.


PARKING METERS FOR KWAI CHUNG 

* 4 4


A TOTAL OF 176 PARKING METERS WILL BE INSTALLED OVER A TWO-DAY 

PERIOD FROM THURSDAY (FEBRUARY 16) IN KWAI CHUNG TO REGULATE THE 

USE OF ON-STREET PRIVATE CAR AND GOODS VEHICLE PARKING SPACES 

THERE.


THE NEW METERS AT SHING FONG STREET, LAI FONG STREET, SHUN FONG 

STREET, YAN FONG STREET, KO FONG STREET, KWONG FAI CIRCUlV, KWONG 

FAI LANE AND TA CHUEN PING STREET CAR PARK WILL OPERATE UPON 

INSTALLATION.


- - 0 -


WATER FIGURES 

* 4 *


STORAGE IN HONG KONG’S RESERVOIRS AT 9 AM YESTERDAY (MONDAY) 

STOOD AT 84.7 PER CENT OF CAPACITY OR 496.314 MILLION CUBIC METRES.


THIS TIME LAST YEAR THE RESERVOIRS CONTAINED 411.686 MILLION 

CUBIC METRES OF WATER, REPRESENTING 70.2 PER CENT OF CAPACITY.


11


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1984


- 11 -


half-hour more for learner drivers


. . I


THE PERMITTED NIGHT DRIVING HOURS FOR LEARNER DRIVERS WILL BE 

EXTENDED BY HALF-AN-HOUR DAILY TO 11.30 PM FROM TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY), 

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY.


THE REVISED HOURS WILL BE 6 AM TO 7.30 AM, 9.30 AM TO 4.30 PM, 

AND 7.30 PM TO 11.30 PM.


MEANWHILE, THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT IS RE-ASSESSING THE 

TRAINING AND TEST ROUTES FOR LEARNER DRIVERS IN THE WONG CHUK HANG 

AREA, HE ADDED.


- - - - 0 ------------


NOTE TO EDI TORSi-


SPRING RECEPTION 

4 *


MORE THAN 430 COMMUNITY LEADERS, DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS 

AND GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS WILL ATTEND THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT 

OFFICE’S SPRING RECEPTION AT 3.30 PM ON THURSDAY (FEBRUARY 16) 

AT THE TELFORD CHINESE RESTAURANT, TELFORD COMMERCIAL ARCADE 

IN KOWLOON BAY.


AT THE RECEPTION, THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG 

AND KOWLOON, MR BARRIE WIGGHAM, WILL PRESENT CERTIFICATES OF 

APPRECIATION TO MEMBERS OF 60 LOCAL ORGANISATIONS. INCLUDING 

MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES, SCHOOLS AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, IN 

RECOGNITION OF THEIR SERVICES TO THE COMMUNITY.


YOU ARE WELCOME TO ATTEND THE RECEPTION.


-------------0------------


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE NO.


LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEETING;


PROPOSALS FOR FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF LOCAL ADMIN I STRATI ON 1


PUBLIC' VIEWS ARE PICKED UP THROUGH 16 CHANNELS ................................. 5


IMITATION FIREARMS TO BE'BANNED'................................................................................


NEW APPROACH TO GDP' ESTIMATES USED ...................................................................... 7


BUSES MUST PASS STRINGENT TESTS ............................................................................... 8


ACCIDENT VICTIM FAMILIES GET FINANCIAL AID ............................................. 9


FRUSTRATION WILL GROW IN VR CAMPS ......................................................................... 9


NO BLOOD SHORTAGE FOR ACUTE SURGERY - THONG .......................................... 10


SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK SCHEME WIDELY USED ............................................................. 11


TRAFFIC PENALTY LAW TIDIED UP ...................................................................................... 12


PAWNBROKERS' LIABILITY FOR THEFT EASED ......................................................... 13


SEVEN FOOTBRIDGES GET HIGHER PRIORITY ............................................................. 15


NO PRESENT PLAN FOR TRUNK ROAD ................................................................................... 15


GOVERNMENT SATISFIED WITH STANDARD OF TRANSLATION ....................... 16


BILL SEEKS STRIKE OUT POWER FOR TRIBUNAL ................................................... 18


REVIEW OF LAND SITES FOR TEMPORARY USE.......................................................... 19


FIRE DANGER GREATER IN HILLSIDE SQUATTER AREAS ................................ 19


MORE LAWS TRANSLATED INTO CHINESE.........................................................................


/LABOUR EDUCATION....................


LABOUR EDUCATION PROMOTED ................................................................................................... 21


TAG TO CONSIDER SCHEME ON CaR CHECKS ................................................................ 22


MORE POLICE POSTS INCLUDED IN DRAFT ESTIMATES .................................... 22


NE./ RULES FOR ACCOUNTANTS ................................................................................................... 23


GUARDIANSHIP OF HANDICAPPED............................................................................................ 23


PEAK TRAM PERMIT FEE SET ...................................................................................................... 24


AMENDMENT TO HOSPITAL ORDINANCE SOUGHT' .......................................................... 24


THREE BILLS PASSED ......................................................................................................................... 25


ADMIRALTY II SITE SOLD FOR 3380 MILLION............................... 26


COURT TO LOOK INTO 'OSPREY' LOSS ...................................................................................... 26


ARE YOU FORCING OTHERS TO SMOKE? ...................................................................................... 27


.CONCERN FOR N3EI GENERATION+ COMMITTEE FORMED ............................................. 28


LUNCHEON TALK.................................................................................................................................................. 2?


INLAND REVENUE OPENING SHA TIN OFFICE...................................................................... 29


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1984


1


PROPOSALS FOR FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF LOCAL ADMINISTRATION


*****


PROPOSALS FOR THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF HONG KONG’S SYSTEM 

OF LOCAL ADMINISTRATION WERE ANNOUNCED BY THE CHIEF SECRETARY 

SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).


IF IMPLEMENTED THEY WILL REPRESENT A FURTHER STEP IN THE 

PROCESS WHICH BEGAN IN JUNE 1980 WHEN THE GREEN PAPER ON *A PATTERN 

OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION IN HONG KONG* WAS PUBLISHED.


THE GREEN PAPER WAS FOLLOWED BY A WHITE PAPER ON DISTRICT 

ADMINISTRATION IN HONG KONG IN JANUARY 1981, WHICH DESCRIBED THE 

GOVERNMENT’S INTENTIONS AS REGARDS THE NEW PATTERN OF DISTRICT 

ADMINISTRATION TO BE INTRODUCED. THESE WERE, BRIEFLY!


(A) TO ESTABLISH DISTRICT BOARDS, WITH AN ELECTED ELEMENT, 

IN EACH OF THE EIGHTEEN DISTRICTS THROUGHOUT HONG KONG 

ISLAND, KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES;

(B) TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF ELECTED MEMBERS OF THE URBAN 

COUNCIL TO 15, EACH REPRESENTING A SEPARATE CONSTITUENCY; 

AND

(C) TO CREATE A NEW ELECTORAL FRANCHISE FOR ALL PERSONS AGED 

21 YEARS AND ABOVE WITH 7 YEARS' ORDINARY RESIDENCE IN 

HONG KONG, WHICH WOULD APPLY TO BOTH THE DISTRICT BOARD 

AND URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS.



ELECTIONS FOR THE NEW DISTRICT BOARDS WERE HELD DURING 1982 

AND ELECTIONS FOR THE NEW URBAN COUNCIL CONSTITUENCIES WERE HELD IN 

MARCH 1983.


IN HIS ADDRESS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON OCTOBER 5. 1983, 

THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, SAID, *OUR PRESENT SYSTEM OF LOCAL 

ADMINISTRATION IS RELATIVELY NEW. IN PARTICULAR, THE DISTRICT 

ADMINISTRATION SCHEME, AN INNOVATIVE EXTENSION OF THE SYSTEM 

OF GOVERNMENT BY CONSULTATION AND CONSENT WHICH HAS EVOLVED IN 

HONG KONG, NOW ENABLES PEOPLE TO EXERT A DIRECT INFLUENCE ON THE 

MANAGEMENT OF DISTRICT AFFAIRS*.


AFTER STRESSING THAT THE.SCHEME REMAINS SUITED TO HONG KONG’S 

CHANGING NEEDS AND CIRCUMSTANCES, THE GOVERNOR THEN WENT ON TO SAY 

THAT THE EXISTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR LOCAL ADMINISTRATION, AND THE 

ORGANISATION OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS TO GIVE EFFECT TO THE 

DECISIONS OF THE URBAN COUNCIL AND THE ADVICE OF THE DISTRICT 

BOARDS, WERE TO BE EXAMINED TO CONSIDER WHETHER THEY MIGHT BE 

IMPROVED.


THE PROPOSALS TO INCREASE THE ELECTED ELEMENT IN THE DISTRICT 

BOARDS AND TO CREATE A NEW REGIONAL COUNCIL FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES 

WHICH WERE ANNOUNCED TODAY STEM FROM THIS REVIEW OF THE SYSTEM 

OF LOCAL ADMINISTRATION CALLED FOR BY THE GOVERNOR.


A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THE AIM OF THE PROPOSALS 

WAS TO CONTINUE THE PROCESS OF ENCOURAGING GREATER PARTICIPATION 

BY THE PUBLIC IN THE ADMINISTRATION OF HONG KONG.


/JQLLC'.’.r.G Ic ....................


, ZxBKUAdY .. 1%4


2


FOLLOWING IS THE TEXT OF THE STATEMENT BY THE CHIEF 

SECRETARY!


.SIR, THE GREEN PAPER ON A PATTERN OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION 

IN HONG KONG WHICH WAS PUBLISHED IN JUNE 1980. DESCRIBED THE 

REASONS WHY IT WAS CONSIDERED NECESSARY TO INTRODUCE CERTAIN 

CHANGES AND IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SYSTEM OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION 

IN EXISTENCE AT THAT TIME. IN PARTICULAR, THE GREEN PAPER DREW 

ATTENTION TO THE VARIOUS SYSTEMS OF ADMINISTRATION THAT HAD 

DEVELOPED IN DIFFERENT PARTS OF HONG KONG, TO THE INCREASED 

PROSPERITY AND TO THE GREATLY IMPROVED EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES 

BY THEN ENJOYED AND, BY WAY OF A RESPONSE TO HIGHER ASPIRATIONS, 

TO THE NEED TO BUILD COHESIVE COMMUNITIES. SPECIFIC PROPOSALS TO 

PRODUCE A MORE LOGICAL FRAMEWORK OF LOCAL ADMINISTRATION WERE 

THEN PUBLISHED IN THE WHITE PAPER ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION IN 

HDNG KONG IN JANUARY 1981. THESE LED TO THE FORMATION IN 1982 OF 

DISTRICT BOARDS, WITH AN ELECTED ELEMENT, IN EACH DISTRICT OF 

HONG KONG, KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES.


.DURING THEIR SHORT EXISTENCE THE DISTRICT BOARDS HAVE 

DEMONSTRATED THEIR VALUE FOR, AND I QUOTE FROM THE WHITE PAPER, 

'CONTACT. DISCUSSION, STIMULUS AND ADVICE BETWEEN THE COMMUNITIES 

IN EACH DISTRICT AND THE GOVERNMENT AGENCIES RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR 

MANAGEMENT AND IMPROVEMENT*.


.IN YOUR ADDRESS AT THE OPENING OF THE PRESENT SESSION OF 

THIS COUNCIL YOU SAID, SIR, THAT WE MUST ENSURE THAT THE DISTRICT 

ADMINISTRATION SCHEME 'REMAINS SUITED TO HONG KONG'S CHANGING 

NEEDS AND CIRCUMSTANCES* AND ADDED THAT YOU HAD CALLED FOR AN 

EXAMINATION OF 'THE EXISTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR LOCAL ADMINISTRATION 

AND THE ORGANISATION OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS TO GIVE EFFECT TO 

THE DECISIONS OF THE URBAN COUNCIL AND THE ADVICE OF THE DISTRICT 

BOARDS*.


.DURING THE COURSE OF THIS REVIEW THE DISTRICT BOARDS 

THEMSELVES, AT A SERIES OF MEETINGS, HAVE BEEN GIVEN AN OPPORTUNITY 

TO EXPRESS THEIR OWN VIEWS AND IDEAS FOR THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT 

OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION.


.AS A RESULT OF THE REVIEW, THE GOVERNMENT HAS NOW COME TO 

CERTAIN CONCLUSIONS. THE NEXT DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS ARE DUE TO 

BE HELD IN MARCH 1985 AND THE GOVERNMENT'S FIRST CONCLUSION IS 

THAT THE REPRESENTATIVE STATUS OF THE BOARDS SHOULD THEN BE 

STRENGTHENED BY INCREASING THE SIZE OF THE ELECTED ELEMENT. IN 

DISTRICTS WHERE THE POPULATION LEVEL IS ALREADY RELATIVELY STABLE, 

IT IS PROPOSED THAT, AS FROM 1985. THE NUMBER OF ELECTED MEMBERS 

SHOULD BE DOUBLE THAT OF APPOINTED MEMBERS. BUT IN DISTRICTS 

WHERE THE SIZE OF THE POPULATION IS STILL ON THE INCREASE (FOR 

EXAMPLE, THE NEW TOWN OF SHATIN) THIS RATIO OF ELECTED MEMBERS 

TO APPOINTED MEMBERS MIGHT BE BEST ACHIEVED PROGRESSIVELY OVER 

THE YEARS AS THE POPULATION INCREASES. ALSO, IN SOME DISTRICTS, 

TO HAVE THE NUMBER OF ELECTED MEMBERS DOUBLE THE NUMBER OF 

APPOINTED MEMBERS MIGHT RESULT IN A BOARD WHICH WAS TOO LARGE 

AND UNWIELDY, IN WHICH CASE THE SIZE OF THE BOARD COULD BE SCALED 

DOWN, WHILST RETAINING THE SAME 2 i 1 RATIO OF ELECTED TO APPOINTED 

MEMBERS.


/+TH3 SEEOKL.............


■itaNESDAY. FBBRUaHY 1?, ‘#4


+THE SECOND CONCLUSION OF THE REVIEW IS THAT, INASMUCH AS 

SOME DISTRICTS (FOR EXAMPLE, TSUEN WAN) ARE LARGE AND COMPLEX 

CONURBATIONS. IT MAY BE DESIRABLE IN THESE DISTRICTS TO CREATE 

BOARDS TO SERVE SMALLER GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS. BUT THE IMPLICATIONS 

OF THIS CONCLUSION WILL OBVIOUSLY NEED TO BE EXAMINED IN GREAT 

DETAIL.


.THE THIRD CONCLUSION OF THE REVIEW IS THAT, AS DISTRICT 

BOARDS HAVE ALREADY MADE AN IMPACT ON THE MANAGEMENT OF OUR 

DENSELY POPULATED URBAN AREAS, IT IS FOR CONSIDERATION WHETHER 

THIS URBAN MANAGEMENT ROLE SHOULD BE DEVELOPED. IN ADDITION, 

DISTRICT BOARDS MIGHT BE ABLE TO ASSIST IN THE MANAGEMENT, AND 

IN THE PROMOTION OF THE USE OF, CERTAIN FACILITIES LOCATED IN THEIR 

DISTRICTS, OTHER THAN SPECIALIST FACILITIES, WHICH HAVE BEEN 

PROVIDED FOR THE BENEFIT OF RESIDENTS IN THEIR DISTRICTS. 

DETAILED EXAMINATION WILL BE GIVEN TO THESE AND OTHER IDEAS WHICH 

THE BOARDS THEMSELVES HAVE SUGGESTED, INCLUDING THE NEED TO 

STRENGTHEN THE LINKS BETWEEN DISTRICT BOARDS AND DISTRICT 

MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES.


.THE FOURTH CONCLUSION OF THE REVIEW, IS THAT ANOTHER, WHAT 

ONE MIGHT CALL ’REGIONAL* COUNCIL SHOULD BE ESTABLISHED, TO COVER 

THE AREAS NOT UNDER THE AEGIS OF THE URBAN COUNCIL. IN LINE WITH 

THE URBAN COUNCIL, THIS NEW 'REGIONAL* COUNCIL WOULD COMPRISE AN 

EQUAL NUMBER OF ELECTED AND APPOINTED MEMBERS. BY 1991 THERE WILL 

BE MORE PEOPLE LIVING NORTH OF THE KOWLOON FOOTHILLS THAN THERE 

ARE IN KOWLOON. THIS SHIFT OF POPULATION TO THE NEW TOWNS 

DEMONSTRATES THE NEED FOR SUCH AN ADDITIONAL 'REGIONAL* COUNCIL, 

WITH POPULAR PARTICIPATION, TO CONTROL THE PROVISION OF THOSE 

CENTRALLY ADMINISTERED SERVICES NOW PROVIDED BY THE NEW 

TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THIS NEW ’REGIONAL* COUNCIL IS 

ALSO CONSIDERED TO BE NECESSARY BECAUSE OF THE PRESENT ANOMALOUS 

SITUATION WHEREBY A WIDE RANGE OF SERVICES IS PROVIDED TO THE 

PUBLIC IN THE URBAN AREAS BY THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT UNDER 

THE DIRECTION OF THE URBAN COUNCIL. BUT SIMILAR SERVICES ARE 

PROVIDED TO THE PUBLIC IN THE NEW TERRITORIES BY THE NEW TERRITORIES 

SERVICES DEPARTMENT UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT. 

THE URBAN COUNCIL SYSTEM WAS BEEN WORKING WELL IN THE URBAN AREAS 

FOR SEVERAL YEARS AND THE GOVERNMENT HAS CONCLUDED THAT A SIMILAR 

SYSTEM SHOULD NOW BE INTRODUCED TO COVER THE REST OF HONG KONG, 

WHERE A LARGE PROPORTION OF THE COMMUNITY NOW RESIDESi AND AN 

EVEN LARGER PROPORTION WILL RESIDE AS THE YEARS GO BY.


.IN OTHER WORDS, IT IS PROPOSED THAT THE FUNCTIONS OF THE 

NEW ’REGIONAL* COUNCIL WILL BE SIMILAR TO THOSE OF THE URBAN 

COUNCIL IN RESPECT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PUBLIC HEALTH AND SANITATION 

AND HYGIENE SERVICES. SO FAR AS RECREATION AND CULTURAL AND 

AMENITIES SERVICES ARE CONCERNED, THE FUNCTIONS OF THE URBAN 

COUNCIL AND THE NEW ’REGIONAL’ COUNCIL WILL INCLUDE THE PROVISION 

OF MOST OF THOSE SERVICES NOW PROVIDED BY THE RECREATION AND 

CULTURE DEPARTMENT. OUR AIM IS TO ENSURE THAT THESE SERVICES ARE 

PROVIDED IN THE MOST EFFICIENT AND EFFECTIVE MANNER.


A3DNESDAY,


4


- 4 -


. I SHOULD NOTE HERE THAT THE HEUNG TEE KUK ISA SPECIALLY 

APPOINTED STATUTORY BODY RESPONSIBLE FOR GIVING ADVICE ON MATTERS 

RELATING TO THE NEW TERRITORIES AS SUCH, AND NO CHANGE IN THE 

ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITY OF THE KUK IS PROPOSED. MOREOVER, IN 

RECOGNITION OF THE KUK’S TRADITIONAL POSITION, IT IS PROPOSED THAT 

A NUMBER OF THE NEW OFFICERS OF THE KUK SHOULD BE EX-OFFICIO 

MEMBERS OF THE NEW ’REGIONAL COUNCIL.

*



* 1 SHOULD MAKE IT CLEAR, AS REGARDS THE URBAN COUNCIL IT IS 

NOT THE GOVERNMENT’S VIEW THAT IT WOULD BE DESIRABLE, NOR IS IT 

PROPOSED, TO EXTEND ITS POWERS TO COVER THE REST OF HONG KONG, 

BECAUSE OF EXISTING INSTITUTIONS AND BECAUSE THE URBAN COUNCIL 

WOULD THUS BECOME TOO LARGE AND UNWIELDY. I WOULD ADD THAT THE 

GOVERNMENT IS VERY CONSCIOUS OF THE ENTHUSIASTIC AND COMPETENT 

PERFORMANCE OF THE URBAN COUNCIL WITHIN ITS PRESENT JURISDICTION 

AND WOULD NOT WISH TO PUT ITS CONTINUING ROLE IN THE URBAN AREAS 

IN THE FUTURE AT RISK.



. AS REGARDS THE ACTUAL GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS OF RESPONSIBILITY 

OF THE TWO COUNCILS THAT WOULD BE CREATED IF THE GOVERNMENT’S 

PROPOSALS ARE IMPLEMENTED, IT IS FOR CONSIDERATION WHETHER, FOR 

EXAMPLE, THE NEW TOWN BEING BUILT AT JUNK BAY, WHICH IS VIRTUALLY 

AN EXTENSION OF NEW KOWLOON, SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE JURISDICTION 

OF THE PRESENT URBAN COUNCIL. SIMILARLY, ADMINISTRATION OF THE 

ISLANDS TO THE SOUTH AND WEST OF HONG KONG ISLAND MIGHT BE MORE 

CONVENIENTLY COMBINED WITH THAT OF HONG KONG ISLAND RATHER THAN 

THE NORTHERN NEW TERRITORIES. HOWEVER, SINCE THIS HAS A BEARING ON 

THE TRADITIONAL SPHERE OF RESPONSIBILITY OF THE HEUNG YEE KUK IT 

WILL CLEARLY NEED CAREFUL EXAMINATION.



.SIR, THIS STATEMENT HAS BEEN MADE TODAY IN ORDER TO EXPLAIN 

THE STATE OF THE GOVERNMENT’S THINKING AS REGARDS THE DEVELOPMENT 

OF OUR SYSTEM OF LOCAL ADMINISTRATION. THE OBJECTIVE OF THE 

PROPOSALS WILL BE, I HOPE, SELF-EVIDENTi IT IS TO CREATE MORE 

EVEN AND SYMMETRICAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE WHOLE OF HONG KONG 

AND TO BRING ABOUT A GREATER DEGREE OF DIRECT PARTICIPATION 

IN THE RUNNING OF OUR INCREASINGLY COMPLEX SOCIETY. I AM SURE 

THERE WILL BE A POSITIVE RESPONSE TO THE OPPORTUNITIES THAT THIS 

WILL PRESENT FOR THOSE ANXIOUS TO TAKE PART IN THE MANAGEMENT OF 

PUBLIC AFFAIRS AT DISTRICT AND REGIONAL LEVEL.


.IN CONCLUSION, I SHOULD EMPHASISE, SIR, THAT PUBLIC COMMENTS 

ON PROPOSALS WILL BE WELCOMED AND THE FURTHER ADVICE OF DISTRICT 

BOARDS AND THE ADVICE OF THE HEUNG YEE KUK, WILL BE SOUGHT, AS 

WILL THE VIEWS OF THE URBAN COUNCIL. IF THE PROPOSALS COMMAND 

SUPPORT, IT IS INTENDED THAT THE CHANGES IN THE COMPOSITION OF 

THE DISTRICT BOARDS SHOULD BE INTRODUCED IN TIME FOR THE ELECTIONS 

IN 1985 AND THAT ELECTIONS FOR THE SECOND 'REGIONAL’ COUNCIL 

SHOULD TAKE PLACE IN 1986, BUT WITH A PROVISIONAL, WHOLLY 

APPOINTED COUNCIL TAKING OFFICE IN 1985.


.MEANWHILE, PRELIMINARY WORK IS IN HAND ON THE ORGANISATIONAL, 

ADMINISTRATIVE, LEGAL AND FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS OF THESE PROPOSALS 

SO THAT, IF THEY DO COMMAND SUPPORT, THE TIMETABLE ENVISAGED FOR 

THEIR IMPLEMENTATION MAY BE MET.


o ------------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1984


5


PUBLIC VIEWS ARE PICKED UP THROUGH 16 CHANNELS 

* * # *


THE GOVERNMENT PICKED UP VIEWS COMMONLY EXPRESSED BY PEOPLE 

THROUGH SOME 16 CHANNELS, THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, THE HON 

DENIS BRAY, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


SOME OF THE CHANNELS WERE THE UMELCO OFFICE, THE 15 URBAN 

COUNCIL WARDS, THE 18 DISTRICT BOARDS, OVER 300 GOVERNMENT 

ADVISORY BOARDS AND COMMITTEES, HE SAID.


OTHER CHANNELS INCLUDED PUBLIC AFFAIRS PROGRAMMES ON 

TELEVISION AND RADIO, OPINION POLLS, ATTITUDE SURVEYS AS WELL 

AS SPECIAL COMPLAINT OFFICES AND 'HOT LINES' SET UP BY GOVERNMENT 

DEPARTMENTS, HE SAID.


REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY THE HON ANDREW SO, ON HOW GOVERNMENT 

MONITORED AND ASSESSED PUBLIC OPINION, MR BRAY SAID THAT SEVERAL 

OF THESE CHANNELS INVOLVED MANY COMPONENTS.


ANYONE WHO WISHED TO AIR HIS VIEWS HAD A CHOICE OF, OR A 

COMBINATION OF THESE CHANNELS, MR BRAY SAID.


.THOSE WHO DO NOT ACTIVELY SEEK TO EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS, AND 

THEY FORM THE BULK OF THE PEOPLE, MAY BE REQUESTED TO STATE THEIR 

OPINION ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS THROUGH SURVEYS OR THROUGH THEIR 

DIRECT CONTACT WITH THE GOVERNMENT ORGANISATIONS CONCERNED,* HE 

SAID.


THESE CHANNELS WERE CAREFULLY MONITORED BY THE GOVERNMENT 

WITH FOUR DEPARTMENTS ENTRUSTED SPECIFICALLY WITH THE ROLE OF COORDINATING 

EFFORT IN THIS AREA — THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION 

SERVICES, RADIO TV HONG KONG, CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION 

AND THE HOME AFFAIRS BRANCH, HE SAID.


THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES, HE EXPLAINED, ASSESSED 

OPINION EXPRESSED IN THE MEDIA AND DISTRIBUTES A SUMMARY OF NEWS 

AND COMMENTS DAILY TO ALL GOVERNMENT BRANCHES AND DEPARTMENTS. 

THE DEPARTMENT ALSO PRODUCES A WEEKLY REVIEW OF CHINESE EDITORIAL 

COMMENTS, AS WELL AS A WEEKLY SUMMARY OF MEDIA REPORTING AND 

COMMENTARY ON SPECIAL ISSUES. THERE IS ALSO A WEEKLY SUMMARY OF 

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS ON SPECIFIC ISSUES WHICH MAY BE OF 

INTEREST TO SENIOR GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS OR GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.


RTHK, APART FROM PROVIDING DIRECT CHANNELS FOR THE PUBLIC TO 

AIR THEIR OPINION TO GOVERNMENT IN GENERAL OR TO SPECIFIC 

GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS, IS ALSO ENGAGED IN PRODUCING PUBLIC AFFAIRS 

PROGRAMMES WHICH SEEK TO HIGHLIGHT PUBLIC CONCERN AT ANY 

PARTICULAR MOMENT, MR BRAY SAID.


THE CNTA, HE SAID, REGULARLY REPORTS ON VIEWS AND COMMENTS 

GATHERED FROM CONTACTS WITH THE PUBLIC AND CIRCULATES A wEEKLY 

ASSESSMENT OF PUBLIC OPINION WITHIN THE GOVERNMENT.


WEDNESDAY, FEdRUaHY , 19c4


- 6 -


THE HAB COLLATES PUBLIC OPINION OBTAINED BY OTHER GOVERNMENT 

DEPARTMENTS AND THROUGH OPINION POLLS AND ATTITUDE SURVEYS.


. THE FINDINGS ARE ANALYSED AND ASSESSED AND PRESENTED TO 

BRANCHES AND DEPARTMENTS,* HE SAID.


APART FROM THESE FORMAL ASSESSMENTS IT WAS A PART OF THE DAILY 

ROUTINE OF ALL SENIOR GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS TO GAUGE OPINION BY 

READING NEWSPAPERS, WATCHING TELEVISION PROGRAMMES, LISTENING TO 

AND PARTICIPATING IN PUBLIC AFFAIRS PROGRAMMES AND GENERALLY 

MAINTAINING THEIR OWN PERSONAL CONTACTS WITH PEOPLE IN PUBLIC 

LIFE, MR BRAY SAID.


----o----


IMITATION FIREARMS TO BE BANNED 

ft * ft


THE GOVERNMENT IS DRAFTING LEGISLATION TO BAN THE POSSESSION, 

EXPORT, IMPORT, MANUFACTURE AND SALE OF HIGH QUALITY IMITATION 

FIREARMS, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON DAVID JEAFFRESON, 

TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY THE HON CHARLES YEUNG, MR JEAFFRESON 

SAID THE FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE CONCLUDED THAT PRESENT LEGISLATION 

CONTROLLING GENUINE FIREARMS WAS ADEQUATE.


HOWEVER, THE COMMITTEE WAS PARTICULARLY CONCERNED ABOUT 

REDUCING THE OPPORTUNITIES FOR SMUGGLING FIREARMS INTO HONG KONG.


THE COMMISSIONER FOR CUSTOMS AND EXCISE HAD NOW INSTALLED 

MORE DETECTION EQUIPMENT AND WOULD BE DEPLOYING MORE MANPOWER AT 

CHECK POINTS TO STEP UP EFFORTS IN THIS DIRECTION, HE SAID.


MR JEAFFRESON POINTED OUT THAT FIREARMS ALREADY IN HONG 

KONG WERE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE POLICE.


.FOLLOWING THE RECENT ARMED ROBBERIES, THE POLICE HAVE BEEN 

PARTICULARLY SUCCESSFUL IN TRACING AND SEIZING ILLEGAL FIREARMS 

AND AMMUNITION,* HE SAID.


IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON PETER C. WONG ON MEASURES 

TO PREVENT OR REDUCE ARMED ROBBERIES, MR JEAFFRESON SAID THE FIGHT 

CRIME COMMITTEE HAD GROUPS LOOKING AT THE USE OF FIREARMS IN CRIME, 

AT THE SECURITY OF GOLDSMITH AND JEWELLERY SHOPS, BANKS AND GOLD 

WORKSHOPS AND AT HOW TO REDUCE CRIME GENERALLY, AND ROBBERIES IN 

PARTICULAR, IN MULTI-STOREY BUILDINGS.


.AS REGARDS GOLDSMITHS AND JEWELLERY SHOPS THE FIGHT 

CRIME COMMITTEE IS FULLY AGREED THAT THE ANSWER LIES IN BETTER 

SECURITY MEASURES AND IS IN COMMUNICATION WITH THE RELEVANT 

ASSOCIATIONS TO THIS EFFECT,* HE SAID.


/+PHS SxJCUitITY ...................


.'‧'SDNrSDAY, FaBRIaHY


.THE SECURITY OF CERTAIN BANKS COULD BE IMPROVED IF THEY 

WOULD ABANDON THEIR OPEN-PLAN DESIGNS AND THE HONG KONG ASSOCIATION 

OF BANKS HAS BEEN ADVISED TO THIS EFFECT.


.FOR REDUCING OPPORTUNITIES FOR ROBBERIES IN MULTI-STOREY 

BUILDINGS, THE COMMITTEE HAS DRAWN UP GUIDELINES ON THE 

DESIGN OF BUILDINGS, IS LOOKING AT HOW THE QUALITY OF WATCHMEN 

MIGHT BE IMPROVED AND IS EXAMINING WAYS OF ENCOURAGING 

BETTER MANAGEMENT..


ON THE ROLE OF THE PUBLIC IN REDUCING ARMED ROBBERIES, 

W JEAFFRESON SAID MEASURES THAT COULD BE TAKEN FELL INTO TWO 

CATEGORIES.


.ONE IS TAKING SENSIBLE CRIME PREVENTION MEASURES 

AND THE OTHER IS GIVING FULL CO-OPERATION TO THE POLICE IN 

THE INVESTIGATION OF SUCH CRIMES,* HE SAID.


- - - - 0 ----------


NEW APPROACH TO GDP ESTIMATES USED 

* * * *


THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT HAD MADE MAJOR REVISIONS 

TO ITS ESTIMATES OF THE EXPENDITURE-BASED GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT 

AND STARTED A NEW PRODUCTION-BASED GDP SERIES, THE SECRETARY FOR 

ECONOMIC SERVICES, THE HON PIERS JACOBS, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE 

COUNCIL TODAY.


REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON WONG PO-YAN, MR JACOBS 

EXPLAINED THAT ANNUAL SURVEYS COVERING VARIOUS SECTORS OF THE 

ECONOMY HAD PROVIDED THE DEPARTMENT WITH THE INFORMATION WHICH 

MADE THE REVISIONS AND THE USE OF THE PRODUCTION APPROACH POSSIBLE.


.THE REVISIONS MADE TO THE EXPENDITURE-BASED GDP SERIES HAVE 

THE EFFECT OF RAISING THE LEVEL OF THE PREVIOUSLY PUBLISED CURRENT 

PRICE ESTIMATES BY ROUGHTLY 15-20 PER CENT IN EACH YEAR,* HE SAID.


THIS HIGHER LEVEL WAS LARGELY DUE TO THE INCLUSION OF 

SURVEY-BASED ESTIMATES IN PLACE OF CRUDE ASSUMPTIONS FOR SEVERAL 

ITEMS ON WHICH INFORMATION WAS NOT AVAILABLE PREVIOUSLY, HE ADDED.


. THE REVISED SERIES REPRESENTS AN IMPROVEMENT ON THE PREVIOUS 

SERIES AND IS MORE SENSITIVE TO ECONOMIC CHANGES.

. AS RESULT, THE GROWTH RATES FOR SOME YEARS DIFFER QUITE 

MARKEDLY FROM EARLIER FIGURES.

. THE OVERALL PICTURE AS REGARDS LONGER-TERM GROWTH IS NOT, 

HOWEVER, SIGNIFICANTLY DIFFERENT,. HE POINTED OUT.



THE DEPARTMENT HAS A CONTINUING PROGRAMME TO IMPROVE AND 

EXPAND THE RANGE OF STATISTICS AVAILABLE FOR HONG KONG.


THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PROGRAMME, MR JACOBS SAID, WAS TO PROVIDE 

RELIABLE STATISTICAL INFORMATION ON THE BASIS OF WHICH ANALYSES 

OF VARIOUS FACETS OF HONG KONG’S ECONOMY AND SOCIETY MIGHT BE MADE.


r


‧ EDNESDaY, P=2rtu\. ' ' , :9t_


.AN INEVITABLE CONSEQUENCE OF OUR CONTINUING EFFORTS TO IMPROVE 

AND EXPAND THE COVERAGE OF OUR STATISTICAL SERVICES IS THAT 

VARIOUS SERIES WILL, EVERY NOW AND THEN, HAVE TO BE REVISED AND EVEN 

RE-DEFINED,. HE SAID.



THE PREVIOUS MAJOR REVISION TO THE GDP SERIES WAS MADE IN 

FEBRUARY I960.


MR JACOBS PRAISED THE DEPARTMENT FOR +PROVIDING TIMELY AND 

RELIABLE STATISTICS ON GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT IN A PROFESSIONAL 

MANNER..


.CONSIDERABLE PROGRESS HAS BEEN MADE BUT EFFORTS WILL CONTINUE 

WITH A VIEW TO ACHIEVING FURTHER IMPROVEMENTS,. HE SAID.



----o----


BUSES MUST PASS STRINGENT TESTS 

ft ft ft ft


A BUS MUST PASS A CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS (COF) INSPECTION 

BEFORE IT IS ALLOWED ON THE ROAD, THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, 

THE HON ALAN SCOTT, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


COF INSPECTIONS ARE CARRIED OUT AT INTERVALS RANGING FROM 

THREE TO FIVE YEARS, MR SCOTT SAID IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM 

THE HON PAULINE NG.


THE INTERVAL BECOMES SHORTER AS THE BUS BECOMES OLDER, HE 

POINTED OUT.


.A PARTICULAR FEATURE OF THE COF INSPECTION IS THE MANDATORY 

OVERHAUL OF THE MAJOR COMPONENTS OF THE VEHICLE, INCLUDING THE 

BRAKING, STEERING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS,. HE SAID.



IN ADDITION, EACH YEAR BEFORE A BUS IS RELICENSED, IT 

HJST PASS A CERTIFICATE OF ROAD WORTHINESS TEST.


THIS TEST COVERS 26 SEPARATE CHECKS, INCLUDING THE CHECKING 

OF THE DRIVING AND ENGINE CONTROLS, THE STEERING SYSTEM, THE 

BRAKING SYSTEM, THE SUSPENSION AND SHOCK ABSORBER SYSTEM, THE 

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND TYRES, MR SCOTT POINTED OUT.


ALSO, UNDER THE PUBLIC OMNIBUS SERVICES ORDINANCE, THE 

FRANCHISED BUS COMPANIES ARE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE PROPER VEHICLE 

MAINTENANCE FACILITIES AND TO KEEP FULL RECORDS OF VEHICLE 

MAINTENANCE.


THESE FACILITIES AND RECORDS ARE SUBJECT TO INSPECTION BY 

THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT, MR SCOTT SAID.


.IF A COMPANY FAILS TO MAINTAIN AN ADEQUATE BUS MAINTENANCE 

SERVICE AND FAILS TO COMPLY WITH A DIRECTION FROM THE 

COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT TO IMPROVE THE SERVICE, THE 

GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL MAY UNDER SECTION 22 OF THE ORDINANCE IMPOSE 

A PENALTY OF UP TO 110 000 IN THE FIRST INSTANCE, GOING U° 

TO 150 000 ON SUBSEQUENT OCCASIONS,+ HE SAID.



AND ULTIMATELY, POWER RESTS WITH THE GOVENOR-IN-COUNCIL 

TO REVOKE A FRANCHISE, HE ADDED.


------------0------------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1984


ACCIDENT VICTIM FAMILIES GET FINANCIAL AID 

* * * *


THE 13 FAMILIES OF THOSE KILLED OR INJURED IN THE TRAGIC 

ACCIDENT IN HAPPY VALLEY ON JANUARY 28 ARE ALL AWARE OF THE HELP 

THEY CAN GET FROM THE TRAFFIC ACCIDENT VICTIMS ASSISTANCE SCHEME, 

THE SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE, THE HON HENRY CHING, SAID 

TODAY.


HE WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY THE HON PAULINE NG IN THE 

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ABOUT ASSISTANCE OFFERED BY THE GOVERNMENT 

TO THE families.


MR CHING SAID SO FAR A TOTAL OF *102 700 HAD BEEN MADE AVAILABLE 

TO 11 OF THE FAMILIES, AND TWO FAMILIES HAD NOT SOUGHT HELP UNDER 

THE SCHEME.


.ADDITIONALLY, THE FAMILIES HAVE ALL BE ASKED IF THEY NEED 

ANY OTHER HELP, AND AS A RESULT ONE FAMILY HAS BEEN OFFERED CHILD 

CARE SERVICES WHILE ANOTHER IS BEING CONSIDERED FOR PUBLIC 

ASSISTANCE,. HE SAID.


- - 0 -


FRUSTRATION WILL GROW IN VR CAMPS 

* * *


FRUSTRATION WILL GROW AS VIETNAMESE REFUGEES ARE DETAINED 

FOR LONG PERIODS, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON DAVID 

JEAFFRESON, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


HE WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON LYDIA DUNN WHO 

ASKED FOR A STATEMENT ON TWO RECENT INCIDENTS IN CAMPS AT HEI 

LING CHAU AND CHI MA WAN AND WHO WANTED TO KNOW WHAT ACTION 

HAD BEEN TAKEN IN RESPECT OF TROUBLE MAKERS.


.THE GOVERNMENT’S AIM IS TO PRESERVE LAW AND ORDER IN 

ALL REFUGEE CENTRES AND TO DEAL FIRMLY WITH ANY DISTURBANCES,+ 

SAID MR JEAFFRESON, +BUT WE MUST APPRECIATE THAT WHEN REFUGEES 

ARE DETAINED HERE FOR LONG PERIODS FRUSTRATION WILL GROW.+


DESCRIBING THE INCIDENT AT HEI LING CHAU CENTRE FOR SINGLE 

MALE REFUGEES, HE SAID THAT TROUBLE BEGAN AT MIDDAY ON FEBRUARY 2 

WHEN A FIGHT INVOLVING THREE REFUGEES DEVELOPED INTO A GANG 

FIGHT INVOLVING OVER 100 NORTHERN AND SOUTHERN REFUGEES.


CORRECTIONAL SERVICES STAFF QUICKLY BROUGHT THE SITUATION 

UNDER CONTROL.


HOWEVER, IN VIEW OF THIS DISTURBANCE AND A NUMBER OF OTHER 

INCIDENTS INVOLVING NORTH-SOUTH CONFLICT, IT WAS DECIDED TO SEPARATE 

THE TWO GROUPS IN TWO CENTRES, HE SAID.


TEDNSSDAY, FEBRUARY . ">c4


10 -


WHEN, AS A RESULT, THE TRANSFER OF REFUGEES FROM CHI MA WAN 

TO HEI LING CHAU BEGAN ON FEBRUARY 7, ABOUT 200 OCCUPANTS IN 

ONE HUT RESISTED CSD STAFF ATTEMPTS TO MOVE THEM AND AT LEAST 

TWO OFFICERS WERE ATTACKED.


THE HUT WAS ISOLATED, THE MOVES CONTINUED, AND THE 

RINGLEADERS WERE IDENTIFIED AND TRANSFERRED TO THE VICTORIA 

CLOSED CENTRE LATER THAT DAY.


A SEARCH MADE FOLLOWING THE TRANSFERS UNCOVERED A WIDE 

VARIETY OF HOME-MADE WEAPONS IN EACH OF THE CLOSED CENTRES INVOLVED


.I SHOULD LIKE AT THIS STAGE TO ADD THAT THE STAFF OF THE 

CORRECTIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT ACTED WITH THOROUGHLY COMMENDABLE 

FIRMNESS AND RESTRAINT THROUGHOUT THESE REGRETTABLE INCIDENTS.* 

SAID MR JEAFFRESON.


HE SAID THAT THE SEPARATION OF THE TWO GROUPS WILL CONTINUE - 

NORTHERNERS IN THE HEI LING CHAU CLOSED CENTRE AND SOUTHERNERS 

IN THE CHI MA WAN CLOSED CENTRE.


IN ADDITION THE CENTRE FOR SINGLE MALE REFUGEES ON HEI LING 

CHAU HAS BEEN EMPTIED AND, EXCEPT FOR IDENTIFIED TROUBLEMAKERS, 

THE REFUGEES PREVIOUSLY HOUSED THERE HAVE GONE TO ONE OR 

OTHER OF THE CLOSED CENTRES.


IN ADDITION, HE SAID, 100 REFUGEES FROM THE HEI LING CHAU 

TREATMENT CENTRE AND 20 FROM CHI MA WAN, IDENTIFIED AS THE 

INSTIGATORS OF THE DISTURBANCES OR ACTIVELY INVOLVED IN THEM, 

HAVE BEEN TRANSFERRED TO THE VICTORIA CLOSED CENTRE WHERE THEY 

WILL BE UNABLE TO EXFST INFLUENCE OVER THE BEHAVIOUR OF THE VAST 

MAJORITY OF LAW ABIDING REFUGEES.


UPON COMPLETION OF INVESTIGATIONS, THE POLICE MAY LAY 

CHARGES AGAINST SOME OF THOSE INVOLVED IN THE DISTURBANCES, 

W JEAFFRESON SAID.


------------0------------


NO BLOOD SHORTAGE FOR ACUTE SURGERY - THONG 

* * * *


THERE HAD NEVER BEEN ANY OCCASION WHEN ACUTE AND EMERGENCY 

OPERATIONS HAD TO BE RESCHEDULED OR DELAYED BECAUSE OF BLOOD 

SHORTAGE. THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR THE 

HON K.L. THONG, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


HE WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY THE HON LYDIA DUNN WHO 

ASKED WHETHER THERE WAS A SHORTAGE OF BLOOD FOR TRANSFUSIONS, 

RESULTING IN SOME SURGICAL OPERATIONS BEING DELAYED.


DR THONG SAID THAT FOR SCHEDULED OR NON-EMERGENCY CASES, 

HAD ALSO BEEN POSSIBLE TO CARRY OUT OPERATIONS ACCORDING T 

THE TIMES AND THE SCHEDULES.


/+HCWE73H, 5HEF.J ...................


WaDNSSDnY, FEBHUaHY ' , 1964


.HOWEVER, there have been some occasions when it had been 

NECESSARY TO RESCHEDULE SUCH OPERATIONS TO THE NEXT SESSION 

BECAUSE OF THE LOWER LEVEL OF BLOOD COLLECTION DURING CERTAIN 

PERIODS OF THE YEAR,* HE SAID.


DR THONG EXPLAINED THAT SUCH OCCASIONS WERE INFREQUENT AND 

OCCURRED MAINLY BEFORE MAJOR PUBLIC HOLIDAYS OR FESTIVALS.


SURGICAL CASES THAT REQUIRED BLOOD TRANSFUSIONS WERE 

CF TWO TYPES, - ACUTE AND EMERGENCY OPERATIONS AND SCHEDULED OR 

NON-EMERGENCY OPERATIONS COMMONLY KNOWN AS 'COLD CASES’, 

HE SAID.


HE EMPHASISED THAT THE RESCHEDULING OF OPERATIONS OF 

COLD CASES HAD NO ADVERSE EFFECT ON THE MEDICAL CONDITION OF 

THE PATIENTS AS THEY DID NOT REQUIRE IMMEDIATE OPERATIONS.


.THUS THE RESCHEDULING DOES NOT REALLY CONSTITUTE A 

DELAY INSOFAR AS THE PATIENTS’ CONDITIONS ARE CONCERNED,* DR THONG 

SAID.


THIS MANNER OF BLOOD UTILISATION FOR EMERGENCY AND 

NON-EMERGENCY CASES WAS COMMON TO MOST HOSPITALS IN THE WORLD, 

DR THONG SAID.


DR THONG SAID THAT BLOOD WAS NORMALLY COLLECTED BY THE 

HONG KONG RED CROSS FROM VOLUNTARY DONORS AND THEN SUPPLIED TO 

THE BLOOD BANKS OF THE MAJOR GOVERNMENT, SUBVENTED AND PRIVATE 

HOSPITALS.


----o----


SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK SCHEME WIDELY USED 

* * *‧


THE SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK SCHEME VIRTUALLY COVERS THE ENTIRE 

SECONDARY SCHOOL SYSTEM, THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, THE HON COLVYN 

HAYE, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


MR HAYE WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON YEUNG PO-KWAN 

ABOUT THE PRESENT SITUATION AND FUTURE GOVERNMENT POLICY ON THE 

PROVISION OF SOCIAL WORKERS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS.


HE SAID THAT OF THE 482 SECONDARY SCHOOLS AND ASSOCIATED 

BRANCHES SERVED BY SCHOOL SOCIAL WORKERS FROM THE SOCIAL WELFARE 

DEPARTMENT AND THE VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, 408 SCHOOLS WERE VISITED 

REGULARLY BY WORKERS TO FACILITATE LIAISON WITH TEACHING STAFF 

AND THE COUNSELLING OF INDIVIDUAL STUDENTS.


THE DIRECTOR CONTlNUEDi ^ANOTHER 74 SCHOOLS, WHICH ARE 

UNABLE TO OFFER FACILITIES FOR REGULAR VISITS BY A SCHOOL 

SOCIAL WORKER, ARE ACTIVELY ENCOURAGED TO REFER CASES 

WHENEVER NECESSARY, TO A WORKER NOMINATED BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE 

DEPARTMENT OR A VOLUNTARY AGENCY.


R3DN2SDAY, K-BBi


.IN ADDITION, A SMALL NUMBER OF SCHOOLS, WHICH AMOUNT TO 

19 AND ARE MAINLY UNDER RELIGIOUS SPONSORSHIP, HAVE OPTED TO 

EMPLOY THEIR OWN SOCIAL WORKERS FROM PRIVATE RESOURCES..



MR HAYE SAID THE DAY-TO-DAY OVERALL COORDINATION OF THE 

SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK SCHEME RESTED WITH THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT 

IN CONSULTATION WITH THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.


.THERE IS ANOTHER FACET OF THE SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK PROGRAMME 

WHICH I SHOULD MENTIONi IT IS THE REFERRAL OF DIFFICULT 

COUNSELLING CASES BY MY STUDENT GUIDANCE OFFICERS TO THE 

SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT, AND THIS CAN OCCUR IN PRIMARY AND 

SECONDARY SCHOOLS,. HE ADDED.



MR HAYE SAID THE GOVERNMENT INTENDED TO INCREASE THE NUMBER 

OF SCHOOL SOCIAL WORKERS WHEN THE GENERAL MANPOWER 

SITUATION IN THE SOCIAL WORK PROFESSION IMPROVED.


HOWEVER. BEFORE THE INFUSION OF FURTHER STAFF RESOURCES, 

IT WAS IMPORTANT TO ENSURE THAT THE RESOURCES ALREADY DIRECTED 

TO THIS SERVICE WERE BEING USED AS EFFECTIVELY AS POSSIBLE IN 

DEALING WITH THE PROBLEMS FACED BY SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS.


.AN EVALUATION OF THE SERVICE IS NOW BEING CONDUCTED BY THE 

GOVERNMENT AND THE VOLUNTARY SECTOR,+ HE ADDED.



TRAFFIC PENALTY LAW TIDIED UP 

* * M


TWO BILLS AIMED AT CLEARING UP ANOMALIES IN THE FIXED PENALTY 

LEGISLATION, WHICH WILL COME INTO EFFECT IN APRIL, WERE READ A 

SECOND TIME IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


MOVING THE BILLS, THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, MR ALAN SCOTT 

SAID THAT THE TRAFFIC FIXED PENALTY SYSTEM HAD TO + BE SEEN BY 

THE PUBLIC AS OPERATING FAIRLY*.


IN PARTICULAR OUTSTANDING PENALTIES SHOULD BE COLLECTED SO 

THAT OFFENDERS CANNOT IGNORE AND ESCAPE THE LAW,* HE ADDED.


the two bills are the fixed penalty (traffic contraventions) 

(AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 AND THE FIXED PENALTY (CRIMINAL PROCEEDINGS) 

(AMENDMENT) BILL 1984.


MR SCOTT SAID THAT THE OBJECTIVE OF BOTH BILLS WAS TO RECTIFY 

SHORTCOMINGS IN THE FIXED PENALTY (TRAFFIC CONTRAVENTIONS) 

(AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE 1981 AND THE FIXED PENALTY (CRIMINAL 

PROCEEDINGS) (AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE 1981 - BOTH OF WHICH ARE 

INTENDED FOR IMPLEMENTATION IN APRIL.


.THE PRINCIPAL FEATURE OF THOSE ORDINANCES WAS THE IMPOSITION 

OF AN ADDITIONAL PENALTY ON PERSONS WHO, WHILE NOT WISHING TO 

CONTEST AN OFFENCE FOR WHICH A FIXED PENALTY TICKET HAD BEEN 

ISSUED, HAD DELAYED PAYING THE DUE FINE,* HE SAID.


,+BOTH t:<


■'SDI'iESDA.Y, , -c


- *3 -


.BOTH THE 1981 AMENDING ORDINANCES PROVIDED THAT WHEN A 

PERSON SATISFIES THE COURT THAT HE DID NOT RECEIVE THE NOTICE 

SERVED, HE MAY PAY THE FIXED PENALTY WITHOUT THE ADDITIONAL 

PENALTY. HOWEVER, IF THAT PERSON SUBSEQUENTLY FAILS TO PAY THE 

FINE WITHIN THE SPECIFIED PERIOD, THE IMPOSITION OF AN ADDITIONAL 

PENALTY FOR DELAY IN PAYMENT IS NOT PROVIDED FOR. CLEARLY, FOR 

CONSISTENCY AND EFFECTIVENESS, IT SHOULD BE.-*-


MR SCOTT SAID THAT THE TWO BILLS TO BE GIVEN A SECOND READING 

PROVIDE THAT A PERSON WHO SATISFIES THE COURT THAT HE DID NOT 

RECEIVE NOTICE OF A FIXED PENALTY OFFENCE, BUT WHO FAILS TO COMPLY 

WITH THE COURT’S ORDER TO PAY THE PENALTY WITHIN THE PERIOD 

SPECIFIED, SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE SAME ADDITIONAL PENALTY AS A 

PERSON WHO RECEIVED NOTICE AND DID NOT PAY, OR DID NOT GIVE 

NOTICE OF HIS INTENTION TO DISPUTE IT.


THE BILLS ALSO ALLOW THE POLICE AT ANY TIME TO APPLY TO THE 

COURT TO RESCIND ORDERS FOR FIXED PENALTY PAYMENTS MADE IN ERROR. 

THE BILLS ALSO CLARIFY THE TIME LIMIT FOR THE REVIEW OF A CASE AND 

REMOVE THE REQUIREMENT FOR COMPLAINT FORMS TO BE SIGNED ON BEHALF 

OF THE ATTORNEY GENERAL.


.THE RATE OF COLLECTION OF PENALTIES IN HONG KONG IS ACTUALLY 

HIGH BY COMPARISON WITH OTHER COUNTRIES.+ SAID MR SCOTT.


.BUT FURTHER IMPROVEMENT SHOULD RESULT FROM THE IMPLEMENTATION 

OF THE 1981 ORDINANCES, WITH THE AMENDMENTS PROPOSED IN THE PRESENT 

bills.+


DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED TO MARCH 14.


0


PAWNBROKERS’ LIABILITY FOR THEFT EASED


*****


MeunrLHEru^N^R5KERS B1LL 1983 HAD BEEN SCRUTINISED BY UNOFFICIAI 

MEMBERS EVEN THOUGH IT AFFECTED ONLY A SMALL SECTOR OF The 

COMMUNITY, THE HON CHARLES YEUNG SAID TODAY.


SPEAKING AT THE RESUMED DEBATE ON THE BILL IN THE LEGISLATIVE 

COUNCIL, HR YEUNG SAID REPRESENTATIVES OF THE TRADE HAD CALLED ON 

UMELCO OFFICE TWICE TO PRESENT THEIR VIEWS TO THE LEGCO GENERAL 

SERVICES WORKING GROUP.


MR YEUNG SAID THAT THE GROUP HAD CONSIDERED THE VIEWS OF THF 

REPRESENTATIVES AND ACCEPTED THEIR SUBMISSION THAT LIABILITY FOR 

COMPENSATION IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES WOULD PLACE AN UNFAIR 

BURDEN ON THEM.


/+aJJcHDL.


OiSSDnY.


.ACCORDINGLY WE PROPOSED THAT PAWNBROKERS’ LIABILITY TO PAY 

COMPENSATION WHERE LOSS OR DAMAGE HAD OCCURRED AS A RESULT OF FIRE 

OR THEFT, SHOULD BE LIMITED,. HE SAID.


.WE PROPOSED THAT ONLY WHERE SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE COULD BE 

ATTRIBUTED TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF THE PAWNBROKER, SHOULD THE 

PAWNBROKER BE LIABLE.


. I AM PLEASED TO SAY THAT THE ADMINISTRATION AGREED WITH US 

AND AGREED TO AMEND THE BILL ACCORDINGLY, HE ADDED.

*



HE SAID THAT THE GROUP’S ATTENTION WAS ALSO DRAWN TO THE 

DIFFICULTIES OF ACCURATELY ASSESSING THE VALUE OF PAWNED ITEMS FOR 

INSURANCE PURPOSES AND OF THE OPEN-ENDED FINANCIAL LIABILITY OF 

BROKERS WHEN COMPENSATION WAS REQUIRED.


. WE ARE ACCORDINGLY HAPPY THAT THE ADMINISTRATION HAS AGREED 

TO LIMIT THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY OF THE BROKER TO THE MAXIMUM LOAN 

LIMIT SET UNDER THE BILL, HE SAID.

*

* WE CONSIDER THIS TO BE A FAIR ARRANGEMENT AND SUPPORT THE 

AMENDMENT, HE ADDED.

*



IN HIS SPEECH, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON DAVID 

JEAFFRESON, POINTED OUT THERE HAD BEEN A GREAT DEAL OF 

CONSULTATION BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT, LEGCO UNOFFICIALS AND 

REPRESENTATIVES OF THE PAWNBROKERS SINCE THE SECOND READING 

OF THE BILL LAST AUGUST.


.I SHOULD LIKE ' RECORD OUR APPRECIATION OF THE TIME AND 

EFFORT SPENT BY THE U ^OFFICIAL MEMBERS ON THE PROBLEMS THAT THESE 

CONSULTATIONS HAVE UNEARTHED AND OF THEIR HELPFUL SUGGESTIONS 

FOR SOLVING THEM,* MR JEAFFRESON SAID.



HE SAID THESE SUGGESTIONS WOULD LEAD TO HIS PROPOSING 

.SIGNIFICANT AMENDMENTS* TO THE BILL.


.AS FAR AS THE CLIENTS ARE CONCERNED, THOSE WHO PAWN GOODS 

WITH A VALUE OF LESS THAN THE MAXIMUM LEVEL OF LOAN PERMITTED 

WILL BE FULLY COVERED IN THE EVENT OF LOSS OR DAMAGE TO THEIR 

GOODS RESULTING FROM NEGLIGENCE ON THE PART OF A PAWNBROKER.



.OUR INTENTION IS TO INTRODUCE REGULATIONS TO ENSURE THAT 

CLIENTS ARE ADEQUATELY WARNED OF THE RISKS TAKEN IN PAWNING 

GOODS OF A VALUE GREATER THAN THE MAXIMUM LOAN LIMIT.+ MR JEAFFRESON 

SAID.


HE SAID THAT THOSE WHO CHOOSE TO TAKE SUCH RISKS SHOULD 

EXTEND THEIR OWN INSURANCE COVER FOR THE DURATION OF THE °AWN 

PERIOD.


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 198*


15


SEVEN FOOTBRIDGES GET HIGHER PRIORITY


*****


SEVEN OF NINE FOOTBRIDGES IN THE EASTERN DISTRICT HAVE BEEN 

UPGRADED TO CATEGORY A OF THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME, THE SECRETARY 

FOR TRANSPORT, THE HON ALAN SCOTT, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL 

TODAY.


MR SCOTT WAS REPLYING TO THE HON MARIA TAM WHO ASKED ABOUT 

PROGRESS ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE FOOTBRIDGES FOLLOWING THE DELAY 

LAST APRIL.


THE SEVEN FOOTBRIDGES ARE ALONG KING'S ROAD, AT ITS JUNCTION 

WITH TAI KOO SHING ROAD, FINNIE STREET, TIN CHIU STREET, MOUNT 

PARKER ROAD, NORTH POINT ROAD, JAVA ROAD AND PAN HOI STREET.


TWO OF THEM ARE NOW UNDER CONSTRUCTION, WITH ONE TO BE COMPLETED 

IN JUNE THIS YEAR AND THE OTHER IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR, MR SCOTT SAID.


CONSTRUCTION OF THE REMAINING FIVE BRIDGES WILL BEGIN IN APRIL 

AND MAY THIS YEAR, WITH COMPLETION SCHEDULED FOR JANUARY AND 

FEBRUARY 1985.


AS THESE FOOTBRIDGES WERE ORIGINALLY PLANNED FOR COMPLETION IN 

MID-1984, THE ACTUAL DELAY WAS A MATTER OF SIX TO EIGHT MONTHS ONLY. 

W SCOTT SAID.


THE BRIDGES AT THE JAVA ROAD JUNCTION WITH NORTH POINT ROAD AND 

AT KING'S ROAD JUNCTION WITH YAU MAN STREET REMAIN IN CATEGORY AB 

BECAUSE OF THEIR LOW R PRIORITY IN ROAD SAFETY AND TRANSPORT TERMS. 

HE SAID.


WORK ON THEM WILL START IN 1985-86 AND WILL TAKE ABOUT 

ONE YEAR TO COMPLETE, HE ADDED.


- 0 -


NO PRESENT PLAN FOR TRUNK ROAD 

* * * *


THERE WAS NO INTENTION AT PRESENT TO CONSTRUCT A TRUNK ROAD 

ALL THE WAY FROM SHA TIN TO SAI KUNG, THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL 

WAS TOLD TODAY.


THIS WAS SAID BY THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, THE 

HON NICKY CHAN, IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON CHEUNG YAN- 

LUNG, WHO ASKED FOR INFORMATION ON THE PRESENT POSITION REGARDING 

CONSTRUCTION OF SUCH A ROAD.


MR CHAN EXPLAINED THAT BY +TRUNK ROAD*, HE MEANT A ROAD OF 

THREE-LANE, DUAL-CARRIAGEWAY STANDARD TO MAJOR TRAFFIC ROUTE 

SPECIFICATIONS IN RESPECT OF CURVES, GRADIENTS AND OTHER PARTICULARS.


16


. HOWEVER, THE DEVELOPMENT PLANS FOR SHA TIN AND MA ON SHAN 

AREA INCLUDE A THREE-LANE, DUAL-CARRIAGEWAY ROAD FROM SHA TIN TO 

MA ON SHAN AND THERE IS A COMMITTED PROGRAMME OF DISTRIBUTOR ROADS 

TO BE CONSTRUCTED UNDER STAGE I OF THE MA ON SHAN DEVELOPMENT,* 

HE SAID.


FROM THE OTHER END THERE IS AN EXISTING TWO-LANE ROAD FROM 

SAI KUNG VIA TWEE FATHOMS COVE TO NAI CHUNG, WHICH IS ABOUT 

TWO KILOMETRES FROM MA ON SHAN STAGE I.


IT WAS THEREFORE PROPOSED AS PART OF A PROJECT CURRENTLY IN 

CATEGORY B OF THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME TO CONSTRUCT A TWO-LANE 

ROAD TO LINK THE MA ON SHAN DISTRIBUTOR ROADS TO THE EXISTING ROAD 

AT NAI CHUNG, THUS PROVIDING A THROUGH ROUTE - ALBEIT NOT OF TRUNK 

ROAD STANDARD - TO SAI KUNG.


THE DISTRIBUTOR ROADS THROUGH MA ON SHAN STAGE I WERE EXPECTED 

TO BE COMPLETED IN THE YEAR 1986-87. THE INTENTION WAS TO COMMENCE 

CONSTRUCTION OF THE LINK BETWEEN MA ON SHAN AND NAI CHUNG AT THAT 

TIME.


ON THIS PROGRAMME THE THROUGH ROUTE FROM SHA TIN TO SAI KUNG 

WOULD BE AVAILABLE IN THE YEAR 1988-89, MR CHAN TOLD THE COUNCIL.


GOVERNMENT SATISFIED WITH STANDARD OF TRANSLATION


*****


ON THE WHOLE, THE GOVERNMENT IS SATISFIED WITH THE STANDARD 

OF TRANSLATION IN THE CIVIL SERVICE, THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS 

THE HON DENIS BRAY, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


BUT AS AN ENORMOUS AMOUNT OF TRANSLATION WORK IS DONE THERE 

IS ALWAYS SCOPE FOR IMPROVEMENT, MR BRAY SAID, IN REPLY TO A 

QUESTION FROM THE HON WONG LAM.


THE TIME ALLOWED FOR TRANSLATION OFTEN AFFECTS THE QUALITY 

OF TRANSLATION.


* IT IS UNFORTUNATELY OFTEN THE CASE THAT TRANSLATION IS 

REQUIRED SPEEDILY TO MEET A DEADLINE AND IN SUCH CASES THE WORK 

PRODUCED CANNOT DO JUSTICE TO THE ABILITY OF THE TRANSLATORS.


.WHEN THESE CASES OCCUR THE PROBLEMS ARE POINTED OUT WITH 

THE HOPE THAT ON FUTURE OCCASIONS, MORE TIME WILL BE ALLOWED,* 

M? BRAY SAID.


MEASURES BEING TAKEN TO MAINTAIN AND IMPROVE STANDARDS OF 

TRANSLATION INCLUDE MAINTENANCE OF THE STANDARD OF ACHIEVEMENT 

OF RECRUITS, STEPPED-UP IN-SERVICE TRAINING, MONITORING TRANSLATION 

BY REGULAR INSPECTION AND STRENGTHENING OF ESTABLISHMENT WHERE 

THE VOLUME OF WORK HAS INCREASED.


‧ SDI. S3Dh :, r'ri:


THE ENTRY REQUIREMENT FOR APPOINTMENT OF CHINESE LANGUAGE 

OFFICERS WAS RAISED IN 1979 FROM MATRICULATION TO GRADUATE LEVEL, 

M? BRAY ADDED.


BUT MATRICULANTS AND GRADUATES OF POST-SECONDARY COLLEGES 

MAY BE APPOINTED IF THEY CAN ACHIEVE GOOD RESULTS IN THE ENTRANCE 

EXAMINATIONS SET AT GRADUATE LEVEL.


IN REPLY TO A SEPARATE QUESTION FROM THE HON YEUNG PO-KWAN, 

W BRAY TOLD THE COUNCIL THAT THE GOVERNMENT HAS A TOTAL 

ESTABLISHMENT OF 365 POSTS FOR TRANSLATORS AND 351 POSTS ON 

STRENGTH.


.WE DO, HOWEVER, HAVE DIFFICULTY IN MEETING ALL THE DEMAND. 

THE BACKLOG OF WORK OR DELAY IN TRANSLATION IN CERTAIN DEPARTMENTS 

IS A MATTER OF CONCERN BECAUSE OF THE DRASTIC INCREASE IN THE 

VOLUME OF WORK AND OF COMPETING DEMANDS IN THOSE DEPARTMENTS FOR 

OTHER STAFF,. MR BRAY POINTED OUT.



VARIOUS RECOMMENDATIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO THOSE DEPARTMENTS 

REQUIRING ADDITIONAL STAFF.


THE GOVERNMENT IS ALSO CARRYING OUT AN INTERNAL REORGANISATION 

REVIEW ALONG WITH A VALUE-FOR-MONEY STUDY WITHIN THE CHINESE 

LANGUAGE DIVISION IN THE HOPE OF ACHIEVING IMPROVEMENTS, HE SAID.


MR YEUNG ALSO ASKED WHETHER THERE WAS AN ADEQUATE SUPPLY OF 

SIMULTANEOUS INTERPRETORS.


IN REPLY, MR BRA POINTED OUT THAT EVEN THOUGH A SMALL NUMBER 

OF SUCH OFFICERS WAS REQUIRED, THE GOVERNMENT HAD GREAT DIFFICULTY 

IN SUPPLYING INTERPRETERS ON ALL DESIRABLE OCCASIONS.


ON STRENGTH, THE GOVERNMENT HAD ONE CHIEF INTERPRETER, ONE 

ACTING CHIEF INTERPRETOR AND FOUR FULL-TIME INTERPRETERS, HE SAID.


MR BRAY SAID THAT TO FILL THE ESTABLISHMENT, THE GOVERNMENT 

HAD MADE MORE INTENSIVE RECRUITMENT EFFORTS AND HAD INTRODUCED ’ 

A SYSTEMATIC PROGRAMME FOR THE TRAINING OF PART-TIME SIMULTANEOUS 

INTERPRETERS.


IN ADDITION, THERE WERE EIGHT PART-TIME INTERPRETERS AND MORE 

WERE BEING RECRUITED.


.IF WE WERE TO PROVIDE THE BEST STANDARDS OF INTERPRETATION 

AT ALL DESIRABLE MEETINGS WE KNOW OF NOW, THE ESTABLISHMENT WOULD 

NEED TO BE DOUBLED.



.IT WOULD BE IMPOSSIBLE TO RECRUIT SO MANY OFFICERS QUICKLY 

EVEN IF FUNDS WERE AVAILABLE,* HE SAID.



- 0 - -


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1984


18


BILL SEEKS STRIKE OUT POWER FOR TRIBUNAL


******


THE LABOUR TRIBUNAL (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 SEEKS TO REMEDY 

A DEFICIENCY IN THE MAIN ORDINANCE BY EMPOWERING THE LABOUR TRIBUNAL 

UPON APPLICATION BY THE DEFENDANT, TO SET ASIDE AN AWARD OR ORDER 

ON TERMS THAT IT THINKS FIT, THE LAW DRAFTSMAN, THE HON GERALD 

NAZARETH, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


THE LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE PROVIDES THAT WHERE A DEFENDANT 

WHO HAS BEEN SERVED WITH NOTICE DOES NOT APPEAR AT THE HEARING, 

THE TRIBUNAL MAY MAKE AN AWARD OR ORDER IN HIS ABSENCE.


MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE BILL, MR NAZARETH SAID THAT 

THE DEFICIENCY IS THAT THE ORDINANCE DOES NOT EMPOWER THE TRIBUNAL 

TO SET ASIDE SUCH AN AWARD OR ORDER.


THE ORDINANCE ALSO OMITS TO MAKE PROVISION FOR THE NON- 

APPEARANCE OF THE CLAIMANT.


MR NAZARETH EXPLAINED THAT THE BILL MAKES SIMILAR PROVISION 

BY EMPOWERING THE TRIBUNAL TO STRIKE OUT THE CLAIM, AND UPON THE 

APPLICATION OF THE CLAIMANT, TO RESTORE IT UPON TERMS IT THINKS FIT.


IN BOTH CASES, APPLICATIONS WILL NAVE TO BE MADE WITHIN 

SEVEN DAYS OF THE HEARING OR SUCH FURTHER PERIOD AS THE TRIBUNAL 

MAY ALLOW, HE ADDED.


.THESE ARE NORMAL POWERS AND PROCEDURES IN OUR COURTS, 

INCLUDING THE SMALL Cl AIMS TRIBUNAL. THEY WORK WELL AND ENABLE 

JUSTICE TO BE DONE WH uE AVOIDING MUCH OF THE DELAY AND DISRUPTION 

THAT NON-APPEARANCE WOULD OTHERWISE CAUSE.


.THERE IS NO REASON WHY THEY SHOULD NOT WORK EQUALLY WELL 

IN THE LABOUR TRIBUNAL,* HE SAID.


MR NAZARETH DESCRIBED THE BILL AS A +MODEST BUT CLEARLY 

DESIRABLE MEASURE OF REFORM.*


DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED TO MARCH 14,


- - - - 0


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1984


REVIEW OF LAND SITES FOR TEMPORARY USE 

ft ft ft


AT THE REQUEST OF THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE ON LAND SUPPLY, 

THE DIRECTOR OF LANDS IS CONDUCTING A REVIEW OF THE TEMPORARY 

USE OF VARIOUS LAND SITES, THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, 

THE HON NICKY CHAN, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


THESE SITES INCLUDE ALL THOSE IN THE MAIN URBAN AREAS WHICH 

HAVE BEEN EARMARKED FOR GOVERNMENT, INSTITUTION OR COMMUNITY USE 

BUT FOR WHICH THERE ARE AS YET NO DEFINITE DEVELOPMENT PROPOSALS 

AND PROGRAMMES.


MR CHAN WAS REPLYING TO DR THE HON HENRIETTA IP WHO ASKED 

WHETHER THE GOVERNMENT WOULD CONSIDER DOING A REVIEW TO ENSURE 

MAXIMUM UTILISATION OF SUCH CROWN LAND WHICH WOULD BE LEFT 

UNDEVELOPED FOR FIVE YEARS OR MORE.


MR CHAN SAID THE REVIEW WOULD IDENTIFY WHICH OF THESE SITES 

WERE CONSIDERED SUITABLE FOR TEMPORARY USE.


. THE PURPOSE OF THE REVIEW IS TO ENSURE THAT AVAILABLE LAND 

IS FULLY USED, HE ADDED.

*

. IN THE PROCESS, THE POSSIBILITY OF RELEASING SITES WHICH 

ARE UNLIKELY TO BE REQUIRED FOR GOVERNMENT, INSTITUTION OR 

COMMUNITY USE FOR PERMANENT DEVELOPMENT IN THE PRIVATE SECTOR 

WILL ALSO BE EXAMINED.

*



MR CHAN SAID THE REVIEW WAS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED SHORTLY 

AND THE FINDINGS WOUIn BE PUT TO THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE ON LAND 

SUPPLY FOR INITIAL Cl .SIDERATION.


. THEREAFTER, DISTRICT BOARDS WILL BE CONSULTED, AS INDEED 

THEY HAVE BEEN IN THE PAST, ABOUT THE USE OF SITES TEMPORARILY 

AVAILABLE WITHIN THEIR OWN PARTICULAR DISTRICTS,. HE SAID.



---------- 0 ------------


FIRE DANGER GREATER IN HILLSIDE SQUATTER AREAS 

ft ft ft ft


FIRE RISKS IN HILLSIDE SQUATTER AREAS ARE GREATER THAN THOSE 

ASSOCIATED WITH SQUATTER HUTS ON THE ROOFTOPS OF BUILDINGS IN URBAN 

DISTRICTS, SAID THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON DAVID JEAFFRESON. 

IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


HE WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM DR THE HON HO KAM-FAI, WHO 

ASKED WHETHER THE GOVERNMENT WAS AWARE OF THE FIRE RISKS ASSOCIATED 

WITH ROOFTOP STRUCTURES AND WHO WANTED TO KNOW WHAT ACTION WAS Taken 

TO REDUCE THESE.


MR JEAFFRESON SAID THAT DURING THE TWO YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31 

1983, THERE WERE 46 FIRES, OF WHICH ONLY THREE WERE THIRD ALARM OR 

ABOVE, INVOLVING ROOFTOP SQUATTER HUTS.


IN THE SAME PERIOD, HOWEVER, THERE WERE 208 FIRES IN HILLSIDE 

SQUATTER AREAS, 52 OF THEM BEING THIRD ALARM OR ABOVE.


HE SAID THAT FIRE SERVICES OFFICERS REGULARLY INSPECT BUILDINGS 

AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES.


ADVICE TO RESIDENTS IS AVAILABLE FROM THE FIRE PROTECTION 

BUREAU, AND THE GOVERNMENT FIRE PREVENTION CAMPAIGN AND EFFORTS 

TO IMPROVE BUILDING MANAGEMENT ARE CONTINUING.


------------0------------


MORE LAWS TRANSLATED INTO CHINESE 

ft ft ft ft


FORTY-FIVE PIECES OF LEGISLATION HAVE BEEN TRANSLATED INTO 

CHINESE SO FAR, THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, THE HON DENIS 

BRAY, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


THEY INCLUDE SIX OF THE 18 PIECES IDENTIFIED BY UMELCO AND 

THE URBAN COUNCIL LAST YEAR FOR PRIORITY TRANSLATION AS THEY 

AFFECT THE GENERAL PUBLIC, MR BRAY SAID.


HE WAS REPLYING TO THE HON WONG LAM WHO ASKED ABOUT THE 

PRESENT POSITION ON THE TRANSLATION OF HONG KONG LAWS INTO CHINESE 

AND WHETHER THE GOVERNMENT WAS SATISFIED WITH THE PROGRESS.


MR BRAY SAID THAT AN ORGANISATIONAL REVIEW OF THE CHINESE 

LANGUAGE DIVISION WAS BEING CONDUCTED TO ASSESS WHETHER BETTER 

PROGRESS COULD BE MAT. BY REDEPLOYING STAFF AND RESTRUCTURING THE 

DIVISION.


HE SAID THAT HE WAS .REASONABLY SATISFIED* WITH PROGRESS IN 

VIEW OF COMPETING DEMANDS FOR TRANSLATION SERVICES AND THE USE 

OF BILINGUAL EXPLANATORY NOTES WHICH MOST PEOPLE FIND TO BE OF 

GREATER HELP IN UNDERSTANDING THE LAW.


OVER 1 000 SUCH PAMPHLETS HAD BEEN PUBLISHED AND KEPT UP-TO- 

DATE, MR BRAY SAID.


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1984


21


LABOUR EDUCATION PROMOTED


* * *


IT HAS LONG BEEN THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY TO DO ITS BEST TO 

PROMOTE LABOUR EDUCATION AMONG LOCAL WORKERS, THE COMMISSIONER 

FOR LABOUR, THE HON RON BRIDGE, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL 

TODAY (WEDNESDAY).


HE WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION ON THE SUBJECT BY THE HON 

ANDREW SO.


THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT HAD A SPECIAL UNIT DEDICATED TO 

PROMOTING LABOUR EDUCATION AMONG LOCAL WORKERS, AND IN 1983 IT 

ORGANISED COURSES AND SEMINARS FOR MORE THAN 1 200 EMPLOYEES 

AND TRADE UNION OFFICIALS, MR BRIDGE SAID.


IN ADDITION, INDIVIDUAL OFFICERS OF THE DEPARTMENT GAVE 

MORE THAN 100 TALKS AND LECTURES TO TRADE UNIONS AND SIMILAR 

GROUPS AND AT SEMINARS ORGANISED BY SUCH BODIES AS THE HONG 

KONG MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION. THESE TALKS COVERED SUCH SUBJECTS AS 

LABOUR RELATIONS, LABOUR LEGISLATION. INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND 

INTERNATIONAL LABOUR CONVENTIONS, PARTICULARLY THOSE AFFECTING 

THE RIGHTS OF UNIONS AND THEIR MEMBERS.


THE LABOUR ADVISORY BOARD’S COMMITTEE ON INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 

AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION ALSO REGULARLY ORGANISED INDUSTRIAL 

SAFETY SEMINARS. MORE THAN 700 EMPLOYEES AND MIDDLE MANAGERS 

TOOK PART IN FOUR SUCH SEMINARS IN 1983.


MR BRIDGE POINTED OUT THAT WHENEVER NEW LABOUR LEGISLATION 

WAS ENACTED OR EXIST 'JG LABOUR LEGISLATION WAS AMENDED, EXTENSIVE 

PUBLICITY WAS MOUNTED MAINLY BY MEANS OF POSTERS, PRESS RELEASES 

AND TELEVISION INTERVIEWS.


IN ADDITION, THE DEPARTMENT ALSO PREPARED SIMPLE BOOKLETS 

IN BOTH CHINESE AND ENGLISH, WHICH WERE DISTRIBUTED FREE OF 

CHARGE AND WERE BACKED UP BY TALKS TO MANAGERS AND TRADE 

UNION OFFICIALS.


THE REGISTRAR OF TRADE UNIONS AND HIS STAFF REGULARLY 

VISITED TRADE UNIONS TO ADVISE ON UNION LEGISLATION AND ON THEIR 

INTERNAL ADMINISTRATION. SOME 330 SUCH VISITS WERE MADE IN 1983.


SINCE AUGUST 1983, THE REGISTRY OF TRADE UNIONS HAD BEEN 

ORGANISING SHORT COURSES FOR TRADE UNION LEADERS ON TRADE UNION 

ACCOUNTING AND GENERAL TRADE UNION ADMINISTRATION. IN ADDITION, 

IT WOULD SHORTLY BE PUBLISHING A SERIES OF FREE LEAFLETS ON 

TRADE UNION ADMINISTRATION, MR BRIDGE ADDED.


------------o------------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1984


- 22 .


TAC TO CONSIDER SCHEME ON CAR CHECKS 

ft ft ft ft


THE TRANSPORT ADVISORY COMMITTEE WILL BE CONSIDERING LATER 

THIS MONTH A DETAILED SCHEME ON THE LICENSING OF PRIVATE GARAGES 

TO UNDERTAKE THE ANNUAL INSPECTION OF PRIVATE CARS OVER SIX YEARS 

OLD, THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, THE HON ALAN SCOTT, TOLD THE 

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON S.L. CHEN. MR SCOTT SAID 

THAT THE SCHEME HAD BEEN WORKED OUT BY A WORKING GROUP WHICH 

INCLUDED REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT, THE 

INDEPENDENT COMMISSION AGAINST CORRUPTION AND THE MOTOR TRADERS 

ASSOCIATION.


AFTER THE TAC'S CONSIDERATION, THE SCHEME WOULD BE SUBMITTED 

TO THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL, MR SCOTT REPORTED.


ON MAY 31, LAST YEAR, THE TRANSPORT ADVISORY COMMITTEE APPROVED 

IN PRINCIPLE THE MOTOR TRADERS ASSOCIATION'S PROPOSAL ON THE 

SUBJECT, HE SAID.


THE SCHEME HAD BEEN PREPARED IN RESPONSE TO THE REQUEST OF 

THE COMMITTEE WHICH ALSO ASKED FOR ADEQUATE SAFEGUARDS AGAINST 

MALPRACTICE AND ENSURING PROPER STANDARDS OF COMPETENCE AND OF 

EQUIPMENT, HE SAID.


----o----


MORE POLICE POSTS INCLUDED IN DRAFT ESTIMATES 

ft ft ft ft


ADDITIONAL POSTS FOR THE POLICE HAVE BEEN INCLUDED IN THE DRAFT 

ESTIMATES, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON DAVID JEAFFRESON, 

SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


HE WAS REPLYING TO THE HON CHARLES YEUNG, WHO ASKED WHETHER THE 

POLICE STRENGTH WOULD BE INCREASED THIS YEAR.


MR JEAFFRESON SAID THAT HE DID NOT WANT TO START A PREMATURE 

DEBATE ON THE SUBJECT.


HE WOULD NOT KNOW WHETHER THE STRENGTH OF THE POLICE WOULD BE 

INCREASED THIS YEAR UNTIL THE COUNCIL HAD VOTED ON THE APPROPRIATION 

BILL, HE SAID.


0-------------


WtDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1984


- 23 -


MEW RULES FOR ACCOUNTANTS 

* * *


MEASURES TO TIGHTEN CONTROL OF THE ACCOUNTING PROFESSION 

WERE DETAILED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, MOVED THE 

SECOND READING OF THE PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS (AMENDMENT) 

BILL 1984.


SIR JOHN TOLD COUNCIL MEMBERS THAT THE BILL SOUGHT TO 

MAKE A NUMBER OF AMENDMENTS TO THE PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS 

ORDINANCE (CAP 50) WHICH WERE CONSIDERED NECESSARY BY THE HONG 

KONG SOCIETY OF ACCOUNTANTS, THE PROFESSION'S STATUTORY 

REGULATORY BODY, IN THE LIGHT OF EXPERIENCE OVER THE PAST SIX 

YEARS.


ONE AMENDMENT PROPOSED SEEKS TO MAKE IT CLEAR THAT A 

PRACTISING CERTIFICATE WILL NOT BE ISSUED TO A PROFESSIONAL 

ACCOUNTANT UNLESS HE IS ORDINARILY RESIDENT IN HONG KONG AND 

POSSESSES THE NECESSARY LOCAL EXPERIENCE AND KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL 

LAW AND PRACTICE.


OTHER PROVISIONS INCREASE THE NUMBER OF COUNCIL MEMBERS 

FROM 12 TO 14, INCREASE THE MEMBERSHIP OF ITS DISCIPLINARY 

COMMITTEE FROM THREE TO FIVE, RELATE TO THAT COMMITTEE’S RULES 

OF PROCEDURE AND DEAL WITH RECEIPT OF COMPLAINTS.


DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED TO MARCH 14.


------------0------------


GUARDIANSHIP OF HANDICAPPED 

ft ft ft


IT IS INTENDED THAT LEGISLATIVE PROVISION FOR GUARDIANSHIP 

FOR MENTALLY HANDICAPPED PERSONS OVER THE AGE OF 21, WILL BE 

SUBMITTED FOR CONSIDERATION LATER THIS YEAR, THE SECRETARY FOR 

EDUCATION AND MANPOWER, THE HON NEIL HENDERSON SAID TODAY.


HE WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION ON SUCH GUARDIANSHIP BY DR THE 

HON HENRIETTA IP IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


- - 0------------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1984


24


PEAK TRAM PERMIT FEE SET 

ft ft ft ft


DISCUSSIONS ARE UNDER WAY TO ESTABLISH A NEW FORMULA TO 

BE USED IN THE SETTING OF THE ANNUAL PERMIT FEE PAID TO THE 

GOVERNMENT BY THE PEAK TRAM.


THIS WAS SAID BY THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, THE HON ALAN 

SCOTT, IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY AS HE MOVED THE SECOND 

READING OF THE PEAK TRAMWAY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984.


MR SCOTT SAID THAT A PERMIT FEE IS PAYABLE EACH YEAR BY 

THE OPERATING COMPANY. THE PRESENT BILL PROPOSES TO SET THE 

FEE FOR 1983 AT Si 000 - THE SAME AS IN 1981 AND 1982. THIS 

WILL ENABLE THE COMPANY TO AVOID MAKING A LOSS ON ITS OPERATIONS


IN 1983


.DISCUSSIONS ARE IN PROGRESS WITH THE COMPANY, TO ESTABLISH 

A NEW FORMULA, WHICH WILL BE RELATED TO THE COMPANY’S PROPOSALS 

TO MODERNISE THE TRAMWAY,* SAID MR SCOTT.


. SUCH A FORMULA WOULD AVOID FUTURE AD HOC REDUCTION OF PERMIT 

FEE AND THE NEED FOR REGULAR BILLS SUCH AS THIS ONE.*


DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED TO MARCH 14.


- 0 - -


AMENDMl .T TO HOSPITAL ORDINANCE SOUGHT 

ft ft ft


THE MATILDA AND WAR MEMORIAL HOSPITAL (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 

AMENDS THE ORDINANCE BY REMOVING THE PROVISIONS RELATING TO A 

CUSTODIAN TRUSTEE, WHOSE ONLY FUNCTION IS TO HOLD PROPERTY WHICH 

CAN EQUALLY WELL, AND MORE ECONOMICALLY, BE HELD BY THE HOSPITAL 

ITSELF, THE HON ROGER LOBO SAID TODAY.


MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE BILL IN THE LEGISLATIVE 

COUNCIL, HE ADDEDi *THE OPPORTUNITY HAS ALSO BEEN TAKEN TO MAKE 

A NUMBER OF CHANGES IN THE ARTICLES OF CONSTITUTION OF THE 

HOSPITAL CONTAINED IN A SCHEDULE TO THE ORDINANCE IN ORDER 

TO MODERNISE AND STREAMLINE THE BUSINESS PROCEDURES OF THE 

HOSPITAL.*


DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.


o


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1984


25


three bills passed


ft ft ft ft


THREE BILLS, THE PUBLIC FINANCE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE 

RATING (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 AND THE PAWNBROKERS BILL 1983 WERE 

PASSED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).


SIX BILLS - INCLUDING ONE UNOFFICIAL MEMBER'S BILL - WERE 

INTRODUCED AND READ A SECOND TIME, AND DEBATE ON THEM WAS 

ADJOURNED TO MARCH 14.


THEY AREi THE PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984. 

THE FIXED PENALTY (TRAFFIC CONTRAVENTIONS) (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, 

THE FIXED PENALTY (CRIMINAL PROCEEDINGS) (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984. 

THE PEAK TRAMWAY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE LABOUR TRIBUNAL 

(AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 AND THE MATILDA AND WAR MEMORIAL HOSPITAL 

(AMENDMENT) BILL 1984.


------------o---------------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 198*


26


ADMIRALTY II SITE SOLD FOR S38O MILLION 

* *


THE ADMIRALTY II SITE WAS BOUGHT FOR $380 MILLION AT AUCTION 

TODAY (WEDNESDAY) BY FIRST PROFIT INVESTMENT LIMITED.


BIDDING OPENED AT $300 MILLION AND BIDS WERE RAISED $10 

MILLION EACH TIME.


THE AUCTION ROOM WAS PACKED TO OVERFLOWING WITH AN 

ESTIMATED 700 - 800 PEOPLE PRESENT.


THE AUCTIONEER WAS GOVERNMENT LAND AGENT, MR TONY HARLAND.


THE PRICE PAID IS MORE THAN $60 200 PER SQUARE METRE.


THE GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT GOVERNMENT WAS PREPARED 

TO OFFER THE SITE FOR SALE AT A MINIMUM PRICE OF 1300 MILLION.


OBVIOUSLY THERE WAS INTEREST IN THE SITE AS EVIDENCED BY 

THE FACT THAT IT WAS SOLD FOR $380 MILLION, HE SAID.


THE INTEREST SHOWN WAS NOT AS GREAT AS EARLIER SPECULATION 

HAD SUGGESTED.


THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT GOVERNMENT MUST ALLOW THE MARKET 

TO FIND ITS OWN LEVEL AND BE PREPARED TO SELL AT REASONABLE PRICES.


HE EMPHASISED THAT THE PURCHASER WOULD NOW HAVE TO INVEST 

A FURTHER SUBSTANTIAL SUM (ESTIMATED AT ABOUT $1 BILLION) TO 

DEVELOP THE SITE AND THIS WAS A VOTE OF CONFIDENCE IN THE FUTURE 

OF HONG KONG.


- - 0 - -


COURT TO LOOK INTO ’OSPREY’ LOSS 

* * *


THE GOVERNOR HAS APPOINTED A MARINE COURT TO INVESTIGATE TuE 

LOSS OF THE ’BARQUENTINE OSPREY’, A MARINE DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN 

ANNOUNCED TODAY (WEDNESDAY).


THE MARINE COURT WILL BE PRESIDED OVER BY JUDGE WANE. DR PETER 

CHENG JUI-SHAN AND CAPTAIN ASHLEY J. WAGG HAVE BEEN APPOINTEE AS 

ASSESSORS TO ASSIST THE COURT.


THE COURT WILL SIT AT 10 AM ON APRIL 26, 1984, IN THE LD 

SUPREME COURT BUILDING, JACKSON ROAD, HONG KONG.


- - 0 -


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1984


27


ARE YOU FORCING OTHERS TO SMOKE? 

* * *


SMOKERS CAUSE BOTH DISCOMFORT AND HEALTH HAZARDS TO 

NON-SMOKERS.


THAT IS THE MESSAGE OF A NEW PHASE OF THE ANTI-SMOKING 

PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN WHICH STARTS TOMORROW (THURSDAY).


SMOKERS HAVE BEEN MADE FULLY AWARE OF THE ADVERSE EFFECTS 

OF SMOKING ON THEMSELVES, BUT NOT MANY ARE AWARE OF THE HARM 

THEIR SMOKING DOES TO OTHERS.


THE DANGERS OF +PASSIVE SMOKING+ - THAT IS THE INHALING OF 

TOBACCO SMOKE BY NON-SMOKERS - ARE CONSIDERABLE, ACCORDING TO 

THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS OF THE UNITED KINGDOM.


THE EFFECTS ON NON-SMOKERS COULD RANGE FROM NOSE, THROAT 

AND EYE IRRITATIONS AND PHYSICAL DISCOMFORT, TO LUNG DAMAGE 

OR EVEN FATAL LUNG CANCER, DEPENDING ON THE AMOUNT OF TOBACCO 

SMOKE INHALED, SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE GOVERNMENT’S HEALTH AND 

WELFARE BRANCH.


MEDICAL RESEARCH HAS PROVED THAT NICOTINE AND A RAISED LEVEL 

OF CARBON MONOXIDE CAN BE DETECTED IN THE BODIES OF NON-SMOKERS 

WHO HAVE BEEN EXPOSED TO TOBACCO SMOKE IN A POORLY VENTILATED AREA, 

AND THE LONGER THE PERIOD OF EXPOSURE THE GREATER THE AMOUNT.


YOUNG CHILDREN, ARE PARTICULARLY SUSCEPTIBLE TO HARM FROM 

PASSIVE SMOKING. FOR INSTANCE, CHILDREN OF SMOKING PARENTS 

ARE FOUND TO HAVE MORE CHEST AND RESPIRATORY PROBLEMS THAN 

THOSE OF NON-SMOKING PARENTS.


TO ILLUSTRATE THIS UNHEALTHY AND UNPLEASANT ASPECT OF 

.PASSIVE SMOKING+, A SPECIAL POSTER HAS BEEN PRODUCED, AND IT 

WILL APPEAR ON GOVERNMENT POSTER SITES FROM TOMORROW.


ALSO STARTING TOMORROW, A NEW 3O-SECOND FILM WILL BE 

SCREENED ON THE CHINESE AND ENGLISH CHANNELS OF BOTH TELEVISION 

STATIONS. THE FILM ILLUSTRATES THE SOCIAL UNACCEPTABILITY OF 

SMOKING AND AIMS TO PERSUADE PEOPLE NOT TO SMOKE IN THE 

PRESENCE OF NON-SMOKERS, OR BETTER STILL, TO STOP SMOKING 

ALTOGETHER.


ANYONE WHO WISHES TO KNOW MORE ABOUT THE HARMFUL EFFECTS 

CF PASSIVE SMOKING CAN OBTAIN A FACT-SHEET ON THE SUBJECT FREE 

CF CHARGE FROM THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES MARKETING 

SECTION AT 2/F, BASKERVILLE HOUSE, CENTRAL? THE MEDICAL AND 

HEALTH DEPARTMENT CENTRAL HEALTH EDUCATION UNIT AT 181, 

GLOUCESTER ROAD, 2/F, CENTRE POINT, WAN CHAI, OR THE SHA TIN 

HEALTH EDUCATION CENTRE, AT 2/F, SHA TIN LEK YUEN HEALTH 

CENTRE.


- o-------------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1984


- 28 -


.CONCERN FOR NEW GENERATION* COMMITTEE FORMED 

ft * * * ft


A .CONCERN FOR THE NEW GENERATION* COMMITTEE HAS RECENTLY 

BEEN SET UP BY THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE TO AROUSE 

YOUNG PEOPLE’S INTEREST IN COMMUNITY WORK.


THE COMMITTEE COMPRISES REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE DISTRICT 

OFFICE, THE DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE, THE POLICE COMMUNITY 

RELATIONS OFFICE, THE INDEPENDENT COMMISSION AGAINST CORRUPTION, 

THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT AND THE CHINESE YOUNG MEN CHRISTIAN 

ASSOCIATION (YMCA).


A SPOKESMAN FOR THE COMMITTEE SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY) A SERIES 

OF ACTIVITIES HAD BEEN ORGANISED, INCLUDING AN ON-STREET SURVEY 

BY 50 VOLUNTARY WORKERS FROM THE YMCA LAST MONTH.


FOR THE SURVEY, HE SAID, 500 YOUTHS BETWEEN THE AGES OF 15 

AND 24 WERE ASKED OF THEIR VIEWS OF THE EXISTING FACILITIES IN 

THE DISTRICT.


.RESULTS OF THE SURVEY WILL BE ANALYSED AND A REPORT WILL BE 

COMPILED FOR DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS’ CONSIDERATION,* HE SAID.


.COPIES OF THE REPORT WILL ALSO BE DISTRIBUTED TO LOCAL 

ORGANISATIONS AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES.*


OTHER ACTIVITIES WILL INCLUDE A THREE-HOUR VARIETY SHOW AT 

THE CHATER ROAD PEDESTRIAN PRECINCT ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 19), 

STARTING AT 2 PM.


THE SHOW WILL INCLUDE LION DANCES, BRASS BAND AND HARMONICA 

PERFORMANCES, FOLK DANCE, MARTIAL ARTS AND GYMNASTIC DEMONSTRATIONS, 

AND A BAMBOO DANCE SPONSORED BY THE PHILIPPINE CONSULATE GENERAL.


A VOLUNTARY SERVICES COUNTER. A MINIATURE ROAD SAFETY TOWN, 

AND A PHOTO EXHIBITION ON FIGHT CRIME ACTIVITIES WILL ALSO BE STAGED.


NOTE TO EDITORS!


MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE CENTRAL AND 

WESTERN DISTRICT’S ’CONCERN FOR THE NEW GENERATION’ VARIETY SHOW 

AT 2 PM ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 19) AT THE CHATER ROAD PEDESTRIAN 

PRECINCT, CENTRAL.


------------o


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1984


NOTE TO EDITORS!


LUNCHEON TALK 

MM*


TRADE COMMISSIONERS IN HONG KONG REPRESENTING SOME 20 

COUNTRIES WILL HOLD A LUNCHEON MEETING ON FRIDAY (FEBRUARY 17) 

AT HILTON HOTEL, ABERDEEN ROOM.


THE SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY, MR E.P. HO WILL 

ADDRESS THE MEETING AT ABOUT 1.40 PM ON THE SUBJECT OF .INDUSTRI AL 

INVESTMENT IN HONG KONG*.


- - 0 -


INLAND REVENUE OPENING SHA TIN OFFICE 

X . . .


THE SHA TIN SUB-OFFICE OF INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT LOCATED 

AT K.C.R. HOUSE, LEVEL 1, SHATIN STATION, WILL BE OPEN FOR 

BUSINESS FROM TOMORROW (THURSDAY).


OFFICE HOURS FOR GENERAL ENQUIRIES WILL BE FROM 8.30 AM TO 

12.30 PM AND 1.30 PM TO 4.30 PM FROM MONDAYS TO FRIDAYS, AND FROM 

9 AM TO 12 NOON ON SATURDAYS.


COLLECTION TIMES WILL BE FROM 9 AM TO 12.30 PM AND 1.30 PM 

TO 4 PM FROM MONDAYS TO FRIDAYS AND FROM 9 AM TO 11.30 AM ON 

SATURDAYS.


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE NO.


DISTRICT BOARDS MAKING REAL IMPACT ................................................................................ 1


U.S. WITHDRAWS TWO 1 E.A. CALLS' ......................................................................................... 3


BORDER CONTROL POINT TO BE BUILT...................................................................................... 4


STEADY GROWTH SEEN FOR ELECTRICAL INDUSTRY ....................................................... 4


SCHOOL HEADS STUDY IMPACT OF COMPUTERS ................................................................... 5


PRECAUTIONS AGAINST INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENTS URGED .......................................... 6


HONOUR FOR GIRL './HO SAVED WORKER...................................................................................... 6


SHORT-TERM TENANCY OFFERED......................................................................................................... 7


HOSPITAL EXTENSION .................................................................................................................................. 8


THREE WELFARE OFFICE UNITS MOVE ......................................................................................... 8


REFUSE COLLECTION FACILITY FOR MONG KOK ................................................................ 8


LANTERN CARNIVAL FOR ISLANDERS ............................................................................................ 9


ARTS FESTIVAL OPJNS TOMORROW................................................................................................... 9


FIGHT CRIME VARIETY SHOW............................................................................................................... 10


TRAFFIC PLAN FOR SHAM SHUI PO CEREMONY ................................................................... 10


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 198*


1


DISTRICT BOARDS MAKING REAL IMPACT 

M * *


THE DISTRICT BOARDS WERE CONTRIBUTING TO THE QUALITY OF 

LIFE OF THE CITIZENS, THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG 

AND KOWLOON, MR BARRIE WIGGHAM, SAID TODAY.


IN A LUNCHEON SPEECH TO THE ROTARY CLUB OF KOWLOON, 

MR WIGGHAM SAID HE HAD BEEN MOST IMPRESSED, BOTH BY INDIVIDUAL 

BOARD MEMBERS AND THE BOARDS AS A WHOLE.


THEY HAD MADE A REAL IMPACT IN AREAS RANGING FROM CULTURAL 

AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENTS 

TO TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT, THE PLANNING AND PROVISION OF COMMUNITY 

FACILITIES AS WELL AS COURTESY AND ROAD SAFETY CAMPAIGNS, 

HE SAID.


THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION HAD BEEN 

CONDUCTING A REVIEW OF THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM 

IN THE LIGHT OF THE EXPERIENCE GAINED OVER THE PAST YEAR.


LAST MONTH, ABOUT 300 UNOFFICIAL DB MEMBERS IN A SERIES 

OF MEETINGS WITH MR WIGGHAM AND THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR 

NEW TERRITORIES, MR MACPHERSON, EXPRESSED VIEWS ON HOW THE 

DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM SHOULD DEVELOP.


.DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION REPRESENTS THE MARRYING OF 

TWO PARALLEL DEVELOPMENTS! FIRST. THE NEED TO STRENGTHEN THE 

GOVERNMENT’S ADMINISTRATIVE STRUCTURE AT THE REGIONAL AND 

DISTRICT LEVEL, TO PROVIDE FOR GREATER CO-OPERATION AND 

CO-ORDINATION BETWEEN DEPARTMENTS J AND SECOND, THE DEVELOPMENT 

OF OUR TRADITIONAL CONSULTATIVE SYSTEM TO ALLOW GREATER PUBLIC 

PARTICIPATION IN THE MANAGEMENT OF LOCAL AFFAIRS.


.IT IS THESE TWO THEMES THAT WE SEE BEING TAKEN A 

STEP FURTHER FORWARD IN THE NEW PROPOSALS ANNOUNCED YESTERDAY, 

AS PART OF A CONTINUING PROCESS OF STRENGTHENING OUR SYSTEM OF 

LOCAL ADMINISTRATION^ MR WIGGHAM SAID.


HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT INTENDED TO ESTABLISH A SEPARATE 

REGIONAL COUNCIL FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, TO PARALLEL THE 

PRESENT URBAN COUNCIL COVERING HONG KONG AND KOWLOON.


. AS PART OF THIS PROPOSAL WE SHALL BE GIVING URGENT 

CONSIDERATION TO THE ORGANISATIONAL IMPLICATIONS, IN TERMS OF 

THE DIVISION OF EXECUTIVE FUNCTIONS BETWEEN THE URBAN SERVICES 

DEPARTMENT, THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE 

RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT..



AT THE DISTRICT BOARD LEVEL, THE GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS 

COVERED BY EACH DISTRICT BOARD WOULD BE EXAMINED.


. I DO NOT EXPECT TOO MANY CHANGES HERE, THOUGH WE ARE AWARE, 

FOR INSTANCE, OF THE PROBLEMS OF HAVING ONE BOARD RESPONSIBLE 

IN THE NT FOR THE LARGE GEOGRAPHICAL EXPANSE OF TSUEN WAN, 

KWAI CHUNG AND TSING Yl.



THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1984


2


+IN THE URBAN AREA, IT WILL PROBABLY MEAN THAT, ONCE 

AND FOR ALL, WE WILL SETTLE FOR SEPARATE BOARDS FOR YAU MA TEI, 

MONG KOK, CENTRAL AND WESTERN AND WAN CHAIi IN OTHER WORDS - 

AND IN SPITE OF THE AMALGAMATION SUGGESTED IN THE EARLIER GREEN 

PAPER - CONFIRMING THE PRESENT SITUATION,* HE SAID.


HE NOTED THAT IT WOULD BE DIFFICULT TO SPLIT THE LARGER 

URBAN DISTRICTS, SUCH AS KWUN TONG AND EASTERN.


BUT HE ADDED THAT THE GOVERNMENT ORGANISATION IN THESE 

LARGER DISTRICTS MIGHT HAVE TO BE STRENGTHENED TO KEEP PACE 

WITH DEVELOPMENT.


ON PUBLIC PARTICIPATION, MR WIGGHAM SAID A THIRD 

PROPOSAL ANNOUNCED YESTERDAY WAS AIMED AT INCREASING SIGNIFICANTLY 

THE ELECTED ELEMENT IN THE DISTRICT BOARDS.


AT PRESENT, THE AVERAGE DB HAS ABOUT EQUAL NUMBERS OF 

ELECTED MEMBERS, APPOINTED MEMBERS, AND EX-OFFICIO GOVERNMENT 

MEMBERS.


IF THE GOVERNMENT’S PROPOSALS WERE AGREED TO, THIS RATIO WAS 

EXPECTED TO CHANGE AT THE 1985 ELECTIONS, WITH MOST BOARDS 

HAVING TWICE AS MANY ELECTED MEMBERS AS APPOINTED MEMBERS, 

HE SAID.


. IT REMAINS TO BE SEEN WHETHER THE GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTAL 

REPRESENTATIVES WILL CONTINUE AS FULL MEMBERS OR WILL SIMPLY 

BE ’IN ATTENDANCE’ AT FUTURE DB MEETINGS.

. AT THE SAME W" - AND THIS IS THE FOURTH MAIN PROPOSAL 

- WE SHALL BE CONSIDERING HOW BEST TO DEVELOP A MANAGEMENT 

ROLE FOR THE DBS.

. AS THE CHIEF SECRETARY SAID IN HIS STATEMENT, VIEWS ARE 

NOW TO BE SOUGHT ON THESE PROPOSALS, FROM THE PUBLIC AT 

LARGE AND FROM INTERESTED PARTIES IN PARTICULAR.

. THE PROPOSALS, IF IMPLEMENTED, WILL MARK THE LATEST 

STEPS IN A STEADY ADVANCE OF OUR PARTICULAR HONG KONG SYSTEM 

OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION,. MR WIGGHAM SAID.



THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1984


U.S. WITHDRAWS TWO 'E.A. CALLS' 

* * *


THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, MR HAMISH MACLEOD HAS COMPLETED 

CONSULTATIONS IN WASHINGTON WITH UNITED STATES OFFICIALS ON EXPORT 

AUTHORISATION (EA) CALLS MADE AT THE END OF LAST YEAR.


ANNOUNCING THIS TODAY (THURSDAY), A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRADE 

DEPARTMENT SAID THAT TWO OF THE NINE CALLS HAD BEEN FORMALLY 

WITHDRAWN BY THE UNITED STATES AFTER FURTHER CONSIDERATION. THE 

TWO ITEMS ARE CAT. 318 (COTTON YARN-DYED FABRIC) AND CAT. 669 

(OTHER MAN-MADE FIBRE MANUFACTURES).


FOLLOWING DISCUSSIONS, HONG KONG AND THE UNITED STATES HAVE 

AGREED TO DIFFER ON THE SEVEN REMAINING CALLS WHICH AREi


CATEGORY


DESCRIPTION


314


COTTON POPLIN AND BROADCLOTH


337


COTTON PLAYSUITS, SUNSUITS, WASHSUITS, ETC.


361


COTTON SHEETS


359


OTHER COTTON APPAREL


369


OTHER COTTON MANUFACTURES


649


MAN-MADE FIBRE BRASSIERES, ETC.




459 OTHER WOOL APPAREL


THE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THE SEVEN CALLS WERE IN RESPECT 

OF 1983 AND THEREFORE IN PRACTICAL TERMS, THEY WERE UNRESTRAINED 

EA CATEGORIES IN 1984 UNLESS AND UNTIL THEY WERE CALLED IN 1984.


COMMENTING ON WHETHER CALLS WOULD BE MADE ON THE SEVEN 

CATEGORIES THIS YEAR, THE SPOKESMAN SAID IT DEPENDED ON WHETHER 

THE UNITED STATES CONSIDERED THAT A CASE FOR DOING SO EXISTED IN 

TERMS OF MARKET DISRUPTION UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE MULTIFIBRE 

ARRANGEMENT AND THE BILATERAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN HONG KONG 

AND THE UNITED STATES.


ON THE ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE ISSUE OF EXPORT AUTHORISATION 

CURRENTLY IN FORCE FOR THE NINE CATEGORIES ORIGINALLY CALLED, 

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE ARRANGEMENTS WOULD CONTINUE IN OPERATION 

FOR THE TIME BEING BUT WOULD BE REVIEWED SHORTLY.


MEANWHILE THE TRADE DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED THAT IT HAS RECEIVED 

THE FIRST CALL FROM THE UNITED STATES FOR 1984, THE CALL IS ON CAT. 

652 (MAN-MADE FIBRE UNDERWEAR).


PENDING CONSULTATIONS WITH THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT, THE 

DEPARTMENT HAS ALREADY SUSPENDED THE ISSUE OF FURTHER EXPORT 

AUTHORISATION IN RESPECT OF THIS CATEGORY.


THE DEPARTMENT WILL HOWEVER CONTINUE TO APPROVE AND ISSUE 

EXPORT LICENCES FOR THIS CATEGORY AGAINST VALID EXPORT 

AUTHORISATIONS APPROVED PRIOR TO THE SUSPENSION.


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1984


BORDER CONTROL POINT TO BE BUILT 

* * *


A BORDER CONTROL POINT IS TO BE BUILT AT SHA TAU KOK.


AN $8.3 MILLION CONTRACT FOR THE WORK HAS BEEN AWARDED TO 

YEU SHING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE 

OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.


THE CONTROL POINT WILL OCCUPY A 12 500 SQUARE-METRE SITE 

BETWEEN LIN MA HANG ROAD AND SHA TAU KOK ROAD.


WORK INVOLVES CONSTRUCTION OF A ONE-STOREY MAIN TERMINAL 

BUILDING FOR THE POLICE, AND IMMIGRATION AND CUSTOMS OFFICERS.


THERE WILL ALSO BE AN ARRIVAL AND A DEPARTURE HALL, A CARGO 

EXAMINATION PLATFORM, A VEHICLE INSPECTION PIT AND A TRANSFORMER 

ROOM.


WORK WILL BEGIN TOWARDS THE END OF THIS MONTH AND BE FINISHED 

BY THE END OF THE YEAR.


THE BORDER CONTROL POINT IS BEING BUILT IN CONNECTION WITH 

THE VEHICLE BORDER LINK AT SHA TAU KOK NOW UNDER CONSTRUCTION. 

THE 800-METRE LONG, TWO-LANE CARRIAGEWAY WILL PROVIDE ANOTHER 

BORDER CROSSING FACILITY IN ADDITION TO THE ONE AT MAN KAM TO.


STEADY GROWTH SEEN FOR ELECTRICAL INDUSTRY 

* * M


HONG KONG’S ELECTRICAL INDUSTRY IS EXPECTED TO CONTINUE 

DEVELOPING IN TERMS OF BOTH SIZE AND SOPHISTICATION, ACCORDING TO 

THE RECENTLY PUBLISHED REPORT ON THE 1983 MANPOWER SURVEY OF 

THE ELECTRICAL INDUSTRY.


THE SURVEY WAS CONDUCTED BY THE ELECTRICAL INDUSTRY 

TRAINING BOARD OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL.


TO COPE WITH THIS, THE INDUSTRY WOULD REQUIRE A BETTER 

TRAINED WORKFORCE CAPABLE OF PRODUCING HIGHER LEVEL PRODUCTS 

AND HANDLING COMPLICATED ELECTRICAL PROJECTS, THE REPORT SAYS.


THE INDUSTRY’S WORKFORCE HAS BEEN GROWING STEADILY BY ABOUT 

4.2 PER CENT A YEAR IN THE PAST FEW YEARS, REACHING A TOTAL 

OF ABOUT 59 000 WORKERS IN MARCH LAST YEAR.


AND TO MEET THIS DEMAND, THE TRAINING BOARD HAS SUGGESTED 

THAT AN AVERAGE ANNUAL INCREASE OF 160-200 TECHNOLOGISTS, 

300 - 350 TECHNICIANS AND 1 000 - 1 200 CRAFTSMEN WILL BE REQUIRED 

FROM THIS YEAR TO 1988.


/the report


THURSDAY, FSB RU ARY 16, 1984


- 5 -


THE REPORT ALSO NOTES THAT THE BOARD HAS BEEN GIVEN THE JOB 

OF ESTABLISHING AN ELECTRICAL INDUSTRY TRAINING CENTRE.


THE TRAINING CENTRE WILL BE HOUSED IN THE KWAI CHUNG 

TRAINING CENTRE COMPLEX, AND BE FULLY OPERATIONAL BY EARLY 

NEXT YEAR. IT WILL PROVIDE ONE YEAR FULL-TIME OFF-THE-JOB 

BASIC TRAINING TO 200 TRAINEES IN KEY ELECTRICAL TRADES AND 

WILL UPGRADE TRAINING TO MEET THE DEMAND FOR SAFETY PRACTICE IN 

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION.


THE REPORT, IN BOTH ENGLISH AND CHINESE, GIVES A 

COMPREHENSIVE PICTURE OF THE HONG KONG ELECTRICAL INDUSTRY’S 

MANPOWER AND TRAINING. IT IS ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT 

PUBLICATIONS SALES CENTRE AT $14 A COPY.


------------0---------------


SCHOOL HEADS STUDY IMPACT OF COMPUTERS 

* * * ft


THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT WAS CONSCIOUS OF THE IMPACT OF 

COMPUTER SCIENCE ON THE SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT OF HONG KONG, 

PARTICULARLY IN INFORMATION RETRIEVAL, COMMUNICATION AND 

TELE-COMMUNICATION AND INDUSTRY.


THIS WAS STATED TODAY BY THE SENIOR ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF 

EDUCATION (PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT), MR Y.T. LI, AT THE OPENING 

OF THE SEMINAR ON THE IMPLEMENTATION OF COMPUTER STUDIES.


MORE THAN 300 E.CONDARY SCHOOL HEADS TOOK PART IN THE 

SEMINAR WHICH WAS ORGANISED BY THE MATHEMATICS SECTION OF 

THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT FOR PRINCIPALS OF SECONDARY SCHOOLS, 

AT THE CLEMENTI MIDDLE SCHOOL.


MR LI SAID THAT THE SYLLABUS FOR THE COMPUTER STUDIES 

COURSE WAS DESIGNED’


ft TO ENABLE STUDENTS TO UNDERSTAND THE FUNCTIONS, THE 

USE AND THE LIMITATIONS OF COMPUTERS;


ft TO PROVIDE AN OPPORTUNITY FOR THE STUDY OF MODERN 

METHODS OF INFORMATION PROCESSING;


ft TO ENCOURAGE AN UNDERSTANDING OF THE APPLICATION OF 

COMPUTERS IN THE MODERN WORLD, AND


ft TO PREPARE STUDENTS FOR FURTHER STUDIES IN COMPUTER 

SCIENCE.


NOTING THAT 75 MORE SECONDARY SCHOOLS WOULD JOIN THE 30 

SCHOOLS IN THE COMPUTER STUDIES PILOT SCHEME IN THE COMING 

ACADEMIC YEAR, MR LI SAID THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT HOPED THAT 

EVENTUALLY ALL PUBLIC-SECTOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS WOULD PARTICIPATE 

IN THE SCHEME.


------------0--------------


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1984


PRECAUTIONS AGAINST INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENTS URGED 

* * *


FACTORY PROPRIETORS ARE STRONGLY ADVISED THAT DANGEROUS PARTS 

OF MACHINES SHOULD BE EFFECTIVELY GUARDED TO ENSURE THE SAFETY OF 

WORKERS.


A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (THURSDAY) 

THAT EMPLOYERS FAILING TO FENCE OFF THESE MACHINES MAY FACE A 

MAXIMUM FINE OF S3O DOO ON CONVICTION.


HE SAID THAT WORKERS HAVE FREQUENT AND OFTEN INEVITABLE 

ACCESS TO POINTS OF OPERATION OF A MACHINE.


INJURIES RESULTING FROM MACHINERY ACCIDENTS ARE OFTEN SERIOUS 

AND CAN LEAD TO AMPUTATION OF FINGERS, A HAND OR ARM AND MORE 

SERIOUSLY, PERMANENT DISABILITY FOR THE INJURED.


.STATISTICS SHOWED THAT THERE WERE A TOTAL OF 11 483 

INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENTS CAUSED BY MACHINERY LAST YEAR, OF WHICH 

19 WERE FATAL CASES,. HE SAID.


WORKERS, ESPECIALLY THOSE HANDLING MACHINES WITH PROJECTIONS 

ON REVOLVING PARTS ARE ALSO REMINDED NOT TO WEAR COTTON GLOVES 

OR LOOSE CLOTHINGS DURING OPERATION.


THE ENTANGLEMENT OF COTTON GLOVES WITH THE MOVING PARTS MAY 

RESULT IN THE LOSS OF A HAND OR AN ENTIRE ARM.


.WHILE FACTORY M\NAGEMENT SHOULD EXERCISE STRICT SUPERVISION 

TO ENSURE SAFETY MEASURES, WORKERS SHOULD ON THEIR PART FOLLOW 

THE REGULATIONS,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


WORKERS WHO WILFULLY AND WITHOUT REASONABLE CAUSE REMOVE THE 

SAFETY DEVICES ARE LIABLE TO A MAXIMUM FINE OF $10 000 ON 

CONVICTION.


- - 0 - -


NOTE TO EDITORS!


HONOUR FOR GIRL WHO SAVED WORKER 

* * *


AN 11-YEAR-OLD GIRL, CHUI PUI-SHAN, WHO SAVED A WORKER FROM A 

FATAL FALL ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 13), WILL BE THE GUEST OF HONOUR AT 

THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT’S +SAFETY EXTRAVAGANZA* 

TOMORROW (FRIDAY).


PUI SHAN, A PRIMARY SIX PUPIL, HAS BEEN INVITED TO ATTEND 

THE OPENING BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR RON BRIDGE, IN 

APPRECIATION OF HER PROMPT ACTION IN SAVING THE WORKER.


/GN M0Nj.Y


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1984


- 7 -


ON MONDAY EVENING, PUI SHAN WAS PLAYING BADMINTON AT THE TZE 

MAN ESTATE, TZE WAN SHAN, WHEN HER ATTENTION WAS DRAWN BY SOME WORK 

TOOLS FALLING FROM A BUILDING. LOOKING UP, SHE SAW A GONDOLA 

TILTING ABOUT 60 DEGREES WITH A WORKER HANGING ON PRECARIOUSLY 

OUTSIDE THE BALCONY OF HER 9TH FLOOR FLAT.


PUI SHAN IMMEDIATELY RUSHED BACK TO HER FLAT AND OPENED A 

WINDOW TO LET THE WORKER IN.


PUI SHAN, A BADMINTON ENTHUSIAST, WILL BE PRESENTED WITH 

A PAIR OF BADMINTON RACQUETS BY MR BRIDGE.


THE OPENING CEREMONY WILL BE HELD AT THE COMMUNITY CENTRE IN 

TELFORD GARDENS, KOWLOON BAY, AT 3 PM.


OFFICIATING AT THE CEREMONY WILL BE MR BRIDGE, MR KEVIN 

I.K. MAK, DISTRICT OFFICER, KWUN TONG DISTRICT OFFICE, AND 

MR EDDIE LAMB, CHAIRMAN OF THE KWUN TONG SAFETY EXTRAVAGANZA 

ORGANISING COMMITTEE.


THE EXHIBITION, JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DEPARTMENT AND THE 

KWUN TONG DISTRICT BOARD, IS AIMED AT MAKING THE RESIDENTS AND 

WORKERS IN KWUN TONG MORE AWARE OF THE IMPORTANCE OF SAFETY AT WORK.


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE FUNCTION.


- - - - 0 ------------


HORT-TERM TENANCY OFFERED 

ft ft ft


A 400 SQUARE METRE SITE IN TUNG TAU INDUSTRIAL AREA, 

YUEN LONG, IS BEING OFFERED FOR SHORT-TERM TENANCY BY THE LANDS 

DEPARTMENT.


IT IS FOR STORING AND REPAIRING GOODS.


IT CAN ALSO BE USED FOR THE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE, 

INCLUDING PAINT-SPRAYING, OF MOTOR VEHICLES.


THE INITIAL TENANCY OF THE SITE IS TWO YEARS, RENEWABLE 

QUARTERLY AFTERWARDS.


THE CLOSING DATE FOR ACCEPTANCE OF TENDERS IS MARCH 2.


TENDER FORMS, NOTICES AND CONDITIONS ARE AVAILABLE AT THE 

LANDS DEPARTMENT, MURRAY BUILDING, 5TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, HONG 

KONGj THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, KOWLOON WEST, YAU MA TEI CAR 

PARK BUILDING, 10TH FLOOR, 250 SHANGHAI STREET, KOWLOONf 

AND THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, YUEN LONG.


THE TENDER PLAN MAY ALSO BE INSPECTED AT THESE LOCATIONS.


--------0------------


/8 .................


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 198*


8


NOTE TO ED I TORSt


HOSPITAL EXTENSION 

ft ft * *


DR K.L. THONG, DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, WILL 

OFFICIATE AT THE FOUNDATION STONE LAYING CEREMONY OF THE YAN CHAI 

HOSPITAL PHASE III EXTENSION PROGRAMME TOMORROW (FRIDAY) AT 11 AM.


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE CEREMONY.


------------o------------


THREE WELFARE OFFICE UNITS MOVE 

ft ft ft ft


THREE UNITS OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT WILL BE OPERATING 

FROM NEW OFFICES ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 20).


THE KOWLOON CITY FAMILY SERVICES CENTRE WILL MOVE TO THE TO KWA 

WAN MARKET AND GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 7TH FLOOR, 165 MA TAU WAI ROAD, 

KOWLOON. ITS TELEPHONE NUMBERS WILL BE 3-7601659 AND 3-7601624.


THE KOWLOON CITY SOCIAL SECURITY FIELD UNIT WILL BE HOUSED ON 

THE 8TH FLOOR OF THE SAME BUILDING. THE TELEPHONE NUMBERS WILL BE 

3-7150395 AND 3-7601'79.


THE NEW OFFICE OF THE MONG KOK SOCIAL SECURITY FIELD UNIT 

WILL BE AT THE YAU MA TEI CARPARK BUILDING, GROUND FLOOR, 

248-250 SHANGHAI STREET, YAU MA TEI, KOWLOON. THE TELEPHONE 

NUMBERS WILL BE 3-887448 AND 3-327167.


----o----


REFUSE COLLECTION FACILITY FOR MONG KOK 

ft ft ft ft


A REFUSE COLLECTION POINT 

MONG KOK.


IS TO BE BUILT AT DUNDAS STREET,


THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING 

DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED A $600 000 CONTRACT TO 

LIMITED TO CARRY OUT THE WORK.


DEVELOPMENT


K-PEAK COMPANY


AN OFFICE AND A STORE WILL ALSO BE BUILT AS PART OF THE 

PROJECT.


WORK STARTED RECENTLY AND WILL BE COMPLETED IN SEVEN MONTHS.


THE REFUSE COLLECTION POINT, WHICH IS INTENDED TO IMPROVE 

THE LOCAL ENVIRONMENT, WILL OCCUPY A 173 SQUARE METRE SITE 

ADJACENT TO KWONG WAH HOSPITAL.


- 0 -


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1984


9


LANTERN CARNIVAL FOR ISLANDERS 

* * *


TWO LARGE-SCALE LUNAR NEW YEAR CELEBRATION ACTIVITIES WILL 

BE STAGED FOR CHEUNG CHAU RESIDENTS FROM THIS (THURSDAY) EVENING.


STARTING AT 8 PM, A LANTERN CARNIVAL WITH SINGING AND 

CANTONESE OPERA SHOWS WILL BE HELD AT THE SEASIDE NEAR THE 

CHEUNG CHAU FERRY PIER ON THREE NIGHTS UNTIL SATURDAY.


ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 19), A FOUR-HOUR CARNIVAL FOR 500 ELDERLY 

PEOPLE WILL BE HELD AT THE CHEUNG CHAU PAK DAI RECREATIONAL GROUND 

STARTING AT 1 PM.


THE PROGRAMME WILL INCLUDE SINGING AND DANCING PERFORMANCES 

BY STUDENTS IN THE DISTRICT, AND 10 GAMES STALLS WILL BE PUT UP. 

RED PACKETS WILL ALSO BE DISTRIBUTED TO THE ELDERLIES.


THE ISLANDS DISTRICT OFFICER, MR WILLIAM YAP, WILL OFFICIATE 

AT THE CARNIVAL ON SUNDAY.


SPONSORED BY THE ISLANDS DISTRICT BOARD AT ABOUT $14 400, 

THE LUNAR NEW YEAR ACTIVITIES ARE ORGANISED BY THE CHEUNG CHAU 

RURAL COMMITTEE AND LOCAL ORGANISATIONS.


- 0 -


NOTE TO EDITORS i


ARTS FESTIVAL OPENS TOMORROW 

ft ft ft


THE FOURTH YUEN LONG ARTS FESTIVAL WILL START TOMORROW 

(FRIDAY) EVENING WITH A FREE PERFORMANCE BY THE HONG KONG 

PHILHARMONIC ORCHESTRA AT LUT SAU HALL.


FOR THE FOLLOWING TWO WEEKS, MORE THAN 30 PROGRAMMES 

FEATURING OPERAS, DRAMAS, DANCES, FILM SHOWS, SEMINARS AND 

EXHIBITION WILL BE STAGED AT VARIOUS VENUES IN THE DISTRICT.


PRIOR TO TOMORROW’S CONCERT, THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR 

NEW TERRITORIES, MR IAN MACPHERSON, WILL OFFICIATE AT AN 

OPENING CEREMONY AT 7 PM.


YOU ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE OPENING CEREMONY. A GOVERNMENT 

VEHICLE WILL LEAVE KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER AT 5.30 PM SHARP FOR 

YUEN LONG.


- - 0 - -


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1984


10


NOTE TO EDITORS i


FIGHT CRIME VARIETY SHOW 

XXX


A FIGHT CRIME AND AN ANT I-NARCOTICS VARIETY SHOW, ORGANISED 

BY THE NORTH DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE, WILL BE HELD AT THE 

FANLING SPORTS GROUND ON SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 18) AT 7 PM.


THE NORTH DISTRICT OFFICER, MR IAN WOTHERSPOON, THE COMMISSIONER 

FOR NARCOTICS, MR G.L. MORTIMER AND THE FRONTIER DISTRICT COMMANDER, 

FR G.R. LLOYD, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY.


THE 90-MINUTE SHOW WILL FEATURE PERFORMANCES BY TWO LOCAL 

SINGERS, MR JOHNNY YIP AND MISS ELIZA CHAN.


YOU ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE SHOW.


- 0 - -


TRAFFIC PLAN FOR SHAM SHUI PO CEREMONY 

XXX


ON SATURDAY (FEPnUARY 18), SPECIAL TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS 

WILL BE IMPLEMENTED tN SHAM SHUI PO TO FACILITATE THE INAUGURAL 

CEREMONY OF THE SHAM SHUI PO CLOCK TOWER.


UNDER THE ARRANGEMENTS, THE SLIP ROAD BETWEEN TAI PO ROAD 

AND CASTLE PEAK ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC FROM 

1 PM TO 4 PM.


DURING THE CLOSURE, GENERAL TRAFFIC AND BUSES ON KMB ROUTE 

NOS. 72 AND 86 ALONG TAI PO ROAD SOUTHBOUND WILL BE DIVERTED VIA 

TAI PO ROAD, UN CHAU STREET AND YEN CHOW STREET.


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE! 110,


ELECTRICITY SUPPLY REGULATIONS AMENDED ................................................................... 1


VALUE OF EXEMPT ADVERTISING SAMPLE RAISED .......................................................... 2


MORE THOUGHT NEEDED FOR RIGHT SYSTEM, YOUTHS TOLD ................................ 2


HIGH LEVEL OF INVESTMENT INTEREST EI HONG KONG - HO.......................... 4


GIRL PRAISED FOR HELPING SAVE MAN ................................................................................... 5


REFRESHER COURSES FOR PRIMARY SCHOOL TEACHERS ............................................. 6


VISITORS IMPRESSED WITH CORRECTIONAL SERVICES ............................................. 7


NURSING SCHOOL DJCLUDED IN HOSPITAL GROWTH ....................................................... 8


NEW REGULATIONS ON FILM REVIEWS ......................................................................................... 8


STAMPS TO MARK HONG KONG'S AVIATION HISTORY ................................................... 9


FIRE SERVICES TO HAVE NEW HEADQUARTERS ................................................................... 10


TENDERS SOUGHT FOR POOL, MARKET COMPLEX WORK................................................ 10


REFUSE DISPOSAL GROUP HOLDS 50TH MEETING............................................................. 11


FOOTPATHS TO BE BUILT NEAR HOUSING ARSA ................................................................ 12


HIGHER BIDS FOR URBaN TAXI LICENCES ............................................................................ 12


NEW CLOCK TOWER TO SERVE AS SHAM SHUT PO L^iNDMaRK ................................ 13


YUEN LONG ARTS FESTIVAL OPENS ................................................................................................ 14


GROWING DEMAND SEEN FOR TRANSLATION SERVICE................................................... 15


ROAD LINK TO COMPLETE TSING Yl COMPLEX ................................................................... 15


ROLLER SKATING RINK OPINING ...................................................................................................... 16


carnival to top activities ......................................................................................................... 17


PROMENADES ALONG SHING MUN RIVER...................................................................................... 17


TAI HANG WATER WORKS ............................................................................................................................ 17


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 198*


1


electri-cfty SUPPLY REGULATIONS AMENDED 

. * * *


A REGULATION DATING BACK MORE THAN 70 YEARS, REQUIRING THE 

POWER COMPANIES TO CARRY OUT CHECKS ON WIRES AND FITTINGS AT LEAST 

ONCE EVERY FIVE YEARS, HAS BEEN AMENDED.


UNDER THE ELECTRICITY SUPPLY (AMENDMENT) REGULATIONS 1984, 

PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE TODAY, THE FIVE-YEAR TESTING REQUIREMENT 

WILL NO LONGER APPLY IN CASES WHERE THE DIRECTOR OF ELECTRICAL 

AND MECHANICAL SERVICES (DEMS) IS SATISIFIED THAT A CONSUMER HAS MADE 

ADEQUATE TESTING ARRANGEMENTS HIMSELF, IN WHICH CASE A CERTIFICATE 

OF SATISFACTION WILL BE ISSUED.


A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THE REQUIREMENT FOR TESTING 

EVERY FIVE YEARS WAS INTRODUCED IN 1911 WHEN THE ELECTRICITY 

SUPPLY ORDINANCE AND ITS REGULATIONS WERE BROUGHT INTO EFFECT.


HE SAID THAT BECAUSE OF CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT IN THE QUALITY 

OF WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS USED FOR INSTALLATIONS, THE REQUIREMENT 

IS NOW REGARDED AS OUT OF DATE.


HE SAID, HOWEVER, BEFORE A CERTIFICATE OF SATISFACTION IS 

GRANTED, THE CONSUMER CONCERNED WILL HAVE TO SATISFY DEMS THAT 

THE INSTALLATION FOR WHICH THE CERTIFICATE IS BEING SOUGHT HAD 

BEEN REGULARLY MAINTAINED, INSPECTED AND TESTED FOR A PERIOD OF 

NOT LESS THAN TWO YEARS PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION BYl


(A) A FULLY QUALIFIED ELECTRICAL ENGINEER EMPLOYED BY 

THE CONSUMER APPLYING FOR THE CERTIFICATE?



(B) A CONTRACTOR CURRENTLY ON THE GOVERNMENT LIST FOR 

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS? OR



(C) ANY OTHER CONTRACTOR ABLE TO DEMONSTRATE TO THE 

SATISFACTION OF DEMS THE POSSESSION OF SUITABLE 

QUALIFICATIONS AND EXPERIENCE IN THE ELECTRICAL 

FIELD AND WHO HAD BEEN IN BUSINESS AT LEAST THREE 

YEARS PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION.



EACH CERTIFICATE ISSUED BY DEMS WILL PROVIDE THAT THE 

INSTALLATION FOR WHICH THE CERTIFICATE HAD BEEN GRANTED SHOULD 

BE TESTED AT INTERVALS OF NO MORE THAN FIVE YEARS BY THE CONTRACTOR 

SPECIFIED BY THE APPLICANT AND ACCEPTED BY DEMS AND THAT CERTIFIED 

RECORDS OF EACH TEST CARRIED OUT SHOULD BE FORWARDED IMMEDIATELY 

AFTERWARDS TO DEMS.


THE PROVISION NOT TO CARRY OUT THE TESTING WILL APPLY ONLY 

AS LONG AS DEMS DOES NOT WITHDRAW HIS CERTIFICATE OF SATISFACTION.


THE PROPOSED AMENDMENT ALSO PROVIDES THAT DEMS IS TO BE 

NOTIFIED BY THE RELEVANT POWER COMPANY IF THE COMPANY BECOMES 

AWARE THAT A DEFECT MIGHT EXIST IN A CONSUMER'S WIRES AND FITTING 

TO WHICH A DEMS CERTIFICATE RELATED.


FURTHERMORE, THE SPOKESMAN SAID, DEMS IS TO NOTIFY THE CONSUMER 

AND THE POWER COMPANY IN WRITING IF HE WITHDRAWS HIS CERTIFICATE 

OF SATISFACTION AND IS TO SPECIFY THE PERIOD WITHIN WHICH THE 

POWER COMPANY MUST TEST THE CONSUMER’S INSTALLATION.


------------0------------


2


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1984


2


VALUE OF EXEMPT ADVERTISING SAMPLE RAISED 

* * * *


THE IMPORT AND EXPORT (REGISTRATION) (AMENDMENT) REGULATIONS 

1984 GAZETTED TODAY (FRIDAY) INTRODUCE MEASURES TO FACILITATE 

THE PROCESSING OF IMPORT AND EXPORT DECLARATIONS.


THE AMENDED REGULATIONS RAISE FROM $500 TO $1 000 THE VALUE 

OF ADVERTISING SAMPLES FOR WHICH AN IMPORT OR EXPORT DECLARATION 

IS NOT REQUIRED. THEY ALSO EXEMPT SPORTING EQUIPMENT FOR USE 

IN SPORTS COMPETITIONS FROM THE NEED FOR SUCH DECLARATIONS.


THE REGULATIONS ALSO RAISE FROM $200 TO tl 000 THE VALUE 

OF CONSIGNMENTS OF IDENTICAL ARTICLES REGULARLY IMPORTED FROM 

OR EXPORTED TO THE SAME COUNTRY FOR WHICH MONTHLY DECLARATIONS 

ARE PERMITTED.


PROVISION HAS ALSO BEEN MADE FOR OBJECTIONS TO BE MADE TO 

THE COMMISSIONER OF CUSTOMS AND EXCISE AGAINST HIS ASSESSMENT 

OF CHARGES OR IMPOSITION OF PENALTIES IN RESPECT OF LODGEMENT 

OF IMPORT AND EXPORT DECLARATIONS BEFORE ULTIMATE APPEAL 

TO THE GOVERNOR.


----o----


MORE THOUGHT NEEDED FOR RIGHT SYSTEM, YOUTHS TOLD 

* K * *


THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, MR DAVID AKERS- 

JONES, TODAY URGED YOUNG PEOPLE TO GIVE MORE THOUGHT TO THE ANALYSIS 

OF THE KIND OF GOVERNMENT HONG KONG SHOULD DEVELOP.


ADDRESSING A STUDENT ASSEMBLY AT THE NEW ASIA COLLEGE, 

MR AKERS-JONES SAID THERE HAD BEEN MUCH TALK OF DEMOCRACY AND 

CF ELECTIONS, BUT NOT MUCH TALK OF GOVERNMENT OR WHAT SORT OF 

INSTITUTION WAS NEEDED TO RUN THE DELICATE MACHINERY GOVERNING 

THIS HIGHLY PROSPEROUS AND COMPLEX SOCIO-ECONOMIC SYSTEM.


+CLEARLY MORE THOUGHT NEEDS TO BE GIVEN TO THE ANALYSIS OF THE 

KIND OF GOVERNMENT WE SHOULD DEVELOP WHICH WOULD AT THE SAME TIME 

ENSURE THAT THE GOVERNMENT CONTINUED TO RECEIVE IN ITS HIGHER 

COUNCILS THE REQUISITE ADVICE AND COUNSEL FROM ALL THOSE COMPONENTS 

CF OUR SOCIETY WHICH ARE ESSENTIAL TO ITS CONTINUING PROSPERITY 

AND ORDER,* HE SAID.


HE SAID PEOPLE WITH VARIOUS BACKGROUNDS AND ABILITY WERE NEEDED 

IN HIGHER COUNCILS — THE EXECUTIVE AND THE LEGISLATURE — AND THAT 

THE SYSTEM SHOULD CONTAIN THE RIGHT MIXTURE TO DO THE JOB 

EFFECTIVELY.


+IN THIS PROCESS WE MUST LOOK AT THE EFFECT INTRODUCING 

ELECTIONS HAS HAD ELSEWHERE, EXAMINE THE END RESULTS AND AVOID 

IF WE CAN THEIR SHORTCOMINGS.*


/iuft AKcBS-JOL'xiS................


FRIDAY, FJBRUARY 17, 1984


- 3 -


MR AKERS-JONES SAID THE RECENTLY-PROPOSED EXPANSION OF 

ELECTED SEATS IN DISTRICT BOARDS AND THE SET UP OF A REGIONAL 

COUNCIL IN THE NEW TERRITORIES WOULD ENABLE A REASONABLY 

SYMMETRICAL STRUCTURE OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT TO BE CONSTRUCTED AT 

BOTH DISTRICT AND REGIONAL LEVELS.


+ELECTIONS AND THE GENERAL EXPERIENCE GAINED BY THOSE TAKING 

PART IN VARIOUS LEVELS IN THESE DISTRICT AND REGIONAL ORGANISATIONS 

WILL HAVE AN INCALCULABLE IMPACT ON THE LIFE OF HONG KONG IN THE 

YEARS TO COME.


+ NO DOUBT MANY OF THOSE WHO FIRST GAIN THEIR EXPERIENCE OF 

POLITICAL LIFE IN THE DISTRICTS WILL ADVANCE TO HIGHER COUNCILS. 

THIS TREND HAS ALREADY BEGUN,* HE SAID.


EVERYONE, HE SAID, COULD PARTICIPATE IN THE GOVERNMENT OF 

HONG KONG BY CASTING THEIR VOTES IN THESE ELECTIONS.


+A VOTE IS A SMALL THING BUT IT SHOWS THAT THE INDIVIDUAL 

VOICE, HOWEVER SMALL IS OF VALUE AND IN THE ACT OF VOTING THE 

VOTER HAS COMMITTED HIMSELF TO HONG KONG AND ITS WAY OF 

LIFE. IT IS A SMALL GESTURE OF GREAT SIGNIFICANCE TO US ALL.*


HE RECALLED THAT DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION EVOLVED FROM A 

.DISTINGUISHED ANCESTRY* - A SYSTEM APPLIED TO THE FARMING AND 

RURAL COMMUNITIES IN THE NT BASED ON LOCAL TRADITION AT THE TURN 

CF THE CENTURY.


THE ADOPTION OF THIS SYSTEM 

. ITS CONTINUITY AND THE STRENGTH


GAVE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION 

OF A TESTED METHOD.*


+IT ENABLED MODIFICATION TO BE MADE TO IT LATER ON WITH 

GREATER CONFIDENCE THAN BY INTRODUCING OTHER MODELS AND METHODS 

CF LOCAL GOVERNMENT FROM EUROPE OR ELSEWHERE,* HE SAID.


THE GRADUAL CREATION OF RURAL COMMITTEES AND THE HEUNG YEE 

KUK IN THE NT, AND THE APPOINTMENT OF DISTRICT OFFICERS IN BOTH 

RURAL AND URBAN AREAS WERE ALL FORERUNNERS OF DISTRICT 

ADMINISTRATION.


+THE HISTORICAL ROOTS OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION CAN BE 

TRACED TO SYSTEMS DEVELOPED IN OTHER COLONIAL TERRITORIES, BUT 

THE ESSENTIAL ADAPTATIONS OF ITS BUREAUCRATIC ELEMENTS TO SERVE 

BOTH A RURAL AND URBAN SITUATION WERE MADE IN HONG KONG.


+THE EVOLUTION OF PARTLY ELECTED DISTRICT BOARDS TO ASSIST 

IN SOLVING THE DAY-TO-DAY PROBLEMS OF MANAGING HONG KONG IS ANOTHER 

DEVELOPMENT WITH A GENUINE LOCAL FLAVOUR.


+l KNOW OF NO SYSTEM OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT WHICH, IN FACT, 

CONFERS UPON THE LOCAL COUNCIL THE RIGHT TO ADVISE ON, AND 

CRITICISE IF NECESSARY, THE DECISIONS OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT,* HE 

CONCLUDED.


-------------Q-----------------


/4....................


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1984


- 4 -


HIGH LEVEL OF INVESTMENT INTEREST IN HONG KONG - HO 

X X X X X


THERE HAS BEEN A CONTINUING HIGH LEVEL OF INTEREST IN INVESTMENT 

IN HONG KONG, WHICH IS BEING INCREASINGLY RECOGNISED AS ONE OF 

THE MOST DYNAMIC AND PROFITABLE PLACES IN THE WORLD TO DO BUSINESS, 

THE SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY, MR E.P. HO SAID TODAY.


THE NUMBER OF SUBSTANTIAL INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT ENQUIRIES 

DEALT WITH BY THE DEPARTMENT WENT UP BY 12 PER CENT IN 1983 AS 

AGAINST 1982 — TO 780 FROM 695, MR HO TOLD A LUNCHEON MEETING OF 

TRADE COMMISSIONERS REPRESENTING 20 COUNTRIES, IN HONG KONG.


MR HO SAID THAT THE DEPARTMENT CURRENTLY HAS SOME 440 ACTIVE 

INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT FILES.


.DECISIONS TO PROCEED WERE MADE IN RESPECT OF 17 PROJECTS IN 

1983, AND FAVOURABLE DECISIONS FOR AT LEAST ANOTHER 26 PROJECTS 

WERE EXPECTED WITHIN THE NEXT 12 TO 18 MONTHS,+ HE SAID.


IN ADDITION, HE SAID, SOME MANUFACTURERS ALREADY ESTABLISHED 

HERE ARE CURRENTLY EXPANDING THEIR EXISTING OPERATIONS, AND THESE 

INCLUDE SOME WELL-KNOWN INTERNATIONAL NAMES. IN SOME CASES, THE 

AMOUNT OF INVESTMENT IS VERY SUBSTANTIAL, HE SAID.


MR HO SAID THAT HONG KONG WAS POSSIBLY UNIQUE IN TODAY’S 

REGULATED WORLD IN ITS ADHERENCE +NOT SIMPLY TO THE PRINCIPLES 

BUT TO THE PRACTICE OF A FREE MARKET ECONOMY.+


+WE APPLY THIS PHILOSOPHY NOT ONLY TO OUR TRADING PRACTICE 

BUT ALSO IN OUR POLICY TOWARDS MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY,+ MR HO SAID.


REFERRING TO HONG KONG’S INTERNATIONAL TRADE FIGURES, MR HO 

SAID THAT 1982-83 YEAR-ON-YEAR GROWTH RATE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS IN 

REAL TERMS WAS ABOUT 20 PER CENT IN THE FOURTH QUARTER -- UP FROM 

18 PER CENT IN THE THIRD QUARTER, 14 PER CENT IN THE SECOND QUARTER 

AND THREE PER CENT IN THE FIRST QUARTER.


TAKING 1983 AS A WHOLE, DOMESTIC EXPORTS GREW BY 26 PER CENT 

IN VALUE TERMS AND BY ABOUT 14 PER CENT IN REAL TERMS.


MR HO ALSO SAID THAT THE ESTIMATED GROWTH RATE OF THE GROSS 

DOMESTIC PRODUCT FOR 1983 HAD BEEN RAISED TO NEARLY SIX PER CENT, 

FROM AN EARLIER ESTIMATE OF FOUR PER CENT.


. ALL SIGNS ARE THAT THIS RECOVERY WILL CONTINUE.

. IT IS THEREFORE VERY MUCH BUSINESS AS USUAL IN HONG KONG, 

MR HO SAID.

*



FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1984


5


GIRL PRAISED FOR HELPING SAVE MAN 

* * * *


THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR RON BRIDGE, TODAY (FRIDAY) 

PRAISED AN 11-YEAR-OLD GIRL FOR HER PROMPT ACTION IN SAVING A 

WORKER FROM A FATAL FALL OUTSIDE HER 9TH FLOOR FLAT IN KOWLOON.


*1 HOPE THAT WHAT YOU HAVE DONE WILL REMIND WORKERS TO BE 

ALWAYS CONSCIOUS OF SAFETY WHILE WORKING AT HEIGHT,* MR BRIDGE 

TOLD CHUI PUI-SHAN BEFORE PRESENTING HER WITH A PAIR OF 

BADMINTON RACQUETS AS A SOUVENIR. THE PRESENTATION WAS MADE 

AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT’S ^SAFETY 

EXTRAVAGANZA* AT THE TELFORD GARDENS COMMUNITY CENTRE, KOWLOON 

BAY.



A PRIMARY SIX PUPIL, PUI-SHAN WAS PLAYING BADMINTON AT 

TSZ MAN ESTATE, TSZ WAN SHAN, ON MONDAY EVENING WHEN NOTICED 

SOME WORK TOOLS FALLING FROM A BUILDING. LOOKING UP, SHE SAW A 

TILTING GONDOLA, WITH A WORKER HANGING ON PRECARIOUSLY OUTSIDE 

THE BALCONY OF HER 9TH FLOOR FLAT.


SHE RUSHED BACK TO HER FLAT AND LET THE WORKER IN BY 

OPENING A WINDOW.


EARLIER, THE SPECTACULAR SOUND-ON-SLIDE PRESENTATION, 

JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DEPARTMENT AND THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT 

BOARD, WAS OPENED BY MR BRIDGE, MR KEVIN I.K. MAK, KWUN TONG 

DISTRICT OFFICER, AND MR EDDIE LAMB, CHAIRMAN OF THE KWUN TONG 

SAFETY EXTRAVAGANZA ORGANISING COMMITTEE.


SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY, MR BRIDGE URGED RESIDENTS 

IN THE DISTRICT, ESPE’IALLY STUDENTS AND WORKERS, TO VISIT THE 

SHOW TO GAIN A BETTER KNOWLEDGE ABOUT INDUSTRIAL SAFETY.


.I AM PLEASED TO NOTE THAT THIS UNIQUE PRESENTATION, 

WHICH COMBINES BOTH ENTERTAINMENT AND EDUCATION, HAS BEEN WELL 

RECEIVED BY MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC, PARTICULARLY WORKERS,* 

HE SAID.



HE CALLED ON COMMUNITY LEADERS AND SCHOOL PRINCIPALS IN 

THE DISTRICT TO ENCOURAGE RESIDENTS AND STUDENTS RESPECTIVELY 

TO GO TO SEE THE EXHIBITION.


HR BRIDGE ALSO THANKED THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT BOARD, THE 

KWUN TONG DISTRICT OFFICE, THE CIVIL AID SERVICES AND MEMBERS OF 

THE ORGANISING COMMITTEE FOR THEIR ASSISTANCE IN STAGING THE SHOW.


EARLIER, MR I.K. MAK, KWUN TONG DISTRICT OFFICER STRESSED 

THAT HONG KONG’S COMMERCE AND INDUSTRY WERE DEVELOPING RAPIDLY AND 

MANY INDUSTRIES HAD ABSORBED ADVANCE TECHNOLOGY INTO THEIR 

MANUFACTURING PROCESSES.


AS A RESULT, HE SAID, THE DEMAND FOR SKILLED WORKERS WAS 

GROWING ENORMOUSLY AND VERY OFTEN INDUSTRIALISTS HAD TO SPEND 

A PART OF THEIR CAPITAL ON TRAINING THE WORKERS.


HE POINTED OUT THAT IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURRED DUE TON NEGLIGENCE 

OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS THEN ALL THEIR EFFORTS WOULD BE 

IN VAIN.


/MR MAK ....................


FRIDAY, FEBHU ARY 17, 1984


6 -


MR MAK SAID THAT APART FROM THE SHOW, THERE WOULD BE AN 

EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS AND CHARTS, A GAME STALL AS WELL AS 

A QUIZ, ALL RELATING TO INDUSTRIAL SAFETY.


HE ALSO NOTED THAT A SPECIAL PERFORMANCE BY TELEVISION 

ARTISTES AND LOCAL POPULAR SINGERS ON THE GIS MOBILE STREET 

THEATRE WOULD BE HELD AT THE MAIN SQUARE IN TELFORD GARDENS 

AT 3 PM ON FEBRUARY 26 TO ENTERTAIN RESIDENTS AND TO PROMOTE 

WORK SAFETY.


.SAFETY EXTRAVAGANZA* IS BEING STAGED OVER TWO WEEKEND 

PERIODS, FROM FEBRUARY 17 TO 19 AND FROM FEBRUARY 24 TO 26. 

SHOWINGS WILL BE EVERY HALF HOUR FROM 11 AM TO 8.30 PM EXCEPT 

ON THE LAST DAY, WHEN IT WILL CLOSE AT 6 PM.


REFRESHER COURSES FOR PRIMARY SCHOOL TEACHERS 

M M M #


FOUR RETRAINING COURSES WILL BE CONDUCTED BY GRANTHAM COLLEGE 

CF EDUCATION AND THE ADVISORY INSPECTORATE OF THE EDUCATION 

DEPARTMENT FOR GOVERNMENT AND AIDED PRIMARY SCHOOL TEACHERS IN THE 

1984-85 ACADEMIC YEAR.


HEADS OF PRIMARY SCHOOLS ARE INVITED TO NOMINATE UP TO FOUR 

TEACHERS TO ATTEND Tl SE EIGHT-WEEK COURSES, WHICH ARE FREE.


TEACHERS NOMINATED FOR THE COURSE MUST HAVE AT LEAST FIVE 

YEARS’ TEACHING EXPERIENCE AFTER INITIAL TRAINING, A SPOKESMAN FOR 

THE DEPARTMENT SAID.


A REPLACEMENT TEACHER MAY BE EMPLOYED BY THE SCHOOL TO STAND 

IN FOR TEACHERS ON RETRAINING COURSES.


THE COURSES ARE TO ACQUAINT SERVING TEACHERS WITH MODERN 

bETHODS AND APPROACHES IN TEACHING IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS, TO PROMOTE 

FURTHER UNDERSTANDING IN THE USE OF RESOURCES AND A KNOWLEDGE OF 

NEW CONCEPTS IN CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


.EMPHASIS WILL BE ON PRACTICAL ASPECTS OF TEACHING, HELPING 

TEACHERS TO DEVELOP MODERN METHODS IN PROGRAMMED LEARNING, TEAM 

TEACHING, REMEDIAL TEACHING, MIXED ABILITY GROUPING AND THE 

ACTIVITY APPROACH,* HE ADDED.


THE MAJOR PART OF THE PROGRAMME WILL CONSIST OF WORKSHOPS, 

SEMINARS AND TUTORIALS.


THERE WILL ALSO BE OPPORTUNITY FOR DISCUSSION OF PROBLEMS 

ENCOUNTERED IN CLASSROOM SITUATIONS, THE CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN 

CF TEACHING AIDS, AND VISITS TO VARIOUS TEACHING CENTRES AND 

SCHOOLS USING THE ACTIVITY APPRQACH.


/certificates of.............A


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1984


CERTIFICATES OF ATTENDANCE WILL BE ISSUED TO PARTICIPANTS 

WHO HAVE FOLLOWED THE COURSE REGULARLY.


NOMINATIONS SHOULD REACH THE SENIOR EDUCATION OFFICER 

(FURTHER EDUCATION), EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, LEE GARDENS, 2/F, 

HYSAN AVENUE, CAUSEWAY BAY, HONG KONG ON OR BEFORE MARCH 24.


SCHOOLS WILL BE INFORMED IN MID-APRIL WHETHER THEIR TEACHERS 

HAVE BEEN ACCEPTED.


ENQUIRIES CONCERNING THE COURSES MAY BE MADE TO GRANTHAM 

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION ON TEL: 3-910012 OR 3-910043, AND ENQUIRIES 

REGARDING REPLACEMENT TEACHERS TO THE DISTRICT EDUCATION OFFICER 

CONCERNED.


----o----


VISITORS IMPRESSED WITH CORRECTIONAL SERVICES


THE CORRECTIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT IN HONG KONG IS TIPTOP. 

MALAYSIA’S DIRECTOR GENERAL OF PRISONS, DATO* IBRAHIM B.HJ. 

MOHAMED, SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).


DATO* IBRAHIM SAID HE WAS VERY IMPRESSED WITH THE MODERN 

FACILITIES AND EFFIC'ENT MANAGEMENT AT THE DEPARTMENT’S CORRECTIONAL 

INSTITUTIONS AND STA r TRAINING INSTITUTE HE HAD VISITED.


DATO* IBRAHIM IS CURRENTLY LEADING A DELEGATION OF 15 SENIOR 

MALAYSIAN PRISON OFFICERS ON A TOUR TO STUDY CORRECTIONAL 

INSTITUTIONS AND PROGRAMMES IN KOREA, HONG KONG AMD THAILAND.


ACCOMPANIED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF CORRECTIONAL SERVICES, 

H? THOMAS GARNER, THE DELEGATION TODAY FIRST VISITED THE VARIOUS 

TRAINING FACILITIES AT THE STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE.


NEXT, THEY PROCEEDED TO THE NEARBY MAXIMUM SECURITY STANLEY 

PRISON WHERE THEY INSPECTED ITS CELLULAR ACCOMMODATION AND SAW 

PRISONERS AT WORK IN VARIOUS WORKSHOPS.


THEY ALSO TOURED THE ADJACENT TUNG TAU CORRECTIONAL 

INSTITUTION TO LOOK AT ITS DORMITORIES, CHAPEL, LIBRARY, SICK 

BAY AND WORKSHOPS.


THE DELEGATION THEN VISITED THE TAI TAM GAP CORRECTIONAL 

INSTITUTION WHERE THEY SAW SOME YOUNG FEMALE OFFENDERS RECEIVING 

VOCATIONAL TRAINING AND OTHERS ATTENDING EDUCATIONAL CLASSES.


TOMORROW, THEY WILL VISIT THE NEWLY BUILT SHEK PIK PRISON, 

HEI LING CHAU ADDICTION TREATMENT CENTRE AND LAI SUN CORRECTIONAL 

INSTITUTION.


THE DELEGATION ARRIVED HERE YESTERDAY (THURSDAY) AND 

WILL LEAVE FOR BANGKOK ON MONDAY.


o ----


/8....................


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1984


8


NURSING SCHOOL INCLUDED IN HOSPITAL GROWTH 

ft ft ft


A NURSE TRAINING SCHOOL WILL BE BUILT IN TSUEN WAN AS 

PART OF THE YAN CHAI HOSPITAL EXTENSION PROGRAMME, DR. K.L. THONG, 

DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).


HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE FOUNDATION STONE-LAYING CEREMONY 

OF THE PHASE III EXTENSION PROGRAMME OF THE HOSPITAL.


DR THONG SAID THAT THE SCHOOL IS BEING BUILT TO MEET 

THE NEEDS OF THE HOSPITAL’S EXPANDED SERVICES AND TO 

FORM PART OF GOVERNMENT’S OVERALL TRAINING PROGRAMME FOR 

NURSING STAFF.


WHEN COMPLETED IN 1985, THE SCHOOL WILL PROVIDE SUFFICIENT 

NURSING STAFF FOR THE HOSPITAL’S FUTURE NEEDS.


THE EXTENSION PROGRAMME WILL INCLUDE THE REDEVELOPMENT 

OF THE MAUR INE GRANTHAM HEALTH CENTRE, TO PROVIDE MATERNAL 

AND CHILD HEALTH CARE, FAMILY PLANNING AND CHILD ASSESSMENT 

SERVICES.


THE YAN CHAI HOSPITAL IS THE REGIONAL HOSPITAL OF TSUEN 

WAN. ITS EXTENSION PROGRAMME IS DIVIDED INTO FOUR PHASES WITH 

THE AIM OF PROVIDING A FULL-RANGE OF MEDICAL SERVICE FOR 

RESIDENTS IN TSUEN WAN AND NEIGHBOURING AREAS.


DURING THE CEREMONY, DR THONG ALSO TOOK THE OPPORTUNITY TO 

PAY TRIBUTE TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF YAN CHAI HOSPITAL FOR 

THEIR CONTINUOUS EFFORTS IN PROMOTING COMMUNITY SERVICES, 

INCLUDING CARE FOR BO' 1 YOUNG AND OLD.


- - 0 - -


NEW REGULATIONS ON FILM REVIEWS 

ft ft ft ft


FILM-MAKERS AND MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WILL CONTINUE TO HAVE 

THE RIGHT TO ASK FOR A REVIEW OF THE CENSOR’S DECISION ON A FILM, 

BUT THE FILM WILL NOT BE WITHDRAWN FROM EXHIBITION WHILE THE REVIEW 

IS PENDING, UNDER AMENDMENT REGULATIONS PUBLISHED TODAY.


A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT UNDER THE LAW, ANY 

PERSON WHO CONSIDERS THAT A FILM SHOULD NOT BE EXHIBITED ON MORAL, 

RELIGIOUS, EDUCATIONAL OR OTHER GROUNDS CAN REQUEST THE CHIEF 

SECRETARY TO REFER THE FILM TO THE FILM CENSORSHIP BOARD OF 

REVIEW, IF THE BOARD HAD NOT ALREADY REVIEWED THAT FILM.


PREVIOUSLY, THE CHIEF SECRETARY HAD DISCRETION TO ORDER THE 

WITHDRAWAL OF THE FILM FROM EXHIBITION PENDING THE REVIEW.


UNDER THE FILM CENSORSHIP (AMENDMENT) REGULATIONS 1984 

PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE, WITHDRAWAL ORDERS COULD NOW BE MADE 

ONLY IF THE. FILM DISTRIBUTOR FAILED TO DELIVER THE FILM TO THE 

FILM CENSORSHIP AUTHORITY FOR REVIEW WITHIN 24 HOURS.


THIS WILL AVOID INCONVENIENCE TO THE DISTRIBUTORS AND ALSO 

ENSURE THAT A QUICK DECISION COULD BE REACHED ON THE PUBLIC 

COMPLAINT, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


0


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1984


9


STAMPS TO MARK HONG KONG’S AVIATION HISTORY


THE POST OFFICE WILL BE ISSUING ON MARCH 7 FOUR STAMPS 

DEPICTING THE DEVELOPMENT OF AVIATION IN HONG KONG.


DISCLOSING THIS TODAY, A POST OFFICE SPOKESMAN SAIDi *HONG 

KONG HAS A LONG HISTORY IN THE FIELD OF AVIATION STARTING WITH 

THE FIRST BALLOON FLIGHT IN THE TERRITORY IN 1891. KAI TAK WAS 

RECLAIMED IN 1927 AND SUBSEQUENTLY DEVELOPED TO THE AIRPORT AS 

IT STANDS TODAY.*


THE FOUR STAMPS TO BE ISSUED ARE I


40 - THE ’DORADO’ WAS ONE OF THE IMPERIAL AIRWAYS’ FLEET 

CENTS OF TWELVE DH 86A AIRCRAFT. IT WAS THE AIRCRAFT WHICH 

STARTED INTERNATIONAL AIR TRANSPORT IN HONG KONG. 

ON MARCH 24, 1936 IT ARRIVED AT KAI TAK ON 

THE INAUGURAL FLIGHT ESTABLISHING A WEEKLY SERVICE 

BETWEEN PENANG AND HONG KONG. THE AIRCRAFT HAD ON 

BOARD 16 BAGS OF MAIL AND ONE PASSENGER. THE DH 86A 

COULD CARRY TEN PASSENGERS, CRUISED AT 145 MPH AND 

HAD A RANGE OF 764 MILES.


11.00 - THE PAN AMERICAN AIRWAYS ’HONG KONG’ CLIPPER (S-42 B) 

WAS ONE OF THE CLIPPERS USED BY PAN AMERICAN 

AIRWAYS WHEN IT STARTED A REGULAR SERVICE IN 1937 

TO MANILA. THE S-42 CARRIED 28 PASSENGERS AND A 

CRUISING SPEED OF 163 MPH.


11.30 - A CATHAY PACIFIC BOEING 747 LANDING AT KAI TAK AIRPORT.


$5.00 - THE BALLOON IN WHICH THE BALDWIN BROTHERS FROM AMERICA 

MADE THEIR ASCENT FROM HAPPY VALLEY ON JANUARY 3, 1891.


DESIGNED BY MR MEL HARRIS, THE STAMPS WILL BE ON DISPLAY 

ON THE FIRST FLOOR OF THE GENERAL POST OFFICE, CONNAUGHT PLACE 

AND IN THE TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFFICE DAILY FROM FEBRUARY 29 

TO MARCH 6 FROM 9.30 AM TO 4.30 PM.


THE OFFICIAL FIRST DAY COVERS WILL BE PUT ON SALE ON FEBRUARY 

22 AT 50 CENTS EACH. THEY WILL BE ACCOMPANIED BY AN INSERT CARD 

CONTAINING INFORMATION ABOUT THE STAMPS. ADVANCE ORDERS FOR 

SERVICING FIRST DAY COVERS WILL BE ACCEPTED FROM FEBRUARY 22-29 

AT ALL POST OFFICES, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


A SET OF FOUR ATTRACTIVE POSTCARDS, BEING ENLARGEMENTS OF 

THE STAMPS, WILL ALSO BE PUT ON SALE ON FEBRUARY 22 AT $1 EACH.


.THIS IS THE FIRST TIME THAT THE POST OFFICE HAS ISSUED 

POSTCARDS DEPICTING SPECIAL ISSUE POSTAGE STAMPS,. THE SPOKESMAN 

EXPLAINED.


----o----


/IO ....................


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1984


10 -


FIRE SERVICES TO HAVE NEW HEADQUARTERS 

* * *


A CONTRACT HAS BEEN AWARDED FOR A NEW FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT 

HEADQUARTERS BUILDING AND SUB-DIVISIONAL FIRE STATION AT TSIM 

SHA TSUI EAST.


WORK WILL START ON THE |52 MILLION PROJECT NEXT MONTH AND 

TAKE A LITTLE UNDER TWO YEARS TO COMPLETE.


THE NEW HEADQUARTERS WILL BE 14 STOREYS HIGH AND OCCUPY A 

2 600-SQUARE METRE SITE AT THE JUNCTION OF HONG CHONG AND SCIENCE 

HJSEUM ROADS.


ADJACENT TO THE HEADQUARTERS WILL BE A DRILL YARD.


THERE WILL ALSO BE A LARGE BASEMENT AREA FOR STORE ROOMS 

AND FOR PARKING VEHICLES.


THE HEADQUARTERS BUILDING WILL PROVIDE 16 400 SQUARE METRES 

OF OFFICE SPACE.


THE NEW BUILDING WILL REPLACE THE PRESENT HEADQUARTERS IN 

JAVA ROAD, NORTH POINT, WHICH WILL BE HANDED OVER TO THE GOVERNMENT.


THE CONTRACT WAS AWARDED TO KWAN LEE CONSTRUCTION COMPANY 

LIMITED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT 

DEPARTMENT.


------------0------------


TENDERS SOUGHT FOR POOL, MARKET COMPLEX WORK 

* M M


THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 

IS INVITING TENDERS FOR SITE FORMATION WORK FOR A SWIMMING POOL AND 

MARKET COMPLEX AT TSUEN WAN.


THE COMPLEX WILL BE BUILT ON A 9 400-SQUARE METRE SITE AT THE 

JUNCTION OF ON YAT STREET AND TSUEN KING CIRCUIT.


THE SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX WILL CONSIST OF A MAIN POOL, A 

PADDLING POOL, A WATER FEATURE POOL, A TEACHING-TRAINING POOL, 

CHANGING ROOM FACILITIES AND A PLAY AREA FOR CHILDREN.


THE FOUR-STOREY MARKET COMPLEX WILL ACCOMMODATE 4? STALLS 

AND 253 MINI-STALLS, TWO RESTAURANTS AND A ROOFTOP GARDEN.


IT WILL BE BUILT ADJACENT TO THE SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX.


WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN APRIL AND BE COMPLETED BY 

NOVEMBER.


------------o---------------


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1984


11


REFUSE DISPOSAL GROUP HOLDS 5OTH MEETING 

ft ft ft ft


MEMBERS OF THE REFUSE DISPOSAL GROUP (RDG) MARKED THEIR 

5OTH MEETING TODAY (FRIDAY) BY VISITING KWAI CHUNG INCINERATOR 

AND GIN DRINKERS BAY PARK.


THE RDG WAS SET UP IN MID-1976 AND REPLACED THE FORMER 

CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE FOR DISPOSAL OF SOLID WASTES.


IT HAS HELD REGULAR MEETINGS EVERY TWO MONTHS SINCE TO 

REVIEW THE OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE OF VARIOUS DISPOSAL SCHEMES 

AND TO RECOMMEND THE PLANNING AND CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITIES.


A SPOKESMAN FOR THE GROUP SAID IT WOULD CONTINUE TO MAKE 

A MAJOR CONTRIBUTION TO THE PROPER AND EFFICIENT DISPOSAL OF 

HONG KONG’S SOLID WASTES WHICH, IN 1976, AMOUNTED TO 4 000 TONNES 

A DAY AND WAS NOW APPROACHING 7 000 TONNES.


MEMBERSHIP OF THE RDG COMPRISES THE DIRECTORS OF ENGINEERING 

DEVELOPMENT, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SERVICES, CITY SERVICES 

AND NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES, THE COMMISSIONER FOR ENVIRONMENTAL 

PROTECTION AND THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION.


ITS CHAIRMAN IS THE DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT, 

M? EDDIE SHORT.


THE GROUP WAS ACCOMPANIED DURING ITS VISITS BY THE PROJECT 

MANAGER OF TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE, MR NG TECH-SHENG


AT KWAI CHUNG INCINERATOR MEMBERS WERE BRIEFED BY STAFF OF 

THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT ON THE GENERAL 

OPERATION OF THE PLANT.


THE PLANT, COMMISSIONED IN 1979, WAS THE FIRST HERE TO BE 

FITTED WITH ELECTROSTATIC DUST PRECIPITATORS AND IS REGARDED AS 

HONG KONG’S MOST EFFICIENT MEANS OF WASTE DISPOSAL. THE 

PRECIPITATORS HELP REMOVE MOST OF THE DUST FROM THE FLUE GAS 

PRIOR TO DISCHARGE. RESULTING IN CLEAN EMISSION AND CONSEQUENTIAL 

ENVIRONMENTAL BENEFITS.


THE RDG WAS ALSO TOLD THAT THE INCINERATOR IS HANDLING ABOUT 

850 TONNES OF REFUSE A DAY, ABOUT TWO THIRDS ITS CAPACITY.


AT GIN DRINKERS BAY PARK, THE GROUP WAS BRIEFED BY THE 

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE, 

MR RICHARD WHITTAKER, ON THE LATEST DEVELOPMENT OF THE PARK.


HE SAID GIN DRINKERS BAY WAS FOR MANY YEARS THE MAJOR 

CONTROLLED TIP IN THE TERRITORY AND WAS FINALLY CLOSED IN EARLY 

1979. IT WAS NOW BEING DEVELOPED AS A PARK IN THREE PHASES TO 

PROVIDE RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS FACILITIES FOR LOCAL RESIDENTS.


MR WHITTAKER SAID THE FIRST PHASE WOULD COVER AN AREA OF 

ABOUT 23 HECTARES, WORK ON THIS WOULD START NEXT YEAR. THE PARK 

WOULD BE OPENED TO THE PUBLIC FOR USE IN 1987.


FACILITIES WOULD INCLUDE GARDENS, CHILDREN'S PLAY AREAS, 

A MINI-GOLF COURSE, FAST FOOD SHOPS, A 1 OOO-METRE-LONG 

JOGGING TRACK, TOGETHER WITH EXERCISE STATIONS AT VARIOUS 

LOCATIONS, AND PUBLIC TOILETS.


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1984


FOOTPATHS TO BE BUILT NEAR HOUSING AREA 

XXX


TAI PO AND FANLING NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE OF THE NEW 

TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS TO CONSTRUCT TWO FOOTPATHS 

AND THREE VEHICLE PARKING AREAS NEAR A TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA TO 

BE BUILT AT SHA TAU KOK NEXT YEAR.


THE FOOTPATHS WILL SERVE RESIDENTS OF THE TEMPORARY HOUSING 

AREA AS WELL AS THOSE OF SHA TAU KOK.


THE TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA WILL BE CONSTRUCTED BY THE HOUSING 

DEPARTMENT AT THE BEGINNING OF 1985.


A NOTICE CONCERNING THE PROPOSED FOOTPATHS AND VEHICLE PARKING 

AREAS WAS PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY (FRIDAY).


A PLAN SHOWING THE PROPOSED WORKS CAN BE SEEN AT CENTRAL AND 

WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE. CENTRAL ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL 

GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING MAIN ENTRANCE! THE DISTRICT LANDS 

OFFICE NORTH AND NORTH DISTRICT OFFICE, OLD DISTRICT OFFICE 

BUILDING, TAI PO MARKET, TAI POJ AND AT NORTH DISTRICT OFFICE, 

FANLING SUB-OFFICE, JOCKEY CLUB ROAD, FANLING.


OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL IN WRITING SHOULD REACH THE 

SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS BEFORE APRIL 17.


- - 0 - -


HIGHER BIDS FOR URBAN TAXI LICENCES 

ft ft ft


SEVEN HUNDRED AND FORTY TENDERS WERE SUBMITTED FOR 300 URBAN 

TAXI LICENCES WHICH WERE PUT UP FOR BID RECENTLY.


THE HIGHEST BID ACCEPTED WAS 1144 598 AND THE LOWEST $138 589.


THE AVERAGE PREMIUM OF $140 221.76 REPRESENTED AN INCREASE 

OF 4.7 PER CENT COMPARED WITH THE LAST TENDER EXERCISE.


AND 188 TENDERS WERE LODGED FOR THE 150 NEW TERRITORIES TAXI 

LICENCES OFFERED.


SUCCESSFUL BIDS RANGED FROM A HIGH OF $30 800 TO A LOW OF 

$12 860. THE AVERAGE PREMIUM WAS $21 144.69 REPRESENTING A 

DECREASE OF 14.1 PER CENT ON THE PREVIOUS OFFER.


RESULTS OF THE TENDER ARE PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.


- u - -


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1984


13


NEW CLOCK TOWER TO SERVE AS SHAM SHU I PO LANDMARK 

* * *


CONSTRUCTION OF A 10.9-METER HIGH CLOCK TOWER AT THE 

JUNCTION OF CASTLE PEAK ROAD AND TAI PO ROAD HAS JUST BEEN 

COMPLETED.


BUILT AT A COST OF <200 000, OF WHICH 1150 000 IS FROM 

THE SHAM SHU I PO DISTRICT BOARD, THE CLOCK TOWER WILL SERVE AS 

A LANDMARK FOR THE DISTRICT.


THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR SYLVESTER TSE, SAID THAT APART FROM 

ITS ARCHITECTURAL MERIT, THE CLOCK TOWER ALSO DEMONSTRATED 

CO-OPERATIVE SPIRIT BETWEEN RESIDENTS AND THE DISTRICT BOARD.


THE CLOCK TOWER IS A FOUR-SIDED, LOW-RISE STRUCTURE 

DESIGNED TO RESEMBLE THE DISTRICT BOARD LOGO.


TOMORROW, THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON. 

* BARRIE WIGGHAM. WILL OFFICIATE AT AN INAUGURAL CEREMONY 

OF THE CLOCK TOWER AT 2.15 PM.


AFTER THAT A CEREMONY WILL BE HELD AT THE PO ON ROAD 

PLAYGROUND AT 3.15 PM TO MARK THE BEGINNING OF THE FIRST SHAM SHUI 

PO ARTS FESTIVAL.


MR WIGGHAM WILL BE JOINED THEN BY THE CHAIRMAN OF THE 

URBAN COUNCIL, MR HILTON CHEONG-LEEN, AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE 

FESTIVAL’S EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, MR KWOK CHEONG, AT THE CEREMONY.


NOTE TO EDITORS!


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE INAUGURATION CEREMONY


OF THE SHAM SHUI PO CLOCK TOWER AT 2.15 PM TOMORROW (SATURDAY) 

AT THE JUNCTION OF TAI PO ROAD AND CASTLE PEAK ROAD, AND 

ALSO THE GALA OPENING OF THE SHAM SHUI PO ARTS FESTIVAL


AT 3.15 PM AT THE PO ON ROAD PLAYGROUND.


A COACH WILL TAKE PRESS MEMBERS FROM THE CLOCK TOWER 

SITE TO THE PO ON ROAD VENUE AT ABOUT 3 PM.


0 ------------


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 198*


- 14 -


YUEN LONG ARTS FESTIVAL OPENS 

* * *


THE FOURTH YUEN LONG ARTS FESTIVAL, AN ANNUAL FOCUS OF CULTURAL 

ACTIVITIES ORGANISED BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD, WAS OPENED THIS 

(FRIDAY) EVENING BY THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR NEW TERRITORIES, 

HI IAN MACPHERSON.


SPEAKING AT THE CEREMONY, MR MACPHERSON SAID IT WAS ALWAYS 

DIFFICULT TO FIND THE RIGHT BLEND OF PERFORMANCES TO SUIT A WIDE 

RANGE OF AGES AND TASTES, AND YET THE FESTIVAL'S CO-ORDINATING 

COMMITTEE WAS ABLE TO PUT TOGETHER AN INTERESTING AND EXCITING 

PROGRAMME.


HE NOTED THAT THIS YEAR'S PROGRAMME LAID SPECIAL EMPHASIS 

ON YOUNG PEOPLE, WITH MATINEE SHOWS, OUTDOOR PROGRAMMES, FILM 

SHOWS AND POPULAR MUSIC CONCERTS.


.AS WELL AS GOING TO SEE SONE OF THE PERFORMANCES WHICH YOU 

ARE FAMILIAR WITH, I HOPE THAT YOU WILL BE TEMPTED TO TRY SOME OF 

THE ITEMS WHICH ARE NEW TO YUEN LONG AND WHICH COME HERE WITH GOOD 

REVIEWS FROM OTHER PERFORMING VENUES IN HONG KONG.+ HE SAID.


.NO EDUCATION IS COMPLETE WITHOUT AN APPRECIATION OF THE 

ARTSi THIS IS SOMETHING WHICH MATURES AND GROWS WITH YOU, GIVING 

MANY YEARS OF PLEASURE, AND SOMETHING WHICH HELPS TO DEVELOP 

HARMONY OF CHARACTER AND AN INNER SENSE OF PEACE.*


THE 15-DAY FEST'VAL FEATURES 34 ITEMS INCLUDING CONCERTS, 

DRAMAS, OPERAS, DANC S, FILMS, SEMINARS AND EXHIBITIONS - A 

PROGRAMME FOR PEOPLE OF ALL AGES AS WELL AS FOR PEOPLE WITH 

DIFFERENT ARTISTIC INTERESTS.


OUT OF THE TOTAL BUDGET OF $700 DOO FOR THE FESTIVAL, THE 

DISTRICT BOARD IS CONTRIBUTING $300 000, WHILE THE BALANCE WILL 

COME FROM TICKET PROCEEDS AND LOCAL SPONSORSHIP.


THE FESTIVAL, WHICH WILL RUN UNTIL MARCH 2, IS JOINTLY 

ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD, THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT ARTS 

COMMITTEE AND THE CULTURAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT (N.T.).


ADMISSION TO 22 OF THE FESTIVAL'S EVENTS IS FREE, AND 

TICKETS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE YUEN LONG TOWN HALL AND THE 

DISTRICT OFFICE.


TICKETS FOR THE CHOR FUNG MING OPERA TROUPE PERFORMANCES 

AT $00, $65, $50 AND $35, THE HONG KONG DANCE COMPANY PERFORMANCE 

AT $25, $20, $15, $10 AND $5, TOGETHER WITH OTHER PROGRAMMES 

AT $15, $10 AND $5 ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT LUT SAU HALL.


THE OPENING HOURS FOR THE BOX OFFICE ARE BETWEEN 3.30 PM 

AND 7.30 PM DAILY.


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1984


15


GROWING DEMAND SEEN FOR TRANSLATION SERVICE 

ft ft ft


TRANSLATORS AND INTERPRETERS MUST KEEP ABREAST OF NEW 

DEVELOPMENTS BY EQUIPPING THEMSELVES, WELL TO MEET THE CHANGING 

NEEDS OF SOCIETY, THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, 

MRS ELIZABETH WONG, SAID TODAY.


MRS WONG SAID THAT THE DEMAND FOR THEIR SERVICES WAS EXPECTED 

TO CONTINUE TO GROW, AND IT WAS ESSENTIAL THAT TRANSLATORS AND 

INTERPRETERS SHOULD LIVE UP TO THE HIGH STANDARD EXPECTED BY THE 

PUBLIC, SHE SAID.


SHE WAS OFFICIATING AT THE CERTIFICATE PRESENTATION CEREMONY 

OF THE SECOND BASIC TRAINING COURSE FOR NEWLY-RECRUITED CHINESE 

LANGUAGE OFFICERS, AT THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT.


ALSO SPEAKING AT THIS CEREMONY WHICH MARKED THE COMPLETION 

OF THE COURSE FOR 24 CHINESE LANGUAGE OFFICERS, THE COMMISSIONER 

FOR CHINESE LANGUAGE, MR FRED TING, SAID HE WAS PLEASED TO SEE THE 

ENTHUSIASM DEMONSTRATED BY THESE NEW RECRUITS.


HE WAS SURE THAT THEY COULD FULFIL THE IMPORTANT ROLE OF 

IMPROVING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN GOVERNMENT AND THE PUBLIC.


MR TING ADDED THAT THE OBJECT OF SIMILAR COURSES CURRENTLY 

HELD FOR NEWLY APPOINTED CHINESE LANGUAGE OFFICERS WAS TO DEVELOP 

BETTER TRANSLATION AND INTERPRETATION TECHNIQUES TO MEET THE 

GROWING NEED FOR SUCK SERVICES.


- 0 - -


ROAD LINK TO COMPLETE TSI NG Yl COMPLEX 

ft ft ft


ACCESS TO THE INDUSTRIAL AREA ON THE WEST COAST OF TSI NG Yl 

WILL IMPROVE WITH THE COMPLETION OF A CIRCULAR ROAD SYSTEM AROUND 

THE SOUTHERN HALF OF THE ISLAND.


THE PROJECT INVOLVES BUILDING A ONE-KILOMETRE LONG ROAD TO 

LINK TWO EXISTING ROADS.


FIVE 10.3-METRE-WIDE ACCESS ROADS WILL ALSO BE CONSTRUCTED 

IN THE INDUSTRIAL AREA AS PART OF THE PROJECT.


IN ADDITION AN EXISTING ROAD RUNNING THROUGH THE AREA WILL 

BE WIDENED TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW.


THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT WILL INVITE TENDERS 

TOWARDS THE MIDDLE OF THE YEAR AND THE WORK IS EXPECTED TO TAKE 

ABOUT THREE YEARS TO COMPLETE.


/IN ANOTHEB


FRIDAY, FJSRUARY 17, 19&4


- 16 -


IN ANOTHER DEVELOPMENT THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT IS 

INVITING TENDERS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF AN 11 5OO-CUBIC-METRE FRESH 

WATER SERVICE RESERVOIR AT SOUTH TSING Yl.


THE RESERVOIR WILL BE CONSTRUCTED OF REINFORCED CONCRETE AND 

THE ROOF WILL BE TOPPED OFF WITH SOIL AND GRASS.


IT WILL BE LANDSCAPED.


THE NEW RESERVOIR IS BEING BUILT TO MEET INCREASING DEMAND FOR 

FRESH WATER ARISING FROM THE HEAVY INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ALONG 

THE WESTERN AND SOUTH-WESTERN COASTS OF TSING Yl ISLAND.


WORK ON THE CONTRACT WILL START IN MAY AND TAKE ABOUT 12 MONTHS 

TO COMPLETE.


A PLAN SHOWING THE PROPOSED ROAD WORKS WHICH WERE GAZETTED 

TODAY (FRIDAY), CAN BE SEEN AT THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT 

OFFICE, CENTRAL ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT 

OFFICES (WEST WING), MAIN ENTRANCE LOBBY? DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE 

(TSUEN WAN), TSUEN WAN STATION MULTI-STOREY CARPARK BUILDING, 

1OTH FLOOR, 174-208, CASTLE PEAK ROAD? TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICE, 

FOU WAH CENTRE (2ND FLOOR), 210, CASTLE PEAK ROAD? AND ITS TSING 

Yl SUB-OFFICE, 113, CHING WAI HOUSE, CHEUNG CHING ESTATE, TSING Yl.


ANY OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL MUST BE IN WRITING TO THE 

SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS BEFORE APRIL 17.


------------0------------


NOTE TO EDlTORSi


ROLLER SKATING RINK OPENING 

UMM


THE WIFE OF THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, 

HIS JANE AKERS-JONES, WILL OFFICIATE AT AN OPENING OF A 

ROLLER SKATING RINK AT THE YAN 01 TONG COMMUNITY AND INDOOR 

SPORTS CENTRE IN TUEN MUN, AT 10.30 AM TOMORROW (SATURDAY).


ALSO ATTENDING THE CEREMONY WILL BE THE DISTRICT OFFICER, 

W RICKY FUNG, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE TUEN MUN RURAL COMMITTEE, 

KR LAU WONG-FAT, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE YAN 01 TONG DIRECTOR BOARD, 

W YIP HING-CHUNG, AND THE DISTRICT COMMANDER (TUEN MUN), RHKPF, 

V.F.D. CHAPMAN.


YOU ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE CEREMONY.


------------o-----------


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 198*


17


NOTE TO EDITORS!


CARNIVAL TO TOP ACTIVITIES 

X X X


A CARNIVAL TO ROUND OFF THE LUNAR NEW YEAR ACTIVITIES IN 

TAI PO WILL BE HELD ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 19) AT THE TAI PO 

PLAYGROUND.


THE PROGRAMME WILL FEATURE GAME STALLS AND TELEMATCH GAMES.


THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR NEW TERRITORIES, MR IAN 

MACPHERSON, WILL OFFICIATE AT A CEREMONY AT 12 NOON.


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE EVENT.


-----------0 - - - -


PROMENADES ALONG SHING MUN RIVER 

XXX


PROMENADES AND A SERIES OF OPEN SPACES ARE TO BE CONSTRUCTED 

ALONG THE BANKS OF THE SHING MUN RIVER IN SHA TIN.


SHA TIN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES 

DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT |S INVITING TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT.


THE PROMENADES WILL STRETCH FROM JAT MIN ESTATE TO THE JUBILEE 

SPORTS CENTRE ALONG THE RIVER FRONTAGE, A DISTANCE OF 4.3 

KILOMETRES, AND WILL FORM PART OF AN EXTENSIVE 

TRACK SYSTEM THROUGHOUT THE NEW TOWN.


PEDESTRIAN AND CYCLE


THE OPEN SPACES WILL HAVE CHILDREN'S PLAY AREAS, REFRESHMENT 

KIOSKS, SEATS AND PUBLIC TOILETS.


WORK ON THE CONTRACT IS EXPECTED TO START IN APRIL AND BE 

COMPLETED IN A YEAR.


TAI HANG WATER WORKS 

* X X


re- .RESH WATER SUPPLY TO SOME PREMISES IN TAI HANG WILL BE TURNED


PM 0N H0,,DAY (FEBRUARY *0) T° 6 AM THE FO^ot/lSI Ja^FOR


AFFECTED WILL BE PREMISES IM JARDINE’S LOOKOUT Rniiunm 

MOUNT BUTLER ROAD, PRICE ROAD, AND PERKINS ROAD 

INCLUDING MOUNT BUTLER NON-DEPARTMENTAL QUARTERS. *


BY TAI


-----------o--------------


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE NO.


BANK OF ENGLAND INVITED TO SEND TEAM TO HK ...................................................... 1


COMMUNITY PRAISED FOR ANTI-NARCOTICS FIGHT ...................................................... 1


SHAM SHUI PO ARTS FESTIVAL OPENS ...................................................................................... 2


DISTRICT LANDMARK FOR SHAM SHUI PO ................................................................................ 3


SHANGHAI TRADE DELEGATION VISITS SHA TIN ............................................................. 4


YAU MA TEI DB TO MEET ON MONDAY ......................................................................................... 5


FIELD VISITS TO LEARN ABOUT PLANTING .......................................................................... 5


FIRST ROLLER SKATING RINK IN NT OPENED ................................................................... 6


TSUEN WAN AND YUEN LONG WIN COMPETITION ................................................................ 7


SPORT AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES FOR ISLANDERS ....................................... 7


ART WORKSHOPS FOR TEACHERS ......................................................................................................... 8


MAINTENANCE OF LITTER CONTAINERS ...................................................................................... 8


MORE OPEN SPACE FOR KOWLOON PARK ...................................................................................... 9


FIRING PRACTICE AT HA TSUEN-CASTLE PEAK................................................................ 9


RESURFACING WORK ON PEAK ROAD ................................................................................................ 9


FUN DAY FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE......................................................................................................... 10


PARTIAL CLOSURE OF CAR PARK ...................................................................................................... 10


WATER CUT IN SAI KUNG ......................................................................................................................... 10


NEW TOILET FOR GARDENS


11


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 1984


- 1 "


BANK OF ENGLAND INVITED TO SEND TEAM TO HK 

* * * *


A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THAT THE BANK OF ENGLAND 

HAD BEEN INVITED BY THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT TO SEND A TWO-MAN 

TEAM TO HONG KONG TO EXAMINE HOW WELL THE BANKING AND 

DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES ORDINANCES HAVE OPERATED SINCE 

THEY WERE ENACTED INCLUDING SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES AND 

PRACTICES, AND WHETHER IMPROVEMENTS ARE NOW NECESSARY.


THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE FINANCIAL SECTOR OF OUR 

ECONOMY IS FAR MORE COMPLEX THAN IT WAS 20 YEARS AGO WHEN THE 

BANKING ORDINANCE WAS ENACTED AND THAT SINCE THEN HONG KONG HAS 

EVOLVED INTO A FINANCIAL CENTRE OF A SIZE AND IMPORTANCE THAT COULD 

NOT HAVE BEEN CONTEMPLATED BACK IN 1964. HE SAID THAT ALTHOUGH 

THE TWO ORDINANCES HAD BEEN EXTENSIVELY AMENDED TO MEET ALTERED 

CONDITIONS, THE GOVERNMENT BELIEVES THAT THE CHANGES THAT HAVE 

TAKEN PLACE IN THE FINANCIAL SECTOR OVER THE LAST 20 YEARS ARE 

SUCH THAT AN INDEPENDENT OVERALL REVIEW SHOULD NOW BE UNDERTAKEN 

BY EXPERTS WHO, BECAUSE THEY WILL NOT BE INVOLVED IN THE DAY TO 

DAY ADMINISTRATION OF THE TWO ORDINANCES, WILL BE ABLE TO TAKE A 

DETACHED, BUT PROFESSIONAL VIEW OF TODAY’S NEEDS IN THIS VERY 

IMPORTANT AREA OF HONG KONG’S ECONOMY.


THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE BANK OF ENGLAND HAD RESPONDED 

POSITIVELY TO THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT’S REQUEST AND THAT THE 

TEAM WERE EXPECTED TO ARRIVE TOWARDS THE END OF FEBRUARY.


------------0 --------------


COMMUNITY PRAISED FOR ANTI-NARCOTICS FIGHT


*****


THE HONG KONG COMMUNITY’S INVOLVEMENT IN THE FIGHT AGAINST 

DRUGS HAS ACHIEVED INTERNATIONAL RECOGNITION, THE COMMISSIONER 

FOR NARCOTICS, MR G.L. MORTIMER, SAID THIS (SATURDAY) EVENING.


HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE 1983-84 NORTH DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME 

AND ANTI-NARCOTICS VARIETY SHOW HELD AT THE FANLING RECREATION 

PLAYGROUND.


REFERRING TO THE 1983 REPORT OF THE UNITED NATIONS INTERNATIONAL 

NARCOTICS CONTROL BOARD, MR MORTIMER QUOTED, +THE COMMUNITY (IN 

HONG KONG) IS COMBINING ITS RESOURCES WITH GOVERNMENT AGENCIES 

TO PROVIDE IMAGINATIVE CAMPAIGNS DIRECTED AT SPECIFIC VULNERABLE 

GROUPS IDENTIFIED THROUGH THE CENTRAL REGISTRY DATA.+


BUT MR MORTIMER STRESSED THERE COULD BE NO COMPLACENCY UNTIL 

THE GRAVE THREAT OF NARCOTICS TO YOUNG PEOPLE AND THE WELL-BEING 

CF HONG KONG WAS ERADICATED.


+WE MUST SUSTAIN OUR EFFORTS AGAINST DRUG TRAFFICKING AND 

ABUSE, IN ALL FIELDS - LAW ENFORCEMENT, PREVENTIVE EDUCATION, 

TREATMENT, AFTERCARE AND REHABILITATION,* HE SAID.


SATURDAY, FEBRUaRY 18, 1?84


2


HE DESCRIBED COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT AS A CORNERSTONE OF THE 

PREVENTIVE EDUCATION AND PUBLICITY STRATEGY IN THE FIGHT AGAINST 

DRUG ABUSE IN HONG KONG.


+TODAY IN THE NORTH DISTRICT YOU ARE FOCUSSING ATTENTION ON 

THE NEED TO MOBILISE THE COMMUNITY IN GENERAL AND YOUNG PEOPLE IN 

PARTICULAR IN THE FIGHT AGAINST CRIME AND DRUGS,+ HE ADDED, +l 

AM SURE THAT THROUGH YOUR DETERMINED EFFORTS MUCH SUCCESS WILL BE 

ACHIEVED.+


MR MORTIMER SAID THAT THE SUPPORT OF FAMILY, PARENTS AND 

TEACHERS IN GUIDING YOUNG PEOPLE AWAY FROM DRUGS AND INTO HEALTHY 

PURSUITS AS WELL AS IN HELPING YOUNG PEOPLE FIND A WORTHWHILE 

PURPOSE IN LIFE WAS OF PRIME IMPORTANCE TO THE YOUTHS OF HONG KONG 

AND THEIR FUTURE.


HE ALSO REMINDED ADDICTS THAT TREATMENT, AFTERCARE, 

REHABILITATION AND COUNSELLING SERVICES WERE AVAILABLE TO THEM 

THROUGH SARDA AND OTHER VOLUNTARY AGENCIES.


HE THANKED THE COMMUNITY FOR ASSISTING FORMER ADDICTS BY 

PROVIDING THEM WITH JOB OPPORTUNITIES.


THE VARIETY SHOW, ORGANISED BY THE NORTH DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME 

COMMITTEE, ATTRACTED SOME 15 OOO PEOPLE.


THE LOCAL SINGERS AND TV STARS, MR JOHNNY IP, MISS ELIZA 

CHAN AND MR DAVID LO, PERFORMED IN THE SHOW AND SPREAD ANTINARCOTICS 

MESSAGES TO THE AUDIENCE.


------------o--------------


SHAM SHUI PO ARTS FESTIVAL OPENS


* * * *


THE SHAM SHUI PO ARTS FESTIVAL, FEATURING MORE THAN 30 FILM 

SHOWS, DRAMAS AND OPERAS, EXHIBITIONS, COMPETITIONS, AND OTHER 

CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PERFORMANCES, OPENED IN A CARNIVAL 

ATMOSPHERE AT PO ON ROAD PLAYGROUND TODAY (SATURDAY).


THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, MR EARRIE 

WIGGHAM, OFFICIATED AT THE OPENING CEREMONY.


+THE SHAM SHUI PO ARTS FESTIVAL IS ANOTHER LARGE-SCALE 

ACTIVITY WHICH COMES AFTER THE HONG KONG ARTS FESTIVAL,+ HE SAID.


THIS KIND OF ACTIVITY, HE SAID, WOULD HELP PROMOTE AND 

DEVELOP DIFFERENT FORMS OF ART, AS WELL AS ENCOURAGE RESIDENTS TO 

PARTICIPATE IN COMMUNITY SERVICE.


IT WOULD ALSO ENHANCE THE SENSE OF BELONGING OF THE RESIDENTS 

IN THE DISTRICT AND GIVE THE COMMUNITY A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF 

THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, HE ADDED.


HE EXPRESSED THE HOPE THAT LARGE-SCALE ACTIVITIES OF THIS 

KIND WOULD BE ORGANISED REGULARLY IN FUTURE FOR THE WELL-BEING 

OF LOCAL PEOPLE.


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 1984


ALSO SPEAKING AT THE CEREMONY, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE FESTIVAL 

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, MR KWOK CHEONG, SAID THE FESTIVAL WAS AIMED 

AT PROVIDING A +COLOURFUL AND HEALTHY* VARIETY OF LOW-COST 

ENTERTAINMENT FOR THE DISTRICT’S 500 000 PEOPLE AND, AT THE 

SAME TIME, FOSTERING YOUNG PEOPLE’S INTEREST IN ART AND CULTURAL 

ACTIVITIES.


THE FESTIVAL, JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT 

BOARD, THE SHAM SHUI PO ARTS ASSOCIATION AND THE URBAN COUNCIL, 

WILL BE PRESENTED AT DIFFERENT VENUES IN THE NEXT THREE WEEKS.


MORE THAN 5 000 SPECTATORS ATTENDED TODAY’S GALA OPENING 

PROGRAMME WHICH INCLUDED A DRAGON AND A LION DANCE, A POLICE 

MARCHING BAND DISPLAY, PIPES AND DRUMS PERFORMANCES AND MASS 

DANCES.


ON DISPLAY AT THE PLAYGROUND WAS A 90-SQUARE-METRE GIANT 

PAINTING CREATED BY 100 CHILDREN.


TICKETS AND DETAILS OF THE FESTIVAL PROGRAMMES ARE NOW 

AVAILABLE AT THE SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT OFFICE AND SUB-OFFICES.


ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON TELEPHONE 3-704251 DURING OFFICE 

HOURS.


----0----


DISTRICT LANDMARK FOR SHAM SHUI PO


*****


THE SHAM SHUI PO CLOCK TOWER - A DISTRICT LANDMARK BUILT BY 

THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD - WAS OFFICIALLY UNVEILED AT A CEREMONY 

THIS (SATURDAY) AFTERNOON.


LOCATED AT THE JUNCTION OF TAI PO ROAD AND CASTLE PEAK ROAD, 

THE CLOCK TOWER HAS SOME UNIQUE FEATURES - THE STRUCTURE SYMBOLISES 

THE LOGO OF THE DISTRICT BOARD.


SPEAKING AT THE CEREMONY, THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG 

AND KOWLOON, MR BARRIE WIGGHAM SAID THE CLOCK TOWER WAS A +GOOD 

ILLUSTRATION OF THE CO-OPERATIVE SPIRIT OF HONG KONG, WHERE 

GOVERNMENT, DISTRICT ORGANISATIONS AND THE PRIVATE SECTOR wORK 

HAND IN HAND FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMMUNITY.*


HE ADDED THAT WITH THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT THE SHAM 

SHUI PO DISTRICT WOULD HAVE, FOR THE FIRST TIME, A DISTINCT 

LANDMARK OF ITS OWN, WHICH CLEARLY IDENTIFIED IT FROM MONG KOK 

TO THE SOUTH AND THE NEW TERRITORIES TO THE NORTH.


MR WIGGHAM ALSO PAID TRIBUTE TO THE EIGHT KAIFONG ASSOCIATIONS 

WHICH, TOGETHER WITH THE DISTRICT BOARD, HAD CONTRIBUTED S200 303 

FOR THE BUILDING OF THE CLOCK TOWER.


SATUHDAY, 7SBBDA2.” lb, 1?84


- 4 -


+ l NEED HARDLY EMPHASISE THE CONTRIBUTION MADE OVER THE 

YEARS BY OUR KAIFONG ASSOCIATIONS,* HE SAID.


+THEY HAVE A LONG HISTORY OF COMMUNITY WORK THROUGH GENEROUS 

DONATIONS TO THE NEEDY, CARE FOR THE SICK AND AGED, EDUCATION AND 

PROMOTION OF RECREATION AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES.*


+WITH THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM, 

THEY HAVE DEVELOPED THEIR TRADITIONAL ROLE IN ACTIVE COMMUNITY 

INVOLVEMENT, SUCH AS SUPPORT FOR THE SYSTEM ITSELF AND THE 

BEAUTIFICATION OF OUR ENVIRONMENT.


+THIS IS A TIMELY AND WELCOME CHANGE, AND I LOOK FORWARD TO 

THEIR CONTINUING SUPPORT AND PARTICIPATION IN THE FUTURE,* HE SAID.


------------o---------------


SHANGHAI TRADE DELEGATION VISITS SHA TIN


* * # *


A SIX-MEMBER ECONOMIC AND TRADE DELEGATION FROM SHANGHAI 

HAS EXPRESSED KEEN INTEREST IN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENTS.


LED BY MR XIN YUANXI, ADVISOR OF THE SHANGHAI MUNICIPAL 

PEOPLE’S GOVERNMENT, THE GROUP VISITED SHA TIN EARLIER THIS 

WEEK TO SEE THE SUBSTANTIALLY DEVELOPED NEW TOWN.


THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR DONALD TSANG, BRIEFED THEM ON 

CHANGES IN SHA TIN OVER THE PAST FEW DECADES.


THEY SHOWED PARTICULAR INTEREST IN TOWN PLANNING AND 

PUBLIC HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS.


MR TSANG ALSO TOLD THE VISITORS ABOUT THE FORMATION OF 

THE DISTRICT BOARD AND THE DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE AND 

THEIR RESPECTIVE ROLE IN LOCAL AFFAIRS.


THE VISITORS WERE ACCOMPANIED BY THE DEPUTY REGIONAL 

SECRETARY FOR NEW TERRITORIES, MR PETER NG, WHO HAD EARLIER 

BRIEFED THEM ON THE GENERAL DEVELOPMENTS IN NT.


------------0---------------


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 1984


- 5 -


YAU MA TEI DB TO MEET ON MONDAY 

*****


A PROPOSAL TO ARRANGE VISITS FOR DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS TO 

GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND COMMUNITY INSTITUTIONS WILL BE DISCUSSED 

AT THE YAU MA TEI DB MEETING ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 20).


THE SCHEME IS TO PROMOTE BETTER COMMUNICATION BETWEEN BOARD 

MEMBERS AND GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND COMMUNITY INSTITUTIONS, 

AND TO ENABLE THEM TO BETTER UNDERSTAND THEIR WORK AND POLICIES.


AT THE MEETING, MEMBERS WILL COMMENT ON THE DESIRABILITY OF 

INTRODUCING THE ’HOME-SCHOOL LIAISON OFFICER’ SCHEME TO RALLY 

THE SUPPORT OF PARENTS IN EDUCATING THE CHILDREN.


MEMBERS WILL ALSO BE INFORMED ON PROPOSALS FOR FURTHER 

DEVELOPMENT OF LOCAL ADMINISTRATION, EXTENSION PROJECTS FOR THE 

QUEEN ELIZABETH HOSPITAL, AND THE PROVISION OF HOUSING ACCOMMODATION 

FOR BEDSPACE LODGERS IN THE DISTRICT.


OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA WILL INCLUDE DISCUSSION ON LITTER 

OFFENDERS, PLANTING OF TREES AND SHRUBS IN PARKS, GARDENS AND 

AMENITY AREAS, AND A REVIEW OF DB FUNDS.


NOTE TO EDITORSi


YOU ARE WELCOME Tr> COVER THE YAU MA TEI DISTRICT BOARD 

MEETING AT 3 PM ON MO JAY (FEBRUARY 20) IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM 

OF THE DISTRICT OFFICE ON THE SECOND FLOOR OF 490-492 NATHAN ROAD.


----o----


FIELD VISITS TO LEARN ABOUT PLANTING 

* * * *


OVER 150 STUDENTS OF FIVE SHA TIN SECONDARY AND PRIMARY 

SCHOOLS TODAY (SATURDAY) TOURED THE SIU LEK YUEN NURSERY FOR 

PLANTS TO LEARN MORE ABOUT PLANTING.


THE NURSERY IS THE LARGEST MANAGED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES 

SERVICES DEPARTMENT, WHICH ORGANISED THE VISIT AS PART OF A LEARN- 

TO-PLANT PROGRAMME FOR SCHOOL CHILDREN IN SHA TIN.


THE PROGRAMME AIMS AT ENCOURAGING YOUNGSTERS IN THE DISTRICT 

TO PARTICIPATE IN THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT SCHEME OF THE 

ON-GOING CLEAN HONG KONG CAMPAIGN.


STUDENTS FROM MORE SCHOOLS WILL BE VISITING THE NURSERY ON 

SATURDAYS TO COME, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID.


LOCATED ON A 3.45-HECTARE SITE, THE NURSERY HAS A TOTAL 

OF 200 PLANT SPECIES.


/IT ................


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 1c, 1964


IT PRODUCED MORE THAN 190 000 SEEDLINGS LAST YEAR FOR VARIOUS 

PLANTING PROJECTS IN SHA TIN.


THE VISITS SHOULD ALSO HELP PREPARE STUDENTS FOR A DISTRICT- 

W|DE PLANTING COMPETITION SCHEDULED FOR SUMMER, THE SPOKESMAN 

SAI D.


SCHOOL PRINCIPALS WHOSE STUDENTS WISH TO VISIT THE NURSERY 

ARE REQUESTED TO CONTACT THE SHA TIN URBAN SERVICES OFFICE ON 

TELEPHONE 0-6065801 DURING OFFICE HOURS.


------------0 - -


FIRST ROLLER SKATING RINK IN NT OPENED 

* * ft


THE FIRST INDOOR ROLLER SKATING RINK IN THE NEW TERRITORIES 

WAS OPENED TODAY (SATURDAY) BY MRS JANE AKERS-JONES, WIFE OF THE 

SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION.


LOCATED ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF THE YAN 01 TONG COMMUNITY 

AND INDOOR SPORTS CENTRE IN TUEN MUN, THE ROLLER SKATING 

RINK WITH COMPUTERISED LIGHTING EFFECTS AND DISCO MUSIC COVERS AN 

AREA OF 930 SQUARE METRES.


IT IS DIVIDED INTO TWO SECTIONS — THE MAIN RINK FOR ADVANCED 

PLAYERS AND A SMALLER RINK FOR BEGINNERS.


SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY, MRS AKERS-JONES SAID MANY 

PEOPLE FROM TUEN MUN AND THE SURROUNDING AREAS WOULD NOW BE ABLE 

TO ENJOY ROLLER SKATING IN BRIGHT AND ATTRACTIVE SURROUNDINGS.


.ROLLER SKATING WILL ADD ONE MORE ACTIVITY TO WHAT IS ALREADY 

PROVIDED IN THIS VERY FINE MULTI-PURPOSE RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL 

CENTRE,. SHE SAID.


MRS AKERS-JONES SAID THAT SINCE THE INDOOR SPORTS CENTRE WAS 

OFFICIALLY OPENED LAST NOVEMBER BY THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, 

MANY FACILITIES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED.


- 0 - -


SATURDAY FEBRUARY 18, 1984


7


TSUEN WAN AND YUEN LONG WIN COMPETITION 

* * *


TABLE TENNIS PLAYERS FROM TSUEN WAN AND YUEN LONG WON THE 

MEN’S AND WOMEN’S SECTIONS IN THIS YEAR’S NEW TERRITORIES 

INTER-DISTRICT TABLE TENNIS LEAGUE BY BEATING TEAMS FROM OTHER 

DISTRICTS IN THE REGION.


MORE THAN 165 PLAYERS FROM EIGHT NT DISTRICTS TOOK PART IN 

THE SERIES OF COMPETITIONS HELD OVER THE PAST FOUR WEEKS.


THE LEAGUE, IN ITS THIRD YEAR, WAS SPONSORED BY THE TUEN MUN 

DISTRICT BOARD AND ORGANISED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES INTER-DISTRICT 

SPORTS COMPETITION CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE AND THE THIRD NT 

INTER-DISTRICT TABLE TENNIS LEAGUE ORGANISING COMMITTEE.


THE DEPUTY REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR NEW TERRITORIES, MR PETER NG, 

WILL PRESENT MEDALS AND TROPHIES TO THE WINNING TEAMS AT A 

CEREMONY TO BE HELD AT YAN 01 TONG COMMUNITY AND INDOOR SPORTS 

CENTRE AT 11.30 AM TOMORROW (SUNDAY).


BEFORE THE CEREMONY, AN INVITATION MATCH AMONG PLAYERS OF 

THE DISTRICTS’ TEAMS WILL BE HELD.


ALSO ATTENDING THE CEREMONY WILL BE THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT 

OFFICER, MR RICKY FUNG; CHAIRMAN OF THE COMPETITION CO-ORDINATING 

COMMITTEE, MR DAVID CHIU; AND CHAIRMAN OF THE ORGANISING 

COMMITTEE, MR TANG TUNG-CHIU.


THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT BOARD HAS ALLOCATED $32 000 FOR THE 

EVENT.


- - 0 - -


SPORT AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES FOR ISLANDERS 

* * * *


A SERIES OF DISTRICT BOARD-FUNDED ACTIVITIES FOR ISLANDS 

DISTRICT RESIDENTS WILL BEGIN TOMORROW (SUNDAY).


THE TWO-WEEK ACTIVITIES, COSTING ABOUT $44 000, WILL INCLUDE 

BASKETBALL AND FOOTBALL COMPETITIONS FOR RESIDENTS ON NORTH LAMMA, 

PARTIES AND CARNIVALS FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE AT TUNG CHUNG, MUI WO, 

PENG CHAU AND SOUTH LANTAU, AND A GIRL GUIDE CARNIVAL ON CHEUNG 

CHAU.


EARLIER THIS WEEK, THE DISTRICT BOARD ALLOCATED $14 400 FOR A 

LARGE-SCALE SPRING CARNIVAL AND A THREE-DAY LANTERN FESTIVAL ON 

CHEUNG CHAU, AND ANOTHER $9 000 FOR NEW YEAR CARNIVALS AT TAI 0 

AND SOUTH LAMMA.


- C - -


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 198*


8


ART WORKSHOPS FOR TEACHERS 

* * *


THE ART SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT WILL HOLD SEVERAL 

WORKSHOPS ON PICTURE-MAKING AND FABRIC COLLAGE FROM MARCH TO MAY 

FOR TEACHERS OF ART AND CRAFT IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS.


THE WORKSHOPS, TO BE CONDUCTED IN CANTONESE, WILL BE HELD AT 

THE DEPARTMENT’S CULTURAL CRAFTS CENTRE AT 4 PAK FUK ROAD, NORTH 

POINT, HONG KONG.


PRIMARY SCHOOL HEADS WHO WISH TO NOMINATE ART AND CRAFT 

TEACHERS TO ATTEND THE WORKSHOPS ARE REQUESTED TO SUBMIT 

APPLICATIONS TO THE INSPECTOR (ART) AT THE CULTURAL CRAFTS CENTRE 

AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.


ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE AT THE DEPARTMENT’S ART SECTION, ON 

5-621967.


- - 0 - -


MAINTENANCE OF LITTER CONTAINERS 

ft ft ft


TENDERS ARE BEING INVITED FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF SOME 10 000 

METAL LITTER CONTAINERS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.


THE CONTRACT WILL BE FOR 12 MONTHS STARTING FROM APRIL 1, 

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID.


TENDER FORMS ARE AVAILABLE AT THE DEPARTMENT’S ENVIRONMENTAL 

HYGIENE SECTION ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF SWIRE AND MACLAINE HOUSE 

(AUSTIN CENTRE), 19-23 AUSTIN AVENUE, KOWLOON.


TENDERS IN DUPLICATE MUST BE PLACED IN THE TENDER BOX IN 

THE LIFT LOBBY ON THE LOWER GROUND FLOOR OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT 

OFFICE (EAST WING), LOWER ALBERT ROAD, HONG KONG BEFORE 12 NOON 

ON FEBRUARY 24 (FRIDAY).


FURTHER DETAILS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE ENVIRONMENTAL 

HYGIENE SECTION ON 3-678675.


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1984


MORE OPEN SPACE FOR KOWLOON PARK 

* * *


AN ADDITIONAL OPEN SPACE WILL BE BUILT AS AN EXTENSION TO 

KOWLOON PARK IN TSIM SHA TSUI.


THE SITE, COVERING 4 668 SQUARE METRES TO THE WEST OF THE 

PARK, IS BOUNDED BY CANTON ROAD, HAIPHONG ROAD AND KOWLOON PARK 

DR IVE.


THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT 

DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR CONSTRUCTING A TWO-LEVEL 

OPEN SPACE ON THE SITE.


THE UPPER LEVEL, WHICH WILL OCCUPY THE SOUTHERN AND LARGER 

PORTION OF THE SITE, WILL BE TURNED INTO A CHILDREN’S PLAYGROUND 

WHILE THE LOWER LEVEL WILL BE A REST GARDEN WITH PAVILION, TIMBER 

ARBOURS, PLANTS AND RAILINGS.


THE OPEN SPACE WILL BE CONNECTED TO KOWLOON PARK BY AN 

ELEVATED wALKWAY ACROSS KOWLOON PARK DRIVE.


WORK WILL START IN APRIL AND BE COMPLETED BY SEPTEMBER.


FIRING PRACTICE AT HA TSUEN-CASTLE PEAK


*****


FIRING PRACTICE * ILL TAKE PLACE AT THE HA TSUEN-CASTLE PEAK 

RANGE ON TUESDAY (FEBRUARY 21) FROM 8 AM TO 11 PM AND ON SATURDAY 

(FEBRUARY 25) FROM 8 AM TO 5 PM.


THE PUBLIC ARE WARNED NOT TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN RED FLAGS 

ARE HOISTED.


- 0 - -


RESURFACING WORK ON PEAK ROAD 

* * *


PEAK ROAD BETWEEN HOUSE NOS 60 AND 82 WILL BE CONVERTED TO 

ONE-LANE FOR TWO-WAY TRAFFIC FROM 10 AM TO 4 PM ON MONDAY. 

TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 20, 21 AND 22).


THE MEASURE IS TO FACILITATE ROAD RESURFACING WORK.


- 0 - -


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 1984


FUN DAY FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE 

* * M *


AN INDOOR FUN DAY FOR ABOUT 320 ELDERLY PEOPLE IN KOWLOON 

CITY WILL BE HELD TOMORROW (SUNDAY) AFTERNOON.


THE PARTICIPANTS, ALL AGED OVER 55, WILL BE FROM FIVE 

CENTRES FOR THE ELDERLY IN THE DISTRICT.


SPONSORED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD, THE FUN DAY IS JOINTLY 

ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE, THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT COUNCIL 

FOR THE WELFARE AND RECREATION OF THE ELDERLY, AND THE SOCIAL 

WELFARE DEPARTMENT.


BESIDES OFFERING ENTERTAINMENT, THE OCCASION WOULD PROVIDE AN 

OPPORTUNITY FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE FROM DIFFERENT CENTRES TO MEET 

ONE ANOTHER, A DISTRICT OFFICE SPOKESMAN SAID.


A CANTONESE OPERA AND MAGIC AND ACROBATIC PERFORMANCES 

WILL BE PRESENTED AT THE GATHERING TOMORROW.


THE WINNING GROUP OF THE MODERN DANCE SECTION IN THE 1983 

DANCE COMPETITION FOR THE ELDERLY WILL ALSO PERFORM AT THE FUN DAY.


GIFT PACKETS WILL BE PRESENTED TO THE PARTICIPANTS.


PARTI'L CLOSURE OF CAR PARK 

X X X


THE FIRST FLOOR AND THE ROOF OF THE STAR FERRY MULTI-STOREY 

CAR PARK WILL BE CLOSED FROM 8 AM ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 20) TO 

8 AM ON MARCH 20 FOR REPAIR WORK.


WATER CUT IN SAI KUNG 

* * X


FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO SOME PREMISES IN SAI KUNG WILL BE 

SUSPENDED FROM 10 AM TO 4 PM ON TUESDAY (FEBRUARY 21) FOR MAINS 

WORK.


THE SUSPENSION WILL AFFECT PREMISES ALONG CLEAR WATER BAY 

ROAD BETWEEN HIRAM’S HIGHWAY AND MANG KUNG UK. IT WILL ALSO 

AFFECT SILVERSTRAND, HANG HAU, SHAW’S STUDIO, BAY SIDE, ALL 

VILLAGES ALONG PO LAM ROAD, RENNIE’S MILL, MA YAU TONG, AND ALL 

VILLAGES ALONG HIRAM’S HIGHWAY, INCLUDING THOSE ALONG ROUTES TO 

HO CHUNG.


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 1984


11


NEW TOILET FOR GARDENS


* * *


A SINGLE-STOREY PUBLIC TOILET IS TO BE BUILT ON A 

65-SQUARE-METRE SITE UNDERNEATH THE GLENEALY FLYOVER FOR USE 

BY VISITORS TO THE HONG KONG ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL GARDENS.


TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT ARE BEING INVITED BY THE 

ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.


WORK ON THE PROJECT WILL START IN APRIL AND TAKE FIVE 

MONTHS to complete.


0 ------------


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 19, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE NO-


NOVEMBER RETAIL SaLES HIT $5 BILLION ......................................................................... 1


TRAMS FREE TO CONTINUE OPERATION ...................................................................................... 3


FIRST GROUP OF SEAMEN ENROLLED AT TRAINING CENTRE................................ 4


AGENCIES INVITED TO APPLY FOR SUBVENTION ............................................................. 4


Water supplies department fun fair ................................................................................ 5


GOOD RESPONSE TO MAXICAB PACKAGE...................................................................................... 6


PUBLICATION HIGHLIGHTING LABORATORY WORK ............................................................. 6


GAMES HALL FOR SAU MAU PING ...................................................................................................... 7


TENDERS INVITED FOR PROVISION OF SECURITY GUaRDS .................................... 7


ANNEX BLOCK FOR TECHNICAL INSTITUTE............................................................................. 8


HEALTH CONTEST FOR EASTERN DISTRICT CHILDREN ................................................ 8


MARKET STALLS TO BE PUT UP FOR BIDDING................................................................... 9


TRAFFIC RESTRICTED ZONE TO BE EXTENDED ................................................................... 9


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 19, 1984


NOVEMBER RETAIL SALES HIT S5 BILLION 

* * * *


THE VALUE OF RETAIL SALES FOR THE RETAIL TRADE SECTOR IN 

NOVEMBER 1983 WAS ESTIMATED TO BE S5 089 MILLION, ACCORDING TO 

PROVISIONAL SURVEY RESULTS COMPILED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS 

DEPARTMENT.


AT 150, THE OVERALL RETAIL SALES VALUE INDEX INCREASED BY 

ONE POINT OR ONE PER CENT WHEN COMPARED WITH THE OCTOBER 1983 

FIGURE, AND BY 18 POINTS OR 14 PER CENT WHEN COMPARED WITH THE 

NOVEMBER 1982 FIGURE.


THE OVERALL RETAIL SALES VOLUME INDEX, AT 106, WAS THE SAME 

AS THOSE FOR OCTOBER 1983 AND NOVEMBER 1982.


COMPARED WITH OCTOBER 1983, RETAIL SALES OF CLOTHING, FOOTWEAR 

AND ALLIED PRODUCTS INCREASED BY SIX PER CENT IN VALUE TERMS, AND 

THOSE OF OTHER CONSUMER GOODS BY TWO PER CENT. THE VALUE OF RETAIL 

SALES OF FOODSTUFFS, ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO? FUELS? AND 

CONSUMER DURABLES, HOWEVER, DECREASED BY ONE PER CENT, THREE PER 

CENT AND THREE PER CENT RESPECTIVELY. IN VOLUME TERMS, RETAIL 

SALES OF FOODSTUFFS, ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO? AND CLOTHING, 

FOOTWEAR AND ALLIED PRODUCTS INCREASED, EACH BY TWO PER CENT, 

WHILE THOSE OF OTHER CONSUMER GOODS REMAINED THE SAME. THE VOLUME 

OF RETAIL SALES OF FUELS AND CONSUMER DURABLES DROPPED BY TWO 

PER CENT AND THREE PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.


COMPARED WITH NOVEMBER 1982, RETAIL SALES OF FUELS ROSE BY 

33 PER CENT IN VALUE TERMS AND FOUR PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS, WHILE 

THOSE OF OTHER CONSUMER GOODS INCREASED BY 16 PER CENT AND TWO PER 

CENT, AND OF FOODSTUFFS, ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO BY 14 PER 

CENT AND ONE PER CENT RESPECTIVELY. RETAIL SALES OF CONSUMER 

DURABLES, ALTHOUGH SHOWING AN INCREASE OF 10 PER CENT IN VALUE 

TERMS DROPPED BY FOUR PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS. RETAIL SALES OF 

CLOTHING, FOOTWEAR AND ALLIED PRODUCTS WENT UP BY FIVE PER CENT 

IN VALUE TERMS BUT DECLINED BY THREE PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS.


ANALYSED BY SELECTED TRADES, RETAIL SALES OF DEPARTMENT STORES 

INCREASED IN BOTH VALUE AND VOLUME TERMS WHEN COMPARED WITH OCTOBER 

1983 SALES. RETAIL SALES OF SUPERMARKETS AND MOTOR VEHICLES, 

ON THE OTHER HAND, DECLINED IN BOTH VALUE AND VOLUME TERMS. 

WHEN COMPARED WITH NOVEMBER 1982 SALES, HOWEVER, RETAIL SALES 

OF SUPERMARKETS INCREASED SIGNIFICANTLY IN VALUE TERMS THOUGH ONLY 

SLIGHTLY IN VOLUME TERMS. DEPARTMENT STORES SHOWED A LARGE INCREASE 

IN SALES VALUE BUT ONLY A MARGINAL RISE IN SALES VOLUME.


RETAIL SALES OF MOTOR VEHICLES DROPPED SIGNIFICANTLY IN BOTH 

VALUE AND VOLUME TERMS.


TABLE 1 PRESENTS THE REVISED FIGURES FOR OCTOBER 1983 AND 

THE PROVISIONAL FIGURES FOR NOVEMBER 1983 OF TOTAL RETAIL SALES.


/Ta3L3 - ...............


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 19, 1984


2


TABLE 2 SHOWS THE VALUE AND VOLUME INDEXES OF RETAIL SALES 

BY MAJOR TRADE GROUPS AND SELECTED TRADES (WHICH FORM PART OF THE 

RELEVANT MAJOR TRADE GROUPS), WITH AVERAGE MONTHLY RETAIL SALES 

IN 1980 TAKEN AS 100. COMPARISONS OF THE NOVEMBER RESULTS WITH 

THOSE OF THE PRECEDING MONTH AND THE CORRESPONDING MONTH IN 1982 

ARE ALSO GIVEN. ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE SURVEY RESULTS MAY BE DIRECTED 

TO THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADE STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS 

AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT, TEL. NO. 3-7216024.


TABLE 1 I TOTAL RETAIL SALES


TOTAL RETAIL SALES FOR NOVEMBER 1983 

(PROVISIONAL FIGURE) - HK$5 089 MILLION 

FOR OCTOBER 1983 

(REVISED FIGURE) - HK*5 057 MILLION


(MONTHLY AVERAGE OF 1980 - 100)


TABLE 2 i VALUE AND VOLUME INDEXES OF RETAIL SALES 

FOR OCTOBER AND NOVEMBER 1983


ITEM


(A) FOR ALL 

retail 

TRADES


INDEX OF 

RETAIL 

SALES


VALUE 

VOLUME


OCT 

1983


(REVISED 

FIGURES)


149 

106


NOV 

1983


(PROVISION^


FIGURES)


150


106


NOV 1983 

COMPARED 

OCT 1983


AL POINTS


SAME


NOV 1983


WITH COMPARED WITH 

NOV 1982


1 POINTS


%


14 

SAME


SAME


18 

SAME


(B) BY MAJOR 

TRADE 

GROUPS


FOODSTUFFS,


VALUE


150


148


-2


-1


18


14


ALCOHOLIC 

DRINKS 

AND TOBACCO


VOLUME


97


99


2


2


1


1


FUELS


VALUE


198


192


-6


-3


32


20


VOLUME


125


122


-3


-2


5


4


CLOTHING,


VALUE


158


168


.10


6


8


5


FOOTWEAR 

AND ALLIED 

PRODUCTS


VOLUME


115


117


2


2


-3


CONSUMER


VALUE


126


122



-3


11


10


DURABLES


VOLUME


96


93


-3


-3


—44


OTHER


VALUE


152


155


3


2


21


16


CONSUMER 

GOODS


VOLUME


112


112


SAME !


SAME


2


2




SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 19, 1984


3 -


(C) BY 

SELECTED 

TRADES


SUPERMARKETS


VALUE 

VOLUME


229 

14?


214


135


-15


-12


-7


-8


43 

4


25


3


MOTOR


VALUE


59


53


-6


-10


-10


-16


VEHICLES


VOLUME


38


33


-5


-13


-13


-28


DEPARTMENT


VALUE


145


152


7


5


19


14


STORES


VOLUME


107


110


3


3


1


1




NOTES ! 1. +FOODSTUFFS, ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO* INCLUDES 

.SUPERMARKETS*.


2. CONSUMER DURABLES INCLUDES +MOTOR VEHICLES.

***

3. +OTHER CONSUMER GOODS INCLUDES +DEPARTMENT STORES.

**



----o----


TRAMS FREE TO CONTINUE OPERATION


M * * *


A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (SUNDAY)


THAT THE HONG KONG TRAMWAYS WOULD BE FREE TO CONTINUE OPERATION 

AFTER THE OPENING OF HE ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR IN 1984 AND 

THE MTR ISLAND LINE IN 1985.


+WITH THE TRAMS NOW CARRYING 360 □□□ PASSENGERS EVERYDAY, 

THEY WILL CONTINUE TO SERVE A USEFUL ROLE IN THE FUTURE,* SAID 

THE SPOKESMAN.


+THIS CONCLUSION HAS BEEN REACHED AND CONFIRMED BY A DETAILED 

STUDY TO ASSESS THE IMPLICATIONS OF THE OPENING OF THE MTR ISLAND 

LINE FOR OTHER PUBLIC TRANSPORT SERVICES.


+THE STUDY HAS FOUND THAT EVEN AFTER THE OPENING OF THE 

MTR ISLAND LINE, THE TRAMS WILL CONTINUE TO BE RELIED ON BY A 

SIGNIFICANT NUMBER OF COMMUTERS ON THE ISLAND AS AN INEXPENSIVE 

AND RELIABLE ALTERNATIVE TO THE MTR AND BUSES, PARTICULARLY FOR 

SHORTER TRIPS.


+OVER THE YEARS, TRAMS HAVE MAINTAINED A VERY GOOD SAFETY 

RECORD. SO ESSENTIALLY THE FINDING IS THAT THE HONG KONG TRAMWAYS 

COMPANY SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO USE ITS OWN COMMERCIAL JUDGEMENT AND 

TO CONTINUE ITS OPERATION FOR SO LONG AS THAT REMAINS VIABLE,* 

THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


IN THE NEXT FEW DAYS THE GOVERNMENT WILL BE APPROACHING 

THE DISTRICT BOARDS IN THOSE AREAS SERVED BY THE TRAMS, TO 

EXPLAIN THE FINDINGS OF THIS STUDY.


---------0 - - - -


/4 ....................


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 19, 1934


- 4 -


FIRST GROUP OF SEAMEN ENROLLED AT TRAINING CENTRE 

* * * *


HONG KONG’S SEAMEN CAN NOW BE TRAINED LOCALLY TO MEET 

INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS FOR WATCH RATINGS.


THE SEAMEN’S TRAINING TEMPORARY CENTRE ESTABLISHED BY THE 

VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL IN LITTLE SAI WAN HAS JUST TAKEN IN 

THE FIRST GROUP OF 48 SEAMEN FOR A 30-DAY RESIDENTIAL COURSE.


+THEY WILL BE GIVEN SPECIALISED TRAINING TO QUALIFY THEM AS 

NAVIGATIONAL AND ENGINE ROOM WATCH RATINGS,* SAID MR MORRIS MORGAN, 

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR OF THE COUNCIL.


+TOP ICS SUCH AS FIRE-FIGHTING, FIRST-AID, PERSONAL SAFETY 

AND PROFICIENCY IN SURVIVAL CRAFT ARE ALSO INCLUDED IN THE COURSE,* 

HE ADDED.


THE CENTRE, WHICH HAS BEEN SET UP FOLLOWING A GOVERNMENT 

REQUEST TO THE COUNCIL TO TRAIN AN ESTIMATED 5 OOO LOCAL SEAMEN 

IN THE NEXT THREE YEARS, HAS A CAPACITY FOR 240 SEAMEN AT ANY ONE 

TIME.


ADVICE ON TRAINING REQUIREMENTS AND THE FACILITIES NEEDED 

WAS GIVEN TO THE COUNCIL BY ITS MERCHANT NAVY TRAINING BOARD.


CHAIRED BY MR FRANK CHAO, THE BOARD COMPRISES REPRESENTATIVES 

FROM THE SHIPPING INDUSTRY, GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND EDUCATIONAL 

ESTABLISHMENTS.


IT IS INTENDED THAT ON COMPLETION OF THE COURSE, THE TRAINEES 

WILL BE ISSUED WITH A CERTIFICATE BY THE MARINE DEPARTMENT TO 

CONFORM WITH THE REQUIREMENT BY THE INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION ON 

STANDARD OF TRAINING, CERTIFICATION AND WATCHKEEPING FOR SEAFARERS 

(1978).


THIS CERTIFICATE WILL, IN FUTURE, BE MANDATORY FOR THOSE 

SEEKING EMPLOYMENT AS WATCH RATINGS.


- - 0 - - - -


AGENCIES INVITED TO APPLY FOR SUBVENTION 

* * *


NON-PROFIT-MAKING VOLUNTARY AGENCIES WHICH WISH TO RUN ADULT 

EDUCATION COURSES OR ACTIVITIES DURING THE 1984-85 SCHOOL YEAR 

ARE INVITED TO APPLY FOR GOVERNMENT SUBVENTION.


DETAILS OF THE COURSE CATEGORIES ELIGIBLE FOR SUBVENTION ARE 

LISTED IN AN INFORMATION SHEET ATTACHED TO THE APPLICATION FORMS 

NOW AVAILABLE AT THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S ADULT EDUCATION 

SECTION, ASIAN HOUSE, 12/F, 1 HENNESSY ROAD, WAN CHAI, HONG KONo.


SUNDAY, FS3RUARY 19, 1984


THE SUBVENTION WILL MAINLY COVER THE COST OF STAFF, THE 

COST OF BASIC TEACHING AND OFFICE EQUIPMENT, SALARIES FOR CENTRE 

ADMINISTRATORS, HIRE CHARGES FOR ACCOMMODATION AT THE EXISTING 

GOVERNMENT RATE, AND TELEPHONE, WATER AND ELECTRICITY CHARGES ON 

A SHARING BASIS.


APPLICATIONS SHOULD REACH THE ADULT EDUCATION SECTION NOT 

LATER THAN APRIL 30, 1984.


ENQUIRIES CONCERNING THE SUBVENTION SCHEME CAN BE MADE TO 

H? H.H. WOO AT 5-294603, OR MRS M.W. CHAU AT 5-295729.


------------0 - - - -


WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT FUN FAIR 

* * * *


MORE THAN 4 500 CHILDREN AND THEIR PARENTS ATTENDED THE 

WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT’S 22ND ANNUAL LUNAR NEW YEAR CHILDREN'S 

FUN FAIR THIS (SUNDAY) AFTERNOON.


THE DIRECTOR OF WATER SUPPLIES, MR TOM TOMLINSON, OFFICIATED 

AT THE OPENING CEREMONY HELD AT WAH YAN COLLEGE, KOWLOON.


HE WISHED ALL HIS STAFF AND THEIR FAMILY MEMBERS A 

PROSPEROUS NEW YEAR.


ENTERTAINMENT INCLUDED A LION DANCE, BAND PERFORMANCES, 

ACROBATIC AND MAGIC SHOWS, SONGS AND DANCES.


AS IN PREVIOUS YEARS, THE +CANNON BALL EXPRESS* WAS THERE 

TO TAKE CHILDREN ROUND THE FUN FAIR GROUNDS.


THERE WERE 16 GAMES STALLS ORGANISED BY VARIOUS DIVISIONS 

OF THE DEPARTMENT.


EACH CHILD WAS GIVEN A GIFT PARCEL AND RED PACKET.


THE AFTERNOON FUN FAIR CONCLUDED WITH A RAFFLE DRAW.


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 19, 198A-


- 6 -


GOOD RESPONSE TO MAX I CAB PACKAGE 

* * *


MORE THAN 1 OOO APPLICATION FORMS HAVE BEEN DISTRIBUTED FOR 

THE OPERATION OF 20 NEW MAXICAB ROUTES IN KOWLOON AND THE NEW 

TERRITORIES, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SAID 

TODAY (SUNDAY).


THE RESPONSE TO THE DEPARTMENT’S INVITATION HAS BEEN VERY 

ENCOURAGING AND THE SPOKESMAN REMINDED APPLICANTS THAT THE 

DEADLINE FOR APPLICATION IS FEBRUARY 27 (MONDAY).


COMPLETED FORMS MUST BE RETURNED BY REGISTERED POST 

TO REACH THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT AT PARK-IN COMMERCIAL CENTRE, 

25TH FLOOR, 56 DUNDAS STREET, KOWLOON ON OR BEFORE THE DEADLINE. 

LATE APPLICATIONS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED.


+IT IS EXPECTED THAT THE NEW ROUTES WILL BE INTRODUCED LATER 

THIS YEAR.+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


------------0------------


PUBLICATION HIGHLIGHTING LABORATORY WORK 

M K M


A NEW FULL-COLOUR PUBLICATION ON THE GOVERNMENT LABORATORY 

HIGHLIGHTS SOME OF ITS CURRENT ACTIVITIES AND SOPHISTICATED 

FACILITIES.


THE PUBLICATION S AVAILABLE AT $28 A COPY AT THE GOVERNMENT 

PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GPO BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, HONG KONG.


THE LABORATORY HAS INSTALLED A WIDE RANGE OF MODERN SCIENTIFIC 

INSTRUMENTS IN LINE WITH TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCES, THE INTRODUCTION 

OF NEW MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS, THE SOPHISTICATION IN CRIMINAL 

ACTIVITY, THE NEED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND THE EXPANSION 

OF THE METHADONE TREATMENT FACILITIES.


DURING ITS EARLY YEARS, THE GOVERNMENT LABORATORY WAS ATTACHED 

TO THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT.


A SEPARATE AGENCY SINCE 1978, IT IS NOW RESPONSIBLE FOR THE 

PROVISION OF COMPREHENSIVE ADVISORY AND TECHNICAL SERVICES IN 

CHEMISTRY AND ASSOCIATED DISCIPLINES.


AMONG THOSE USING ITS SERVICES ARE GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, 

THE URBAN COUNCIL, THE INDEPENDENT COMMISSION AGAINST CORRUPTION 

AND THE CONSUMER COUNCIL.


ADVISORY AND INFORMATION SERVICES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE TO THE 

PRIVATE SECTOR ON A FEE BASIS.


MANY ASPECTS OF THE LABORATORY WORK ARE STATUTORY AND A 

LARGE PART OF ITS EFFORT RELATES TO DANGEROUS DRUGS AND GOODS, 

DUTIABLE COMMODITIES, PHARMACY AND POISONS, AND PUBLIC HEALTn 

AND URBAN SERVICES.


------------0--------------


/7 ...................


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 19, 1984


- 7 -


GAMES HALL FOR SAU MAU PING 

* * * * *


A GAMES HALL IS TO BE BUILT AT SAU MAU PING AT THE JUNCTION 

CF HIU KWONG STREET AND HIP WO STREET.


THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 

HAS AWARDED A i3.1-MILLION CONTRACT FOR FOUNDATION WORK.


WHEN THIS HAS BEEN COMPLETED IN AUGUST, CONSTRUCTION OF THE 

SUPERSTRUCTURE WILL BEGIN.


THE GAMES HALL, MEASURING 1 300 SQUARE METRES, WILL BE SUITABLE 

FOR ALL TYPES OF INDOOR BALL GAMES AND SPORTS.


IN ADDITION, THERE WILL BE THREE SQUASH COURTS, A SPECTATOR 

STAND FOR 400 PEOPLE AND CHANGING FACILITIES.


A CHILDREN’S PLAY AREA WILL BE BUILT OUTSIDE THE HALL.


WHEN IT IS COMPLETED AT THE END OF 1985, IT WILL SERVE AS AN 

ADDITIONAL VENUE FOR RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES FOR YOUNG 

PEOPLE IN THE AREA.


----o-----


TENDERS INVITED FOR PROVISION OF SECURITY GUARDS


* * *


THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS 

FOR THE PROVISION OF SECURITY GUARDS AT NINE LOCATIONS IN THE 

NEW TERRITORIES.


THE SERVICES, RANGING FROM SEVEN TO 24 HOURS A DAY, WILL 

BE FOR 12 MONTHS, STARTING ON APRIL 1, AN NTSD SPOKESMAN SAID.


THE NINE LOCATIONS ARE THE NURSERY AT TSO KUNG TAM IN TSUEN 

WAN, TUNG LUNG FORT IN SAI KUNG, SHA TIN TEMPORARY MARKET, TAI PO 

TEMPORARY MARKET, TSUEN WAN MARKET, KWAI SHING CIRCUIT VEHICLE 

DEPOT, SAI KUNG VEHICLE DEPOT, SHA TIN VEHICLE DEPOT AND TAI PO 

VEHICLE DEPOT.


TENDER FORMS ARE AVAILABLE AT THE ADMINISTRATION SECTION OF 

THE NTSD HEADQUARTERS ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF SWIRE AND MACLAINE 

HOUSE, (AUSTIN CENTRE), 19~23 AUSTIN AVENUE, KOWLOON.


TENDERS MUST BE PLACED IN THE TENDER BOX IN THE LIFT 

LOBBY ON THE LOWER GROUND FLOOR OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICE, 

EAST WING, LOWER ALBERT ROAD, BEFORE NOON ON FRIDAY, MARCH 9.


FURTHER DETAILS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE DEPARTMENT’S 

ADMINISTRATION SECTION DURING OFFICE HOURS ON TELEPHONE 3-677200.


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 19, 1984


8


ANNEX BLOCK FOR TECHNICAL INSTITUTE 

* * * *


WORK ON A FIVE-STOREY ANNEX BLOCK FOR THE MAKING WONG TECHNICAL 

INSTITUTE AT LAI CHI KOK ROAD WILL START TOMORROW (MONDAY) AND TAKE 

A YEAR TO COMPLETE.


THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 

HAS AWARDED A J7.6-MILLION CONTRACT TO WANG CHANG CONSTRUCTION CO. 

LTD. TO BUILD IT.


THE ANNEX WILL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR NINE CLASSROOMS, 

TWO TECHNICAL DRAWING ROOMS AND A LECTURE THEATRE.


ALSO INCLUDED IN THE ANNEX WILL BE ELECTRICAL AND WELDING 

WORKSHOPS, A MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY, A LANGUAGE 

LABORATORY AND FACILITIES FOR HOTEL AND CATERING TRAINING COURSES.


THERE WILL BE A SINGLE-STOREY WING TO THE NEW ANNEX TO PROVIDE 

STORAGE SPACE FOR VEHICLES WHICH WILL BE USED FOR TRAINING PURPOSES.


- 0 -


HEALTH CONTEST FOR EASTERN DISTRICT CHILDREN 

* * * *


A HEALTH COMPETITION FOR CHILDREN IN THE EASTERN DISTRICT 

WILL BE HELD NEXT MOMTH.


SPONSORED BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD AND ORGANISED BY 

THE MING WAH DAI HA YIN NGAI SOCIETY AND LAI TAK TSUEN YIN NGAI 

SOCIETY, THE .HEALTHY CHILDREN COMPETITION* IS AIMED AT ENCOURAGING 

PARENTS TO GIVE BETTER CARE AND ATTENTION TO THE HEALTH OF THEIR 

CHILDREN.


THE CONTEST, TO BE HELD ON MARCH 17, IS DIVIDED INTO THREE 

AGE GROUPS! FROM SIX TO 18 MONTHS, 19 TO 36 MONTHS, AND THREE TO 

SIX YEARS.


ALL CHILDREN TAKING PART IN THE CONTEST will BE EXAMINED BY 

A DOCTOR, AND 15 WILL BE CHOSEN FROM EACH AGE GROUP TO ENTER THE 

DISTRICT’S COMPETITION.


WINNERS FROM EACH DISTRICT WILL COMPETE IN A TERRITORY-WIDE 

CONTEST ON MOTHER’S DAY (MAY 13).


ENTRY FORMS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE 

AT 884, KING’S ROAD, AND ITS SUB-OFFICE IN CAUSEWAY BAY, SHAU KEI 

WAN AND CHAI WAN.


THE DEADLINE FOR ENTRY IS FEBRUARY 29.


- 0 -


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 19, 1984


- 9 -


MARKET STALLS TO BE PUT UP FOR BIDDING 

* * *


twenty market stalls at sheung shui in the new territories 

WILL BE PUT up FOR PUBLIC BIDDING ON WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 22).


THE STALLS ARE LOCATED AT SHEK WU HUI MARKET, SHEK WU HUI 

TEMPORARY MARKET I AND SHEK WU HUI TEMPORARY MARKET II, A 

SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID.


THE BIDDING WILL BE HELD AT THE HAWKERS AND MARKETS SECTION 

OF THE NORTH URBAN SERVICES OFFICE AT FU HING STREET, STARTING 

AT 10.30 AM.


THE UPSET MONTHLY RENTALS RANGE FROM 8450 TO 81 000.


SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS MAY START BUSINESS ON MARCH 1 ON 

A THREE-YEAR CONTRACT, AND ARE REQUIRED TO PAY THE RENT QUARTERLY.


BIDDERS ARE REQUESTED TO BRING ALONG THEIR IDENTITY CARDS 

AND FIVE PHOTOGRAPHS.


FURTHER DETAILS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE HAWKERS AND 

MARKETS SECTION OF THE NORTH URBAN SERVICES OFFICE ON 0-6577016.


------------0------------


TRAFFIC RESTRICTED ZONE TO BE EXTENDED 

KMX


FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (FEBRUARY 21), EXISTING RESTRICTIONS 

AT THE NORTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF TAK MAN STREET WILL BE EXTENDED 

EASTWARDS FOR ABOUT 25 METRES TO COVER THE NORTH SIDE OF THE 

JUNCTION OF MAN TAI STREET AND TAK MAN STREET.


WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONE, ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT THOSE 

AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT WILL NOT BE 

ALLOWED TO PICK UP OR SET DOWN PASSENGERS, OR TO LOAD OR UNLOAD 

GOODS, FROM 7 AM TO 7 PM DAILY.


MEANWHILE, FROM 10 AM THE SAME DAY, SHEK TONG STREET WILL BE 

RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY EASTBOUND TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW.


MOTORISTS ON MA TAU WAI ROAD NORTHBOUND HEADING FOR SHEK TONG 

STREET ARE ADVISED TO PROCEED VIA MA TAU WAI ROAD, SAN LAU STREET, 

CHATHAM ROAD NORTH, MA TAU WAI ROAD, CHI KIANG STREET, KAU PUI 

LUNG ROAD, LOK SHAN ROAD, MA TAU WAI ROAD, CHATHAM ROAD NORTH 

AND SHEK TONG STREET.


THOSE ON SHEK TONG STREET HEADING FOR TSIM SHA TSUI ARE ADVISED 

TO TRAVEL VIA MA TAU WAI ROAD, CHI KIANG STREET, YUK YAT STREET, 

LOK SHAN ROAD, TO KWA WAN ROAD AND MA TAU WAI ROAD.


- 0


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 20, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE NO.


GOVERNOR LEAVING FOR PEKING ...................................................................................................... 1


BRIGHTER OUTLOOK FOR MANUFACTURERS ................................................................................ 1


NEED FOR INDUSTRIAL SAFETY EFFORT STRESSED ....................................................... 4


AUXILIARY AIR FORCE GEARED FOR BUSY YEAR............................................................. 5


TUJN MUN TO HAVE PRIMARY SCHOOL 21 ................................................................................ 6


VEHICLE DEPOT TO BE EXPANDED ................................................................................................... 7


'CLEAN AND GREEN' STaGE ONE MDING................................................................................ 7


BOARD MEMBERS TO DISCUSS ACCESS FACILITIES ...................................................... 8


VALUE OF MACS AS TRAINING BASE STRESSED ................................................... 9


BOARD TO SHOW ACHIEVEMENTS ......................................................................................................... 9


OPENING OF CHAI WAN CARGO WORKING AREA ................................................................... 10


ANOTHER CHIT RE OPENING ...................................................................................................................... 10


NEW ADDRESS ........................................................................................................................................................ 10


TEMPORARY GLOUCESTER ROAD TRAFFIC PLAN ................................................................... 11


EARLY MORNING TAPS OFF ...................................................................................................................... 11


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 20, 198*


1


note to editors*


GOVERNOR LEAVING FOR PEKING 

* * * *


A FACILITY HAS BEEN ARRANGED FOR PRESS PHOTOGRAPHERS AND 

CAMERAMEN TO COVER THE DEPARTURE OF THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, 

FOR PEKING TOMORROW (TUESDAY).


SIR EDWARD, ACCOMPANIED BY THE POLITICAL ADVISER, MR ROBIN 

MCLAREN, WILL BE LEAVING ON FLIGHT CA102, ETD 12.45 PM.


PLEASE ADVISE THOSE ASSIGNED TO COVER THE DEPARTURE TO ASSEMBLE 

AT THE PRESS CONFERENCE ROOM ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF THE AIRPORT 

TERMINAL BUILDING NOT LATER THAN 11.30 AM TOMORROW. GIS OFFICERS 

WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST.


- - 0 - -


BRIGHTER OUTLOOK FOR MANUFACTURERS 

XXX


AN ENCOURAGING OUTLOOK FOR MANUFACTURING FIRMS IS SHOWN IN 

THE LATEST QUARTERLY BUSINESS SURVEY COMPILED BY THE CENSUS AND 

STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.


FIRMS IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR CONTINUED TO EXPERIENCE 

AN IMPROVEMENT IN BUSINESS DURING THE FOURTH QUARTER OF 1983 - 

AND THIS IMPROVEMENT TURNED OUT TO BE GREATER THAN WAS EXPECTED 

IN THE PREVIOUS QUARTERLY SURVEY.


ABOUT 90Q FIRMS FORMING A CROSS-SECTION OF THE ECONOMIC 

COMMUNITY WERE ASKED ABOUT THEIR PERFORMANCE IN THE LAST QUARTER 

OF 1983 AND THEIR EXPECTATIONS FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF THIS YEAR.


THE PICTURE FOR THE CONSTRUCTION SECTOR, HOWEVER, WAS STILL 

WEAK WITH FIRMS REPORTING THAT THEY EXPECTED FURTHER DETERIORATION 

IN BUSINESS.


WITH REGARD TO THE ’WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADE, RESTAURANTS 

AND HOTELS’ SECTOR, SOME IMPROVEMENT IN BUSINESS WAS REPORTED 

WHILE A FAIRLY SIGNIFICANT EXTENT OF IMPROVEMENT IN BUSINESS 

WAS EXPERIENCED BY FIRMS IN THE ’OTHER SERVICES’ SECTOR (INCLUDING 

BANKS, TRANSPORTATION FIRMS ETC.) WHICH LARGELY ACCORDS WITH 

EXPECTATIONS RECORDED IN THE LAST SURVEY.


THE BUSINESS OUTLOOK OF THE ’MANUFACTURING’ SECTOR FOR THE 

FIRST QUARTER OF THIS YEAR CONTINUES TO BE FAVOURABLE, AS 

RESPONDENTS INDICATE THAT ON THE WHOLE THE LEVEL OF BUSINESS 

IN THE FOURTH QUARTER OF 1983 WILL BE MAINTAINED IN THE FIRST 

QUARTER. THIS SHOWS AN UNUSUAL DEGREE OF OPTIMISM BECAUSE THE FIRST 

QUARTER IS USUALLY A SEASONAL TROUGH, ACCORDING TO HISTORICAL 

EXPERIENCE.


RESPONDENTS IN THE ’WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADE, RESTAURANTS 

AND HOTELS’ SECTOR EXPECT THE BUSINESS SITUATION TO REMAIN ON 

THE WHOLE STABLE IN THE FIRST QUARTER WHILE FIRMS IN THE 'OTHER 

SERVICES’ SECTOR LOOK FORWARD TO CONSIDERABLE IMPROVEMENTS IN 

BUSINESS IN THE FIRST QUARTER.


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 20, 1984


2


IN CONTRAST TO THE FAVOURABLE BUSINESS SITUATIONS ANTICIPATED 

BY FIRMS IN THE ’MANUFACTURING’ AND ’SERVICES’ SECTORS, FIRMS 

IN THE ’CONSTRUCTION’ SECTOR STILL HOLD A PESSIMISTIC VIEw 

ABOUT THIER IMMEDIATE BUSINESS PROSPECTS. THEY INDICATE THAT 

THE DOWNTREND IN CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WILL CONTINUE AND NO 

SIGNS OF RECOVERY ARE EVIDENT IN THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1984.


IMPROVEMENTS IN BUSINESS WERE REPORTED BY FIRMS IN THE 

MAJORITY OF THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES IN THE FOURTH QUARTER 

CF 1983. FIRMS IN THE ’WEARING APPAREL’ AND 'ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, 

APPLIANCES AND SUPPLIES’ INDUSTRIES EXPERIENCED SUBSTANTIAL 

IMPROVEMENTS IN BUSINESS IN THE FOURTH QUARTER AND EXPECT THE 

FAVOURABLE BUSINESS SITUATION TO CONTINUE INTO THE FIRST QUARTER 

OF 1984.


FIRMS IN THE ’TEXTILES’, ’ELECTRONICS’ AND ’WATCHES AND 

CLOCKS’ INDUSTRIES ALSO EXPERIENCED A SIGNIFICANT UPTURN IN 

BUSINESS IN THE FOURTH QUARTER BUT THEY EXPECT SOME DECLINE IN 

BUSINESS IN THE FIRST QUARTER, DUE MAINLY TO SEASONAL FACTORS. 

IN CONTRAST, FIRMS IN THE ’FOOD, BEVERAGE AND TOBACCO’ INDUSTRY 

REPORTED A DETERIORATION IN BUSINESS IN THE FOURTH QUARTER WITH 

LITTLE PROSPECT OF IMPROVEMENT. FIRMS IN THE ’PLASTICS’ INDUSTRY 

ALSO EXPERIENCED NO IMPROVEMENT IN BUSINESS IN THE FOURTH QUARTER, 

WITH LITTLE CHANGE IN PROSPECTS FOR THE FIRST QUARTER.


AS FOR THE ’CONSTRUCTION’ SECTOR, THE DETERIORATION IN 

BUSINESS CONTINUED TO AFFECT FIRMS IN THIS SECTOR IN THE FOURTH 

QUARTER AND THIS SITUATION IS EXPECTED TO PERSIST IN THE FIRST 

QUARTER. FIRMS IN ’WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADE’ ACHIEVED SOME 

IMPROVEMENT IN BUSINESS IN THE FOURTH QUARTER AND EXPECT THAT 

THEIR PERFORMANCE IN ’HE FIRST QUARTER WILL REMAIN LARGELY 

UNCHANGED.


RESPONDENTS IN THE ’RESTAURANTS’ SECTOR REPORTED LITTLE 

CHANGE IN BUSINESS IN THE FOURTH QUARTER AND EXPECT SOME DECLINE 

IN BUSINESS FOR THE FIRST.


SEEN FROM HISTORICAL TRENDS, THE RESTAURANT BUSINESS APPEARED 

TO HAVE HAD A RATHER UNFAVOURABLE FOURTH QUARTER. PROBABLY 

BECAUSE THE FOURTH QUARTER BUSINESS LEVEL DID NOT ACHIEVE ITS 

USUAL IMPROVEMENTS OVER THE THIRD QUARTER, THE SEASONAL DECLINE 

FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1984 WAS NOT EXPECTED TO BE SUBSTANTIAL. 

FIRMS IN THE ’HOTELS’ SECTOR ACHIEVED A CONSIDERABLE INCREASE 

IN BUSINESS IN THE FOURTH QUARTER BUT EXPECT A SEASONAL DROP 

IN BUSINESS FOR THE FIRST QUARTER.


FIRMS IN THE ’OTHER SERVICES’ SECTOR RECORDED A SUBSTANTIAL 

IMPROVEMENT IN BUSINESS IN THE FOURTH QUARTER, AND EXPECT 

FURTHER IMPROVEMENT IN BUSINESS FOR THE FIRST QUARTER. IN 

PARTICULAR, ’BANKS’ EXPERIENCED A SHARP BUSINESS RECOVERY IN 

THE FOURTH QUARTER, AND ARE VERY CONFIDENT OF FURTHER ADVANCES 

FOR THE FIRST QUARTER. SIGNIFICANT BUSINESS UPTURN WAS ATTAINED 

BY THE ’TRANSPORTATION’ BUSINESS AND A STABLE OUTLOOK IS EXPECTED 

FOR THE FIRST QUARTER.


/FOR THE ....................


MCNDAY, ZiBHUA?.!' 20, 19&4


FOR THE ’MANUFACTURING’ SECTOR, THE INTENSITY OF THE PROBLEMS 

OF UNCERTAINTIES DUE TO EXCHANGE RATE FLUCTUATIONS AND HIGH 

INTEREST RATES DECLINED CONSIDERABLY IN THE FOURTH QUARTER AND 

ARE EXPECTED TO EASE OFF FURTHER IN THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1984. 

HOWEVER, HIGH MATERIAL PRICES REMAINED A PROMINENT PROBLEM WITH 

LITTLE PROSPECT OF IMPROVEMENT IN THE NEXT QUARTER.


AS REGARDS THE ’CONSTRUCTION’ AND NON-MANUFACTURING SECTORS, 

THE PROBLEM OF UNCERTAINTIES DUE TO EXCHANGE RATE FLUCTUATIONS 

EASED OFF IN THE FOURTH QUARTER. HOWEVER, CONSTRUCTION FIRMS 

STILL CONSIDER PRICE COMPETITION FROM FIRMS IN HONG KONG AND 

INSUFFICIENT BUSINESS CONTRACTS AS THE MAJOR PROBLEMS FOR THE 

FOURTH QUARTER OF 1983 AND FIRST QUARTER OF 1984.


RESPONDENTS IN BOTH ’RESTAURANTS’ AND ’WHOLESALE AND RETAIL 

TRADE’ CONTINUED TO INDICATE PRICE COMPETITION AS THE MOST 

SIGNIFICANT PROBLEM IN THE FOURTH QUARTER AND EXPECT THIS TO 

PERSIST IN THE FIRST QUARTER. ALTHOUGH PARTICIPATING FIRMS IN 

THE ’HOTELS’ BUSINESS STILL REGARD PRICE COMPETITION AS THE MAJOR 

PROBLEM FOR BOTH THE FOURTH AND FIRST QUARTERS, THE STRAIN OF 

THIS PROBLEM EASED IN THE FOURTH QUARTER AS COMPARED WITH THE 

SITUATION OF THE PREVIOUS SURVEY.


THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT SAID THAT THE SURVEY 

RESULTS, OBTAINED WITH A MINIMUM TIME LAG, WERE BASICALLY INTENDED 

TO PROVIDE ONE SOURCE OF REFERENCE FOR MAKING A QUICK ASSESSMENT 

OF THE CURRENT ECONOMIC SITUATION OF HONG KONG.


PARTICIPATING FIRMS WERE ASKED TO INDICATE WHETHER, IN THEIR 

OPINIONS, THE GENERAL BUSINESS SITUATION AND LEVEL OF CAPACITY 

UTILISATION HAD ’IMPROVED’, ’REMAINED THE SAME’ OR ’DETERIORATED’ 

IN THE IMMEDIATE PASI QUARTER, AS COMPARED WITH THE QUARTER 

BEFORE. THEY WERE ALSO ASKED TO INDICATE WHETHER THE SITUATION 

WILL ’IMPROVE’, ’REMAIN THE SAME’ OR ’DETERIORATE’ IN THE 

FORTHCOMING QUARTER. THE BALANCE OF OPINIONS OF RESPONDENTS 

WAS TABULATED AND ANALYSED.


THE SURVEY REPORT ALSO CONTAINS A SECTION ON BUSINESS PROBLEMS 

EXPERIENCED AND EXPECTED BY FIRMS IN DIFFERENT ECONOMIC SECTORS 

AND A BREAKDOWN OF VIEWS OF FIRMS BY SIZE GROUPS.


THE DEPARTMENT CAUTIONED THAT FOR A SURVEY OF THIS NATURE, 

THE RESULTS SHOULD BE INTERPRETED WITH CARE AS IT WAS DIFFICULT 

TO ESTABLISH PRECISELY THE EXTENT TO WHICH RESPONDENTS’ PERCEPTION 

OF THE PAST AND THE FUTURE ACCORDS WITH THE UNDERLYING TRENDS.


COPIES OF THE REPORT, CONTAINING AN ANALYSIS OF THE SURVEY 

FINDINGS AND STATISTICAL TABLES, HAVE BEEN DISTRIBUTED TO FIRMS 

TAKING PART IN THE SURVEY AND TO OTHER BUSINESS ORGANISATIONS. 

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC MAY OBTAIN COPIES FROM THE GOVERNMENT 

PUBLICATIONS SALE CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, AT 

S3 PER COPY.


FURTHER DETAILS ON THE QUARTERLY BUSINESS SURVEY MAY EE 

OBTAINED FROM THE NATIONAL INCOME BRANCH OF THE CENSUS AND 

STATISTICS DEPARTMENT AT 5-423401.


----o----


/4 ....................


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1934


- 4 -


NEED FOR INDUSTRIAL SAFETY EFFORT STRESSED 

* * * *


THE ESTABLISHMENT OF INDUSTRY-BASED SAFETY SUB-COMMITTEES 

IS AIMED AT INDUCING MOTIVATION AND CO-OPERATION FROM ALL PARTIES 

CONCERNED WI TH PROMOTING INDUSTRIAL SAFETY.


THIS WAS STATED BY THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, 

DR JAMES HAYES, TODAY (MONDAY), AT THE INAUGURAL MEETING OF THE 

PETALWARE INDUSTRY SAFETY SUB-COMMITTEE.


THIS SUB-COMMITTEE IS THE FIFTH ONE FORMED UNDER THE AUSPICES 

OF THE COMMITTEE ON INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION, 

COMPRISING REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, EMPLOYERS’ 

ASSOCIATIONS AND TRADE UNIONS AS MEMBERS. SIMILAR SUB-COMMITTEES 

FOR THE SHIPBUILDING AND SHIPREPAIRING, CONSTRUCTION, TEXTILES AND 

PLASTICS INDUSTRIES HAVE ALREADY BEEN FORMED.


EXPLAINING THE BACKGROUND FOR FORMING THE NEW SUB-COMMITTEE, 

DR HAYES POINTED OUT THAT IN 1983 THERE WERE 3 977 ACCIDENTS IN 

THE METALWARE INDUSTRY, LOwER ONLY IN NUMBER TO THE CONSTRUCTION 

AND GARMENT INDUSTRIES. IN THE SAME YEAR, THERE WERE NO FEWER 

THAN 806 INSTANCES IN WHICH MECHANICAL PRESS OPERATORS HAD THEIR 

HANDS OR FINGERS CRUSHED AT WORK.


WHILE THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT HAD BEEN PROMOTING SAFETY AT 

WORK THROUGH ENACTING AND ENFORCING SAFETY LEGISLATION, TAKING 

OUT PROSECUTIONS FOR BREACHES OF THE LEGISLATION, AND PROVIDING 

EDUCATION, TRAINING AND PUBLICITY, EMPLOYERS AND WORKERS HAD AN 

EQUALLY IMPORTANT ROLE TO PLAY IN ENSURING SAFETY AT WORK.


WITHOUT GOOD MOT MT ION AND CO-OPERATION FROM ALL SIDES, 

ANY EFFORT TO IMPROVE SAFETY AT WORK WAS LIKELY TO BE INEFFECTIVE. 

IT WAS FOR THIS REASON THAT INDUSTRY-BASED SAFETY SUB-COMMITTEES 

HAD BEEN FORMED.


THE NEW SUB-COMMITTEE’S TERMS OF REFERENCE ARE TO PRODUCE 

A CODE OF SAFE WORKING PRACTICES FOR THE METALWARE INDUSTRY AND 

TO PROMOTE AND SUSTAIN A GROWING INTEREST IN IMPROVING SAFETY AT 

WORK.


DR HAYES STRESSED THAT THE SUB-COMMITTEE COULD ONLY ACHIEVE 

ITS AIMS IF THERE WAS ACTIVE INVOLVEMENT.


NOTING THAT INTEREST AND INPUT FROM ALL ITS MEMBERS WAS VITAL, 

HE APPEALED FOR THEIR REGULAR ATTENDANCE AND PARTICIPATION.


HE TOLD THE MEMBERS : +wE PARTICULARLY VALUE YOUR PRACTICAL 

ADVICE AND YOUR DEEP KNOWLEDGE IN THIS FIELD IN HELPING TO 

ESTABLISH REALISTIC SAFETY STANDARDS AND DRAW UP LEGISLATION 

AND CODES OF PRACTICES.


+WITHOUT THE PARTICIPATION BY EMPLOYERS’ ASSOCIATIONS AND 

UNIONS REPRESENTED ON THE SAFETY SUB-COMMITTEE, THE SUE-COMMITTEE’i 

WORK WOULD LACK SUBSTANCE AND THE MEANS TO PUT ACROSS THE IMPORTANT 

PESSAGE OF WORK SAFETY TO ALL CONCERNED.*


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 20, 1984


AUXILIARY AIR FORCE GEARED FOR BUSY YEAR


*****


THE ROYAL HONG KONG AUXILIARY AIR FORCE FLEW 481 EMERGENCY 

MISSIONS LAST YEAR, NEARLY 60 PER CENT MORE THAN THE 308 FLOWN 

IN 1082.


AND IT IS GEARED FOR A GREATER CALL ON ITS SERVICES THIS 

YEAR, ITS CHIEF STAFF OFFICER, SQUADRON LEADER J.G. SHAWCROSS, 

SAID TODAY.


ONE REASON FOR THE EXPECTED INCREASE IN ACTIVITY IS BECAUSE 

MORE LOCAL FISHING VESSELS ARE BEING FITTED WITH RADIO COMMUNICATION 

EQUIPMENT.


ANOTHER IS THAT MORE ACCIDENTS ARE LIKELY TO OCCUR WITH THE 

INCREASE IN OIL DRILLING OPERATIONS IN THE SOUTH CHINA SEA, INVOLVING 

OIL RIGS AND DRILLING VESSELS, HE EXPLAINED.


OF THE 481 EMERGENCY MISSIONS CARRIED OUT LAST YEAR, 88 WERE 

ON SEARCH AND RESCUE OPERATIONS, MOSTLY FOR LOST VESSELS, HIKERS 

AND MOUNTAIN CLIMBERS. AND IN THESE OPERATIONS, 62 WERE CARRIED 

OUT BY HELICOPTERS — AGAINST 9 SUCH FLIGHTS IN 1982, AND 26 WERE 

DONE BY FIXED-WING AIRCRAFT, AGAINST 6 THE YEAR BEFORE.


THE OTHER EMERGENCY MISSIONS WERE FOR CASUALTY AND MEDICAL 

EVACUATION, WITH 256 CASES, AND FOR FIRE-FIGHTING PURPOSES, COVERING 

137 CALLS.


THE RHKAAF HAS Z LEET OF FOUR FIXED-WING AIRCRAFT AND THREE 

DAUPHIN HELICOPTERS.


.OWING TO TYPHOONS AND THE INCLEMENT WEATHER, SHIP WRECKS 

WERE PARTICULARLY FREQUENT LAST YEAR,+ THE SENIOR OBSERVER 

CREWMAN, MR LEN LEUNG SAID.


THE SEARCH FOR THE MISSING CREW OF THE BARQUENTINE +OSPREY+ 

AFTER TYPHOON ELLEN STRUCK HONG KONG IN SEPTEMBER LASTED SIX 

DAYS.


.THE SEARCH WAS THE BIGGEST AND THE LONGEST OPERATION CARRIED 

OUT BY THE FORCE IN WHICH 32 SORTIES WERE MADE, TOTALLING 82.55 

FLYING HOURS. THE ENTIRE FLEET WAS INVOLVED IN THE SEARCH AROUND 

THE WAN SHAN CHUN TAO,+ MR LEUNG SAID.


FIRE FIGHTING CALLOUTS WERE ANOTHER MAJOR AREA OF 

RESPONSIBILITY.


LAST YEAR THE AUXILIARY FORCE MADE 137 FLIGHTS TO HELP PUT 

OUT HILL FIRES, NEARLY DOUBLING THE NUMBER IN THE PREVIOUS YEAR 

AND DUMPING ABOUT 2 400 TONS OF WATER.


+THE INCREASE IN THE CALLOUTS REFLECTED NOT ONLY A RISE IN 

THE NUMBER OF HILL FIRES LAST YEAR, BUT ALSO THE GROWING PREFERENCE 

FOR THE HELICOPTER AS A MEANS FOR BATTLING FIRES IN THE INACCESS IbLt 

REGIONS ON HILL TOP AND IN COUNTRY PARK,+ MR LEUNG EXPLAINED.


/+TH£ I.jJTHUL,


FiBEUARY 20, 19&4


+THE METHOD, WIDELY KNOWN AS ’WATER BOMBING’, IS DONE BY 

SIMPLY RELEASING A CASCADE OF WATER ONTO THE FIRE LINES FROM AN 

UNDERSLUNG BUCKET FILLED UP WITH WATER IN A NEARBY RESERVOIR.


+A BUCKET CAN HOLD UP TO 220 GALLONS OF WATER AND THE METHOD 

HAS PROVED VERY EFFECTIVE TO STOP FIRES FROM SPREADING,* HE ADDED.


ALTHOUGH HILL FIRE AND RESCUE CALLOUTS ROSE SHARPLY LAST 

YEAR CASUALTY AND MEDICAL EVACUATIONS STILL ACCOUNTED FOR THE 

BIGGEST SHARE OF EMERGENCY FLIGHTS.


LAST YEAR, THE FORCE HANDLED 256 SUCH CALLS, 14 PER CENT 

MORE THAN IN THE PREVIOUS YEAR. HEART PROBLEMS AND TRAFFIC 

ACCIDENTS TOPPED THE LIST REQUIRING EVACUATION, FOLLOWED BY 

DIFFICULT CHILDBIRTH, INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENTS, SNAKE BITES, 

HEAT STROKE AND EXHAUSTION.


THE RHKAAF ALSO PLAYS AN ESSENTIAL, COMPLEMENTARY ROLE TO 

THE AMBULANCE SERVICE. WITHOUT ITS HELP, MANY OF THE CASUALTIES IN 

THE OUTLYING ISLANDS AND IN THE REMOTE PARTS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES 

MIGHT NOT HAVE SURVIVED.


THE FORCE LAST YEAR EVEN EXPANDED ITS SERVICE TO COVER 

EMERGENCY EVACUATIONS IN THE CHAI WAN AND SHAU KEI WAN DISTRICTS 

IN ORDER TO BEAT TRAFFIC CONGESTION, LIFTING 12 SUCH CASUALTIES.


THE EMERGENCY FLIGHTS FORM A PART OF THE FORCE’S DAILY 

ROUTINE, WHICH INCLUDES PROVIDING AIR SERVICES FOR GOVERNMENT WORK 

AND VISITING VIPS.


.LOOKING AHEAD, E ARE EXPECTING FURTHER GROWTH IN THE 

DEMAND FOR EMERGENCY SERVICE,* SQD LDR SHAWCROSS SAID.


+BUT EVEN WITH THE INCREASED DEMAND FOR EMERGENCY FLIGHTS, 

WE EXPECT TO BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN THE SAME LEVEL OF SERVICE AND 

TO HANDLE THE WORKLOAD IN AN EQUALLY SATISFACTORY MANNER,* 

HE ADDED.


----0-----


TUEN MUN TO HAVE PRIMARY SCHOOL 21 

* X *


A START WILL BE MADE LATER THIS MONTH ON BUILDING TUEN MUN’S 

TWENTY-FIRST PRIMARY SCHOOL.


A PILING CONTRACT VALUED AT $647 000 HAS BEEN AWARDED BY THE 

ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.


IT WILL TAKE THREE MONTHS TO COMPLETE, FOLLOWING WHICH aORK 

ON BUILDING THE SUPERSTRUCTURE WILL BEGIN UNDER A SEPARATE CONTRACT.


THE SCHOOL IS EXPECTED TO BE READY BEFORE SEPTEMBER NEXT YEAR.


MONDAY, F23RUARY -0, 19&4


IT IS BEING BUILT ON A 5 220-S^UARE-METRE SITE AT CASTLE 

PEAK ROAD, WONG KA WAI.


THE SIX-STOREY BUILDING WILl HAVE 24 CLASSROOMSONTHEUPPER 

FLOORS, AND A COVERED PLAY AREA AND CHANGING ROOMS ON THE GROUND 

FLOOR.’


TUEN MUN’S POPULATION IS 190 030 AT PRESENT, AND IS FORECAST TO 

GROW TO OVER 500 000 BY 1990.


---- o - - - -


VEHICLE DEPOT TO BE EXPANDED 

* * * *


THE GOVERNMENT IS TO EXPAND MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 

FACILITIES AT ITS VEHICLE DEPOT IN TUEN MUN.


THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 

HAS AWARDED A $1.5 MILLION CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF AN ANNEX 

TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SERVICING AND REPAIR FACILITIES FOR GOVERNMENT 

VEHICLES SERVING THE WESTERN NEW TERRITORIES.


WORK UNDER THE CONTRACT WILL INVOLVE BUILDING 12 SERVICING 

BAYS, INCLUDING FOUR LUBRICATING PITS.


ALTERATIONS WILL ALSO BE MADE TO EXISTING OFFICES, STOREROOMS 

AND WORKSHOPS IN THE DEPOT.


WORK WILL START ATER THIS MONTH AND BE COMPLETED BY AUGUST.


------------0-------------- 


’CLEAN AND GREEN’ STAGE ONE ENDING 

K * *


PARTICIPANTS IN THE COUNTRYSIDE EDUCATION SCHEME, THE +CLEAN 

AND GREEN PROJECT*, ARE REMINDED THAT THEY HAVE ONLY LESS THAN 

TWO WEEKS TO COMPLETE THE FIRST STAGE OF THE PROJECT.


THE PROJECT IS A COMPETITION ORGANISED BY THE AGRICULTURE AND 

FISHERIES DEPARTMENT TO PROMOTE A CLEANER AND GREENER COUNTRYSIDE, 

PARTICULARLY IN THE COUNTRY PARKS.


UNDER THE FIRST STAGE OF THE PROJECT, ENDING ON FEBRUARY 29, 

ALL PARTICIPANTS HAVE TO HAND IN THREE BAGS OF LITTER PICKED UP 

FROM COUNTRY PARKS TO STAFF AT THE PARKS.


TO MAKE THEMSELVES ELIGIBLE FOR THE SECOND STAGE OF THE 

PROJECT, THOUSANDS OF PARTICIPANTS, MOSTLY YOUNGSTERS, HAVE 

ALREADY BEEN GOING TO THE COUNTRY PARKS TO COLLECT LITTER.


/LJPTSRS '..1^1 ...................


MQNDnY, FhBRUAriY 20, 1964


LETTERS L BE SENT TO THOSE WHO HAVE COMPLETED THE FIRST 

STAGE OF THE PROJECT, INVITING THEM TO TAKE PART IN THE SECOND 

STAGE NEXT MONTH, INVOLVING TREE PLANTING AND A SPECIAL CONTEST 

ON DESIGN.


THE PROJECT CONSISTS OF A TOTAL OF FIVE STAGES LASTING UNTIL 

AUTUMN THIS YEAR.


IT CARRIES A GRAND PRIZE OF A CAMPING TRIP TO AUSTRALIA FOR 

THE PARTICIPANT WHO SCORES THE MOST POINTS.


THE PROJECT IS SPONSORED BY THE ROTARY CLUB OF KOWLOON EAST.


- - 0 - -


BOARD MEMBERS TO DISCUSS ACCESS FACILITIES 

* * * * *


THE PROPOSED ACCESS FACILITIES TO THE WAN CHAI RECLAMATION WILL 

BE TABLED FOR DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS’ DISCUSSION AT THEIR MEETING 

TOMORROW (TUESDAY) AFTERNOON.


A CHIEF ENGINEER FROM THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING 

DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT, MR J.A. KESSLER, WILL BRIEF MEMBERS ON THE 

PROPOSED FACILITIES BASED ON A STUDY CONDUCTED BY A CONSULTANT FIRM 

FOR THE OFFICE.


THE STUDY WAS CONDUCTED LAST MAY TO CATER FOR THE ENVISAGED 

TRAFFIC DEMANDS WITH E DEVELOPMENT OF THE WAN CHAI RECLAMATION.


AT THE MEETING, MEMBERS WILL ALSO DISCUSS THE URBAN COUNCIL’S 

REVISED CAPITAL WORKS PROGRAMME FOR THE NEXT FIVE YEARS.


OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA WILL INCLUDE A REVIEW OF THE TRIAL 

SCHEME ON REFUSE DISPOSAL BY PLASTIC BAGS, AN +ANTl-OVERLOADI NG ON 

BUSES+ PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN, A STREET LIGHTING PROGRAMME IN THE 

DISTRICT, AND PROGRESS REPORTS ON THE BOARD’S COMMITTEES.


NOTE TO EDITORS:


YOU ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT BOARD MEET I Hu 

AT 4 PM ON TUESDAY (FEBRUARY 21) IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF Th- 

DISTRICT OFFICE ON THE EIGHTH FLOOR OF TUNG WAH MANSION, 231 

HENNESSY ROAD, HONG KONG.


- - 0


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 20, 1984


- 9 -


VALUE OF MACS AS TRAINING EASE STRESSED 

* * * *


MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES AND OwNERS' INCORPORATIONS ARE IMPORTANT 

BASES FOR NURTURING AND TRAINING UP LEADERS TO PROMOTE DISTRICT 

ADMINISTRATION, THE SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT OFFICER, MR SYLVESTER TSE, 

SAID THIS (MONDAY) EVENING.


HE NOTED THAT MANY COMMUNITY LEADERS, SUCH AS DISTRICT BOARD 

MEMBERS, URBAN COUNCILLORS AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLORS, HAD 

PREVIOUSLY SERVED IN THE MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES OR OWNERS’ 

INCORPORATIONS.


MR TSE WAS ADDRESSING A GATHERING OF ABOUT 700 REPRESENTATIVES 

FROM THE LOCAL MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES AND OWNERS' INCORPORATIONS AT 

A FIRE PREVENTION SEMINAR.


HE SAID SINCE THE INCEPTION OF THE MUTUAL AID COMMITTEE 

SCHEME IN 1973, MORE THAN 203 SUCH COMMITTEES AND 169 OWNERS’ 

INCORPORATIONS HAD BEEN FORMED IN SHAM SHUI PO.


WITH THE SETTING UP OF THESE ORGANISATIONS, OWNERS AND 

RESIDENTS OF THE BUILDINGS ARE ABLE TO HELP SOLVE PROBLEMS ON 

BUILDING MANAGEMENT, SECURITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL CLEANLINESS, 

HE SAID.


THE ORGANISATIONS ALSO PROVIDE A PLATFORM FOR THE PROMOTION 

CF A SENSE OF BELONGING AND NEIGHBOURLINESS THROUGH THE 

ORGANISATION OF VARIOUS RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES, HE SAID.


u---------


NOTE TO EDITORS:


BOARD TO SHOW ACHIEVEMENTS 

* * * *


A WEEK-LONG EXHIBITION ENTITLED +MONG KOK DISTRICT BOARD 

721+ WILL START AT THE ARGYLE STREET MTR STATION FROM 8 AM 

TOMORROW (TUESDAY).


IT WILL INCLUDE PHOTOGRAPHS AND A VIDEO TAPE SHOW ON 

ACHIEVEMENTS OF THE BOARD AND ITS COMMITTEES IN THE PAST 721 DAYS


JOINTLY OFFICIATING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY WILL BE THE 

CHAIRMEN OF MONG KOK’S FIVE AREA COMMITTEES, NAMELY MR LAU CHI- a 

(EAST), MR YIP CHI-HOI (SOUTH), MR CHAN HON-CHUNG (WEST). 

NR HUNG WAI-MAN (NORTH) AND MR POON CHEUNG (TAI KOK TSU I).


ALSO PRESENT WILL BE THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR WILFRED WONG.


YOU ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE +HONG 

KOK DISTRICT BOARD 721+ EXHIBITION TO BE HELD TOMORROW AT 19 Ai- 

AT THE ARGYLE STREET MTR STATION.


----o----


/ 1.....................


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 20, 198a


10


NOTE TO EDITORS:


OPENING OF CHAI wAN CARGO WORKING AREA 

* * * *


THE DIRECTOR OF MARINE, MR P.E.J. DAVY, AND MR LI NAN, VICE 

CHAIRMAN AND GENERAL MANAGER OF CHU KONG SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, 

wILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE NEW CHAI WAN PUBLIC 

CARGO WORKING AREA AT 3 PM ON FRIDAY (FEBRUARY 24).


THE CHAI WAN PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREA IS LOCATED AT THE 

JUNCTION OF SHEUNG ON STREET AND KA YIP STREET, CHAI WAN.


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE CEREMONY.


---------o------------


NOTE TO EDITORS:


ANOTHER CENTRE OPENING 

4 * *


MR YEUNG PO-KWAN, UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, 

AND MR RON BRIDGE, THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, WILL OFF IC I ATE AT 

THE OPENING OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT’S KOWLOON CAREERS INFORMATION 

CENTRE ON THE 9TH FLOOR OF THE TO KWA WAN MARKET AND GOVERNMENi 

OFFICES AT 165 MA TAU WEI ROAD AT 4.15 PM TOMORROW (TUESDAY).


THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT HAS SET UP THREE CAREERS INFORMATION 

CENTRES ON BOTH SIDES OF THE HARBOUR, AIMED AT ACQUAINTING YOUNG 

PEOPLE WITH THE WORLD OF WORK. EACH CENTRE HAS A REFERENCE LIBRARY 

AND VARIOUS AUDIO-VISUAL AIDS AND STAFF THERE HANDLE ANY QUESTIONS 

OR ENQUIRIES CONCERNING FURTHER STUDIES AND CAREERS.


ANY QUESTIONS


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE CEREMONY.


-------------o---------------


NOTE TO EDITORS:


NEW ADDRESS 

* * *


THE HEADQUARTERS OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT’S AIR POLLUTION 

CONTROL DIVISION ON THE 9TH FLOOR OF THE CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT 

OFFICES IN YAUMATI HAS BEEN MOVED TO THE 9TH FLOOR OF THE 

YAUMATI CARPARK BUILDING.


PLANS SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL UNDER THE AIR POLLUTION CONTROL 

(FURNACES, OVENS AND CHIMNEYS)(INSTALLATION AND ALTERATION) 

REGULATIONS SHOULD BE SENT TO THE NEW ADDRESS.


THE NEW OFFICE’S TELEPHONE NUMBER FOR ENQUIRIES IS 3-304416.


------------0--------------


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 20, 1984


TEMPORARY GLOUCESTER ROAD TRAFFIC PLAN 

* * *


FROM 0.30 AM TO 6 AM DAILY ON WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY AND FRIDAY 

(FEBRUARY 22, 23. AND 24), THE WESTBOUND SERVICE ROAD OF GLOUCESTER 

ROAD FROM ARSENAL STREET TO 28 METRES WEST OF FENWICK STREET wILL 

BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FOR WORKS.


DURING THE CLOSURE, THE SLIP ROAD CONNECTING THE WESTBOUND 

SERVICE ROAD OF GLOUCESTER ROAD WITH THE WESTBOUND MAIN CARRIAGEWAY 

CF GLOUCESTER ROAD NEAR FENWICK STREET, WHICH IS RESTRICTED TO 

BUSES AT PRESENT, WILL BE TEMPORARILY OPENED TO ALL VEHICLES.


- - 0


EARLY MORNING TAPS OFF 

* * *


FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO SOME PREMISES IN TSZ WAN SHAN WILL BE 

TURNED OFF FROM 11 PM ON THURSDAY (FEBRUARY 23) TO 6 AM THE 

FOLLOWING DAY FOR LEAKAGE TESTS.


THE AFFECTED AREA IS BOUNDED BY TSZ WAN SHAN ROAD, WAN wAH 

STREET AND SHEUNG FUNG STREET, INCLUDING BLOCK NO. 17 TO 32 OF 

TSZ WAN SHAN ESTATE.


- 0 - -


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 1984


CONTESTS PAGE NO.


GOVERNOR LEAVES FOR PEKING ......................................................................................................... 1


AGREEMENT ON JOINT-VENTURE WEATHER STATION SIGNED................................ 1


CONTRACT AWARDED FOR AIRPORT RADAR TOWER ............................................................. 3


CENTRES PROMOTING CAREERS EDUCATION ............................................................................. 3


IMPORTANCE OF DAY NURSERIES IN NEW TOWN STRESSED .................................... 4


SPEECH ON ANTI-COUNTERFEITING WORK................................................................................ 5


COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB PLAYING MAJOR ROLE................................................................ 5


OPJN SPACE TO BE BUILT UNDER BRIDGE............................................................................. 6


WATER FIGURES.................................................................................................................................................. 7


KWUN TONG WATER MAINS WORK ......................................................................................................... 7


TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF WOH CHAI STREET ......................................................................... 7


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 1934


1


GOVERNOR LEAVES FOR PEKING 

* * * *


THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, LEFT FOR PEKING THIS 

(TUESDAY) AFTERNOON TO CONTINUE TO TAKE PART IN THE SINO-BRITISH 

TALKS ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.


HE WAS SEEN OFF AT THE AIRPORT BY THE CHIEF SECRETARY, 

SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE 

EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, SIR SZE-YUEN CHUNG, THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL 

MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR ROGER LOBO, AND THE VICE - 

CHIEF EDITOR OF THE XINHUA NEWS AGENCY (HONG KONG BRANCH), MR TAN 

GAN.


ACCOMPANYING THE GOVERNOR WERE THE POLITICAL ADVISER, 

ROBIN MCLAREN, AND THE GOVERNMENT CHIEF INTERPRETER, 

NR Y.P. CHENG.


------------0---------------


AGREEMENT ON JOINT-VENTURE WEATHER STATION SIGNED 

XXX


THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY AND THE GUANGDONG METEOROLOGICAL 

BUREAU HAVE JUST SIGNED AN AGREEMENT TO SET UP A JOINT-VENTURE 

AUTOMATIC WEATHER STATION ON HUANGMAO ZHOU OFF THE PEARL 

RIVER ESTUARY ABOUT 70 KILOMETRES SOUTHEAST OF ZHUHAI.


ACCORDING TO THE AGREEMENT, THE GUANGDONG BUREAU WILL 

PROVIDE THE SITE AND /LL CIVIL WORKS FOR THE STATION.


THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY WILL PROVIDE THE METEOROLOGICAL 

SENSORS, DESIGN AND CONSTRUCT A MICROPROCESSOR-BASED SYSTEM 

AND DEVELOP THE COMPUTER SOFTWARE. THESE FACILITIES WILL BE 

USED TO ACQUIRE AND PROCESS METEOROLOGICAL DATA AT THE SITE AND 

TO TRANSMIT THEM BACK TO THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY.


AS THERE IS NO ELECTRICITY ON THE UNINHABITED ISLAND, 

THE EQUIPMENT WILL BE POWERED BY SOLAR ENERGY.


THE AGREEMENT WAS SIGNED IN GUANGZHOU AT THE END OF A 

TWO- DAY VISIT BY A THREE-MAN DELEGATION OF THE ROYAL 

OBSERVATORY FROM FEBRUARY 15 TO 17. THE DELEGATION COMPRISED 

THE DIRECTOR OF THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY, MR JOHN PEACOCK, THE 

ASSISTANT DIRECTOR, MR PETER LI, AND THE SENIOR SCIENTIFIC 

OFFICER, MR YEUNG KAI HING.


DURING THE VISIT, THEY HELD TALKS WITH THE DIRECTOR OF 

THE GUANGDONG METEOROLOGICAL BUREAU, MR XIE GUOTAO, AND THE 

DEPUTY DIRECTOR, MR CHANG YIANGSONG ABOUT THE STATION PROJECT.


THE IDEA FOR AN OFFSHORE AUTOMATIC WEATHER STATION WAS 

CONCEIVED SOME YEARS AGO BY THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY AND WAS 

LATER PROPOSED TO THE CHINESE METEOROLOGICAL AUTHORITIES AS A 

POSSIBLE JOINT VENTURE.


/THE IDEA ....................


TUSSOaY, PEBfflJAHY 21, 1964


2


THE IDEA WAS DEVELOPED FURTHER WHEN THE DIRECTOR OF THE 

STATE METEOROLOGICAL ADMINISTRATION IN PEKING VISITED THE 

ROYAL OBSERVATORY IN NOVEMBER 1982.


REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY AND THE 

GUANGDONG METEOROLOGICAL BUREAU THEN HELD PRELIMINARY 

DISCUSSIONS AND MADE A JOINT SITE VISIT TO THE ISLAND AT THE 

END OF 1983.


THE MAIN PURPOSE OF THE VISIT TO GUANGZHOU LAST WEEK WAS TO 

HOLD THE LAST ROUND OF TALKS AND SIGN THE AGREEMENT.


IT IS EXPECTED THAT THE STATION WILL BECOME OPERATIONAL BY 

MID-1985.


BY THEN THE STATION WILL TRANSMIT PROCESSED METEOROLOGICAL 

DATA, SUCH AS WIND, TEMPERATURE AND AIR PRESSURE, EVERY 30 

MINUTES BY UHF RADIO TO A CENTRAL COMPUTER AT THE ROYAL 

OBSERVATORY HEADQUARTERS WHERE THE DATA WILL BE STORED AND ALSO 

DISPLAYED IN REAL-TIME.


AT THE SAME TIME, THE DATA WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY INJECTED INTO 

THE HONG KONG-GUANGZHOU-PEKING METEOROLOGICAL COMMUNICATION 

CIRCUIT FOR ONWARD TRANSMISSION TO THE STATE METEOROLOGICAL 

ADMINISTRATION IN PEKING AND THE GUANGDONG METEOROLOGICAL 

BUREAU.


THE DATA WILL BE USED BY BOTH SIDES FOR FORECASTING THE 

WEATHER OVER THE NORTHERN PART OF THE SOUTH CHINA SEA AND FOR 

MONITORING TROPICAL CYCLONES AND OTHER SEVERE WEATHER SYSTEMS 

APPROACHING SOUTH CHINA FROM THE SOUTH.


DURING THE TWO-DAY VISIT, BOTH PARTIES ALSO DISCUSSED 

TECHNICAL CO-OPERATION IN MARINE METEOROLOGY.


ARRANGEMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE FOR TECHNICAL STAFF FROM THE 

GUANGDONG METEOROLOGICAL BUREAU TO COME TO HONG KONG TO 

LEARN THE METHODS THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY EMPLOYS TO PROCESS 

MARINE METEOROLOGICAL DATA BY COMPUTER.


ON THE SAME DAY THAT THE DELEGATION ARRIVED IN GUANGZHOU, 

TWO TECHNICAL STAFF OF THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY ALSO WENT TO 

GUANGZHOU WITH UPPER-AIR SOUNDING EQUIPMENT TO PERFORM 

AN INTER-COMPARISON ON RADIOSONDES.


THE INTER-COMPARISON WILL LAST TWO WEEKS AND IS BEING 

CARRIED OUT JOINTLY WITH THE GUANGDONG METEOROLOGICAL BUREAU 

IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS LAID DOWN BY THE WORLD 

NETEOROLOGI CAL ORGANISATION.


THE PURPOSE IS TO FIND OUT THE INSTRUMENTAL AND 

OBSERVATIONAL DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE TWO TYPES OF RADIOSONDES 

USED BY THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY AND THE GUANGDONG METEOROLOGICAL 

BUREAU.


-------------0-------------


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 1984


- 3 -


CONTRACT AWARDED FOR AIRPORT RADAR 

* * *


A CONTRACT VALUED AT S4.1 MILLION HAS BEEN 

TOWER AT HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT.


TO*ER


AWARDED FOR A RADAR


CONSTRUCTION


UNDER THE CONTRACT. AWARDED TO CHUNG SHING ----- - . 

COMPANY LIMITED. A 40-METRE HIGH TOWER WILL BE BUILT TO HOUSE A 

SHORT-RANGE RADAR SYSTEM WITH SIGNAL PROCESSING AND DISPLAY


FACILITIES.


IT WILL BE USED TO CONTINUOUSLY MONITOR AND SHOW THE POSITION 

AND MOVEMENTS OF ALL AIRCRAFT, VEHICLES AND OTHER POTENTIAL 

OBSTRUCTIONS ON THE AIRFIELD AND OF SHIPS IN THE SOUTH-EASTERN 

APPROACHES TO HONG KONG.


OTHER FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED IN THE CONTRACT INCLUDE A 

DANGEROUS GOODS STORE, AN OIL TANK, A STANDBY GENERATOR ROOM, A 

RADAR ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT ROOM, AN AIR-CONDITIONING PLANT 

ROOM, A CARBON DIOXIDE ROOM AND BATTERY SWITCH ROOMS.


WORK ON THE CONTRACT WILL START EARLY NEXT MONTH AND TAKE 

ABOUT A YEAR TO COMPLETE.


0 -


CENTRES PROMOTING CAREERS EDUCATION 

* * *


IN RECENT YEARS, THE GOVERNMENT HAS BEEN DOING ITS BEST IN 

PROMOTING CAREERS EDUCATION TO HELP YOUNG PEOPLE CHOOSE THE 

RIGHT JOBS, AN UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, 

W YEUNG PO-KWAN, SAID TODAY (TUESDAY).


+THE CAREERS INFORMATION CENTRES SET UP ON BOTH SIDES 

CF THE HARBOUR BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT ARE AIMED AT ACQUAINTING 

YOUNG PEOPLE WITH THE WORLD OF WORK,+ HE ADDED.


SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE DEPARTMENT’S KOWLOON CAREERS 

INFORMATION CENTRE IN THE TO KWA WAN MARKET AND GOVERNMENT 

OFFICES, MR YEUNG SAID THAT EACH CENTRE HAD A REFERENCE LIBRARY 

AND VARIOUS AUDIO-VISUAL AIDS, WITH STAFF TO HANDLE ANY 

QUESTIONS CONCERNING FURTHER STUDIES AND CAREERS.


HE SAID THAT ANOTHER EFFECTIVE WAY OF HELPING YOUNG PEOPLE 

WAS BY PROVIDING THEM WITH AN OPPORTUNITY TO COLLECT INFORMATION 

DIRECTLY FROM DIFFERENT TRADES.


TO THIS END, THE DEPARTMENT’S YOUTH EMPLOYMENT ADVISORY SERVICE 

AND THE HONG KONG CAREERS MASTERS ASSOCIATION JOINTLY ORGANISE 

REGIONAL CAREERS CONVENTIONS ANNUALLY.


EACH CONVENTION FEATURES A CAREERS EXHIBITION ORGANISED BY 

LOCAL STUDENTS AND TALKS BY EXPERTS FROM VARIOUS TRADES.


/+JUDGED PHCIJ...................


TUESDAY, FEBHUaAY 21, 19&4


- 4 -


.JUDGED FROM THE ENTHUSIASTIC RESPONSE BY BOTH SCHOOLS 

AND STUDENTS AND FROM THE ACTIVE SUPPORT GIVEN BY CAREERS TEACHtRo, 

THIS FUNCTION HAS BEEN WELL RECEIVED AND CONSIDERED NECESSARY.+


.GIVEN SUPPORT AND MOTIVATION BY THE PEOPLE CONCERNED, 

I AM CONVINCED THAT OUR YOUNG WILL BE PROVIDED WITH BETTER CAREEko 

EDUCATION,+ HE ADDED.


IN THIS OPENING SPEECH EARLIER, THE COMMISSIONER FOR 

LABOUR, MR RON BRIDGE, SAID THAT EDUCATION FOR THE OFFSPRING 

NOWADAYS DID NOT FALL ON PARENTS AND FAMILIES ONLY.


BOTH SCHOOLS AND SOCIETY PLAYED AN IMPORTANT ROLE IN THIS 

RESPECT, HE ADDED.


YOUNG PEOPLE, HE SAID, HAD TO BROADEN THEIR HORIZON, TO 

HAVE A CLEAR PICTURE OF THEIR OWN APTITUDE AND ABILITY AND TO 

ACQUIRE AS MUCH KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS AS POSSIBLE.


THE COPE OF LEARNING SHOULD NOT BE LIMITED TO BOOKS 

BUT SHOULD ALSO EXTEND TO VARIOUS TRADES, HE ADDED.


-------------0------------


IMPORTANCE OF DAY NURSERIES IN NEW TOWN STRESSED 

X X * *


DAY NURSERIES ARE PARTICULARLY IMPORTANT AMONG WELFARE 

SERVICES IN NEW HOUSING AREAS AS MANY PEOPLE LIVING THERE ARE 

YOUNG WORKING COUPLES WITH SMALL CHILDREN.


THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR JOHN CHAMBERS, SAID THIS 

TODAY (TUESDAY) WHEN HE OPENED THE SALVATION ARMY’S TAI YUEN 

NURSERY AT TAI YUEN ESTATE IN TAI PO.


THE NURSERY CATERS FOR 100 CHILDREN BETWEEN THE AGES OF TWO 

AND SIX.


.I AM SURE THAT THE NURSERY WILL PROVIDE NOT ONLY A HAPPY 

AND SAFER PLACE FOR CHILDREN WHILE THEIR PARENTS ARE AT WORK, 

BUT ALSO A STIMULATING AND IMAGINATIVE ENVIRONMENT IN WHICH THEY 

CAN BEGIN TO DEVELOP THEIR ABILITIES,+ MR CHAMBERS SAID.



AT PRESENT, THERE ARE THREE NURSERIES IN TAI PO PROVIDING 

270 PLACES.


.WE EXPECT ANOTHER 300 PLACES TO BE ESTABLISHED THIS YEAR, 

AND THIS SHOULD BE ADEQUATE TO MEET THE NEED FOR SUCH PLACES IN 

TAI P0,+ HE SAID.



MR CHAMBERS SAID THAT IT IS THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY TO ENSURE 

THAT WHEN NEW HOUSING ESTATES ARE COMPLETED AND BEGIN TO TAKE IN 

NEW TENANTS, ALL THE NECESSARY FACILITIES ARE PROVIDED AS SOON AS 

POSSIBLE SO THAT THE NEEDS OF THE NEW RESIDENTS CAN BE MET AND A 

PROPER COMMUNITY CAN DEVELOP.


.WELFARE SERVICES ARE AN 

REQUIRED IN ANY NEW TOWN.+ HE


IMPORTANT PART OF THE SERVICES 

ADDED.


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 1984


NOTE TO EDITORS


SPEECH ON ANTI-COUNTERFEITING WORK 

* * * * *


THE COMMISSIONER OF CUSTOMS AND EXCISE, MR DOUGLAS JORDAN, 

WILL ADDRESS THE DINNER MEETING OF THE KIWANIS CLUB OF KOWLOON 

AT FIVE CONTINENTS RESTAURANT, 14/F., REGAL MERIDIEN AIRPORT 

HOTEL, KOWLOON, ON THURSDAY (FEBRUARY 23).


MR JORDAN’S SPEECH ON GOVERNMENT’S ANTI-COUNTERFEITING WORK 

WILL BE DELIVERED AT ABOUT 8.15 PM.


- - 0 -


COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB PLAYING MAJOR ROLE 

* * * *


THE COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT HAS 

ASSUMED A MAJOR ROLE IN DEVELOPING THE PERSONALITY AND LEADERSHIP 

POTENTIAL OF YOUTHS IN HONG KONG.


ESTABLISHED IN 1978, THE CLUB STARTED AS A +CLEAN YOUR CITY+ 

TEAM TO LEND SUPPORT TO THE CLEAN HONG KONG CAMPAIGN, RECALLED 

THE CLUB’S SENIOR INSDECTOR, MR C.B. LAU.


+THE INITIAL SCHEME WAS SO WELL RECEIVED BY SCHOOLS AND 

STUDENTS THAT IT WAS STEADILY EXPANDED TO COVER A BROAD RANGE 

OF ACTIVITIES DESIGNED TO TAP THE POTENTIAL OF OUR YOUTHS,+ 

HE SAID.


IN LINE WITH ITS NEW ROLE, THE TEAM WAS REORGANISED IN 1978 

AND RENAMED THE COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB (CYC).


AFTER STEADY EXPANSION OVER THE YEARS, THE CLUB’S ACTIVITIES 

NOW INCLUDE SEMINARS, DEBATES, FIELD STUDIES, EXHIBITIONS, TRAINING 

CAMPS AND VARIOUS CAMPAIGNS COVERING ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, FUND 

RAISING, FIRE PREVENTION, CONSUMER EDUCATION, ANT I-CORRUPT I ON AND 

ROAD SAFETY.


THE ACTIVITIES HAVE PROVED TO BE SUCCESSFUL, AND THE CLUB’S 

t-EMBERSHIP HAS GROWN FROM 16 OOO STUDENTS IN 1978 TO ABOUT 100 090 

TODAY.


+CYC MEMBERS ARE ENCOURAGED TO INITIATE AND ORGANISE THEIR 

OWN ACTIVITIES WITHIN THE SCHOOL UNDER THE GUIDANCE OF A TEACHER, 

WITH THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S CYC SECTION PROVIDING THE NECESSARY 

FUNDS,* MR LAU SAID.


THEY ARE ALSO INVOLVED IN DISTRICT ACTIVITIES UNDER THE CYC 

DISTRICT COMMITTEE SCHEME.


/at p.tesj:?,


TU3SDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 1984


AT PRESENT, THERE ARE 12 SUCH COMMITTEES COMPRISING MAINLY 

PRINCIPALS OF PARTICIPATING SCHOOLS.


THE SCHEME WILL BE EXTENDED TO COVER ALL OF THE 18 DISTRICTS 

IN THE TERRITORY BY 1986.


TERRITORY-WIDE, THERE IS THE CYC ANNUAL PARADE HIGHLIGHTING 

THE CLUB’S ACTIVITIES OF THE YEAR.


+MORAL EDUCATION AND THE INCULCATION OF CIVIC RESPONSIBILITY 

ARE THE SALIENT FEATURES OF THE CYC MOVEMENT,* MR LAU POINTED OUT.


TO ENCOURAGE GOOD PERFORMANCES, THE CLUB HAS DEVELOPED A MERIT 

AWARD SCHEME.


UNDER THE SCHEME, MEMBERS WILL BE GIVEN POINTS ACCORDING TO 

THE DURATION AND NATURE OF THEIR CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE COMMUNITY.


+IN ADDITION, OVERSEAS STUDY TOURS ARE OFFERED PERIODICALLY 

TO MEMBERS IN RECOGNITION OF THEIR PERFORMANCES,* MR LAU SAID.


- - 0 -


OPEN SPACE TO BE BUILT UNDER BRIDGE 

* * *


THE SPACE UNDER AP LEI CHAU BRIDGE IS TO BE DEVELOPED TO 

PROVIDE RECREATIONAL FACILITIES.


THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 

HAS AWARDED A $635 OOO CONTRACT TO BUILD AN OPEN SPACE THERE.


IT WILL OCCUPY A 2 500-SQUARE-METRE SITE AT ABERDEEN MAIN 

ROAD ADJACENT TO ABERDEEN TECHNICAL SCHOOL.


WORK WILL START LATER THIS MONTH AND TAKE SIX MONTHS TO 

COMPLETE.


A FEATURE OF THE OPEN SPACE WILL BE A 22-METRE DIAMETER 

FLOWER POT.


OTHER FACILITIES WILL INCLUDE PLANTS, BENCHES, CONCRETE CHESS 

TABLES AND FLOWER POTS.


THE AREA WILL BE LANDSCAPED TO INTEGRATE WITH THE PAVING 

PATTERNS.


- - 0


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 1984


7


WATER FIGURES 

* * *


STORAGE IN HONG KONG’S RESERVOIRS AT 9 AM YESTERDAY (MONDAY) 

STOOD AT 83.7 PER CENT OF CAPACITY OR 490.687 MILLION CUBIC 

METRES.


THIS TIME LAST YEAR THE RESERVOIRS CONTAINED 415.301 MILLION 

CUBIC METRES OF WATER, REPRESENTING 70.9 PER CENT OF CAPACITY.


KWUN TONG WATER MAINS WORK 

# * * *


FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO SOME PREMISES IN KWUN TONG WILL BE CUT OFF 

FROM 10 PM ON FRIDAY (FEBRUARY 24) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR 

MAINS WORK.


THE AFFECTED AREAS ARE : PREMISES ALONG CHA KWO uI NG ROAD 

BETWEEN LEI YUE MUN ROAD AND CHA KWO LING TSUEN- WAI YIP STREET 

BETWEEN KING YIP STREET AND CHA KWO LING ROAD INCLUDING THE TEMPORARY 

HOUSING AREA AND SHELL OIL DEPOT.


TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF WOH CHAI STREET


XXX


FROM FEBRUARY 23 (THURSDAY) TO MARCH 2, THE SECTION OF 

WOH CHAI STREET BETWEEN PAK TIN STREET AND NAM CHEONG STREET 

WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 1 AM TO 5 AM TO FACILITATE WORK 

ON THE SHEK KIP MEI ESTATE REDEVELOPMENT PROJECT.


DURING THE CLOSURE, MOTORISTS IN WOH CHAI STREET HEADING 

FOR PAK TIN STREET ARE ADVISED TO USE NAM CHEONG STREET AND 

WAI CHI STREET.


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL: 5-233191


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE NO.


MONTHLY SURVEY OF EMPLOYMENT, PAYROLL AND ORDERS-ON-HAKD FOR 

DECEMBER 1983.................................................................................................................................................. 1


JANUARY CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES RISE ............................................................................. 3


VOTERS VITAL DISTRICT ROLE STRESSED ............................................................................. 5


BOARD TO DISCUSS FANLING DEVELOPMENT .......................................................................... 7


MORE SCHOOLS OFFER INFORMAL ACTIVITIES ................................................................... 8


PRINTING INDUSTRY MANPOWER TO BE SURVEYED.......................................................... 9


THRE1E SAI KUNG SITES OFFERED................................................................................................... 9


SPORTS FESTIVAL PRESS CONFERENCE ...................................................................................... 10


FUN DAY FOR 1 500 CHILDREN ......................................................................................................... 10


MUI WO TO BE BEAUTIFIED .................................................................................................................. 11


TRAFFIC ROUTE CHANGE............................................................................................................................ 11


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 1984


- 1 -


MONTHLY SURVEY OF EMPLOYMENT, PAYROLL AND 

ORDERS-ON-HAND FOR DECEMBER 1983


* * * *


THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY RELEASED STATISTICS 

FROM THE MONTHLY SURVEY OF EMPLOYMENT, PAYROLL AND ORDERS-ON-HAND 

FOR DECEMBER 1983.


ACCORDING TO THE SURVEY, THE AVERAGE VOLUME OF ORDERS-ON-HAND 

(IN TERMS OF MONTHS) IN ALL MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES INCREASED IN 

DECEMBER 1983 COMPARED WITH THE PREVIOUS MONTH. INCREASES WERE 

RECORDED FOR ALL MAJOR INDUSTRIES. THE MOST SIGNIFICANT INCREASE 

WAS REPORTED BY MANUFACTURERS IN THE TEXTILES INDUSTRY, FOLLOWED 

BY THE WEARING APPAREL, PLASTIC PRODUCTS AND FABRICATED METAL 

PRODUCTS INDUSTRIES. THE OTHER INDUSTRIES ALSO REPORTED SMALL 

INCREASES.


THE LEVEL OF EMPLOYMENT IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR WAS STABLE 

FOR MOST INDUSTRIES. THERE WAS A SLIGHT INCREASE IN EMPLOYMENT IN 

THE FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS INDUSTRY WHILE THE ELECTRICAL AND 

ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS INDUSTRY RECORDED A SLIGHT DECLINE. EMPLOYMENT 

IN THE SERVICES SECTOR REMAINED UNCHANGED. IN THE CONSTRUCTION 

COMPANIES SURVEYED, THE NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES CONTINUED TO FALL ON 

COMPLETION OF SOME PROJECTS.


PAYROLL AND PER CAPITA EARNINGS INCREASED IN THE MANUFACTURING, 

CONSTRUCTION AND SERVICES SECTORS DUE TO THE PAYMENT OF YEAR-END 

BONUS AND DOUBLE PAY. THE BANKS SURVEYED REPORTED THE MOST 

SIGNIFICANT INCREASE.


THE PERCENTAGE CHANGES IN ORDERS-ON-HAND, EMPLOYMENT AND PER 

CAPITA EARNINGS FOR THE LAST THREE MONTHS ARE SHOWN IN THE 

ACCOMPANYING TABLES.


WHEN RELEASING THE SURVEY RESULTS, THE DEPARTMENT POINTED O"T 

THAT THE SURVEY COVERED A PANEL OF THE 200 LARGEST MANUFACTURING 

COMPANIES AND THE 50 LARGEST COMPANIES ON THE CONSTRUCTION AND 

SELECTED SERVICES SECTORS CHOSEN BY REFERENCE TO THEIR EMPLOYMEN 1 

IN MARCH 1983. AS THE SAMPLE WAS NOT DRAWN ON A RANDOM BASIS, THE 

DEPARTMENT CAUTIONED THAT RESULTS ON MAGNITUDE OF CHANGE MIGHT NOT 

REFLECT THE EXPERIENCE OF THE ECONOMY AS A WHOLE, ALTHOUGH THEY 

SHOULD GIVE A USEFUL INDICATION OF THE DIRECTION OF CHANGE FOR A 

QUICK ASSESSMENT OF DEVELOPMENTS IN THE ECONOMY IN THE SHORT 

TERM.


THE SURVEY REPORT FOR DECEMBER 1983 IS NOW ON SALE AT THE 

GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE, AT Si.5 PER 

COPY. ENQUIRIES ON THE SURVEY RESULTS MAY BE MADE TO THE INDUSTRIAL 

PRODUCTION STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS 

DEPARTMENT (AT 3-7212832).


/a. orders-on-eand in


WEDNESDAY, FESRUAHY 22, 19&4


2


A. ORDERS-ON-HAND IN MANUFACTURING


INDUSTRY


CHANGE OVER THE 

PRECEDING MONTH)


OCT. NOV. DEC.


1983 1983 1983


ORDERS-ON-HAND 

( IN TERMS OF 

MONTHS) FOR 

DECEMBER 1983


WEARING APPAREL, 

EXCEPT FOOTWEAR


*


1


3


5.08


TEXTILES, except


WEARING APPAREL


4


3


5


2.54


plastic PRODUCTS


-5


3


2


3.70


FABRICATED METAL 

PRODUCTS


3


■1


3


3-19


ELECTRICAL AND 

ELECTRONIC 

PRODUCTS


-2


1


1


5.37


OTHERS


*


A


1


4.12


ALL ABOVE INDUSTRIES -1


A


2


4.52


B. EMPLOYMENT AND


EARNINGS


PERSONS ENGAGED BY 

THE COMPANIES SURVEYED


PER CAPI


TA EARNINGS


PER CAPI1-.


EARN 1 N 5


INDUSTRY/ OCT.


SERVICE 1983


(% CHANGE 

NOV.


1983


OVER 

DEC. 

1983


THE


PRECEDING MONTH) 

OCT. NOV. DEC.


1983 1983 1983


FOR 

DEC. 1 3


( HK$)


MANUFACTURING 1


*


*


*


1


2


8


2 622


food AND


DRINKS *


-3


*


-7


-3


24


3 870


WEARING APPAREL, 

EXCEPT


FOOTWEAR *


*


2


4


9


2 421


TEXTILES, 

EXCEPT 

WEAR ING 

APPAREL *


*


A


5


A


14


2 780




/PLASTIC PRODUCTS


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 1?84


PLASTIC


4


*


2


2


271


PRODUCTS


-1


-3


*


FABRICATED 

METAL 

PRODUCTS


*


1


1


2


2


4


2


130


ELECTRICAL 

AND 

ELECTRONIC 

PRODUCTS


3


1


1


3


4


2


3/0


others


1


“1


*


4


-1


7


3


4 ?1


KM


CONSTRUCTION


-2


7 1


-1


-1


5


8


4


13 7


SERVICES


*


*


*


-4


-3


28


5


DD


BANKS


*


*


*


*


*


69


6


67 7


HOTELS


M


1


1


1


28


3


62 3


PUBLIC 

utilities


*


*


-7


-5


10


4


83/


OTHERS


*


*


*


-1


*


23


6


571




* CHANGES WITHIN + 0.5%


KM PERSONS ENGAGED COVER COMPANY EMPLOYEES ONLY5 SITE WORKERS 

EMPLOYED BY LABOUR-ONLY SUB-CONTRACTORS NOT INCLUDED.


----0----


JANUARY CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES RISE 

M X * X M


THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (A) AND CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (B) FOR 

JANUARY WERE 152 AND 151 RESPECTIVELY, EACH BEING TWO POINTS OR 

1.3 PER CENT HIGHER THAN IN DECEMBER 1983, ACCORDING TO FIGURES 

PUBLISHED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY.


COMPARED WITH JANUARY 1983, CP I (A) ROSE BY 17 POINTS OR 

12.6 PER CENT AND CP 1(B), 16 POINTS OR 11.9 PER CENT.


DURING THE THREE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED JANUARY THIS YEAR, BOTH 

THE SEASONALLY ADJUSTED CP 1(A) AND CPl(B) INCREASED AT AN AVERAGE 

RATE OF 0.6 PER CENT A MONTH.


/DURING JANUARY, ....................


WEDNESDAY, FS3H0AHY 22, 1?c4


- 4 -


DURING JANUARY , FOOD PRICES, ESPECIALLY THOSE OF FRESH 

VEGETABLES AND LIVE POULTRY, WERE HIGHER. PRIVATE DWELLING RENTALS, 

HAIRDRESSING CHARGES, BUS AND FERRY FARES ALSO WENT UP.


THE CPI(A) AND CPI(B) ARE BASED ON THE EXPENDITURE PATTERNS 

CF 50 PER CENT AND 30 PER CENT, RESPECTIVELY, OF URBAN HOUSEHOLDS 

IN HONG KONG, WHICH WERE DERIVED FROM THE 1979/80 HOUSEHOLD 

EXPENDITURE SURVEY. THE CPI(A) REFERRED TO HOUSEHOLDS SPENDING 

BETWEEN $1 000 AND $3 499 A MONTH, AND THE CP 1(B) TO HOUSEHOLDS 

SPENDING BETWEEN $3 500 AND $6 499 A MONTH AT THAT TIME.


THE INDEXES FOR JANUARY 1984 FOR THE NINE COMMODITY-SERVICE 

SECTIONS IN THE TWO CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES ARE GIVEN BELOW, 

TOGETHER WITH THOSE FOR DECEMBER 1983 AND JANUARY 1983.


(OCTOBER 1979 TO SEPTEMBER 1980 AVERAGE - 100)


SECTION


CPI(A)


CP 1(B)


JAN.83


DEC.83


JAN.84


JAN.83


DEC.83


JAN.84


FOODSTUFFS


137


150


152


137


151


153


HOUSING


133


140


142


132


140


142


FUEL AND LIGHT


145


151


151


146


151


151


ALCOHOLIC DRINKS 

AND TOBACCO (FOR 

HOME CONSUMPTION)


130


207


207


129


199


200


CLOTHING AND 

FOOTWEAR


135


150


149


136


151


150


DURABLE GOODS


107


123


123


110


127


126


MISCELLANEOUS


GOODS


128


146


146


127


143


143


TRANSPORT AND


VEHICLES


145


159


165


147


162


166


SERVICES


144


163


165


142


161


164


ALL ITEMS


135


150


152


135


149


151




COMPARED WITH DECEMBER 1983, THE INDEX FOR FOODSTUFFS INCREASED 

BY TWO POINTS IN BOTH CPI(A) AND CPI(B). THE AVERAGE RETAIL 

PRICES OF FRESH VEGETABLES, LIVE POULTRY, PORK, SHRIMPS AND CRABS 

WENT UP DUE TO INCREASED DEMAND ON THE APPROACH OF THE LUNAR 

NEW YEAR. THE EFFECT OF MOVEMENTS IN THE RETAIL PRICES OF OTHER 

FOOD ITEMS ON THE INDEX FOR FOODSTUFFS WAS INSIGNIFICANT.


THE TWO-POINT RISE IN THE INDEX FOR HOUSING IN BOTH CP I(A) 

AND CP 1(B) WAS DUE TO INCREASED RENTS FOR PRIVATE DWELLINGS.


/THE INDEX....................


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 1984


- 5 -


THE INDEX FOR ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO (FOR HOME 

CONSUMPTION) INCREASED BY ONE POINT IN CPl(B) DUE TO HIGHER PRICES 

CF CHINESE AND FOREIGN WINES.


LOWER PRICES OF MEN’S AND WOMEN’S OUTERCLOTHING CAUSED THE 

INDEX FOR CLOTHING AND FOOTWEAR TO DECREASE BY ONE POINT IN BOTH 

CPI(A) AND CPI(B).


THE INDEX FOR DURABLE GOODS DROPPED BY ONE POINT IN CP 1(B) 

AS A RESULT OF LOWER PRICES OF ELECTRICAL CONSUMER GOODS, TRAVEL 

AND SPORTS GOODS.


THE INDEX FOR TRANSPORT AND VEHICLES INCREASED BY SIX POINTS 

IN CPI(A) AND FOUR POINTS IN CP 1(B) DUE TO HIGHER BUS AND FERRY 

FARES.


THE INDEX FOR SERVICES ROSE BY TWO POINTS IN CP I (A) AND THREE 

POINTS IN CP 1(B) DUE TO HIGHER HAIRDRESSING CHARGES BEFORE THE 

LUNAR NEW YEAR AS WELL AS HIGHER CHARGES FOR MEDICAL TREATMENT.


PRICE MOVEMENTS IN OTHER SECTIONS WERE INSIGNIFICANT.


FIGURES PRESENTED IN THIS PRESS RELEASE REFER TO CPI SERIES 

NOT SEASONALLY ADJUSTED UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.


DETAILS OF THESE PRICE MOVEMENTS ARE GIVEN IN THE +CONSUMER 

PRICE INDEX REPORT* FOR JANUARY 1984, AVAILABLE AT $3 A COPY FROM 

THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, 

GROUND FLOOR, CONNAUGHT PLACE, HONG KONG, OR FROM THE DIRECTOR 

CF INFORMATION SERVICES, INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT, 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG FOR LOCAL AND OVERSEAS MAILINGS.


FURTHER DETAILS ABOUT THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES MAY BE 

OBTAINED FROM THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT AT TELEPHONE 

NO.3-7216512.


------------0------------


VOTERS VITAL DISTRICT ROLE STRESSED


* * M *


COMMUNITY LEADERS IN THE NORTH DISTRICT WERE URGED TODAY 

(WEDNESDAY) TO EMPHASISE THE IMPORTANCE OF REGISTERING AS A 

VOTER FOR NEXT YEAR’S DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS.


THE APPEAL WAS MADE BY THE NORTH DISTRICT OFFICER, MR IAN 

WOTHERSPOON, AT THE DISTRICT’S SPRING RECEPTION.


+ IF YOU DON’T REGISTER, YOU ARE NOT QUALIFIED TO VOTE, AND 

IF YOU CANNOT VOTE, YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO TAKE PART IN THE EXISTING 

PROCESS OF DEVELOPING, CHANGING AND IMPROVING OUR DISTRICT,* 

HE SAID.


/MR WOTHERSPOON ....................


WEDNESDAY, FJSdKJARY 22, 1984


- 6 -


MR WOTHERSPOON SAID THE DISTRICT WAS NOTABLE FOR THE 

DEVELOPMENTS TAKING PLACE, AND FOR THE CONCERN OF COMMUNITY 

LEADERS TO BLEND THE BEST OF THE OLD AND THE NEW AND TO MAKE 

THE DISTRICT A CARING SOCIETY AND A HAPPY PLACE TO LIVE.


+THERE HAVE BEEN MANY CHANGES IN THE PAST YEAR AND THERE 

WILL BE FURTHER DEVELOPMENTS THIS YEAR, PARTICULARLY WITH REGARD 

TO HOUSING AND ROADS,+ HE STRESSED.


HE SAID. THE NEW CHEUNG WAH PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE WILL START 

THE FIRST INTAKE OF RESIDENTS IN APRIL THIS YEAR WHILE A NEW 

TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA AT FANLING SOUTH WILL BE CONSTRUCTED 

DURING THE YEAR AND OPENED EARLY IN 1985.


PILING WORK ON THE THIRD PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE - TIN PING 

ESTATE - HAD ALREADY STARTED.


A SECTION OF THE SHA TAU KOK DUAL CARRIAGEWAY AT LUEN WO HUI, 

THE JOCKEY CLUB ROAD DUAL CARRIAGEWAY EXTENSION, AND THE NEW D5 

DUAL CARRIAGEWAY FROM TAI PO ROAD PAST THE FANLING PLAYGROUND 

ARE SCHEDULED FOR COMPLETION IN THE COMING YEAR.


THE FANLING BYPASS SECTOR OF THE NT CIRCULAR ROAD IS NEARING 

COMPLETION, AND WORK ON THE SECTION FROM FAN KAM TO KWU TUNG WILL 

SOON BEGIN.


DISCUSSING INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT AND EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES, 

NR WOTHERSPOON SAID THE SITUATION WOULD IMPROVE WITH THE SECOND 

STAGE OF DEVELOPMENT AT ON LOK TSUEN.


IMPROVEMENTS TO THE SHA TAU KOK ROAD WILL START LATER THIS 

YEAR AND A RURAL CENTR IN TA KWU LING HAS BEEN PROPOSED.


PROJECTS ALSO BEING CONSIDERED INCLUDE IMPROVEMENTS TO RURAL 

ROADS AND DRAINAGE AND THE PROVISION OF VILLAGE LIGHTING AND 

RECREATIONAL FACILITIES.


+THE BUDGET FOR LOCAL PUBLIC WORKS IS CURRENTLY .5 MILLION 

AND I EXPECT THAT WE SHALL BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN THE SAME LEVEL OF 

DEVELOPMENTS IN THE COMING YEAR,+ HE SAID.


PUBLIC TRANSPORT SERVICES IN THE DISTRICT WERE KEPT UNDER 

REGULAR REVIEW BY THE DISTRICT BOARD AND A RECENTLY-COMPLETED 

SURVEY OF TRANSPORT NEEDS WOULD BE USED WHEN MAKING FUTURE PLANNING, 

HE ADDED.


OTHER IMPROVEMENTS IN TRANSPORT BEING PLANNED INCLUDE THE 

INTRODUCTION OF FIVE NEW MAXICAB ROUTES AND BUS SERVICES TO CHEUNG 

WAH ESTATE.


+IN ALL OF THESE DEVELOPMENTS, THE NORTH DISTRICT BOARD 

HAS HAD AN IMPORTANT ROLE, AS IT HAS DONE IN THE FIELD OF COMMUNITY 

BUILDING,+ HE SAID.


------------0------------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 1984


- 7 -


BOARD TO DISCUSS FANLING DEVELOPMENT


KK * M *


THE FANLING NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME WILL BE TABLED 

FOR MEMBERS’ DISCUSSION AT TOMORROW’S (THURSDAY) NORTH DISTRICT 

BOARD MEETING AT 9.30 AM.


THE PROGRAMME IS TO PROVIDE, AS FAR AS IS PRACTICABLE, A 

BALANCED DEVELOPMENT OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE HOUSING, JOB 

OPPORTUNITIES AND COMMUNITY FACILITIES IN THE DISTRICT.


AT THE MEETING, MEMBERS' ATTENTION WILL BE DRAWN TO THE 

VARIOUS PROJECTS TO BE CARRIED OUT THIS YEAR, INCLUDING A PUBLIC 

HOUSING ESTATE IN SHEK WU HUI, THREE PRIMARY SCHOOLS, PUBLIC 

AMENITIES AND LAND DEVELOPMENT.


MEMBERS WILL ALSO DISCUSS WAYS TO ASSIST SMALL INDUSTRY 

IN THE DISTRICT.


OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA WILL INCLUDE DISCUSSION ON A 

DISTRICT HANDBOOK AND A DISTRICT NEWSPAPER AND PROGRESS REPORTS 

OF THE BOARD’S COMMITTEES.


IN THE AFTERNOON, THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD 

MEMBERS WILL DISCUSS THE PROPOSAL TO SET UP A SOCIAL SERVICES 

COMMITTEE AT THEIR MEETING.


MEMBERS WILL ALSO DISCUSS HAWKING IN THE DISTRICT AND BE 

BRIEFED ON THE URBAN COUNCIL’S REVISED CAPITAL WORKS PROGRAMME 

FOR THE NEXT FIVE YEARS.


NOTE TO EDITORS:


MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE WELCOME TO COVER: (A) THE NORTH 

DISTRICT BOARD MEETING AT 9.30 AM TOMORROW (THURSDAY) IN THE 

CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE TAI PO DISTRICT BOARD SECRETARIAT ON THE 

THIRD FLOOR OF TAI PO COMMERCIAL CENTRE IN KWONG FUK ROADj AND 

(B) THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD MEETING AT 4 PM IN 

THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE DISTRICT OFFICE ON THE THIRD FLOOR 

CF WILLY BUILDING, 222-224 DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL.


A GOVERNMENT VEHICLE WILL LEAVE KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER AT 

8.30 AM FOR TAI PO.


------------0-----------


/8 ....................


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 1984


8


MORE SCHOOLS OFFER INFORMAL ACTIVITIES


* * * *


THERE HAS IN RECENT YEARS BEEN GREATER APPRECIATION OF THE 

VALUE OF EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES IN SCHOOL PROGRAMMES, THE 

DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR COLVYN HAYE, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).


SPEAKING AT THE 15TH ANNIVERSARY THANKSGIVING CEREMONY OF 

RHENISH CHURCH COLLEGE, MR HAYE SAID ACTIVITIES KNOWN ALSO AS THE 

INFORMAL CURRICULUM, WERE NOW WIDELY ACCEPTED - ESPECIALLY BY 

SECONDARY SCHOOLS - AS NECESSARY COMPLEMENTS TO THE MORE FORMAL 

CURRICULUM TAUGHT IN THE CLASSROOMS.


. IT IS THROUGH PARTICIPATION IN THE EXTRA-CURRICULAR 

ACTIVITIES OF A SCHOOL THAT WE EXPECT OUR CHILDREN TO ACQUIRE 

SUCH QUALITIES AS SOCIAL AWARENESS, LEADERSHIP, CO-OPERATION, 

TOLERANCE AND APPRECIATION OF THE VIEWS AND BELIEFS OF OTHERS, 

AS WELL AS ACQUIRING, HOPEFULLY, LIFELONG INTERESTS AND PURSUITS, 

HE NOTED.

*



HE COMMENDED THE RHENISH CHURCH COLLEGE FOR SETTING UP A 

STUDENTS EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES COMMITTEE WHICH ENSURED 

FULL CO-OPERATION AND INPUT FROM THE SCHOOL’S MANAGEMENT, 

TEACHING STAFF, SOCIAL WORKERS AND STUDENTS.


HE SAID: +1 CONGRATULATE THE SCHOOL ON ITS WISDOM AND 

FORESIGHT IN INTRODUCING SUCH A SYSTEM WHICH MUST ENSURE THAT 

THE STUDENTS OF THE SCHOOL HAVE EXCELLENT OPPORTUNITIES TO GAIN 

EXPERIENCE IN CO-OPERATING WITH OTHERS, TAKING RESPONSIBILITY 

AND PARTICIPATING IN ACTIVITIES INVOLVING COMMUNITY SERVICE.


. THE SYSTEM MUST ALSO ALLOW THE TEACHING STAFF AND THE 

STUDENTS TO MAINTAIN REGULAR CONTACT AND, THEREFORE, A GREATER 

AWARENESS OF THE NEEDS AND CONTRIBUTIONS OF BOTH IN THE EDUCATION 

PROCESS.+



MR HAYE ALSO SUGGESTED THAT SCHOOLS FIND WAYS TO IMPROVE 

THEIR COMMUNICATION WITH PARENTS.


. IF ANY SCHOOL IS TO PROVIDE SUCCESSFULLY FOR THE ALL-ROUND 

NEEDS OF ITS STUDENTS, IT CANNOT DO SO WITHOUT MAKING CONTACT 

WITH THE PARENTS, AND THIS CONTACT SHOULD BE AS FREQUENT AS 

POSSIBLE,+ HE SAID.



SCHOOLS MIGHT LIKE TO CONSIDER EXTENDING THEIR OPEN DAYS TO 

INCLUDE OPEN EVENINGS SO THAT MORE PARENTS COULD MEET THEIR 

CHILDREN’S TEACHERS AFTER WORK, HE SAID.


- - - - 0------------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 1984


- 9 -


PRI NT I NG INDUSTRY MANPOWER TO BE SURVEYED


* M *


A SURVEY TO COLLECT INFORMATION ON THE MANPOWER SITUATION 

&MT) TRAINING NEEDS OF THE PRINTING INDUSTRY WILL BE CARRIED OUT 

IETWEEN MARCH 7 AND 23 BY THE PRINTING INDUSTRY TRAINING BOARD 

CF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL.


rcnu TUP information RECEIVED. PROPOSALS WILL BE MADE ON 

MANPOWER TRAINING FOR THE PRINTING INDUSTRY, MR ALEX WU, CHAIRMAN 

CF THE TRAINING BOARD SAID.


QUESTIONNAIRES AND EXPLANATORY NOTES IN ENGLISH AND CHINESE 

HAVE BEEN SENT TO SOME 700 EMPLOYERS COVERED IN THE SURVEY, AND 

ryrioFRS OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT WILL VISIT .OSE 

FACTOR IES'TO COLLECT THE QUESTIONNAIRES AND HELP COMPLETE THE FORMS.


MR WU CALLED FOR THE CO-OPERATION OF ALL THE PEOPLE BEING 

SURVEYED, AND STRESSED THAT THE DATA COLLECTED WOULD BE HANDLED 

IN STRICT CONFIDENCE, AND PUBLISHED ONLY AS STATISTICAL SUMMARIES 

WITHOUT REFERENCE TO INDIVIDUAL ESTABLISHMENTS.


THE TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND INDUSTRIAL TRAINING DEPARTMENT 

AND THE GOVERNMENT DATA PROCESSING AGENCY ARE HELPING WITH THE 

SURVEY.


- - 0 - -


THR


SAI KUNG SITES OFFERED 

* * * *


THREE PIECES OF CROWN LAND AT SAI KUNG ARE BEING OFFERED ON 

SHORT TERM TENANCY BY THE LANDS DEPARTMENT.


THE SITES, LOCATED AT SAI KUNG TUK, ARE OF 195, 210 AND 235 

SQUARE METRES, AND ARE FOR USE AS CAR REPAIR WORKSHOPS.


THREE-YEAR TENANCIES ARE BEING OFFERED INITIALLY, WHICH MAY 

BE RENEWED FOR THREE MONTHLY PERIODS AFTERWARDS.


THE DEADLINE FOR SUBMITTING TENDERS IS MARCH 9.


TENDER FORMS, NOTICES AND CONDITIONS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM 

THE LANDS DEPARTMENT, MURRAY BUILDING. 5TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, 

HONG KONGJ THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE (KOWLOON WEST), YAU MA TEI 

CAR PARK BUILDING, 10TH FLOOR, 250 SHANGHAI STREET, KOWLOONt 

AND THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, SAI KUNG.


TENDER PLANS MAY BE INSPECTED AT THESE LOCATIONS.


/10................


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 1984


- 10 -


NOTE TO EDITORS:


SPORTS FESTIVAL PRESS CONFERENCE 

* * * *


A PRESS CONFERENCE WILL BE HELD TODAY (WEDNESDAY) TO ANNOUNCE 

DETAILS OF THE FESTIVAL OF SPORTS TO BE LAUNCHED AT THE QUEEN 

ELIZABETH STADIUM ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 26).


THE PRESIDENT OF THE AMATEUR SPORTS FEDERATION AND OLYMPIC 

COMMITTEE OF HONG KONG, MR A. DE 0.SALES WILL CHAIR THE CONFERENCE. 

THE FESTIVAL, HELD ANNUALLY AND ORGANISED BY THE ASFOC, IS 

SUBVENTED BY THE GOVERNMENT.


THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE 

DEPARTMENT IS ORGANISING DOZENS OF SPORTS ACTIVITIES TO BE HELD 

THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY NEXT MONTH, IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE 

FESTIVAL.


YOU ARE INVITED TO ATTEND THE CONFERENCE, WHICH WILL BE HELD 

AT THE AUXILIARY POLICE OFFICERS’ MESS ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE AT 3 PM TODAY.


NOTE TO EDITORSi


FUN DAY FOR 1 500 CHILDREN 

* * * *


THE GOVERNMENT SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT WILL HOLD A PARTY FOR MORE 

THAN 1 500 CHILDREN OF ITS STAFF ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 26), IN THE 

COMPOUND OF THE DEPARTMENT’S HEADQUARTERS IN OIL STREET, NORTH 

POINT.


THE PARTY WILL START OFF WITH THE DOTTING OF A LION’S EYES BY 

THE DIRECTOR OF GOVERNMENT SUPPLIES, MR ROY KILVERT, FOLLOWED BY A 

LION DANCE PERFORMED BY MEMBERS OF THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT.


OTHER ITEMS WILL INCLUDE SIDE-SHOWS, GAME STALLS, CHILDREN’S 

TRAIN RIDES, AN AIR-RIFLE SHOOTING RANGE AND A MAGIC AND ACROBATIC 

SHOW. THERE WILL ALSO BE A POLICE DOG DEMONSTRATION AND A TUG- 

OF-WAR COMPETITION.


MUSIC WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE AUXILIARY MEDICAL SERVICE BAND 

AND THE TAI TAM GIRLS’ PIPERS AND MARCHING TEAM.


MR KILVERT WILL LATER OFFICIATE AT A PRIZE PRESENTATION 

CEREMONY AND CONDUCT A LUCKY DRAW.


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE PARTY.


-----------o-----------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 1984


- 11 -


MUI WO TO BE BEAUTIFIED


*****


THE GOVERNMENT HAS AWARDED AN $800 000 CONTRACT TO BEAUTIFY 

MUI WO.


UNDER THE CONTRACT 12 000 TREES AND SHRUBS WILL BE PLANTED 

ON THE NEW RECLAMATION WEST OF MUI WO FERRY CONCOURSE, ALONG 

THE SOUTH BANK OF THE MAIN RIVER CHANNEL AND ON PROMENADES AT 

THE WATERFRONT.


THE NEW RECLAMATION, WHICH IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED 

NEXT MONTH UNDER A SEPARATE CONTRACT, WILL BE USED FOR PRIVATE 

AND PUBLIC HOUSING, GOVERNMENT OFFICES, A CLINIC, A FIRE 

STATION AND A SEWAGE PUMPING STATION.


THE PLANTING PROJECT WILL INCLUDE PROVISION OF FLOWER BEDS 

AND PERGOLA AT VARIOUS LOCATIONS.


DUE TO THE EXPOSURE OF THE RECLAMATION TO THE SEA, PLANTS 

WHICH CAN WITHSTAND SALT-LADEN WINDS WILL BE SELECTED.


WORK WILL START NEXT MONTH AND BE COMPLETED BY JULY.


THE CONTRACT WAS AWARDED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT 

BRANCH OF THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.


-----------0 - - - -


TRAFFIC ROUTE CHANGE 

* * *


TRAFFIC ON HARBOUR VIEW STREET BETWEEN CONNAUGHT PLACE AND 

THE PUBLIC LIGHT BUS TERMINUS ENTRANCE WILL BE REROUTED ONE-WAY 

EASTBOUND FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (FEBRUARY 24) FOR ABOUT A MONTH.


------------ 0 - - - -


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE NO.


MINISTER OF STATE TO VISIT HK................................................................................................ 1


AMBASSADOR EVANS ARRIVING ............................................................................................................ 1


GOVERNOR RETURNING TOMORROW......................................................................................................


SIR PHILIP TOURS YAU MA TEI ...................................................................................................... 2


STUDENTS TOLD TO PREPARE FOR ROLE IN SOCIETY................................................ 3


STRATEGIC STUDY RESULTS READY THIS YEAR................................................................ 3


MOST HK BUSINESSMEN ARE HONEST - JORDAN ................................................................ 4


DISTRICT BOARDS HELP SHAPE TRANSPORT POLICY................................................... 6


HONG KONG RACING TO THE TOP IN CONTAINER TRADE.......................................... 7


VALUE OF RECREATION STRESSED................................................................................................... 8


PRESS CONFERENCE.........................................................................................................................................


MATHS WHIZ KIDS TO COMPETE.........................................................................................................


PRIZES FOR YOUTH PROJECT WINNERS ...................................................................................... 10


OPEN DAY AT YUEN LONG MUSIC CENTRE ............................................................................... 10


NEW BRANCH OFFICE..................................................................................................................................... 11


FIRE EQUIPMENT FOR SAI KUNG MARKET ................................................................................ 11


+ACTIVITY APPROACH+ WORK BEING REVIEWED ................................................................ 12


PRIZES FOR POSTER DESIGN WINNERS ...................................................................................... 12


CLEARWAYS FOR CAUSEWAY BAY AND WAN CHAI ................................................................ 12


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1984


1


MINISTER OF STATE TO VISIT HK 

M * * *


THE MINISTER OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, 

M? RICHARD LUCE, WILL VISIT HONG KONG FROM FEBRUARY 25 TO 28.


THIS WILL BE MR LUCE’S SECOND VISIT TO HONG KONG SINCE TAKING 

UP HIS APPOINTMENT AS MINISTER OF STATE. HE LAST VISITED THE 

TERRITORY IN SEPTEMBER LAST YEAR.


WHILE IN HONG KONG, MR LUCE WILL MEET THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD 

YOUDE, THE BRITISH AMBASSADOR TO PEKING, SIR RICHARD EVANS, AND 

OTHER SENIOR OFFICIALS.


ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 27), MR LUCE WILL MEET UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS 

CF THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS, DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS 

AND OTHER COMMUNITY LEADERS.


ON TUESDAY (FEBRUARY 28) MORNING, HE WILL VISIT TAI KOO SHING 

AND LAI TAK TSUEN OF THE EASTERN DISTRICT. THIS WILL BE FOLLOWED 

BY A PRESS CONFERENCE IN THE GIS THEATRE AT NOON, BEFORE HIS 

DEPARTURE FOR KUALA LUMPUR AT 3.30 PM ON THE SAME DAY.


NOTE TO EDITORS:


A FACILITY HAS BE .N ARRANGED FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS AND CAMERAMEN 

TO COVER MR LUCE’S ARRIVAL ON SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25. HE WILL BE 

TRAVELLING ON FLIGHT SQ 2, ETA 6.55 PM.


PLEASE ADVISE THOSE ASSIGNED TO COVER THE EVENT TO ASSEMBLE 

AT THE AIRPORT PRESS CONFERENCE ROOM NOT LATER THAN 5.45 PM. 

GIS OFFICERS WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST.


NOTE TO EDITORS:


AMBASSADOR EVANS ARRIVING 

* * * *


A FACILITY HAS BEEN ARRANGED FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS AND CAMERAMEN 

TO COVER THE ARRIVAL OF THE BRITISH AMBASSADOR TO PEKING.


SIR RICHARD EVANS, IN HONG KONG ON SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 25).


SIR RICHARD WILL BE TRAVELLING ON FLIGHT CA 101, ETA 11.45 aM.


PLEASE ADVISE THOSE ASSIGNED TO COVER THE EVENT TO ASSEMBLE 

AT THE AIRPORT PRESS CONFERENCE ROOM NOT LATER THAN 10.45 AM ON 

SATURDAY. GIS OFFICERS WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST.


- - 0 -


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1984


2


NOTE TO EDITORS:


GOVERNOR RETURNING TOMORROW 

* * * *


THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, WILL RETURN FROM PEKING 

TOMORROW (FRIDAY) AFTER ATTENDING ANOTHER TWO DAYS OF SINO- 

BRITISH TALKS ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.


HE WILL BE TRAVELLING ON FLIGHT CA 103, ETA 1.55 PM.


A FACILITY HAS BEEN ARRANGED FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS AND 

CAMERAMEN TO COVER SIR EDWARD’S RETURN. MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES 

WISHING TO USE THE FACILITY SHOULD ASSEMBLE AT THE PRESS 

CONFERENCE ROOM NOT LATER THAN 1 PM. GIS OFFICERS WILL BE 

ON HAND TO ASSIST.


----o - - - -


SIR PHILIP TOURS YAU MA TEI


* * *


THE DEPUTY TO THE GOVERNOR, SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, THIS 

AFTERNOON TOURED YAU MA TEI TO SEE DEVELOPMENT AND IMPROVEMENT 

WORKS THERE.


AT EAST TSIM SHA TSUI, SIR PHILIP WAS BRIEFED BY THE DISTRICT 

OFFICER, MR WILFRED WONG, ON A COMPREHENSIVE SCHEME BEING 

IMPLEMENTED TO IMPROVE AND REGULATE TRAFFIC FLOW.


PROJECTS IN THE SCHEME INCLUDE THE PROVISION OF LAY-BYS 

TRAFFIC SIGNALS AND PEDESTRIAN CROSSINGS AT MAJOR ROAD JUNCTIONS.


SIR PHILIP WAS ALSO SHOWN THE URBAN COUNCIL’S CENTENARY 

GARDEN WHICH HAS BECOME A POPULAR AMENITY AREA.


EIGHT OTHER AREAS OF OPEN SPACE AND REST GARDENS ARE DUE TO 

BE COMPLETED IN EAST TSIM SHA TSUI BY THE MIDDLE OF THIS YEAR.


ACCOMPANIED BY THE DEPUTY REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG 

AND KOWLOON, MR ALBERT LAM, SIR PHILIP VISITED CHUNG KING MANSION 

ON NATHAN ROAD AND LEE SHING MANSION ON JORDAN ROAD.


THE TWO BUILDINGS, COMPLETED IN THE EARLY 1960’S, HAVE FOR 

MANY YEARS SUFFERED FROM A LACK OF PROPER MANAGEMENT AND 

MAINTENANCE AND POOR SANITARY CONDITIONS.


THEY HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED AS TARGET BUILDINGS IN THE YAU MA 

TEI BUILDING MANAGEMENT PILOT SCHEME, AND AN INTERDEPARTMENTAL 

OPERATION HAS BEEN UNDERTAKEN TO CLEAR REFUSE AND REMOVE 

OBSTRUCTIONS ON STAIRCASES AND COMMON AREAS.


HOUSEHOLD VISITS HAVE ALSO BEEN MADE TO BRIEF TENANTS AND 

OWNERS ON THE OBJECTIVES OF THE SCHEME.


------------0------------


/3....................


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1984


3


EfcSlDENTS TOLD TO PREPARE FOR ROLE IN SOCIETY 

* * * *


WITH INITIATIVE AND IMAGINATION, STUDENTS WILL BE READY TO 

TAKE ON THE RESPONSIBILITIES TO BE THE PILLARS OF SOCIETY, THE 

SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, MR DENIS BRAY, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).


SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE BUDDHIST WONG WAN 

TIN COLLEGE IN SHA TIN, MR BRAY SAID THAT FREEDOM CARRIED 

RESPONSIBILITY FOR FELLOW CITIZENS.


+HONG KONG’S PROSPERITY IS BUILT ON FREEDOM AND YOU WILL BE 

EXPECTED TO MAKE HONG KONG MORE PROSPEROUS AND STABLE,* HE SAID.


HE POINTED OUT THAT SHA TIN DISTRICT HAS A POPULATION OF 

260 000 PEOPLE, ONE THIRD OF THEM UNDER THE AGE OF 15.


THE OPENING OF THE NEW SCHOOL, HE ADDED, WOULD MAKE A +VALUABLE 

CONTRIBUTION* TOWARDS MEETING EDUCATIONAL NEEDS IN THE DISTRICT.


HE SAID THAT THE PURSUIT OF EDUCATION MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY 

INTEREST IN SPORTS, RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL PURSUITS.


THE GOVERNMENT IN ITS DEVELOPMENT PLANS HAS INCLUDED FIVE NEW 

FACILITIES IN SHA TIN TO MEET RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL NEEDS.


+IN ADDITION TO THE RECENT OPENING OF A SPORT GROUND, OTHER 

PROJECTS NOW UNDER PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT INCLUDE AN ARTIFICIAL 

TURF FOOTBALL PITCH, A TOWN PARK, AN INDOOR GAMES HALL AND A 

MAJOR CULTURAL COMPLEX WITH AUDITORIUM.*


HE SAID THESE FACILITIES WOULD BE VERY HELPFUL TO YOUNG 

PEOPLE AND THE COMMUNITY AS A WHOLE IN COMPLEMENTING THEIR MENTAL, 

PHYSICAL AND SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT.


- - 0 - -


STRATEGIC STUDY RESULTS READY THIS YEAR 

* * * *


THE RESULTS OF GOVERNMENT’S DELIBERATIONS ON THE STRATEGIC 

DEVELOPMENT OF HONG KONG WILL BE RELEASED WITHIN THIS YEAR, THE 

SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, MR NICKY CHAN, SAID TODAY 

(THURSDAY).


MR CHAN, WHO WAS BRIEFING MEMBERS OF CENTRAL AND WESTERN 

DISTRICT BOARD ON THE WORK OF THE SIX DEPARTMENTS UNDER THE LANDS 

AND WORKS BRANCH, SAID IF THE GOVERNMENT DECIDED TO GO AHEAD WITH 

LARGE-SCALE DEVELOPMENTS IN THE URBAN AREA, IT MIGHT BE NECESSARY 

TO EXPAND THE URBAN AREA DEVELOPMENT ORGANISATION OR EVEN TURN IT 

INTO A SEPARATE DEPARTMENT AND ENLARGE ITS RESPONSIBILITIES.


HE SAID THAT, AS SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, IT WAS HIS 

DUTY TO ENSURE THAT ALL WORKS AND DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS IN EACH 

DISTRICT WERE PROPERLY CARRIED OUT AND THAT ALL SUGGESTIONS ON 

LANDS AND WORKS MATTERS WHICH AFFECTED THE LIVING ENVIRONMENT OF 

RESIDENTS WERE REFERRED TO DISTRICT BOARDS FOR DISCUSSION AND 

THEIR ADVICE.


/14S CHAN


THURSDAY, F MU ARY 23, 1964


- 4 -


MR CHAN SAID THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD HAD IN 

THE PAST BEEN GIVEN OPPORTUNITIES TO EXPRESS VIEWS ON VARIOUS 

ENVIRONMENTAL DEVELOPMENT PLANS WITHIN THE DISTRICT.


HE POINTED OUT THAT THE MEETING WOULD BE BRIEFED LATER ON 

THE CENTRAL AND MID-LEVELS TRANSPORTATION REQUIREMENTS STUDY AND 

CONSULTATION TOOK PLACE ON VARIOUS OTHER LARGE DEVELOPMENT STUDIES 

AFFECTING THE DISTRICT SUCH AS THOSE ON HARBOUR RECLAMATIONS AND 

URBAN GROWTH, URBAN RENEWAL AND LAND DEVELOPMENT.


ON THE HARBOUR RECLAMATIONS AND URBAN GROWTH STUDY, MR CHAN 

SAID IT WAS A COMPREHENSIVE STUDY OF THE URBAN AREA.


+IT WOULD HAVE MANY FAR-REACHING EFFECTS ON CENTRAL AND 

WESTERN DISTRICT AND FORM AN ESSENTIAL PART OF FUTURE STRATEGIC 

PLANNING IF IMPLEMENTED.


+THEREFORE, THERE MUST BE CONSULTATION WITH THE BOARD TO 

ENSURE THAT LOCAL VIEWS ARE HEARD ON THE PROPOSALS BEFORE FINAL 

DECISIONS ARE REACHED ON THE DEVELOPMENT PATTERN,+ HE SAID.


MOREOVER, HE SAID, DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS COULD ALWAYS 

EXPRESS VIEWS THROUGH THEIR OWN PLANS AND WORKS COMMITTEE ON 

PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS AND THEIR PRIORITY, AND ALSO ON STATUTORY 

PLANS AND OUTLINE DEVELOPMENT PLANS.


MR CHAN SAID THE TIMING OF CONSULTING THE DISTRICT BOARDS WAS 

IMPORTANT. BUT IT MIGHT BE PREMATURE TO DO THIS BEFORE PROJECTS HAD 

RECEIVED PRIOR AGREEMENT BETWEEN INTERESTED GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS. 

DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS SHOULD NOT, THEREFORE, FEEL DISAPPOINTED AT 

NOT HAVING A CHANCE TC KNOW ABOUT PROJECTS AT THEIR VERY EARLY 

STAGE OF PLANNING.


HE TOLD BOARD MEMBERS THAT THE LANDS AND WORKS GROUP OF 

DEPARTMENTS HAD ALREADY ESTABLISHED AN ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE 

IN CONJUNCTION WITH OTHER DEPARTMENTS FOR THE PURPOSE OF IMPROVING 

THE ENVIRONMENT IN DISTRICTS, AS WELL AS FOR CO-ORDINATING 

DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS, BUT THE VALUABLE AND CONSTRUCTIVE VIEWS 

CF DISTRICT BOARDS’ MEMBERS WOULD BE SERIOUSLY CONSIDERED BEFORE 

ANY DECISIONS WERE MADE.


----0 - - - -


MOST HK BUSINESSMEN ARE HONEST - JORDAN 

* * * *


THE COMMISSIONER OF CUSTOMS AND EXCISE, MR DOUGLAS JORDAN, 

TODAY (THURSDAY) DENIED ALLEGATIONS THAT HONG KONG WAS ONE OF 

THE TERRITORIES MANUFACTURING FAKE COMPONENTS FOR CARS AND 

AIRCRAFT.


ADDRESSING THE DINNER MEETING OF THE K IWAN IS CLUB, MR JORDAN 

STRESSED THERE WAS +ABSOLUTELY NO EVIDENCE* THAT SUCH PARTS wERE 

MADE IN HONG KONG.


HE SAID THAT THE VAST MAJORITY OF HONG KONG’S BUSINESSMEN 

WERE HONEST AND WERE NOT INVOLVED IN COUNTERFEITING OPERATIONS.


About our...............


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1984


*


+BUT OUR HONEST BUSINESSMEN RECEIVE NO PUBLICITY. THERE 

IS NEITHER NEWS VALUE NOR POLITICAL CAPITAL TO BE MADE OF 

LEGITIMATE TRANSACT IONS,+ HE ADDED.


HE NOTED THAT THERE WAS A STRONG TENDENCY AMONG HONG KONG’S 

TRADING PARTNERS TO GROUP THE TERRITORY WITH OTHERS, PARTICULARLY 

SOUTHEAST ASIAN COUNTRIES, WITH REGARD TO COUNTERFEITING 

ACTIVITIES.


HE SAID THAT SOME OF THE MISREPRESENTATIONS AROSE BECAUSE 

HONG KONG WAS AN ENTREPOT THROUGH WHICH COUNTERFEIT GOODS FROM 

OTHER PLACES WERE TRANSHIPPED.


+SUCH GOODS ARE INVARIABLY DESCRIBED BY OUR OVERSEAS CRITICS 

AS FROM HONG KONG EVEN THOUGH GIVEN THE NATURE OF TRANSHIPMENTS, 

WE CAN HAVE NO KNOWLEDGE OF THEIR BEING COUNTERFEITS AS THEY 

PASS THROUGH OUR PORT.


+WHERE IN EXCEPTIONAL CIRCUMSTANCES WE DO HAVE SUCH KNOWLEDGE 

WE DEAL WITH THEM SUITABLY BY SEIZURE. BUT OUR OPPORTUNITIES FOR 

KNOWING ABOUT AND DEALING WITH SUCH TRANSHIPMENTS ARE RARE,+ 

JORDAN SAID. .


ON LAW ENFORCEMENT, HE SAID THAT HONG KONG HAD STRONG AND 

EFFECTIVE LEGISLATION TO COUNTER THE ILLICIT ACTIVITIES.


HE EXPLAINED THAT IN MANY PLACES AROUND THE WORLD, INCLUDING 

THE UNITED KINGDOM, PROSECUTION OF THOSE ENGAGED IN COUNTERFEITING 

TRADE MARKS RESTS LARGELY ON CIVIL LEGAL ACTION AND CIVIL 

JURISDICTION, AND SUCH AVENUES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE TO TRADE MARK 

OWNERS IN HONG KONG.


BUT UNLIKE MANY OTHER PLACES, THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT 

CONSIDERS COUNTERFEITING A CRIMINAL ACT, MR JORDAN SAID.


IT HAS PROVIDED LEGISLATION IN THE TRADE DESCRIPTIONS 

ORDINANCE TO COUNTER FALSE TRADE DESCRIPTIONS, FALSE TRADE MARKS, 

AND MISREPRESENTATION, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE GOODS ARE MADE 

LOCALLY, IMPORTED OR EXPORTED.


OUTLINING THE SUCCESSES OF THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT 

IN SUPPRESSING COUNTERFEITING, MR JORDAN SAID THAT IN 1978 THE 

DEPARTMENT HANDLED 213 INVESTIGATIONS, TAKING 56 CASES TO COURT 

AND SEIZING $1-MILLION WORTH OF GOODS.


IN 1983, THERE WERE 213 INVESTIGATIONS, 421 CASES PROSECUTED 

AND SEIZED S21-MILLION WORTH OF GOODS.


+SADLY SOMETIMES OUR OVERSEAS CRITICS MISINTERPRET OUR 

SUCCESS. THEY MISCONSTRUE OUR DETECTION FIGURES AND MISREPRESENT 

THEM AS AN INDICATION OF THE GROWTH OF THE COUNTERFEIT PROBLEM 

IN HONG KONG. .


+NO-ONE KNOWS THE FULL EXTENT OF THE PROBLEM IN HONG KONG 

OR ANYWHERE ELSE WITH COMPLETE ACCURACY - NEITHER OUR CRITICS NOR 

OURSELVES.


+BUT CERTAINLY IN THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT WE HAVE 

VARIOUS AVENUES OF INTELLIGENCE OPEN TO US WHICH ENABLE US TO 

ASSESS THE SIZE OF THE PROBLEM TO A REASONABLE DEGREE.


+AND FROM THIS INTELLIGENCE WE KNOW WE ARE MAKING NOT


INCONSIDERABLE INROADS INTO THE PROBLEM,+ MR JORDAN SAID. 

-------------0 -----------


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1984


6


DISTRICT BOARDS HELP SHAPE TRANSPORT POLICY 

* * * *


< DISTRICT BOARDS HAVE MUCH INFLUENCE OVER THE WAYS TRANSPORT 

POLICIES AND MEASURES ARE IMPLEMENTED IN HONG KONG, MR JAMES SO, 

DEPUTY COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT, SAID TODAY (FEBRUARY 23).



ADDRESSING THE Y’S MEN’S CLUB OF HONG KONG ON +TRANSPORT 

ADMINISTRATION*, MR SO SAID THAT DISTRICT BOARDS WERE ALSO 

CONSULTED ON NEW POLICY PROPOSALS, AND COULD CHALLENGE THE 

APPROPRIATENESS OF EXISTING POLICIES AND REQUEST CHANGES.


HE STRESSED THAT THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT WAS ORGANISED ON A 

REGIONAL BASIS TO ENABLE IT TO RESPOND MORE QUICKLY AND EFFICIENTLY 

TO DEMAND FOR TRANSPORT IMPROVEMENT AT THE DISTRICT LEVEL.


+SENIOR OFFICERS FROM THE DEPARTMENT SIT ON ALL 18 DISTRICT 

BOARDS AND THEIR ASSOCIATED TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEES,* 

MR SO SAID.


+THROUGH THESE FORUMS, DISTRICT NEEDS AND ASPIRATIONS ON 

TRANSPORT MATTERS ARE BEING FED BACK THROUGH THE DEPARTMENT TO 

THE TRANSPORT BRANCH, THUS HELPING TO INFLUENCE AND SHAPE POLICY 

FORMULATION BY THE BRANCH.*


THIS ENABLES THE VIEWS AND OPINIONS 

TO BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT WHEN NEW POLICY 

HE ADDED.


OF THE MAN-IN-THE-STREET 

MEASURES ARE CONSIDERED,


MR SO SAID THAT 1 STRICT BOARDS ARE ONE OF THE CHECKS AND 

BALANCES TO WHICH THE FORMULATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF TRANSPORT 

POLICIES AND MEASURES IN HONG KONG ARE SUBJECT. ANOTHER BODY 

WHICH SERVES AS A CHECK IS THE TRANSPORT ADVISORY COMMITTEE, 

CHAIRED BY AN UNOFFICIAL WITH NINE OTHER APPOINTED UNOFFICIALS 

AND SIX OFFICIAL MEMBERS, WHICH ADVISES THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL 

ON ALL MAJOR ISSUES OF TRANSPORT POLICY.


THE TRANSPORT TRIBUNAL TOO HAS POWERS TO REVIEW THE DECISIONS 

OF THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT ON MOST LICENSING MATTERS. IT 

IS CHAIRED BY AN UNOFFICIAL APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR AND HAS TwO 

OTHER MEMBERS, ONE OFFICIAL AND ONE UNOFFICIAL, SITTING wITH HIM.


MR SO ALSO SPOKE ABOUT THE PROCESS AND MECHANISM BY WHICH 

TRANSPORT POLICY PROPOSAL IS FORMULATED BY THE TRANSPORT BRANCH 

FOR THE CONSIDERATION OF THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL. HE EXPLAINED 

THAT AFTER A DECISION IS TAKEN, THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT IS 

RESPONSIBLE FOR EXECUTING THE POLICY.


HE ALSO SAID THAT THE TRANSPORT BRANCH, IN FORMULATING TRANSPORT 

POLICY, WORKS WITHIN BROAD GUIDELINES LAID DOWN IN THE WHITt PAPEk 

ON INTERNAL TRANSPORT POLICY, +KEEPING HONG KONG MOVING*. APPROVED 

BY THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL IN 1979, THE MAIN OBJECTIVE OF SUCH 

POLICY IS TO MAINTAIN AND IMPROVE THE MOBILITY OF BOTH PEOPLE 

AND GOODS THROUGH AN INTEGRATED, MULTI-MODAL TRANSPORT SYSTEM, 

HE ADDED.


------------o--------------


/7 ....................


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1984


HONG KONG RACING TO THE TOP IN CONTAINER TRADE 

* * * *


■ IN THE RACE FOR SUPREMACY IN GLOBAL CONTAINER TRADE, HONG KONG 

IS FAST CLOSING THE GAP WITH NEW YORK, THE WORLD’S SECOND LARGEST 

CONTAINER PORT AFTER ROTTERDAM.



WITH THE RESURGENCE OF ITS EXTERNAL TRADE, HONG KONG HANDLED 

1.84 MILLION TWENTY EQUIVALENT UNITS (TEU’S) OF CONTAINER CARGO LAST 

YEAR, UP 10.7 PER CENT ON 1982, ACCORDING TO STATISTICS RELEASED 

TODAY BY THE MARINE DEPARTMENT.


.WHILE 1983 FIGURES FOR NEW YORK ARE NOT AVAILABLE YET, 

A CHART PLOTTING THE ANNUAL GROWTH RATES FOR THE TWO PORTS 

SHOWS THAT HONG KONG COULD OVERTAKE NEW YORK IN A MATTER OF 

MONTHS,+ THE DEPARTMENT’S SENIOR MARINE OFFICER, MR T.J. FRAWLEY, 

SAID.


A RECENT PUBLICATION BY CONTAINERISATION INTERNATIONAL IN 

LONDON POINTS OUT THAT OF THE WORLD’S TOP 10 CONTAINER PORTS, HONG 

KONG HAS CONSISTENTLY SHOWN THE HIGHEST TRAFFIC GROWTH RATES OVER 

THE PAST 10 YEARS.


IN 1978, HONG KONG WITH A THROUGHPUT OF 1.22 MILLION TEU’S 

STlLL TRAILED FAR BEHIND NEW YORK WITH 1.78 MILLION TEU’S, HE 

RECALLED.


BUT SINCE THEN, FOLLOWING MAJOR EXPANSION OF ITS KWAI CHUNG 

CONTAINER PORT IN THE 1ID-1970’S, HONG KONG HAS KEPT UP ITS GROWTH 

MOMENTUM WHILE NEW YC K HAS SHOWN SIGNS OF SLOWING DOWN. FROM 

THAT YEAR TO 1982, HONG KONG’S AVERAGE ANNUAL GROWTH RATE WAS ABOVE 

EIGHT PER CENT, AGAINST NEW YORK’S AVERAGE RATE OF LESS THAN 1.9' 

PER CENT.


DESPITE THE SPREADING GLOBAL RECESSION, HONG KONG NOTCHED A 

6.9 PER CENT INCREASE IN CONTAINER TRAFFIC IN 1981 WHILE NEW YORK’S 

THROUGHPUT WAS DOWN BY 4.6 PER CENT.


HONG KONG’S MAJOR BREAKTHROUGH CAME IN 1980 WHEN IT OVERTOOK 

KOBE AS THE WORLD’S THIRD LARGEST CONTAINER PORT BY A PAPER-THIN 

MARGIN -- 1.46 MILLION TEU’S AGAINST KOBE’S 1.45 MILLION TEU’S.


OVER THE YEARS HONG KONG IN ITS RAPID ASCENT TO THE TOP HAS 

LEFT KOBE FAR BEHIND.


THE NEW RANKING WILL BE OF MORE THAN SYMBOLIC IMPORTANCE.


.INTERNATIONAL SHIPPING GIANTS OFTEN SET THEIR SIGHTS ON PORTo 

WITH LARGE AND GROWING TRAFFIC TO TAKE ADVANTAGE OF THE ECONOMIES 

OF SCALE. AND THIS IS EXACTLY WHAT HONG KONG IS OFFERING,* 

W FRAWLEY SAID.


SHIPS, INCLUDING THE THIRD-GENERATION TYPES OF 59 000 GROSS 

TONS, UNLOADED EMPTY CONTAINERS TOTALLING 217 562 TEU’S LAST YEAR, 

4.5 PER CENT MORE THAN IN 1982.


/.MORE IMPORTANTLY,


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1984


- 8 -


+MORE IMPORTANTLY, THE NUMBER OF EMPTY CONTAINERS DISCHARGED 

CLIMBED FROM MONTH TO MONTH, INDICATING THAT THE SHIPPING COMPANIES 

EXPECT TO PICK UP STILL MORE CONTAINER CARGO IN THE MONTHS AHEAD,+ 

HE SAID.


ABOUT 90 PER CENT OF THE TERRITORY’S CONTAINER CARGO IS 

HANDLED AT THE THREE GIANT TERMINALS IN KWAI CHUNG, WITH THE REST 

ACCOMMODATED ELSEWHERE IN THE PORT OF HONG KONG.


BESIDES SERVING ITS OWN GROWING EXPORTS AND IMPORTS, HONG 

KONG IS ALSO THE LARGEST TRANSHIPMENT CENTRE IN ASIA FOR CONTAINER 

CARGO WITH ABOUT 30 PER CENT OF ITS TRAFFIC REPRESENTING 

TRANSHIPMENT THROUGHPUTS.


A THREE-phaSE EXPANSION PROGRAMME FOR KWAI CHUNG WILL POSITION 

HONG KONG TO MEET THE RISING NEEDS FOR CONTAINER SERVICES FOR THE 

REST OF THIS DECADE AND INTO THE NEXT, MR FRAWLEY SAID.


UNDER THE FIRST PHASE, 25.5 HECTARES OF SEABED IN THE KWAI 

CHUNG CREEK WILL BE RECLAIMED WITHIN THE NEXT THREE YEARS AT A 

COST OF OVER $655 MILLION TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL BACK-UP AREAS FOR 

THE EXISTING TERMINALS.


.BESIDES IMPROVING EXISTING KWAI CHUNG TRAFFIC, THE RECLAMATION 

WILL RAISE THE CONTAINER PORT’S EFFICIENT WORKING CAPACITY BY 

40 PER CENT TO 2.2 MILLION TEU’S,+ MR FRAWLEY SAID.


IN THE SECOND PHASE, A NEW TERMINAL WITH THREE BERTHS WILL 

BE BUILT TO THE SOUTH OF THE RECLAMATION, RAISING THE CAPACITY 

BY ANOTHER 45 PER CENT UPON ITS COMPLETION BY 1988.


TWO ADDITIONAL TERMINALS ARE PLANNED AS A THIRD PHASE OF THE 

EXPANSION.


----0----


VALUE OF RECREATION STRESSED


, * * * *


THE GROWING AFFLUENCE AND INCREASED LEISURE TIME OF THE 

COMMUNITY HAS LED TO UNPRECEDENTED DEMAND FOR MORE RECREATION 

AND SPORTING OPPORTUNITIES, THE ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER FOR 

RECREATION AND SPORTS, MR DICKEN YUNG SAID THIS EVENING (THURSDAY).


SPEAKING ABOUT THE IMPORTANCE OF RECREATION IN THE DEVELOPMENT 

OF A PERSON, MR YUNG SAID IT IS GOVERNMENT’S ACCEPTED POLICY TO 

ENCOURAGE AND PROMOTE RECREATION FOR THE COMMUNITY.


MR YUNG, WHO WAS THE GUEST OF HONOUR AT THE ANNUAL SPEECH 

DAY OF QUEEN’S COLLEGE IN CAUSEWAY BAY EXHORTED STUDENTS TO TAKE 

UP RECREATION AND SPORT ACTIVITIES WHICH HE SAID WOULD BENEFIT 

THEM PHYSICALLY, INTELLECTUALLY AND SOCIALLY.


.SPORTS AND GAMES ARE GENERALLY CONSIDERED A USEFUL MEANS 

TO OVERCOME STRESS AND RELIEVE TENSION,+ HE SAID.


/+THESE ACTIVITIES, ....................


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1964


- 9 -


.THESE ACTIVITIES, TOO, PROVIDE OPPORTUNITY FOR INTELLECTUAL 

AND COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT.


.IN FACT, INTELLECTUAL AND PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENTS ARE VIEWED 

AS INSEPARABLE PROCESSES AND THE SIGNIFICANT ROLE OF PHYSICAL 

ACTIVITIES AND GAMES IN INTELLECTUAL AND PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT HAS 

LONG BEEN RECOGNISED BY MANY PSYCHOLOGISTS AND EDUCATORS.*


MR YUNG SAID A SURVEY OF 17 OOO UNIVERSITY GRADUATES OVER 

A 15-YEAR PERIOD SHOWED THAT FEWER OF THOSE WHO ENGAGED IN SOME 

FORM OF PHYSICAL RECREATION SUFFERED HEART ATTACKS THAN THOSE 

WHO DID NOT.


RESEARCH HAD ALSO SHOWN, THAT INACTIVE PERSONS WERE TWO- 

AND-HALF-TIMES MORE SUSCEPTIBLE TO HEART DISEASES, HE ADDED.


----0 - - - -


NOTE TO EDITORS:


PRESS CONFERENCE 

* X *


MRS SHIRLEY WILLIAMS, PRESIDENT OF THE SOCIAL DEMOCRATIC 

PARTY, CURRENTLY VISITING HONG KONG, WILL GIVE A PRESS CONFERENCE 

IN THE GIS THEATRE AT 10 AM ON MONDAY, FEBRUARY 27.


YOU ARE INVITED ATTEND.


-------------0------------


MATHS WHIZ KIDS TO COMPETE 

* * *


STUDENTS FROM 40 SECONDARY SCHOOLS WILL COMPETE IN THE FINAL 

CF THE HONG KONG MATHEMATICS OLYMPIAD AT THE NORTHCOTE COLLEGE 

CF EDUCATION IN SASSOON ROAD, HONG KONG ON SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 25) 

AT 9.30 AM.


THE COMPETITION IS BEING JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE EDUCATION 

DEPARTMENT’S ADVISORY INSPECTORATE AND NORTHCOTE COLLEGE OF 

EDUCATION TO PROMOTE, ENCOURAGE AND SUSTAIN STUDENTS’ INTEREST 

IN MATHEMATICS.


A TOTAL OF 122 SECONDARY SCHOOLS HAD ORGINALLY TAKEN PART 

IN THE PRELIMINARY ROUND OF THE COMPETITION ON DECEMBER 10 LAST 

YEAR.


/AFTER TEE ................


THURSDAY, FSBaUAxtY 1>C4


10 -


AFTER THE FINAL ROUND TO BE HELD ON SATURDAY, THE ASSISTANT 

DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR JOHN WINFIELD, AND THE PRINCIPAL OF 

NORTHCOTE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION, MR S.L. HO, WILL PRESENT PRIZES 

TO THE WINNERS.


NOTE TO EDITORS s


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE FINAL OF THE HONG KONG MATHEMATICS 

OLYMPIAD AT THE NORTHCOTE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION, SASSOON ROAD, 

HONG KONG ON SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 25,) STARTING AT 9.30 AM, AND 

THE PRIZE-PRESENTATION AT 12 NOON.


----o----


NOTE TO EDITORS:


PRIZES FOR YOUTH PROJECT WINNERS 

* * * *


THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE (OPERATIONS), 

WS EVELYN DOE, WILL PRESENT PRIZES ON SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 25) 

TO WINNERS OF A YOUTH PROJECTS AWARD SCHEME ORGANISED BY THE 

SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT TO PROMOTE THE INTEGRATION OF THE 

DISABLED INTO THE COMMUNITY.


THE SCHEME WAS LAUNCHED LAST SEPTEMBER AS PART OF THE 

DEPARTMENT’S 1983-84 I jBLICITY PROGRAMME ON PUBLIC EDUCATION 

IN REHABILITATION AND 16 YOUTH GROUPS TOOK PART IN THE SCHEME.


IT AIMS TO ENCOURAGE ABLED AND DISABLED PEOPLE TO WORK 

TOGETHER FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMMUNITY.


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE EVENT, WHICH WILL START AT 

ID.30 AM AT THE HENRY G. LEONG YAU MA TEI COMMUNITY CENTRE AT 

60 PUBLIC SQUARE STREET.


----o----


OPEN DAY AT YUEN LONG MUSIC CENTRE 

* * *


THE YUEN LONG MUSIC CENTRE WILL HOLD ITS OPEN DAY TOMORROW 

(FRIDAY) AND ON SATURDAY, FROM 10 AM TO 8 PM.


THE OPEN DAY WILL INCLUDE AN EXHIBITION OF WESTERN AND CHINESE 

MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS, VISUAL-AID DEMONSTRATIONS AND PERFORMANCES 

BY MUSICIANS AND TRAINEES OF THE MUSIC OFFICE, RECREATION AND 

CULTURE DEPARTMENT.


LOCATED ON THE SECOND AND THIRD FLOORS OF YUEN LONG CENTRE 

AT SAU FU STREET, THE MUSIC CENTRE CONSISTS OF SIX PRACTICE 

ROOMS, ONE REHEARSAL ROOM FOR BAND AND ORCHESTRA, A LIBRARYCONFERENCE 

ROOM, GENERAL OFFICE AND A TEACHING STAFF COMMON 

ROOM. 

--------------0---------


/11


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1984


NOTE TO EDITORS


NEW BRANCH OFFICE 

* * *


THE EMPLOYEES’ COMPENSATION UNIT OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT 

HAS SET UP A NEW BRANCH OFFICE IN SHA TIN TO SERVE THE AREAS OF 

SHA TIN, TAI PO, FANLING AND SHEUNG SHUI.


SITUATED ON THE FIRST FLOOR OF THE KOWLOON CANTON RAILWAY 

(KCR) HOUSE, SHATIN STATION, THE NEW OFFICE WILL START OPERATIONS 

TOMORROW (FRIDAY).


EMPLOYEES’ COMPENSATION CASES OCCURRING AFTER JANUARY 1 IN 

THE AREAS WILL BE HANDLED BY THE NEW DISTRICT OFFICE.


THE NEW OFFICE’S TELEPHONES FOR ENQUIRIES ARE 0-6065539 AND 

0-6065571.


- - 0 - -


FIRE EQUIPMENT FOR SAI KUNG MARKET 

X X X


FIRE SERVICE EQI PMENT COSTING $381 000 WILL BE INSTALLED AT 

SAI KUNG MARKET BAZAak, WHICH IS NOW UNDER CONSTRUCTION.


THE CONTRACT FOR THE EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING INSTALLATION OF HOSE 

REEL, AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS, FIRE BOOSTER PUMPS, AND A FIRE ALARM 

AND DETECTION SYSTEM, HAS BEEN AWARDED TO FORTRESS LIMITED BY THE 

ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.


WORK WILL START EARLY NEXT MONTH AND BE COMPLETED IN SEVEN 

MONTHS.


THE TWO-STOREY MARKET IS BEING BUILT ON A 2 200 SQUARE-METRE 

SITE AT Yl CHUN STREET. IT WILL HAVE 220 STALLS AS WELL AS AN 

ESCALATOR, REFUSE COLLECTION CHAMBER AND ICE STOREROOM.


RAMPS WILL BE CONSTRUCTED SO THAT THE DISABLED CAN USE THE 

MARKET. THERE WILL ALSO BE A LIFT FOR USE BY THE HANDICAPPED.


THE TOTAL COST OF THE MARKET BAZAAR, WHICH WILL BE READY IN 

OCTOBER, IS $6.6 MILLION.


12


-‧-ACTIVITY APPROACH* WORK BEING REVIEWED 

* * * *


THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE 1983-84 PRIMARY TEACHER RETRAINING 

COURSE ORGANISED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT WILL BE DISCUSSED AT 

A SEMINAR AT THE GRANTHAM COLLEGE OF EDUCATION ANNEXE AT ARGYLE 

CENTRE, MONG KOK, ON SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 25) MORNING.


+THE SEMINAR ALSO HOPES TO IDENTIFY THE PRACTICAL DIFFICULTIES 

CF OPERATING THE ACTIVITY APPROACH CLASSES AND TO EXPLORE WAYS 

CF COPING WITH THEM,* A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID.


IT WILL BE ATTENDED BY ABOUT 80 PRIMARY SCHOOL HEADS OR 

THEIR DEPUTIES.


THE PRINCIPAL OF GRANTHAM COLLEGE OF EDUCATION, DR KONG 

YUN-FUN, WILL SPEAK AT THE OPENING OF THE SEMINAR AT 9.15 AM.


------------0------------


NOTE TO EDITORS:


PRIZES FOR POSTER DESIGN WINNERS 

X X * *


WINNERS OF THE 16TH ANNUAL INDUSTRIAL SAFETY POSTER DESIGN 

COMPETITION ORGANISED BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT WILL RECEIVE 

PRIZES AT 3 PM TOMORROW (FRIDAY), IN THE COMMUNITY CENTRE, 

TELFORD GARDENS, IN KOWLOON BAY.


THE PRESENTATIONS WILL BE MADE BY MR K.Y. TONGSON, MEMBER 

OF THE INDUSTRIAL SAFcTY AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION COMMITTEE.


THE WINNING ENTRIES WILL BE ON DISPLAY IN THE COMMUNITY 

CENTRE WHERE A +SAFETY EXTRAVAGANZA* IS BEING STAGED.


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE FUNCTION.


----------0------------


CLEARWAYS FOR CAUSEWAY BAY AND WAN CHAI


X X X X


A NUMBER OF ROAD SECTIONS IN CAUSEWAY BAY AND WAN CHAI WILL 

BE DESIGNATED CLEARWAYS FROM 10 AM ON SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 25).


THESE SECTIONS ARE:


X KINGSTON STREET BETWEEN GLOUCESTER ROAD AND PATERSON 

STREET.


X THE EASTERN SIDE OF PATERSON STREET BETWEEN ITS JUNCTION 

WITH KINGSTON STREET AND A POINT ABOUT 25 METRES SOUTH 

OF THE JUNCTION.


X FLEMING ROAD BETWEEN LOCKHART ROAD AND HENNESSY ROAD.


WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONES, NO MOTOR VEHICLES OTHER THAN 

FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS 

BETWEEN 7 AM AND 7 PM DAILY.


----0------------


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE NO.


MINISTER TO HEAR FIRST HAND ABOUT HK.......................................................................... 1


PLAN TO PROMOTE HK AS ARBITRATION CENTRE............................................................. 1


SEEKING VIEWS ON RURAL DEVELOPMENTS ............................................................................. 2


NT SITES AVAILABLE FOR EXCHANGE......................................................................................... 3


CUSTOMS THANKED FOR ACTION ON FAKE GOODS ............................................................. 4


FINNS TOLD TO DEVELOP HK MARKET ......................................................................................... 4


NEW MAINS TO IMPROVE NORTH POINT WATER SUPPLY ............................................. 5


NEW ROAD PLANNED FOR SHA TIN TERMINAL ...................................................................... 6


TSUEN WAN BYPASS TO HAVE NEW ROADS ................................................................................ 6


LOCAL SPEEDPOST SPREADS ................................................................................................................... 7


A BETTER PICTURE OF CPI MOVEMENTS ................................................................................... 7


SCHOOL DENTAL CLINIC TO BE EXTENDED ............................................................................. 8


POSTER DESIGN CONTEST WINNERS GET PRIZES ............................................................. 8


LABOUR LAW OFFENDERS FINED ......................................................................................................... 9


HONG KONG CLIMATOLOGICAL TABLES OFFERED FREE................................................ 10


NOTED RECORDER PLAYER HOLDING WORKSHOPS ................................................................ 10


NEW FIRE STATION FOR KOWLOON BAY ...................................................................................... 11


VARIETY SHOW FOR RESIDENTS, WORKERS ............................................................................. 11


YUEN LONG AND TUEN MUN ’WIN TENNIS COMPETITION ............................................. 12


CERTIFICATES FOR VOLUNTEER WORKERS ................................................................................ 13


+CLEAN FOR CHARITY+ IN TSUEN WAN ...................................................................................... 13


BOWLING CENTRE FOR TUEN MUN ...................................................................................................... 14


YOUNG PAINTERS WIN PRIZES ............................................................................................................ 14


TEMPORARY ROAD CLOSURE...................................................................................................................... 15


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1984


- 1 -


MINISTER TO HEAR FIRST HAND ABOUT HK 

ft * *


THE FORTHCOMING VISIT BY MR RICHARD LUCE, MINISTER OF STATE 

FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, WILL GIVE HIM A CHANCE OF 

HEARING AT FIRST HAND THE PRESENT STATE OF OPINION IN HONG KONG, 

THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, SAID TODAY.


SPEAKING TO REPORTERS AT THE AIRPORT ON HIS RETURN FROM PEKING 

AFTER ATTENDING ANOTHER TWO DAYS OF SINO-BRITISH TALKS ON THE 

FUTURE OF HONG KONG, SIR EDWARD SAID HE WOULD BE HOLDING DISCUSSIONS 

WITH MR LUCE OVER THE WEEKEND.


.HE WILL BE MEETING THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL AND MEMBERS OF THE 

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AND A LOT OF OTHER PEOPLE OVER THE NEXT TWO 

DAYS,* HE SAID.


.SIR RICHARD EVANS, BRITISH AMBASSADOR TO PEKING, IS COMING 

DOWN TOMORROW, AND HE*S NOW GOING TO STAY UNTIL MONDAY.


.SO HE WILL BE WITH US AT THE MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.


.THIS WILL GIVE ME, AND THE OTHER PEOPLE HERE, AND MR LUCE 

A VALUABLE OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW THE POSITION,. HE SAID.


ASKED TO COMMENT ON THE INTENTION TO INTRODUCE A MOTION IN THE 

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL FOR A DEBATE ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG BEFORE 

ANY FINAL AGREEMENT IS REACHED, THE GOVERNOR SAID THE UNOFFICIALS 

HAD SPOKEN TO HIM ABOUT IT.


.I MUST LEAVE IT !O THEM TO COMMENT ON THEIR MOTION,. HE SAID.


SIR EDWARD WAS MET AT THE AIRPORT BY THE CHIEF SECRETARY, 

SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE 

EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, SIR SZE-YUEN CHUNG, THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL 

KMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR ROGER LOBO, AND THE 

VICE CHIEF EDITOR OF THE XINHUA NEWS AGENCY (HONG KONG BRANCH), 

M? TAN GAN.


PLAN TO PROMOTE HK 

ft


AS ARBITRATION CENTRE 

ft ft ft


LEGISLATIVE AMENDMENTS ARE PROPOSED BY THE GOVERNMENT AIMED 

AT PROMOTING HONG KONG AS AN ARBITRATION CENTRE AND ENABLING ITS 

ARBITRAL PROCESS TO MEET COMMERCIAL EXPECTATIONS.


ONE OF THE SHORTCOMINGS IN THE PRESENT LAW IS THE ABSENCE OF 

A PROVISION TO APPOINT AN ARBITRATOR IN DEFAULT OF AN APPOINTMENT, 

OR A CONCURRENCE IN AN APPOINTMENT, BY ONE OF THE PARTIES OR AN 

ARBITRATOR.


IN SOME SITUATIONS, AN ARBITRATION MAY BE FRUSTRATED BECAUSE 

OF THE LACK OF SUCH POWER.


/UNDKB THE ................


FRIDAY, FJBRUW 24, 1964


- 2 -


UNDER THE ARBITRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 GAZETTED TODAY, 

A PARTY MAY SERVE A NOTICE TO APPOINT OR CONCUR AND, IN DEFAULT 

CF COMPLIANCE, ASK THE COURT TO MAKE THE APPOINTMENT, THEREBY 

RECTIFYING THE PRESENT SITUATION.


ANOTHER DEFICIENCY IN THE EXISTING ARBITRATION PROCESS RELATES 

TO THE LIMITATIONS UPON THE POWER pF THE ARBITRATOR TO AWARD 

INTEREST. ' 4


ACCORDING TO THE PRESENT LAW, INTEREST IS PAYABLE ON SUMS 

AWARDED IN ARBITRATION ONLY FROM THE DATE OF THE AWARD, AND NO 

MATTER HOW OVERDUE THE PAYMENT, THE ARBITRATOR HAS NO POWER TO 

AWARD INTEREST ON THE WHOLE OR PART OF THE SUMS DUE BEFORE THAT 

DATE.


THIS INADEQUACY IS SERIOUS SINCE ARBITRATION IS PARTICULARLY 

SUITABLE FOR DETERMINATION OF COMMERCIAL DISPUTES IN WHICH LARGE 

SUMS OF MONEY ARE OFTEN INVOLVED.


ALONG THE LINES OF THE ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE ACT 1982 

WHICH AMENDED THE ARBITRATION ACT 1950 IN THE UNITED KINGDOM, THIS 

BILL SEEKS TO CONFER ON AN ARBITRATOR THE POWER TO AWARD INTEREST, 

AT THE APPROPRIATE RATES FOR THE APPROPRIATE PERIOD, BOTH ON SUMS 

PAID BEFORE THE AWARD AS WELL AS ON SUMS FOUND DUE UNDER THE AWARD.


THE BILL WILL BE PRESENTED TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON 

MARCH 14 AND IS EXPECTED TO GO THROUGH ITS REMAINING LEGISLATIVE 

STAGES ON MAY 16.


ANYONE WHO WISHES TO COMMENT ON THE CONTENTS OF THE BILL MAY 

WRITE TO UMELCO AT SV RE HOUSE, 12TH FLOOR, OR TO THE ATTORNEY 

GENERAL'S CHAMBERS A CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, LOWER ALBERT ROAD, 

HONG KONG.


SEEKLNG VIEWS ON RURAL DEVELOPMENTS 

M * * M


THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR NEW TERRITORIES, MR IAN MACPHERSON, 

EXCHANGED VIEWS WITH VILLAGE REPRESENTATIVES OF SHA TAU KOK AND 

TA KWU LING ON DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS DURING A VISIT TO NORTH DISTRICT 

TODAY (FRIDAY).


ACCOMPANIED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR IAN WOTHERSPOON, 

H? MACPHERSON FIRST WENT TO SEE A NEW CROSS-BORDER ROAD IN SHA TAU 

KOK, WHERE CONSTRUCTION WORK HAS STARTED AND WILL BE COMPLETED BY 

THE END OF THE YEAR.


AFTER A MEETING WITH VILLAGE REPRESENTATIVES TO DISCUSS VARIOUS 

DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS, HE SAW THE FUTURE SITE FOR A TEMPORARY HOUSING 

AREA AND A SPORTING GROUND.


WORK ON THE PROJECT WILL BEGIN IN AUGUST AND IS SCHEDULED FOR 

COMPLETION IN 18 MONTHS’ TIME. THE TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA WILL 

ACCOMMODATE THE HUT-DWELLERS AT YIM LIU HA.


/AFTER SHA ................


FRLDA.Y, FEBBJJW 24, 19&4


- 3 -


AFTER SHA TAU KOK, MR MACPHERSON CALLED AT TA KWU LING RURAL 

COMMITTEE OFFICE AND HELD A BRIEF DISCUSSION WITH THE VILLAGE 

REPRESENTATIVES.


HE ASSURED THE MEMBERS THAT DESPITE RAPID DEVELOPMENTS IN 

NEW TOWNS, THE GOVERNMENT HAD NEVER FORGOTTEN THE REQUIREMENTS OF 

THE RURAL COMMUNITIES.


HE LATER INSPECTED TWO 

PROPOSED RURAL CENTRE.


POSSIBLE SITES AT TA KWU LING FOR A


THE DISTRICT OFFICE IS NOW CONSULTING OTHER GOVERNMENT 

DEPARTMENTS ON THE TYPES OF FACILITIES TO BE INCORPORATED IN 

THE RURAL CENTRE.


- - - - 0 ----------


NT SITES AVAILABLE FOR EXCHANGE 

* * * *


THE LANDS DEPARTMENT IS INVITING APPLICATIONS FROM REGISTERED 

OWNERS OF LAND EXCHANGE ENTITLEMENTS (LETTERS A AND B) FOR EIGHT 

SITES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.


FOUR OF THE SITES ARE IN YUEN LONG NEW TOWN AND OCCUPY AREAS 

CF ABOUT 999, 332, 806 AND 1 140 SQUARE METRES.


ALL ARE FOR NON-INDUSTRIAL, EXCLUDING GODOWN, DEVELOPMENT. 

THREE SITES ARE IN SHA TIN NEW TOWN.


THE LARGEST, ME UR ING ABOUT 6 690 SQUARE METRES, IS ALSO FOR 

NON-INDUSTRIAL, EXCLUDING GODOWN, DEVELOPMENT. ANOTHER, WITH AN 

AREA OF 2 670 SQUARE METRES, IS FOR NON-1NDUSTRI AL DEVELOPMENT.


X, THE THIRD, WHICH IS 5 588 SQUARE METRES IN AREA, IS FOR 

PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT.



THE REMAINING SITE IS IN TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN. IT MEASURES 

5 188 SQUARE METRES AND IS FOR NON-1NDUSTRI AL, EXCLUDING GODOWN, 

DEVELOPMENT.


THE CLOSING DATE FOR APPLICATIONS IS 12 NOON ON MARCH 23.


APPLICATION FORMS, NOTICES AND CONDITIONS OF GRANT MAY BE 

OBTAINED FROMi


M THE LANDS DEPARTMENT, MURRAY BUILDING, 5TH FLOOR, GARDEN 

ROAD, HONG KONG)


* DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, KOWLOON WEST, YAU MA TEI CAR PARK 

BUILDING, 10TH FLOOR, 250 SHANGHAI STREET, KOWLOON) AND

* THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICES OF SHA TIN, TUEN MUN, YUEN LONG, 

TSUEN WAN, TAI PO, NORTH, SAI KUNG AND ISLANDS.



SALE PLANS CAN ALSO BE INSPECTED AT THESE LOCATIONS.


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1984


- 4 -


CUSTOMS THANKED FOR ACTION ON FAKE GOODS 

* * * *


THE OWNER OF TWO WELL-KNOWN FASHIONWARE BRAND NAMES TODAY 

(FRIDAY) PRESENTED A SHIELD TO THE TRADE CONTROLS INVESTIGATION 

BRANCH (TCIB) OF THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT, IN APPRECIATION 

CF ITS SUCCESSFUL OPERATIONS AGAINST COUNTERFEIT GOODS BEARING THE 

COMPANY’S TRADE MARKS.


AT A CEREMONY AT THE TCIB HEADQUARTERS IN WAN CHAI, MR JOHN 

HOWARD, HEAD OF THE BRANCH, RECEIVED THE SOUVENIR FROM MR TOM CHAN, 

DEPUTY MANAGING DIRECTOR OF CROCODILE GARMENTS LTD.


MR HOWARD THANKED MR CHAN ON BEHALF OF THE DEPARTMENT, AND 

APPEALED TO TRADE MARK OWNERS TO GIVE TCIB CONTINUOUS SUPPORT IN 

THE FIGHT AGAINST COUNTERFEITING ACTIVITIES.


SINCE 1982 THE DEPARTMENT HAD ON 58 OCCASIONS SEIZED ABOUT 

$416 500 WORTH OF GARMENTS BEARING THE FORGED BRAND NAME OF THE 

COMPANY, MR HOWARD SAID.


FIFTY-FOUR CASES HAD BEEN PROSECUTED, FINES TOTALLING $245 900 

IMPOSED AND $176 556 WORTH OF GOODS FORFEITED.


THERE ARE STILL OUTSTANDING CASES PENDING PROSECUTION AND 

FORFEITURE PROCEEDINGS.


LAST YEAR, TCIB CARRIED OUT 234 OPERATIONS AGAINST 

COUNTERFEITERS OF FASHIONWARE AND SEIZED GOODS VALUED AT 

$11.8 MILLION.


PROSECUTIONS WEF ' TAKEN AGAINST 188 OF THESE CASES AND FINES 

TOTALLING $1.2 MILLION WERE IMPOSED. WITH ONE IMPRISONMENT SENTENCE 

SUSPENDED. IN ADDITION, MORE THAN $1.3 MILLION WORTH OF THE SEIZED 

GOODS WERE FORFEITED.


- - - - 0 ----------


FINNS TOLD TO DEVELOP HK MARKET


* * A *


FINNISH TRADERS WERE URGED TODAY BY THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE. 

. HAMISH MACLEOD TO DEVELOP FURTHER THE MARKET IN HONG KONG.


HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE FINLANDIA SHOWROOM, 

THE FIRST SHOWROOM OF FINNISH PRODUCTS IN HONG KONG.


.IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS, TRADE BETWEEN HONG KONG AND FINLAND 

INCREASED SIGNIFICANTLY, FROM HK$179 MILLION IN 1979 TO HK$433 

MILLION IN 1983,* SAID MR MACLEOD.


/he told .........


ranur, rmauw 24, 1984


HE TOLD A VISITING FINNISH TRADE MISSION HEADED BY AMBASSADOR 

PAULI OPAS, DIRECTOR GENERAL FOR COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS OF THE FOREIGN 

MINISTRY OF FINLAND THAT HONG KONG’S IMPORTS FROM FINLAND 

INCREASED BY 305 PER CENT FROM HKS41 MILLION IN 1979 TO HK$166 

MILLION IN 1983.


MR MACLEOD REITERATED THAT HONG KONG BEING A MAJOR MARKET 

WAS OPEN TO ALL WITHOUT TARIFFS, QUOTAS, OFFICIAL OR UNOFFICIAL 

BARRIERS. *WE ARE DEPENDENT ON TRADE, AND WE TAKE VERY SERIOUSLY 

OUR INTERNATIONAL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE GENERAL 

AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE,* MR MACLEOD REMARKED.


0 - -


NEW MAINS TO IMPROVE NORTH POINT WATER SUPPLY 

M * * * *


FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO AREAS OF NORTH POINT WILL BE IMPROVED 

WHEN MAINS LAYING WORK IS COMPLETED NEXT YEAR.


THE WORK INVOLVES LAYING ABOUT 1 100 METRES OF 450 MM AND 

fflO MM DIAMETER FRESH WATER MAINS ALONG TIN HAU TEMPLE AND FORTRESS 

HILL ROADS.


IT IS PART OF A SCHEME TO IMPROVE THE SUPPLY SITUATION IN 

LOW-LEVEL AREAS OF NORTH POINT DISTRICT.


WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN APRIL AND TAKE ABOUT 12 MONTHS 

TO COMPLETE.


THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE 

PROJECT. TENDERS MUST BE ADDRESSED TO THE CHAIRMAN, CENTRAL 

TENDER BOARD. AND PLACED IN THE SECRETARIAT TENDER BOX IN THE 

LIFT LOBBY ON THE LOWER GROUND FLOOR OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 

EAST WING, LOWER ALBERT ROAD, BEFORE 12 NOON ON FRIDAY, MARCH 16, 1984.


TENDER FORMS, SPECIFICATIONS AND FURTHER PARTICULARS MAY BE 

OBTAINED FROM THE OFFICE OF THE WATER AUTHORITY, LEIGHTON CENTRE, 

11TH FLOOR, 77 LEIGHTON ROAD, HONG KONG.


ONLY CONTRACTORS ON THE APPROVED CONTRACTORS FOR PUBLIC WORKSi 

BUILDING, CIVIL ENGINEERING AND WATER WORKS LIST 1 IN GROUPS A, B, 

OR C WILL BE PERMITTED TO TENDER.


- - 0 - -


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1984


6


NEW ROAD PLANNED FOR SHA TIN TERMINAL


*****


THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS PLANNING TO 

BUILD A 60J-METRE-LONG ROAD AT SHA TIN TO CONNECT WITH THE 

TEMPORARY INTERNATIONAL FERRY TERMINAL BUILDING WHICH IS NOW 

UNDER CONSTRUCTION.


THE ROAD WILL RUN FROM THE EXISTING TAI PO ROAD NEAR SHA 

TIN SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS TO THE FERRY TERMINAL AT MA LIU SHUI.


IT WILL BE BUILT LARGELY ON RECLAIMED LAND.


BESIDES THE ROAD, THE PROJECT WILL INCLUDE A BUS TERMINUS 

TO BE BUILT CLOSE TO THE TERMINAL BUILDING.


THE FERRY TERMINAL PROJECT IS INTENDED TO ENHANCE CROSS- 

BORDER FACILITIES AND WILL INCLUDE COMPREHENSIVE CUSTOMS AND 

IMMIGRATION ARRANGEMENTS TO ALLOW PEOPLE TO VISIT THE MIRS BAY 

RESORTS AT DAI MEI SHA AND XIAO MEI SHA, SHENZHEN.


IT WILL COST 14.2 MILLION AND BE READY BY THE MIDDLE OF 

THIS YEAR.


THE ROAD AND TERMINUS PLAN CAN BE INSPECTED AT THE CENTRAL 

ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE OF CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, 

tENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, MAIN ENTRANCE LOBBY, WEST WINGs 

AT SHA TIN DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, 2, TUNG LO WAN HILL ROAD, 

SHA TINi OR AT SHA TIN DISTRICT OFFICE, 6TH FLOOR, KCR HOUSE, 

SHA TIN STATION, BETWEEN 9 AM AND 4.30 PM FROM MONDAY TO FRIDAY 

AND 9 AM TO 12 NOON ON SATURDAY.


OBJECTIONS SHOULD ,E SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE SECRETARY 

FOR LANDS AND WORKS B\ APRIL 24.


TSUEN WAN BYPASS TO HAVE NEW ROADS 

* * * *


NEW ROADS TOTALLING 1.5 KILOMETRES IN LENGTH WILL BE BUILT 

ON RECENTLY-RECLAIMED LAND IN TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN NEAR THE CARGO 

WORKING AREA.


THEY WILL SERVE DEVELOPMENT AREAS IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD AND 

PROVIDE AN ESSENTIAL LINK WITH STAGE II OF THE TSUEN WAN BYPASS 

PROJECT AND THE EXISTING ROAD NETWORK.


THE SECOND STAGE OF TSUEN WAN BYPASS, NOW UNDER CONSTRUCTION, 

IS AN ELEVATED ROAD RUNNING FROM TEXACO ROAD TO TUEN MUN ROAD.


IT IS EXPECTED TO BE FULLY COMPLETED IN THE FIRST HALF OF NEXT 

YEAR AND TO PROVIDE A MUCH-NEEDED THROUGH ROUTE FOR TRAFFIC TO 

TUEN MUN AND THE NORTH-WESTERN NEW TERRITORIES.


/the peeshjt..........


raiDAY, FEBHDABY ^4, 1964


- 7 -


THE PRESENT PROJECT, WHICH ALSO INCLUDES CONSTRUCTION OF 

DRAINAGE WORKS, WILL START IN MAY.


IT WILL BE COMPLETED IN READINESS FOR THE BYPASS OPENING.


A PLAN SHOWING THE PROPOSED WORKS CAN BE SEEN AT THE CENTRAL 

AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, CENTRAL ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL 

GOVERNMENT OFFICES (WEST WING), MAIN ENTRANCE LOBBYi DISTRICT LANDS 

OFFICE (TSUEN WAN), TSUEN WAN STATION MULTI-STOREY CARPARK 1OTH 

FLOOR 174-208, CASTLE PEAK ROADi AND TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICE, 

FOU WAH CENTRE, 2ND FLOOR, 210 CASTLE PEAK ROAD.


ANY OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL MUST BE IN WRITING TO THE 

SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS BEFORE APRIL 24.


---------o - - - -


LOCAL SPEEDPOST SPREADS 

ft * ft *


FROM THURSDAY (MARCH 1), THE SPEEDPOST PICK-UP SERVICE 

PREVIOUSLY ONLY AVAILABLE TO CUSTOMERS IN THE CENTRAL AND EASTERN 

PARTS OF THE ISLAND AND SOUTH OF JORDAN ROAD ON KOWLOON PENINSULA, 

WILL BE EXTENDED TO COVER THE ENTIRE AREA OF HONG KONG ISLAND, 

KOWLOON AND TSUEN WAN.


TO USE THE SERVICE, CUSTOMERS HAVE ONLY TO MAINTAIN A DEPOSIT 

ACCOUNT WITH THE POST OFFICE FOR THE SETTLEMENT OF POSTAGE. THEY 

CAN THEN TELEPHONE THE POST OFFICE TO HAVE THEIR SPEEDPOST ITEM 

PICKED UP FROM THEIR DEMISES AT NO EXTRA CHARGE.


FURTHER INFORMA. ON ON THIS FACILITY AND THE SPEEDPOST SERVICE 

MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE POSTAL SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES ON 5-2671108.


----------0------------


A BETTER PICTURE OF CPI MOVEMENTS 

ft ft ft ft


COMPARISON OF THE AVERAGE CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES FOR THE 12 

MONTHS ENDED JANUARY THIS YEAR WITH THOSE FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 

JANUARY 1983, SHOWS INCREASES OF 10.4 PER CENT FOR THE A INDEX 

AND 9.9 PER CENT FOR THE B INDEX, SAID THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS 

DEPARTMENT TODAY.


REPORTS THIS WEEK HAVE QUOTED FIGURES SHOWING THE PERCENTAGE 

CHANGE FOR THE TWO INDEXES, BUT COMPARING THE SINGLE MONTH OF 

JANUARY 1984 WITH JANUARY 1983. THIS APPROACH GIVES FIGURES OF 

12.6 PER CENT AND 11.9 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.


HOWEVER, SAID A SPOKESMAN, COMPARISON OF THE 12-MONTH 

AVERAGE FIGURES WAS MUCH MORE APPROPRIATE IN ASSESSING LONGER 

TERM MOVEMENTS IN THE TWO INDEXES THAN COMPARISON OF TWO 

PARTICULAR MONTHS.


o


/8................


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1984


8


SCHOOL DENTAL CLINIC TO BE EXTENDED 

M * *


THE SCHOOL CHILDREN’S DENTAL CLINIC AT ARGYLE STREET, KOWLOON, 

WILL BE EXTENDED TO DOUBLE EXISTING SERVICES THERE.


fHE PROJECT INVOLVES CONSTRUCTING ON THE EXISTING BUILDING 

TH?*E ADDITIONAL FLOORS WITH A TOTAL AREA OF 3 300 SQUARE METRES.


THESE WILL PROVIDE A FURTHER 30 TREATMENT SPACES, TWO DENTAL 

SUITES RND AN X-RAY SECTION.


IN ADDITION, THERE WILL BE AN ORAL HEALTH EDUCATION UNIT WITH 

LECTURE ROOM, AN EXHIBITION HALL, A DEMONSTRATION ROOM AND AN ORAL 

.ALTH CLINIC.


WORK ON THE EXTENSION WILL START IN APRIL AND TAKE 14 MONTHS 

TO COMPLETE.


THE EXISTING CLINIC, WHICH IS A TWO-STOREY STRUCTURE, WAS 

COMPLETED TWO YEARS AGO.


WHILE THE EXTENSION IS BEING BUILT, IT WILL REMAIN OPEN TO 

AVOID INTERRUPTIONS TO SERVICES.


TENDERS FOR BUILDING THE EXTENSION ARE BEING INVITED BY THE 

ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.


- - 0 - -


POSTER DI IGN CONTEST WINNERS GET PRIZES 

* * *


A TOTAL OF $13 500 IN CASH PRIZES WAS AWARDED TODAY TO WINNERS 

OF THE 16TH ANNUAL INDUSTRIAL SAFETY POSTER DESIGN COMPETITION 

ORGANISED BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT.


STUDENTS FROM THE LEE WAI LEE TECHNICAL INSTITUTE AND THE 

FEW METHOD COLLEGE WON TOP HONOURS IN THE CONTEST.


TAM WAI-YIP OF NEW METHOD COLLEGE, WINNER OF SECTION +A+, 

WAS AWARDED A CASH COUPON OF $1 500 WHILE CHEUNG SEK-KIN OF LEE 

WAI LEE TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, WINNER OF SECTION WAS AWARDED 

A CASH COUPON OF S3 000.


THE PRIZES WERE PRESENTED BY MR K.Y. TONGSON, A MEMBER OF 

THE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION COMMITTEE, AT A 

CEREMONY HELD AT THE COMMUNITY CENTRE OF TELFORD GARDENS, KOWLOON 

BAY, TODAY (FRIDAY).


IN ADDITION TO THE WINNERS, 10 ENTRIES EACH FROM *A+ AND 

.B+ SECTIONS WERE AWARDED CONSOLATION PRIZES OF CASH COUPONS OF 

$300 AND $600 RESPECTIVELY.


/the competition


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1984


THE COMPETITION WAS DIVIDED INTO TWO SECTIONS — *A* SECTION 

FOR STUDENTS OF SECONDARY SCHOOLS AND TECHNICAL SCHOOLS, AND 

.B+ SECTION FOR POST-SECONDARY COLLEGES AND VOCATIONAL INSTITUTES.


MORE THAN 600 ENTRIES FROM 71 SCHOOLS WERE SUBMITTED AND 

THE ADJUDICATION WAS HELD LAST WEEK.


THE PANEL OF JUDGES INCLUDED REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE 

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN OF THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC, THE CULTURAL 

CRAFTS CENTRE OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, THE DESIGN DEPARTMENT 

CF LEE WAI LEE TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, THE CREATIVE SUB-DIVISION 

OF THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES AND THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT.


- - - - 0------------


LABOUR LAW OFFENDERS FINED 

* * * *


A TOTAL OF 585 PROSECUTIONS FOR BREACHES OF LABOUR LAWS 

TAKEN OUT BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT RESULTED IN CONVICTIONS BY THE 

COURTS LAST (JANUARY) MONTH, WITH FINES IMPOSED AMOUNTING TO MORE 

THAN $569 000.


MOST OF THE CASES CONCERNED BREACHES OF THE FACTORIES AND 

INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS ORDINANCE AND ITS VARIOUS SUBSIDIARY 

REGULATIONS, THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE AND THE WOMEN AND YOUNG 

PERSONS (INDUSTRY) REGULATIONS.


CASES CONCERNING VIOLATIONS OF SAFETY REGULATIONS TOTALLED 

163, WITH $289 800 IN FINES. THESE INCLUDED 64 CASES (WITH 

‧98 500 IN FINES) FOR BREACH OF THE FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL 

UNDERTAKINGS (GUARDING AND OPERATION OF MACHINERY) REGULATIONS 

AND 44 CASES (WITH $122 450 IN FINES) FOR BREACH OF THE CONSTRUCTION 

SITES (SAFETY) REGULATIONS.


CASES RELATING TO BREACHES OF THE WOMEN AND YOUNG PERSONS 

(INDUSTRY) REGULATIONS ACCOUNTED FOR 333, WITH $197 350 IN FINES.


OF THE OTHER PROSECUTIONS, 5 CASES WERE RELATED TO FAILURE 

TO KEEP RECORDS OF EMPLOYEES, LEADING TO $3 150 IN FINES.


------------0 ------------


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1984


10


HONG KONG CLIMATOLOGICAL TABLES OFFERED FREE 

*****


A SET OF TABLES GIVING INFORMATION ON CLIMATOLOGICAL CONDITIONS 

IN HONG KONG IS NOW AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION TO INTERESTED MEMBERS 

CF THE PUBLIC, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY SAID TODAY.


MEAN AND EXTREME VALUES OF PRESSURE. TEMPERATURE, WIND, 

RELATIVE HUMIDITY AND RAINFALL ARE TABULATED. INFORMATION IS 

ALSO GIVEN ON THUNDERSTORMS, FOG, SOLAR RADIATION, EVAPORATION, 

SEA SURFACE TEMPERATURE, TROPICAL CYCLONE AND STRONG MONSOON 

SIGNALS. THESE TABLES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE IN CHINESE FOR THE 

FIRST TIME.


THE TABLES MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY 

HEADQUARTERS LIBRARY, 134A NATHAN ROAD EITHER IN PERSON OR BY 

WRITTEN REQUEST WITH SELF-ADDRESSED RETURN ENVELOPE (WITH 

40-CENT STAMP FOR LOCAL MAIL), HE SAID.


------------0------------


NOTED RECORDER PLAYER HOLDING WORKSHOPS


* * * *


PRIMARY OR SECONDARY SCHOOLS MUSIC TEACHERS ARE INVITED TO 

APPLY TO ATTEND TWO WORKSHOPS ON RECORDER PLAYING TO BE HELD BETWEEN 

APRIL 9 AND 12.


THE WORKSHOPS ARE JOINTLY PRESENTED BY THE MUSIC SECTION OF THE 

EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG SCHOOLS MUSIC AND SPEECH 

ASSOCIATION.


THEY WILL BE CONDUCTED BY MR STEVE ROSENBERG, AN INTERNATIONALLY 

RENOWNED RECORDER PLAYER WHO HAS BEEN INVITED TO ADJUDICATE RECORDER 

CLASSES OF THIS YEAR’S HONG KONG SCHOOLS MUSIC FESTIVAL.


THE WORKSHOPS, WILL BE CONDUCTED IN ENGLISH, AND WILL BE HELD 

AT THE HONG KONG SCHOOLS MUSIC AND SPEECH ASSOCIATION AT 54 JAFFE 

ROAD, 4TH FLOOR, KAM CHUNG BUILDING, WAN CHAI, HONG KONG.


TEACHERS WHO WISH TO ATTEND THE WORKSHOPS SHOULD SUBMIT 

APPLICATION FORMS TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE SECRETARY OF THE HONG KONG 

SCHOOLS MUSIC AND SPEECH ASSOCIATION AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS ON OR 

BEFORE MARCH 9.


ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE AT THE MUSIC SECTION, ADVISORY 

INSPECTORATE, ON TEL. 5-8392430.


------------0------------


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1984


11


NEW FIRE STATION FOR KOWLOON BAY 

M M M M


A FIRE STATION WILL BE BUILT ON A 3 OOO-SQUARE-METRE SITE AT 

KOWLOON BAY.


IT WILL HAVE AN APPLIANCE ROOM FOR 10 ENGINES, DUTY AND 

SERVICE ROOMS, A COMMUNICATIONS ROOM, OFFICES, LECTURE ROOMS, 

A CANTEEN, A RECREATION ROOM AND A BARRACKS.


A DRILL YARD AND DRILL TOWER WILL ALSO BE PROVIDED.


THE FIRE STATION WHICH WILL BE THREE STOREYS HIGH WILL PROVIDE 

COVER TO EAST KOWLOON, PARTICULARLY TO THE KOWLOON BAY RECLAMATION.


TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT ARE BEING INVITED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL 

OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.


WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN APRIL AND TAKE 10 MONTHS TO 

COMPLETE.


------------o - - - -


NOTE TO EDITORS*


VARIETY SHOW FOR RESIDENTS, WORKERS 

M * M M


RESIDENTS AND WORKERS OF KWUN TONG DISTRICT WILL BE ENTERTAINED 

TO A VARIETY SHOW FEATURING LOCAL SINGERS AND ARTISTES TANG YING-MAN, 

HAPPY CHAN HOI-SUM, PANG KIN-SUN, LEE LUNG-KEI, YEUNG SIU-CHING, RITA 

CARPIO, LUI FONG AND CHIANG HING-LUNG.


THE SHOW WILL BE HELD AT THE MAIN SQUARE OF TELFORD GARDENS, 

KOWLOON BAY, AT 3 PM ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 26).


THE SHOW WILL BE STAGED BY THE GIS MOBILE STREET THEATRE TO 

MARK THE CLOSING OF +SAFETY EXTRAVAGANZA*. AN INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 

EXHIBITION JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT AND THE KWUN 

TONG DISTRICT BOARD.


.SAFETY EXTRAVAGANZA*, A 15-MINUTE SLIDE SHOW WHICH IS A MAJOR 

ITEM OF THE EXHIBITION, HAS ATTRACTED MANY STUDENTS FROM NEARBY 

SCHOOLS AND WORKERS FROM THE DISTRICT WHILE A SPECIAL COMPUTERISED 

GAME BOOTH WAS PARTICULARLY POPULAR WHICH CHILDREN.


VISITORS TO THE EXHIBITION WILL BE ABLE TO PARTICIPATE IN A 

DRAW WITH ATTRACTIVE PRIZES. THE LUCKY NUMBERS WILL BE DRAWN BY 

DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS AT THE VARIETY SHOW.


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE EVENT.


-----------o - - - -


/12 ................


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1984


- 12 -


YUEN LONG AND TUEN MUN WIN TENNIS COMPETITION 

* * * M


PLAYERS FROM YUEN LONG AND TUEN MUN WON THE MEN'S AND WOMEN'S 

SECTIONS IN THIS YEAR'S NEW TERRITORIES INTER-DISTRICT TENNIS 

LEAGUE,


THE LEAGUE, IN ITS THIRD YEAR, WAS SPONSORED BY THE TSUEN WAN 

DISTRICT BOARD AND ORGANISED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES INTER-DISTRICT 

SPORTS COMPETITION CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE AND THE NT INTER-DISTRICT 

TENNIS LEAGUE ORGANISING COMMITTEE.


MORE THAN 1OO PLAYERS FROM THE EIGHT NT DISTRICTS TOOK PART IN 

A SERIES OF MATCHES HELD OVER THE PAST TWO MONTHS.


THE DEPUTY REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR PETER 

NG, WILL PRESENT MEDALS AND TROPHIES TO THE WINNING TEAMS AT A 

CEREMONY AT 11.30 AM ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 26) AT THE TSUEN KING 

CIRCUIT PLAYGROUND.


AN INVITATION MATCH BETWEEN PLAYERS FROM VARIOUS NT DISTRICTS 

WILL PRECEED THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY.


THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT COMMISSIONER, MR ADOLF HSU) THE 

CHAIRMAN OF THE COMPETITION'S CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE, MR DAVID 

CH IUI AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE ORGANISING COMMITTEE, MR CHAU HOW- 

CHEN, WILL ALSO ATTEND THE CEREMONY.


NOTE TO EDITORSi


MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE PRIZE 

PRESENTATION OF THE THIRD NT INTER-DISTRICT TENNIS LEAGUE 

AT 11.30 AM ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 26) AT THE TSUEN KING CIRCUIT 

PLAYGROUND IN TSUEN WAN.


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1984


13


NOTE TO EDITORS*


CERTIFICATES FOR VOLUNTEER WORKERS


* * M *


THIRTY PEOPLE WHO HAVE HELPED THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S 

PROBATION STAFF IN REHABILITATING PROBATIONERS WILL BE THANKED FOR 

THEIR VOLUNTARY EFFORTS AT A CEREMONY TOMORROW (SATURDAY).


IN RECOGNITION OF THEIR SERVICE, THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL 

WELFARE, MR JOHN CHAMBERS, WILL PRESENT EACH VOLUNTEER WITH A 

CERTIFICATE OF APPRECIATION AT THE CEREMONY.


THE VOLUNTEERS HAVE ALL COMPLETED A SIX-MONTH ASSIGNMENT TO 

HELP PEOPLE ON PROBATION UNDER THE DEPARTMENT’S VOLUNTEER SCHEME 

FOR PROBATIONERS.


ALSO ATTENDING THE CEREMONY WILL BE A NUMBER OF JUDGES AND 

MAGISTRATES.


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY, WHICH 

WILL BE HELD AT THE MING ROOM, AMBASSADOR HOTEL, 16TH FLOOR, 

TSIM SHA TSUI, AT 2.30 PM.


----o - - - -


.CLEAN FOR CHARITY* IN TSUEN WAN


Ut


MORE THAN 200 VOLUNTEERS FROM 17 LOCAL ORGANISATIONS, MUTUAL 

AID COMMITTEES AND OWNERS’ INCORPORATIONS IN TSUEN WAN WILL TAKE 

PART IN A .CLEAN FOR CHARITY* OPERATION AT THE SHING MUN COUNTRY 

PARK ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 26) MORNING.


THEY WILL HELP CLEAN THE PARK AND AT THE SAME TIME RAISE FUNDS 

FOR THE COMMUNITY CHEST.


THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICER, MISS ELAINE CHUNG, WILL 

OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY AT 10 AM.


THE OPERATION IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT 

OFFICE, THE +CLEAN FOR CHARITY* ORGANISING COMMITTEE, AND THE 

COMMUNITY CHEST.


NOTE TO EDITORS*


MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE +CLEAN FOR 

CHARITY* OPERATION STARTING AT 10 AM ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 26) AT 

THE SHING MUN COUNTRY PARK IN TSUEN WAN.


A GOVERNMENT VEHICLE, AM 2415, WILL LEAVE THE CAR PARK OUTSIDE 

FOU WAH CENTRE, 210 CASTLE PEAK ROAD, TSUEN WAN AT 9.30 AM SHARP 

FOR THE COUNTRY PARK.


------------0------------


/14................


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1984


NOTE TO EDITORSi


BOWLING CENTRE FOR TUEN MUN 

M * * *


THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, MR DAVID AKERS- 

JONES, WILL OPEN A BOWLING CENTRE AT THE YAN 01 TONG COMMUNITY 

AND INDOOR SPORTS CENTRE IN TUEN MUN AT 6.30 PM TOMORROW 

(SATURDAY).


ALSO ATTENDING THE CEREMONY WILL BE THE DISTRICT OFFICER, 

W RICKY FUNGj THE CHAIRMAN OF HEUNG YEE KUK, MR LAU WONG-FAT; 

CHAIRMAN OF YAN 01 TONG, MR YIP HING-CHUNG; AND A MEMBER OF THE 

YAN 01 TONG ADVISORY BOARD, MR CHAN YAT-SUN.


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE OPENING CEREMONY.


YOUNG PAINTERS WIN PRIZES


* * M *


WINNERS OF AN EASTERN DISTRICT CHILDREN PAINTING COMPETITION 

WILL RECEIVE THEIR PRIZES ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 26).


SOME 370 PAINTINGS WERE RECEIVED FROM 32 LOCAL SCHOOLS WHICH 

TOOK PART IN THE COMPETITION HELD EARLIER THIS MONTH.


THE COMPETITION WAS DIVIDED INTO THREE AGE GROUPS; FOR FOUR 

TO SEVEN, EIGHT TO 11, AND 12 TO 1$.


NINE WINNERS - THREE FROM EACH GROUP - WILL BE AWARDED PRIZES 

AND THERE WILL ALSO BE 10 CONSOLATION PRIZES FOR EACH GROUP.


THE EASTERN DISTR ICT OFFICER, MR LUI HAU-TUEN, AND DISTRICT 

BOARD AND AREA COMMITTEES’ MEMBERS WILL OFFICIATE AT THE CEREMONY.


THE COMPETITION WAS ORGANISED BY THE CAUSEWAY BAY KAIFONG 

WELFARE ADVANCEMENT ASSOCIATION, AND SPONSORED BY THE LOCAL 

DISTRICT BOARD.


NOTE TO EDITORSi


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE PRIZE-PRESENTATION OF THE 

EASTERN DISTRICT CHILDREN PAINTING COMPETITION AT 11 AM ON SUNDAY 

(FEBRUARY 26) IN THE VICTORIA KINDERGARTEN AT 32-36 HING FAT 

STREET, CAUSEWAY BAY.


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1984


15


TEMPORARY ROAD CLOSURE 

* * * *


TSI NG WUN ROAD IN TUEN MUN WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC BETWEEN 

1.30 AM AND 5.30 AM ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 26) TO FACILITATE 

CONSTRUCTION WORK.


DURING THE CLOSURE, TRAFFIC WILL BE DIVERTED VIA PUI TO ROAD, 

TUEN MUN HEUNG SZE WUI ROAD AND STAGE 1 OF ROAD P3.


----o----


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE NO.


VISIT TO HK VERY IMPORTANT - LUCE................................................................................... 1


SIR RICHARD EVANS ARRIVES ............................................................................................................ 1


MORE VOLUNTEER HELP SOUGHT FOR PROBATIONERS ................................................... 2


CHINA WATER PIPELINE WORK STARTS NOVEMBER .......................................................... 3


TRANSFER OF PRISONERS PLAN SUPPORTED .......................................................................... 3


RIMINDER ABOUT NEW I.D. CARDS ................................................................................................ 5


RESIDENTS TO GET AWARDS FOR FIGHTING CRIME....................................................... 6


CHILDREN'S CHOIR STAGES FIRST PUBLIC CONCERT ................................................ 7


RECREATIONAL PROJECTS IN TUEN MUN UNDERWAY ....................................................... 7


PROJECT SEEKS MORE CHANCE FOR DISABLED ................................................................... 8


KEEPING CHEUNG CHaU FREE FROM REFUSE .......................................................................... 9


SCHEME TO KEEP BUILDINGS CLEAN ............................................................................................. 9


SEMINAR ON THE USE OF LANGUAGE TEACHING AID.................................................... 10


BUS TERMINUS TO GET PUBLIC TOILET ................................................................................... 11


SECTION OF DEEP WAT. JR BAY ROaD BEING IMPROVED ............................................. 11


TUNNEL SLOW LANE TO BE REPAIRED ......................................................................................... 12


RESTRICTED HEADROOM ............................................................................................................................... 12


CLEaRWAY RESTRICTION........................................................................................................................... 12


SALT WaTER WORKS


12


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1984


1


VISIT TO HK VERY IMPORTANT - LUCE 

* * * *


THE MINISTER OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, 

ffi RICHARD LUCE, SAID TODAY THAT THE PRIME MINISTER, 

WS MARGARET THATCHER, THE FOREIGN SECRETARY, SIR GEOFFREY HOWE, 

THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, AND HE HIMSELF VALUE PERSONAL 

CONTACT AND THE CLOSEST POSSIBLE CONSULTATION WITH THE LEADERS OF 

THE HONG KONG COMMUNITY.


SPEAKING TO REPORTERS AT THE AIRPORT ON HIS ARRIVAL, MR LUCE 

SAID HIS VISIT TO HONG KONG IS A VERY IMPORTANT PART OF HIS TRIP 

TO THE FAR EAST.


HE POINTED OUT THAT AS MINISTER OF STATE RESPONSIBLE FOR 

HONG KONG, HE LIKES TO PAY REGULAR VISITS TO THE TERRITORY.


. I'VE JUST COME THIS MORNING FROM BRUNEI, WHERE I'VE BEEN 

ACCOMPANYING HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES WHO JOINED 

THE CELEBRATIONS FOR THE FIRST NATIONAL DAY IN BRUNEI, HE SAID.

*



MR LUCE SAID HE HAS COME TO HONG KONG AT A VERY IMPORTANT 

TIME IN ITS HISTORY.


. I AM VERY GLAD INDEED TO JOIN THE GOVERNOR, AND INDEED THE 

PEOPLE OF HONG KONG, ONCE AGAIN.

. AND I AM VERY GLAD THAT LIKE LAST TIME, THE BRITISH AMBASSADOR 

IN PEKING IS COMING DOWN SO THAT WE CAN HAVE DISCUSSIONS.

. I SHALL LOOK FC WARD TO HAVING CONTACT WITH A CROSS SECTION 

CF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG.+ HE SAID.



MR LUCE WAS MET ON ARRIVAL AT THE AIRPORT BY THE GOVERNOR, 

SIR EDWARD YOUDE.


- - 0 - -


SIR RICHARD EVANS ARRIVES 

* * *


THE BRITISH AMBASSADOR TO PEKING, SIR RICHARD EVANS, ARRIVED 

IN HONG KONG TODAY FOR CONSULTATIONS WITH MR RICHARD LUCE. MINIST 

^DSIn^on05J25E,GM AMD COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, AND THE GOVERNOR, 51K tuwAKU YOUDE‧


SIR RICHARD WAS MET AT THE AIRPORT BY THE GOVERNOR’S AIDE- 

DE-CAMP, MR PAUL CROFT.


- - 0 - -


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25/ 1984


2


MORE VOLUNTEER HELP SOUGHT FOR PROBATIONERS 

M M *


MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC HAVE AN IMPORTANT ROLE TO PLAY IN HELPING 

TO REHABILITATE OFFENDERS, THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR JOHN 

CHAMBERS, SAID TODAY (SATURDAY).


SPEAKING AT A PRESENTATION CEREMONY OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE 

DEPARTMENT’S VOLUNTEER SCHEME FOR PROBATIONERS, HE SAID THE SOCIAL 

WORKERS COULD NOT OPERATE IN A VACUUM AND CALLED ON MEMBERS OF 

THE COMMUNITY TO ASSIST PROBATION OFFICERS BY BEFRIENDING, HELPING 

AND ADVISING PROBATIONERS ON A PERSONAL BASIS.


BUT HE STRESSED THAT THE MATCHING OF A VOLUNTEER AND A 

PROBATIONER +SHOULD BE DONE WITH CARE TO ENSURE SUCCESS.+


THE DEPARTMENT PROVIDED A PROGRAMME OF SERVICES FOR THE 

OFFENDERS CONSISTING OF PROBATION, RESIDENTIAL TRAINING AND 

AFTER-CARE SERVICES.


HE SAID THE PROBATION ARRANGEMENT SEEMED TO WORK WELL. LAST 

YEAR ABOUT 86 PER CENT OF THE PROBATIONERS COMPLETED THEIR PERIODS 

OF SUPERVISION WITHOUT COMMITTING ANY BREACH OF THE CONDITIONS OR 

COMMITTING FRESH OFFENCES.


.OVER THE YEARS SINCE THE SCHEME STARTED, SOME 140 VOLUNTEERS 

HAVE TAKEN PART IN IT.+


RECORDS SHOW THAT A NUMBER OF THEM HAVE SERVED MORE THAN ONE 

TIME, WITH A FEW MORE HAN TWO TIMES.


MR CHAMBERS SAID HIS DEPARTMENT PROVIDED TWO MAIN TYPES OF 

SERVICES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE - PREVENTIVE AND REMEDIAL.


THE FIRST TYPE IS TO ENABLE YOUNG PEOPLE TO DEVELOP INTO 

MATURE AND RESPONSIBLE MEMBERS OF SOCIETY BY FOSTERING THE 

DEVELOPMENT OF THEIR PERSONALITY, CHARACTER AND SENSE OF CIVIC 

RESPONSIBILITY.


THE SECOND TYPE WHICH IS AIMED AT THE OFFENDERS, IS INTENDED 

TO RE-INTEGRATE THEM INTO THE COMMUNITY.


MR CHAMBERS THANKED THE 30 VOLUNTEERS WHO RECEIVED CERTIFICATES 

OF APPRECIATION TODAY FOR THEIR WORK, WHICH HE DESCRIBED AS +AN 

IMPORTANT JOB*.


HE EXPRESSED THE HOPE THAT THEY DERIVED SATISFACTION FROM BEING 

ABLE TO HELP SOME OF THE LESS FORTUNATE FELLOW-CITIZENS.


.YOUR CONTRIBUTION DOES HELP US TO MAKE THE BEST USE OF OUR 

LIMITED RESOURCES OF TRAINED SOCIAL WORKERS,. HE SAID.


TO THOSE ATTENDING THE CEREMONY, INCLUDING JUDGES AND 

MAGISTRATES. HE SAIDt .WE ARE VERY CONSCIOUS OF THE NEED FOR OUR 

PROBATION SERVICE TO PLAY A SMALL PART IN THE ADMINISTRATION OF 

JUSTICE IN HONG KONG, AND WE MAINTAIN A CLOSE WORKING RELATIONSHIP 

WITH THE JUDICIARY IN CONNECTION WITH OUR STATUTORY AND OTHER 

RESPONSIBILITIES IN THIS AREA.+ 

---------------o-------------


/ /?................


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1984


3


CHINA WATER PIPELINE WORK STARTS NOVEMBER 

ft ft ft


A SUBMARINE PIPELINE IS TO BE LAID ACROSS TOLO CHANNEL IN 

CONNECTION WITH THE $1.75 BILLION SCHEME TO INCREASE WATER 

SUPPLY FROM CHINA.


THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT IS INVITING PRE-QUALIFIED 

CONTRACTORS TO TENDER FOR THE WORK, WHICH WILL START IN NOVEMBER 

AND TAKE TWO YEARS TO COMPLETE.


THE TWO-METRE DIAMETER PIPELINE WILL BE LAID FROM HARBOUR 

ISLAND TO SAI 0, A DISTANCE OF 2.4 KILOMETRES.


THE SCHEME TO INCREASE WATER SUPPLY FROM CHINA IS BEING 

CARRIED OUT IN THREE STAGES UP TO 1992.


THE SUBMARINE PIPELINE PROJECT IS IN STAGE II, WHICH, 

AT $725 MILLION IS THE MOST COSTLY.


OTHER PROJECTS IN THIS STAGE INCLUDE CONSTRUCTING NEW PUMPING 

STATIONS AT PLOVER COVE AND AN AQUEDUCT BETWEEN PLOVER COVE 

RESERVOIR AND PAK KONG WHICH WILL SUPPLY ADDITIONAL WATER TO JUNK 

BAY NEW TOWN, SAI KUNG AND EASTERN AREAS OF KOWLOON AND HONG KONG.


TENDERS ARE BEING INVITED FROM A LIST OF PRE-QUALIFIED 

CONTRACTORS.


CONTRACTORS ON TIE LISTS WHO ARE INTERESTED SHOULD WRITE TO 

THE CHIEF ENGINEER, .-.SOURCES DEVELOPMENT, WATER SUPPLIES 

DEPARTMENT, LEIGHTON CENTRE, 12/F., 77 LEIGHTON ROAD. HONG KONG, 

AS SOON AS POSSIBLE FOR DETAILS SO THAT THEY CAN SUBMIT THEIR 

APPLICATION FOR INCLUSION IN THE LIST OF SELECTED TENDERERS.


------------0------------


TRANSFER OF PRISONERS PLAN SUPPORTED 

ft ft ft


THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT HAS AGREED IN PRINCIPLE TO PARTICIPATE 

IN THE COUNCIL OF EUROPE CONVENTION ON THE TRANSFER OF SENTENCED 

PERSONS AND ANY SIMILAR BILATERAL AGREEMENTS TO WHICH THE BRITISH 

GOVERNMENT MAY BECOME A PARTY.


THE CONVENTION WAS SIGNED BY THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT IN AUGUST 

LAST YEAR.


THIS MEANS THAT IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES PRISONERS OF FOREIGN 

NATIONALITY SENTENCED IN HONG KONG MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO THEIR HOME 

COUNTRIES TO SERVE THEIR SENTENCES AND THAT HONG KONG RESIDENTS 

SERVING SENTENCES ABROAD MAY BE RETURNED TO HONG KONG.


/A SECURITY ................


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1984 -


4


A SECURITY BRANCH SPOKESMAN STRESSED TODAY THAT THE CONSENT OF 

THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT WOULD BE REQUIRED BEFORE ANY TRANSFERS 

COULD TAKE PLACE. EACH CASE WOULD BE CONSIDERED ON ITS MERITS BY 

THE GOVERNOR, WHO WOULD CONSULT THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL AS NECESSARY.


LEGISLATION IS NOW BEING INTRODUCED IN THE UNITED KINGDOM TO 

ENABLE THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT TO RATIFY THE CONVENTION AND TO 

CONCLUDE SIMILAR ARRANGEMENTS WITH OTHER COUNTRIES.


THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT DETAILS OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AND 

FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS WERE BEING WORKED OUT IN CONSULTATION WITH 

THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT. THIS IS LIKELY TO TAKE SOME TIME AND IT 

IS NOT EXPECTED THAT ANY TRANSFERS WILL BE EFFECTED UNTIL THE END 

OF THE YEAR AT THE EARLIEST.


THE CONVENTION IS BASED ON HUMANITARIAN CONSIDERATIONS AND 

TAKES ACCOUNT OF MODERN TRENDS IN CRIME AND PENAL POLICY. IN ASIA, 

AS IN EUROPE, IMPROVED MEANS OF TRANSPORT AND COMMUNICATION HAVE LED 

TO A GREATER MOBILITY OF PERSONS AND INCREASED INTERNATIONALISATION 

OF CRIME.


EXPERIENCE SHOWS THAT PRISONERS SERVING SENTENCES IN FOREIGN 

COUNTRIES SUFFER PSYCHOLOGICALLY AS A RESULT OF LANGUAGE BARRIERS, 

ALIENATION FROM LOCAL CULTURE AND CUSTOMS AND FROM THE ABSENCE OF 

CONTACT WITH THEIR FAMILIES AND FRIENDS. TRANSFERS TO THEIR HOME 

COUNTRIES WILL, THEREFORE, ENHANCE THEIR REHABILITATION.


ONE RESULT WOULD BE THAT THE MONEY AND EFFORTS BEING EXPENDED BY 

THE HONG KONG GOVERN TNT ON THE REHABILITATION OF OFFENDERS WOULD 

BE SPENT ON HONG KON RESIDENTS. WHO WILL BE INTEGRATED INTO THE 

LOCAL COMMUNITY ON C PLETION OF THEIR SENTENCES, AND NOT ON FOREIGN 

NATIONALS WHO WILL BE DEPORTED.


AT THE END OF LAST YEAR THERE WERE 154 FOREIGN NATIONALS 

SERVING SENTENCES IN HONG KONG AND AN ESTIMATED 90 HONG KONG 

RESIDENTS SERVING SENTENCES ABROAD, WHO MIGHT BE ELIGIBLE TO 

PARTICIPATE IN TRANSFER SCHEMES.


UNDER THE CONVENTION, TRANSFERS MAY BE EFFECTED ONLY IFi


(A) THE TWO STATES CONCERNED AGREED TO THE TRANSFER,

(B) THE PRISONER CONSENTS TO THE TRANSFER;

(C) THE PRISONER IS A NATIONAL OF THE STATE TO WHICH 

HE IS TO BE TRANSFERRED TO SERVE HIS SENTENCE;

(D) ALL CHANNELS OF APPEAL AVAILABLE TO THE PRISONER 

HAVE BEEN EXHAUSTED;

(E) AT THE TIME OF APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER, THE PRISONER 

STILL HAS AT LEAST SIX MONTHS OF HIS SENTENCE TO 

SERVE; AND

(F) THE ACTS CONSTITUTING THE OFFENCE FOR WHICH THE 

SENTENCE HAS BEEN IMPOSED ALSO CONSTITUTE AN OFFENCE 

IN THE STATE TO WHICH THE PRISONER IS TO BE TRANSFERRED.



------------0------------


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1984


- 5 -


REMINDER ABOUT NEW I.D. CARDS 

ft ft ft


MEN BORN IN 1950 AND 1951 ARE REMINDED TO APPLY FOR NEW I.D. 

CARDS BEFORE MARCH 10.


A SPOKESMAN FOR THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY 

(SATURDAY) THAT 53 000 APPLICATIONS HAD BEEN RECEIVED SINCE THE 

CURRENT PHASE STARTED ON FEBRUARY 13.


.ABOUT 47 000 MORE ARE EXPECTED WITHIN THE NEXT TWO WEEKS,. 

HE ADDED.


THOSE WHO HAVE NOT YET APPLIED ARE ADVISED TO CALL AT ANY 

OF THE EIGHT I.D. CARD ISSUE OFFICES AS SOON AS POSSIBLE TO AVOID 

A LAST-MINUTE RUSH.


THE ISSUE OFFICES ARE OPEN FROM 8 AM TO 9.30 PM, MONDAYS TO 

SATURDAYS.


A MAIL-IN APPOINTMENT SYSTEM IS AVAILABLE TO THOSE WHO PREFER 

TO VISIT AN ISSUE OFFICE OF THEIR CHOICE AT A PRE-ARRANGED TIME.


APPOINTMENTS CAN BE MADE FOR ANY TIME BETWEEN 10 AM AND 

5.30 PM ON ANY WORKING DAY OTHER THAN MONDAY.


APPLICATION FORMS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM ANY DISTRICT OFFICE 

OR IMMIGRATION OFFICE.


COMPLETED FORMS MUST REACH THE ISSUE OFFICE AT LEAST 10 DAYS 

BEFORE THE END OF THE PHASE.


- - - - 0 ----------


/6................


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1984


- 6 -


RESIDENTS TO GET AWARDS FOR FIGHTING CRIME


* * * * *


NINETEEN KOWLOON CITY RESIDENTS WILL BE AWARDED FOR THEIR 

CIVIC-MINDEDNESS, BRAVERY AND HELP IN FIGHTING CRIME AT THE 

FRIENDS OF THE POLICE AND CITIZENS’ AWARD PRESENTATION CEREMONY 

TOMORROW (SUNDAY) MORNING.


THE AWARD SCHEME HAS BEEN HELD ANNUALLY SINCE 1978 BY THE 

KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE, WHICH COMPRISES 

OFFICIALS FROM THE DISTRICT OFFICE, THE POLICE, DISTRICT BOARD 

MEMBERS AND LOCAL COMMUNITY LEADERS.


THIS YEAR’S NOMINEES, WHO ARE ALL MEN BETWEEN THE AGES OF 

23 AND 62, HAVE ASSISTED IN CASES OF THEFT, ROBBERIES, POSSESSION 

OF OFFENSIVE WEAPONS OR INDECENT ASSAULT, LEADING TO ARRESTS AND 

PROSECUTIONS.


COMMENTING ON THE SCHEME, THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR GORDON 

JONES, SAID IT PLAYED AN IMPORTANT ROLE IN THE DISTRICT’S 

CONTINUING CAMPAIGN AGAINST CRIME.


.IT IS DESIGNED TO PROMOTE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE COMMUNITY 

AND THE POLICE FORCE BY RECOGNISING THE PUBLIC’S EFFORTS AND 

CONTRIBUTIONS IN COMBATTING CRIME.


.THOSE WHO ARE NOMINATED FOR THE SCHEME WILL SET A GOOD 

EXAMPLE FOR OTHERS,. HE SAID.


.THROUGH THESE, Wc WOULD BE ABLE TO SOLICIT RESIDENTS’ 

VIEWS ON THE CRIME SITUATION IN THE DISTRICT, THEREBY SUPPLYING 

INFORMATION TO THE POLICE,. MR JONES SAID.


OFFICIATING AT TOMORROW’S CEREMONY WILL BE MR JONES MR WONG 

SIK-KONG,.CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE AND MR RICHARD LIDSTER, 

DISTRICT POLICE COMMANDER.


NOTE TO EDITORSi


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE FRIENDS OF THE POLICE AND 

CITIZENS’ AWARD PRESENTATION CEREMONY AT 10 AM TOMORROW (SUNDAY) 

AT THE HO MAN TIN POLICE STATION.


-----------o-----------


/7


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1984


- 7 -


CHILDREN'S CHOIR STAGES FIRST PUBLIC CONCERT 

M * * M


THE 120-MEMBER KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT CHILDREN’S CHORUS GAVE 

ITS FIRST PUBLIC CONCERT AT THE KO SHAN THEATRE THIS (SATURDAY) 

EVENING.


DURING THE 90-MINUTE CONCERT, THE CHORUS SANG CHINESE AND 

WESTERN FOLK SONGS WITH DANCE AND ORCHESTRAL ACCOMPANIMENT.


PERFORMANCES WERE ALSO STAGED BY STUDENTS FROM THE HOLY 

TRINITY CHURCH SCHOOL AND BY THE TUN HUANG CHINESE ORCHESTRA.


SPEAKING AT AN INAUGURATION CEREMONY BEFORE THE CONCERT, 

THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR GORDON JONES, SAIDi +THE CHORUS IS THE 

FIRST PERFORMING GROUP TO REPRESENT KOWLOON CITY SINCE THE 

IMPLEMENTATION OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION*.


.SINCE ITS INCEPTION IN JUNE 1982, THE CHORUS HAS BEEN 

RECEIVING FINANCIAL SUPPORT FROM THE DISTRICT BOARD, ADMINISTRATIVE 

BACKUP FROM THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND PROFESSIONAL ADVICE FROM 

THE MUSIC OFFICE,* HE SAID.


.TONIGHT’S CONCERT IS AIMED AT PUBLICISING THE CHORUS AND 

ENHANCING RECRUITMENT, INCREASING MEMBERS' EXPERIENCE AND 

CONFIDENCE, AND PROVIDING ENTERTAINMENT TO LOCAL RESIDENTS 

DURING THE CHINESE NEW YEAR FESTIVE PERIOD.*


MR JONES SAID TF T THE CHORUS HAD GIVEN MANY PERFORMANCES 

IN COMMUNITY CONCERTS AND ON TELEVISION PROGRAMMES.


LAST YEAR, A MUSIC CAMP AND A RECRUITMENT EXERCISE WERE 

ALSO HELD.


* 1 HOPE THE CHORUS WILL KEEP UP ITS GOOD WORK AND HELP 

PROMOTE CULTURAL ACTIVITIES IN THE DISTRICT, MR JONES SAID.

*



------------0------------


RECREATIONAL PROJECTS IN TUEN MUN UNDERWAY


M N M M


AN EXTENSIVE BUILDING PROGRAMME IS UNDERWAY IN TUEN MUN TO 

COPE WITH THE RECREATION AND ENTERTAINMENT NEEDS OF THE RESIDENTS, 

THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, 

SAID TODAY (SATURDAY).


PROJECTS COMPLETED OR COMING UP IN THE NEXT FEW YEARS INCLUDE 

THE TUEN MUN TRAIL, A LEISURE POOL, A CIVIC AND CULTURAL COMPLEX, 

A GAMES HALL, A SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX AND A TOWN PARK.


MR AKERS-JONES NOTED THAT A FEW YEARS BACK, FACILITIES AND 

AMENITIES IN TUEN MUN WERE FEW AND FAR APART, AND MOST RESIDENTS 

HAD TO LEAVE THE NEW TOWN FOR RECREATION AND ENTERTAINMENT.


/NOW WE


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1984


. NOW WE HAVE AHEAD OF US AN EXTENSIVE BUILDING PROGRAMME TO 

ENSURE THAT SUCH NEEDS CAN BE LOCALLY MET, HE SAID.

*



HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF A BOWLING CENTRE AT THE 

YAN Ol TONG COMMUNITY AND INDOOR SPORTS CENTRE.


HE SAID RECREATIONAL FACILITIES IN EVERY NEW TOWN WERE 

ESSENTIAL FOR ITS GROWING POPULATION.


. I AM GLAD THAT THE GOVERNMENT IS NOT ALONE IN TRYING TO 

KET THE RECREATIONAL NEEDS OF THE YOUNG POPULATION IN TUEN MUN, 

hE SAID.

*



HE ADDED THAT THE BOWLING CENTRE WOULD BE CONTRIBUTING THEIR 

IMPORTANT AND USEFUL SHARE.


- - 0 -


PROJECT SEEKS MORE CHANCE FOR DISABLED


*****


THE DISABLED AND THE ABLE-BODIED WILL HAVE MORE CHANCES TO 

WORK TOGETHER IF BARRIERS BETWEEN THEM ARE REMOVED, THE ASSISTANT 

DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE (OPERATIONS), MRS EVELYN DOE, SAID TODAY 

(SATURDAY).


SPEAKING AT THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE 

DEPARTMENT’S +WORKING WITH THE DISABLED PROJECTS AWARD SCHEME*, 

SHE SAID THE OBJECTIVE OF THE SCHEME WAS TO ENCOURAGE YOUTH GROUPS 

AND THE DISABLED TO WORK TOGETHER IN SERVING THE COMMUNITY.


.BESIDES EDUCATING THE PUBLIC ON PHYSICAL AND MENTAL 

DISABILITIES, THE SCHEME ALSO PROVIDES AN OPPORTUNITY FOR THE 

DISABLED TO DEMONSTRATE THAT THEY TOO CAN CONTRIBUTE TO THE 

COMMUNITY WITHOUT RELYING ENTIRELY ON OTHERS,* SHE SAID.


MRS DOE THANKED THE 16 PARTICIPATING GROUPS FOR THEIR 

INNOVATIVE IDEAS AND ASKED THEM TO HELP PROMOTE PUBLIC EDUCATION 

ON REHABILITATION.


MORE THAN 2 700 PEOPLE, MOST OF THEM ELDERLY AND DISABLED, 

HAVE BENEFITED FROM THESE PROJECTS, WHICH INCLUDED CAMPING, 

PICNICS, VARIETY SHOWS, SEMINARS AND FUN DAYS.


A COMMITTEE WAS FORMED WITHIN THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT 

LAST YEAR TO PROMOTE THIS WORK AND THE AWARD SCHEME IS PART OF THE 

1983-84 PUBLICITY PROGRAMME.


PREVIOUS EVENTS INCLUDED OPEN DAYS ORGANISED BY 

REHABILITATION CENTRES AND A SEMINAR.


- - 0 - -


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1984


- 9 -


KEEPING CHEUNG CHAU FREE FROM REFUSE 

ft ft ft ft


THE JOB OF KEEPING CHEUNG CHAU ISLAND CLEAN AND GREEN AND 

FREE FROM REFUSE FOR ITS 40 000 RESIDENTS HAS GROWN FROM A SMALL 

PROBLEM TO A BIG ONE.


THE TINY ISLAND WAS ONCE ABLE TO GET RID OF ITS DOMESTIC 

REFUSE BY BURNING IT IN THE SMALL, TRADITIONAL AND VILLAGE-TYPE 

INCINERATORS.


HOWEVER THE AVERAGE REFUSE YIELD HAS SINCE GROWN TO SOME 

16 TONNES A DAY, AND THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT HAS 

HAD TO RESORT TO A DAILY SERVICE TO REMOVE THE RUBBISH BY BARGE 

TO THE KWAI CHUNG INCINERATOR.


THE SMALL VILLAGE-TYPE INCINERATORS WERE NOT ONLY FAILING 

TO COPE WITH THE GROWING VOLUME OF REFUSE, BUT WERE ALSO ADDING 

CONSIDERABLY TO AIR POLLUTION.


CHECKING ON REMOVAL WORK TODAY WERE MR KWONG PING-YAU, A 

NEW UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE CLEAN HONG KONG CAMPAIGN'S NEW 

TERRITORIES ADVISORY COMMITTEE. WITH HIM WERE THE DIRECTOR 

CF NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES, MR JOHN HEYWOOD, AND THE 

ISLANDS URBAN SERVICES OFFICER, MR STEPHEN IP KI—TIT.


.THE GROWING NUMBER OF PEOPLE AND THE HILLY TERRAIN COMBINE 

TO MAKE THE JOB OF KEEPING CHEUNG CHAU CLEAN AN EXPENSIVE AND 

LABOUR-INTENSIVE OPERATION,+ MR KWONG SAID.


HE CALLED ON MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC - RESIDENTS AND VISITORS 

ALIKE - TO COOPERATE BY DISCARDING THEIR REFUSE ONLY IN THE BINS 

AND RECEPTACLES PROVIDED.


THE GROUP WERE LATER TOLD ABOUT THE LONG-TERM PLANS FOR THE 

BUILDING OF A MODERN INCINERATOR AT TAI KWAI WAN TO DEAL WITH THE 

REFUSE.


THEY THEN VISITED THE NEWLY COMPLETED SITTING-OUT AREA AT 

TONG KOON SUN TSUEN TO SEE SOME OF THE HORTICULTURAL WORK OF THE 

DEPARTMENT.


-----------o--------------


SCHEME TO KEEP BUILDINGS CLEAN 

ft ft ft ft


PUBLIC HOUSING RESIDENTS IN SOUTHERN DISTRICT WILL BE GIVEN 

AWARDS FOR KEEPING THE BUILDINGS CLEAN AND TIDY.


A CLEAN PUBLIC HOUSING COMPETITION AMONG THE DISTRICT’S 

56 HOUSING BLOCKS, IS BEING ORGANISED BY THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT 

BOARD’S CLEAN HONG KONG WORKING GROUP.


IT IS AIMED AT AROUSING RESIDENTS’ AWARENESS ABOUT KEEPING 

THEIR ENVIRONMENT CLEAN.


/EARLIER THIS


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 19&* ‧


10 -


EARLIER THIS MONTH, 15 BLOCKS FROM AMONG THE 56 WERE NOMINATED 

TO ENTER THE CONTEST.


TODAY. A PANEL OF ADJUDICATORS, COMPRISING MEMBERS OF THE 

WORKING GROUP, AND REPRESENTATIVES OF THE HOUSING AND CITY SERVICES 

DEPARTMENTS, INSPECTED SIX BLOCKS IN TIN WAN AND AP LEI CHAU 

ESTATES.


VISITS TO THE OTHER NINE BLOCKS IN WONG CHUK HANG, SHEK PAI 

WAN AND WAH FU ESTATES WILL BE HELD AT A LATER DATE.


THE ADJUDICATION IS BASED ON THE CLEANLINESS AND TIDINESS 

CF THE BUILDINGS' LIFT LOBBIES, MAIN ENTRANCES, STAIRCASES, 

CORRIDORS AND SURROUNDINGS.


MEDALS AND CASH COUPONS WILL BE AWARDED TO THE THREE 

CLEANEST BUILDINGS.


THE COMPETITION IS THE LAST OF A SERIES OF ACTIVITIES 

ORGANISED BY THE WORKING GROUP THIS FINANCIAL YEAR.


OTHER FUNCTIONS HELD EARLIER INCLUDE BEACH-CLEANSING 

OPERATIONS. A CLEAN HARBOUR PUBLICITY DRIVE, AND A CLEAN MARKET 

STALLS COMPETITION.


------------o------------


SEMINAR ON THE USE OF LANGUAGE TEACHING AID


*****


THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT'S ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE WILL 

ORGANISE 11 IDENTICAL SEMINARS ON THE USE OF THE WI REFREE INDUCTION 

LOOP SYSTEM FOR TEACHERS OF ENGLISH IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS.


THESE SEMINARS, EACH LASTING TWO HOURS, WILL BE HELD BETWEEN 

MARCH 19 AND APRIL 12 AT THE CENTRE’S HONG KONG AND KOWLOON OFFICES.


THERE WILL BE TALKS ON THE DIFFERENT WAYS OF USING THE SYSTEM 

TO PROMOTE LISTENING SKILLS, AS WELL AS ON THE MAINTENANCE OF THE 

EQUIPMENT AND THE ADMINISTRATION OF A TAPED PROGRAMME IN AN ENGLISH 

LESSON.


SCHOOL HEADS WHO WISH TO SEND TEACHERS TO THE SEMINARS ARE 

REQUESTED TO SUBMIT THEIR NOMINATIONS TO THE SENIOR INSPECTOR, 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE, 9A BONHAM ROAD, HONG KONG BY 

MARCH 9.


THERE WILL BE 40 PLACES AT EACH SEMINAR AND APPLICATIONS WILL 

BE TREATED ON A FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS.


ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE SEMINARS CAN BE MADE WITH THE TEACHING 

CENTRE ON 5-482537.


------------o--------------


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1984


- 11 -


BUS TERMINUS TO SET PUBLIC TOILET 

* * * ft


A PUBLIC TOILET IS TO BE BUILT AT THE SHAM SHUI PO BUS AND 

FERRY CONCOURSE.


IT WILL BE A SINGLE-STOREY STRUCTURE OCCUPYING AN AREA OF 

138 SQUARE METRES.


A TOTAL OF 20 TOILET CUBICLES WILL BE PROVIDED, INCLUDING 

ONE FOR THE DISABLED.


THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT 

DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT.


WORK WILL START IN APRIL AND BE COMPLETED IN SIX MONTHS.


-----------o-----------


SECTION OF DEEP WATER BAY ROAD BEING IMPROVED 

ft ft ft .


THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE IS INVITING TENDERS TO SURFACE A STRETCH OF 

DEEP WATER BAY ROAD, SHOUSON HILL, WHICH HAS BEEN WIDENED AND 

STRAIGHTENED.


THE 32O-METRE-LONG SECTION, INCORPORATING PARTS OF THE 

EXISTING ROAD, HAS BEEN FORMED BY A PROPERTY DEVELOPER IN THE 

AREA AS PART OF THE LEASE CONDITIONS.


SURFACING WORK WILL START IN APRIL AND TAKE FIVE MONTHS TO 

COMPLETE. IT WILL RESULT IN SIGNIFICANT IMPROVEMENT TO THE ROAD'S 

alignment;


CONTRACTORS SHOULD SUBMIT THEIR TENDERS BY NOON ON MARCH 9 

TO THE CHAIRMAN. CENTRAL TENDER BOARD. BY PLACING THEM IN THE 

GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT TENDER BOX IN THE LIFT LOBBY ON THE LOWER 

GROUND FLOOR OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES EAST WING, LOWER ALBERT 

ROAD.


TENDER FORMS AND FURTHER PARTICULARS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE 

OFFICE OF THE CHIEF ENGINEER, HIGHWAYS (HK) DIVISION, ENGINEERING 

DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT, 9TH FLOOR, HENNESSY CENTRE, 500, HENNESSY 

ROAD, HONG KONG.


ONLY CONTRACTORS ON THE APPROVED CONTRACTORS LIST FOR 

PUBLIC WORKSi BUILDING, CIVIL ENGINEERING AND WATER WORKS LIST I 

IN GROUPS A, B AND C FOR ROADS AND DRAINAGE WORKS WILL BE 

PERMITTED TO TENDER.


----o----


/12................


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1984


12


TUNNEL SLOW LANE TO BE REPAIRED 

* * * *


FROM 11.30 PM ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 27) TO 6.30 AM ON MARCH 2, 

THE KOWLOON-BOUND ’SLOW LANE’ OF LION ROCK TUNNEL WILL BE CLOSED 

TO ALL TRAFFIC TO FACILITATE REPAIR WORKS.


SOUTHBOUND MOTORISTS FROM SHA TIN TO KOWLOON ARE ADVISED 

TO USE TAI PO ROAD. 

------------ 0 - - - - 

RESTRICTED HEADROOM 

* * M


A PEDESTRIAN FOOTBRIDGE IS BEING BUILT ACROSS KWUN TONG ROAD 

AT ITS JUNCTION WITH THE UNNAMED ROAD NEAR BLOCK 1 OF LOWER NGAU 

TAU KOK ESTATE.


TO FACILITATE CONSTRUCTION. A RESTRICTED HEIGHT OF A.75 METRES 

WILL BE APPLIED UNDER THE FOOTBRIDGE FALSEWORKS FOR ABOUT FOUR 

MONTHS, STARTING FROM MONDAY (FEBRUARY 27).


DURING THIS PERIOD HEAVY VEHICLES EXCEEDING 4.75 METRES HIGH 

WILL BE DIVERTED TO WAI YIP STREET OR NGAU TAU KOK ROAD.


----o----


CLEARWAY RESTRICTION 

Ml*


FROM 10 AM MONDAY,(FEBRUARY 27), THE FOLLOWING STREETS IN 

KWUN TONG WILL BE DESIGNATED RESTRICTED ZONES FROM 7 AM TO 7 PM 

DAILY i-


M TUNG YAN STREET.


* THE WESTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF YUE MAN SQUARE FROM 

ITS JUNCTION WITH TUNG YAN STREET TO A POINT 

ABOUT 25 METRES WEST OF THE JUNCTION.


WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONES, ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT 

FRANCHISED BUSES AND THOSE AUTHORISED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT 

WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS,


OR LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS.


- - - - 0 ------------


SALT WATER WORKS 

M M M


SALT WATER SUPPLY TO THE ENTIRE TUEN MUN AREA WILL BE 

SUSPENDED FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (FEBRUARY 28) TO 3 PM ON THURSDAY 

(MARCH 1) FOR WATER MAINS WORK,


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE NO.


HONG KONG SHIPPING, PORT AND CARGO STATISTICS FOR THE THIRD 

QUARTER OF 1983 ............................................................................................................................................ 1


BOARD TO DISCUSS LOCAL ADMINISTRATION PLAN ....................................................... 2


AMBASSADOR EVANS LEAVING HK...................................................................................................... 3


NEW SYSTEM FOR FACTORY REGISTRATIONS .......................................................................... 3


GRANTS AWARDED FOR RECREATION FACILITIES ............................................................. 4


+CLEAN FOR CHARITY+ RAISES $50 000 ................................................................................ 5


I


NT SWIMMING POOLS TO RE-OPEN SHORTLY......................................................................... 5


NEW PEDESTRIAN ROAD MARKING TO BE TESTED ............................................................. 6


JOINT TEACHER-PARENT EFFORT URGED ................................................................................... 7


BATHING SHEDS AT NT BEACHES FOR HIRE.......................................................................... 7


TWO PARKS TO BE BUILT IN TSUEN WAN ................................................................................ 8


REFUSE COLLECTION POINT FOR LEI YUE MUN ................................................................ 9


SUBWAYS TO BE BUILT UNDER CHATHAM ROAD ................................................................... 9


PARTIAL CLOSURE OF CENTRE STREET ...................................................................................... 10


WATER MAINS WORKS IN TWO AREAS ............................................................................................ 10


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 1984


- 1 -


HONG KONG SHIPPING, PORT AND CARGO STATISTICS 

FOR THE THIRD QUARTER OF 1983


* ft * ft *


THE THIRD QUARTERLY REPORT ON +HONG KONG SHIPPING STATISTICS*, 

PREPARED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT, AND COVERING THE 

PERIOD JULY TO SEPTEMBER 1983 IS ON SALE TODAY. IT CONTAINS AN 

INTRODUCTION TO THE HONG KONG SHIPPING STATISTICS SYSTEM, TERMS 

AND CLASSIFICATIONS, A BRIEF ANALYSIS OF THE PERFORMANCE IN THE 

THIRD QUARTER OF 1983, AND 13 STATISTICAL TABLES ON SHIPPING, PORT 

AND CARGO STATISTICS.


IN THE THIRD QUARTER OF 1983, 2 821 SHIPS WITH A TOTAL 

CAPACITY OF 17 388 THOUSAND NRT (NET REGISTERED TONNAGE) ARRIVED 

IN HONG KONG. OF THESE, 20 PER CENT SET OUT FROM CHINA, 41 PER 

CENT WERE CONFERENCE LINERS, AND 30 PER CENT WERE OF PANAMANIAN 

FLAG. OVER 60 PER CENT OF THE CARGO DISCHARGED IN HONG KONG WAS 

CARRIED BY SHIPS COMING FROM SINGAPORE, CHINA, JAPAN AND THE 

U.S.A.. 40 PER CENT BY TRAMPS, AND 27 PER CENT BY CONTAINER 

SHIPS. IN THE SAME PERIOD, DEPARTING SHIPS NUMBERED 2 809 

WITH A TOTAL CAPACITY OF 17 204 THOUSAND NRT. OF THESE, 20 PER 

CENT LEFT FOR TAIWAN, CARRYING 18 PER CENT OF THE CARGO LOADED 

IN HONG KONG. AS REGARDS TYPE OF SHIPPING SERVICE, ABOUT 95 PER 

CENT OF CARGO LOADED IN HONG KONG WAS CARRIED BY LINERS, WHILE 

BY TYPE OF SHIP 69 PER CENT WAS CARRIED BY CONTAINER SHIPS. 

ABOUT 52 PER CENT OF DEPARTING VESSELS HAD STAYED IN HONG KONG 

FOR LESS THAN 1-1/2 DAYS.


IN TERMS OF GROSS WEIGHT, 91 PER CENT OF INWARD SEABORNE CARGO 

WAS SEABORNE IMPORTS, AND 9 PER CENT WAS FOR TRANSHIPMENT. FOR 

OUTWARD SHIPMENTS, THE PERCENTAGES WERE 63 PER CENT AND 37 PER CENT, 

RESPECTIVELY. THE MAJOR COUNTRIES OF LOADING FOR SEABORNE 

IMPORTS WERE JAPAN (21 PER CENT), SINGAPORE (19 PER CENT) AND 

CHINA (14 PER CENT), AND THE MAJOR COUNTRIES OF DISCHARGE FOR 

SEABORNE EXPORTS WERE U.S.A. (22 PER CENT), TAIWAN (17 PER CENT) 

AND SINGAPORE (9 PER CENT). TRANSHIPMENT CARGOES WERE MAINLY 

LOADED FROM CHINA AND THE U.S.A. FOR TRANSHIPMENT TO U.S.A., 

PHILIPPINES, THAILAND AND SINGAPORE.


THE PRINCIPAL COMMODITIES IMPORTED INTO HONG KONG BY SEA WERE 

PETROLEUM AND PETROLEUM PRODUCTS (25 PER CENT IN TERMS OF GROSS 

WEIGHT), COAL, COKE AND BRIQUETTES (15 PER CENT). AND MISCELLANEOUS 

MANUFACTURES OF METAL AND NON-METALLIC MINERALS (INCLUDING 

CEMENT AND CEMENT CLINKER) (13 PER CENT). SEABORNE EXPORTS OF 

HONG KONG WERE MORE DIVERSIFIED, THE PRINCIPAL COMMODITIES BEING 

CRUDE ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE MATERIALS (13 PER CENT), TOYS (7 

PER CENT), METALLIFEROUS ORES AND METAL SCRAP (5 PER CENT) 

AND VEGETABLES AND FRUIT (4 PER CENT).


/these statistics ............


SUNDAY, FffiRUARY 26, 1984


2


THESE STATISTICS ARE COMPILED PRIMARILY FROM GENERAL 

DECLARATIONS SUBMITTED TO THE MARINE DEPARTMENT BY SHIP MASTERS 

OR SHIPPING AGENTS, AND FROM CARGO MANIFESTS SUPPLIED BY SHIPPING 

COMPANIES OR AGENTS TO THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT. 

BECAUSE OF RESOURCE CONSTRAINTS, A 20 PER CENT SAMPLE OF ALL 

CONSIGNMENTS LISTED IN THE MANIFESTS IS USED FOR COMPILING 

PORT AND CARGO STATISTICS. HOWEVER, THE SHIPPING STATISTICS 

COVER ALL OCEAN-GOING VESSELS ENTERING AND LEAVING HONG KONG, 

EXCLUDING YACHTS AND PLEASURE CRAFT, ON A FULL ENUMERATION BASIS.


MORE DETAILS ARE CONTAINED IN THE +HONG KONG SHIPPING 

STATISTICS* QUARTERLY REPORT FOR JULY TO SEPTEMBER 1983, WHICH 

IS NOW ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE AT $12 

PER COPY.


------------0------------


BOARD TO DISCUSS LOCAL ADMINISTRATION PLAN 

KAM


TAI PO DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL GIVE THEIR VIEWS ON THE 

CHIEF SECRETARY’S PROPOSALS FOR THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF LOCAL 

ADMINISTRATION AT THEIR MEETING ON TUESDAY (FEBRUARY 28).


AT THE MEETING, BOARD MEMBERS WILL ALSO BE BRIEFED ON THE 

PROPOSAL TO CLEAR UNLICENSED COOKED FOOD HAWKERS IN 'WAI SAK KAI’ 

(FOOD STREET) AT TAI PO NEW MARKET.


OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA WILL INCLUDE DISCUSSION ON PROGRESS 

REPORTS AND PROPOSED MEMBERSHIP OF THE DISTRICT BOARD’S COMMITTEES, 

AND APPLICATIONS FOR DB FUNDS FOR SPORTING ACTIVITIES AND MINOR 

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS.


NOTE TO EDITORS*


YOU ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE TAI PO DISTRICT BOARD MEETING 

AT 9.30 AM ON TUESDAY (FEBRUARY 28) IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE 

DISTRICT BOARD’S SECRETARIAT ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF TAI PO 

COMMERCIAL CENTRE ON KWONG FUK ROAD.


A GOVERNMENT VAN WILL LEAVE KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER AT 8.30 AM 

FOR TAI PO.


------------o---------------


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 1984


NOTE TO EDITORSi


AMBASSADOR EVANS LEAVING HK 

ft ft * *


A FACILITY HAS BEEN ARRANGED FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS AND CAMERAMEN 

TO COVER THE DEPARTURE OF THE BRITISH AMBASSADOR TO PEKING, 

SIR RICHARD EVANS, TOMORROW (MONDAY).


SIR RICHARD WILL BE LEAVING ON FLIGHT CA 102, ETD 12.45 PM.


THOSE ASSIGNED TO COVER THE EVENT ARE REQUESTED TO ASSEMBLE 

AT THE AIRPORT PRESS CONFERENCE ROOM NOT LATER THAN 11.30 AM ON MONDAY.* 6IS OFFICERS WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST.


------------0------------


NEW SYSTEM FOR FACTORY REGISTRATIONS 

ft ft ft ft ft


THE TRADE DEPARTMENT TODAY (FEBRUARY 26) ANNOUNCED THAT ALL 

FACTORIES REGISTERED WITH THE DEPARTMENT FOR CERTIFICATION PURPOSES 

WILL HAVE TO RENEW THEIR REGISTRATION ANNUALLY.


A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID THAT THE SYSTEM, TO BE 

INTRODUCED IN PHASES OVER THE NEXT 12 MONTHS, WOULD HELP THE 

DEPARTMENT UPDATE RECORDS ON ALL REGISTERED FACTORIES.


THE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT FACTORIES MUST REGISTER WITH 

THE TRADE DEPARTMENT BEFORE THEY ARE ELIGIBLE FOR APPLYING FOR 

CERTIFICATES OF ORIGIN.


ON THE REGISTRATION RECORD, THE FACTORY OWNER HAS TO DECLARE 

DETAILS OF THE COMPANY, INCLUDING THE ADDRESS, OWNERSHIP, EQUIPMENT 

INSTALLED, THE NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES AND ITS PRODUCTS.


AFTER REGISTRATION, OFFICERS OF THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE 

DEPARTMENT WILL INSPECT THE FACTORY PERIODICALLY TO CHECK THE 

ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION.


AT PRESENT, MORE THAN 20 000 FACTORIES HAVE REGISTERED WITH 

THE TRADE DEPARTMENT.


.ALTHOUGH THEY ARE OBLIGED TO REPORT TO THE DEPARTMENT IN 

CASE OF CHANGES IN RESPECT OF REGISTRATION PARTICULARS, YET MANY 

OF THEM DO NOT COMPLY WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. SOME FACTORIES EVEN 

DO NOT INFORM THE DEPARTMENT AFTER THEY HAVE MOVED TO A NEW 

ADDRESS OR HAVE CEASED OPERATIONS,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


UNDER THE NEW SYSTEM, EACH REGISTERED FACTORY WILL HAVE TO 

COMPLETE A QUESTIONNAIRE EVERY YEAR TO DECLARE WHETHER IT WISHES 

TO REMAIN REGISTERED. IF SO, IT IS REQUIRED TO DECLARE ANY CHANGES 

IN PARTICULARS SINCE THE LAST REGISTRATION.


/+IF THE................


SUNDAY, FEBEUARY 26, 1984


- 4 -


.IF THE QUESTIONNAIRE IS NOT COMPLETED AND RETURNED TO THE 

TRADE DEPARTMENT WITHIN A SPECIFIED PERIOD, THE REGISTRATION OF 

THE FACTORY CONCERNED WILL BE CANCELLED AND THE FACTORY WILL THEN 

EE INELIGIBLE FOR APPLYING FOR CERTIFICATES OF ORIGIN, UNLESS AND 

UNTIL IT IS REGISTERED AGAIN,. THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.


THE FIRST PHASE, COVERING THE FIRST 5 000 REGISTERED FACTORIES, 

IS BEING IMPLEMENTED.


DETAILED INFORMATION REGARDING THE SCHEME IS SET OUT IN 

CERTIFICATE OF ORIGIN CIRCULAR NO. 2/84 OF FEBRUARY 25, 1984.


COPIES OF THE CIRCULAR ARE AVAILABLE AT THE RECEPTION COUNTER, 

G/F AND THE ENQUIRY DESK, CERTIFICATION BRANCH, 1/F, THE TRADE 

DEPARTMENT, OCEAN CENTRE, CANTON ROAD, KOWLOON.


----0---------


GRANTS AWARDED FOR RECREATION FACILITIES 

ft ft ft ft


FIVE ORGANISATIONS INCLUDING A GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT HAVE BEEN 

GRANTED SUMS TOTALLING SI.5 MILLION FOR THE CONSTRUCTION AND SETTING 

UP OF RECREATIONAL FACILITIES FOR YOUTHS IN VARIOUS PARTS OF HONG 

KONG.


THE SI.5 MILLION REPRESENTS THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB’S 

1983 CONTRIBUTION IN SUPPORT OF A SCHEME TO ESTABLISH MORE PERMANENT 

RECREATIONAL FACILITIES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE IN HONG KONG.


THE SCHEME WAS STARTED IN 1980 TO COMPLEMENT THE ANNUAL SUMMER 

YOUTH PROGRAMME AND HAS BEEN FULLY FUNDED BY THE JOCKEY CLUB. 

TO DATE, A TOTAL OF S5 MILLION HAS BEEN ALLOCATED FOR OVER 20 

PROJECTS.


THE JOCKEY CLUB WILL SOON ANNOUNCE ITS CONTRIBUTION FOR 1984.


ONE THIRD OF THE 1983 TOTAL WENT TO THE YOUNG WOMEN’S 

CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A 50-BED HOSTEL 

IN SHAN SHEK WAN YOUTH CAMP ON LANTAU ISLAND.


THE SECOND HIGHEST AMOUNT OF *420 000 WAS FOR THE BUILDING OF 

A SEVEN-A-SIDE MINI-SOCCER PITCH AT PING CHE ROAD, TA KWU LING, 

A PROJECT INITIATED BY THE NORTH DISTRICT OFFICE.


THE STANLEY KAIFONG WELFARE ASSOCIATION RECEIVED *295 000 

FOR REDEVELOPING THE MAIN BUILDING OF THE MA HANG RECREATION 

CENTRE.


THE PO LEUNG KUK GOT *185 000 FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A MULTIPURPOSE 

OPEN PLAYGROUND/STADIUM IN PAK TAM CHUNG HOLIDAY CAMP, SAI 

KUNG, AND THE SIK KONG WAI VILLAGE OFFICE OBTAINED *100 000 FOR THE 

PROVISION OF RECREATION FACILITIES AND COVERED PLAYGROUND.


APPLICATIONS FOR GRANTS WERE VETTED BY THE SECRETARIAT OF THE 

COUNCIL FOR-RECREATION AND SPORT.


----------o------------


/5................


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 1984


.CLEAN FOR CHARITY* RAISES $50 000 

* * *


A SUM OF $50 000 WAS RAISED FOR THE COMMUNITY CHEST AT THIS 

(SUNDAY) MORNING’S +CLEAN FOR CHARITY+ OPERATION HELD AT THE SHING 

MUN COUNTRY PARK IN TSUEN WAN.


FROM 10 AM, MORE THAN 200 VOLUNTEERS FROM 17 LOCAL 

ORGANISATIONS, MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES AND OWNERS’ INCORPORATIONS 

GROUPED THEMSELVES INTO TEAMS AND BEGAN COLLECTING RUBBISH IN THE 

PARK.


THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MISS ELAINE CHUNG, SAID THAT THE EVENT 

RAISED FUNDS FOR THE CHEST, AND ALSO SPREAD THE CLEAN HONG KONG 

MESSAGE.


MISS CHUNG WILL PRESENT THE $50 000 TO THE CHEST EARLY NEXT 

MONTH.


TODAY’S EVENT WAS ORGANISED BY THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICE, 

THE +CLEAN FOR CHARITY+ ORGANISING COMMITTEE AND THE CHEST.


- 0 - -


NT SWIMMING POOLS TO RE-OPEN SHORTLY 

* N * M


THE PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL COMPLEXES IN KWAI SHING, SHA TIN AND 

YUEN LONG WILL BE RE-OPENED ON THURSDAY (MARCH 1), A SPOKESMAN FOR 

THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY.


AT THE FANLING COMPLEX, THE HEATED MAIN POOL, WHICH HAS BEEN 

IN SERVICE THROUGHOUT, WILL HAVE ITS AIR BUBBLE REMOVED IN EARLY 

APRIL, WHILE ITS OTHER POOLS WILL ALSO RE-OPEN ON MARCH 1.


THE DAILY SESSIONS AT’lHE KWAl'SHING AND SHA TIN COMPLEXES 

WILL BE: 7 AM TO 9.15 AM, 9.45 AM TO 12 NOON, 1 PM TO 4 PM, AND 

4.30 PM TO 6.45 PM.


AT THE FANLING AND YUEN LONG COMPLEXES, THE HOURS WILL BE: 

9 AM TO 11.30 AM, 12.30 PM TO 3 PM, AND 3-30 PM TO 6 PM, AN 

ADDITIONAL SESSION, FROM 7 PM TO 9 PM, WILL BE ARRANGED AT 

FANLING.


MEANWHILE, A NEW ADMISSION SYSTEM WILL BE INTRODUCED.


AN ENTRANCE FOR CHILDREN-AND-FAMILY GROUPS WILL REPLACE THE 

FORMER CHILDREN-ONLY ENTRANCE SO THAT PARENTS OR GUARDIANS MAY 

ENTER THE POOLS TOGETHER WITH CHILDREN BELOW THE AGE OF 14.


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 1984


6


NEW PEDESTRIAN ROAD MARKING TO BE TESTED 

* * M *


A NEW TYPE OF YELLOW-STRIPED ROAD MARKING WILL BE PAINTED ON 

TEN PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL-CONTROLLED CROSSINGS IN HONG KONG AND KOWLOON 

OVER THE NEXT TWO WEEKS.


THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL SCHEME CARRIED OUT BY THE TRANSPORT 

DEPARTMENT TO TEST THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE MARKING IN DISCOURAGING 

MOTORISTS FROM STOPPING THEIR VEHICLES OVER THE CROSSING AREA WHILE 

WAITING FOR LIGHT SIGNALS TO CHANGE.


.THE SCHEME WILL BE TESTED FOR SIX MONTHS. IF IT IS SUCCESSFUL, 

THE NEW MARKING WILL BE APPLIED TO OTHER CROSSINGS ON A TERRITORY 

WIDE BAS IS,+ A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID.


TWO TYPES OF ROAD MARKINGS, INCLUDING THE YELLOW-STRIPED MARKING 

AND A WHITE HOLLOW BOX MARKING, WERE TESTED TWO YEARS AGO TO 

DETERMINE WHICH WAS MORE EFFECTIVE.


THE TEST SHOWED THAT THE YELLOW-STRIPED MARKING WAS MORE 

EFFECTIVE IN REDUCING THE NUMBER OF VEHICLES STOPPING IN THE 

PEDESTRIAN CROSSINGS.


.HOWEVER, TO ALLOW THE RESULT TO BE ADEQUATELY ASSESSED, IT IS 

CONSIDERED NECESSARY FOR THE YELLOW-STRIPED MARKING TO BE TESTED FOR 

A FURTHER SIX MONTHS,. THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


SITES CHOSEN FOR THE TEST AREi


* KING'S ROAD-TIN CHIU STREET


* KING’S ROAD-PAN HOI STREET

* WANCHAI ROAD-JOHNSTON ROAD-FLEMING ROAD 

M CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL-POTTINGER STREET 

* QUEEN’S ROAD WEST-CENTRE STREET

* BELCHER’S STREET-NORTH STREET 

M WAI YIP STREET-TSUN YIP STREET

* SHANGHAI STREET-JORDAN ROAD



X ARGYLE STREET-FU NING STREET-FORFAR ROAD 

M RECLAMATION STREET-ARGYLE STREET


----------o---------------


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 1984


- 7 -


JOINT TEACHER-PARENT EFFORT URGED 

*****


TEACHERS AND PARENTS SHOULD JOIN HANDS AS FAR AS POSSIBLE IN 

SEEING THAT PUPILS LEARN THE VALUE OF BOOKS AND GOOD BEHAVIOUR, 

THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR COLVYN HAYE, SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).


SPEAKING AT THE HONG KONG TEACHERS’ ASSOCIATION’S GOLDEN 

JUBILEE SPRING DINNER, MR HAYE SAID THAT TEACHERS COULD JOIN 

WITH PARENTS IN A NUMBER OF WAYS FOR THE BENEFIT OF PUPILS.


HE EXPLAINED THAT TEACHERS TOOK THE PLACE OF PARENTS IN 

SCHOOLS, AND PARENTS WERE RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR OFFSPRING FOR THE 

REST OF THE DAY AT HOME.


.TEACHERS COULD LEARN TO UNDERSTAND PUPILS A LOT BETTER IF 

THEY COULD FIND OUT FROM PARENTS MORE ABOUT THEIR HOME BACKGROUNDS,. 

MR HAYE SAID.


.WE CAN GIVE BETTER CAREER GUIDANCE AND COUNSELLING IF WE 

KNOW WHAT PARENTS REALLY WANT FROM THEIR CHILDREN.

.WE CAN TAKE MUCH OF THE PAIN OUT OF HOMEWORK BY PERSUADING 

PARENTS NOT TO PRESS THEIR CHILDREN TOO HARD, AND WE CAN PROVIDE 

BETTER SUPERVISION OF PUPILS’ STUDIES IF WE CAN PERSUADE PARENTS 

OF THE NEED FOR REMEDIAL TEACHING,. HE SAID.



PARENTS, MR HAYE SAID, COULD GIVE TEACHERS MUCH MORE SUPPORT 

IN SCHOOL OPEN DAYS, SPEECH DAYS, SPORTS DAYS AND PARENTS DAYS.


.PARENTS CAN JOIN PARENT-TEACHER ASSOCIATIONS AND LEARN TO 

CONTRIBUTE MORE TO THEIR CHILDREN’S WELFARE BY MORAL AND 

FINANCIAL SUPPORT OF SCHOOL ACTIVITIES,* HE SAID.


-----------o-----------


BATHING SHEDS AT NT BEACHES FOR HIRE 

* * * *


TWELVE BATHING SHEDS AT FOUR BEACHES ALONG CASTLE PEAK 

ROAD IN THE NEW TERRITORIES MAY NOW BE RENTED FOR ONE YEAR, 

STARTING ON APRIL 1.


THE SHEDS WILL BE ALLOCATED TO APPLICANTS BY BALLOT TO BE 

HELD AT 11 AM ON MARCH 21 IN THE LECTURE ROOM OF THE NEW TERRITORIES 

SERVICES DEPARTMENT HEADQUARTERS ON THE EIGHTH FLOOR OF GOLDEN 

GATE COMMERCIAL BUILDING, 136-138 AUSTIN ROAD, KOWLOON.


SEVEN OF THE SHEDS ARE AT APPROACH BEACH, THREE AT 

LIDO BEACH AND ONE EACH AT HOI MEI BEACH AND OLD CAFETERIA BEACH.


THE ANNUAL RENTS RANGE FROM $2 250 TO $2 700.


ONLY REGISTERED COMPANIES, CLUBS, ASSOCIATIONS AND ORGANISED 

GROUPS MAY APPLY, AN NTSD SPOKESMAN SAID.


/APPLICATION FORMS ................


SUNDAY, PEBHUAHY 26, 1984


8


APPLICATION FORMS AT $40 EACH ARE AVAILABLE UNTIL MARCH 3 

FROM 9 AM TO 12 NOON AND FROM 2 PM TO 3 PM ON WEEKDAYS, AND FROM 

9 AM TO 11.30 AM ON SATURDAY AT THE ACCOUNTS OFFICE OF THE NTSD 

HEADQUARTERS, FIFTH FLOOR, GOLDEN GATE COMMERCIAL BUILDING.


THEY MAY ALSO BE OBTAINED BY POST FROM THE RECREATION AND 

AMENITIES SECTION OF THE NTSD HEADQUARTERS, THIRD FLOOR, SWIRE 

AND MACLAINE HOUSE (AUSTIN CENTRE), 19-23 AUSTIN AVENUE, KOWLOON.


COMPLETED FORMS MUST REACH THE RECREATION AND AMENITIES 

SECTION NOT LATER THAN 1 PM ON MARCH 7.


A COPY OF THE BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE OR CERTIFICATE 

CF REGISTRATION ISSUED BY THE REGISTRAR OF SOCIETIES, THE REGISTRAR 

CF TRADE UNIONS OR THE COMPANIES REGISTRY OF THE REGISTRAR GENERAL’S 

OFFICE SHOULD BE ENCLOSED WITH THE COMPLETED FORMS WHICH MUST BE 

SIGNED BY THE MANAGER, THE CHAIRMAN OR THE SECRETARY OF THE 

ORGANISATION CONCERNED.


CLUBS AND ASSOCIATIONS CURRENTLY HOLDING ANNUALLY RENEWABLE 

PERMITS FOR BATHING SHEDS AT ANY PUBLIC BEACH MAY NOT APPLY, 

THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


FURTHER ENQUIRIES MAY BE MADE WITH THE RECREATION AND 

AMENITIES SECTION ON TELEPHONE 3-678715.


- - - - 0 ---------



TWO PARKS TO BE BUILT IN TSUEN WAN 

ft * ft *


THE ENTRANCES TO THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY STATION AT TAI WO 

HAU, TSUEN WAN, ARE TO BE INCORPORATED INTO A PARK PROJECT.


THE PARK WILL REPLACE THE ONE WHICH EXISTED ON THE SITE 

BEFORE THE STATION WAS BUILT.


IT WILL BE EXTENDED AND INCLUDE A WATER FEATURE, PUBLIC 

SQUARE, GARDEN AREA, TOILET AND REFRESHMENT KIOSKS.


ANOTHER PARK IS TO BE BUILT AROUND TIN HAU TEMPLE AT SAM TUNG 

UK, WHICH IS AT PRESENT BEING RESTORED BY THE TRUSTEES.


IT WILL HAVE A CHILDREN’S PLAYGROUND, A GAMES AREA WITH 

CHANGING FACILITIES AND GARDENS.


BOTH PARKS WILL BE COMPLETED BY JULY NEXT YEAR.


THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS 

FOR THE TWO PARK PROJECTS.


/they should .........


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 1984


- 9 -


THEY SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE CHAIRMAN. CENTRAL TENDER BOARD, 

AND PLACED IN THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT TENDER BOX IN THE LIFT 

LOBBY ON THE LOWER GROUND FLOOR, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES EAST 

WING, LOWER ALBERT ROAD, BEFORE 12 NOON ON FRIDAY, MARCH 16, 1984.


TENDER FORMS, SPECIFICATIONS AND FURTHER PARTICULARS MAY 

BE OBTAINED FROM THE OFFICE OF THE LANDSCAPE CONSULTANT, YUNCKEN 

FREEMAN (HK), ROOM 516, OCEAN CENTRE, 5 CANTON ROAD, TSIM SHA 

TSUI, KOWLOON.


ONLY CONTRACTORS ON THE APPROVED CONTRACTORS LIST FOR PUBLIC 

WORKSi BUILDING, CIVIL ENGINEERING AND WATER WORKS LIST I IN 

GROUP B AND C FOR BUILDING WORKS WILL BE PERMITTED TO TENDER.


----------0------------


REFUSE COLLECTION POINT FOR LEI YUE MUN 

III


WORK HAS STARTED ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF AN OFF-STREET REFUSE 

COLLECTION POINT AT YAU YUE WAI IN LEI YUE MUN.


THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT 

DEPARTMENT AWARDED A $730 000 CONTRACT TO CHAN SHUM KEE SUM 

LEE CONSTRUCTION CO. LTD. FOR THE PROJECT.


THE REFUSE COLLECTION POINT, COVERING AN AREA OF 216 SQUARE 

METRES, WILL ALSO INCI UDE A CLEANSING STORE AND OFFICE.


IT IS EXPECTED TO BE READY IN SEPTEMBER.


- - - - 0 ---------



SUBWAYS TO BE BUILT UNDER CHATHAM ROAD 

* * *


TWO SUBWAYS ARE TO BE BUILT UNDER CHATHAM ROAD TO REPLACE 

AN EXISTING UNDERPASS.


TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT ARE BEING INVITED BY THE RAILWAY 

DEVELOPMENT OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.


WORK WILL START IN APRIL AND BE COMPLETED IN 10 MONTHS.


THE THREE-METRE-WIDE SUBWAYS WILL BE BUILT CLOSE TO THE 

UNDERPASS AND CONNECT 01 MAN ESTATE TO WINSLOW STREET, HUNG HOM. 

THEY WILL TOTAL 77 METRES IN LENGTH.


THE UNDERPASS WILL BE CLOSED TO MAKE WAY FOR THE CONSTRUCTION 

OF AN ADDITIONAL RAIL TRACK IN CONJUNCTION WITH IMPROVEMENT WORKS 

TO THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION'S KOWLOON STATION GOODS 

YARD.


ALSO INCLUDED IN THE PROJECT IS THE CONSTRUCTION OF FOOTPATHS, 

STAIRCASES AND RETAINING WALLS, AND PROVISION OF FLOWER BEDS AND 

FENCING.


/1O................


SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 1984


PARTIAL CLOSURE OF CENTRE STREET 

M M M


CENTRE STREET BETWEEN SECOND STREET AND HIGH STREET IN SAI 

YING PUN WILL BE CLOSED TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC FROM 10 AM ON 

TUESDAY (FEBRUARY 28).


THE SECTION WILL BE USED ONLY AS A PEDESTRIAN PRECINCT.


- - 0 - -


WATER MAINS WORKS IN TWO AREAS 

K K M


FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO SOME PREMISES IN SHAU KEI WAN AND 

TSZ WAN SHAN WILL BE TURNED OFF FOR SEVERAL HOURS BETWEEN THURSDAY 

(MARCH 1) AND FRIDAY FOR MAINS WORK.


IN SHAU KEI WAN, SUPPLY TO PREMISES BOUNDED BY SHING ON 

VILLAGE, HOLY CROSS PATH VILLAGE, FA YUEN VILLAGE AND MA SHAN 

VILLAGE WILL BE INTERRUPTED FROM 10 AM TO 3 PM ON THURSDAY.


IN TSZ WAN SHAN, SUPPLY WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 11 PM ON 

THURSDAY TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY.


. THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE BOUNDED BY TSZ WAN SHAN ROAD, WAN 

WAH' STREET, SHUNG WAH STREET AND SHEUNG FUNG STREET, INCLUDING 

BLOCK NO 1 TO 16 OF TSZ WAN SHAN ESTATE.


- - 0 - -


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 1?84


CONTENTS PAGE NO.


VALUE OF PERSONAL CONTACT STRESSED................................................................................ 1


AMBASSADOR SAYS TALKS HERE 'EXTREMELY VALUABLE' ....................................... 1


PRESS CONFERENCE BY MINISTER OF STATE ......................................................................


BUDGET DAY ON WEDNESDAY................................................................................................................... 2


FINANCE COMMITTEE TO MEET IN PUBLIC NEXT MONTH.......................................... 4


IT IS BUSINESS AS USUAL IN HK — YAXLEY ................................................................ 5


NEW VEHICLE INSPECTION PLAN ANNOUNCED ...................................................................... 7


PRESS CONFERENCE ON REVIEW BOARD ...................................................................................... 7


LANGUAGE INSTITUTE TO OFFER COURSES ............................................................................ 8


TYPE 'A. CAR PARK MONTHLY PASSES ...................................................................................... 9


TRANSLATION WORKSHOP FOR JOURNALISTS .......................................................................... 9


BOARD TO DISCUSS BUILDING MANAGEMENT ......................................................................... 10


EIGHTH REFUSE COLLECTION POINT FOR MONG KOK ................................................... 10


NT LIFE SAVING SERVICES RESUME THURSDAY ................................................................ 11


KENNEDY TO./N TRAFFIC CHANGE...................................................................................................... 11


FIRING PRACTICE............................................................................................................................................ 12


WATER FIGURES .................................................................................................................................................. 13


RESTRICTED ZONE EXTENDED ............................................................................................................... 13


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 1984


- 1


VALUE OF PERSONAL CONTACT STRESSED


* * * * *


THE VALUE OF PERSONAL CONTACT WAS STRESSED TODAY BY MINISTER 

OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, MR RICHARD LUCE, 

AFTER A MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.


MR LUCE SA IDs + l HAVE SPENT THE MORNING WITH THE GOVERNOR IN 

THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL. I HAVE HAD A VERY COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW OF 

THE PRESENT SITUATION IN HONG KONG AND I MUST SAY THAT I HAVE HAD 

VERY VALUABLE DISCUSSIONS.*


+AS I SAID ON MY ARRIVAL, I, MY PRIME MINISTER AND FOREIGN 

SECRETARY, ATTACH THE HIGHEST IMPORTANCE TO PERSONAL CONTACT AND 

THAT THEREFORE WAS THE VALUE OF THIS MORNING’S MEETING.*


- - - - 0 ---------


AMBASSADOR SAYS TALKS HERE 'EXTREMELY VALUABLE’ 

* * *


THE BRITISH AMBASSADOR TO PEKING, SIR RICHARD EVANS, TODAY 

DESCRIBED AS +EXTREMELY VALUABLE* HIS MEETING WITH THE EXECUTIVE 

COUNCIL AND HIS CONSULTATIONS WITH MR RICHARD LUCE, MINISTER OF 

STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, AND THE GOVERNOR, 

SIR EDWARD YOUDE.


SPEAKING TO REPORTERS SHORTLY BEFORE DEPARTING FOR PEKING, 

SIR RICHARD SAID HE COULD NOT AFFORD TO STAY ANY LONGER BECAUSE 

HE WOULD BE HOST TO MR PAUL CHANNON, MINISTER OF TRADE, AT A 

DINNER PARTY THIS EVENING.


+BUT I SHALL BE BACK SOON,* HE SAID.


+AND AS I SAID IN PEKING A FEW DAYS AGO, ALL THOSE OF YOU 

WHO GO THERE FOR THE NEXT ROUND OF TALKS ARE VERY WELCOME TO COME 

AND HAVE TEA WITH MY WIFE AND MYSELF AT MY HOUSE AT 5 O’CLOCK 

ON MARCH 16,+ HE TOLD REPORTERS AT THE AIRPORT.


+WE SHALL BE READY FOR YOU.


+BUT DON’T BRING YOUR NOTEBOOKS, AND YOUR CAMERAS, AND YOUR 

OTHER ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, BECAUSE THIS IS A GET-TOGETHER SESSION, 

A GETTING ACQUAINTED SESSION.


+WE LOOK FORWARD TO SEEING YOU VERY MUCH THEN,* HE SAID.


SIR RICHARD WAS SEEN OFF AT THE AIRPORT BY THE GOVERNOR’S 

ASSISTANT PRIVATE SECRETARY, MR MATTHEW CHEUNG.


- - - 0 -----------


/2....


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 1984


2


NOTE TO EDITORS:


PRESS CONFERENCE BY MINISTER OF STATE 

* * * * *


THE MINISTER OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, 

14? RICHARD LUCE, WILL GIVE A PRESS CONFERENCE IN THE GIS THEATRE 

AT 12 NOON TOMORROW (TUESDAY).


YOU ARE INVITED TO ATTEND.


LATER TOMORROW AFTERNOON, THERE WILL BE A FACILITY FOR 

PHOTOGRAPHERS AND CAMERAMEN TO COVER MR LUCE’S DEPARTURE FOR 

KUALA LUMPUR. MR LUCE WILL BE TRAVELLING ON FLIGHT CX 721, 

ETD. 3.30 PM.


PLEASE ADVISE THOSE ASSIGNED TO COVER THE EVENT TO ASSEMBLE 

AT THE AIRPORT PRESS CONFERENCE ROOM NOT LATER THAN 2.15 PM 

TOMORROW. GIS OFFICERS WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST.


- - - - 0 ---------


BUDGET DAY ON WEDNESDAY 

* * *


HONG KONG’S BUDGET FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR 1984/85 WILL BE 

PRESENTED TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 29).


THE PROCEEDINGS WILL START AT 2.30 PM WHEN THE FINANCIAL 

SECRETARY, SIR JOHN BREMRlDGE MOVES THE FIRST AND SECOND 

READINGS OF THE APPROPRIATION BILL 1984 AND OUTLINES HONG KONG’S 

ESTIMATED REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE FOR 1984-85.


THE ESTIMATED HEADS OF EXPENDITURE WILL BE SET OUT IN THE 

SCHEDULE OF THE BILL TO BE PUBLISHED IN AN EXTRAORDINARY GAZETTE 

THE SAME AFTERNOON.


DEBATE ON THE BILL WILL BE ADJOURNED UNTIL MARCH 28 AND 29 

WHEN UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS WILL EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS ON THE BUDGET 

PROPOSALS.


OFFICIAL MEMBERS WILL REPLY TO POINTS RAISED BY THEIR 

UNOFFICIAL COLLEAGUES ON APRIL 18. IF NECESSARY, THE DEBATE 

WILL CONTINUE THE FOLLOWING DAY.


THIS WILL BE FOLLOWED BY THE COMMITTEE STAGE AND THIRD 

READING ON THE BILL ON MAY 2.


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY’S SPEECH ON WEDNESDAY WILL BE 

BROADCAST LIVE OVER RTHK’S RADIO 1 (CHINESE) AND RADIO 3 (ENGLISH).


/HTHK WILL ................


MONDAY, FEBHUABY 27, 1984


- 3 -


RTHK WILL ALSO BROADCAST LIVE THE OTHER BUDGET SITTINGS 

ON MARCH 28 AND 29, APRIL 18, 19 (IF NECESSARY) AND MAY 2 ON 

RADIO 1 (CHINESE) AND RADIO 3 (ENGLISH).


THE BUDGET SITTINGS WILL ALSO BE COVERED, IN NORMAL NEWSCASTS 

AND BULLETINS OF RTHK, COMMERCIAL RADIO, HK-TVB AND ATV.


NOTE TO EDITORSi


IN ORDER TO AFFORD MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES AS MUCH TIME AS 

POSSIBLE TO PREPARE STORIES RELATING TO THE BUDGET, ON WEDNESDAY, 

FEBRUARY 29, A CLOSED WORKING SESSION WILL BE HELD IN THE GIS 

THEATRE, 5TH FLOOR, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, QUEEN’S ROAD, CENTRAL.


THE GROUND RULES ARE AS FOLLOWS:


1. NO PART OF THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY’S SPEECH OR RELATED 

DOCUMENTS IS TO BE PUBLISHED OR BROADCAST PRIOR TO 

DELIVERY IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

2. REPORTERS WHO WISH TO ATTEND THE CLOSED WORKING SESSION 

ARE ASKED TO BE AT THE GIS THEATRE BY 11.15 AM TO 

REGISTER. AT 11.30 AM, THE FIRST, BACKGROUND, PART OF 

THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY’S SPEECH WILL BE DISTRIBUTED.



AT 12.30 PM, EVENING NEWSPAPER REPORTERS WILL BE ALLOWED 

TO LEAVE TO FILE STORIES BASED ON THIS PART OF THE 

SPEECH.


OTHER REPORTERS WHO WISH TO ATTEND THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL 

SESSION THAT AFTERNOON WILL ALSO LEAVE AT THIS POINT.


BOTH GROUPS MUST BEAR IN MIND THE EMBARGO STATED IN 

PARAGRAPH 1.


3. ONCE THE ABOVE TWO GROUPS HAVE DEPARTED, THE REMAINING 

REPORTERS WILL BE GIVEN THE SECOND PART OF THE SPEECH, 

CONTAINING THE BUDGET PROPOSALS.



NO-ONE WILL BE ALLOWED TO LEAVE THE THEATRE UNTIL AFTER 

THE FS HAS FINISHED SPEAKING. A SANDWICH LUNCH, AND SOFT 

DRINKS WILL BE PROVIDED.


4. ON COMPLETION OF DELIVERY THE CLOSED SESSION WILL END AND 

REPORTERS MAY LEAVE.



NOTE: ALL MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES REGISTERING FOR THE CLOSED


-------- WORKING SESSION WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE ACCEPTED IN FULL 

THE ABOVE CONDITIONS.


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 1984


- 4 -


FINANCE COMMITTEE TO MEET IN PUBLIC NEXT MONTH


*****


THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL’S FINANCE COMMITTEE WILL CONDUCT ITS 

EXAMINATIONS OF GOVERNMENT BUDGET PROPOSALS IN PUBLIC FOR THE 

FIRST TIME AT FOUR SPECIAL MEETINGS NEXT MONTH.


CHANGES TO THE COUNCIL’S STANDING ORDERS WERE MADE LAST JULY 

PAVING THE WAY FOR THIS IMPORTANT DEVELOPMENT IN ITS HISTORY.


THE FINANCE COMMITTEE, THE TOP DECISION-MAKING BODY ON PUBLIC 

SPENDING, HAS THREE OFFICIAL MEMBERS: THE CHIEF SECRETARY THE 

FINANCIAL SECRETARY AND THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS. BUT 

IT IS ONLY THE LEGCO UNOFFICIALS WHO HAVE VOTING RIGHTS.


THE COUNCIL NOW HAS 29 UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS, THE LARGEST NUMBER 

EVER, ALL OF THEM SITTING ON THE FINANCE COMMITTEE AS OVERSEERS 

OF PUBLIC SPENDING.


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY IS GOING TO PRESENT THE BUDGET ON 

WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 29), AND GEARING THEMSELVES FOR THE FORMIDABLE 

TASK OF SCRUTINISING THE VOLUMINOUS DRAFT ESTIMATES OF EXPENDITURE, 

THE UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS HAVE FORMED THEMSELVES INTO FOUR STUDY TEAMS 

THIS YEAR TO DEAL WITH SOCIAL SERVICES} LAW AND ORDER; ECONOMIC 

AND COMMUNITY SERVICES} AND GENERAL SERVICES UNDER THE CONVENERSHIP 

OF DR THE HON HARRY FANG, THE HON T.S. LO, THE HON BILL BROWN 

AND THE HON S.L. CHEN RESPECTIVELY.


WHEN THE SWITCH FROM IN-CAMERA TO OPEN SESSIONS WAS ANNOUNCED 

LAST YEAR, THE ATTORNEY GENERAL SAID THE STEP WOULD DEMONSTRATE 

TO THE PUBLIC THE ACCOUNTABILITY OF OFFICERS ADMINISTERING 

GOVERNMENT SPENDING.


EVERY SUCH OFFICER WILL BE BROUGHT BEFORE THE UNOFFICIALS TO 

ANSWER QUESTIONS ON HIS DEPARTMENT’S BUDGET PROPOSALS.


IF THE PAST IS ANY GUIDE, CONTROLLING OFFICERS WILL BE BARRAGED 

WITH HUNDREDS OF QUESTIONS, VERBAL AND WRITTEN.


LAST YEAR, THE UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS RAISED 366 POINTS OF QUERY 

AFTER A SERIES OF MEETINGS AT WHICH EACH OF THE 71 HEADS OF 

EXPENDITURE WAS CRITICALLY EXAMINED.


THESE POINTS WERE EITHER ANSWERED IN WRITING OR CLARIFIED BY 

CONTROLLING OFFICERS AT FOUR SPECIAL MEETINGS OF THE FINANCE 

COMMITTEE. A TOTAL OF 25 CONTROLLING OFFICERS APPEARED BEFORE 

THE COMMITTEE AND WERE CLOSELY QUESTIONED BY THE UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS.


+THIS VERBAL GRILLING WILL NOW BE CARRIED OUT IN PUBLIC, A 

STEP THAT SHOULD HELP IN THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF AN OPEN 

GOVERNMENT,* A LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL SPOKESMAN SAID.


THIS YEAR’S SPECIAL FINANCE COMMITTEE MEETINGS ARE SCHEDULED 

TO BE HELD ON MARCH 7, 8, 9 AND 12.


----------0------------


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 1984


5


IT IS BUSINESS AS USUAL IN HK -- YAXLEY 

* * * *


THE DIRECTOR OF INDUSTRY, MR JOHN YAXLEY TODAY (MONDAY) TOLD 

A DELEGATION OF SWEDISH BUSINESSMEN THAT THE ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE 

AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME IN HONG KONG CLEARLY DEMONSTRATED THAT 

HONG KONG WAS VERY MUCH IN BUSINESS AND INTENDED TO STAY THAT WAY.


HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE SWEDISH OIL INDUSTRY SYMPOSIUM JOINTLY 

ORGANISED BY THE SWEDISH CONSULATE GENERAL IN HONG KONG AND THE 

SWEDISH TRADE COUNCIL IN SWEDEN TO DISCUSS OPPORTUNITIES FOR 

COOPERATION BETWEEN SWEDEN AND HONG KONG WHICH MAY RESULT FROM 

THE EXPLORATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOUTH CHINA SEAS OFF-SHORE 

OIL FIELDS.


.DESPITE, IN THE MINDS OF SOME, PRESENT UNCERTAINTIES, IT IS, 

HOWEVER, VERY MUCH BUSINESS AS USUAL IN HONG KONG. WE REMAIN 

FORWARD LOOKING AND OPTIMISTIC,* MR YAXLEY SAID.


HE POINTED OUT THAT TRADE WAS BOOMING AS HONG KONG’S MAIN 

MARKETS OVERSEAS PULLED OUT OF RECESSION AND ORDER BOOKS WERE FULL.


+THE YEAR-ON-YEAR GROWTH RATE IN REAL TERMS OF DOMESTIC 

EXPORTS WAS ABOUT 20 PER CENT IN THE LAST QUARTER OF 1983, UP 

FROM 18 PER CENT IN THE THIRD QUARTER AND 14 PER CENT IN THE 

SECOND QUARTER. DOMESTIC EXPORT PERFORMANCE IS EXPECTED TO REMAIN 

STRONG FOR AT LEAST THE NEXT SIX MONTHS.


*THE GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT FOR 1983 HAS BEEN REVISED UPWARDS 

FROM FOUR PER CENT TO SIX PER CENT, A FIGURE WHICH IN A DIFFICULT 

YEAR FOR EVERYBODY, COMPARES WELL WITH GROWTH RATES IN NORTH 

AMERICA AND WESTERN EUROPE,* HE SAID.


HONG KONG MANUFACTURERS WERE CONTINUING TO INVEST, PARTLY TO 

bEET THE CURRENT UPSURGE IN ORDERS, THOUGH WITH PERHAPS A LITTLE 

MORE CAUTION THAN PREVIOUSLY, HE POINTED OUT.


+WE IN THE DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRY KNOW OF 50 MANUFACTURERS 

AMONG WHOM ARE A NUMBER OF OVERSEAS COMPANIES CURRENTLY EXPANDING 

THEIR OPERATIONS, SOME OF THEM AT A COST RUNNING INTO TENS OF 

MILLIONS OF HONG KONG DOLLARS,* HE ADDED.


MR YAXLEY SAID ALTHOUGH FOREIGN INVESTMENT ACCOUNTED FOR ONLY 

10 PER CENT OF HONG KONG’S TOTAL INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION, IT HAD 

BEEN ESPECIALLY VALUABLE IN ASSISTING HONG KONG TO DIVERSIFY AND 

UPGRADE ITS PRODUCTS.


.THE LEVEL OF OVERSEAS INTEREST IN HONG KONG REMAINS 

ENCOURAGINGLY HIGH. THIS INTEREST HOWEVER COMES LARGELY FROM 

NORTH AMERICA AND JAPAN, RATHER THAN FROM EUROPE. HOWEVER, EUROPE 

WITH ITS EXPERIENCE IN THE NORTH SEA OFFSHORE OIL INDUSTRY HAS A 

GREAT DEAL OF EXPERTISE WHICH WILL BE INVALUABLE FOR THE OFFSHORE 

OIL INDUSTRY IN THIS REGION, AND I AM SURE THAT DEVELOPMENT IN 

THIS AREA WILL OFFER MANY PROFITABLE OPPORTUNITIES,* MR YAXLEY 

SAID.


/on the ...............


MONDAY, FEBHDAKY 27, 1984


6


ON THE GOVERNMENT SIDE, HE SAID THAT THE GOVERNMENT WAS 

CONTINUING WITH A SUBSTANTIAL PROGRAMME OF PUBLIC WORKS ON NEW 

TOWN DEVELOPMENT, HOUSING HIGHWAYS AND OTHER FACILITIES, AND WITH 

PROGRAMMES IN EDUCATION, HEALTH CARE, SOCIAL WELFARE, CULTURAL 

DEVELOPMENT AND ALL THE OTHER AREAS THAT ARE IMPORTANT FOR A 

SOPHISTICATED, MODERN AND CARING COMMUNITY.


.ELECTRIFICATION AND MODERNISATION OF THE KOWLOON CANTON 

RAILWAY, WHICH RUNS FROM KOWLOON TO OUR BORDER WITH CHINA, HAS 

JUST BEEN COMPLETED, AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE HONG KONG ISLAND 

LINE OF THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY IS WELL UNDERWAY. THE GOVERNMENT 

WILL SHORTLY BE ANNOUNCING A MAJOR CO-ORDINATED DEVELOPMENT 

PROGRAMME FOR THE TERRITORY WHICH WILL TAKE US INTO THE 21 ST 

CENTURY,+ HE TOLD THE SYMPOSIUM.


THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT’S PRINCIPAL CONSULTANT, MAJOR C.G. 

BERNARD, ALSO DETAILED FACILITIES AND SERVICES AVAILABLE IN HONG 

KONG FOR THE OFFSHORE OIL INDUSTRY.


HE CALLED ON THE SWEDISH DELEGATION TO FURTHER LOOK INTO 

BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES WHICH HONG KONG OFFERS.


+SWEDEN IS VERY POORLY REPRESENTED IN HONG KONG’S INDUSTRIAL 

AND COMMERCIAL SCENE, COMPARED WITH OTHER COUNTRIES SUCH AS THE 

USA, JAPAN, UK, AUSTRALIA AND HOLLAND,+ HE SAID.


TO ILLUSTRATE THE POTENTIAL, MAJOR BERNARD POINTED OUT THAT 

SINGAPORE WHICH HAD AN OLD AND WELL ESTABLISHED OFFSHORE OIL 

INDUSTRIAL BASE AND INDUSTRY SERVING OIL FIELDS IN INDONESIA, 

MALAYSIA, THAILAND AND THE PHILIPPINES, HAD OVER 110 SERVICE 

SUPPLY AND CONSTRUCTION COMPANIES, 33 OIL COMPANIES, 18 CONSULTANTS 

AND 15 GEOPHYSICAL SURVEYORS.


HE ADDED THAT HONG KONG, ON THE OTHER HAND, HAD ONLY SOME 

60 SUCH COMPANIES IN ALL.


.THE POTENTIAL, THEREFORE, FOR ESTABLISHING SIMILAR BUSINESSES 

HERE IN HONG KONG, AS DRILLING ACTIVITIES DEVELOP, WHETHER AS A 

WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OR AS A JOINT VENTURE, IS CLEARLY VERY 

CONSIDERABLE.

.OF COURSE, MANY OF THE FACILITIES AND SERVICES REQUIRED WILL 

BE ESTABLISHED IN THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA OFFSHORE OIL 

BASES NOW BEING DEVELOPED CLOSE TO HONG KONG IN CH IWAN AND 

SHEKOU,+ HE SAID.



EVEN SO, HE ADDED, IT WAS CONSIDERED THAT THE COMMUNICATIONS 

AND INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES WHICH HONG KONG ALONE COULD PROVIDE 

IN THE EARLY YEARS WOULD LEAD AT LEAST TO THE ESTABLISHMENT OF 

LIAISON OFFICES FOR COMMUNICATIONS, PERSONNEL MOVEMENTS CONTROL 

AND SUPPLIES PROCUREMENT.


- - - - 0------------


I^NDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 1984


7


NEW VEHICLE INSPECTION PLAN ANNOUNCED 

XXI


ALL GOODS VEHICLES AND TRAILERS MANUFACTURED BEFORE 1975 WILL 

HAVE TO BE EXAMINED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT BEFORE LICENCES 

FOR THESE VEHICLES CAN BE RENEWED.


ANNOUNCING THIS TODAY (MONDAY), A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID 

THAT INSPECTION IS REQUIRED IF APPLICATION FOR NEW LICENCES 

COMMENCING ON OR AFTER APRIL 1, 1984 IS MADE.


THE SPOKESMAN ALSO ANNOUNCED NEW ARRANGEMENTS FOR INSPECTION 

CF GOODS VEHICLES AND TRAILERS MANUFACTURED IN 1975. OWNERS MUST 

PRESENT THESE VEHICLES FOR EXAMINATION BEFORE APPLICATION FOR 

LICENCES COMMENCING ON OR AFTER NOVEMBER 1, 1984 CAN BE ACCEPTED.


THE NEW ARRANGEMENTS REPLACE PLANS ANNOUNCED ON DECEMBER 25 

AND 26, 1983 CONCERNING COMPULSORY INSPECTION OF GOODS VEHICLES 

AND TRAILERS MANUFACTURED IN 1975.


VEHICLES AND TRAILERS WHICH HAVE PASSED EXAMINATION AT THE 

DEPARTMENT’S VEHICLE EXAMINATION CENTRE AT CHEUNG YIP STREET, 

NGAU TAU KOK, WILL BE ISSUED WITH A CERTIFICATE OF ROADWORTHINESS 

WHICH SHOULD BE PRODUCED WHEN MAKING APPLICATION FOR RELICENSING.


THE CERTIFICATES WILL BE VALID ONLY IF ISSUED DURING THE FOUR 

MONTHS PRECEDING THE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF THE NEW LICENCE.


APPLICATION FORMS FOR EXAMINATION ARE AVAILABLE AT ALL 

LICENSING OFFICES AND VEHICLE EXAMINATION CENTRES.


VEHICLE OWNERS ARE ADVISED TO MAKE EARLY APPOINTMENTS TO 

AVOID INCONVENIENCE WHEN THEIR LICENCES EXPIRE.


ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON TELEPHONE 3-7597505.


- - 0


NOTE TO EDITORS*


PRESS CONFERENCE ON REVIEW BOARD 

* * *


A PRESS CONFERENCE WILL BE HELD TOMORROW (TUESDAY) TO ANNOUNCE 

THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A BROADCASTING REVIEW BOARD AND TO INTRODUCE 

ITS MEMBERS.


THE CONFERENCE, TO BE OPENED BY THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, 

NR DENIS BRAY, WILL BE HELD AT 3 PM IN THE FURAMA HOTEL JADE 

BALLROOM WHERE SIMULTANEOUS INTERPRETATION FACILITIES WILL BE 

ARRANGED FOR THE PRESS. IT WILL BE FOLLOWED BY A TEA RECEPTION 

TO WHICH YOUR REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED.


/THE board


MONDAY, FBBRUAEY 27, 1984


- 8 -


THE BOARD HAS BEEN SET UP TO CONDUCT A COMPREHENSIVE REV IE* 

CF BROADCASTING AS ANNOUNCED BY THE GOVERNOR IN HIS ADDRESS TO THE 

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AT THE START OF ITS CURRENT SESSION.


THE GOVERNOR SAID THE REVIEW WOULD ASSESS LONG-TERM NEEDS FOR 

TELEVISION AND SOUND BROADCASTING, TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE MAJOR 

TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCES WHICH HAD OCCURRED SINCE THE LAST REVIEW, 

AND WOULD RECOMMEND A POLICY FOR THE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF 

BROADCASTING IN HONG KONG.


0 - - - -


LANGUAGE INSTITUTE TO OFFER COURSES 

* * * *


PRIMARY SCHOOL HEADS ARE INVITED TO NOMINATE LANGUAGE 

TEACHERS TO ATTEND A NUMBER OF FULL-TIME REFRESHER COURSES TO 

BE OFFERED FREE OF CHARGE BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S INSTITUTE 

OF LANGUAGE IN EDUCATION BETWEEN SEPTEMBER 1984 AND JUNE 1985.


THERE WILL BE FOUR COURSES - TWO FOR TEACHERS OF ENGLISH 

AND TWO FOR TEACHERS OF CHINESE. EACH WILL LAST FOR 16 WEEKS AND 

ACCOMMODATE 150 TEACHERS.


THE MAIN OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSES ARE TO FAMILIARISE 

TEACHERS WITH THE MOST RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN 

LANGUAGE EDUCATION, TO ENABLE THEM TO EXTEND AND UPDATE THE 

REPERTORY OF THEIR APPROACHES TO LANGUAGE TEACHING AND TO PROVIDE 

THEM WITH AN OPPORTUNITY TO IMPROVE THEIR OWN LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY.


A TEACHER REFRESHER COURSE CERTIFICATE WILL BE ISSUED TO 

ALL PARTICIPANTS WHO HAVE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED A COURSE.


A SPOKESMAN FOR THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT SAID THAT PREFERENCE 

WILL EE GIVEN TO TEACHERS WHO HAVE AT LEAST FIVE YEARS’ POSTQUALIFICATION 

TEACHING EXPERIENCE AND WHO HAVE NOT ATTENDED A 

FULL-TIME REFRESHER COURSE DURING THE LAST THREE YEARS.


PREFERENCE WILL ALSO BE GIVEN TO THOSE WHO HAVE SPENT MORE 

THAN HALF OF THEIR TEACHING TIME IN THE TEACHING OF CHINESE 

OR ENGLISH DURING THE LAST TWO YEARS.


~HE SPOKESMAN SAID SCHOOLS MAY NOMINATE PARTICIPANTS FOR 

BOTH THE CHINESE AND ENGLISH COURSES.


HOWEVER, HE ADDED, NOMINATIONS MUST BE MADE IN PAIRS -- A 

NOMINATION FOR THE FIRST CHINESE COURSE MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY 

A NOMINATION FOR THE OTHER CHINESE COURSE. THIS ALSO APPLIES 

TO THE ENGLISH COURSES.


SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS WILL BE RELEASED FROM NORMAL SCHOOL 

DUTIES TO ATTEND THE REFRESHER COURSES ON A FULL-TIME BASIS.


THE SCHOOLS CONCERNED WILL BE ALLOWED TO EMPLOY A FULL-TIME 

TEACHER FOR THE WHOLE OF THE SCHOOL YEAR.


/THE REPLACEMENT................


MONDAY, FEBBUAEY 27, 1984


- 9 -


THE REPLACEMENT TEACHER WILL BE EMPLOYED AT THE CERTIFICATED 

MASTER/MI STRESS RANK ON A MONTH-TO-MONTH BASIS AND THE 

SERVICE WILL COUNT FOR PROMOTION AND INCREMENTAL PURPOSES.


SCHOOL HEADS WHO WISH TO NOMINATE TEACHERS TO ATTEND TfclESE 

COURSES SHOULD SUBMIT THEIR NOMINATIONS TO THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR 

OF EDUCATION, INSTITUTE OF LANGUAGE IN EDUCATION AT PARK-IN 

COMMERCIAL CENTRE, 21/F, 56 DUNDAS STREET, KOWLOON ON OR BRFORE 

MARCH 17, 1984.


ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE WITH THE INSTITUTE ON TEL. NO.3-319418.


------------0------------


TYPE ’A’ CAR PARK MONTHLY PASSES 

* * * *


THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY (MONDAY) THAT FOR 

THE MONTH OF MARCH, ITS TYPE ’A’ CAR PARK MONTHLY PASSES ISSUED 

AT $1 OOO EACH WILL BE VALID FOR ALL CAR PARKS MANAGED BY THE 

DEPARTMENT EXCEPT THE MIDDLE ROAD AND YAU MA TEI MULTI-STOREY CAR 

PARKS, WHICH WILL BE PRIVATISED FROM MARCH 1.


THE GOVERNMENT MULTI-STOREY CAR PARKS IN CENTRAL WILL BE 

PRIVATISED FROM APRIL 1 AND THE NEW OPERATOR WILL BE ISSUING 

NEW TYPE ’A’ MONTHLY PASSES FOR USE AT ALL MULTI-STOREY CAR 

PARKS THEN UNDER ITS MANAGEMENT.


------------0------------


TRANSLATION WORKSHOP FOR JOURNALISTS


* * * *


WORKING JOURNALISTS ARE INVITED TO TAKE PART IN A NEWS 

TRANSLATION WORKSHOP CONDUCTED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION 

OF THE HONG KONG BAPTIST COLLEGE.


THE COURSE IS ORGANISED AT THE REQUEST OF THE JOURNALISM 

TRAINING BOARD OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL TO HELP UPGRADE 

THE STANDARD OF JOURNALISM IN HONG KONG.


THE WORKSHOP WILL BE HELD EVERY MONDAY AND THURSDAY MORNING 

FROM MARCH 15 TO APRIL 12.


ABOUT 100 SAMPLES OF PUBLISHED TRANSLATIONS OF FOREIGN NE.S 

AGENCY STORIES AND ARTICLES WILL BE DISCUSSED BY THE MODERATORS 

AND PARTICIPANTS AT THE WORKSHOP.


THE COURSE FEE IS $1 000 A PERSON. EACH PARTICIPANT IS 

REQUIRED TO PAY A NOMINAL SUM OF $100, AS THE REST OF THE 

AMOUNT IS BORNE BY VTC.


CLOSING DATE FOR APPLICATION IS FRIDAY, MARCH 9, 1984. 

ENQUIRIES SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE SECRETARY OF THE JOURNALISM 

TRAINING BOARD, MR FRANK NG AT 5-8932341 EXT. 283.


------------0----


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 1984


BOARD TO DISCUSS BUILDING MANAGEMENT 

* * * * *


FINDINGS OF A SEMINAR ON MULTI-STOREY BUILDING MANAGEMENT 

WILL BE DISCUSSED AT THE MONG KOK DISTRICT BOARD MEETING ON 

WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 29).


THE SEMINAR WAS HELD ON JANUARY 29, WHEN SOME 300 PARTICIPANTS 

DISCUSSED MAJOR BUILDING MANAGEMENT PROBLEMS, SUCH AS SECURITY, 

VICE-ESTABLISHMENTS, SIGNBOARDS AND ILLEGAL EXTENSIONS.


PARTICIPANTS THEN RECOMMENDED THAT THE VIEWS EXPRESSED SHOULD 

BE CHANNELLED TO RELEVANT GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND THAT FURTHER 

PUBLICITY BE GIVEN TO THE PROMOTION OF BETTER BUILDING MANAGEMENT.


AT WEDNESDAY’S MEETING, BOARD MEMBERS WILL STUDY PROPOSALS 

TO HELP THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT KEEP DOWN FIRE HAZARDS.


MEMBERS WILL ALSO DISCUSS THE RECENT PROPOSALS FOR FURTHER 

DEVELOPMENT OF LOCAL ADMINISTRATION, VISITS TO GOVERNMENT 

DEPARTMENTS AND COMMUNITY INSTITUTIONS, AND A SURVEY ON THE 

DISTRICT NEWSPAPER.


NOTE TO EDITORS :


YOU ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE MONG KOK DISTRICT BOARD MEETING 

AT 3 PM ON WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 29) IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE 

DISTRICT OFFICE ON THE FIRST FLOOR OF TUNG PING BUILDING, 157 

PRINCE EDWARD ROAD.


0 - -


EIGHTH REFUSE COLLECTION POINT FOR MONG KOK


*****


A LARGE OFF-STREET REFUSE COLLECTION POINT WILL BE BUILT 

AT MONG KOK.


IT WILL OCCUPY A 200-SQUARE-METRE SITE IN NULLAH STREET 

AND BE READY BY THE END OF THE YEAR.


THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT 

DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED A $545 000 CONTRACT TO GAMMON (HONG KONG) 

LIMITED TO CARRY OUT THE PILING WORK, WHICH WILL TAKE THREE 

MONTHS TO COMPLETE.


WORK ON BUILDING THE SUPERSTRUCTURE WILL THEN BEGIN UNDER 

A SEPARATE CONTRACT.


FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED INCLUDE A REFUSE COLLECTION AREA, 

A LOADING BAY, A ROLL-CALL ROOM, AN OFFICE AND STOREROOM.


THE STRUCTURE WILL BE THE EIGHTH OFF-STREET REFUSE COLLECTION 

POINT IN MONG KOK.


- - 0 - -


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 1984


11


NT LIFE SAVING SERVICES RESUME THURSDAY 

* * *


* BELCHER’S STREET FROM 55 METRES WEST OF HOLLAND 

STREET TO 37 METRES EAST OF SAI CHEUNG STREET WILL 

BE DESIGNATED AS URBAN CLEARWAY. NO MOTOR VEHICLES 

OTHER THAN FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP 

THERE FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS BETWEEN 7 AM AND 7 PM 

DAILY.


LIFE SAVING AND FIRST AID SERVICES WILL BE RESUMED ON 

THURSDAY (MARCH 1) AT ALL 27 GAZETTED PUBLIC BATHING BEACHES IN 

THE NEW TERRITORIES AND ON THE OUTLYING ISLANDS.


LIFEGUARDS WILL BE ON DUTY AT THE BEACHES BETWEEN 9 AM AND 

6 PM DAILY, SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES 

DEPARTMENT.


BUT HE URGED SWIMMERS TO PLAY SAFE BY NOT SWIMMING OUTSIDE 

THE AREAS CLEARLY MARKED BY BUOY LINES.


THEY ARE ALSO ADVISED NOT TO SWIM AT CASTLE PEAK BEACH 

ANGLER’S BEACH AND THE NON-GAZETTED BEACH AT BUTTERFLY BAY 

TUEN MUN BECAUSE OF THE UNSUITABLE CONDITION OF THE WATERS


IN


THERE


BEACHGOERS MAY, HOWEVER, SUN BATH OR USE THE BARBECUE PITS 

PROVIDED AT THE BEACHES, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


AND AT CASTLE PEAK BEACH, PLEASURE BOATS MAY BE HIRED BY THE 

PUBLIC, THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.


-------------0 - - - -


KENNEDY TOWN TRAFFIC CHANGE


* * *


TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN KENNEDY TOWN WILL BE CHANGED FOR 

ABOUT SIX MONTHS FRQM 10 AM ON WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 29) TO 

FACILITATE SLOPE WORK AT BELCHER’S STREET.


THE ARRANGEMENTS ARE s


* AN 80-METRE SECTION OF BELCHER’S STREET NEAR SAI 

CHEUNG STREET WILL BE RESTRICTED TO ONE LANE FOR 

TWO-WAY TRAFFIC.

* VEHICLES ON SAI CHEUNG STREET WILL BE PROHIBITED 

FROM TURNING RIGHT INTO BELCHER’S STREET.

* A YELLOW BOX WILL BE DESIGNATED ON THE EASTBOUND 

CARRIAGEWAY OF BELCHER’S STREET AT ITS JUNCTION 

WITH HOLLAND STREET.



- - 0 - -


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 1984


- 12 -


FIRING PRACTICE 

K M * M


FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE HA TSUEN-CASTLE PEAK 

RANGE ON 13 DAYS IN MARCH.


THE PUBLIC ARE WARNED NOT TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN RED FLAGS 

ARE HOISTED.


THE FOLLOWING ARE THE DAYS AND TIMES OF THE PRACTICE*


DATE


TIME


MARCH 1 (THURSDAY)


8 AM - 5 PM


MARCH 2 (FRIDAY)


8 AM - 5 PM


MARCH 5 (MONDAY)


8 AM - 11 PM


MARCH 6 (TUESDAY)


8 AM - 11 PM


MARCH 7 (WEDNESDAY)


8 AM - 5 PM


MARCH 9 (FRIDAY)


8 AM - 5 PM


MARCH 12 (MONDAY)


8 AM - 5 PM


MARCH 15 (THURSDAY)


8 AM - 5 PM


MARCH 20 (TUESDAY)


8 AM - 5 PM


MARCH 22 (THURSDAY)


8 AM - 5 PM


MARCH 27 (TUESDAY)


8 AM - 5 PM


MARCH 28 (WEDNESDAY)


8 AM - 5 PM


MARCH 29 (THURSDAY)


8 AM - 5 PM




0


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 1984


- 13 -


WATER FIGURES 

* * *


STORAGE IN HONG KONG’S RESERVOIRS AT 9 AM TODAY (MONDAY) 

STOOD AT 82.7 PER CENT OF CAPACITY OR 484.988 MILLION CUBIC 

KTRES.


THIS TIME LAST YEAR THE RESERVOIRS CONTAINED 420.602 MILLION 

CUBIC METRES OF WATER, REPRESENTING 71.8 PER CENT OF CAPACITY.


-------------0------------


RESTRICTED ZONE EXTENDED 

* *


FROM 10 AM ON WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 29), THE EXISTING 7 AM TO 

7 PM RESTRICTION AT THE NORTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF BULKELEY STREET 

WILL BE EXTENDED WESTWARDS FOR ABOUT 23 METRES TO ITS JUNCTION 

WITH WHAMPOA STREET.


WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONE, ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT THOSE 

AUTHORISED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM 

PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS, OR LOADING OR UNLOADING 

GOODS.


- - - - 0 ------------


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES


BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


CONTENTS PAGE NO,


MINISTER OF STATE MEETS PRESS................................................................................................ 1


JANUARY EXPORTS RISE SHARPLY................................................................................................... 12


NEW LOOK AT BROADCASTING................................................................................................................ 15


PUBLIC MEETINGS OF FINANCE COMMITTEE......................................................................... 17


SOCIAL SECURITY SYSTEM ADEQUATE FOR ITS PURPOSE - DIRECTOR .. 19


.80 MILLION REALISED AT LAND SALE................................................................................... 22


TRACK AT SPORTS GROUND OPEN TO JOGGERS ................................................................... 23


ENTERTAINMaiT PROGRAMME FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE....................................................... 23


BEST BEING DONE FOR CHILD CARE............................................................................................. 24


MORAL EDUCATION SEMINAR FOR TEACHERS .......................................................................... 25


MINISTER OF STATE LEAVES ................................................................................................................ 25


U.S. MAKES AUTHORISATION CALL ON TEXTILE CATEGORY ................................ 25


TUNNEL TRAFFIC ADVICE......................................................................................................................... 26


SOY STREET TRAFFIC CHANGE............................................................................................................. 26


TRAFFIC RESTRICTION


26


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


‧ 1 ‧


MINISTER OF STATE MEETS PRESS 

* * * *


FOLLOWING IS THE STATEMENT BY MR RICHARD LUCE, MINISTER OF 

STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, AT THE PRESS CONFERENCE 

THIS AFTERNOONi


"FIRSTLY LET ME SAY THAT I AM VERY PLEASED TO BE HERE AGAIN. 

THE LAST TIME WAS ONLY FIVE MONTHS AGO, AND, AS YOU KNOW, I ATTACH 

GREAT IMPORTANCE TO REGULAR VISITS TO HONG KONG. I EXPLAINED ON 

MY ARRIVAL THAT I HAVE BEEN UNDERTAKING A FAR EASTERN TOUR. I HAVE 

BEEN ATTENDING THE FIRST NATIONAL DAY CELEBRATIONS IN BRUNEI WITH 

THE PRINCE OF WALES AND I GO ON TODAY TO MALAYSIA, AND I REGARD 

THIS AS A VERY IMPORTANT PART OF MY TOUR. JUST LIKE LAST TIME, IN 

SEPTEMBER OF LAST YEAR, I, OF COURSE, HAVE HAD LENGTHY TALKS 

WITH THE GOVERNOR AND, INDEED, AS WITH LAST TIME, WITH THE BRITISH 

AMBASSADOR IN PEKING, AND I VALUED THAT VERY MUCH. I HAVE ALSO 

HAD CONSULTATIONS WITH THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, AND VERY FULL 

DISCUSSIONS TOO, LAST NIGHT WITH UMELCO AND, OF COURSE, THAT 

REINFORCES THE POINT THAT THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT HAVE REPEATEDLY 

MADE ABOUT THE VALUE AND IMPORTANCE OF CONSULTATIONS, WITH THE 

EXECUTIVE COUNCIL AND WITH THE UNOFFICIALS.


"I HAVE CONTINUED AS WITH LAST TIME TO LISTEN TO A WIDE RANGE 

OF VIEWS, AND I THINK THIS ADDS FURTHER TO THE CROSS SECTION OF 

VIEWS THAT I ATTEMPTED TO LISTEN TO, THE VIEWS OF THE PEOPLE OF 

HONG KONG, IN SEPTEMBER OF LAST YEAR, FROM A WIDE VARIETY OF 

THE SOCIETY OF HONG KONG.


"I HAVE ALSO HAD THE CHANCE THIS MORNING TO SEE A LITTLE BIT 

MORE OF HONG KONG BY VISITING THE EASTERN DISTRICT. AND I CANNOT 

STATE ENOUGH TIMES, THE VALUE THE PRIME MINISTER, THE FOREIGN 

SECRETARY AND I PLACE UPON PERSONAL CONTACT AT THIS PERIOD IN THE


HISTORY OF HONG KONG. HER MAJESTY’S GOVERNMENT ARE COMMITTED TO


SEARCH FOR A SETTLEMENT WHICH WILL ENSURE STABILITY AND PROSPERITY 

IN HONG KONG, A SETTLEMENT WHICH, AS YOU KNOW, WILL BE ACCEPTABLE


TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG - THAT IS OUR AIM - TO THE CHINESE


GOVERNMENT AND, OF COURSE, TO THE BRITISH PARLIAMENT.


"THE TALKS ARE PROCEEDING - BETWEEN THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT AND 

THE CHINESE GOVERNMENT. THE ATMOSPHERE IN THESE TALKS IS GOOD. 

WE ARE COVERING DETAILED GROUND AND, OF COURSE AS YOU KNOW, THE 

LAST TALKS WERE LAST WEEK IN PEKING, THE NINTH ROUND. WE ARE 

GETTING ON STEADILY WITH THESE TALKS AND WHAT WE, THE BRITISH 

GOVERNMENT, WANT IS THE BEST POSSIBLE SOLUTION FOR HONG KONG. AND 

I WANT TO STRESS TO YOU THAT I BELIEVE THAT THIS IS POSSIBLE TO 

ACHIEVE. THESE TALKS WHICH WE ARE HAVING IN PEKING, ARE PROCEEDING 

AT A PACE WHICH IS DESIGNED TO ACHIEVE JUST THAT OBJECTIVE. AND 

I WANT TO SAY THIS: THAT UPPERMOST IN OUR MIND, THE MIND OF 

THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT, IS YOUR FUTURE, THE FUTURE OF THE PEOPLE 

OF HONG KONG. I HAVE VALUED MY VISIT HERE ENORMOUSLY, AS 

I DO EACH TIME. AND I SHALL BE REPORTING OF COURSE ON MY VISIT 

TO SIR GEOFFREY HOWE, THE FOREIGN SECRETARY, AND I SHOULD JUST 

ADD, PERHAPS, AS A FINAL REMARK THAT SIR GEOFFREY HOWE, WILL 

HOPE TO VISIT HONG KONG IN THE NEAR FUTURE.


"NOW I AM VERY HAPPY TO TRY AND ANSWER QUESTIONS."


/QUESTION SESSION ....................


TUESDAY, FEBRUAjiY 28, 1984


2


QUESTION SESSION


Q: CAN I ASK YOU IF YOU THINK THIS IS THE RIGHT TIME FOR THE 

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TO DISCUSS THE 1997 ISSUE? AND, IF SO, HOW 

MUCH REAL INFORMATION CAN THE LEGCO COUNCILLORS BE GIVEN ON THE 

STATE OF THE 1997 TALKS?


A: WELL, THIS IS A MATTER FOR THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL OF HONG KONG. 

UNDER THE RULES, THEY ARE PERFECTLY ENTITLED IF THEY WISH TO DO SO, 

ID HAVE THIS PARTICULAR DEBATE. AND MY OWN VIEW IS THAT IT IS 

PERFECTLY NATURAL AND PERFECTLY UNDERSTANDABLE THAT THEY SHOULD 

HAVE THIS DEBATE, AND IT WILL BE FOR THEM TO EXPRESS THEIR OWN 

VIEWS.


Q: HOW MUCH REAL INFORMATION CAN YOU GIVE THEM?


Ax WELL, THEY ARE ENTITLED TO EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS. THAT IS FOR 

THEM, IT IS THEIR CHOICE, THEY ARE ENTITLED TO HAVE THIS DEBATE. 

THEY WILL HAVE A CHANCE TO EXPRESS THEIR OWN VIEWS. THAT IS FOR 

THEM.


Qx PEKING HAS SET VARIOUS DEADLINES, LIKE SEPTEMBER, OR JUNE, OR 

JULY. WHEN CAN WE EXPECT TO HEAR WHAT THE BRITISH PROPOSALS ARE? 

WE HAVE HEARD WHAT PEKING’S PROPOSALS ARE. WHEN CAN WE HEAR WHAT 

BRITAIN’S PROPOSALS ARE?


As WELL, AS I SAY, THE TALKS ARE PROCEEDING STEADILY. WHAT REALLY 

MATTERS, IT SEEMS TO US, IS TO FIND THE BEST SOLUTION, THE RIGHT 

SOLUTION, IN OUR JUDGEMENT, FOR HONG KONG. I HAVE SAID BEFORE, 

THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT HAS SAID BEFORE, MANY A TIME, WE HAVE NO 

DEADLINE. BUT WE OBVIOUSLY WANT TO PROCEED AS FAST AS IS REASONABLE. 

WE ARE PROGRESSING STEADILY. AND WE WILL CONTINUE TO DO JUST THAT. 

I THINK THE ONLY WAY I CAN ANSWER THAT QUESTION IS - THAT WE DON’T 

HAVE A DEADLINE. BUT, OBVIOUSLY, IT IS IN EVERYBODY’S INTERESTS 

IO SEE US REACH AN AGREEMENT AS SOON AS IS SENSIBLE AND POSSIBLE.


Qx SO. BY JUNE OR JULY?


As OH. WE CERTAINLY, I CANNOT GIVE A TIME SCALE- IT WOULD BE QUITE 

WRONG. BUT WE ARE MAKING STEADY PROGRESS.


Q: JUST A POINT OF CLARIFICATION. YOU SAID THAT THE LEGISLATIVE 

COUNCIL WAS ENTITLED TO THIS DEBATE. ARE YOU TALKING THERE ABOUT 

DEBATE, ABOUT DEBATE ON MARCH 14, OR ARE YOU SAYING THAT LEGCO IS 

ENTITLED TO HAVE AN INFORMED PRIOR DEBATE ON WHATEVER THE PROPOSED 

SETTLEMENT IS?


As WELL, AS I UNDERSTAND IT, THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL PROPOSE OF 

THEIR OWN ACCORD TO HAVE A DEBATE, IN MID-MARCH, ON THE SUBJECT 

THEY HAVE DETERMINED. IT GIVES THEM A CHANCE TO EXPRESS THEIR 

VIEWS. WHAT I HAVE SAID TO YOU IS THAT, UNDER THE RULES, AS I 

UNDERSTAND IT, IT IS A MATTER FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG, THE 

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL. THEY ARE ENTITLED TO HAVE THIS DEBATE AND 

ALL I AM TELLING YOU IS THAT I THINK IT IS PERFECTLY REASONABLE, 

PERFECTLY UNDERSTANDABLE AND PERFECTLY NATURAL.


/q: BUT THAT................


TUESDAY, FEB HUW 28, 1984


3


Qi BUT THAT IS THE PROCEDURAL STEP. DO YOU THINK THEY ALSO SHOULD 

HAVE AN INFORMED DEBATE ...........


A: YOU MEAN AT A LATER STAGE? I AM SO SORRY, I MIS-UNDERSTOOD 

YOUR QUESTION. I THINK, MYSELF, THAT THE WHOLE QUESTION OF, WHEN 

WE PRODUCE AN AGREEMENT, IT IS MOST IMPORTANT, MOST IMPORTANT, 

THAT HONG KONG SHOULD HAVE TIME TO ABSORB THAT AGREEMENT, TO ASSESS 

IT, TO REFLECT UPON IT, TO GIVE THEIR VIEWS UPON IT. NOW, IN THAT 

CONTEXT, IF THIS IS YOUR QUESTION, THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL 

OBVIOUSLY HAS AN IMPORTANT ROLE TO PLAY. AND IT WILL BE FOR THEM, 

OBVIOUSLY, TO DETERMINE WHAT KIND OF DISCUSSIONS THEY HAVE AS WELL.


Qi IF UNOFFICIALS OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL PARTICIPATE IN A LEGCO 

DEBATE, ON 1997, WOULD THAT CONSTITUTE A BREACH OF CONFIDENTIALITY?


As I THINK THE WHOLE QUESTION OF THE RULES AND PROCEDURES OF THE 

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, WHICH ARE ALL CLEARLY LAID OUT, ARE A MATTER 

FOR LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLORS AS TO WHAT THEY CAN AND CAN’T DEBATE. 

WHAT THEY ARE DEBATING IS A PARTICULAR MOTION, AND IT GIVES THEM, 

AS I UNDERSTAND IT, AN OPPORTUNITY TO EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS. I SEE 

NOTHING UNUSUAL OR EXTRAORDINARY IN THIS AND I CAN ONLY SAY THAT 

I THINK IT IS NATURAL. WHAT THEY ARE NOT DEBATING, IF THAT IS YOUR 

QUESTION, IS DETAILED AGREEMENT BETWEEN CHINA AND BRITAIN ON THE 

FUTURE OF HONG KONG BECAUSE THERE ISN’T, AS YET, A DETAILED 

AGREEMENT. BUT THEY CAN, OBVIOUSLY, IN THIS DEBATE, EXPRESS THEIR 

VIEWS.


Q: BEFORE A FINAL AGREEMENT IS ACTUALLY ANNOUNCED TO THE BRITISH 

PARLIAMENT, I MEAN ....


A: YES. BEFORE IT IS FINAL - WILL THEY HAVE A DEBATE? IS YOUR 

QUESTION.


Q: NO. NO. IF THEY DO HAVE A DEBATE ON 1997 BEFORE ANYTHING IS 

GIVEN TO THE BRITISH PARLIAMENT FOR CONSIDERATION, WOULD THAT 

CONSTITUTE A BREACH OF CONFIDENTIALITY.


Ai I SHOULD VERY MUCH DOUBT IT. I HAVEN’T GOT TO THE STAGE OF 

CONSIDERING WHAT THE PRECISE DETAILS OF HOW WE TEST THE OBJECTIVE 

WE HAVE IN MIND - WHICH IS THE ACCEPTABILITY OF THIS TO THE PEOPLE 

OF HONG KONG. THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WILL HAVE A VERY IMPORTANT 

ROLE. AND PERHAPS I COULD GO ON TO SAY SOMETHING ELSE; WHICH IS 

IMPORTANT, AND THAT IS, WE HAVE SAID THIS AGREEMENT MUST BE 

ACCEPTABLE, OBVIOUSLY, NOT ONLY TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG BUT TO 

THE BRITISH PARLIAMENT. AND, I WILL ASK YOU TO PUT YOURSELVES 

IN THE MIND OF ANY BRITISH PARLIAMENTARIAN. HE WILL, BEFORE HE 

VOTES, WANT TO KNOW WHAT IS THE VIEW OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG 

BEFORE HE ACTUALLY VOTES. AND SO, THE REFLECTIONS OF THE VIEWS 

OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG, EXPRESSED IN A VARIETY OF WAYS, AND YOU 

HAVE HIGHLIGHTED THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AS ONE ELEMENT IN IT, AN 

IMPORTANT ELEMENT IN IT, WILL BE A VERY IMPORTANT FACTOR WHEN THE 

BRITISH PARLIAMENT COMES TO ASSESS THE OVERALL AGREEMENT.


/Q: CAN I ................


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


4


Q: CAN I THEN TAKE IT THAT YOU ARE ENDORSING THE MOTION PUT 

FORWARD BY MR LOBO? AND ARE YOU AFRAID THAT IF THERE IS A 

DEBATE IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, WHETHER IT WILL ACTUALLY 

AFFECT THE PROGRESS OF THE NEGOTIATIONS?


As I CERTAINLY WILL NOT SAY I ENDORSE OR NOT ENDORSE ANY 

MEASURES FOR THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TO DETERMINE. BUT, I HAVE 

NOTED, AND YOU WILL NOTE, THAT IN THE QUEEN’S SPEECH OF LAST 

SUMMER, WE MADE IT QUITE PLAIN OURSELVES, THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT’S 

OBJECTIVE IS THAT ANY AGREEMENT, OUR AIM IS THAT ANY AGREEMENT, 

SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG. NOW YOU MUST 

THEREFORE SEE THAT MOTION, AS I UNDERSTAND THE MOTION TO BE, THIS 

IS A MATTER FOR THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AND THE PEOPLE OF HONG 

KONG. I AM NOT GOING TO SEEK TO DICTATE TO THEM WHAT THEY SHOULD 

DO AND SAY, THEY HAVE THEIR OWN PROCEDURES. AND THEY WILL EXPRESS 

THEIR OWN VIEWS. AND I SHALL LISTEN AND HEAR WITH VERY GREAT 

INTEREST TO WHAT THEY HAVE TO SAY.


Qs ARE YOU AFRAID IT WILL AFFECT THE PROGRESS OF THE TALKS IF 

IT IS DEBATED?


A: CAN I, CAN YOU REPEAT THAT; I COULDN’T HEAR?


Q: ARE YOU AFRAID IT WILL AFFECT THE PROGRESS OF THE TALKS IF 

IT IS DEBATED AND, LET’S SAY, THEY COME OUT AGAINST THE DRAFT 

SOLUTION WHICH HAS ALREADY BEEN REACHED, AND THEN IT IS LIKE 

GOING BACK TO STAGE ONE AGAIN?


A: WELL, AS I UNDERSTAND IT, IN MID-MARCH YOU ARE ANTICIPATING 

THAT THERE IS A DRAFT SOLUTION BY MID-MARCH WHICH THEY ARE GOING 

TO DEBATE. THIS IS NOT, I UNDERSTAND, THE SET OF CIRCUMSTANCES. 

I THINK YOU ARE, IF I MAY SAY SO, SLIGHTLY MUDDLING THE SET OF 

CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH THIS DEBATE IS TAKING PLACE. YOU KNOW 

WHAT THE MOTION IS, YOU KNOW WHAT THE QUEEN’S SPEECH SAYS- 

I DON’T SEE ANY PROBLEM OR ANY DIFFICULTY AND I THINK IT IS 

GOOD THAT THEY ARE EXPRESSING THEIR VIEWS. LET THEM EXPRESS 

THEIR VIEWS.


Qs SINCE THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG WILL NOT KNOW WHAT THE AGREEMENT 

IS UNTIL IT HAS BEEN REACHED, IF THEY EXPRESS DISLIKE OF ANY 

PARTICULAR ASPECTS OF IT, ARE YOU PREPARED TO GO BACK TO PEKING 

AND SAY; ’WE ARE GOING TO HAVE TO CHANGE THIS?’


As WELL. LET ME SAY THIS. THAT WE ARE GIVING NOW, OBVIOUSLY, 

VERY VERY CAREFUL THOUGHT TO THE BEST WAYS IN WHICH WE CAN GIVE 

A CHANCE, THE BEST POSSIBLE CHANCE, TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG 

TO EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS ON THEIR FUTURE. AND WE HAVEN’T REACHED 

ANY FINAL DECISIONS ON THIS. THERE ARE VARIOUS THOUGHTS IN OUR 

MIND. THERE ARE VARIOUS PROCEDURES THAT WE MAY WANT TO GO THROUGH. 

AND, CLEARLY THE QUESTION OF GIVING ADEQUATE TIME TO THE PEOPLE 

CF HONG KONG TO ASSESS ALL THIS AND TO GIVE US THEIR VIEWS. AND, 

CERTAINLY, THIS IS A MATTER ON WHICH WE ARE GIVING THE HIGHEST 

CF PRIORITIES.


/Q: HOW WOULD................


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


- 5 -


Qs HOW WOULD YOU SUM UP THE VIEWS WHICH HAVE BEEN EXPRESSED 

TO YOU SINCE YOU HAVE BEEN HERE? ARE THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG 

WORRIED ABOUT THE FUTURE?


A: WELL, I HAVE BEEN INTERESTED TO ASSESS THE VIEWS EXPRESSED 

TO ME LAST SEPTEMBER AND AGAIN ON MY VISIT THIS TIME. AND IF 

I WERE TO TRY AND ENCAPSULATE IT, I WOULD SAY THAT WHAT PEOPLE 

HAVE REALLY SAID TO ME THEY MOST WANT IS CONTINUITY OF SYSTEMS, 

THEIR WAY OF LIFE, CONTINUATION OF THE GROWTH OF PROSPERITY AND 

STABILITY. AND THAT IS PRECISELY WHAT WE ARE AIMING TO ACHIEVE 

FOR THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG. AND I THINK THAT THAT REFLECTS, 

BROADLY SPEAKING, A CROSS-SECTION OF VIEWS THAT HAVE BEEN 

EXPRESSED TO ME BOTH LAST TIME AND CERTAINLY THIS TIME.


Q: THE FOREIGN OFFICE APPEARS TO BE STILL SAYING THAT THE TALKS 

COULD BE STEPPED UP TO MINISTERIAL LEVEL WHEN IT COMES TO THE TIME 

CF AN ANNOUNCEMENT. DOES THAT MEAN THAT WHEN WE CAN EXPECT A 

BROAD AGREEMENT YOU WILL GO TO PEKING? AND ALSO, YOU SAID EARLIER 

THAT YOU PUT A LOT OF EMPHASIS ON PRESENCE HERE. DOES THAT MEAN 

YOU WILL BE COMING BACK HERE IN THE NEXT FIVE MONTHS?


A: THANK YOU VERY MUCH. THERE IS A LOT I WOULD LIKE TO DO AND 

SEE. I ATTACH IMPORTANCE PERSONALLY TO REGULAR VISITS. AS FAR AS 

MINISTERIAL PARTICIPATION IS CONCERNED, I THINK THAT WAS THE FIRST 

PART OF YOUR QUESTION, IT IS, OF COURSE, TRUE THAT, UP TO NOW, 

THERE HAS BEEN NO MINISTERIAL PARTICIPATION IN THE ACTUAL TALKS, 

AND, OUR POSITION IS THAT, AS AND WHEN WE FEEL THAT IT WOULD BE 

HELPFUL AND USEFUL - I WAS GOING TO SAY ’USEFUL AND CONSTRUCTIVE’ 

(LAUGHTER) - THEN, CERTAINLY WE WOULD SERIOUSLY CONSIDER MINISTERIAL 

PARTICIPATION.


Qt LAST OCTOBER, WHEN THE PRIME MINISTER WAS SPEAKING TO A BBC 

’PHONE-IN’ PROGRAMME, SHE REFERRED TO THE IMPORTANCE OF A BRITISH 

LINK AND, I QUOTES ’WE THINK THAT THE BRITISH LINK IS VERY, VERY 

IMPORTANT INDEED BECAUSE IT IS PARTLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE KIND OF 

SUCCESS THEY HAVE HAD IN HONG KONG’. END OF QUOTE. ARISING FROM 

THAT, MAY I ASK: DO YOU THINK THAT THE BRITISH LINK IS STILL 

IMPORTANT? AND WOULD YOU SPECIFY WHAT THAT BRITISH LINK COULD 

hE AN?


A: WELL. ALL THESE FACTORS ARE BEING TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT DURING 

THE COURSE OF THESE TALKS. AND WE COME BACK TIME AND AGAIN TO 

THE POINT: WHAT ARE THE FACTORS THAT CONTRIBUTE TO STABILITY AND 

PROSPERITY AND TO THE CONTINUITY OF SYSTEMS WHICH IS THE GENERAL 

OBJECTIVE IN THESE TALKS FOR THE SAKE OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG? 

I CAN’T COMMENT ON SPECIFIC ASPECTS OF THE DISCUSSIONS, BECAUSE I 

WOULD BE BREAKING THE ONE FACTOR THAT I KNOW IS FRUSTRATING TO 

YOU - AND IS FRUSTRATING TO US - BUT IS NECESSARY, AND THAT IS 

THAT THE TALKS HAVE TO BE CONFIDENTIAL. AND ALL OUR MINDS ARE 

FOCUSSED UPON: WHAT ARE THE FACTORS THAT WILL BE MOST CONDUCIVE 

TO HELPING THIS CRITERIA OF STABILITY AND PROSPERITY AND THE 

CONTINUATION OF THE WAY OF LIFE OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG, 

WHICH IS SO IMPORTANT TO THEM? AND THESE ARE ALL ELEMENTS IN 

THE DISCUSSION.


/Q: MR LUCE................


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


6


Q: MR LUCE...


A: I SHOULD JUST ADD, SORRY, BEFORE YOU PUT YOUR QUESTION, I HAVE 

HAD A WIDE. VARIETY OF VIEWS PUT TO ME AND THESE ARE THE KIND OF 

QUESTIONS AND POINTS THAT HAVE BEEN PUT TO ME OVEH THE COURSE OF 

BOTH MY VISITS.


Q: MR LUCE, CAN I ASK YOU A QUESTION IN CHINESE?


Q. DO. But* | SHALL JUST HAVE TO PUT MY FAMOUS EARPHONES ON.


I HAVEN’T GOT TO THE STAGE OF BEING ABLE TO UNDERSTAND CHINESE.


Qs (IN CHINESE): WHEN YOU WERE LAST IN HONG KONG, YOU SAID THAT 

THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT WOULD TRY ITS BEST TO FIND A SOLUTION AND 

THAT THE SOLUTION WOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG 

AND THE CHINESE AND BRITISH GOVERNMENTS, BUT IN A SITUATION WHERE 

WE DON’T HAVE HAVE ANY REFERENDUM, HOW CAN YOU ENSURE THAT THE 

SOLUTION EVENTUALLY REACHED WILL BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE PEOPLE OF 

HONG KONG?


Q: DO YOU NEED ME TO REPEAT THE QUESTION IN ENGLISH?


A: NO, NO, NO. THE INTERPRETER IS VERY GOOD INDEED. I THINK 

I AM THERE. WELL, WE ARE ON, AGAIN, THE ACCEPTABILITY AND HOW 

IT IS ACHIEVED. AND I THINK, AS I SAID EARLIER, NO FINAL 

DECISIONS HAVE BEEN TAKEN AS TO THE MECHANICS FOR ACCEPTABILITY. 

IT IS A MATTER OF VERY GREAT IMPORTANCE. I WOULD MAKE ONE 

OBSERVATION IN ALL THIS, AND THAT IS THAT HONG KONG REALLY HAS, 

AND IT STRIKES AN OUTSIDER LIKE ME, IT STRIKES, I HAVE NOTICED, 

EVERY MEMBER OF PARLIAMENT WHEN HE VISITS HERE, THE RATHER, IN 

SOME WAYS UNIQUE, AND SOPHISTICATED RANGE OF INSTITUTIONS THAT 

HAVE ALREADY BEEN DEVELOPED AND ARE IN THE PROCESS OF BEING 

DEVELOPED STILL FURTHER IN HONG KONG. I DON’T JUST MEAN THE 

EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, I DON’T JUST MEAN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, 

YOU HAVE GOT YOUR URBAN DISTRICT COUNCILS, YOUR DISTRICT BOARDS, 

YOU HAVE GOT THIS LATEST PROPOSAL, THAT THE GOVERNOR HAS 

ANNOUNCED, FOR REGIONAL COUNCILS. THERE ARE OTHER MEANS TOO. 

YOU HAVE UMELCO, OF COURSE, AND THE RATHER DISTINCTIVE FEATURES 

AND MECHANICS, MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, INVOLVED THERE. AND SO, HONG 

KONG HAS, AS I SEE IT, OVER THE YEARS DEVELOPED A HIGHLY 

SOPHISTICATED SYSTEM. THEREFORE WE MUST TAKE THAT INTO ACCOUNT, 

THAT VERY FULLY INTO ACCOUNT, WHEN WE ARE ASSESSING HOW WE CAN 

TAKE THE VIEWS OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG. BUT, I MUST STRESS 

TO YOU, NO FINAL DECISIONS HAVE BEEN TAKEN. IT IS OUR INTENTION 

AND OUR OBJECTIVE TO UNDERTAKE THE WIDEST POSSIBLE RANGE OF 

OPINIONS, TO GET THEIR OPINIONS, TO GET THEM FED BACK TO US, AND 

TO ENSURE THAT THERE IS ADEQUATE TIME TO DO JUST THIS. AND, 

WE WILL, OBVIOUSLY, BE ABLE TO FORM OUR FINAL JUDGEMENTS ABOUT 

HOW THIS IS DONE IN DUE COURSE.


Q: HOW ABOUT IF SOMEONE IS NOT SATISFIED WITH THE PROPOSED 

AGREEMENT? WHAT WILL THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT DO TO TAKE CARE 

OF THIS?


/As WHY DIIB'T................


TUESDAY, FEBHUAHY 28, 1984


- 7 -


As WHY DIDN’T YOU ASK YOUR FIRST QUESTION IN ENGLISH (LAUGHTER)? 

OR ARE YOU COMPROMISING, ONE OF EACH? IF IT IS NOT ACCEPTABLE DID 

YOU SAY? NOW YOU ARE GETTING TO A STAGE WHICH IS FAR AHEAD. WE 

ARE AIMING TO PRODUCE A SOLUTION. AND, AS I HAVE SAID, I BELIEVE 

IT IS ACHIEVABLE. A SOLUTION WHICH WILL BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE 

PEOPLE OF HONG KONG. AND I MUST REMIND YOU OF SOMETHING THAT I 

BELIEVE I SAID LAST TIME: I BELIEVE THERE IS A CONVERGENCE OF 

INTEREST BETWEEN THE PARTIES. THERE IS A DESIRE TO SEE STABILITY 

AND PROSPERITY. IN WHOSE INTERESTS MIGHT IT BE NOT TO SEE THIS? 

THE CHINESE GOVERNMENT MUST WANT TO SEE THIS. WE CERTAINLY WANT 

TO SEE IT. AND ABOVE ALL THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG WANT TO SEE IT. 

NOW WE MUST WORK FOR THAT. WE MUST WORK FOR SUCCESS, THAT IS 

WHAT OUR MIND IS ON AT THE PRESENT TIME.


Q: BUT IF SOMEONE TELLS YOU THAT HE IS NOT HAPPY WITH THE 

PROPOSED AGREEMENT, WILL YOU TAKE THAT TO THE UK?


A: THERE ARE A LOT OF IFS IN POLITICAL LIFE. THESE ARE ALL 

FACTORS WE’LL HAVE TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT AND, AT THE END OF THE DAY, 

DON’T FORGET OUR CONSTITUTIONAL SYSTEM, IN BRITAIN I AM TALKING 

ABOUT. DON’T FORGET THAT IT IS PARLIAMENT THAT FINALLY HAS TO SAY 

YES OR NO AND THOSE MEMBERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO DETERMINE AND THEY 

WILL ALSO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE VIEWS OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG 

KONG.


Q: I WONDER IF I CAN TAKE IT FURTHER - YOU HAVE EXPRESSED THE 

VIEW THAT YOU ARE HOPEFUL OF THE BEST POSSIBLE SOLUTION FOR HONG 

KONG AND THAT YOU FEEL THE PRESENT TALKS ARE OF A PACE DESIGNED 

TO ACHIEVE THAT OBJECTIVE. NOW, HONG KONG ITSELF IS A HIGHLY 

COMPLEX PLACE, THE CIRCUMSTANCES SURROUNDING IT HISTORICALLY AND 

GEOPOL ITICALLY ARE ALSO HIGHLY COMPLEX, ARE TALKS WHICH TAKE 

PLACE EVERY THREE TO FOUR WEEKS, AND AFTER ALLOWING FOR TRANSLATION 

ONLY CONSIST OF SIX HOURS OF EXCHANGES, LIKELY TO PRODUCE A 

DETAILED AGREEMENT WHICH WILL BE THE BEST POSSIBLE SOLUTION FOR 

HONG KONG? OR IS IT THAT THESE PRESENT TALKS BETWEEN DIPLOMATIC 

REPRESENTATIVES OF THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA AND GREAT BRITAIN 

ARE DESIGNED TO REACH A BASIS OF AGREED PRINCIPLE FOR THE INTENSE 

NEGOTIATIONS BETWEEN POLITICAL REPRESENTATIVES OF THE PEOPLE’S 

REPUBLIC OF CHINA AND GREAT BRITAIN ON THE DETAILS OF A COMPLEX 

AGREEMENT?


A: WELL. OF COURSE, IT IS REALLY FOR US TO JUDGE, THE REGULARITY 

OF THE MEETINGS BETWEEN US AT OFFICIAL LEVEL IN PEKING IN THE 

CONTEXT OF US ALL WANTING TO MAKE REASONABLE PROGRESS, AND 

PROGRESS AS FAST AS IS REASONABLE - THAT IS THE BEST WAY OF 

PUTTING IT. BUT, OF COURSE, IN BETWEEN THE OFFICIAL TALKS 

WHICH TAKE PLACE THERE IS A CONSIDERABLE AMOUNT OF INFORMAL 

CONTACT BETWEEN OUR TWO GOVERNMENTS. AND IF YOU COMBINE THE 

IWO THEN WE HAVE TO MAKE A JUDGEMENT OURSELVES, ABOUT THE PACE 

AND THE RANGE OF DETAIL THAT HAS TO BE DISCUSSED. YOU, I THINK, 

USED THE WORD ’COMPLEX’. YES, THERE ARE VERY MANY ISSUES INDEED 

TO DISCUSS AND ALL THIS TAKES TIME; IT IS INEVITABLE. AND, 

THEREFORE, THE COMBINATION OF THE HOLDING OF OFFICIAL TALKS AND 

THE INFORMAL CONTACT THAT WE HAVE, IT IS A MATTER FOR US TO JUDGE 

AT WHAT STAGE, AND HOW OFTEN WE MEET, AND WE LOOK AT THIS THE 

WHOLE TIME. AND, OF COURSE, AS YOU KNOW, THE DATES HAVE BEEN 

FIXED FOR THE NEXT MEETING IN MARCH AT AN OFFICIAL LEVEL.


/Q: BUT IS ................


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY,28, 1984


- 8


Q: BUT IS THIS A TWO-STAGE PROCESS IN WHICH THE FIRST STAGE IS 

AN AGREEMENT ON PRINCIPAL AND THEN THE NEXT STAGE IS A NEGOTIATION 

ON DETAIL?


A: OH WELL, NOW YOU ARE ASKING ME TO SAY 'LOOK HERE. I TOLD YOU 

THAT THE TALKS ARE CONFIDENTIAL, NOW YOU ARE SAYING LET’S REVEAL 

ALL THE DETAILS.’ THAT’S A GOOD TRY, A VERY GOOD ATTEMPT. 

(LAUGHTER). IT IS FOR US TO.. WE ARE LOOKING, OBVIOUSLY, AT EVERY 

ASPECT OF THIS AND IN CONSIDERABLE DETAIL AND I DON’T THINK I 

HAVE GOT ANYTHING TO ADD TO IT. AT THE END OF THE DAY WHEN WE 

PRODUCE WHAT WE BELIEVE IS THE BEST POSSIBLE SOLUTION IT WILL 

CONTAIN BOTH THE PRINCIPLES AND THE DETAIL - AND WE ARE WORKING 

AT A REASONABLE PACE.


Qt THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT HAS, IN THE PAST, RESISTED MEANINGFUL 

SELF-RULE FOR HONG KONG. IS THE GOVERNMENT PREPARED TO ALLOW 

GREATER SELF RULE FROM NOW UNTIL 1997. AND CAN THIS INCLUDE, 

FOR EXAMPLE, THE FOLLOWING: SOME ELECTED MEMBERS OF LEGCO, AND 

POLITICAL PARTIES?


A: WELL, ON THIS WHOLE QUESTION - WHEN YOU SAY ’SELF-RULE’ ARE 

YOU TALKING ABOUT THE DEMOCRATIC EVOLUTION IN HONG KONG? I 

TAKE IT THAT IS WHAT YOU ARE REFERRING TO. WE AS A GOVERNMENT 

FAVOUR PROGRESSIVE, DEMOCRATIC, EVOLUTION, OBVIOUSLY IN KEEPING 

WITH THE SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES OF HONG KONG. WE HAVE NOTED WITH 

GREAT INTEREST THE DEVELOPMENTS OF THE FEW MONTHS AND YEARS AT 

LOCAL GOVERNMENT LEVEL WITH THE OBJECTIVE OF INCREASING THE 

DEMOCRATIC ELEMENT IN IT, OF ELECTED REPRESENTATIVES. THE 

GOVERNOR HAS NOW ANNOUNCED A FURTHER STAGE IN WHICH HE HAS ASKED 

THE VIEWS OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG. THERE ARE NO HARD AND 

FAST PLANS, BUT, OBVIOUSLY WHAT WE HAVE IN MIND IS THE LONG-TERM 

STABILITY OF HONG KONG, AND THE DEMOCRATIC EVOLUTION, ON A 

PROGRESSIVE BASIS, IS OBVIOUSLY AN IMPORTANT PART OF THIS.


Q: CAN LONG-TERM STABILITY INCLUDE POLITICAL PARTIES IN HONG KONG?


A: WELL, I THINK THIS HAS TO BE TAKEN STAGE BY STAGE, AND I SHOULD 

ADD, THEREFORE, THAT OBVIOUSLY AS WE MOVE FROM ONE STAGE TO ANOTHER 

THE VIEWS OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG, AS TO HOW THEY WOULD LIKE 

TO SEE IT DEVELOPED IS THE MOST IMPORTANT FACTOR. AND THAT IS 

WHY THE ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE REGIONAL COUNCIL AND THE OTHER CHANGES 

WHICH THE GOVERNOR HAS PROPOSED, AS PART OF THIS DEMOCRATIC 

EVOLUTION, HE HAS ASKED THE VIEWS OF THE PEOPLE. AND THERE WILL 

BE CLOSE CONSULTATION AND THEN WE MOVE ON TO THE NEXT STAGE. I 

THINK WE HAVE TO LOOK AT THIS ON A STAGE BY STAGE BASIS.


Qs FOLLOWING ON FROM THAT: YOU MENTIONED EARLIER CONSULTATION 

WITH PEOPLE - IS THERE STILL THE POSSIBILITY OF A REFERENDUM 

IN HONG KONG ABOUT THE FUTURE?


Ai OBVIOUSLY THAT IS A FACTOR WE HAVE TO CONSIDER. I DID SAY 

EARLIER THAT WE HAVE TAKEN NO DECISIONS ABOUT HOW THE PROPOSALS 

WHICH WE AIM TO BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG, ARE 

PUT, AND WHAT THE MECHANICS ARE, WHAT THE PROCEDURES WILL BE. 

WE HAVE STILL TO MAKE A DECISION ON THAT.


/ft: SORRY TO................


TUESDAY, FEBBDAHY 28, 1984


9


Q: SORRY TO LABOUR THIS POINT, BUT IT WAS SOMETHING I WOULD 

LIKE TO GET CLEARED UP FROM THE BEGINNING OF THE PRESS CONFERENCE 

AND THAT IS - IF THE UNOFFICIAL COUNCILLORS NEXT MONTH WIN THEIR 

DEBATE AND THE MOTION IS ACCEPTED, THEREFORE, THAT BINDS LEGCO 

TO DEBATE ANY PROPOSALS BEFORE AN AGREEMENT IS SIGNED. NOW, IF 

LEGCO THEN THREW OUT THOSE PROPOSALS, WOULD THAT MEAN YOU WOULD 

HAVE TO GO BACK TO THE NEGOTIATING TABLE IN PEKING?


As I MUST SAY THAT I AM RATHER INTERESTED BY THE WAY YOU ARE 

BUILDING UP ALL THIS. THERE IS THIS DEBATE IN MID-MARCH. THEY 

ARE ENTITLED TO HAVE THIS DEBATE. THEY HAVE THEIR MOTION. WE 

ALL KNOW WHAT THE MOTION IS. YOU ALL KNOW WHAT THE QUEEN'S 

SPEECH SAYS ABOUT ACCEPTABILITY. THAT IS PERFECTLY REASONABLE. 

AlilD, I, FOR THE SAKE OF ARGUMENT, WILL MAKE AN ASSUMPTION THAT 

WHEN WE GET TO THE NEXT STAGE OF THE MECHANICS OR TESTING THE 

OPINION OF HONG KONG, THEN CLEARLY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, WHICH 

IS A VERY IMPORTANT BODY, WILL HAVE THEIR VIEWS TO MAKE, AND WE 

SHALL HAVE TO TAKE THEM INTO ACCOUNT. THEN WE HAVE TO GET ON TO 

THE FINAL STAGE IN THIS WHOLE PROCESS WITH A CHANCE FOR THE 

BRITISH PARLIAMENT TO EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS. THE BRITISH PARLIAMENT 

WILL TAKE FULLY INTO ACCOUNT THE VIEWS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL. 

AS WILL THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT. I DON’T THINK I CAN REALLY HELPFULLY 

SAY ANY MORE THAN THAT. I KNOW IT IS FRUSTRATING, BUT I DON’T 

THINK I CAN SAY ANY MORE THAN THAT.


Q: YOU SAY THAT BRITAIN HAS SET NO DEADLINE. DOES THIS MEAN 

THAT YOU ARE IGNORING THE CHINESE DEADLINE OF SEPTEMBER?


As NO. WE HAVE REPEATEDLY SAID, THERE IS NOTHING NEW IN THE 

FACT THAT THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT DO NOT HAVE A DEADLINE- WE DO 

NOT BELIEVE THAT A DEADLINE IS CONDUCIVE TO PRODUCING THE RIGHT 

SETTLEMENT - BUT IT IS ABSOLUTELY FAIR ALSO TO SAY THAT THE 

CHINESE GOVERNMENT HAVE REPEATEDLY SINCE 1982 SAID THAT THEY 

THEMSELVES WISH TO TAKE SEPTEMBER OF 1984 AS A PERIOD IN WHICH 

THEY WOULD LIKE TO ANNOUNCE THEIR OWN PROPOSALS. THAT IS A FACTOR 

WE HAVE TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT. THE QUESTION PUT TO ME WAS ’DO WE 

BELIEVE IN DEADLINES?’ AS A GOVERNMENT WE HAVE REPEATEDLY SAID 

’NO’. WE DON’T HAVE A DEADLINE. WE DON’T BELIEVE IN A DEADLINE. 

WE ARE CONCERNED WITH GETTING THE RIGHT AND THE BEST AGREEMENT - 

AS WE BELIEVE IS CHINA, THE CHINESE GOVERNMENT - BUT, OF COURSE, 

WE TAKE THE SEPTEMBER DEADLINE, AS FAR AS THEY ARE CONCERNED, 

INTO ACCOUNT.


Qt DOES THIS TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DEBATE IN PARLIAMENT? BECAUSE 

THE SUMMER RECESS MEANS, EFFECTIVELY, THAT YOU’LL HAVE TO HAVE AN 

AGREEMENT BY MAY?


A: WE HAVE NO DEADLINE. WE HAVE NO DEADLINE. WE TAKE INTO ACCOUNT 

THE CHINESE POSITION, OF COURSE, WE TAKE THAT INTO ACCOUNT. *E HAVE 

NO DEADLINE. AND, WHEN WE REACH AN AGREEMENT WE SHALL THEN PUT 

THIS, OBVIOUSLY, FOR THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG TO CONSIDER. THAT 

WILL TAKE TIME AND THE LAST STAGE, AS WE SEE IT, THE FINAL STAGE, 

AS WE SEE IT, IN THIS PROCESS, WILL BE FOR THE BRITISH PARLIAMENT 

TO EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS. AND I CANNOT CONCEIVABLY GIVE YOU A DATE 

OR A TIME AT THIS STAGE.


/Q: WE HAVE................


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


10


Q: WE HAVE SEEN A LOT OF COMMENTS FROM THE CHINESE SIDE ABOUT 

THE QUESTION OF ELECTIONS. AND IT APPEARS THAT THEY ARE FLYING 

VARIOUS KITES BECAUSE SOMETIMES THEY APPEAR CONTRADICTORY. WE 

HAVE BEEN TOLD THERE MIGHT BE ELECTIONS AS LONG AS THE ELECTED 

OFFICIALS MEET WITH PEKING’S APPROVAL, OR THAT, THROUGH JI PENG-FEI, 

THERE MIGHT BE A THREE-THREE STRUCTURE, WHICH APPEARS TO HAVE MET 

WITH DISPLEASURE IN THE LEFT-WING PRESS. AND THEN THIS MORNING 

WE HAVE A REPORT FROM LONDON THAT, THROUGH FOREIGN OFFICE SOURCES, 

PEKING HAD INDICATED THAT AN APPOINTED GOVERNOR WILL BE SOMEONE 

ACCEPTABLE TO THE LIFESTYLE AND THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG. NOW, 

WHAT IS YOUR IMPRESSION OF PEKING’S STAND ON ELECTIONS AND WHAT 

WEIGHT SHOULD WE GIVE ALL THESE COMMENTS?


A: WELL, WITHOUT BREAKING THE CONFIDENTIALITY OF THE TALKS, - 

AND OBVIOUSLY THIS IS ONE OF MANY FACTORS THAT HAVE TO BE TAKEN 

INTO ACCOUNT LOOKING AT THE PERIOD BEYOND 1997. WHAT THE CHINESE 

GOVERNMENT APPEAR TO HAVE SAID - THEY HAVE MADE A NUMBER OF HELPFUL 

REMARKS ABOUT THE CONTINUATION OF THE LIFESTYLE OF THE PEOPLE OF 

HONG KONG AND ABOUT STABILITY IN HONG KONG. WE TAKE IT THAT 

SOME KIND OF DEMOCRATIC EVOLUTION WILL CONTRIBUTE TO THE STABILITY 

OF HONG KONG. SO, IT WOULD PROBABLY COME AS NO SURPRISE TO YOU 

THAT THIS KIND OF ISSUE WILL HAVE TO FEATURE LOOKING BEYOND 1997. 

BUT AT THE SAME TIME, WE ALREADY HAVE A PROCESS OF DEMOCRATIC 

EVOLUTION NOW AND I HAVE NO DOUBT THE CHINESE GOVERNMENT HAVE NOTED 

THIS WITH INTEREST.


Qt MR LUCE, YOU HAVE REFUSED TO TALK IN TERMS OF DEADLINES, 

CHINESE, PARLIAMENTARY OR OTHERWISE, BUT WOULDN’T YOU AGREE WITH 

MRS SHIRLEY WILLIAMS THAT THIS IS AN ISSUE WHICH CANNOT BE RUSHED 

THROUGH THE UK PARLIAMENT IN ONE DAY? I AM THINKING NOW OF AN 

ANALOGY WITH THE CHANGES IN THE CANADIAN CONSTITUTION *HICH TOOK 

A VERY, VERY LONG TIME.


At FIRST OF ALL, I WOULD LIKE TO SAY ABOUT SHIRLEY WILLIAMS 

THAT I FOUGHT HER IN 1970 AND I FAILED TO DEFEAT HER IN 1970, 

IN HER CONSTITUENCY AND, FOR THAT REASON, I HAVE A GREAT DEAL 

OF RESPECT FOR HER. AND, INDEED, SHE IS AN OLD FRIEND. OF COURSE 

IT IS RIGHT THAT THERE SHOULD BE ADEQUATE TIME FOR ASSESSMENT, 

AND FOR REFLECTION, FOR ABSORPTION, AND THAT INCLUDES THE BRITISH 

PARLIAMENT, BUT WE ARE TALKING A LONG WAY AHEAD AS FAR AS THE 

BRITISH PARLIAMENT IS CONCERNED BECAUSE, AS I HAVE TOLD YOU, THEY 

WILL HAVE TO VOTE AT THE END OF THE DAY. HOW MANY DAYS IS GIVEN 

FOR THEM TO ASSESS THE DEBATE IS A MATTER FOR PARTY MANAGERS AND 

FOR THE PRIME MINISTER TO DECIDE, BUT THAT IS A LONG WAY AHEAD. 

WE HAVE TO TALK TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG FIRST AND GET THEIR 

VIEWS.


Q: THE WAY YOU DESCRIBE THE STAGES OF APPROVAL OF THIS BEST 

POSSIBLE AGREEMENT, IT SEEMS THAT BY THE TIME IT GETS TO THE 

HONG KONG PEOPLE, AND EVEN TO THE BRITISH PARLIAMENT, IT WILL 

BE TOO LATE TO MAKE ANY CHANGES IN IT, THAT IT WILL BE PRESENTED 

ON A 'TAKE IT OR LEAVE IT’ SORT OF BASIS. IS THAT THE WAY IT 

WILL BE?


/A: WELL, YOU ................


TUESDAY, FEBRUABY 28, 1984


11


As WELL, YOU HAVE TO THINK OF THIS QUESTION BE AGAINST THE 

BACKGROUND OF THE FACT THAT WE ALL WANT THE SOLUTION TO ACCEPTABLE 

TO THE PEOPLE. OF HONG KONG - THAT IS OUR DESIRE. AND SO YOU HAVE 

TO MAKE A JUDGEMENT ABOUT HOW WE TEST THEIR OPINION AND HOW WE GET 

THE VIEWS OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG, VIEWS, INCIDENTALLY, THAT, 

IN ONE SENSE, WE ARE GETTING NOW, BECAUSE THEY ARE EXPRESSING 

THEIR VIEWS TO US ABOUT THE FUTURE THEY WANT. AGAINST THAT 

BACKGROUND, WHEN WE REACH A SOLUTION WE SHALL WANT IT TO BE ONE 

THAT IS ACCEPTABLE TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG - THAT IS OUR COMMON 

AIM, COMMON OBJECTIVE. AND THEREFORE IT HAS TO BE SEEN AGAINST 

THAT LIGHT, BACKGROUND.


Qt SO YOU FEEL THAT THE INFORMAL CONTACTS YOU ARE HAVING NOW 

GIVE YOU ENOUGH OF AN IDEA THAT YOUR FINAL AGREEMENT WILL BE 

CLOSE ENOUGH TO THE MARK TO BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE PEOPLE OF 

HONG KONG?


As I CAN’T SAY THAT, BY SIMPLY TALKING TO PEOPLE NOW WHEN 

THEY DON’T KNOW WHAT KIND OF AGREEMENT IT IS GOING TO BE, 

IS IN ITSELF A GOOD TEST. THOUGH MY ABILITY TO TALK TO PEOPLE 

AND TO HEAR THEIR VIEWS DOES, AT LEAST, GIVE ME A PICTURE AND 

CONFIRMS WHAT I HAVE SAID EARLIER, WHAT I THINK THEIR ASPIRATIONS 

AND DESIRES ARE. BUT THERE ARE VARIOUS STAGES IN THIS AND, 

AS I SAY, I CAN’T DISCLOSE NOW BECAUSE WE HAVEN’T TAKEN 

DECISIONS ABOUT HOW WE SOUND OPINION AND GET THE FEEDBACK 

CF OPINION WHICH IS GOING TO BE SO IMPORTANT TO US.


Q: SO IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU MIGHT GET THAT AT A STAGE 

EARLY ENOUGH TO GO BACK TO PEKING AND SAY, ’WE WOULD LIKE 

TO CHANGE ONE OR TWO ITEMS’?


As WE SHALL HAVE TO MAKE A JUDGEMENT AS TIME GOES ALONG.


Q: THIS IS REALLY A POINT OF CLARIFICATION IN THE LIGHT OF 

WHAT HAS BEEN SAID - IS IT THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT’S INTENTION 

TO DISCLOSE ELEMENTS OF THE PROPOSALS ON THE NEGOTIATIONS 

PRIOR TO THE REACHING OF AN AGREEMENT WITHIN THE COMPETENCE 

CF THE SINO-BRITISH NEGOTIATORS? OR WILL CONFIDENTIALITY 

PREVAIL UNTIL AFTER THAT AGREEMENT HAS BEEN INITIALLED, IF 

YOU LIKE, AND WHILE IT IS AWAITING RATIFICATION?


A: I THINK, ON THIS, PEOPLE, OBVIOUSLY, HERE, AND LET ME 

TRY TO PUT MYSELF INTO THE SHOES OF THE PEOPLE WHO LIVE HERE, 

THE FIVE MILLION PEOPLE WHO LIVE HERE, ARE NATURALLY, AND 

UNDERSTANDABLY, ANXIOUS ABOUT THEIR FUTURE. AND, IF THE 

OBVIOUS REASON THAT WE HAVE GIVEN - IF WE ARE TO TRY AND 

GET THE BEST SOLUTION THE TALKS HAVE TO REMAIN CONFIDENTIAL - 

IT IS FRUSTRATING. BECAUSE IF YOU ARE UNCERTAIN, YOU DON’T 

KNOW WHAT IS HAPPENING, YOU FEEL MORE ANXIOUS AND WORRIED. 

SO ALL THAT IS UNDERSTANDABLE, SO WE MUST, AND ARE, TAKING 

THAT VERY, VERY FULLY INTO ACCOUNT. I CAN’T ANSWER YOUR 

QUESTION SPECIFICALLY, BUT I CAN ANSWER IT BY SAYING THAT 

WE IN LONDON ARE HIGHLY SENSITIVE TO THE ANXIETY OF THE PEOPLE 

CF HONG KONG TO KNOW, AS SOON AS THEY POSSIBLY CAN, WHAT THE 

PROSPECTS ARE FOR THEIR FUTURE. AND THAT, THE POINT YOU HAVE 

MADE TO ME, IN THE FORM OF A QUESTION, IS ONE THAT WE HAVE 

VERY MUCH IN OUR MINDS AT THE PRESENT TIME.


/Qs CHINA HAS................


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


12


Q: CHINA HAS MADE SEVERAL PROPOSALS, A WIDE RANGE OF FREEDOMS 

TO HONG KONG BUT HAS MADE NO MENTION OF RELIGIOUS FREEDOM. DO 

YOU THINK RELIGIOUS FREEDOM IS IMPORTANT FOR THE STABILITY AND 

THE PROSPERITY OF HONG KONG?


As I HAVE CERTAINLY HAD THE POINT ABOUT THE DESIRE FOR FREEDOM 

OF WORSHIP PUT TO ME WHEN I WAS LAST HERE AND I ACKNOWLEDGE 

THAT IS IMPORTANT AS PART OF THE CONTINUATION OF THE WAY OF 

LIFE OF THE PEOPLE WHO LIVE HERE. YES. I DO AGREE.


Q: YOU SAID THAT SIR GEOFFREY WAS DUE TO VISIT HERE SOON.


IT HAS BEEN RUMOURED IN APRIL. DO YOU THINK THAT, WHEN HE 

COMES IT WILL BE SIGNIFICANT IN THAT IT WILL BE SHOWING 

THAT THE PACE OF THE NEGOTIATIONS ARE THEN BEING STEPPED 

UP?


As FIRST OF ALL, NO PRECISE DATE HAS BEEN ABLE TO BE FIXED 

YET. IT WILL BE, I AM SURE, IN THE NEAR FUTURE AND I KNOW 

THAT SIR GEOFFREY HOWE IS ANXIOUS TO MAKE HIS VISIT. HIS 

FIRST VISIT AS FOREIGN SECRETARY TO HONG KONG. HE LOOKS 

FORWARD TO THAT AND, OF COURSE, IN THAT CONTEXT, IT WILL BE 

SIGNIFICANT AND IMPORTANT.


0 - -


JANUARY EXPORTS RISE SHARPLY 

* * * *


THE VALUE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS IN JANUARY 1984 INCREASED 

SUBSTANTIALLY BY 68 PER CENT OR $4 351 MILLION OVER JANUARY 1983, 

TO REACH $10 791 MILLION, ACCORDING TO PROVISIONAL TRADE FIGURES 

PUBLISHED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.


THE VALUE OF RE-EXPORTS ALSO ROSE RAPIDLY, BY 61 PER CENT OR 

$2 258 MILLION TO $5 976 MILLION.


THUS, TAKING DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS TOGETHER, THE 

VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS, AT $16 767 MILLION, WAS 65 PER CENT OR 

$6 609 MILLION HIGHER THAN THE FIGURE A YEAR EARLIER.


THE VALUE OF IMPORTS REACHED $15 899 MILLION, AN INCREASE OF 

38 PER CENT OR $4 362 MILLION OVER THE SAME MONTH LAST YEAR.


THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS WAS GREATER THAN THAT OF IMPORTS AND 

THE VISIBLE TRADE ACCOUNT RECORDED A SURPLUS OF $868 MILLION. THIS 

IS THE FIRST SURPLUS SINCE AUGUST 1980, WHEN THE SURPLUS WAS ONLY 

$16 MILLION.


PUTTING THE MONTH’S TRADE FIGURES INTO CONTEXT, A GOVERNMENT 

SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT COMPARING THE 12 MONTHS ENDING 

JANUARY 1984 WITH THE 12 MONTHS ENDING JANUARY 1983, OVERALL TRADE 

HAD GROWN BY MORE THAN 27 PER CENT. FURTHER, THE GROWTH RATE OF 

THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS, AT 31 PER CENT, WAS FASTER THAN THAT OF 

THE VALUE OF IMPORTS, AT 25 PER CENT. AS A RESULT, THE VISIBLE 

TRADE GAP (I.E. THE PROPORTION OF THE VALUE OF IMPORTS NOT COVERED 

BY THAT OF TOTAL EXPORTS) IN THE 12 MONTHS ENDING JANUARY 1984 

NARROWED TO SEVEN PER CENT, FROM 11 PER CENT IN THE PREVIOUS 

12-MONTH PERIOD.


/COMUNTING ON


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984.


- 13 -


COMMENTING ON THESE COMPARATIVE FIGURES, THE SPOKESMAN 

SAID THAT DOMESTIC EXPORTS REMAINED STRONG AND EXCEEDED THE 

$10 000 MILLION MARK FOR THE FOURTH CONSECUTIVE MONTH.


HOWEVER, HE NOTED THAT TRADE FIGURES FOR THE BEGINNING MONTHS 

OF THE YEAR ARE, AS USUAL, INFLUENCED BY THE TIMING OF THE CHINESE 

NEW YEAR AND THAT SOME OF THE DOMESTIC EXPORTS IN JANUARY 1984 

REFLECT INCREASED SHIPMENTS PRIOR TO THE CHINESE NEW YEAR HOLIDAYS.


HE POINTED OUT THAT WHILE THE INCREASE IN THE VALUE OF IMPORTS 

WAS IN PART DUE TO ANTICIPATION OF HIGHER RETAIL SALES DURING THE 

CHINESE NEW YEAR FESTIVAL, RETAINED IMPORTS OF RAW MATERIALS AND 

SEMI-MANUFACTURES ALSO CONTINUED TO SHOW INCREASES.


THE FOLLOWING TABLE PRESENTS THE PROVISIONAL MERCHANDISE TRADE 

FIGURES FOR JANUARY 1984:


TRADE FIGURES FOR JANUARY, 1984


THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT HAS RELEASED THE FOLLOWING


PROVISIONAL MERCHANDISE TRADE FIGURES


FOR


JANUARY:


MERCHANDISES DOMESTIC EXPORTS



$10


791


MILLION


RE-EXPORTS


‧ ■


$ 5


976


MILL ION


TOTAL EXPORTS


$16


767


MILLION


IMPORTS



$15


899


MILLION


TRADE BALANCE


■ ■


$


( IN


868 MILLION 

SURPLUS)




COMPARATIVE FIGURES


LATEST 3 MONTHS


NOVEMBER 1983 

TO


JANUARY 1984


NOVEMBER 1982 

TO


JANUARY 1983


INCREASE OR 

DECREASE


$ MN.


$ MN.


$ MN. %


DOMESTIC EXPORTS


32 105


21 978


+10 127 +46.1


RE-EXPORTS


17 939


12 154


+ 5 785 +47.6


TOTAL EXPORTS


50 044


34 132


+15 912 +46.6


IMPORTS


51 856


37 781


+14 075 +37.3


TRADE BALANCE


- 1 812


- 3 649


+ 1 837




/SAME_MONTH................


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1?84


14


SAME MONTH LAST


YEAR


JANUARY 

1984


JANUARY 

1983


INCREASE OR 

DECREASE


$ MN.


$ MN.


$


MN.


%


DOMESTIC EXPORTS 

(% OF TOTAL EXPORTS)


10 791 

(64.4%)


6 440 

(63.4%)


+


4


351


+67.6


RE-EXPORTS


5 976


3 718


+


2


258


+60.7


TOTAL EXPORTS


16 767


10 158


+


6


609


+65.1


IMPORTS


15 899


11 537


+


4


362


+37.8


TRADE BALANCE


+ 868


- 1 379


+


2


247


LAST MONTH


JANUARY 

1984


DECEMBER 

1983


INCREASE OR 

DECREASE


3 MN.


$ MN.


$


MN.


%


DOMESTIC EXPORTS 

(% OF TOTAL EXPORTS)


10 791 

(64.4%)


10 922 

(63.7%)



131


- 1.2


RE-EXPORTS


5 976


6 219



243


- 3.9


TOTAL EXPORTS


16 767


17 141



374


- 2.2


IMPORTS


15 899


18 925



3


026


-16.0


TRADE BALANCE


+ 868


- 1 784


+


2


652


LAST 12 MONTHS


FEBRUARY 1983 

TO 

JANUARY 1984


FEBRUARY 1982 

TO 

JANUARY 1983


INCREASE OR 

DECREASE


$


MN.


$ MN.


$


MN.


%


DOMESTIC EXPORTS


108


757


83 232


+25


525


+30.7


RE-EXPORTS


‧58


552


44 752


+ 13


800


+30.8


TOTAL EXPORTS


167


309


127 984


+39


325


+30.7


IMPORTS


179


804


144 407


+35


397


+24.5


TRADE BALANCE


- 12


495


- 16 423


+


3


928




-----------0------------


/15................


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


15


NEW LOOK AT BROADCASTING 

*****


THE GOVERNOR HAS APPOINTED A BOARD TO CONDUCT AN OVERALL 

REVIEW OF TELEVISION AND SOUND BROADCASTING.


THE 16-MEMBER BOARD IS TO BE CHAIRED BY THE HON MR JUSTICE 

POWER, WHO HELD A PRESS CONFERENCE THIS AFTERNOON TO EXPLAIN 

THE TASK OF THE BOARD.


THE REVIEW WILL ENABLE THE GOVERNMENT TO PREPARE AN OVERALL 

POLICY FOR BROADCASTING WHICH WILL BE IN LINE WITH THE NEEDS OF 

THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG.


THE BOARD HAS WIDE-RANGING TERMS OF REFERENCE WHICH WILL 

ALLOW IT TO EXAMINE ALL ASPECTS OF BROADCASTING IN THE TERRITORY.


PARTICULAR ATTENTION WILL BE PAID TO WHETHER CHANGES ARE 

NECESSARY IN THE TENDERING PROCEDURES FOR THE NEW LICENCES WHICH 

WILL BE AWARDED IN 1988 FOR TELEVISION, AND IN 1989 FOR SOUND 

BROADCASTING, SAID A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN.


ADVERTISING, CENSORSHIP, FINANCIAL AND MAN-POWER RESOURCES 

WILL ALSO BE ASSESSED.


THE BOARD WILL LOOK INTO THE ROLE OF THE TELEVISION AND 

ENTERTAINMENT LICENSING AUTHORITY, RTHK, GOVERNMENT BROADCASTING 

AND EDUCATIONAL TELEVISION. DEVELOPMENTS IN FIELDS SUCH AS 

CABLE SYSTEMS, DIRECT SATELLITE TRANSMISSIONS AND OFF-AIR 

SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES WILL ALSO BE STUDIED.


IT IS EXPECTED THAT THE BOARD WILL INVITE REPRESENTATIONS 

FROM THE BROADCASTING INDUSTRY, INTERESTED BODIES AND MEMBERS 

OF THE PUBLIC. THE BOARD WILL HOLD ITS FIRST MEETING SHORTLY 

AND IS EXPECTED TO SUBMIT ITS FINDINGS TO THE GOVERNOR-IN- 

COUNCIL BY THE SUMMER OF 1985.


MEMBERS OF THE BOARD ARE: 

HON MR JUSTICE POWER (CHAIRMAN) 

MR A.G. COOPER (SECRETARY) 

SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS 

SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION’S REPRESENTATIVE 

ATTORNEY-GENERAL’S REPRESENTATIVE 

DEPUTY FINANCIAL SECRETARY’S REPRESENTATIVE 

DIRECTOR OF BROADCASTING 

COMMISSIONER FOR TELEVISION AND ENTERTAINMENT LICENSING


/POSTMASTEH-GaiEHAL................


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


16


POSTMASTER-GENERAL


THE HON ALLEN LEE PENG-FEI, OBE, JP


THE HON YEUNG PO-KWAN, CPM


MRS PAMELA CHAN WONG SHUI


DR LAM YAT-WAH


MR MICHAEL STEVENSON, JP


MR TSIM TAK-LUNG


MRS MAISIE WONG SHIN-U, JP


ITS TERMS OF REFERENCE ARE:


TO MAKE RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL ON THE 

BROADCASTING POLICIES TO BE ADOPTED BY THE GOVERNMENT FOR THE 

PERIOD FOLLOWING EXPIRY OF THE EXISTING COMMERCIAL TELEVISION 

AND RADIO LICENCES, IN 1988 AND 1989; THE RECOMMENDATIONS TO 

BE BASED ON:-


(A) ASSESSMENT OF THE LONG-TERM NEEDS OF THE POPULATION 

AFTER 1988 FOR BOTH TELEVISION AND SOUND BROADCASTING, 

IN TERMS OF QUANTITY, VARIETY AND QUALITY;

(B) EXAMINATION OF TECHNICAL DEVELOPMENTS IN RELATED 

FIELDS, SUCH AS CABLE SYSTEMS, DIRECT SATELLITE 

TRANSMISSIONS, OFF-AIR SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES, 

MULTIPLEX, TELETEXT, DATA TRANSMISSION AND TELECOMMUNICATION, 

IN RELATION TO COSTS AND WITH REGARD 

TO THEIR SUITABILITY FOR HONG KONG IN THE 199O’S 

AND BEYOND;

(C) ASSESSMENT OF THE OPTIONS FOR ORGANISING COMMERCIAL 

TELEVISION AND RADIO BROADCASTS, SUCH AS INDEPENDENT 

STATIONS, A SINGLE TRANSMITTING ORGANISATION WITH 

PROGRAMME CONTRACTORS, RECEPTION VIA SATELLITE 

ETC, HAVING REGARD TO THE BBC RELAY STATION BEING 

SET UP IN HONG KONG;

(D) ASSESSMENT OF THE FINANCIAL AND MANPOWER RESOURCES 

AVAILABLE TO THE LOCAL BROADCASTING INDUSTRY;

(E) CONSIDERATION OF THE CHANGES REQUIRED IN THE CONDITIONS 

OF ADVERTISING CONTROL, WITH A VIEW TO THE POSSIBILITY 

OF BANNING CERTAIN TYPES OF ADVERTISEMENT, ON THE ONE 

HAND, AND IMPROVING THE SOURCES OF REVENUE AND EARNING 

CAPACITY OF FUTURE LICENSEES TO PROVIDE A SOUND BASE 

FOR BETTER PROGRAMMES, ON THE OTHER;



/(?) ASSESSMENT


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


17


(F) ASSESSMENT OF THE ROLE OF RTHK AND GOVERNMENT 

BROADCASTS, INCLUDING THE FUTURE OF EDUCATION 

TELEVISION AND THE USE OF ANNOUNCEMENTS OF PUBLIC 

INTEREST ON RADIO AND TELEVISION?

(G) ASSESSMENT OF THE FUTURE CENSORSHIP AND MONITORING 

REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING CHANGES IN THE ROLE OF THE 

TELEVISION AND ENTERTAINMENT LICENSING AUTHORITY;



TO PREPARE GUIDELINES FOR DRAFTING INSTRUCTIONS FOR ANY 

LEGISLATION CONSIDERED NECESSARY TO GIVE EFFECT TO THE BOARD’S 

RECOMMENDATIONS.


TO MAKE RECOMMENDATIONS ON THE MANNER OF CALLING FOR BIDS 

AND THE INVITING OF TENDERS FOR BROADCASTING LICENCES.


THE BOARD WILL INVITE REPRESENTATIONS FROM ANY PERSON OR 

ORGANISATION WITH AN INTEREST IN BROADCASTING, AND SHALL FORM 

SUCH SUB-COMMITTEES AND WORKING GROUPS AS IT SEES FIT.


_ _ 0 - -


NOTE TO EDITORS?


PUBLIC MEETINGS OF FINANCE COMMITTEE 

* * * *


THE FINANCE COMMITTEE OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCILL WILL THIS 

YEAR BE HOLDING MEETINGS IN PUBLIC TO EXAMINE THE DRAFT ESTIMATES 

OF EXPENDITURE FOR 1984-85.


THERE WILL BE FOUR MEETINGS IN ALL, EACH STARTING AT 2.30 PM 

IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL CHAMBER - ON WEDNESDAY, MARCH 7? 

THURSDAY, MARCH 8? FRIDAY, MARCH 9? AND MONDAY, MARCH 12.


EACH YEAR THE DRAFT ESTIMATES OF EXPENDITURE ARE FORMALLY 

PRESENTED TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL. THIS WILL TAKE PLACE THIS 

YEAR ON BUDGET DAY TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY), AT THE PRESENTATION 

AND SECOND READING OF THE APPROPRIATION BILL.


THE PRESIDENT THEN REFERS THEM, IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDING 

ORDERS. TO THE FINANCE COMMITTEE FOR EXAMINATION BEFORE 

CONSIDERATION OF THE APPROPRIATION BILL IN COMMITTEE OF THE 

WHOLE COUNCIL.


STANDING ORDERS ALSO PROVIDE THAT: +FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY 

SUCH EXAMINATION THE FINANCE COMMITTEE SHALL, UNLESS THE COMMITTEE 

OTHERWISE ORDER, MEET IN PUBLIC AND MAY CALL BEFORE THEM TO GIVE 

EVIDENCE THE PUBLIC OFFICER RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SERVICE OR 

SERVICES PROVIDED UNDER ANY HEAD OF THE ESTIMATES.*


/prior to


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


18


PRIOR TO THE MEETINGS OF THE FINANCE COMMITTEE, UNOFFICIAL 

MEMBERS, WHO ARE THE ONLY MEMBERS TO HAVE A VOTE, FORM THEMSELVES 

INTO WORKING GROUPS TO STUDY THE ESTIMATES AND FORMULATE QUESTIONS 

AS TO THEIR CONTENT AS OPPOSED TO THE POLICIES UNDERLINING THEM.


THESE QUESTIONS ARE DIVIDED INTO TWO CATEGORIES - THOSE 

REQUIRING WRITTEN REPLIES FROM CONTROLLING OFFICERS AND THOSE 

FOR WHICH THOSE OFFICERS WILL HAVE TO APPEAR IN PERSON BEFORE 

THE COMMITTEE TO GIVE ORAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF THE PROVISION 

SOUGHT.


EACH AFTERNOON’S MEETING WILL BE DEVOTED TO THE EXAMINATION 

OF A GROUP OF GOVERNMENT SERVICES AND THE AGENDA WILL COMMENCE 

WITH A BRIEF CONSIDERATION OF THE WRITTEN REPLIES TO THE WRITTEN 

QUESTIONS RAISED BEFORE THE MEETING.


IF MEMBERS WISH TO RAISE FURTHER QUESTIONS IN CONNECTION WITH 

THESE REPLIES, THEY WILL SIGNIFY THEIR INTENTION TO THE CHAIRMAN 

AT THIS STAGE. HE WILL THEN ARRANGE FOR THE RELEVENT CONTROLLING 

OFFICER TO ATTEND THE MEETING AFTER ALL THE OTHER CONTROLLING 

OFFICERS LISTED IN THE TIMETABLE FOR ORAL EXAMINATION THAT 

AFTERNOON HAVE BEEN EXAMINED. IF THE CONTROLLING OFFICER IS 

ALREADY ON THE LIST, THE QUESTION WILL BE PUT TO HIM AFTER HE 

HAS ANSWERED THOSE QUESTIONS OF WHICH HE HAS PREVIOUSLY BEEN 

NOTIFIED.


EACH CONTROLLING OFFICER CALLED TO APPEAR PERSONALLY FOR 

ORAL EXAMINATION WILL SIT NEXT TO THE CHAIRMAN IN THE CHAMBER. 

THE CHAIRMAN WILL READ OUT EACH OF THE QUESTIONS TO WHICH MEMBERS 

HAVE REQUESTED AN ORAL REPLY, AND THE OFFICER WILL THEN REPLY. 

THE CHAIRMAN HAS THE RIGHT TO RULE OUT OF ORDER ANY QUESTIONS 

WHICH HE CONSIDERS INAPPROPRIATE TO THE EXAMINATION OF THE 

ESTIMATES.


AFTER EACH REPLY, MEMBERS MAY ASK SUPPLEMENTARY QUESTIONS 

IN CONNECTION WITH THE SAME SUBJECT. AFTER THE CONTROLLING 

OFFICER HAS ANSWERED ALL THE NOTIFIED QUESTIONS AND THE 

SUPPLEMENTARY QUESTIONS, MEMBERS MAY ASK ANY OTHER QUESTIONS 

RELATIVE TO THE HEAD OR SUBHEAD OF EXPENDITURE CONTROLLED BY THE 

OFFICER APPEARING BEFORE THEM, INCLUDING QUESTIONS RELATING TO 

THE WRITTEN REPLIES.


WHEN ALL CONTROLLING OFFICERS ON THE LIST FOR THE AFTERNOON 

HAVE BEEN EXAMINED, THE CHAIRMAN WILL SUMMON IN, ONE BY ONE, ANY 

OTHER CONTROLLING OFFICER TO WHOM MEMBERS WISH TO PUT QUESTIONS 

AS NOTIFIED AT THE START OF THE MEETING.


THE DEPUTY FINANCIAL SECRETARY AND THE ASSISTANT FINANCIAL 

SECRETARY OR SECRETARIES RESPONSIBLE FOR THE GROUP OF SERVICES 

UNDER EXAMINATION ON ANY GIVEN AFTERNOON WILL BE IN ATTENDANCE 

TO PROVIDE FURTHER CLARIFICATION OF THE ISSUES UNDER DISCUSSION.


THE CHIEF SECRETARY IS THE CHAIRMAN OF THE FINANCE COMMITTEE, 

AND THE OTHER OFFICIAL MEMBERS ARE THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY AND 

THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, WHO HAVE NO VOTE.


ALL UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ARE MEMBERS 

CF THE FINANCE COMMITTEE WITH FULL VOTING POWERS.


----------0----------


/19............


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


19


SOCIAL SECURITY SYSTEM ADEQUATE FOR ITS PURPOSE - DIRECTOR 

* * * * *


HONG KONG’S SOCIAL SECURITY SYSTEM IS ADEQUATE FOR ITS PURPOSE 

CF ENSURING THAT EACH FAMILY HAS SUFFICIENT MONEY TO PROVIDE FOR THE 

BASIC REQUIREMENTS OF FOOD, SHELTER AND OTHER AMENITIES, THE 

DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR JOHN CHAMBERS, SAID TODAY (TUESDAY).


SPEAKING AT A LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE ROTARY CLUB OF HONG KONG 

NORTHWEST, HE SAID: +WHEN WE TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE WIDE RANGE OF 

SERVICES PROVIDED IN OTHER SOCIAL SERVICE - EDUCATION, HOUSING, 

HEALTH AND SOCIAL WELFARE - I SEE NO REASON TO BE APOLOGETIC 

ABOUT OUR ACHIEVEMENTS IN THIS FIELD.*


MR CHAMBERS NOTED THAT THERE HAD BEEN A STEADY INCREASE IN 

APPLICATIONS FOR ASSISTANCE IN RECENT YEARS.


AT THE END OF 1980, THERE WERE ONLY 45 600 FAMILIES RECEIVING 

ASSISTANCE. THE 1983 FIGURE OF 54 70Q REPRESENTS ABOUT A 20 PER 

CENT INCREASE, HE SAID.


THE ESTIMATED PROVISION FOR PUBLIC ASSISTANCE IN THE NEXT 

FINANCIAL YEAR IS $540 MILLION, AS COMPARED WITH ONLY $222 MILLION 

IN TOTAL PAYMENTS IN 1980-81.


+THIS INCREASE IS OF COURSE ONLY PARTLY DUE TO THE INCREASE IN 

CASELOAD,+ HE SAID.


+THE REST IS DUE TO THE HIGHER LEVEL OF BENEFITS.*


MR CHAMBERS DESCRIBED THE PUBLIC ASSISTANCE SYSTEM AS +AN 

INCOME MAINTENANCE SCHEME.*


+IN OTHER WORDS,* HE SAID, +THERE ARE PRESCRIBED LEVELS OF 

INCOME FOR FAMILIES OF VARIOUS SIZES AND IF THE FAMILY’S TOTAL 

INCOME FALLS BELOW THE APPROPRIATE LEVEL, THE DIFFERENCE IS MADE 

UP BY MEANS OF PUBLIC ASSISTANCE PAYMENTS.*


IN ADDITION TO THE INCOME TEST, THERE IS A SAVINGS LIMIT OF 

$6 450 FOR A SINGLE PERSON ON HIS OWN, OR $4 300 FOR EACH MEMBER 

OF A FAMILY. IF THE FAMILY’S TOTAL SAVINGS EXCEED THESE LEVELS, 

PUBLIC ASSISTANCE IS NOT PAYABLE.


MR CHAMBERS SAID THAT A FAMILY OF FOUR WOULD, ON TOP OF A 

BASIC INCOME LEVEL OF $1 425, BE ENTITLED TO A RENT ALLOWANCE UP 

TO A MAXIMUM OF $953 A MONTH, AS WELL AS DISCRETIONARY GRANTS 

TOWARDS EDUCATIONAL EXPENSES FOR THE CHILDREN, ESSENTIAL TRAVELLING 

EXPENSES AND EXTRA DIETARY ALLOWANCES WHERE THESE WERE REQUIRED.


A FAMILY ON PUBLIC ASSISTANCE FOR MORE THAN 12 MONTHS WOULD 

BE ENTITLED TO AN ANNUAL LONG-TERM SUPPLEMENT OF $1 290, WHICH IS 

INTENDED TO HELP MEET THE COST OF HOUSEHOLD ITEMS AND DURABLE 

GOODS.


/MH chambebs................


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


20


MR CHAMBERS SAID ALSO THAT A MAN OVER 60 LIVING ON HIS OWN 

WOULD BE ENTITLED TO A BASIC RATE OF $510 A MONTH, PLUS A RENT 

ALLOWANCE OF $276, AN OLD AGE SUPPLEMENT OF $255 AND AN ANNUAL 

LONG-TERM SUPPLEMENT OF $645. ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS FOR SPECIAL 

DIETS AND OTHER PURPOSES WOULD BE MADE IF APPROPRIATE.


WHEN THE BASIC SCALE RATES WERE INTRODUCED IN 1971, THEY WERE 

FIXED AT A VERY MODEST SUBSISTENCE LEVEL. +BUT THERE HAVE BEEN 

QUITE A LARGE NUMBER OF IMPROVEMENTS SINCE THEN,+ HE SAID.


IN 1972 THE SCALES WERE REVISED TO TAKE ACCOUNT OF ADDITIONAL 

ITEMS OF HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURE NOT PROVIDED IN THE ORIGINAL SCALE 

OF ASSISTANCE. PROVISION WAS ALSO ADDED FOR DISCRETIONARY PAYMENTS 

TO MEET SPECIAL NEEDS.


IN 1978, THE LONG-TERM SUPPLEMENTS WERE ADDED, AS WELL.AS 

SUPPLEMENTS FOR THOSE OVER 60, AND PEOPLE SUFFERING FROM SERIOUS 

DISABILITIES.


+PERHAPS THE MOST SIGNIFICANT IMPROVEMENT IN THE PUBLIC 

ASSISTANCE SCHEME TOOK PLACE IN JULY 1981 WHEN THERE WAS A REAL 

INCREASE (THAT IS, OVER AND ABOVE THE INCREASE JUSTIFIED BY THE 

RISE IN THE COST OF LIVING) OF 25 PER CENT ON THE BASIC SCALE,+ 

CHAMBERS SAID.


+THIS REFLECTED A RISE IN THE STANDARD OF LIVING OF THE 

POPULATION AS A WHOLE AND ENSURED THAT THE POOREST MEMBERS OF 

OUR COMMUNITY WERE ABLE TO HAVE A SHARE IN HONG KONG’S INCREASING 

PROSPERITY.+


APART FROM THESE CHANGES IN THE REAL VALUE OF PUBLIC 

ASSISTANCE PAYMENTS SINCE 1971, THERE HAVE BEEN NINE REVISIONS 

CF THE BASIC RATES DURING THE PERIOD TO REFLECT INCREASES IN 

THE COST OF LIVING.


MR CHAMBERS SAID THAT PUBLIC ASSISTANCE RATES HAD INCREASED 

BY 363 PER CENT SINCE 1972, WHEREAS THE INCREASE IN THE CP 1(A) 

WAS ONLY ABOUT 225 PER CENT.


THIS WAS PARTLY THE RESULT OF THE +REAL+ INCREASE IN 1981 AND 

PARTLY BECAUSE THE PUBLIC ASSISTANCE INDEX INCLUDES A LARGER 

ELEMENT FOR FOOD PRICES THAN THE CP I (A) AND FOOD PRICES HAVE 

RISEN FASTER THAN THOSE OF OTHER CONSUMER GOODS AND SERVICES IN 

RECENT YEARS.


+CERTAINLY,+ HE SAID, +PUBLIC ASSISTANCE PAYMENTS ARE NO 

LONGER AT SUBSISTENCE LEVEL.+


MR CHAMBERS SAID THE ADEQUACY OF THESE PAYMENTS COULD BE 

GAUGED BY LOOKING AT THE AVERAGE INDUSTRIAL WAGE, NOW AT ABOUT 

$2 100 A MONTH.


A FOUR-PERSON FAMILY ON ASSISTANCE WOULD RECEIVE UP TO $2 378 

A MONTH BASIC RATE AND RENT ALLOWANCE, PLUS ANY DISCRETIONARY 

PAYMENTS MADE, SO THAT THEY COULD BE SOMEWHAT BETTER OFF THAN 

A SIMILAR FAMILY WITH ONE BREADWINNER DRAWING THE AVERAGE 

INDUSTRIAL WAGE.


/MR chambers ...............


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 19c4


21


MR CHAMBERS SAID THAT IF PAYMENTS WERE TOO HIGH, THERE WOULD 

BE A DANGER THAT SOME PEOPLE WOULD PREFER TO LIVE ON SOCIAL 

SECURITY PAYMENTS RATHER THAN WORK.


SYSTEMS IN SOME DEVELOPED COUNTRIES HAD BEEN CRITICISED ON 

THIS ACCOUNT, HE SAID.


+THERE IS NO INDICATION THAT THIS IS HAPPENING HERE,* MR 

CHAMBERS SAID. + IN FACT, ONLY SIX PER CENT OF THE BENEFICIARIES 

ARE ON PUBLIC ASSISTANCE BECAUSE OF UNEMPLOYMENT OR LOW EARNINGS.+


+EVEN AT THE TIME WHEN UNEMPLOYMENT WAS CONSIDERABLY 

HIGHER THAN IT IS NOW, THERE WAS EVIDENCE THAT BY NO MEANS ALL 

THOSE ELIGIBLE WERE APPLYING FOR PUBLIC ASSISTANCE,+ HE ADDED.


MR CHAMBERS SAID THAT WITHIN THE SCHEME, THERE WERE ALSO 

ARRANGEMENTS TO DISREGARD AT LEAST PART OF THE EARNINGS OF PUBLIC 

ASSISTANCE RECIPIENTS, SO AS NOT TO DISCOURAGE THEM FROM SEEKING 

WORK.


+WE DO HAVE TO KEEP A CAREFUL WATCH FOR ABUSES OF THE SYSTEM 

SINCE THIS CAN EASILY BRING THE WHOLE SCHEME INTO DISREPUTE,* HE 

SAID. +FROM TIME TO TIME CASES OF FALSE STATEMENTS OR FAILURE TO 

REPORT INCOME FULLY DO OCCUR AND WE FEEL THAT IT IS NECESSARY TO 

PROSECUTE IN SUCH CASES.*


ALTHOUGH THE SCHEME WAS THE BASIS OF THE 

SYSTEM, IT WAS NOT THE ONLY FORM OF FINANCIAL


SOCIAL SECURITY 

HELP.


THERE WERE ALSO AN OLD AGE ALLOWANCE PAYABLE TO ANYONE AGED 

TO OR OVER, REGARDLESS OF INCOME, AND THE NON-MEANS-TESTED 

DISABILITY ALLOWANCE FOR THE SEVERELY HANDICAPPED.


+THE ESTIMATED FUNDS REQUIRED FOR THESE TWO ALLOWANCES NEXT 

YEAR AMOUNT TO NEARLY $845 MILLION, WHICH IS CONSIDERABLY MORE 

THAN THE PUBLIC ASSISTANCE SCHEME ITSELF,* HE SAID.


+TAKEN TOGETHER THE THREE SCHEMES WILL COST THE HONG KONG 

TAXPAYER WELL OVER $1 OOO MILLION, IN 1984/85.+


THERE WERE SEVERAL OTHER SCHEMES WHICH PROVIDE FINANCIAL HELP 

FOR PEOPLE IN NEED FOR CERTAIN SPECIFIC REASONS, INCLUDING THE 

CRIMINAL AND LAW ENFORCEMENT INJURIES COMPENSATION SCHEME, THE 

TRAFFIC ACCIDENT VICTIMS ASSISTANCE SCHEME AND EMERGENCY RELIEF 

FOR THOSE SUFFERING FROM TYPHOON, FLOOD OR FIRE, HE SAID.


------------o--------------


/22


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


- 22 -


$80 MILLION REALISED AT LAND SALE


*****


THREE LOTS OF CROWN LAND WERE SOLD FOR ALMOST $80 MILLION AT 

AN HOUR-LONG AUCTION AT THE CITY HALL THEATRE TODAY 

(TUESDAY).


THE SALE OF A 1 579 SQUARE METRE NON-1NDUSTRI AL SITE IN 

ABERDEEN WAS POSTPONED FOR +TECHNICAL REASONS+, BUT THE AUCTIONEER, 

GOVERNMENT LAND AGENT, MR TIM MILLS, SAID IT WOULD POSSIBLY BE 

RE-OFFERED AT THE NEXT AUCTION ON APRIL 18.


A SITE IN TUEN MUN FOR PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT WAS 

WITHDRAWN BECAUSE THERE WERE NO BIDS. MR MILLS HAD ASKED FOR 

BIDDING TO START AT $11 MILLION ON THE 7 791 SQUARE METRE LOT.


THE FIRST SITE TO BE SOLD WENT TO KOWLOON MOTOR BUS COMPANY 

LIMITED FOR $36.4 MILLION.


IT IS IN SHA TIN NEW TOWN AND IS FOR INDUSTRIAL OR GODOWN 

DEVELOPMENT OR FOR DEVELOPMENT AS A BUS DEPOT.


IT MEASURES 21 070 SQUARE METRES AND THE PRICE PAID WAS 

$1 728 PER SQUARE METRE.


THE BUILDING COVENANT, TO BE FULFILLED IN 48 MONTHS, IS 

$50 MILLION.


BIDDING ON THIS SITE OPENED AT $22 MILLION.


A SITE AT ON PONG ROAD, TAI PO NEW TOWN, MEASURING 9 016 SQUARE 

PETRES. WAS SOLD FOR $28.2 MILLION ($3 128 PER SQUARE METRE). 

BIDDING OPENED AT $20 MILLION. THE BUYER WAS SUN HUNG KAI 

PROPERTIES L IMITED.


THE LOT, WHICH IS FOR NON-1NDUSTRI AL DEVELOPMENT, CARRIES 

A BUILDING COVENANT OF $60 MILLION TO BE COMPLETED WITHIN 48 MONTHS. 

PR MILLS SAID IT WAS THE LAST TAI PO TOWN CENTRE SITE FOR SALE 

BY AUCTION.


SALE CONDITIONS ALLOW FOR DEVELOPMENT OF TWO DOUBLE AND ONE 

SINGLE CRUCIFORM STYLE, PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL TOWER BLOCKS ABOVE 

A PODIUM.


THE MAXIMUM FLOOR AREA FOR PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT WILL 

BE 30 700 SQUARE METRES AND FOR NON-1NDUSTRI AL, EXCLUDING GODOwN, 

DEVELOPMENT 2 640 SQUARE METRES.


A 3 642-SQUARE-METRE SITE AT SAI CHING STREET, YUEN LONG, 

WAS SOLD TO MORE TREASURE COMPANY LIMITED FOR $15.1 MILLION 

($4 146 PER SQUARE METRE).


IT IS A NON-1NDUSTRI AL LOT WITH PLOT RATIOS VARYING FROM 

3.3 TO 9.5 DEPENDING ON THE TYPE OF BUILDINGS TO BE PUT UP.


/the develop eh...............


TUESDAY, FEBRUAHY 28, 1984


23


THE DEVELOPER IS REQUIRED TO FULFIL A $28 MILLION BUILDING 

COVENANT WITHIN 48 MONTHS.


BIDDING OPENED AT $8 MILLION.


MR MILLS SAID HE WAS +VERY PLEASED+ WITH THE RESPONSE, BEARING 

IN MIND THAT TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) WAS BUDGET DAY.


0 - -


TRACK AT SPORTS GROUND OPEN TO JOGGERS 

* X * *


THE RUNNING TRACK AT THE NEW SHA TIN SPORTS GROUND WILL BE 

OPEN TO THE PUBLIC FREE OF CHARGE FROM THURSDAY (MARCH 1).


IT WILL BE OPEN BETWEEN 7 AM AND 7 PM DAILY, EXCEPT WHEN 

THE PERIOD HAS BEEN BOOKED FOR EXCLUSIVE USE, A SPOKESMAN FOR 

THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID.


THE NEW ARRANGEMENT IS TO PROVIDE A PROPER VENUE TO LOCAL 

ATHLETES AND JOGGERS, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.


USERS OF THE TRACK ARE ADVISED TO WEAR RUBBER SHOES AND 

TO ENTER THE TURFED SOCCER PITCH.


THE SPOKESMAN STRESSED THAT NO SPIKER SHOES ARE ALLOWED ON 

THE TRACK AND NO USERS MAY ENTER ITS INNER TWO LANES.


THOSE WISHING TO USE THE TRACK SHOULD BRING ALONG THEIR 

IDENTITY CARDS FOR REGISTRATION AT THE ENTRANCE.


0 - -


ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMME FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE 

* X * * *


MORE THAN 300 ELDERLY PEOPLE IN TUEN MUN WILL BE TREATED TO 

A VEGETARIAN FEAST AND A 90-MINUTE ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMME 

TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) EVENING.


THE PARTICIPANTS, ALL AGED OVER 65, ARE RESIDENTS OF THE SAM 

SHING PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE.


THE GATHERING IS ORGANISED BY THREE MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES OF 

THE ESTATE AND SPONSORED BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD AS AN 

EXPRESSION OF RESPECT TO THE AGED. IT IS ALSO AIMED AT PROMOTING 

A SENSE OF COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT.


THE ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMME, WHICH WILL START AT 5.30 PM, wILL 

FEATURE PERFORMANCES BY JUNIOR POLICE CALL MEMBERS, AND A CANTONESE 

OPERA SHOW BY ESTATE RESIDENTS.


/A KUNG FU


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


24


A KUNG FU ACTOR, MR KWAN TAK-HING, WILL DEMONSTRATE 

CALLIGRAPHY AND WRITE SPRING FESTIVAL SCROLLS FOR THE PARTICIPANTS 

AS SOUVENIRS.


EACH PARTICIPANT WILL ALSO RECEIVE A RED PACKET - ’LAI SEE’ - 

AS A NEW YEAR BLESSING.


OFFICIATING GUESTS WILL INCLUDE THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR RICKY 

FUNG; THE CHAIRMAN OF TUEN MUN RURAL COMMITTEE, MR LAU WONG-FAT; 

POLICE DISTRICT COMMANDER, MR V.F.D. CHAPMAN; THE CHAIRMAN OF TUEN 

MUN RESPECT FOR THE AGED ASSOCIATION, MR LAU CHI-YUEN. THE 

CHAIRMAN OF TUEN MUN SPORTS ASSOCIATION, MR TANG TUNG-CHUI; SENIOR 

HOUSING MANAGER, MR HUI CHI-CHUNG; AND TWO DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS.


NOTE TO EDITORS:


YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE VEGETARIAN FEAST AND 

ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMME FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE IN TUEN MUN TO BE 

HELD TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) AT YAU HO RESTAURANT, STARTING 

AT 5.30 PM.


----------0----------


BEST BEING DONE FOR CHILD CARE


* * * *


THE GOVERNMENT IS DOING ITS BEST TO IMPROVE THE QUALITY OF 

CHILD CARE SERVICES TO ENABLE YOUNG CHILDREN TO ACHIEVE BALANCED 

PHYSICAL, EMOTIONAL AND INTELLECTUAL DEVELOPMENT.


THIS WAS STATED TODAY BY THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL 

WELFARE (SOCIAL SECURITY), MR STEPHEN LAW, AT THE RE-NAMING CEREMONY 

OF THE TUNG WAH GROUP OF HOSPITALS’ NG SHEUNG LAN MEMORIAL DAY 

NURSERY IN WAN CHAI.


THERE WAS A GREAT NEED FOR CHILD CARE SERVICES IN HONG KONG 

BECAUSE OF THE INCREASING NUMBER OF FAMILIES WITH BOTH PARENTS 

WORKING, HE SAID.


AND THERE ARE NOW MORE THAN 230 NURSERIES IN THE TERRITORY, 

PROVIDING CARE FOR 23 000 CHILDREN, HE SAID.


SEVEN OF THEM ARE RUN BY THE TUNG WAH GROUP, PROVIDING MORE 

THAN 700 PLACES.


TUNG WAH IS PLANNING FIVE ADDITIONAL NURSERIES AT TAI PO, 

TUEN MUN, DIAMOND HILL, MA TSAI HANG AND FANLING IN THE NEXT FIVE 

YEARS.


THE NURSERY WHICH WAS RE-NAMED TODAY WAS ESTABLISHED IN 1968. 

IT CATERS FOR 84 CHILDREN FROM LOW-INCOME FAMILIES.


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


- 25 -


MORAL EDUCATION SEMINAR FOR TEACHERS 

* * * *


THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT IS ORGANISING A SEMINAR TO ACQUAINT 

SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS WITH SOME SUGGESTED APPROACHES TO PROMOTE 

ETHICAL AND MORAL EDUCATION THROUGH EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES.


THE SEMINAR WILL BE HELD ON APRIL 12 AT TANG SHIU KIN 

VICTORIA TECHNICAL SCHOOL, 01 KWAN ROAD, WAN CHAI.


i


TEACHERS WISHING TO TAKE PART IN THE SEMINAR SHOULD CONTACT 

THE SENIOR INSPECTOR, RELIGIOUS-ETHICAL EDUCATION SECTION, ADVISORY 

INSPECTORATE, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, ROOM 511, LEE GARDENS, HYSAN 

AVENUE, HONG KONG, BY MARCH 16.


OWING TO LIMITED ACCOMMODATION, APPLICATIONS WILL BE ACCEPTED 

ON A FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS.


ENQUIRIES CONCERNING THE SEMINAR CAN BE MADE ON TEL. 

5-8392483.


----------o------------


MINISTER OF STATE LEAVES


X * X X


THE MINISTER OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, 

NR RICHARD LUCE, LEFT HONG KONG THIS (TUESDAY) AFTERNOON FOR KUALA 

LUMPUR. HE WAS SEEN OFF AT THE AIRPORT BY THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD 

YOUDE.


----------o---------------


U.S. MAKES AUTHORISATION CALL ON TEXTILE CATEGORY 

X X X X


THE TRADE DEPARTMENT TODAY (TUESDAY) ANNOUNCED THAT THE 

UNITED STATES HAD MADE AN EXPORT AUTHORISATION (EA) CALL ON 

CATEGORY 637 (MAN-MADE FIBRE PLAYSUITS, SUNSUITS AND WASHSUITS).


I”IS ’,S TH£ SEC0ND EA CALL BY THE UNITED STATES SO FAR this 

YEAR FOLLOWING THE ONE ON CATEGORY 652 (MMF UNDERWEAR) EARLIER’ 

i n i S MON TH.


PENDING CONSULTATIONS WITH THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT THE 

.£^TnHAS SUSPENDED THE ISSUE OF FURTHER EXPORT AUTHORISATIONS 

FOR CATEGORY 637.


THE DEPARTMENT WILL, HOWEVER, CONTINUE TO APPROVE AND ISSUE 

EXPORT LICENCES .OR THIS CATEGORY AGAINST VALID EXPORT AUTHORISATIONS 

APPROVED PRIOR TC THE SUSPENSION.


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1984


26


TUNNEL TRAFFIC ADVICE 

* * *


OWING TO THE CLOSURE OF THE LION ROCK TUNNEL +SLOW LANE+, 

MOTORISTS FROM EASTERN NEW TERRITORIES ARE ADVISED TO USE KCR 

TRAINS ON FEBRUARY 29 AND MARCH 1 TO AVOID TRAFFIC CONGESTION.


IKCRC WILL BOOST UP THE FREQUENCY OF TRAIN SERVICES, AND 

KMB wILL OPERATE ADDITIONAL +K+ TRIPS.


LION ROCK TUNNEL WILL RESUME NORMAL OPERATION FROM 6.30 AM 

ON MARCH 2.


1 -----------0--------------


SOY STREET TRAFFIC CHANGE 

* * * *


FROM 10 AM ON MARCH 1 (THURSDAY), TRAFFIC ON THE SECTION OF 

SOY STREET BETWEEN SAI YEUNG CHOI STREET AND NATHAN ROAD WILL BE 

RE-ROUTED FROM ONE-WAY EASTBOUND TO ONE-WAY WESTBOUND TO 

FACILITATE CIRCULATION.


TRAFFIC RESTRICTION 

* X * *


FROM 10 AM ON THURSDAY (MARCH 1), THE SECTION OF ABERDEEN 

OLD MAIN STREET FROM ITS NORTHERN TIP TO A POINT 130 METRES NORTH 

CF ABERDEEN MAIN ROAD, WILL BE PROHIBITED TO ALL VEHICLES OVER


DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN


ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 

‧ BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUaRY 29, 1984 

‧ ‧ * * . 9 ‧ * ‧ A


CON TINTS PAGE NO.


BUDGET SPEECH:


SIR JOHN SEES 'CLEARER SKIES AHEAD' ................................................................... 1


333-7 BILLION EXPECTED IN TOTAL COLLECTIONS .......................................... 3


53.3 BILLION DEFICIT EXPECTED ...................................................................................... 6


PUBLIC SPENDING SET aT 544 BILLION ...................................................................... 7


537 BILLION TO BE SPliNT ON GENERAL REVENUE ACCOUNT.................... 9


NO CUTBACKS IN WORKS PROGRAMME................................................................................... 11


SPENDING ON EDUCATION TO GO UP 18 PER CFNT ............................................. 12


GOVERNMENT TO SPEND MORE ON MEDICAL AND SOCIaL WELFARE 

SERVICES ........................................................................................................................................................ 13


INCREASED FOUR-YEAR HOUSING PLAN FORECAST ................................................ 14


+DISCIPLINED SPENDING+ TO CONTINUE...................................................................... 15


POSITION AS FINANCIAL CENTRE STRENGTHENED ................................................ 19


BILLION DOLLAR BOND ISSUE PROPOSED ...................................................................... 20


NEED FOR PROPER TAX BALANCE STRESSED................................................................ 22


NEW MEASURES PROPOSED TO PROTECT TAX YIELDS .......................................... 24


REVENUE PROTECTION ORDERS SOUGHT ............................................................................. 25


BETTING DUTY RAISED ...................................................................................................................... 26


LIQUOR TAX POLICY EXPLAINED ............................................................................................. 26


/TWO PER....................


TWO PER CWT TAX RISE PROPOSED................................................................................... 28


PROPOSED CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL TAX +OF TRANSPORT NATURE*- .. 29


TAX PROPOSED ON INTEREST TO BUSINESSES ............................................................. 32


CAPITAL WORKS RESERVE FUND ............................................................................................... 34


NEW MEASURES PROPOSED FOR RATE CALCULATIONS .......................................... 35


DEBATE ADJOURNED ............................................................................................................................... 36


SIR JOHN SPEAKS ON TELEVISION ............................................................................................... 37


BUDGET BRIEFING'............................................................................................................................................ 38


TIUDE MINISTER ARRIVING ..................................................................................................................


NEW RATES EXPLAINED ............................................................................................................................... 39


SINGING AND SONG-WRITING CONTEST ...................................................................................... 39


TRAFFIC DIVERSION ..................................................................................................................................... 40


PROHIBITED ZONE............................................................................................................................................ 40


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29,


SIR JOHN SEES 'CLEARER SKIES AHEAD’ 

*****


THE 1984-85 BUDGET INDICATED CLEARER SKIES AHEAD, THE FINANCIAL 

SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, TOLD THE LEGISLATICE COUNCIL 

TODAY (WEDNESDAY).


SUBJECT TO NO UNFORESEEN SHOCK, SIR JOHN BELIEVED THAT:


* THE GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT wILL INCREASE BY MORE THAN 

SIX PER CENT;

* INFLATION WILL DROP TO SEVEN PER CENT BY THE END OF THE 

YEAR;

* CAPITAL INVESTMENT WILL GROW AGAIN;

* REAL WAGES WILL BEGIN TO RISE WITH STABILISED EMPLOYMENT, 

AND

* THE HONG KONG DOLLAR WILL REMAIN STRONG.



IN HIS FORECAST OF THE ECONOMY FOR 1984, SIR JOHN SAID LAST 

YEAR ENDED WITH THE ECONOMY ENJOYING THE BENEFITS OF STRONG EXPORT 

GROWTH AND WITH THE FIRST SIGNS OF THE CONSEQUENT REVIVAL OF 

DOMESTIC DEMAND APPARENT.


HE SAID IT WAS LIKELY THE ECONOMY’S PERFORMANCE IN 1984 wOULD 

AGAIN PRIMARILY BE DETERMINED BY THE GROWTH RATE OF EXPORTS.


THE UNITED STATES ECONOMY, HAVING PERFORMED BETTER THAN 

GENERALLY EXPECTED IN 1983 WITH A GROWTH RATE OF 3.5 PER CENT, 

IS EXPECTED TO GROW EVEN FASTER IN 1984, WITH A RATE OF GROWTH 

CF ABOUT FIVE PER CENT BEING FORECAST BY OECD.


BUT, HE SAID, A NUMBER OF FACTORS SUGGEST THAT HONG KONG 

WOULD BE UNLIKELY TO BENEFIT IN PROPORTION TO THIS INCREASE IN 

GROWTH.


THE EMPHASIS SEEMED LIKELY TO MOVE AWAY FROM THE RE-STOCKING 

CF CONSUMER GOODS, WHICH WAS A FACTOR IN THE 26 PER CENT GROWTH 

RATE IN REAL TERMS OF EXPORTS FROM HONG KONG TO THE US IN 1983.


+THE EXHAUSTION OF CLOTHING AND TEXTILES QUOTAS IN 1983 

LEAVES LITTLE ROOM FOR FURTHER GROWTH FOR THESE ITEMS I’. 13B4. 

FINALLY IN 1983 THE SURGE IN EXPORTS TO THE US WAS UNDOUB’-^’ r 

HELPED BY THE DEPRECIATION OF THE HONG KONG DOLLAR AGAINST THE 

US DOLLAR,+ HE SAID.


BUT SOME RECOVERY WAS LIKELY IN THE ECONOMIES OF HONG KONG'S 

OTHER MAJOR MARKETS AND THIS RECOVERY, PLUS A FURTHER SUBSTANTIAL 

GROWTH IN EXPORTS TO THE US, WOULD GIVE A FORECAST FOR DOMESTIC 

EXPORTS IN 1984 OF 10 PER CENT IN REAL TERMS, COMPARED * I Tri THE 

14 PER CENT ACHIEVED IN 1983, HE SAID.


THIS, HE SAID, COMBINED WITH A FORECAST GROWTH RATE OF 

RE-EXPORTS OF 16 PER CENT, WOULD GIVE A GROWTH FORECAST FOR TOTAL 

EXPORTS OF 12 PER CENT, AGAINST 15 PER CENT IN 1983.


/SIR JCHi;


waWZSTDAY, FSBRUnHY 29, 198A


2


SIR JOHN SAID THAT GIVEN THE STRONG EXPORT PERFORMANCE 

ACHIEVED IN 1983 AND EXPECTED IN 1984, EARNINGS INCLUDING wAGES 

SHOULD RISE IN REAL TERMS. THE FORECAST GROWTH FOR PRIVATE 

CONSUMPTION EXPENDITURE IN 1984 WAS SEVEN PER CENT.


.GOVERNMENT CONSUMPTION EXPENDITURE IS FORECAST TO INCREASE 

BY FIVE PER CENT, COMPARED WITH FOUR PER CENT IN 1983,+ HE SAID.


PRIVATE INVESTMENT EXPENDITURE, WHICH FELL BY EIGHT PER CENT 

LAST YEAR, WOULD PARTICULARLY BE DIFFICULT TO FORECAST, HE SAID. 

BUT THE ECONOMIC RECOVERY, WHICH BEGAN IN 1983 AND wAS EXPECTEu 

TO CONTINUE THIS YEAR, SHOULD INDICATE A STRONG RECOVERY IN 

PRIVATE SECTOR INVESTMENT EXPENDITURE, WHICH, HOWEVER, THE CONTINUED 

UNCERTAINTY AND THE OVERHANG OF VACANT PREMISES IN THE PROPERTY 

SECTOR TENDED TO OFFSET.


HE SAID THAT IN PARTICULAR, PRIVATE SECTOR BUILDING INTENTIuna, 

WHICH DECLINED BY 24 PER CENT IN 1982, FELL BY ANOTHER 3'3 PER CENT 

LAST YEAR, INDICATING LITTLE SCOPE FOR POSITIVE GROWTH IN PRIVATE 

BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION EXPENDITURE.


BUT, SIR JOHN ADDED, THERE WERE WELCOME SIGNS OF A REVIVAL 

IN PRIVATE INVESTMENT IN PLANT AND MACHINERY TOWARDS THE END OF 

LAST YEAR.


HE SAID THAT PRIVATE INVESTMENT IN BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION 

WAS THUS FORECAST TO DECLINE BY TWO PER CENT THIS YEAR, AGAINST 

A DECLINE OF 13 PER CENT IN 1983.


TAKING THE PRIVATE AND PUBLIC SECTORS TOGETHER, OVERALL 

INVESTMENT IN PLANT AND MACHINERY WAS FORECAST TO INCREASE BY 

SIX PER CENT, AGAINST MINUS-ONE PER CENT LAST YEAR.


THESE FORECASTS, WHEN COMBINED WITH A FORECAST OF NINE PER 

CENT FOR PUBLIC SECTOR EXPENDITURE ON BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION 

(WITH GROWTH COMING PRIMARILY FROM THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORP) 

AND FORECASTS OF SOME OTHER, SMALLER COMPONENTS, WOULD GIVE 

A FORECAST GROWTH RATE FOR GROSS DOMESTIC FIXED CAPITAL FORMATION 

FOR 1984 OF THREE PER CENT AGAINST MINUS-SEVEN PER CENT FOR 1983, 

HE SAID.


SIR JOHN SAID THAT THE FORECAST GROWTH RATE OF IMPORTS 

ASSOCIATED WITH THESE FORECASTS OF FINAL DEMAND WAS 11 PER CENT, 

ONLY SLIGHTLY HIGHER THAN LAST YEAR’S OUTCOME OF 10 PER CENT.


+NET EXPORTS OF SERVICES ARE FORECAST TO INCREASE AT T*0 

PER CENT, COMPARED WITH A DECLINE OF EIGHT PER CENT IN 1983.+


Ht SAID THAT THE COMBINATION OF THESE FORECASTS FOR THE 

INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS OF EXPENDITURE wOULD GIVE A GROwTh FORxC-ST 

FOR GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT OF SLIGHTLY ABOVE SIX PER CENT.


IF THESE FORECASTS WERE BORNE OUT, HE SAID, ECONOMIC GRO-Ti 

IN 1°84 WOULD CONTINUE TO BE EXPORT-LED, BUT wITh AN INCREASING 

CONTRIBUTION FROM DOMESTIC DEMAND. AND, HE ADDED, THE GR%Th 

RATE OF TOTAL FINAL DEMAND, EXCLUDING fcc-EXPORTS, aAo £a-ECTEl 

AT SEVEN PER CENT, TO EXCEED THAT OF GROSS DOMESTIC PRCDUC", 

SIX PER CENT, BUT NOT SUFFICIENTLY TO GENERATE SIGNIFICANT H TER ,A_ 

INFLATIONARY PRESSURES.


FEBRUARY 29, 1984


- 3 -


HE SAID THAT INFLATION WAS EXPECTED TO REMAIN AT OVER 13 PER 

CENT FOR THE EARLY PART OF THE YEAR, BUT TO FALL STEADILY IN THE 

LATER MONTHS UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF A STABLE EXCHANGE RATE AND 

LOw INFLATION RATES ELSEWHERE.


THE RATE OF FALL WOULD BE LARGELY A FUNCTION OF THE LEVEL OF 

THIS YEAR’S WAGE AWARDS, HE EXPLAINED.


+THE FORECAST RATE OF INCREASE OF BOTH THE GDP DEFLATOR AND 

THE CONSUMER PRICE INDICES IS NINE PER CENT. AGAIN THIS MAY EE 

CONSERVATIVE, BUT WE SHALL TAKE STOCK IN SIX MONTHS’ TIME,* HE SAID.


SIR JOHN SAID IT REFLECTED AN ESTIMATED AVERAGE FOR 1984 AS 

A WHOLE — IN THE OPENING MONTHS INFLATION HAD BEEN RUNNING AT 

ABOUT 12 PER CENT BUT WAS EXPECTED TO TREND DOWN TO ABOUT SEVEN 

PER CENT AT THE END.


+ONCE AGAIN THE TREND IS ALL IMPORTANT. CONSEQUENTLY THE 

PROGNOSIS FOR 1985 IS GOOD. AS I HAVE SAID EARLIER, POLICY MUST 

BE LONG-TERM AND NOT CONCENTRATED JUST ON ONE YEAR,* HE SAID.


SIR JOHN SAID THE FORECAST GROWTH RATE FOR GDP THIS YEAR 

IN MONEY TERMS WAS THUS 16 PER CENT, AT CURRENT PRICES, PER 

CAPITA GDP IN 1984 SHOULD BE ABOUT 344 700 OR JUST OVER USJ5 730. 

THE GDP ITSELF SHOULD BE ABOUT $240 BILLION.


A FORECAST GROWTH RATE OF GDP OF SIX PER CENT MIGHT SEEM 

SOMEWHAT DISAPPOINTING IN HISTORICAL TERMS FOR THE SECOND YEAR 

CF AN ECONOMIC RECOVERY BUT, IF ACHIEVED, IT WOULD REPRESENT AN 

EXCELLENT PERFORMANCE GIVEN THE PRESENT OVERALL SITUATION, 

SIR JOHN SAID.


-------------0---------------


$33.7 BILLION EXPECTED IN TOTAL COLLECTIONS 

* * * *


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JOHN BREMRIDTE, 

ANTICIPATES IN HIS 1984-85 REVENUE ESTIMATES TO COLLECT A TOTAL OF 

$33.7 BILLION — $29 BILLION IN RECURRENT REVENUE AND $4.7 

BILLION IN CAPITAL REVENUE.


+THIS DEPRESSINGLY LOW IF REALISTIC FORECAST REFLECTS THE 

LAGGED EFFECTS OF THE RECENT RECESSION,* SIR JOHN TOLD THE 

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).


RECURRENT REVENUE AT $29 BILLION WAS ONLY $1.9 BILLION HIGHER 

THAN THE REVISED ESTIMATE FOR FISCAL 1983, HE SAID IN EXPLAINING 

THE BACKGROUND.


HE SAID THAT EARNINGS AND PROFITS TAX SHOULD YIELD JUST OVER 

$12.4 BILLION, OR ONLY ABOUT $840 MILLION MORE THAN THE REVISED 

1983-84 ESTIMATES.


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 19SU


- 4 -


+ l EXPECT A MODERATE INCREASE IN THE YIELD FROM INDIRECT 

TAXES, MAINLY FROM IMPORT DUTIES, BETTING DUTY AND RATES. AT 

$8.2 BILLION, INDIRECT TAXES ARE ESTIMATED TO BE $858 MILLION 

HIGHER,+ HE SAID.


FOR ALL OTHER RECURRENT REVENUE, HE ANTICIPATED A YIELD OF 

$8.4 BILLION OR ONLY $182 MILLION HIGHER THAN THE REVISED ESTIMATE. 

WHILE ALL OTHER COMPONENTS SHOULD YIELD $342 MILLION MORE, HE 

EXPECTED REVENUE FROM PROPERTIE AND INVESTMENTS TO BE #160 

MILLION LOWER, REFLECTING THE DECREASE IN THE GENERAL REVENUE 

BALANCE.


SIR JOHN SAID THE ON-GOING EXERCISE TO KEEP FEES AND CHARGES 

UP TO DATE WOULD CONTINUE DURING FISCAL 1984 AND WHERE JUSTIFIED 

BY RISING COSTS, PROPOSALS FOR INCREASES WOULD BE MADE DURING 

THE YEAR.


CONTINUING, HE SAID THE ESTIMATE OF CAPITAL REVENUE FOR


FISCAL 1984 WOULD BE $4.73 BILLION WITH THE MAJOR ELEMENT CONTINUING 

TO BE LAND REVENUE ESTIMATED AT $4.23 BILLION AGAINST THE ACTUAL 

REVENUE OF $5.05 BILLION IN 1982-83 AND A REVISED ESTIMATE FOR 

1983-84 OF $2.27 BILLION.


+LAND REVENUE REMAINS PARTICULARLY DIFFICULT TO ESTIMATE,* 

HE SAID, ADDING THAT THE REVENUE IN FISCAL 1982 REFLECTED TO SOME 

EXTENT LINGERING EFFECTS OF THE PROPERTY BOOM OF 1980 AND 1981.


+AS I EXPLAINED IN MY BUDGET SPEECH LAST YEAR, THIS FIGURE 

DEPENDED PRIMARILY ON THE SUCCESSFUL SALE OF A NUMBER OF 

RELATIVELY LARGE SITES, AND I WARNED THEN THAT THE MARGINS FOR 

ERROR WERE CONSIDERABLE. THE REVISED ESTIMATE IS INDEED $730 

MILLION LESS,* HE SAID.


SIR JOHN SAID THE 1983-84 LAND SALE PROGRAMME BY AUCTION AND 

TENDER CONSTITUTED THE SINGLE LARGEST PROSPECTIVE COMPONENT OF 

LAND REVENUE ORIGINALLY COMPRISING 96.7 HECTARES AND FROM WHICH 

HE HAD EXPECTED REVENUE OF $1.7 BILLION.


IN THE COURSE OF THE YEAR THE PROGRAMME WAS CONSIDERABLY 

REVISED, TAKING THE FORM OF TWO LISTS -- SITES WHICH SEEMED LIKELY 

TO ATTRACT GENERAL BIDDER INTEREST AND SHOULD THEREFORE BE PUT 

ON THE MARKET, AND SITES WHICH SHOULD REMAIN AVAILABLE FOR SALE 

WHEN READY BUT WOULD ONLY BE OFFERED ON APPLICATION BY DEVELOPERS 

READY TO MEET MINIMUM PRICE CRITERIA.


HE SAID THE RESHAPED PROGRAMME CONSISTED OF 53.4 HECTARES, 

WITH A REVISED ESTIMATE OF 1.2 BILLION, EXCLUDING ADMIRALTY II.


SIR JOHN SAID HE MENTIONED LAST YEAR THERE WERE FIVE 

WELL-KNOWN, LARGE AND VALUABLE SITES WHICH HAD NOT BEEN INCLUDED 

IN THE ORIGINAL PROGRAMME AND OF THESE, ADMIRALTY II WAS THE ONLY 

ONE IN WHICH SPECIFIC INTEREST WAS SHOWN THE AUCTION ACTUALLY 

REALISED $380 MILLION.


+OVER $1 BILLION MORE WILL BE SPENT ON THE SUPERSTRUCTURE TnJS 

DEMONSTRATING A MAJOR RENEWAL OF DEVELOPMENT INTEREST,* HE ADDED.


WEDNESDAY, FESRUkR”


9, 

5


SIR JOHN SAID REVENUE FROM PRIVATE TREATY GRANTS HAD FALLEN 

MARKEDLY BELOw EXPECTATIONS IN FISCAL 1983, PRINCIPALLY BECAUSE 

OF THE RESCHEDULING OF THE DATES ON WHICH SITES ON THE ISLAND 

LINE WERE TO BE GRANTED TO THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION.


HE POINTED OUT THAT THE ESTIMATED TOTAL LAND REVENUE FOR 

FISCAL 1084 WOULD BE CONSIDERABLY DISTORTED BY THE FINAL 

INSTALMENT PAYMENT DUE OF $1.9 BILLION IN RESPECT OF EXCHANGE 

SQUARE.


.OTHERWISE THE TOTAL LAND REVENUE -- WHICH DOES NOT 

REPRESENT ONLY LANDS SALES -- SHOULD BE OVER $2 BILLION, MUCH 

THE SAME AS I NOW EXPECT TO RECEIVE IN RESPECT OF 1983-84,+ 

HE SAID.


SIR JOHN SAID THE 1984-85 LAND SALES PROGRAMME WOULD 

MAINTAIN THE DISTINCTION BETWEEN SITES INTENDED TO BE PUT ON SALE 

DURING THE YEAR (33 HECTARES) AND SITES TO BE PUT ON SALE ONLY 

IF A DEVELOPER INDICATED A FIRM INTEREST (32.1 HECTARES).


HE ANTICIPATED REVENUE OF $730 MILLION FROM SALES BY AUCTION 

OR TENDER, $1 BILLION FROM PRIVATE TREATY GRANTS, AND $573 MILLION 

FROM MODIFICATIONS AND REGRANTS.


THE GOVERNMENT, HE EXPLAINED, HAD DECIDED IN 1983 THAT 

FROM APRIL 1, 1984, LETTERS B WOULD BE MONETISED AND THEIR USE 

EXTENDED TO PAY FOR LAND PURCHASES AT AUCTIONS AND IN TENDERS, 

FOR PRIVATE TREATY GRANTS, FOR MODIFICATIONS AND EXCHANGES AND 

FOR OTHER LAND-RELATED TRANSACTIONS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.


HE SAID THAT IT WAS AGREED AT THE SAME TIME THAT, 

EXCEPTIONALLY, CONSIDERATION WOULD BE GIVEN TO OFFERING CERTAIN 

MAJOR SITES IN THE URBAN AREA WHERE PAYMENT BY MONETISED LETTERS 

B WOULD BE ACCEPTABLE.


+TWO OF THESE HAVE BEEN INCLUDED IN THE 1984-85 PROGRAMME. 

IT IS ESTIMATED THAT LETTERS B TO THE VALUE OF ROUGHLY $403 

MILLION MIGHT BE REDEEMED IN THE COMING YEAR AS A RESULT OF 

MONETISATION. THE ESTIMATE OF REVENUE RECEIVABLE HAS BEEN REDUCED 

ACCORDINGLY,+ HE SA ID.


THE TOTAL ESTIMATED LAND REVENUE OF $4.2 BILLION IN 1984-85 

WOULD UNLIKELY BE REPEATED IN THE FOLLOWING YEAR, HE SAID.


+BEARING IN MIND THAT THIS ESTIMATE INCLUDES THE EXTRAORDINARY 

INSTALMENT PAYMENT OF $1.9 BILLION AND THE PAYMENTS OF PRIVATE 

GRANT PREMIA FOR THE ISLAND LINE, LAND REVENUE IN 

1985-86 CANNOT BE EXPECTED TO BE ABOVE $2 BILLION. THIS 

CONSIDERABLE REDUCTION IN PROBABLE REVENUE FOR 1985-86 HAS OBVIOUS 

IMPLICATIONS FOR NEXT YEAR’S BUDGET,* SIR JOHN WARNED.


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1934


$3.3 BILLION DEFICIT EXPECTED 

MM*


THE BUDGET DEFICIT FOR THE CURRENT FINANCIAL YEAR IS 

EXPECTED TO BE ABOUT $3.3 BILLION, COMPARED WITH THE ENVISAGED 

DEFICIT OF $3.2 BILLION, THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JOHN 

BREMRIDGE, SAID TODAY IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.


BOTH REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE WOULD BE APPRECIABLY LOWER 

THAN ORIGINALLY EXPECTED, SIR JOHN EXPLAINED.


THE REVISED ESTIMATES ARE $30.3 BILLION FOR REVENUE AND 

$33.6 BILLION FOR EXPENDITURE.


.STATISTICALLY SPEAKING, THIS IS VERY CLOSE TO THE ESTIMATE. 

IT REPRESENTS MUCH HARD WORK BY ALL CONCERNED. THE BASIC BUDGETARY 

DILEMMA EMERGES FROM THE FACT THAT TOTAL REVENUE IN 1983-84 WILL 

ACTUALLY BE LOWER THAN IN BOTH THE PREVIOUS YEARS,* HE POINTED 

OUT.


ON RECURRENT ACCOUNT, REVENUE IN 1983-84 IS EXPECTED TO BE 

$1.56 BILLION LOWER THAN THE ORIGINAL ESTIMATE.


THIS SHORTFALL ARISES LARGELY FROM LOWER THAN EXPECTED 

YIELDS FROM BOTH DUTIES AND MOTOR VEHICLE FIRST REGISTRATION 

TAX (WHERE RESISTANCE TO THE NEW RATES WAS HIGHER THAN EXPECTED), 

FROM EARNINGS AND PROFITS TAX AND FROM STAMP DUTIES.


HOWEVER, THE REVISED ESTIMATE OF RECURRENT EXPENDITURE IS 

ALSO EXPECTED TO BE $528 MILLION LOWER THAN THE ORIGINAL 

ESTIMATE, REFLECTING THE MODERATE LEVEL OF THE 1983 CIVIL SERVICE 

SALARIES ADJUSTMENT AND TIGHT FINANCIAL CONTROL.


+THIS IS THE SECOND YEAR RUNNING IN WHICH RECURRENT EXPENDITURE 

HAS BEEN HELD DOWN BELOW BUDGET,* SIR JOHN POINTED OUT, THANKING 

ALL VOTE CONTROLLERS FOR THEIR EFFORTS.


ON CAPITAL ACCOUNT, HE SAID, REVENUE IS EXPECTED TO BE 

$427 MILLION LOWER THAN THE ORIGINAL ESTIMATE.


HE EXPLAINED THAT THIS WAS BECAUSE OF LESS THAN EXPECTED 

REVENUE FROM LAND TRANSACTIONS, OFFSET PARTIALLY BY A TRANSFER 

OF $250 MILLION FROM THE EXCHANGE FUND TO COMPENSATE FOR THE 

LOSS OF REVENUE RESULTING FROM THE REMOVAL OF THE TAX ON INTEREST 

EARNED ON HONG KONG DOLLAR DEPOSITS.


CAPITAL EXPENDITURE, ON THE OTHER HAND, IS EXPECTED TO BE 

$1.3 BILLION LOWER THAN THE ORIGINAL ESTIMATE.


SIR JOHN NOTED THAT THIS RESULTED MAINLY FROM SLOWER THAN 

EXPECTED EXPENDITURE ON CAPITAL WORKS, PLUS AN INCREASE IN 

DEVELOPMENT LOAN FUND REVENUE, WHICH HAD ENABLED REDUCTIONS 

TO BE MADE IN THE TRANSFERS TO FUNDS.


THE INCREASE IN THIS REVENUE, HE ADDED, HAD RESULTED FROM 

THE PURCHASE BY THE EXCHANGE FUND OF THE DEVELOPMENT LOAN FUND’S 

EQUITY HOLDINGS.


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUkRY 29. 1984


1


THE DEFICIT ON CAPITAL ACCOUNT IS CONSEQUENTLY 

EXPECTED TO BE $7.2 BILLION, $930 MILLION LESS THAN ORIGINALLY 

EXPECTED, SIR JOHN SAID.


.WITH THE TRANSFER OF THE 1983-84 DEFICIT TO THE GENERAL 

REVENUE BALANCE, OUR REASSURING FISCAL RESERVES WILL BE ABOUT 

$15.8 BILLION. MOST IS LENT TO THE EXCHANGE FUND AGAINST INTEREST 

BEARING DEBT CERTIFICATES.


.AFTER ALLOWING, ON THE BASIS OF THE USUAL GEARING OF THREE, 

$7.6 BILLION AS COVER FOR OUR FORMAL CONTINGENT LIABILITIES 

(WHICH WILL BE ABOUT $22.7 BILLION BY MARCH 31, 1988, THE LAST 

YEAR OF THE NEW FORECAST PERIOD), WE SHOULD HAVE AT APRIL 1, 1984 

’FREE’ FISCAL RESERVES OF ABOUT $8.2 BILL ION,+ HE SAID.


WHILE THESE FREE RESERVES ARE AVAILABLE FOR USE IN A 

.DISCIPLINED AND INTELLIGENT MANNER,+ THE LIMITS ARE OBVIOUS, 

HE NOTED.


. AS WE DIP INTO THE WELL WE MUST REMEMBER THAT THERE IS NO 

INFLOW,+ SIR JOHN ADDED.



- 0 -


PUBLIC SPENDING SET AT $44 BILLION


*****


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, IN HIS 

BUDGET SPEECH TODAY PROPOSED $44 BILLION AS THE TOTAL PUBLIC SECTOR 

EXPENDITURE FOR FISCAL 1984-85 ON THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNT.


THIS REPRESENTS AN INCREASE OF 9.5 PER CENT IN MONEY TERMS 

OVER THE REVISED ESTIMATE OF $40.2 BILLION FOR FISCAL 1983-84.


. IN REAL TERMS THIS IS BELOW THE EXPECTED GROWTH RATE OF THE 

GDP TO ALLOW FOR SENSIBLE MARGINS,+ SIR JOHN SAID.



BUT HE POINTED OUT THAT THE EXPENDITURE FOR THE REVISED 

ESTIMATES WERE NECESSARILY BASED ON ONLY NINE MONTHS’ PERFORMANCE 

SO THAT SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE LAST THREE MONTHS OF THE 

FINANCIAL YEAR COULD RENDER THE ESTIMATES INACCURATE.


BUT, SIR JOHN SAID THAT THE NEW COMPUTERISED SYSTEM OF UPDATING 

THE ACCOUNTS HAD AT LEAST ENABLED HIM TO BASE HIS REVISED ESTIMATES 

ON NINE-MONTH, INSTEAD OF SEVEN-MONTH,FIGURES.


. TO THAT EXTENT, I HOPE THEY WILL PROVE MORE PRECISE THAN 

IN THE PAST, BUT THEY CAN NEVER BE WHOLLY ACCURATE,+ HE ADDED.



SIR JOHN REAFFIRMED HIS INTENTION TO ENSURE THAT THE GROWTH 

RATE IN REAL TERMS IN PUBLIC SECTOR EXPENDITURE ON CONSOLIDATED 

ACCOUNT WOULD NOT EXCEED, OVER A PERIOD OF YEARS, THE GDP GROWTH 

RATE.


THE PUBLIC SECTOR’S SHARE OF THE GDP HAS BEEN COMPLICATED 

THIS FINANCIAL YEAR BY THE AMENDMENTS MADE TO THE GDP ESTIMATES.


/ON 7


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29,


8


ON THE BASIS OF THE OLD GDP ESTIMATES, CONSOLIDATED EXPENDITURE 

IN 1982-83 REPRESENTED 22.4 PER CENT OF GDP, AND IN 1983-84, IT 

WOULD HAVE REPRESENTED 22 PER CENT, SIR JOHN SAID.


ON THE BASIS OF THE NEW GDP FIGURES, THE COMPARISON WOULD 

BE 19.4 PER CENT IN 1983-84 AND ONLY 18.3 PER CENT IN 1984-85, 

HE ADDED.


+THIS CONTINUING FALL, THE FIRST FOR SEVERAL YEARS, ILLUSTRATES 

MY PROMISES TO KEEP PUBLIC SECTOR EXPENDITURE UNDER TIGHT CONTROL, 

WHILE STILL PROCEEDING STEADILY WITH MAJOR PROGRAMMES. THE TASK 

IS NOT EASY,+ SIR JOHN SAID.


EXPLAINING HIS EXPENDITURE PROPOSALS IN BROAD TERMS, HE SAID 

THAT THE PROPOSED GROWTH IN GENERAL REVENUE ACCOUNT EXPENDITURE, 

EXCLUDING TRANSFERS TO FUNDS, BUT INCLUDING A PROVISION OF 

$2 BILLION FOR ADDITIONAL COMMITMENTS, WOULD BE ABOUT 15.5 PER CENT 

IN MONEY TERMS.


THE LOWER GROWTH OF 9.5 PER CENT IN EXPENDITURE REFLECTED 

THE FACT THAT TOTAL CAPITAL EXPENDITURE IN 1984-85 IS EXPECTED 

TO BE SLIGHTLY LESS THAN IN 1983-84, HE POINTED OUT.


+1 MUST STRESS, HOWEVER, THAT THIS REDUCTION DOES NOT REFLECT 

ANY CUT BACK IN THE PROGRAMME OF CAPITAL WORKS, AS I WILL DEMONSTRATE 

LATER,+ SIR JOHN SAID.


HE ATTRIBUTED THE APPARENT SLOWDOWN IN CAPITAL EXPENDITURE 

IN 1984-85 TO TWO MAIN REASONS.


THE FIRST WAS AN INEVITABLE FLATTENING OUT OF ANNUAL EXPENDITURE 

FROM THE CAPITAL WORKS RESERVE FUND AS A NUMBER OF LARGE PROJECTS 

APPROACH COMPLETION.


SIR JOHN MENTldkED IN PARTICULAR THE MODERNISATION OF THE 

KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY WHICH IS NEARING THE END, WITH 

THE KCR’S CAPITAL EXPENDITURE HAVING NOW FALLEN FROM $650 MILLION 

IN 1982-83 TO $340 MILLION IN 1983-84.


THE SECOND REASON WAS THE NEED TO MAKE AN UNEXPECTED PAYMENT 

IN 1983-84 OF $388 >IILLI0N FROM THE HOME OWNERSHIP FUND FOR THE 

hELODY GARDEN PROJECT, THE SUM REPRESENTING THE DIFFERENCE BETwEEN 

THE GUARANTEED SALE PRICE TO THE DEVELOPER AND THE ACTUAL SALES 

REVENUE RECEIVED.


e/tPMATED EXPENDITURE FROM ALL THE FUNDS AND ASIAN DEVELOPMENT 

BANK LOAHS IN 1984-85 IS EXPECTED TO BE $11.5 BILLION, SIR JOHN SAIJ.


i


TH I s FIGURE COMPARES WITH A REVISED ESTIMATE OF ALMOST $11.9 

BILLION IN 1983-84, A DECREASE OF $376 MILLION OR 3.2 PER CENT.


------------o---------------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


- 9 -


337 BILLION TO BE SPENT ON GENERAL REVENUE ACCOUNT


* * * *


the financial secretary, the hon sir john bremridge, this 

AFTERNOON ESTIMATED GOVERNMENT GENERAL REVENUE ACCOUNT 

EXPENDITURE FOR 1984-85 AT $37.3 BILLION.


THIS TOTAL, SIR JOHN TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL IN 

PRESENTING HIS BUDGET PROPOSALS, WOULD INCLUDE A CONTINGENCY 

ALLOWANCE OF $2 BILLION FOR ALL ADDITIONAL COMMITMENTS AND 

$8.7 BILLION FOR TRANSFERS TO THE CAPITAL WORKS RESERVE FUND, 

THE DEVELOPMENT LOAN FUND, THE STUDENT LOAN FUND AND THE MASS 

TRANSIT FUND.


HE EXPLAINED THAT THE NECESSARY INCLUSION OF $2 BILLION FOR 

ADDITIONAL COMMITMENTS HAD THE EFFECT OF INCREASING THE GROWTH 

OF GENERAL REVENUE ACCOUNT EXPENDITURE, EXCLUDING TRANSFERS TO 

THE FUNDS, FROM 7.4 PER CENT TO 15.5 PER CENT.


BUT EXPENDITURE FROM THE FUNDS IN 1984-85 WAS EXPECTED TO 

BE SLIGHTLY LESS THAN IN 1983-84, SO THAT TOTAL EXPENDITURE ON 

CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNT - AT $44 BILLION - WAS EXPECTED TO GROW AT 

only 9.5 PER CENT, HE SAID.


*CK The /ITALLf IMPORTANT RECURRENT ACCOUNT THE PROVISION 

SOUGHT OF $25.1 BILLION, PLUS $1.8 BILLION FOR ADDITIONAL RECURRENT 

COMMITMENTS, REPRESENTS AN INCREASE OF $3.7 BILLION, OR 15.7 PER 

CENT, ON THE REVISED ESTIMATE FOR 1983-84,+ HE SAID.


SIR JOHN SAID PERSONAL EMOLUMENTS AT $8.9 BILLION ACCOUNTED 

FOR OVER 35 PER CENT OF RECURRENT EXPENDITURE, COMPARED WITH AN 

AVERAGE OF 37 PER CENT OVER THE PAST FIVE YEARS.


+THIS PROVISION MAKES NO ALLOWANCE FOR ANY SALARY ADJUSTMENT 

THAT MAY BE AGREED,+ HE ADDED.


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY SAID THAT IF REQUIRED ANY FUNDS 

NEEDED WOULD HAVE TO BE FOUND FROM THE ADDITIONAL COMMITMENTS VOTE. 

+1 MAKE NO ASSUMPTIONS. THE PROVISION OF $1.8 BILLION SOUGHT FOR 

THIS VOTE IS FOR ALL UNFORESEEN RECURRENT COMMITMENTS NOT PROVIDED 

FOR IN THE DRAFT ESTIMATES. CASH LIMITS WILL BE STRICTLY OBSERVED 

ONCE AGAIN. THEY HAVE BEEN MOST SUCCESSFUL.+


CIVIL SERVICE


SIR JOHN SAID THE APPROVED ESTABLISHMENT OF CIVIL SERVICE 

POSTS IN THE DRAFT ESTIMATES WAS 147 OOO, INCLUDING 4 264 NEW 

POSTS CREATED DURING 1983-84, A MARKED REDUCTION OF 2 436 ON THE 

6 700 NEW POSTS FOR WHICH PROVISION HAD BEEN ACTUALLY INCLUDED 

IN THE 1983-84 ESTIMATES.


THE SUCCESSFUL EFFORTS TO RESTRAIN THE GROWTH OF THE CIVIL 

SERVICE ESTABLISHMENT WILL CONTINUE IN 1984-85 AS THE DRAFT 

ESTIMATES PROVIDED FOR AN INCREASE OF ONLY 4 000 POSTS, OR 2.7 DER 

CENT.


WEHiESDAY, FHBHUkRY 29, 19&u


10


+ A large number of these are required for the new prince 

OF WALES HOSPITAL IN SHA TIN AND FOR THE POLICE FORCE,* HE SAID 

ADDING, +OUR AIM NOW WILL BE TO KEEP ANNUAL CIVIL SERVICE GROWTH 

OVERALL TO BELOW 2-1/2 PER CENT FOR THE FORESEEABLE FUTURE.*


SIR JOHN CONTINUED:-+WHILE WE MUST FIND STAFF FOR NEW 

FACILITIES AS THEY COME ON STREAM, WE SHALL SEEK TO PROVIDE THEM 

SO FAR AS POSSIBLE BY INCREASED PRODUCTIVITY AND REDEPLOYMENT. 

VALUE FOR MONEY STUDIES WILL CONTINUE TO SEEK OUT MEANS OF 

ACHIEVING THESE AIMS. I ATTACH GREAT IMPORTANCE TO MEASURES 

DESIGNED TO PROMOTE INCREASES IN PRODUCTIVITY AND VALUE FOR 

MONEY. SO DOES THE CIVIL SERVICE AS A WHOLE.*


HE SAID PERSONNEL RELATED EXPENSES AT $2.15 BILLION ACCOUNTED 

FOR 8.6 PER CENT OF RECURRENT EXPENDITURE COMPARED WITH AN 

AVERAGE OF 7.2 PER CENT OVER THE PAST FIVE YEARS, THE INCREASE 

BEING DUE PRINCIPALLY TO HOME PURCHASE ALLOWANCES PAYABLE TO CIVIL 

SERVANTS JOINING THE HOME PURCHASE SCHEME INTRODUCED IN NOVEMBER 

1981 AND TO INCREASES IN THE NUMBER OF PENSIONERS AND IN THE COST 

OF EDUCATION AND PASSAGE ALLOWANCES.


SIR JOHN SAID $6.66 BILLION FOR SUBVENTIONS REPRESENTED 

26.5 PER CENT OF RECURRENT EXPENDITURE, COMPARED WITH AN AVERAGE 

OF 26 PER CENT OVER THE PAST FIVE YEARS.


+THIS IS LARGELY DUE TO SUBSTANTIAL INCREASES IN EXPENDITURE 

ON TERTIARY EDUCATION, WHICH I AM SURE THAT MEMBERS WELCOME,* 

HE ADDED.


ON CAPITAL ACCOUNT, HE SAID THE PROVISION SOUGHT WAS 

$10.4 BILLION, INCLUDING $200 MILLION IN ADDITIONAL COMMITMENTS 

AND $8.7 BILLION FOR TRANSFERS TO FOUR OF THE FUNDS, THE LARGEST 

PORTION GOING TO THE CAPITAL WORKS RESERVE FUND.


THERE WAS NO NEED THIS YEAR FOR A TRANSFER TO THE HOME 

OWNERSHIP FUND, WHICH HAD SUFFICIENT RESERVES AS A RESULT OF 

INTERNAL GENERATION OF INCOME. THE TRANFERS TO THE FUNDS PLUS 

THE ESTIMATED REVENUE EARNED BY THEM WAS LESS BY $1.1 BILLION 

THAN THE EXPECTED EXPENDITURE FROM THE FUNDS.


+THUS THE CONSIDERABLE SURPLUS BALANCES LEFT IN THEM AT 

MARCH 31, 1984, WILL BE SERVING PROPERLY AS CUSHION IN DIFFICULT 

TIMES. BUT THIS USE OF RESERVES AGAIN IS FINITE,* SIR JOHN 

ADDED.


-------------0---------------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 198*


- 11


NO CUTBACKS IN WORKS PROGRAMME 

* * * *


THERE HAVE BEEN NO CUTBACKS IN THE PROGRAMME OF WORKS FOR 

1984-85, WHICH ACCOMMODATES AGREED LAND PRODUCTION, TRANSPORT 

AND INSTITUTIONAL PROJECTS THAT ARE READY TO PROCEED, THE FINANCIAL 

SECRETARY, SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE SAID TODAY IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.


HE EXPLAINED THAT WHILE TOTAL CAPITAL EXPENDITURE ON TRANSPORT 

PROJECTS IN THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNT HAD FALLEN FROM ITS PEAK OF 

JUST OVER $2.5 BILLION IN 1982-83 TO $2.2 BILLION IN 1983-84, AND 

AN ESTIMATED $1.9 BILLION IN 1984-85, THIS WAS MAINLY DUE TO THE 

COMPLETION OF MANY OF THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY MODERNISATION 

PROJECTS.


ADDITIONALLY, HE SAID, EXPENDITURE ON SOME OF THE LARGER ROAD 

PROJECTS HAD PEAKED.


.NEVERTHELESS CAPITAL EXPENDITURE ON PROJECTS IN THE LAND AND 

CIVIL ENGINEERING, WATER SUPPLY, PUBLIC SAFETY, RECREATION AND 

CULTURE AND EDUCATION SECTORS HAS INCREASED; IN SOME CASES 

SUBSTANT I ALLY,+ SIR JOHN SAID.


THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE ON LAND SUPPLY CONTINUED TO RECOMMEND 

TARGETS FOR LAND PRODUCTION AND TO MONITOR THE ACHIEVEMENTS OF 

THOSE TARGETS.


IN THE LIGHT OF THE PRESENT ECONOMIC CLIMATE, HE SAID, THE 

SPECIAL COMMITTEE ON LAND SUPPLY HAS BEEN PAYING PARTICULAR 

ATTENTION TO:


(A) SETTING TARGETS FOR THE SUPPLY OF LAND FOR ALL CATEGORIES 

OF USE (other than for PUBLIC HOUSING, WHICH HAS PiR|QR.^Y 

AND FOR WHICH THE SUPPLY IS GEARED TO THE HOUSING. 

AUTHORITY’S REQUIREMENTS) ON THE BASIS OF ESTIMATES 

OF POTENTIAL DEMAND RATHER THAN ON ESTIMATES OF 

PRODUCTION OF NEW LAND ;



■>T ' WT


(B) REVIEWING THE ALTERNATIVE USES OF INDUSTRIAL LAND ‧ IN ‧ ' 

THE LIGHT OF POSSIBLE SUBSTANTIAL SUPPLY OVER REQUIREMENTS 

AND THE IMPLICATIONS OF INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES 

CONTINUING TO BE CONCENTRATED IN THE MAIN URBAN AREAS 

AND EXAMINING WAYS IN WHICH DECENTRALISATION COULD BE 

ACHIEVED;



(C) MONITORING THE POSSIBILITIES OF EXPANDING THE EXISTING 

URBAN RENEWAL PROGRAMMES; AND

(D) MONITORING THE PROGRESS OF THE CONSULTANCY STUDY ON 

LAND DEVELOPMENT CORPORATIONS, WHICH HAS NOW BEEN 

COMPLETED.



GOVERNMENT GROSS LAND PRODUCTION IN 1984-85 IS ESTIMATED TO 

BE 523 HECTARES AS COMPARED WITH 393 HECTARES IN 1983-8*.


THE REDUCTION IN ESTIMATED LAND PRODUCTION IN 1983-8* FRO'- 

THE ORIGINAL FORECAST OF 669 HECTARES FOLLOWED A REVIEW OF THE 

WORKS SCHEDULE FOR THE NEW TOWNS DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME.


TOTAL PRODUCTION OVER THE THREE YEARS OF THE NEW FORECAST 

PERIOD 1985-85 TO 1987-88 IS EXPECTED TO REACH 1 990 HECTARES, 

HE SAID.


- 0 -


12 ...............


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


12


SPENDING ON EDUCATION TO GO UP 18 PER CENT 

* * * *


THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNT EXPENDITURE ON EDUCATION IN 1984-85 

WILL BE 57.06 BILLION, NEARLY 18 PER CENT MORE THAN LAST YEAR.


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, SAID 

IN PRESENTING HIS BUDGET IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY, THAT 

THIS EXPENDITURE WAS 16 PER CENT OF TOTAL CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNT 

EXPENDITURE AND A 17.9 PER CENT INCREASE OVER 1983-84.


CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPPING OF NEW BUILDINGS wOULD ACCOUNT 

FOR 5719 MILLION, wHICH WAS 26 PER CENT HIGHER THAN THE REVISED 

ESTIMATE FOR 1983-84.


SIR JOHN SAID THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY WAS TO PROVIDE PRIMARY 

SCHOOLS WITHIN REASONABLE WALKING DISTANCE FOR ALL PRIMARY SCHOOL 

AGE CHILDREN, TO PROVIDE A SUBSIDISED PLACE FOR ALL PRIMARY 6 

LEAVERS AND TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF SENIOR SECONDARY PLACES 

IN SCHOOLS AND PLACES AT TECHNICAL INSTITUTES AND ADULT EDUCATION 

CENTRES TO MEET THE FULL DEMAND FROM FORM I I I LEAVERS wHO wERE 

SUITABLE FOR THE COURSES PROVIDED.


TO MEET THESE OBJECTIVES 18 PRIMARY SCHOOLS, PROVIDING 37 803 

PLACES MAINLY IN THE NEW TOWNS, AND 15 SECONDARY SCHOOLS PROVIDING 

INITIALLY 3 640 FORM I AND 2 320 FORM IV PLACES WOULD BE COMPLETED 

IN 1984-85.


SIR JOHN SAID PLANNING FOR TWO NEW VOCATIONAL TRAINING 

INSTITUTES - ONE AT SHA TIN AND ONE AT TUEN MUN - wAS AT AN 

ADVANCED STAGE. THESE WOULD PROVIDE AN EXTRA 2 735 FULL TIME 

AND 13 875 PART TIME PLACES.


IN ADDITION, THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL WOULD COMPLETE 

TWO NEW TRAINING CENTRE COMPLEXES AT KOWLOON BAY AND KWAI CHUNG 

IN 1984-85. THESE WOULD PROVIDE 8 080 TRAINING PLACES IN NINE 

INDUSTRIAL TRAINING CENTRES.


TOTAL GRANTS TO THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL WOULD INCREASE 

FROM $255 MILLION IN 1983-84 TO $388 MILLION IN 1984-85.


EXPANSION OF TERTIARY EDUCATION INCLUDED NEW BUILDINGS FOR 

THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG AND THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONa, 

AND ALSO THE COMMENCEMENT OF COURSES AT THE CITY POLYTECHNIC IN 

TEMPORARY PREMISES AT THE ARGYLE CENTRE. PLANNING FOR THE CITY 

POLYTECHNIC’S PERMANENT ACCOMMODATION AT TAT CHEE AVENUE .AS 

PROCEEDING AND SITE FORMATION SHOULD START NEXT YEAR.


TOTAL EXPENDITURE ON THE UNIVERSITIES AND THE POLYTECHNICS 

WOULD BE A SIGNIFICANT $1.57 BILLION IN 1984-85 COMPARED *ITr! 

$1.32 BILLION IN 1983-84.


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


- -3 -


GOVERNMENT TO SPEND MORE ON MEDICAL AND 

SOCIAL WELFARE SERVICES 

* * *


THE GOVERNMENT EXPECTS TO SPEND $3.55 BILLION ON PUBLIC 

AND SUBVENTED MEDICAL SERVICES IN FISCAL 1984-85, AN INCREASE 

OF ALMOST 16 PER CENT ON THE REVISED ESTIMATE OF THE 1983-84 

EXPENDITURE, THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, 

SAID TODAY.


AND, CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNT EXPENDITURE ON SOCIAL WELFARE 

SERVICES WILL BE ABOUT $2.4 BILLION, AN INCREASE OF ALMOST 19 

PER CENT ON THE REVISED ESTIMATE OF THE 1983-84 EXPENDITURE.


THE $645 MILLION PRINCE OF WALES HOSPITAL WITH 1 488 BEDS 

WILL START OPERATIONS IN MAY THIS YEAR, SERVING AS THE REGIONAL 

HOSPITAL FOR THE EASTERN NEW TERRITORIES AND AS THE TEACHING 

HOSPITAL FOR THE MEDICAL FACULTY OF THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF 

HONG KONG, SIR JOHN REPORTED.


WORK WILL CONTINUE ON THE TUEN MUN HOSPITAL AND THE 

QUEEN MARY HOSPITAL EXTENSION, AND SITE FORMATION WORK WILL 

START FOR A NEW HOSPITAL IN THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF HONG KONG 

ISLAND.


IN THE SUBVENTED SECTOR, SIR JOHN SAID, DEVELOPMENT 

PROGRAMMES ARE UNDER WAY IN FIVE HOSPITALS TO EXPAND AND UPGRADE 

THEIR FACILITIES.


THE SOCIAL WELFARE SERVICES INCLUDE SOCIAL SECURITY, SERVICES 

FOR OFFENDERS, FAMILY WELFARE, SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY, COMMUNITY 

BUILDINGS, PERSONAL SOCIAL WORK AMONG YOUNG PEOPLE AND 

REHABILITATION AS WELL AS SUBVENTIONS TO VOLUNTARY AGENCIES.


SIR JOHN POINTED OUT THAT THE BASIC RATES FOR PUBLIC ASSISTANCE 

AND THE SPECIAL NEEDS ALLOWANCES WERE INCREASED BY 13.3 PER CENT 

IN FEBRUARY THIS YEAR.


THE PUBLIC ASSISTANCE RATE FOR A SINGLE PERSON IS NOW $510 

A MONTH, WITH THE DISABILITY ALLOWANCE BEING PAID AT THE SAME 

RATE, AND THE OLD AGE ALLOWANCE AT HALF THIS RATE.


PROVISION OF $540 MILLION IS INCLUDED IN THE DRAFT ESTIMATES 

FOR PUBLIC ASSISTANCE, COMPARED WITH THE REVISED ESTIMATE OF 

$497.4 MILLION FOR 1983-84, SIR JOHN SAID.


THERE WERE 54 700 HOUSEHOLDS ON THIS ASSISTANCE SCHEME AT 

THE END OF 1983.


FOR SPECIAL NEEDS ALLOWANCES, $845.5 MILLION IS PROVIDED 

IN THE BUDGET ESTIMATES, COMPARED WITH THE REVISED ESTIMATE 

CF $713.8 MILLION FOR 1983-84.


THIS ALLOWS FOR AN ESTIMATED MONTHLY CASELOAD OF ABOUT 204 009 

FOR OLD AGE ALLOWANCE AND 41 000 FOR DISABILITY ALLOWANCE, 

COMPARED WITH 195 000 AND 39 000 RESPECTIVELY AT THE END OF 1983.


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984 .


14


INCREASED FOUR-YEAR HOUSING PLAN FORECAST 

* * *


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, TODAY 

(WEDNESDAY) PREDICTED HOUSING AUTHORITY PRODUCTION FROM 1984-85 

TO 1087-88 TO EXCEED PRODUCTION IN THE PREVIOUS FOUR YEARS BY 

6.5 PER CENT.


PRESENTING HIS BUDGET PROPOSALS AT THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, HE 

SAID THAT OF THE TOTAL CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNT EXPENDITURE ON 

HOUSING IN 1984-85, S3.7 BILLION WOULD BE SPENT ON THE ACTUAL 

CONSTRUCTION OF HOUSING, INCLUDING TEMPORARY HOUSING AREAS, 

AGAINST A REVISED ESTIMATE OF $3.5 BILLION IN FISCAL 1983.


THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY, HE SAID, WAS THAT THE PUBLIC 

HOUSING PROGRAMME SHOULD ACHIEVE A LEVEL OF PRODUCTION OF AT 

LEAST 35 000 FLATS A YEAR FOR BOTH RENTAL AND SALE BY THE 

HOUSING AUTHORITY, WITH A SUBSTANTIAL ADDITION BY THE HOUSING 

SOCIETY THROUGH THE DEVELOPMENT OF RENTAL HOUSING AND THE 

URBAN IMPROVEMENT SCHEME, AND BY THE PRIVATE SECTOR 

PARTICIPATION SCHEME.


SIR JOHN SAID TOTAL PRODUCTION IN THE NEXT FOUR YEARS, 

INCLUDING HOUSING SOCIETY FLATS AND PRIVATE SECTOR PARTICIPATION 

SCHEME FLATS WAS ESTIMATED AT 176 000 FLATS, WITH AN AVERAGE 

COMPLETION RATE OF 44 000 A YEAR: 39 082 IN 1984-85, 46 047 

IN 1985-86, 44 872 IN 1986-87 AND 46 780 IN 1987-88.


+THIS WILL HAVE A MAJOR IMPACT ON MANY NOW WAITING PATIENTLY 

FOR DECENT HOUSING. IN THE NEXT FOUR YEARS WE SHALL BE PROVIDING 

NEW, HIGH CLASS SUBSIDISED HOUSING FOR OVER 700 000 PEOPLE. 

WE SHOULD ALL BE PROUD OF THIS PROGRAMME,* HE SAID.


SIR JOHN SAID 41 623 HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME FLATS OUT OF 

47 010 IN THE FIRST FIVE PHASES WOULD HAVE BEEN COMPLETED BY 

THE END OF FISCAL 1984, AND WORK WAS IN HAND ON THE BALANCE 

AS WELL AS 13 610 FLATS IN PHASES VI, VII AND VI I I.


HE ADDED THAT FOLLOWING A REVIEW IN MARCH 1983, THE GOVERNMENT 

DECIDED THAT THE MIDDLE INCOME HOUSING PROGRAMME SHOULD BE STOPPED 

AS A RESULT OF THE DECLINE IN PROPERTY PRICES.


------------0------------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


- 15 -


*D ISCIPL INED SPENDING* TO CONTINUE


* K * * K


The GOVERNMENT REMAINS DETERMINED TO BUILD UP HONG KONG’S 

GENERAL INFRASTRUCTURE EVEN THOUGH IT IS +NOT GUT OF THE WOODS 

YET* AFTER THE DIFFICULT ECONOMIC SITUATION EXPERIENCED DURING 

1982-83, THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, 

SAID IN PRESENTING HIS 1984-85 BUDGET IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL 

TODAY (WEDNESDAY).


SPENDING WOULD CONTINUE STEADILY WITHOUT ARBITRARY CUTBACKS 

AND IN A DISCIPLINED MANNER ON ALL LONG-TERM PROGRAMMES FOR LAw 

AND ORDER, SOCIAL, HEALTH AND MEDICAL SERVICES, HOUSING, EDUCATION 

AND TRANSPORT, SIR JOHN SAID.


SIR JOHN WENT ON: +WE MUST, HOwEVER, FACE THE FACT THAT ALL 

THIS HAS TO BE PAID FOR. RAISING OF REVENUE IS A HIGHLY 

SUBJECTIVE MATTER. THERE ARE MANY wAYS OF SKINNING A CAT; AND 

MY PROPOSALS TODAY REMAIN OPEN TO DEBATE.


+1 FIRMLY BELIEVE THAT ECONOMIC GROwTH MUST PROVIDE ROOM 

FOR GROwTH IN wISE PUBLIC SECTOR SPENDING. THE COROLLARY IS THAT 

ONLY ECONOMIC GROWTH MAKES THIS POSSIBLE, THOUGH A SENSIBLE 

GOVERNMENT SETS ITS SIGHTS ON THE LONG-TERM AND IS NOT SIDETRACKED 

BY SHORT-TERM DIFFICULTIES.*


THERE WAS A RESURGENCE IN HONG KONG’S EXPORT TRADE IN 1983, 

SAID SIR JOHN, AND THE GROwTH OF 15 PER CENT IN REAL TERMS wAS 

IMPRESSIVE, PARTICULARLY AS THE FIRST QUARTER WAS RELATIVELY 

FLAT.


.A MAJOR THRUST OF OUR ECONOMIC, MONETARY, FINANCIAL AND 

FISCAL POLICIES IS DIRECTED TOWARDS THE PROMOTION OF EXPORTS — 

GOODS AND SERVICES AL IKE.



+THIS IS ARGUABLY OUR MOST IMPORTANT OBJECTIVE, FOR WITHOUT 

THE EARNINGS AND EMPLOYMENT PROVIDED BY EXPORTS HONG KONG HAS 

LITTLE EXCEPT A FINE HARBOUR AND 5.3 MILLION PEOPLE.


.AN OUTCOME WAS A REAL GROWTH IN GDP OF 5.9 PER CENT. IN 

DIFFICULT CIRCUMSTANCES OUR POLICIES HAVE THUS MET WITH A DEGREE



CF SUCCESS.*


SIR JOHN SAID THAT WHILE HAPPINESS WAS NOT ENSURED BY 

PROSPERITY, AT LEAST GROWING PROSPERITY MUST RESULT IN FEwER 

PEOPLE FACING INEVITABLE UNHAPPINESS.


.AT THE SAME TIME THE MAJORITY IN HONG KONG HAVE BY NUw 

LEARNED, I BELIEVE, THE LESSONS THAT INCOME MUST BE EARNED 

BEFORE IT IS SPENT; THAT INCENTIVES MUST BE OFFERED; THAT 

TAXATION SHOULD BE MODERATE, FALLING MORE HEAVILY ON THE 

BETTER OFF; THAT THE PROCLIVITIES OF DECENT MEN AND *O**Ei< 

TO SPEND HUGELY ON SOCIAL AND OTHER MEASURES CAN BE RESTRAINED 

ONLY BY TOUGH BUDGETARY POLICIES; AND ABOVE ALL THAT GRvwTri 

OF PUBLIC SECTOR EXPENDITURE MUST EE RELATED TO GROwTH IN GDP.


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 19^4


16


’THOSE WHO COMPARE OUR PROGRAMMES WITH THOSE OF PRESENTLY 

FAR RICHER COUNTRIES IN THE WEST DO SO AT THtIR — INDEED OUR — 

PERIL. wE MUST NOT IN PARTICULAR GET LOCKED IN TO OVER-GENEROUS 

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE wITH THE INEVITABLE OUTCOME OF REALLY 

DRASTIC INCREASES IN TAXATION.+


SIR JOHN SAID HE DID NOT HIDE HIS CONCERN AT CERTAIN 

WORRYING TRENDS IN GOVERNMENT’S REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE — 

PARTICULARLY RECURRENT EXPENDITURE. A RIGOROUS APPROACH 

MUST AND wOULD BE MAINTAINED.


+THIS IS PARTICULARLY NECESSARY IN THE LIGHT OF THE 

SUBSTANTIAL FALL IN REVENUE FROM LAND SALES, WHICH HAS REQUIRED 

MAJOR CHANGES IN BUDGETARY STRATEGY,* HE SAID.


+THE ISSUE IS CLEAR. THE BUDGETED REVENUE FOR 1982-83 

FROM LAND SALES SPECIFICALLY WAS $9.2 BILLION: THE ACTUAL 

REVENUE IN 1983-84 WILL BE ABOUT $1.6 BILLION.


.THOUGH NATURALLY WELCOME, REVENUE FROM LAND SALES AT THE 

TIME OF THE RELATIVELY SHORT-LIVED PROPERTY BOOM WAS OF A 

WINDFALL NATURE. SUBSEQUENTLY IN ONLY TWO YEARS OUR ANNUAL 

REVENUE HAS SUFFERED PR IMA FACIE ABOUT A 25 PER CENT DROP. 

WE THUS MOVED IN ONE YEAR FROM A LARGE SURPLUS TO A LARGE 

DEF IC IT.


.NOR IS RAPID IMPROVEMENT IN LAND PRICES LIKELY. IN 

ADDITION THE SECOND PAYMENT OF $1.9 BILLION FOR EXCHANGE SQUARE 

DUE IN 1984-85 wILL NOT BE DUPLICATED IN 1985-86 LAND SALES 

REVENUE.+


SIR JOHN SAID IT WAS THEREFORE ESSENTIAL THERE BE A CALM, 

STEADY, CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD AND BALANCED APPROACH TOWARDS 

MODERATING THE UNFORESEEN DEFICITS NOW FACING US.


SUCH A MAJOR ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED TIME. HIS PRIME AIM 

WAS TO GET BUDGET DEFICITS BELOW ONE PER CENT OF GDP. A DEFICIT 

OF THIS ORDER COULD BE HANDLED, PROVIDED THAT RECURRENT 

EXPENDITURE WAS AMPLY COVERED.


+1 STARTED ON THIS APPROACH IN AUTUMN 1982 WHEN FACED 

WITH AN EXPECTED DEFICIT OF $3.8 BILLION FOR 1982-83 IN PLACE 

OF THE BUDGETED SURPLUS OF $2.8 BILLION, AND I MUST CONTINUE IT 

IN THIS BUDGET — AND AGAIN WITHOUT DOUBT IN NEXT YEAR’S,* 

SIR JOHN SAID.


.WHAT IS REQUIRED CAN ONLY BE A JUDICIOUS MIX OF CONTROLLED 

EXPENDITURE AND INCREASED REVENUE. GOVERNMENT BORROWING AND 

USE OF FISCAL RESERVES ARE THEN AVAILABLE. THIS APPROACH MAY 

SOUND SIMPLE, BUT IT IS NOT. MUCH DEPENDS ON ASSESSMENT OF 

INCREASED YIELDS FROM INCREASED PROSPERITY. AND THE NECESSARY 

SUBJECTIVE JUDGMENTS MUST BE SUBJECT TO CONSTRUCTIVE OPEN 

DEBATE. IN PARTICULAR I wISH TO AVOID SUDDEN SHOCKS.*


HE SAID A MAJOR THEME MUST ALSO BE POLICIES THAT MODERATE 

INFLATION, WITH PARTICULAR ATTENTION TO THE BURDEN OF INCREASING 

CONSUMER PRICES ON THE LESS WELL OFF. A GOOD BUDGET wAS NOT 

JUST A STRING OF FIGURES. +IT IS THE STUFF OF PEOPLE'S LIVES. 

AND THE LESS WELL OFF HAVE ABSORBED SEVERAL BLOWS IN THE LAST 

TWO YEARS.*


AIR ' ................


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, lg84


17


SIR JOHN SAID THE PROBLEMS OF THOSE COUNTRIES WHOSE 

APPETITES HAD EXCEEDED THEIR INCOMES FILLED THE NEWSPAPRES. 

DEBT WITHOUT DISCIPLINE HAD SAVAGED THEM.


+HONG KONG, WITH ITS HARD-WORKING AND INTELLIGENT PEOPLE, 

MUST CONTINUE TO ILLUSTRATE THE BENEFITS OF COMMONSENSE, wORK 

AND THRIFT. WE ARE ONE OF THE FEW COMMUNITIES IN THE WORLD 

WHERE REAL EARNINGS WILL SOON AGAIN BE RISING.


.THIS IS NOT FORTUITOUS. IT REPRESENTS THE OUTCOME OF 

THE GOVERNMENT’S STEADY AND CONSISTENT POLICIES, THOUGH OUR 

EXPORTS WILL ALWAYS REMAIN SUBJECT TO THE PURCHASING POWER AND 

IMPORT POLICIES OF THOSE WHO BUY OUR PRODUCTS.


+THERE IS NOTHING WRONG WITH CHANGE; BUT WE MUST BE 

CAREFUL NOT TO CAST EXPERIENCE AS IDE.+


SIR JOHN NOTED THAT NOT ALL IS GOOD IN THE ECONOMY. 

THINGS HAD TAKEN PLACE THAT WERE CLEARLY DISGRACEFUL.


.FURTHER LEGISLATION MAY WELL BE NECESSARY,* HE SAID, + BUT 

GREED CANNOT BE CURED ONLY BY NEW LAWS, AND SELF REGULATION IS 

PREFERABLE. EQUALLY REQUIRED IS A PROPER SENSE OF SHAME.


I SHARE IN IT.*


SIR JOHN SAID IT WAS GENERALLY USEFUL FOR THE GOVERNMENT’S 

ACTIONS OR FAILURES TO ACT TO BE INTELLIGENTLY CRITICISED BY 

VARIOUS PRESSURE GROUPS AND THE FREE PRESS. ONE OUTCOME WAS 

RECOGNITION OF MISTAKES THAT MAY ARGUABLY HAVE BEEN MADE, THUS 

PROVIDING A SPUR TO PROGRESS.


+WE ALL KNOW THAT NO COMMUNITY CAN STAND STILL AND THAT 

NO GOVERNMENT IS FREE OF ERROR. NEVERTHELESS THE ESSENTIAL 

BALANCING OF SPENDING PRIORITIES AGAINST THE NEED TO CONTROL 

PUBLIC SECTOR GROWTH, AND TO LIMIT TAXATION, IS REGARDED BY 

SOME AS A SIMPLE ADMINISTRATIVE TASK. WHEN AFFAIRS GO WELL 

THERE IS ALSO SOME RELUCTANCE TO ACCEPT THAT SENSIBLE GOVERNMENT 

POLICIES HAVE PLAYED THEIR PART.


.I EMPHASISE PART, FOR OF COURSE SEVERAL FACTORS ARE 

INVOLVED. NOT LEAST A COMPETENT AND LOYAL CIVIL SERVICE.*



EXPANDING ON THE EXPORT-LED RECOVERY EXPERIENCED IN 1983, 

SIR JOHN SAID THIS WAS PARTICULARLY NOTICEABLE IN THE LAST THREE 

QUARTERS OF THE YEAR, AND FOR THE YEAR AS A WHOLE THE REAL 

GROWTH RATE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS WAS 14 PER CENT. THIS LARGELY 

REFLECTED THE STRONG ECONOMIC RECOVERY IN THE UNITED STATES, 

WHICH REMAINED HONG KONG’S MAJOR MARKET; BUT IT WAS HELPED BY 

DEPRECIATION IN THE EXCHANGE VALUE OF THE HONG KONG DOLLAR.


THE INCREASE IN REAL TERMS OF 49 PER CENT IN DOMESTIC 

EXPORTS TO CHINA WAS ALSO MARKED. IMPORTS INCREASED BY NINE 

PER CENT IN REAL TERMS. THE BALANCE OF TRADE IMPROVED 

ACCORDINGLY.


THERE WAS ALSO A RECOVERY IN PRIVATE CONSUMPTION EXPENDITURE 

IN THE SECOND HALF OF THE YEAR, WHICH PROVIDED A GROWTH RmTE 

FOR THE YEAR AS A WHOLE OF NINE PER CENT.


/if H.'V , _xi_ .......


WEDNESDAY, .FEBRUARY 29, 198*


18


'.EVERTHELESS, THE IMPROVEMENT IN EXPORT DEMAND WAS NOT 

MATCHED BY A RECOVERY IN PRIVATE SECTOR INVESTMENT. THIS *AS 

GENERALLY DEPRESSED, ESPECIALLY FOR BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION, 

*HERE A RALL OF 13 ?ER CENT IN REAL TERMS OCCURRED.


THERE wERE SIGNS TOWARDS THE END OF THE YEAR THAT THc 

SLUMP IN THE PROPERTY MARKET MIGHT BE BOTTOMING OUT AND THAT 

INVESTMENT IN PLANT AND MACHINERY HAD BEGUN TO RECOVER IN THE 

FOURTH QUARTER. HOWEVER THERE WAS A FALL OF EIGHT PER CENT 

IN REAL TERMS IN PRIVATE SECTOR INVESTMENT EXPENDITURE FOR THE 

YEAR AS A WHOLE.


SIR JOHN SAID THE GROWTH RATE OF PUBLIC SECTOR EXPENDITURE 

ON BOTH CONSUMPTION AND CAPITAL ACCOUNT WAS LOWER THAN IN 

EARLIER YEARS. IN REAL TERMS IT WAS ONLY FOUR PER CENT 

REFLECTING THE ACCOMPLISHMENT OF BUDGETARY RESTRAINT.


IN NET TERMS THE INCREASES IN THE VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF 

THE EXPENDITURE ON THE GDP GAVE AN OVERALL GROWTH RATE OF 

5.9 PER CENT IN 1983, WHICH REPRESENTED A CONSIDERABLE 

IMPROVEMENT OVER THE GROWTH RATE FOR 1982 OF ONLY 1.1 PER 

CENT BASED ON THE REVISED GDP ESTIMATES.


+ THE RECENT REVISIONS, OR RATHER THE UPDATING OF THE METHOD 

OF ESTIMATING EXPENDITURE ON THE GDP, HAVE HAD THE EFFECT OF 

CHANGING THE ESTIMATED GROWTH RATES FOR 1982 AND 1983. ON THE 

OLD BASIS THEY WERE 2.4 PER CENT AND WOULD HAVE BEEN OVER 

EIGHT PER CENT RESPECTIVELY. THIS OPTIMISTIC LAST FIGURE 

WOULD HAVE HAD A MAJOR (IF MISLEADING) IMPACT.*


THE ACCELERATED GROWTH RATE IN THE ECONOMY IN THE 1983 

RESULTED IN MARKED IMPROVEMENTS IN BOTH THE UNEMPLOYMENT AND 

UNDER-EMPLOYMENT RATES. IN THE FOURTH QUARTER THE SEASONALLY- 

ADJUSTED UNEMPLOYMENT RATE WAS FOUR PER CENT AND THE UNDEREMPLOYMENT 

RATE WAS 1.4 PER CENT.


THE IMPROVEMENT IN THE UNDER-EMPLOYMENT RATE MADE A 

MAJOR CONTRIBUTION TO A NOTICEABLE INCREASE OF 4.9 PER CENT 

IN OUTPUT PER EMPLOYED PERSON.


+MEMBERS WELL KNOW THE IMPORTANCE THAT I ATTACH TO 

EMPLOYMENT FIGURES,* SIR JOHN SAID. +FULL EMPLOYMENT HERE 

IS PROBABLY REPRESENTED BY AN UNEMPLOYMENT RATE BETWEEN 

THREE PER CENT AND 3-1/2 PER CENT.


SIR JOHN SAID AMONG THE UNSATISFACTORY ASPECTS OF THE 

ECONOMY IN 1983 WAS THE RATE OF INFLATION. ALTHOUGH LOWER 

THAN IN 1982, THIS, IN TERMS OF THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX 

AT ABOUT 10 PER CENT, WAS ONE PER CENT ABOVE HIS ESTIMATt.


+IT COULD EASILY HAVE BEEN WORSE. MANY THOUGHT IT wAS. 

ALTHOUGH MOST INFLUENCES ON THE OVERALL PRICE LEVEL, SUCH Ao 

PRESSURE OF DEMAND WITHIN THE ECONOMY, MOVEMENTS OF PRICEo 

AND RENTALS FOR PROPERTY, AND LOWER INFLATION IN HONG KONG’S 

MAJOR TRADING PARTNERS, WERE HELPING TO DAMPEN DOwN THE RATE 

OF INFLATION, THEY WERE INSUFFICIENT TO OFFSET THE EFFECT 

OF THE DEPRECIATION OF THE EXCHANGE RATE.


An: FhRTICUL . ..............


WEDNESDAY, FEBRU^Y 29, 198^


- 19 - v


. IN PARTICULAR, FOLLOWING THE SHARP- DEPRECIATION IN 

SEPTEMBER, THE RATE OF INFLATION INCREASED IN THE FOURTH 

QUARTER TO 11.<3 PER CENT, COMPARED WITH 9.1 PER CENT IN THE 

THIRD QUARTER. NOW THAT THE EXCHANGE RATE HAS SUCCESSFULLY 

BEEN STABILISED THIS ACCELERATION IN THE RATE OF INFLATION 

wlLL SOON REVERSE.*



SIR JOHN SAID HE DID NOT INTEND TO TOUCH ON THE COURSE 

CF THE DIPLOMATIC NEGOTIATIONS NOW UNDER WAY IN PEKING. IT 

WAS, HOWEVER, CLEAR THAT SENTIMENTS ABOUT THEM HAD HAD SOME 

INFLUENCE ON ECONOMIC AND MONETARY TRENDS, HE SAID.


.UNCERTAINTY IS POSSIBLY A LARGER THREAT THAN LACK OF 

CONFIDENCE. FIXED CAPITAL FORMATION HAS REMAINED LOW THOUGH 

THERE ARE RECENT INDICATIONS OF IMPROVEMENT.


.NON-PERFORMING BANK LOANS REMAIN A SOURCE OF CONCERN.


BUT EVEN SO MANY WILL ENVY US. FEW OTHER PLACES IN THE wORLD 

CAN OFFER VIRTUALLY NO CENTRAL GOVERNMENT DEBT, LITTLE 

UNEMPLOYMENT, BUSTLING INDUSTRY AND SIGNIFICANT REAL GROWTH. 

ALL IS ACCOMPLISHED IN FREEDOM. AND THERE IS GOOD REASON 

TO BEL IVE IN, AND TO INVEST IN, THE FUTURE PROSPERITY AND 

STAB ILITY OF HONG KONG.+ : ,


POSITION AS'FINANCIAL CENTRE STRENGTHENED 

' * * * * *


DESPITE THE VARIOUS PROBLEMS OF 1983, HONG KONG’S POSITION 

AS AN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL CENTRE HAS STRENGTHENED, THE 

FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, TOLD THE 

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL THIS (WEDNESDAY) AFTERNOON.


SIR JOHN, IN PRESENTING HIS 1984-85 BUDGET PROPOSALS, SAID 

ALTHOUGH THE NUMBER OF REGISTERED DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES HAS 

DECREASED, MORE BANK AND DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANY LICENCES HAVE 

BEEN GRANTED AND +A FINANCIAL FUTURES MARKET IS ALSO BEING 

STUDIED+.


I


HE ADDED THAT TOTAL DEPOSITS IN ALL DEPOSIT-TAKING INSTITUTIONS 

WERE $167 BILLION AT THE END OF FEBRUARY 1982 WHEN THE INTEREST 

TAX ON FOREIGN CURRENCY DEPOSITS WAS REMOVED. BUT BY THE END 

OF DECEMBER 1983 THE TOTAL WAS $292 BILLION.


HE SAID HONG KONG’S FINANCIAL SECTOR HAD EVOLVED IN


MUCH THE SAME FUNDAMENTAL WAY AS HAD OTHER SECTORS OF ITS ECONO-Y . 

— THROUGH MARKET FORCES WITH NO SPECIAL STIMULUS FROM THc 

GOVERNMENT.


WEDNESDAY, FEBSUaP.Y 29, 1984


20


. AS HAS ALWAYS BEEN THE CASE, THE GOVERNMENT wILL INTERVENE IN 

THE FINANCIAL SECTOR WHEN CLEARLY NECESSARY, BUT WILL LIMIT 

MEASURES TO THE MINIMUM REQUIRED TO ENSURE SOUND BUSINESS PRACTICE 

AND A MEASURE OF PROTECTION FOR DEPOSITORS AND INVESTORS. THIS 

APPROACH wILL CONT I NUE,+ SIR JOHN SAID.


HE SAID THAT AS ANNOUNCED EARLIER, A TEAM FROM THE BANK OF 

ENGLAND WAS HERE TO ASSIST IN A REVIEW OF SYSTEMS OF PRUDENTIAL 

SUPERVISION OF BANKS AND DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES.


+THE BANKING ORDINANCE WAS INTRODUCED IN 1964 WITH THE 

ASSISTANCE OF THE BANK OF ENGLAND. AFTER 20 YEARS IT SEEMS SENSIBLE 

TO TAKE AN OVERALL LOOK AT WHERE WE STAND. IF SO INDICATED, FURTHER 

LEGISLATION CAN BE INTRODUCED. THIS IS AN AREA WHERE NO GOVERNMENT 

CAN EVER BE SATISFIED WITH THE STATUS QUO,+ HE ADDED.


SIR JOHN SAID THE EXCHANGE RATE STABILISATION SCHEME, 

STARTED IN MID-OCTOBER LAST YEAR, HAD ACHIEVED ITS IMMEDIATE 

GOAL OF STABILISING THE EXCHANGE RATE AND RESTORING CONFIDENCE 

IN THE HONG KONG CURRENCY.


HE SAID THE HONG KONG DOLLAR 7.80 RATE WAS NOW FAMILIAR, 

AND THE LOW OF $9.60 TO THE US DOLLAR WAS HISTORY.


+THE FINANCIAL COMMUNITY HAS ADAPTED QUICKLY TO THE NEw 

EXCHANGE RATE SYSTEM AND HAS THUS CONTRIBUTED TO ITS SUCCESS. 

I THANK ALL CONCERNED,+ HE SAID.


SIR JOHN ADDED THAT THE HONG KONG DOLLAR DEPOSIT BASE HAD 

AGAIN INCREASED, THOUGH PART OF THE INCREASE REFLECTED THE 

RE-DENOMINATION OF FOREIGN CURRENCY SWAP DEPOSITS INTO HONG 

KONG DOLLAR DEPOSITS AFTER THE 10 PER CENT INTEREST WITHHOLDING 

RATE WAS REMOVED.


STATISTICS, SIR JOHN SAID, HAD BEEN AFFECTED BY RECENT 

EVENTS BUT IT WAS CLEAR THAT FUNDS HAD BEEN FLOWING INTO HONG 

KONG ON A LARGE SCALE.


------------0-----------


BILLION DOLLAR EOND ISSUE PROPOSED 

* * * *


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, SAID HE WOULD 

MOVE A RESOLUTION IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL NEXT MONTH TO PROVIDE 

THE GOVERNMENT WITH THE AUTHORITY TO RAISE A LOAN OF UP TO 

$1 BILLION BY THE ISSUE OF BONDS UNDER THE LOANS (GOVERNMENT BONDS) 

ORD INANCE.


THE LOAN WILL BE RAISED IN HONG KONG, IN HONG KONG CURRENCY, 

AND FOR THE PURPOSE OF THE GENERAL REVENUE.


IN HIS BUDGET SPEECH TODAY, SIR JOHN SAID THE PROCEEDS OF THE 

BOND ISSUE WILL BE TRANSFERRED TO THE CAPITAL wORKS RESERVE FUND.


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1o84


21


HE SAID THE NATURE OF THE ISSUE WILL PROBABLY BE IDENTICAL TO 

THE PREVIOUS ISSUE IN 1975, IN THE FORM OF FIXED RATE HONG KONG 

DOLLAR DENOMINATED BEARER BONDS WITH A TERM OF FIVE YEARS, WHICH 

a ILL BE SOLD BY TENDER.


.OTHER FORMS OF BORROWING HAVE BEEN CAREFULLY CONSIDERED, 

BUT THIS SYSTEM, OF wHICH WE HAVE SOME EXPERIENCE, SEEMS WELL 

SUITED TO OUR NEEDS AT THIS TIME,+ HE SAID.


SIR JOHN SAID HE WAS ADVISED THAT THE HONG KONG DOLLAR MARKET 

COULD EASILY ABSORB A BOND ISSUE OF THE SIZE ENVISAGED, PARTICULARLY 

AS THE BONDS WOULD QUALIFY AS LIQUID ASSETS UNDER THE BANKING AND 

DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES ORDINANCE.


EARLIER, HE EXPLAINED THAT WHEN HE MENTIONED THE POSSIBILITY 

CF GOVERNMENT BORROWING LAST YEAR, HE HAD SPECIFICALLY SAID THAT IT 

WOULD HAVE TO BE ACCOMPANIED BY A CONSIDERABLE EXCESS OF RECURRENT 

REVENUE OVER RECURRENT EXPENDITURE, AND BE JUSTIFIABLE AS EARMARKED 

FOR PROFITABLE CAPITAL INVESTMENT.


.WITHOUT TAKING ACCOUNT OF THE REVENUE PROPOSALS I HAVE JUST 

OUTLINED, RECURRENT EXPENDITURE NEXT YEAR WOULD REPRESENT 93 PcR 

CENT OF RECURRENT REVENUE, COMPARED WITH 86 PER CENT IN 1983-84 

AND A NOTIONAL GUIDELINE OF NO MORE THAN 85 PER CENT.


+TO BORROW AGAINST THIS BACKGROUND COULD BE CONSIDERED TYPICAL 

CF THE WORST PRACTICES PREVALENT ELSEWHERE. I WOULD SO REGARD IT. 

IT IS QUITE IRRESPONSIBLE TO BORROw AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO EXERTING 

PROPER DISCIPLINE.


+BUT GIVEN AGREEMENT TO MY REVENUE PROPOSALS AND ACCEPTANCE 

CF OUR DETERMINATION TO CONTINUE TIGHT CONTROL ON RECURRENT 

EXPENDITURE, THE RATIO SHOULD COME DOWN FROM 93 PER CENT TO 

88 PER CENT.


.ALTHOUGH THIS LATTER FIGURE IS STILL HIGHER THAN I LIKE, 

TO REDUCE IT FURTHER WOULD INVOLVE EITHER CUTS IN EXPENDITURE OR 

EVEN HIGHER TAXATION, OR AN ELEMENT OF BOTH.+


SIR JOHN SAID HE DID NOT CONSIDER THAT IT WOULD BE APPROPRIATE 

AT THIS POINT IN TIME SO TO BURDEN THE COMMUNITY AND CONSEQUENTLY, 

UNDER THE CICUMSTANCES A MODERATE DEGREE OF GOVERNMENT BORROWING 

APPEARED PRUDENT.


-------------o----


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1^84


22


NEED FOR PROPER TAX BALANCE STRESSED 

* * *■


HAVING LAST YEAR RESTORED THE PROPER BALANCE BETWEEN INDIRECT 

AND DIRECT TAXATION, IT IS CLEARLY NECESSARY TO BEAR THIS 

RELATIONSHIP IN MIND WHEN CONSIDERING HOW TO RAISE ADDITIONAL 

REVENUE, THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON. SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, 

TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.


SIR JOHN SAID THE POTENTIAL DEFICIT WAS $3.6 BILLION, 

AND THE MEANS AVAILABLE TO REDUCE THIS WERE LIMITED.


+AS A GENERALISATION, DIRECT TAXATION DOES NOT ADVERSELY 

AFFECT INFLATION TO THE EXTENT THAT INDIRECT TAXATION DOES. 

WHILE, THEREFORE, BOTH MUST BE INVOLVED IN THE NEED TO INCREASE 

RECURRENT GOVERNMENT REVENUES, INSOFAR AS INDIRECT TAXATION IS 

CONCERNED, I MUST ALSO SEEK TO ENSURE THAT ANY ADDITIONAL BURDEN 

IS SKEWED AWAY FROM THE LESS WELL OFF,+ HE SAID.


HE SAID HIS GENERAL INTENTION WITH REGARD TO THE POTENTIAL 

DEFICIT OF $3.6 BILLION WAS TO INCREASE RECURRENT REVENUE BY 

$1.5 BILLION (ONLY HALF OF WHAT WAS NECESSARY LAST YEAR), TO 

RAISE $1 BILLION BY SELLING GOVERNMENT BONDS AND TO MAKE UP 

THE BALANCE OF $1.1 BILLION BY REDUCING THE FREE FISCAL RESERVES 

TO ABOUT $7.1 BILLION BY THE END OF MARCH 1985.


+CONSEQUENTLY I AM BUDGETING FOR A TRUE DEFICIT OF $2.1 

BILLION. THIS WILL REPRESENT UNDER 0.9 PER CENT OF ESTIMATED 

CURRENT PRICE GDP. ASSUMING $1 BILLION FROM THE BOND ISSUE Trie 

SHORTFALL WILL BE $1.1 BILLION.


. THE TREND FROM $3.5 BILLION IN 1982-83 AND $3.3 BILLION 

IN 1983-84 TO $2.1 BILLION NEXT YEAR IS CLEAR AND WILL BE 

REASSURING. I HOPE IT WILL CONTINUE IN 1985-86, THUS AGAIN 

HITTING MY TARGET OF BELOW 1 PER CENT OF GDP. BUT THE TREND IS 

MORE IMPORTANT THAN THE IMPACT OF PARTICULAR YEARS.+


SIR JOHN SAID THAT FACED WITH THE +HIGHLY UNPOPULAR NEED 

TO RAISE $1.5 BILLION*, HE HAD DECIDED TO SEEK $900 MILLION 

FROM DIRECT TAXATION AND $600 MILLION FROM INDIRECT TAXATION.


FURTHERMORE, HE INTENDED THAT THE INDIRECT TAX MEASURES WOULD 

HAVE THE MINIMUM EFFECT ON CONSUMER PRICES AND IN PARTICULAR 

ON THE LESS WELL OFF.


HE WENT ON : +1 AM AWARE OF THE UNPLEASANT SHOCK THAT RESULTED 

FROM MY EFFORTS TO INCREASE REVENUE LAST YEAR BY S3 BILLION 

THROUGH INDIRECT TAXES. THE MOVE WAS ESSENTIAL BECAUSE Oc THE 

NEED FOR BUDGETARY STRINGENCY AND BALANCE. I SHALL NEED NEXT 

YEAR, FOR THE 1985-86 BUDGET AT LEAST, TO RESTORE THE vI ELDS 

IN REAL TERMS IN MOST AREAS, THOUGH WE MUST NOT UNDERESTIMATE 

CONSUMER RESISTANCE.*


/SIR JOHN ...............


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


SIR JOHN SAID THAT TODAY, AS FAR AS INDIRECT TAXATION WAS 

CONCERNED, HE PROPOSED PRACTICALLY NO INCREASES ON THE MOTORIST 

AND USER OF TRANSPORT. THERE WOULD BE NO CHANGE IN TAXATION 

> TOBACCO, HYDROCARBON OILS (INCLUDING BOTH PETROL AND DIESEL), 

DRIVING LICENCES, VEHICLE LICENCES, COMPANY REGISTRATION FEES, 

ENTERTAINMENT, HOTEL ACCOMMODATION AND AIR PASSENGER DEPARTURES. 

FOR THE ROAD USER HE WAS PROPOSING ONLY INCREASES RELATING TO TwO 

TUNNELS.


OTHER INCREASES IN INDIRECT TAXATION WOULD ARISE ON BETTING 

DUTY RATES, DUTIES ON IMPORTED WINES AND SPIRITS AND SELECTED 

FEES AND CHARGES, INCLUDING FEES FOR DEPOSIT-TAKING 

INST ITUTIONS.


FOLLOWING IS A SUMMARY OF THE PROPOSALS:


ADDITIONAL REVENUE


BUDGET PROPOSALS


($ MN)


EARNINGS AND PROF ITS TAX


QQ3


DUTIES ON LIQUOR


50


ADJUSTMENTS TO THE GENERAL RATE


175


BETTING DUTIES


151


CROSS HARBOUR TUNNEL TAX


140


FEES AND CHARGES


35


TOTAL


1 454


PROCEEDS FROM THE ISSUE OF BONDS


1 000




------------o------------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1954


24 -


NEW MEASURES PROPOSED TO PROTECT TAX YIELDS


*****


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, TODAY 

(WEDNESDAY) PROPOSED TwO NEW MEASURES TO PROTtCT THE YIELD FROM 

PROFITS TAX FOLLOWING THE REMOVAL OF INTEREST TAX ON DEPOSITS, 

AND TO BRING WITHIN THE PROFITS TAX NET ALL INTEREST FROM 

DEPOSITS, INCLUDING SO-CALLED OFFSHORE DEPOSITS WHERE SUCH 

INTEREST IN REALITY ARISES FROM THE BUSINESS OPERATIONS IN 

HONG KONG.


SIR JOHN HOPED THAT THE PROVISIONS WHICH WILL BE PUBLISHED 

SHORTLY IN BILL FORM, WOULD NOT MEET WITH GENERAL OPPOSITION 

FROM RESPONSIBLE PEOPLE IN THE BUSINESS SECTOR. INDEED, HE 

BELIEVED THAT THE PROPOSALS WERE ESSENTIAL FOR THE PROTECTION 

OF REVENUE AND SHOULD DETER TAX AVOIDERS.


+AT THE SAME TIME THEY ARE CAREFULLY DESIGNED TO LEAVE AMPLc 

SCOPE FOR THE GENUINE BUSINESS BORROWER TO OBTAIN FULL DEDUCTIONS 

FOR INTEREST EXPENSES INCURRED. THERE ARE MORE DRACONIAN MEASURES 

THAT COULD HAVE BEEN INTRODUCED, WHICH I TRUST WILL NOT BE 

NECESSARY,* HE ADDED.


SIR JOHN SAID THAT IN OCTOBER LAST, AS PART OF THE PACKAGt 

OF PROPOSALS TO STABILISE THE CURRENCY, THE DECISION wAS TAKEN 

TO RESTRICT SEVERELY THE AMBIT OF THE INTEREST TAX. ACCORDINGLY, 

FROM OCTOBER 17, 1983, INTEREST PAID OR PAYABLE ON DEPOSITS MADE 

IN HONG KONG CURRENCY WITH A FINANCIAL INSTITUTION CARRYING ON 

BUSINESS IN HONG KONG BECAME EXEMPT FROM INTEREST TAX.


FROM FEBRUARY 1982 A SIMILAR EXEMPTION HAD BEEN ACCORDED T-J 

FOREIGN CURRENCY DEPOSITS WITH LOCAL FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AS 

PART OF THE 1982 BUDGET PROPOSALS.


HE SAID HE HAD REFERRED FREQUENTLY TO THE POSSIBLE EFFECTo 

WHICH THE REMOVAL OF THE INTEREST TAX MIGHT HAVE ON THE PROFITS 

TAX AND THUS THE FURTHER SERIOUS CONSEQUENCES FOR GOVERNMENT 

REVENUE.


SIR JOHN SAID HE DID NOT NEED TO SPELL OUT IN PRECISE TERMS 

THE DETAILS OF THE TAX AVOIDANCE DEVICES WHICH WERE NOW AVAILABLE 

TO BUSINESS ENTERPRISES BY VIRTUE OF THE REPEAL OF INTEREST TAX 

ON DEPOSITS.


+ IN ESSENCE THEY INVOLVE A REDUCTION OF THE LIABILITY TO 

PROFITS TAX THROUGH THE USE OF HIGH DEBT TO EQUITY CAP ITAL I SAT I UN 

ARRANGEMENTS, WHILST AT THE SAME TIME THE BUSINESS PROPRIETORS 

CAN ENJOY TAX-FREE INTEREST INCOME OUTSIDE THE BUSINESS THROUG.- 

THE PLACING OF DEPOSITS WITH FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS,* HE SAID.


SIR JOHN SAID THERE WAS ALREADY EVIDENCE THAT BANxERS ANv 

TAX AVOIDANCE SPECIALISTS HAD SET ABOUT ADVISING CUSTOMERS . 

CLIENTS OF THE OPPORTUNITIES FOR TAX DIMINUTION UNDER THE PRE- T 

LAW.


WEW’SDAY, FSBRUARY


V-L


- 25 -


+THE LONGER TERM PROSPECTS ARE THAT HUGE PROFITS TAX REVENUE 

COULD BE LOST. IN ALL PRUDENCE IMMEDIATE STEPS MUST BE TAKEN TO 

MINIMISE THESE LOSSES, wHILE REMAINING THEMSELVES NEUTRAL IN 

EFFECT,* HE SAID.


SIR JOHN HAS PROPOSED, FROM APRIL 1, 1984, FOR PROFITS TAX 

PUR°OSES, THAT:


* THE DEDUCTION OF INTEREST AND RELATED EXPENSES ON 

BORROWINGS FROM FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS (OTHER THAN 

BORROWINGS BY OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS) WILL BE 

PROHIBITED WHERE THE MONEYS BORROWED ARE SECURED OR 

GUARANTEED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, AGAINST A DEPOSIT 

MADE WITH A FINANCIAL INSTITUTION (WHETHER THE 

LENDING INSTITUTION OR ANY OTHER SUCH INSTITUTION) 

BY A CLOSELY CONNECTED PERSON;



* THE DEDUCTION OF INTEREST AND RELATED EXPENSES ON 

BORROWINGS WILL BE PROHIBITED WHERE THE MONEYS BORROWED, 

IN RESPECT OF WHICH THE INTEREST AND RELATED EXPENSES 

ARE PAID, ARE MADE AVAILABLE OUTSIDE HONG KONG;



4 CLOSELY CONNECTED PERSONS WILL BE DEFINED TO INCLUDE 

THE PROPRIETORS OF UNINCORPORATED BUSINESSES AND THE]R 

CLOSE RELATIVES AND ASSOCIATED CORPORATIONS OF LIMITED 

LIABILITY ENTERPRISES; AND


* FOR THE PURPOSES OF THE PROHIBITIONS OUTLINED ABOVE 

THE PRESENT DEFINITION OF +FINANCIAL INSTITUTION*, 

WHICH IS LIMITED TO INSTITUTIONS CARRYING ON BUSINESS 

IN HONG KONG, wILL BE ENLARGED TO INCLUDE SIMILAR 

INSTITUTIONS OPERATING OVERSEAS RATHER THAN IN HONG 

KONG.


------------0---------------


REVENUE PROTECTION ORDERS SOUGHT 

* * * 4


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, SAID HE WOULD BE 

SEEKING THE GOVERNOR’S AUTHORITY FOR THE ISSUE OF APPROPRIATE 

REVENUE PROTECTION ORDERS FOR THE PROPOSED INCREASES IN BETTING DUTY 

AND TAXES.


THE PROPOSALS ARE DESIGNED TO COME INTO EFFECT ON APRIL 1, I.>c4.


REVENUE PROTECTION ORDERS HAVE ALREADY BEEN SIGNED TODAY FOh 

THE DUTIES IMPOSED ON IMPORTED WINES AND SPIRITS, AND THE Nt. hrtT- 

PERCENTAGE.


SIR JOHN SAID THERE WOULD BE FULL OPPORTUNITY FOR DEBATE -FTE* 

THE NECESSARY NEW LEGISLATION IS INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE 

CCUNC IL.


------------C--------------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


BETTING DUTY RAISED 

* * *


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, PROPOSED 

INCREASING BETTING DUTY IN 1984-85 TO RAISE ADDITIONAL REVENUE 

OF 151 MILLION OVER THE YEAR.


DUTY ON STANDARD BETS WOULD BE RAISED FROM THE PRESENT 

RATE OF EIGHT AND A HALF PER CENT TO NINE PER CENT, TO BE 

BORNE ENTIRELY BY THE JOCKEY CLUB.


DUTY ON EXOTIC BETS WOULD BE INCREASED FROM 13.5 PER CENT TO 

15 PER CENT, WITH HALF OF ONE PER CENT TO BE BORNE BY THE JOCKEY 

CLUB AND ONE PER CENT BY THE PUNTER. THIS WOULD REDUCE THE POOL OF 

PRIZE MONEY MARGINALLY FROM 78.6 PER CENT TO 77.6 PER CENT OF 

TOTAL EXOTIC BETS PLACED.


ON LOTTERIES, THE DUTY WOULD BE INCREASED BY THREE PER CENT 

FROM THE PRESENT RATE OF 27 PER CENT TO 30 PER CENT, WITH TWO 

PER CENT COMING FROM THE JOCKEY CLUB AND LOTTERIES FUND SHARE, 

AND ONE PER CENT FROM THE PRIZE POOL SHARE.


SIR JOHN SAID THE INCREASES IN BETTING DUTY FOR 1983-84 

WERE EXPECTED TO YIELD AN EXTRA $50 MILLION ON THE ESTIMATED 

$1.58 BILLION APPROVED FOR THAT YEAR, AS EVIDENCED BY THE 

CONTINUED INCREASE IN THE JOCKEY CLUB TOTALISATOR TURNOVER.


HE SAID THE MAJOR PORTION OF THE INCREASES WOULD BE SHOULDERED 

BY THE JOCKEY CLUB.


HOWEVER, HE ADDED THAT THIS WAS THE SECOND YEAR THE 

JOCKEY CLUB WAS REQUIRED TO SHOULDER THE INCREASE RESPONSIBLY, Ai\. 

HE EXPECTED THEY WOULD HAVE THE EFFECT OF DIMINISHING THE CLUB’S 

ABILITY TO PROVIDE FINANCIAL SUPPORT TO THOSE WHO LOOK TO IT 

FOR FUNDS FOR PROJECTS WHICH CANNOT BE SUPPORTED BY A GOVERNMENT 

INTENT ON CONTROLLING PUBLIC SECTOR EXPENDITURE.


- - 0 - -


LIQUOR TAX POLICY EXPLAINED 

IKK


THERE SEEMED TO BE NO REASON IN LOGIC OR EQUITY WHY PURCHAoEno 

OF CHEAPER BRANDS IN A CLASS OF DRINKS SHOULD PAY EXACTLY Trit SAM- 

DUTY PER BOTTLE AS THAT IMPOSED ON A MORE EXPENSIVE BRAND, THc 

FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, SAID TC_'-V 

(WEDNESDAY) WHEN PROPOSING MODIFICATIONS IN LEVYING DUTY IN -I- 

BUDGET SPEECH.


SIR JOHN SAID THAT AFTER FULL CONSIDERATION, HE PROP SEj - 

MODIFICATION OF THE EXISTING SYSTEM BY APPLYING A UMrCR- c I. 

CF ABOUT 10 PER CENT TO THE CURRENT SPECIFIC RATES,_C0UjL^j . ■ Tri


IMPOSITION OF A UNIFORM AD VALOREM RATE OF 23 PER CE . i.


/.THIS .'ILL


WEDNESDAY, FEBHDAEY 29, 1984


+ THIS ..ILL RESULT IN A REDUCTION IN DUTY AT THE CHEAPER END 

CF THE MARKET wITH INCREASES APPLYING PROGRESSIVELY TO THE MORE 

EXPENSIVE TYPE WINES AND SPIRITS.


these changes will not apply to non-european type of wines and 

SPIRITS, INDUSTRIAL TYPE ALCOHOL, CIDER OR BEER.


+DUTY ON THESE CATEGORIES WILL CONTINUE TO BE CHARGED AT THE 

EXISTING RATE, AS THE PRICE RANGES ARE NOT GREAT, AND THE INHERENT 

PROBLEMS OF APPLYING AD VALOREM DUTIES IN THESE CASES APPEAR TO 

OUTWEIGH ANY ADVANTAGES TO BE GAINED,* HE EXPLAINED.


SIR JOHN SAID THERE HAD BEEN A DROP IN RELEASES EX-BOND AND 

A GENERAL INCREASE IN COST INSURANCE AND FRIEGHT VALUES SINCE 

LAST YEAR.


THE REVENUE FIGURES FOR FISCAL 1983 INDICATED THAT THE YIELD 

FROM LIQUOR DUTIES wOULD BE SOME $100 MILLION LESS THAN THE 

APPROVED ESTIMATE OF $492 MILLION.


+1 HAVE ASSUMED SOME RECOVERY IN 1984-85 AND MY ESTIMATE OF 

REVENUE FROM IMPORTED LIQUOR AT CURRENT RATE IS $436 MILLION,* 

HE SAID.


SIR JOHN SAID TODAY’S PROPOSAL WOULD RESULT IN THE MORE 

EXPENSIVE BRANDS OF WINES AND SPIRITS BEING CHARGED A HIGHER DUTY 

THAN THEIR LESS EXPENSIVE COUNTERPARTS:


* EXPENSIVE WINE -- INCREASE IN DUTY BY ABOUT $8.80 PER


BOTTLE;


CHEAP WINE -- DECREASE BY ABOUT $0.50 PER BOTTLE


EXPENSIVE WHISKY -- INCREASE BY ABOUT $2.30 PER 

BOTTLE;


* CHEAP WHISKY — DECREASE BY ABOUT $0.60 PER BOTTLE;

* XO BRANDY -- INCREASE BY ABOUT $29 PER BOTTLE;

* VSOP BRANDY — INCREASE BY ABOUT $3.70 PER BOTTLE; AND

* +THREE STAR BRANDY -- DECREASE BY ABOUT $2.90 PER BOTTLE.

*



+RETAIL PRICES WILL, OF COURSE, DEPEND ON THE PRICING POLICY 

ADOPTED BY THE RETAILERS AND THE TRADE,* SIR JOHN SAID.


HE ADDED THAT THESE PROPOSALS SHOULD BRING IN INCREASED 

REVENUE OF ABOUT $50 MILLION NEXT YEAR SO THAT THE OVERALL YIELD 

FROM DUTY wOULD AT LEAST REMAIN STABLE IN REAL TERMS.


/28


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


28


TWO PER CENT TAX RISE PROPOSED 

* * * *


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, TODAY PROPOSED 

RAISING DIRECT TAXATION BY INCREASING THE STANDARD RATE OF TAX 

FROM 16 PER CENT TO 17 PER CENT AND THE PROFITS TAX RATE FOR 

CORPORATIONS FROM 16.5 PER CENT TO 18.5 PER CENT.


IN HIS BUDGET SPEECH IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, SIR JOHN 

SAID THE INCREASES1 WERE INEVITABLE IN THE LIGHT OF BUDGET DEMANDS.


+1 HOPE THAT EVEN MY SEVEREST CRITICS WILL AGREE THAT IN THE 

CIRCUMSTANCES THESE INCREASES ARE MODEST AND THAT THE PROPOSED NEW 

RATES STILL COMPARE EXTREMELY FAVOURABLY WITH MOST TAX RATES IN 

ASIA, AND INDEED, INTERNATIONALLY,* HE SAID.


HE EXPLAINED THAT A TYPICAL FAMILY OF HUSBAND, WIFE AND TWO 

CHILDREN WOULD NOT ENTER THE 17 PER CENT THRESHOLD UNTIL SALARIES 

EXCEEDED $23 300 PER MONTH.


SIR JOHN SAID THAT FOR MANY YEARS, HONG KONG HAS BEEN COMMITTED, 

WITH CONSIDERABLE SUCCESS, TO A FISCAL POLICY IN RELATION TO 

DIRECT TAXES WHICH DICTATES THAT OUR SYSTEM SHOULD BE AS PRODUCTIVE 

OF REVENUE AS POSSIBLE, BUT AT THE SAME TIME BE SIMPLE AND 

INEXPENSIVE TO ADMINISTER WITH RATES SET AT COMPARATIVELY LOW 

LEVELS.


+THESE OBJECTIVES WE HAVE ACHIEVED. HONG KONG IS FAIRLY 

UNIQUE IN HAVING NO UNIFIED INCOME TAX,* HE SAID.


+WE HAVE BY ALL NORMAL STANDARDS KEPT OUR EARNINGS AND PROFITS 

TAXES LOW. MOREOVER I FIRMLY BELIEVE THAT WE SHOULD CONTINUE TO 

DO SO.*


+NONETHELESS SOME INCREASES ARE NOW INEVITABLE IN THE LIGHT 

OF BUDGET DEMANDS,* HE ADDED.


+ INDEED MOST MEMBERS WILL AGREE THAT MODEST INCREASES NOW 

MUST BE PREFERABLE TO SHARPER INCREASE LATER, AND I NEED TO LOOK 

MORE THAN ONE YEAR AHEAD.*


SIR JOHN SAID THE STANDARD RATE OF TAX OF 15 PER CENT HAD BEEN 

IN FORCE SINCE 1966-67 AND THE CORPORATE RATE OF 16.5 PER CENT 

SINCE 1975-76.


+THIS IS TO SAY, OUR STANDARD RATE HAS REMAINED UNCHANGED FOR 

18 YEARS AND THE CORPORATE SURCHARGE HAS BEEN AT LOW LEVELS FOR 

EIGHT YEARS,* HE POINTED OUT.


SIR JOHN SAID THAT LAPSE OF TIME WAS NO ARGUMENT FOR INCREASED 

TAXES, BUT STRESSED THAT OUR PRESENT CIRCUMSTANCES REQUIRED THAT 

+INCREASES THERE MUST BE*.


/THE NEW


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


- 29 -


THE NEw STANDARD RATE OF 17 PER CENT WILL APPLY TO 

PROVISIONAL AND FINAL ASSESSMENTS FOR 1984-85 IN RESPECT OF PROFITS 

TAX ON UNINCORPORATED BUSINESSES, SALARIES TAX AND PROPERTY TAX- 

AND TO FINAL PERSONAL AND INTEREST TAX ASSESSMENTS FOR THAT YEAR 

ALSO.


THE NEw CORPORATE RATE OF 18.5 PER CENT WILL ALSO APPLY TO 

CORPORATIONS’ PROVISIONAL AND FINAL ASSESSMENTS FOR 1984-85.


THE PROPOSED INCREASES ARE ESTIMATED TO PRODUCE IN 1984-85 

AN ADDITIONAL $903 MILLION FROM EARNINGS AND PROFITS TAX AFTER 

TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE TWO INSTALMENTS SYSTEM. IN A FULL YEAR, 

AT PRESENT LEVELS OF CHARGEABLE INCOME AND PROFITS, THE INCREMENT 

TO THE REVENUE SHOULD OF THE ORDER OF $1.32 BILLION, SIR JOHN SAID.


+1 HOPE VERY MUCH THAT THIS SECOND WIND PLUS HIGHER YIELDS 

AS THE ECONOMY IMPROVES WILL ENABLE US TO FACE 1985-86 WITHOUT 

FURTHER DIRECT TAX INCREASES,* HE ADDED.


SIR JOHN SAID THAT IN THE AREA OF PERSONAL TAXATION, HE 

ESTIMATED THE NEW STANDARD RATE WILL AFFECT SOME 30 □□□ SALARIES 

TAXPAYERS +WHO ARE ARGUABLY BEST PLACED TO AFFORD IT.+s ABOUT 

18 500 WOULD CONTINUE TO PAY AT THE STANDARD RATE BUT AT THE NEW 

LEVEL, AND ABOUT 11 500 WOULD PAY MORE TAX AT THE MARGINAL RATES, 

BUT AT AN EFFECTIVE RATE OF TAX (ON GROSS INCOME) BELOW THE NEW 

STANDARD RATE.


----------0------------


PROPOSED CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL TAX +0F TRANSPORT NATURE* 

* * * *


A BILL WILL SHORTLY BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE 

COUNCIL PROPOSING A NEW TAX RANGING FROM $2 TO $5 ON SOME USERS OF 

THE CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL.


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, TOLD THE


COUNCIL TODAY WHEN PRESENTING HIS 1984-85 BUDGET, THERE 

wOULD ALSO BE INCREASES IN BUOYS AND ANCHORAGE FEES, FEES FOR 

DEPOSIT-TAKING INSTITUTIONS, AND TOLLS FOR THE GOVERNMENT-OPERATED 

LION ROCK TUNNEL.


HE SAID THE BILL ON THE 

INTRODUCED AFTER MEMBERS HAD


CROSS HARBOUR TUNNEL WOULD BE 

SPOKEN IN THE DEBATE ON HIS BUDGET.


+THIS MEASURE STRICTLY SPEAKING IS OF A TRANSPORT NATURE 

BECAUSE ITS PRIMARY FUNCTION IS TO ALLEVIATE CONGESTION. BECAUSE, 

HOweVER, IT ALSO HAS SIGNIFICANT BUDGETARY IMPLICATIONS IT IS 

APPROPRIATE THAT 4T BE CONSIDERED FIRST AS PART OF MY BUDGETARY 

PROPOSALS.*


SIR JOHN SAID A FULL EXPLANATION wOULD BE GIVEN WHEN THE 

BILL IS INTRODUCED, AND THERE WOULD THEN BE OPPORTUNITY FOR 

FURTHER DEBATE. +BUT IN BRIEF, THERE IS CLEARLY NOw A PERSUASIVE 

ARGUMENT FOR USING FISCAL MEANS TO DETER NON-ESSENTIAL USAGE 

OF THE TUNNEL ON TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT GROUNDS.*


/HE SAID


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, ">984


HE SAID THE REAL COST OF USING THE TUNNEL TODAY IS 

APPROXIMATELY ONE THIRD OF THE LEVELS CHARGED IN 1972 AND UNCHANGED 

SINCE THEN. IF NEW RATES wERE TO BE SET TO OFFSET INFLATION ONLY, 

THEY WOULD REQUIRE TO BE THREE TIMES HIGHER THAN THEY ARE NOW.


.IT wOULD OBVIOUSLY BE IMPROPER IF THESE INCREASED CHARGES 

WERE TAKEN BY THE CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL COMPANY IN ORDER TO 

INCREASE THEIR PROFITS. THE INCREASE SHOULD BE TAKEN BY THE 

REVENUE AND USED IN THE INTERESTS OF THE COMMUNITY AS A WHOLE.



. IT IS, HOWEVER, REASONABLE IF THESE NEw MEASURES REDUCE 

CROSS-HARBOUR TRAFFIC, WHICH IS THEIR SPECIFIC PURPOSE, THAT 

THE COMPANY SHOULD RECEIVE EQUITABLE COMPENSATION FOR REVENUE 

LOST.



+BE THAT AS IT MAY, A SEPARATE APPLICATION FOR AN INCREASE 

IN THE TOLL CHARGES HAS BEEN RECEIVED WITHIN THE LAST FORTNIGHT 

FROM THE CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL COMPANY. THIS WILL BE CAREFULLY 

EXAMINED, BUT UNTIL THIS HAS BEEN DONE IT IS NOT POSSIBLE FOR 

ME TO SAY WHETHER ANY INCREASES THAT MAY BE APPROVED AS A 

RESULT OF THIS APPLICATION WILL BE ADDITIONAL TO THE PROPOSED 

CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL TAX,+ SIR JOHN SAID.


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY SAID THAT APART FROM TRAFFIC 

MANAGEMENT REASONS HE HAD ALSO TO CONSIDER HIS MAJOR THEME: TO 

COUNTER INFLATION AND CONSUMER PRICE INDEX INCREASES ON THE 

LESS WELL OFF.


+IT HAS THEREFORE BEEN AGREED THAT THE NEW TAX SHOULD BE 

LOwER THAN IS PR IMA FACIE INDICATED AND SHOULD NOT FALL AT ALL ON 

OM'NIBUSES AND PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES.


+THE PROPOSED TAXES ARE $2 FOR A MOTORCYCLE, AND $5 FOR 

PRIVATE CARS, TAXIS, PRIVATE LIGHT BUSES, AND ALL GOODS VEHICLES. 

TAXIS WILL BE ENTITLED TO IMPOSE A MAXIMUM ADDITIONAL CHARGES OF 

20 INSTEAD OF $10 AT PRESENT.+


SIR JOHN SAID THE ADDITIONAL ANNUAL REVENUE WAS EXPECTED TO 

AMOUNT TO ABOUT $140 MILLION AFTER TAKING ACCOUNT OF POSSIBLE 

REDUCTION IN USAGE — WHICH WAS HOPED.


SIR JOHN EMPHASISED THAT HE WOULD REGARD THIS INCREASED REVENUE 

AS ESPECIALLY AVAILABLE FOR TRANSPORT PURPOSES.


+IT WOULD BE IMPROPER TO ACCEPT ANY STRICT HYPOTHECATION, BUT 

I CONFIRM AGAIN — IF FURTHER CONFIRMATION IS NEEDED — THAT IT IS 

GOVERNMENT’S POLICY TO PROCEED WITH ALL AGREED PROGRAMMES AND 

POLICIES AND ON A JUDICIOUS BASIS TO INTRODUCE NEW ONES.


+THESE INCLUDE IMPROVEMENTS IN ALL TRAFFIC FIELDS. FOR 

THIS THE COMMUNITY MUST PAY. IN PARTICULAR WE ALL ACCEPT THAT A 

NEW FIXED CROSS-HARBOUR CROSSING IS NEEDED. THIS WILL CLEARLY 

INVOLVE CONSIDERABLE GOVERNMENT EXPENDITURE,* HE SAID.


SIR JOHN SAID THE INCREASES IN BUOYS AND ANCHORAGE FEES, 

FEES FOR DEPOSIT-TAKING INSTITUTIONS AND TOLLS FOR THE LION ROCK 

TUNNEL WOULD YIELD ABOUT $35 MILLION IN ADDITIONAL REVENUE.


/HE SAID ................


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


- 31 -


HE SAID LION ROCK TUNNEL TOLLS HAD NOT BEEN REVISED 

SINCE 1975, AND PRESENT REVENUE FROM GOVERNMENT-OPERATED TUNNELS 

DID NOT EVEN COVER OPERATING COSTS.


HE PROPOSED THAT THE CHARGES FOR ALL VEHICLES USING THE 

TUNNEL SHOULD BE $2 wI TH EFFECT FROM APRIL 1 THIS YEAR. THIS 

.ILL MEAN THAT CHARGES FOR SMALL LORRIES, LIGHT BUSES AND SINGLEDECKER 

BUSES wILL BE INCREASED FROM $1.50 TO $2, FOR PRIVATE CARS 

FROM SI TO $2 WITH NO INCREASE FOR DOUBLE-DECKER PUBLIC 

OMNIBUSES AND LARGE LORRIES. THE YIELD WOULD BE AN ADDITIONAL 

514 MILLION.


THE ABERDEEN TUNNEL wAS NOT UTILISED TO FULL CAPACITY AND 

ANY INCREASE AT THIS TIME MIGHT POSSIBLY CREATE AN UNACCEPTABLE 

RESISTANCE FACTOR. WHEN THE OPERATIONAL PATTERN HAD BEEN FULLY 

ESTABLISHED HE WOULD RECONSIDER WHETHER THE EXISTING CHARGES FOR 

THE ABERDEEN TUNNEL WERE STILL APPROPRIATE.


REFERRING TO DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES, SIR JOHN NOTED THAT 

IN 1983 THE LICENCE FEES FOR BANKS WERE INCREASED BY 50 PER CENT. 

THE FEES FOR REGISTERED DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES HAD NOT BEEN 

INCREASED SINCE 1978 AND THOSE FOR LICENSED DEPOSIT-TAKING 

COMPANIES NOT FOR TWO YEARS.


THE SITUATION HAD NOW IMPROVED SUFFICIENTLY FOR THERE TO BE 

A REVIEW OF DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANY FEES.


FOR LICENSED DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES, THE INCREASE WILL 

BE FROM 5100 000 TO 5150 000, WITH PROPORTIONATE INCREASES FOR 

LOCAL BRANCH, OVERSEAS BRANCH AND OVERSEAS REPRESENTATIVE OFFICES.


SIR JOHN ALSO PROPOSED THAT LICENCE FEES FOR AN OVERSEAS 

BRANCH OR REPRESENTATIVE OFFICE OF A BANK INCORPORATED IN HONG KONG. 

AND FOR A LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE OFFICE OF A BANK INCORPORATED 

OUTSIDE HONG KONG SHOULD ALSO BE INCREASED BY 50 PER CENT AS THEY 

wERE NOT COVERED LAST YEAR.


THE INCREASES WOULD TAKE EFFECT FROM APRIL 1. SIR JOHN 

STRESSED, HOWEVER, THAT THESE PROPOSALS ONLY PARTLY RECOVERED 

THE EROSION THAT HAD TAKEN PLACE SINCE THE LAST REVISIONS 

AND THE INCREASING COST OF THE OFFICE OF THE COMMISSIONER OF 

BANKING AND COMMISSIONER OF DTCS.


+ IF THE FULL INDICATED INCREASES HAD BEEN APPLIED, IT WOULD 

HAVE BEEN NECESSARY FOR EXAMPLE, TO INCREASE THE FEES FOR REGISTERED 

DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES FROM $30 000 TO $110 000. I RECOGNISE THAT 

SUCH INCREASES IN FEES WOULD BE TOO GREAT AT ONE STEP.+


THE PROPOSED INCREASES IN FEES IN 1984-85 WOULD YIELD AN 

ADDITIONAL $7 MILLION.


SIR JOHN SAID THAT LAST YEAR AFTER A LAPSE OF FOUR YEARS 

HE HAD INCREASED FEES FOR BUOYS AND ANCHORAGES. TO BRING THESE 

FEES MORE UP-TO-DATE, HE PROPOSED THAT THE FEE FOR CLASS A 

BUOYS BE INCREASED FROM $1 500 TO $2 100 A DAY, CLASS B BUOYS 

FROM $1 000 TO $1 400 A DAY, IN-HARBOUR ANCHORAGE FEES FROM $14 

TO $28 A DAY AND OTHER ANCHORAGE CHARGES FROM $4 TO $8 A DAY.


/HE ESTIMATED ................


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


HE ESTIMATED THE NE* CHARGES, TO TAKE EFFECT FROM APRIL 1, 

*OULD YIELD $14 MILLION, BUT ADDED: +WE WILL STILL BE SUBSIDISING 

HARBOUR USERS.*


SIR JOHN SAID REVIEWS OF OTHER FEES AND CHARGES WOULD 

CONTINUE DURING THE YEAR AND TwO MAJOR AREAS CURRENTLY UNDER 

CONSIDERATION wERE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT FEES AND WATER CHARGES.


HE RECALLED THAT HIS 1983 BUDGET PROPOSALS INTRODUCED SOME 

FAIRLY SUBSTANTIAL INCREASES TO CERTAIN FEES AND CHARGES FOR 

SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE GOVERNMENT, AND IN ADDITION A NUMBER OF 

FEES AND CHARGES WERE INCREASED DURING 1983 AS PART OF A REGULAR 

REVIEW PROGRAMME OF INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.


+A COMPUTERISED FEES AND CHARGES REVIEW SYSTEM NOW 

ESTABLISHED PROVIDES THE INFORMATION NECESSARY TO CONTINUE THIS 

PROCESS AND THUS ENABLES THE INNUMERABLE FEES AND CHARGES TO BE 

REGULARLY REVIEWED.


+WHERE JUSTIFIED BY RISING COSTS, WHICH CANNOT BE OFFSET 

TOTALLY OR IN PART BY INCREASED PRODUCTIVITY, PROPOSALS FOR 

INCREASES FOR FEES AND CHARGES WILL BE MADE DURING THE CURRENT YEAR 

— THE ESTIMATE OF TOTAL RECURRENT REVENUE DOES NOT ANTICIPATE 

THESE INCREASES,* SIR JOHN SAID.


HE SAID THAT LAST YEAR HE BUDGETTED TO RAISE $1.95 BILLION 

FROM UTILITIES AND $2.53 BILLION FROM FEES AND CHARGES AND 

INDICATIONS wERE THAT THIS WOULD JUST ABOUT BE ACHIEVED.


----o----


TAX PROPOSED ON INTEREST TO BUSINESSES 

* * * 4


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, PROPOSED TODAY 

THAT SUMS RECEIVED OR ACCRUING BY WAYS OF INTEREST TO BUSINESSES 

CARRIED ON IN HONG KONG WILL BE CHARGEABLE TO PROFITS TAX FROM 

APRIL 1 THIS YEAR.


SIR JOHN SAID THAT THESE SUMS WILL BE TAXED IRRESPECTIVE OF 

THE CURRENCY IN WHICH THE TRANSACTION IS DENOMINATED AND 

NOTWITHSTANDING THAT THE MONEYS FOR WHICH THE INTEREST IS RECEIVED 

OR ACCRUES ARE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE BORROWER OUTSIDE HONG KONG.


AS IT IS INTENDED THAT THE PROPOSAL WILL APPLY ONLY TO 

INTEREST ACCRUING ON OR AFTER APRIL 1, IT WILL HAVE EFFECT FOR 

THE FIRST TIME IN RESPECT OF FINAL ASSESSMENTS FOR 1984-85, WHICH 

ARE GENERALLY NOT DUE FOR PAYMENT UNTIL AFTER MARCH 31, 1985, 

SIR JOHN POINTED OUT.


BUT HE ESTIMATED THAT IF THE PROPOSAL IS ENACTED, THE REVENUE 

FROM THIS SOURCE WILL BE SOME $350 MILLION IN 1985-86.'


/+! WOULD ................


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


33


.I WOULD ADD THAT, QUITE APART FROM THE ADDITIONAL REVENUE 

YIELDS WHICH wILL ACCRUE FROM THIS PROPOSAL, I SEE IT AS A MINOR 

BUT USEFUL SUPPORT MEASURE FOR THE HONG KONG DOLLAR, SINCE THERE 

wILL NO LONGER BE A TAX INCENTIVE FOR BUSINESSES TO HOLD DEPOSITS 

OFFSHORE,* SIR JOHN SAID.



HE POINTED OUT THAT IT WAS COMMONPLACE FOR BUSINESS 

PROPRIETORS WITH SURPLUS FUNDS TO PUT THEM TO WORK BY PLACING 

THEM wITH FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND OTHERS TO EARN INTERST.


+FOR MANY YEARS NOW THE INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT, IN 

DETERMINING WHETHER OR NOT SUCH INTEREST INCOME IS EXIGIBLE TO 

PROFITS TAX, HAS APPLIED THE SAME TEST OF LIABILITY AS IS APPLIED 

IN DETERMINING THE LIABILITY OF NON-BUSINESS LENDERS TO INTEREST 

TAX.


+IN REVENUE JARGON, THAT TEST IS KNOWN AS THE ’PROVISION OF 

CREDIT’ TEST: IN LAYMAN’S TERMS, LIABILITY TO HONG KONG TAX HAS 

ARISEN ONLY WHERE THE MONEY LOANED IS MADE AVAILABLE TO THE 

BORROWER IN HONG KONG,* SIR JOHN SAID.


HE ADDED THAT WHILE THIS APPROACH MIGHT BE ALL VERY WELL IN 

DETERMINING THE LIABILITY OF PRIVATE DEPOSITORS TO INTEREST TAX, 

IT BEGGED THE QUESTION WHERE THE MONIES WERE LOANED AS PART AND 

PARCEL OF THE OPERATIONS OF A BUSINESS CARRIED ON IN HONG KONG.


HE RECALLED THAT IN 1976, THE THIRD INLAND REVENUE ORDINANCE 

REVIEW COMMITTEE EXPRESSED DOUBTS ABOUT THE VALIDITY OF THIS 

APPROACH.


+THE PRESENT COMMISSIONER OF INLAND REVENUE - AND HIS 

PREDECESSOR - HAVE LONG HELD THE VIEW THAT THE PROVISION OF 

CREDIT TEST IS BOTH ARTIFICIAL AND INAPPROPRIATE IN DETERMINING 

THE TRUE TERRITORIAL SOURCE OF INTEREST INCOME ACCRUING TO 

BUSINESSES.


.I SHARE THEIR VIEW, PARTICULARLY AS IN THE TECHNOLOGICAL 

AGE IN WHICH WE LIVE, THE PLACING OF A DEPOSIT IN A BANK ACCOUNT 

IN LONDON OR NEW YORK IS ONLY A QUICK TELEPHONE CALL OR A TELEX 

MESSAGE AWAY.



+ALL IN ALL, I BELIEVE THAT A MORE REALISTIC APPROACH IS 

TO LOOK AT THE LOCALITY OF THE BUSINESS CARRIED ON, RATHER THAN 

THE PHYSICAL LOCATION OF THE MONEYS LOANED, IN ORDER TO DETERMINE 

THE SOURCE OF THE RESULTANT INTEREST INCOME,* SIR JOHN SAID.


------------o---------------


/31*....................


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


CAPITAL WORKS 

* *


RESERVE FUND 

* *


THE 1984-85 EXPENDITURE FROM THE CAPITAL WORKS RESERVE FUND 

IS ESTIMATED AT $7.9 BILLION, THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON 

SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, SAID TODAY IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.


HE SAID THE PROVISION OF $7.3 BILLION SOUGHT FOR TRANSFER TO 

THE FUND, AND A SURPLUS OF ABOUT $2.8 BILLION IN THE FUND AT THE 

END OF FISCAL 1983, WERE SUFFICIENT TO COVER THE EXPENDITURE AND 

TO RETAIN A PRUDENT SURPLUS AT THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR.


+AT LEAST $1.5 BILLION MUST ANYWAY BE RETAINED IN THE FUND 

TO OFFSET THE ADVANCE OF $1.45 BILLION TO THE CONSORTIUM FOR 

THE DEVELOPMENT OF TIN SHUI WAI,+ HE SAID.


SIR JOHN EXPLAINED THAT THE LIABILITY WOULD REMAIN IN THE 

ACCOUNTS FOR THE NEXT 12 YEARS OR SO UNTIL THE LAND WAS FORMED 

AND A PORTION HANDED BACK TO THE CONSORTIUM.


+AS SOON AS THE CONSORTIUM STARTS TO SPEND ON BUILDING WORKS 

THE ADVANCE CAN BEGIN TO BE CLEARED PROGRESSIVELY AND CHARGED TO 

THE FUND. ANY UNDERSPENDING BY THE CONSORTIUM ON THE DEVELOPMENT 

IS RECOVERABLE UNDER THE AGREEMENT*, HE ADDED.


SIR JOHN SAID THE ESTIMATED 1984-85 EXPENDITURE FROM THE 

FUND ON THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME WOULD BE $6.8 BILLION OR ABOUT 

THE SAME AS THE REVISED 1983-84 ESTIMATE, BUT LESS IN REAL TERMS.


THE ESTIMATED LAND ACQUISITION EXPENDITURE WOULD BE $1.1 

BILLION, ALSO THE SAME AS THE REVISED 1983-84 ESTIMATE, HE SAID.


SIR JOHN SAID: +THE OUTSTANDING COMMITMENT - OR OVERHANG - 

IN RESPECT OF PROJECTS IN HAND ON MARCH 31, 1983, WAS ABOUT $21.4 

BILLION. THIS WAS INCREASED BY ABOUT $5.1 BILLION AS A RESULT OF 

THE INJECTION OF NEW PROJECTS DURING 1983-84, BUT REDUCE! BY 

ROUGHLY 7.9 BILLION IN EXPENDITURE. A


.DURING 1984-85 WORK IS SCHEDULED TO START ON NEW PROJECTS 

HAVING A TOTAL COMMITMENT VALUE OF ABOUT $4.9 BILLION. THE OVERHANG 

ON APRIL 1, 1984, WILL BE ABOUT $23.5 BILLION.+


HE SAID THAT AFTER ALLOWING FOR THE ESTIMATED EXPENDITURE 

DURING 1984-85 OF $7.9 BILLION, THE OUTSTANDING COMMITMENT AT 

MARCH 31, 1985, COULD NOT BE LESS THAN $15.6 BILLION, BUT WOULD 

CERTAINLY BE MUCH HIGHER AS FURTHER NEW WORKS WERE APPROVED 

DURING THE YEAR.


.THIS REPRESENTS A MAJOR COMMITMENT FOR THE FUTURE,+ HE ADDED.


/35 .......


-------------o---------------


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


- 35 -


NEW MEASURES PROPOSED FOR RATE CALCULATIONS


*****


THE GOVERNMENT HAS COMPLETED ITS REVALUATION OF RATEABLE VALUES 

wHICH NOW TOTAL $55 BILLION, COMPARED WITH $15 BILLION IN 1983-84, 

AND CONSEQUENTLY FINANCIAL SECRETARY, SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE HAS 

PROPOSED CHANGES TO THE RATE CALCULATIONS FOR THE COMING YEAR.


SIR JOHN SAID THAT GIVEN THE CONSIDERABLE INCREASE IN PROPERTY 

VALUES OVER THE LAST SEVEN YEARS, IT WAS NOT SURPRISING THAT THE 

NEw RATEABLE VALUES WERE SUBSTANTIALLY HIGHER THAN THOSE ON THE 

CURRENT VALUATION LISTS ESTABLISHED IN 1976.


THE INCREASE IN RATEABLE VALUES VARIES BETWEEN DIFFERENT 

CLASSES OF PROPERTY, THE AVERAGE BEING ABOUT THREE TIMES FOR 

NON-DOMESTIC PREMISES AND ABOUT FOUR TIMES FOR DOMESTIC PREMISES.


+THESE INCREASES IN RATEABLE VALUES DO NOT OF COURSE, DIRECTLY 

DETERMINE WHAT THE RATEPAYER MUST PAY. THIS DEPENDS ON THE 

PERCENTAGE RATE CHARGE TO BE APPLIED AND, IN MANY CASES, ON THE 

EFFECT OF THE LEVEL OF RATE RELIEF TO BE AFFORDED,+ SIR JOHN SAID.


THE RATES ACTUALLY PAYABLE FOR SOME TENEMENTS MAY ALSO BE 

AFFECTED BY THE ALLOWANCES TO BE MADE FOR THE LACK OF A POTABLE 

WATER SUPPLY.


SIR JOHN PROPOSED THAT:


* THE GENERAL RATE PERCENTAGE FOR THE URBAN AREAS BE 

REDUCED FROM 5-1/2 PER CENT TO 3 PER CENT, AND THE 

URBAN COUNCIL RATE PERCENTAGE BE REDUCED FROM 8 PER 

CENT TO 2-1/2 PER CENT, MAKING A TOTAL OF 5-1/2 PER 

CENT, INSTEAD OF THE 13-1/2 PER CENT APPLIED IN 

1983-84. THE GENERAL RATE FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES 

SHOULD SIMILARLY BE REDUCED FROM 13-1/2 PER CENT TO 

5-1/2 PER CENT. IN THOSE NEW TERRITORIES AREAS WHERE 

RATING IS BEING PHASED IN OVER A FIVE-YEAR PERIOD, THE 

PERCENTAGE FOR 1984-85 WILL BE REDUCED FROM 12 PER CENT 

TO 5 PER CENT.

* THE RATE RELIEF PERCENTAGE POINT BE SET AT 20 PER CENT. 

THIS MEANS THAT THE MAXIMUM INCREASE IN ANNUAL RATE 

PAYMENTS WILL BE LIMITED TO 20 PER CENT OF THAT PAYABLE 

THE YEAR BEFORE. IN 1983-84, RATE RELIEF WAS LIMITED 

TO PRE-WAR RENT-CONTROLLED TENEMENTS ONLY, AND THE 

MAXIMUM PERMITTED PERCENTAGE INCREASE WAS MUCH GREATER 

AT 33-1/3 PER CENT. ‘

* THE MINIMUM RATEABLE VALUE BE SET AT $1 000. TENEMENTS 

WITH AN ESTIMATED RATEABLE VALUE BELOW $1 000 WILL THEN 

BE EXEMPT FROM ASSESSMENT TO RATES. . IN 1983-84, THE 

MINIMUM RATEABLE VALUE WAS $200.

* THE CONCESSION FOR THE FEW TENEMENTS WITHOUT FRESH WATER 

BE EFFECTED BY A 15 PER CENT REDUCTION IN THE RATES 

PAYABLE, AND FOR TENEMENTS wI TH AN UNFILTERED WATER 

SUPPLY BY A 7.5 PER CENT REDUCTION.



/+THIS MEANS ................


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


- 36 -


.THIS MEANS THAT IN 1984-85 THE INCREASE IN RATES FOR A 

TYPICAL SMALL DOMESTIC FLAT WILL BE ABOUT $18 A MONTH (FROM $90 

TO .108) AND FOR A LARGE FLAT ABOUT $80 A MONTH, (FROM $400 TO 

$480).


.MOST RATEPAYERS WILL HAVE AN INCREASED RATES BILL, BUT A 

Si-ALL PERCENTAGE wILL PAY LESS THAN BEFORE. A NUMBER OF TENEMENTS 

WHICH HAVE HITHERTO BEEN ASSESSABLE TO RATES WILL BE EXEMPT,* 

SIR JOHN EXPLAINED.


HE POINTED OUT THAT TENANTS OF FLATS IN PUBLIC HOUSING 

ESTATES, WHO NOW REPRESENT SOME 43 PER CENT OF THE TOTAL 

POPULATION, WILL NOT BE AFFECTED IMMEDIATELY BY THE NEW 

RATEABLE VALUES.


THE BURDEN, HE SAID, WILL INITIALLY BE BORNE BY THE HOUSING 

AUTHORITY WHOSE RENTS, WHICH INCLUDE AN ELEMENT FOR RATES, ARE 

ONLY REVIEWED EVERY TWO YEARS AND TAKE INTO ACCOUNT INCOME LEVELS.


MOREOVER, RATE PAYMENTS ARE REGARDED AS PART OF THE RENT FOR 

THE PURPOSE OF CALCULATING PUBLIC ASSISTANCE, HE POINTED OUT.


SIR JOHN REPORTED THAT THE REVISED GENERAL RATE YIELD FOR 

1983-84 IS $1.05 BILLION.


ALLOWING FOR NATURAL GROWTH, THE ESTIMATED YIELD FOR 1984-85 

WOULD HAVE BEEN $1.18 BILLION.


HE SAID THAT WITH THE REVALUATION, THE REDUCTION IN POUNDAGE 

AND THE VARIOUS RELIEF MEASURES PROPOSED, THE ESTIMATED YIELD 

FOR 1984-85 WILL BE $1.35 BILLION, AN INCREASE OF $175 MILLION.


THE REVISED ESTIMATED YIELD FOR THE URBAN COUNCIL FOR 1983-84 

ON THE OLD BASIS IS $1.01 BILLION. ALLOWING FOR NATURAL GROWTH, 

THE ESTIMATED YIELD FOR 1984-85 WOULD HAVE BEEN $1.06 BILLION.


WITH THE PROPOSAL, THE ESTIMATED YIELD FOR 1984-85 WILL BE 

$1.19 BILLION, AN INCREASE OF $135 MILLION, PROVIDING AN 18 PER 

CENT GROWTH FOR THE URBAN COUNCIL, SIR JOHN SAID.


-------------0------------


DEBATE ADJOURNED 

* * *


DEBATE ON THE BUDGET WAS ADJOURNED TO MARCH 28 AND 29 WHEN 

UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS WILL SPEAK.


------------o---------------


/37....................


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


- 37 -


SIR JOHN SPEAKS ON TELEVISION 

*****


FOLLOWING IS THE TEXT OF THE SPEECH BY THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, 

SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, TONIGHT ON TELEVISION.


+1 WOULD LIKE TO TELL YOU ABOUT THE BUDGET, WHICH I INTRODUCED 

INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY. A MAJOR THEME IS THE MODERATION 

Or INFLATION AND CONCERN FOR THE BURDENS OF THE LESS WELL OFF.


+THE GOVERNMENT IS COMMITTED TO MOVING FORWARD STEADILY IN 

ALL AREAS. WHILE HONG KONG IS NOT YET RICH, IT IS NOT POOR EITHER, 

AND WE CAN PALPABLY AFFORD STEADILY IMPROVING PROGRAMMES FOR EXAMPLE 

FOR EDUCATION, MEDICAL AND HEALTH, SOCIAL WELFARE AND HOUSING. 

THESE MUST, HOWEVER, BE PAID FOR.


+IN 1983 OUR TOTAL EXPORTS INCREASED BY 15 PER CENT IN REAL 

TERMS. THE GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT GREW BY 5.9 PER CENT. THE RATE 

CF UNEMPLOYMENT DROPPED. LARGELY BECAUSE OF THE FALL IN VALUE OF 

THE HONG KONG DOLLAR, THERE WAS A YEAR ON YEAR INCREASE IN INFLATION 

CF 10 PER CENT.


+THERE HAS BEEN A CONSIDERABLE SHORT-FALL IN GOVERNMENT’S 

REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE. THE DEFICIT WILL BE ABOUT $3.3 BILLION, 

WHICH IS CLOSE TO THE FORECAST.


.THE REASSURING +FREE+ FISCAL RESERVES AT THE BEGINNING OF 

NEXT FINANCIAL YEAR WILL BE $8.2 BILLION.


+BY CONTROLLING EXPENDITURE AND INCREASING REVENUE I INTEND 

TO CUT BUDGET DEFICITS TO A LEVEL WHICH CAN BE HANDLED BY A MIXTURE 

OF GOVERNMENT BORROWING AND USE OF RESERVES. THE LATTER, HOWEVER, 

ARE F IN ITE.


+THE DEFICIT OSTENSIBLY FACING US FOR 1984-85 IS $3.6 BILLION. 

THIS IS MUCH BETTER THAN THE COMPARATIVE $6.2 BILLION LAST YEAR. 

EVEN SO, IT IS TOO HIGH. I PROPOSE TO FINANCE IT BY USING $1.1 

BILLION OF OUR FREE FISCAL RESERVES! BY INCREASING TAX REVENUES 

BY $1.5 BILLION, WHICH IS ONLY HALF WHAT WAS NECESSARY AT THIS 

TIME LAST YEAR! AND BY RAISING $1 BILLION FROM THE SALE OF 

GOVERNMENT BONDS.


+T0 MAINTAIN THE EXISTING BALANCE BETWEEN DIRECT AND INDIRECT 

TAXATION I INTEND TO RAISE AN ADDITIONAL $900 MILLION FROM DIRECT 

TAXES AND ONLY $600 MILLION FROM CAREFULLY SELECTED INDIRECT TAXES, 

BOTH OF WHICH WILL HAVE THE MINIMUM EFFECT ON PRICE INFLATION.


+THE INCREASES IN INDIRECT TAX WILL COME FROM A RISE IN THE 

BETTING LEVY! FROM HIGHER DUTIES ON FOREIGN WINES AND SPIRITS! 

FROM RATES, THOUGH NO ONE WILL FACE MORE THAN A 20 PER CENT INCREASE 

AND THE 43 PER CENT OF OUR POPULATION IN HOUSING ESTATES WILL BE 

LITTLE AFFECTED! AND FROM A TRANSPORT MEASURE DESIGNED TO DECREASE 

CONGESTION ON THE CROSS HARBOUR TUNNEL BY IMPOSING A TAX ON CARS, 

TAXIS AND LORRIES - BUT NOT ON PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES AND OMNIBUSES. 

THERE WILL BE OTHER INCREASES IN FEES AND CHARGES, INCLUDING A 

FLAT $2 TOLL ON THE LION ROCK TUNNEL.


/+AS FOB................


WBUSSDAT, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


38


.AS FOR DIRECT TAXATION, IT IS NECESSARY NOW TO INCREASE 

THE STANDARD RATE FOR PROFITS, SALARIES, PROPERTY AND INTEREST 

INCOME BY TWO PERCENTAGE POINTS. FOR SALARIES TAX PAYERS A 

17 PER CENT MAXIMUM RATE WILL AFFECT ONLY THE MORE COMFORTABLY 

OFF. THE INCREASE FROM 16-1/2 PER CENT TO 18-1/2 PER CENT ON 

CORPORATION PROFITS TAX, WHILE PAINFUL, CAN I BELIEVE BE BORNE. 

MOST PROFITS SHOULD RISE MORE. IF THESE INCREASES WERE NOT IMPOSED 

THIS YEAR THERE WOULD have to be HIGHER INCREASES next year.


.I AM ALSO PROPOSING TWO NEW MEASURES CONCERNING BUSINESSES 

OPERATING IN HONG KONG. FIRST, TO PROTECT THE YIELD FROM PROFITS 

TAX FOLLOWING THE REMOVAL OF INTEREST TAX ON DEPOSITS! AND SECOND 

TO BRING WITHIN THE PROFITS TAX NET ALL INTEREST FROM DEPOSITS, 

INCLUDING SO-CALLED OFFSHORE DEPOSITS, WHERE SUCH INTEREST IN 

REALITY ARISES FROM THE BUSINESS OPERATIONS HERE.

.AS A RESULT THE FORECAST DEFICIT FOR 1984-85 SHOULD DROP TO 

A TOLERABLE $2.1 BILLION.



.SUBJECT TO NO UNFORESEEN SHOCKS, IN 1984 I BELIEVE THAT GDP 

WILL INCREASE BY RATHER OVER 6 PER CENT, THAT INFLATION WILL DROP TO 

7 PER CENT BY THE END OF THE YEAR, THUS REDUCING THE YEAR ON YEAR 

AVERAGE TO ABOUT 9 PER CENT, THAT CAPITAL INVESTMENT WILL GROW 

AGAIN! THAT REAL WAGES WILL BEGIN TO RISE WITH STABILISED 

EMPLOYMENT, AND THAT THE HONG KONG DOLLAR WILL REMAIN STRONG.


GOOD NIGHT.+ 

-------------0---------


BUDGET BRIEFING


X X


THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, WILL GIVE A 

PRESS BRIEFING ON THE BUDGET AT 4.30 PM, TOMORROW (THURSDAY), 

AT THE GIS THEATRE.


----------0------------


NOTE TO EDITORS,


TRADE MINISTER ARRIVING 

X * *


THE MINISTER FOR TRADE, MR PAUL CHANNON, WILL ARRIVE 

IN HONG KONG TOMORROW (THURSDAY) FOR A THREE-DAY VISIT.


MR CHANNON IS DUE TO ARRIVE ON FLIGHT CA 501, ETA 10.40 AM.


A FACILITY HAS BEEN ARRANGED FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS AND 

CAMERAMEN TO COVER HIS ARRIVAL. PLEASE ADVISE THOSE COVERING 

THE EVENT TO ASSEMBLE AT THE AIRPORT PRESS CONFERENCE ROOM NOT 

LATER THAN 9.40 AM.


GIS OFFICERS WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST. 

------------o----------- /39.............


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


- 39 -


NEW RATES EXPLAINED 

* * * *


THE RATING AND VALUATION DEPARTMENT HAS PREPARED A BILINGUAL 

EXPLANATORY PAMPHLET FOR MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC AND PROPERTY OWNERS, 

IN CONNECTION WITH THE NEW RATEABLE VALUES 0* PROPERTY WHICH BECOME 

EFFECTIVE ON APRIL 1.


ENTITLED +YOUR RATES IN 1984-85+, THE PAMPHLET IS AVAILABLE 

FROM THE DEPARTMENT AT HENNESSY CENTRE, 17TH FLOOR, 500 HENNESSY 

ROAD, CAUSEWAY BAY, HONG KONG, GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS SALES CENTRE 

AT CONNAUGHT PLACE AS WELL AS FROM ALL DISTRICT OFFICES.


------o--------


SINGING AND SONG-WRITING CONTEST 

M * * *


THE FINAL OF THE SECOND CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT SINGING 

AND SONG-WRITING CONTEST WILL BE HELD AT 8 PM ON SUNDAY (MARCH 4) 

AT HONG KONG CARITAS CENTRE, 2 CAINE ROAD.


SIX FINALISTS EACH WILL COMPETE FOR TOP HONOURS IN THE SOLO- 

SINGING, GROUP-SINGING AND SONG-WRITING CATEGORIES.


IN ADDITION, DANNY SUMMER, A POPULAR LOCAL SINGER WHO HAS JUST 

ENDED A TOUR WITH THE JAPANESE BAND - ’CREATION’, AND THE VISA BAND, 

WILL APPEAR AS GUEST PERFORMERS.


THE CONTEST IS ORGANISED BY THE MUSIC OFFICE, RECREATION AND 

CULTURE DEPARTMENT, CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD, AND THE 

DISTRICT ASSOCIATION FOR THE ARTS AND CULTURE, CENTRAL AND WESTERN 

DISTRICT.


FREE ADMISSION TICKETS FOR THE FINAL CONTEST ARE NOW


AVAILABLE AT THE HONG KONG MUSIC CENTRE OF THE MUSIC OFFICE, 

AND ALL ENQUIRY CENTRES OF THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT 

OFFICE. FOR ENQUIRIES, PLEASE TELEPHONE 5-283257.


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 1984


TRAFFIC DIVERSION 

* * *


JAVA ROAD BETWEEN TIN CHIU STREET AND HEALTHY STREET EAST 

wILL BE CLOSED FROM MIDNIGHT TOMORROW (MARCH 1) TO 6 AM THE 

FOLLOWING DAY FOR WORK ON THE ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR.


DURING THE CLOSURE, TRAFFIC ON JAVA ROAD HEADING FOR QUARRY 

BAY WILL BE DIVERTED VIA TIN CHIU STREET AND KING’S ROAD.


THE MEASURE WILL BE REPEATED ON FRIDAY (MARCH 2) NIGHT.


PROHIBITED ZONE 

* *


FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (MARCH 2), THE UNUSED PUBLIC LIGHT BUS 

TERMINUS OFF KWAI SHING CIRCUIT NEAR BLOCK 13, KWAI SHING ESTATE 

WILL BE DESIGNATED A PROHIBITED ZONE.


ALL MOTOR VEHICLES, EXCEPT THOSE AUTHORISED BY THE TRANSPORT 

DEPARTMENT WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING THE UNUSED PUBLIC 

LIGHT BUS TERMINUS.


- - 0 - -